S-4

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2010

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

Delaware	8090	04-3477845
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

66 Cherry Hill Drive,

Beverly, Massachusetts 01915

(978) 922-3080

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Michael R. Costa

Vice President and General Counsel

American Renal Holdings Inc.

66 Cherry Hill Drive,

Beverly, Massachusetts 01915

(978) 922-3080

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

With a copy to:

Stephan J. Feder, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 455-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed exchange offers: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	¨		Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	x	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)  ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)  ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered	Amount to be registered	Proposed maximum offering price per unit (1)	Proposed maximum aggregate offering price (1)	Amount of registration fee
8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018	$250,000,000	100%	$250,000,000	$17,825
Guarantees of 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (2)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A(3)

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(2) See inside facing page for table of registrant guarantors.

(3) Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act, no separate filing fee is required for the guarantees.

The registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANT GUARANTORS

Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as Specified in its Charter (or Other Organizational Document)	State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization	I.R.S. Employer Identification Number		Address and Telephone Number
C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC	Delaware		27-2170865	375 Park Avenue 12th Floor, New York, NY 10152, (212) 672-5000
American Renal Associates LLC	Delaware		84-1694930	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915, (978) 922-3080.
American Renal Management LLC	Delaware		04-3527505	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915, (978) 922-3080.
AKC Holding LLC	Delaware		01-0833124	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915, (978) 922-3080.
JKC Holding LLC	Delaware		01-0833133	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915, (978) 922-3080.
ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC	Delaware		55-0885438	1905 Clint Moore Road, Boca Raton, FL 33496, (561) 893-6878
ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC	Delaware		88-0519793	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915, (978) 922-3080.
ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC	Delaware		05-0598781	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915, (978) 922-3080.
Texas-ARA LLC	Delaware		04-3537394	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915, (978) 922-3080.
American Renal Texas L.P.	Texas		04-3535002	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915, (978) 922-3080.
American Renal Texas II, L.P.	Texas		83-0438331	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915, (978) 922-3080.
Acute Dialysis Services-ARA LLC	Delaware		26-1148649	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915, (978) 922-3080.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 4, 2010

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$250,000,000

American Renal Holdings Inc.

Offer to Exchange all outstanding $250,000,000 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “outstanding notes”) for an equal amount of 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “exchange notes”).

We are conducting the exchange offer in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange your unregistered notes for freely tradable notes that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The Exchange Offer

• We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of exchange notes that are freely tradable.

• You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.

• The exchange offer expires at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2010, unless extended. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date.

• The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

• We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

The Exchange Notes

• The exchange notes are being offered in order to satisfy certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the placement of the outstanding notes.

• The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be freely tradable.

• The parent and certain subsidiaries of American Renal Holdings Inc. initially jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed, on a secured senior basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of American Renal Holdings Inc. under the outstanding notes, exchange notes and the indenture governing the notes.

Resales of Exchange Notes

• The exchange notes may be sold in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions or through a combination of such methods. We do not plan to list the exchange notes on a national market.

All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on page 21 of this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offer or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2010.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
TRADEMARKS		ii
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA		ii
SUMMARY		1
RISK FACTORS		21
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS		44
USE OF PROCEEDS		45
CAPITALIZATION		46
THE TRANSACTIONS		47
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA		49
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA		51
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		57
BUSINESS		83
MANAGEMENT AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS		102
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION		106
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION		117
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT		118
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS		119
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS		121
THE EXCHANGE OFFER		123
REGISTRATION RIGHTS		133
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES		134
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER		199
CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS		200
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION		202
LEGAL MATTERS		203
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM		203
AVAILABLE INFORMATION		203
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		F-1

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any exchange notes offered hereby in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. The information contained in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of this prospectus unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies. No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus in connection with the offer contained herein and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by American Renal Holdings Inc. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sales made hereunder shall under any circumstances create an implication that there has been no change in our affairs or that of our subsidiaries since the date hereof.

i

TRADEMARKS

AmericanRenal, American Renal Associates, ARA^®, the American Renal Associates logo and other trademarks or service marks of American Renal appearing in this prospectus are our property. All trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of the respective holders.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Certain market data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on the 2009 Annual Data Report prepared by the United States Renal Data System (“USRDS”) and information from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”). Some data are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s review of internal data and information, as well as the independent sources such as independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information contained therein and cannot guarantee its accuracy and completeness.

ii

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you should consider to make your decisions regarding the exchange offer. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Unless the context otherwise requires it or as otherwise indicated, “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms, as well as references to the “Company,” “American Renal” and “ARA” refer to C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our Company

We are a national provider of kidney dialysis services for patients suffering from chronic kidney failure, also known as end stage renal disease, or ESRD. As of June 30, 2010, we owned and operated 85 dialysis clinics treating more than 5,600 patients in 17 states and the District of Columbia. Our operating model is based on shared ownership of our facilities with physicians, known as nephrologists, who specialize in kidney-related diseases in the local market served by the clinic. Each clinic is maintained as a separate joint venture, or JV, in which we own a controlling interest and our local nephrologist partners own noncontrolling interests.

We believe we are the largest dialysis services provider in the United States founded and operating exclusively on a joint venture model. We have invested significantly in the development of our senior and field level core management function and operating procedures, and we believe we are well-positioned to continue to realize the benefits of platform scalability, which will allow us to add clinics without significant incremental operating costs. As a result, our revenue and earnings growth will be driven primarily by the growth in the number of our JV clinics and treatment growth at our existing clinics. Since our founding, we have opened 64 new clinics (“de novo clinics”) and have acquired 21 clinics from third parties (“acquired clinics”) that we subsequently converted to our JV model. In 2009 we opened 10 clinics, seven of which are de novo clinics and three are acquired clinics. We plan to continue the expansion of our operations with the use of the JV model primarily through the redeployment of free cash flow to create de novo clinics, to expand existing clinics and to selectively acquire clinics.

We believe our JV model is attractive to the nephrologist community because it provides a platform for favorable clinical outcomes and superior financial results while enabling our nephrologist partners to focus on providing the highest quality of patient care rather than the administration of corporate-directed treatments and protocols. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, American Renal Management, LLC (“ARM”), we provide our nephrologist partners with the managerial, accounting, financial, technological and administrative support necessary to operate our clinics. In particular, our management services focus on critical revenue cycle management for each patient, which encompasses patient registration, insurance and benefit verification, medical treatment documentation and coding, bill preparation and collections. In addition, our corporate clinical advisory team, which includes our National Medical Director and clinical and regulatory advisors, assists our nephrologist partners in establishing clinical objectives, while our operating model allocates to our nephrologist partners autonomy over the clinical protocols used to achieve those objectives.

According to the United States Renal Data System, or USRDS, the number of dialysis patients in the U.S. is expected to continue growing faster than increases in the general population, primarily due to an aging population with increased life expectancies. As a result, we believe there will be an increasing need for dialysis clinics. In addition, we believe that the JV model will continue to be one of the fastest growing operating models for dialysis clinics and will represent an increasing percentage of the dialysis clinic industry. We believe that our JV model, with its clinic level autonomy for the physician, together with the comprehensive management services that we have developed, enhance the clinical and operating performance of our clinics and make us a

1

preferred dialysis partner for nephrologists. We believe this will lead to additional JV opportunities with nephrologists seeking the corporate support we provide.

Dialysis Services Industry Overview

End Stage Renal Disease, or ESRD, is characterized by the loss of kidney functionality and is normally irreversible and fatal unless treated. ESRD most commonly results from complications associated with diabetes, hypertension, renal and hereditary diseases, old age and a combination of other risk factors. ESRD requires continued dialysis treatments or a kidney transplant to sustain life. Absent transplantation, the average life expectancy for an ESRD patient on dialysis is approximately five years following diagnosis, according to the USRDS. Scarcity of compatible kidneys has limited the option for transplants, causing most patients suffering from ESRD to rely on dialysis. Dialysis is the removal of toxins and fluids from the blood of ESRD patients by artificial means. Patients suffering from ESRD generally require dialysis at least three times per week, amounting to approximately 156 treatments per year, for the remainder of their lives.

There are two primary methods of dialysis commonly used today, hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis. Hemodialysis, or the removal of toxins and fluid from the blood through a specially designed filter, is the most common form of ESRD treatment and represented approximately 92% of all dialysis treatments in the United States in 2007. Hemodialysis is typically performed in outpatient dialysis clinics and lasts approximately 3.5 hours per treatment. Treatments are usually performed by teams of licensed nurses and trained technicians pursuant to a physician’s instructions. Almost all patients receive hemodialysis in our outpatient dialysis clinics as their primary ESRD treatment, although we also provide such services in the home. Peritoneal dialysis uses the patient’s peritoneal, or abdominal, cavity to eliminate fluid and toxins. A patient generally performs peritoneal dialysis at home. We also provide peritoneal dialysis services to patients who prefer and are able to receive that form of treatment.

Large, Growing Market for Outpatient Dialysis Services

The total annual cost of providing healthcare services to ESRD patients in the U.S. in 2007 has been estimated by the USRDS to be approximately $35 billion, of which we believe approximately $18 billion represents our currently addressable market. According to the most recent report by the USRDS, there were approximately 527,000 ESRD patients in the United States as of December 31, 2007, with the number of ESRD patients expected to grow at an annual rate consistent with the historical rate of 3-4%, outpacing general population growth. Aside from a relatively small number of individuals who qualify for and successfully undergo kidney transplants, the vast majority of ESRD patients require three dialysis treatments per week, on average, for the remainder of their lives. USRDS data indicates that the prevalence rate in patients ages 65 to 74 increased 24% from 2000 to 2007; while, in patients ages 75 and older the prevalence rate increased 28% over the same period.

According to the USRDS, the increasing percentage of the U.S. population afflicted with ESRD has been primarily caused by:

• aging of the general population;

• improved treatment and increased survival rate of patients with diabetes, hypertension and other illnesses that lead to ESRD;

• growth rates of minority populations with higher than average incidence rates of ESRD; and

• improved dialysis technology, that has enabled older patients and those who previously could not tolerate dialysis due to other illnesses, to benefit from this treatment.

2

Reimbursement Environment

A majority of reimbursement for dialysis services is provided by the federal government’s Medicare ESRD program based on rates established by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS. The coverage criteria for dialysis centers under Medicare are well defined and, as a result, Medicare reimbursement for dialysis services has historically been more predictable than reimbursements for most other services and procedures. ESRD has been classified as a chronic disability since 1972 and patients are entitled to treatment and Medicare benefits regardless of age or financial circumstances. Generally, if a patient does not have employer-sponsored health coverage, Medicare becomes the primary payor either immediately or after a three-month waiting period. For a patient with employer-sponsored health coverage, Medicare generally becomes the primary payor after 33 months, which includes a three-month coordination of benefits period, or earlier if the patient’s employer-sponsored health coverage terminates. Additional sources of reimbursement for dialysis services include other government agencies such as state Medicaid programs as well as private pay options.

Currently, Medicare reimburses dialysis providers separately for treatments and ancillaries. Recently approved Medicare legislation, however, will establish a “bundled” Medicare rate for dialysis reimbursement, starting in 2011. This new bundled rate will combine the current payments for composite rate and the separately billable dialysis services into a single base rate. This rate will include all services such as certain drugs and laboratory tests which are currently billed separately. The initial 2011 bundled rate will be set based on a 2% reduction in the payment rate that providers would have received under the historical fee for service payment methodology and based on the lowest average industry pharmaceutical utilization from 2007 to 2009. Beginning in 2012, the new single bundled payment base rate will be adjusted annually for inflation based upon a market basket index, less a productivity adjustment based on a 10-year moving average of productivity as projected by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. The bundled payment rate will be determined by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, who will have discretion to determine the base payment rate based on the goods and services included in the bundled rate. Dialysis providers, including us, will have the option to move fully to the bundled payment system in 2011 or to phase in the payment system over four years on a facility by facility basis. We believe that the move to bundled payment, together with the introduction of automatic annual rate increases, will result in greater predictability of rates and stability of revenue for the Company. The Congressional Budget Office estimates that these changes will result in an additional $1.5 billion in government payments to the dialysis industry over the next 10 years.

Before Medicare becomes the primary payor, a patient’s commercial insurance plan, if any, is responsible for payment of the dialysis services provided. Although commercial payment rates vary significantly, average commercial payment rates are generally significantly higher than Medicare rates and often include price increases. Payment methods from commercial payors include a single lump-sum per treatment, referred to as bundled rates, and separate payments for ancillary treatments and pharmaceuticals, if used as part of the dialysis treatment, referred to as fee for service rates. We believe commercial payors are generally sensitive to the special circumstances and challenges faced by ESRD patients, particularly because they are responsible for primary coverage for a relatively limited number of ESRD patients for a finite 30-month period of time. We also believe commercial payors are incentivized to facilitate quality dialysis care because patients who do not regularly receive dialysis treatment typically require hospitalization and other more costly acute care treatment. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we derived approximately 43% of our net operating revenues from commercial payors, which represented approximately 14% of the treatments performed. The source of the balance of our treatments and net operating revenues come from Medicare and other governmental payors.

3

Our Competitive Strengths

Focus On Core Values Leading to Patient Satisfaction and Strong Patient Base

We believe our core values, including our focus on patient satisfaction, have contributed to our loyal patient base, which is the key to stable and dependable revenues. Our values state our commitment to excellent patient care, providing the nephrologists autonomy to make decisions and practice as he/she deems appropriate and treating our clinic staff members as a critical and valuable asset. We believe the satisfaction of our employees encourages them to provide a comfortable environment and better treatment for patients. We also maintain a strong focus on revenue cycle management so that patients may maximize insurance coverage. We believe we provide value to patients by assisting them in navigating the complex healthcare reimbursement climate, and through our knowledge and application of health insurance rules, to consistently obtain high quality insurance coverage for patients.

Differentiated Business Model Attracts Nephrologists, Aligns Interests and Enhances Clinic Level Performance

We seek to partner with leading nephrologists within their local community. To date, none of our nephrologist partners has sought our consent to divest his or her joint venture ownership interest. We believe that our JV business model aligns the interests of the clinic owners with that of the patients and physicians better than the more traditional model of wholly-owned corporate ownership of a clinic. By having an investment in the clinics where their patients are treated, our nephrologist partners have a vested stake in the quality, reputation and performance of the clinics. Through ARM, we provide operational and managerial support to our clinics with rigorous individual patient focus. We strive to maintain the high quality of these support services through the development and implementation of patient care policies and procedures, education, mentoring and audits at each of our clinics. We also invest in state-of-the-art facilities, equipment, and amenities at our clinics. We believe that these management services substantially ease the burden of back-office responsibilities and enable our nephrologist partners to focus on providing the highest quality of patient care, which in turn drives high levels of patient satisfaction and financial performance.

Disciplined Approach to Maintaining Efficient Operations

We maintain a disciplined approach to enhancing performance in key areas such as revenue cycle management. We work to improve our processes with regard to patient registration, facilitation and verification of insurance, payor interaction and arrangements, and billing and collections in an effort to maximize our revenue per treatment. We believe our efforts have resulted in strong revenue per treatment rates, as well as low days’ sales outstanding and bad debt expense. In addition, we believe the rigorous management policies and procedures that we have consistently put in place at each clinic that we own and operate have resulted in operating expenses per treatment that are among the lowest in the industry as well as low general and administrative expenses per treatment.

Experience in Establishing De Novo Clinics and Selectively Completing Acquisitions

Our de novo clinic strategy encompasses all facets of development, from site review to personnel hiring. We have never had a survey deficiency delay Medicare certification for one of our de novo clinics, and we typically achieve EBITDA positive operations within 12 months of opening a de novo clinic. We believe our established de novo clinic model offers turnkey solutions to nephrologist partners who are interested in establishing de novo clinics with us.

In addition, we selectively pursue acquisitions of existing dialysis clinics which we restructure as JVs. Although acquisition costs for an existing dialysis clinic are typically much higher than the cost to develop a de novo clinic, we believe our management policies and procedures for acquiring clinics have allowed us to achieve

4

significant improvements in key operating metrics in a relatively short period of time. We believe that as a result of our experience with acquiring and restructuring existing dialysis clinics, those clinics have enjoyed improved clinical outcomes and financial performance.

Consistent Financial Performance and Strong Free Cash Flow Generation

We believe our favorable revenue per treatment rates and our focus on efficiency of operations in a stable and growing industry has resulted in consistent, strong financial performance. From 2005 to 2009, we have achieved compound annual net revenue growth of 26%. During this period we had on average non-acquired treatment growth of approximately 19% annually. We have also been able to increase our Adjusted EBITDA margin to 26% of net sales. We believe this increase in margin illustrates the benefits that are achieved by growing our portfolio of dialysis clinics on our management services platform. In addition, our existing clinics typically require minimal maintenance capital expenditure consisting of less than 2% of net revenues in 2009. As a result, our free cash flow generation has been strong.

Experienced Management Team Supported by Strong Equity Sponsorship

Most of our executive and senior management team has held multiple positions with one or more of our competitors and have strong contacts throughout the dialysis services industry with providers, clinical staff, payors, vendors and other parties. One of our three founding executives and the Chairman of our Board of Directors, Christopher T. Ford, is also the current chairman of the Kidney Care Council. We believe this breadth and depth of experience gives our leadership team the knowledge and resources to manage more effectively relations with our nephrologist partners and other personnel, enhance operating results and promote growth.

We benefit from the sponsorship of Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., our majority investor following the close of the Transactions, as described below. Centerbridge Partners, L.P., a private investment firm with over $11 billion of capital under management in Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. and certain affiliated entities (“Centerbridge”), is focused on making value-oriented investments in select industries in partnership with strong management teams.

Our Business Strategy

Key components of our business strategy include:

Continued Focus on Achieving Superior Clinical Outcomes

We believe our reputation for providing quality care is a key factor in attracting patients and physicians and in securing contracts with healthcare plans. Our clinical team works routinely with individual physicians, clinic managers and dieticians, and our corporate management team promotes a patient- and physician-focused corporate culture in order to optimize clinical outcomes, improve operating performance, and ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, we engage in organized and systematic efforts through our quality of care management programs to monitor and improve the quality of services we deliver. These efforts include the development and implementation of patient care policies and procedures, clinical education and training programs, education and mentoring related to our clinical guidelines and protocols and audits of the quality of services rendered at each of our centers.

Recruitment and Retention of Leading Physicians

Our effective recruitment of leading nephrologist partners is critical to achieving our growth objectives. We believe we enjoy a strong and growing reputation among the nephrologist community, ensuring that nephrologists who contemplate a migration to the shared-ownership model strongly consider us. We will continue to leverage our market position and reputation to identify, screen and recruit experienced nephrologists.

5

We enjoy strong retention rates. We believe this is due in large part to nephrologist partner satisfaction with our JV model, which gives nephrologists autonomy over clinical protocols and allows them to focus on providing high quality patient care. Since inception, none of our nephrologist partners have asked for our consent to a transfer of their ownership interests in our clinics. Further, although certain of our nephrologist partners had the option of requiring us to purchase their equity interests as a result of the Transactions, none chose to do so. We believe our existing network of nephrologist partners will be a key resource for us in creating future JVs with nephrologists who are not currently associated with us.

Further Implementation of Rigorous Management Services

A critical component of our business strategy is to enable our nephrologist partners to focus on providing superior individual patient care while we manage the daily operations of the clinic in support of the nephrologist partners. As dialysis clinics begin to implement the new bundled payment rate and other procedures to be adopted pursuant to recently passed healthcare legislation, we believe the administrative services that we provide to our nephrologist partners will be of even greater value. By offering the management services of a large corporation combined with the responsiveness of an entrepreneurial enterprise, we believe we help our clinics achieve desirable clinical outcomes, growth and profitability. These management services are provided under long-term renewable management services agreements and include, among others, operations management, negotiating pricing of products from vendors, coordinating outsourced clinical laboratory testing services, reporting and benchmarking of clinical outcomes, implementing revenue cycle management practices, training and education for our staff, performing back-office finance, accounting and payroll functions, managing compliance programs, and administering human resources support.

Utilization of Internally Generated Cash Flow to Support Expansion

We intend to leverage our JV model and our reputation in the nephrology community to continue the development of de novo clinics in the U.S., both in new and existing markets. Our streamlined approach to opening de novo clinics delivers attractive financial returns to us and our nephrologist partners. Our substantial free cash flow generation provides for a significant portion of the funding for continued expansion. Additionally, nephrologist partners have reinvested a portion of their return on capital from existing sites to expand those sites or invest in de novo clinics together with us. De novo clinics typically reach positive EBITDA results within 12 months of opening, which we believe results in attractive returns on our investment. As a result of our substantial expertise in opening de novo clinics, we have never had a survey deficiency delay Medicare certification for one of our de novo clinics, and further, we have not experienced delays to our development timeline as a result of delays in certification.

Because the acquisition cost for an existing dialysis clinic is typically much higher than the cost to develop a de novo clinic, we typically acquire existing dialysis clinics in very selective situations. We pursue acquisitions that we believe to be an effective use of invested capital, or in situations where other factors we believe to be important, such as our desire to enter a new market and use the acquired clinic as the base from which to open additional de novo clinics in that market, favor such acquisitions. We intend to continue to pursue acquisitions of existing clinics with reputations for strong quality and service as well as leading local market shares. In making these acquisitions, we intend to continue to restructure the ownership of the acquired clinic as a joint venture in accordance with our JV model. In applying our management policies and procedures to acquired clinics, we believe we have been able to achieve significant improvements in key operating metrics in a relatively short period of time, which have resulted in improved clinical outcomes and financial performance at those clinics.

6

Summary of the Transactions

On March 22, 2010, American Renal Holdings Inc. (“ARH”) entered into a Contribution and Merger Agreement (the “Merger Agreement”) with C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. (the “Parent”), C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., certain of ARH’s stockholders party thereto and Pamlico Capital I, L.P. (formerly known as Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC) (“Sellers’ Representative”), pursuant to which ARH agreed that C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. shall merge with and into ARH (the “Merger”) and, after which, ARH became the surviving entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, which is in turn a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent. The parties agreed to consummate the Merger, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, for an aggregate purchase price of $415 million, subject to adjustments including, without limitation, for working capital, indebtedness, certain specified liabilities and certain tax savings. ARH agreed that $2.5 million of the purchase price be placed into a third-party escrow account as security for working capital adjustments and that $27.5 million of the purchase price be placed into a third-party escrow account as security for indemnification claims that may be made by the Parent or its affiliates.

As of the effective time of the Merger, holders of shares of ARH’s common stock have no further ownership interest in ARH and instead received cash and the right to receive certain future payments from the Sponsor, ARH and/or the escrow agent pursuant to the Merger Agreement (in the case of the escrow agent, in respect of the unused portion of the third-party escrow accounts, if any) (with the exception of certain members of senior management and certain other employees who have agreed not to have certain of their equity interests cashed out in the Merger and holders who perfect their appraisal rights under Delaware law).

In connection with the Merger:

• Centerbridge made an aggregate cash equity investment of $161.5 million in the Parent, subject to certain adjustments, and in exchange, received 87% of the common stock of the Parent immediately following the Merger.

• Certain members of ARH’s management contributed a portion of their existing equity ownership in ARH in exchange for newly issued shares of common stock and options to purchase common stock of the Parent.

• ARH entered into a $25 million revolving credit facility (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”).

• ARH offered the outstanding notes being exchanged hereby.

The Merger and the financing transactions described above are collectively referred to herein as the “Transactions.”

The aggregate purchase price of approximately $415 million for the Merger, plus related fees and expenses, was funded by the equity investment by Centerbridge and from certain members of management and the net proceeds from the offering of the outstanding notes. See “Use of Proceeds,” “Description of Other Indebtedness,” and “The Transactions.” In connection with the Merger, all of ARH’s debt and preferred stock that existed prior to the closing date of the Merger was repaid or redeemed, except for $11.9 million aggregate amount of third-party debt as of December 31, 2009. Other third-party debt of ARH’s JVs was refinanced through secured intercompany loans. The secured intercompany loans, which total $36.3 million as of December 31, 2009, on a pro forma basis as if the Transactions had occurred on that date, were pledged as collateral for our New Revolving Credit Facility and for the outstanding notes being exchanged hereby. Although certain of ARH’s nephrologist partners had the right to require us to repurchase some or all of the equity interests in certain clinics as a result of the Transactions, these rights were waived.

7

Ownership Structure and Organizational Chart

The following chart summarizes our organizational structure, equity ownership and our principal indebtedness as of the date of this prospectus. This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not represent all legal entities of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries or all obligations of such entities.

8

Our Sponsor

Centerbridge Partners, L.P., established in 2005, is a private investment firm that sponsors and manages funds that make traditional private equity investments, distressed investments and other credit investments.

The firm is dedicated to partnering with world-class management teams to invest throughout a company’s capital structure and to employ various strategies to help companies achieve their operating and financial objectives. Through Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., the firm has made investments in companies that vary in size and geography and span a broad range of industries. The firm’s professionals have significant experience investing in healthcare companies.

Centerbridge’s limited partners include many prominent financial institutions, university endowments, public and corporate pensions and sovereign wealth funds, as well as foundations and other charitable trusts.

Our Corporate Information

American Renal Holdings Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on July 19, 1999. Our principal executive offices are located at 66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915 and our telephone number is (978) 922-3080. Our corporate website address is www.americanrenal.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

9

The Exchange Offer

On May 7, 2010, we completed the private offering of $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “outstanding notes.” The term “exchange notes” refers to the 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 as registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). References to the “notes” in this prospectus are references to both the outstanding notes and the exchange notes. This prospectus is part of a registration statement covering the exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes.

General American Renal Holdings Inc. and the guarantors of the notes entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers in the private offering in which American Renal Holdings Inc. and the guarantors of the notes agreed to deliver to you this prospectus as part of the exchange offer and agreed to use all commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement covering the exchange to be declared effective on or prior to the date 210 days after the closing of the private offering. You are entitled to exchange in the exchange offer your outstanding notes for exchange notes which are identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes except:

• the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act;

• the exchange notes are not entitled to certain registration rights which are applicable to the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement; and

• certain special interest rate provisions in the registration rights agreement are no longer applicable.

The Exchange Offer We are offering to exchange up to $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for up to $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our existing 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018. Outstanding notes may be exchanged only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

Resale Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for the outstanding notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you (unless you are our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:

• you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; and

• you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes.

10

If you are a broker-dealer and receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver this prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Any holder of outstanding notes who:

• is our affiliate;

• does not acquire exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business; or

• tenders its outstanding notes in the exchange offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of exchange notes;

cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993), or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

Expiration Date; Withdrawal of Tender The exchange offer will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2010, unless extended by us. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date. You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. We will return to you any of your outstanding notes that are not accepted for any reason for exchange, without expense to you, promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which we may waive. See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” of this prospectus for more information.

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the accompanying letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter of transmittal, according to the instructions contained in this prospectus and the letter of transmittal. You must then mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter of transmittal, together with your outstanding notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal.

If you hold outstanding notes through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of

11

DTC by which you will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal. By signing, or agreeing to be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:

• you are not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

• you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;

• you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; and

• if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners If you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes which are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender such outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures If you wish to tender your outstanding notes and your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents, or you cannot comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program for transfer of book-entry interests prior to the expiration date, you must tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

Effect on Holders of Outstanding Notes As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered outstanding notes pursuant to the terms of the exchange offer, we and the guarantors will have fulfilled a covenant contained in the registration rights agreement and, accordingly, there will be no increase in the interest rate on the outstanding notes under the circumstances described in the registration rights agreement. If you are a holder of outstanding notes and you do not tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to hold

12

such outstanding notes and you will be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the outstanding notes as set forth in the indenture, except we and the guarantors will not have any further obligations to you to provide for the exchange and registration of untendered outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement. To the extent that outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for outstanding notes that are not so tendered and accepted could be adversely affected.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided for in the outstanding notes and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we and the guarantors do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer.”

Accounting Treatment We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange.

Regulatory Approvals Other than compliance with the Securities Act and qualification of the indentures governing the notes under the Trust Indenture Act, there are no federal or state regulatory requirements that must be complied with or approvals that must be obtained in connection with the exchange offers.

Use of Proceeds We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Exchange Agent Wilmington Trust FSB is the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The address and telephone number of the exchange agent are set forth in the section captioned “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent” of this prospectus.

13

The Exchange Notes

The following summary is provided solely for your convenience. This summary is not intended to be complete. You should read the full text and more specific details contained elsewhere in this prospectus, including a more detailed summary of the terms of the notes under “Description of the Exchange Notes” beginning on page 134. In this section, “we” or the “Company” refers to American Renal Holdings Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Issuer American Renal Holdings Inc.

Notes Offered $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018.

Maturity Date May 15, 2018.

Interest Payment Dates May 15 and November 15, commencing November 15, 2010.

Guarantees The notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, by our direct parent and all of our existing and future wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries. Our majority owned subsidiaries, which operate the clinics, will not guarantee the notes.

Collateral The notes and the guarantees are secured by a first-priority lien (pari passu, subject to the intercreditor agreement described below, with the liens granted under the New Revolving Credit Facility and subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens) on substantially all of our and our guarantors’ tangible and intangible assets (such assets, the “Collateral”). With respect to the Collateral, the indebtedness and obligations under the notes, our New Revolving Credit Facility and certain other first lien obligations permitted under the indenture governing the notes have first-priority liens. Under the terms of the intercreditor agreement, however, in the event of a foreclosure on the Collateral or insolvency proceedings, the holders of the notes will receive proceeds from the Collateral only after debt under the New Revolving Credit Facility as well as obligations under certain hedging and cash management arrangements owed to lenders or their affiliates under the New Revolving Credit Facility have been repaid. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Collateral.”

Ranking The notes and the guarantees rank:

• pari passu with our and the guarantors’ obligations that are secured by first priority liens, except obligations under our New Revolving Credit Facility and obligations under certain hedging and cash management arrangements will be entitled to proceeds of the Collateral prior to the notes in the event of a foreclosure or in any insolvency proceeding;

• equal in right of payment to all of our and our guarantors’ unsubordinated obligations;

14

• effectively senior in right of payment to all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future unsecured obligations to the extent of the value of the Collateral;

• senior in right of payment to all of our and our guarantors’ future obligations that are expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;

• structurally junior to all obligations of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors except, with respect to any subsidiary, to the extent of any intercompany loans owing by such subsidiary that constitute Collateral.

The indenture governing the notes permits additional indebtedness or other obligations to be secured by the Collateral either on a pari passu or on a junior priority basis relative to the notes, subject to limitations.

Intercreditor Agreement The trustee and the collateral agent under the indenture governing the notes and the administrative agent and collateral agent under the New Revolving Credit Facility have entered into an intercreditor agreement as to the relative priorities of their respective entitlement to proceeds of the assets securing the notes and borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility and other first-priority lien secured obligations upon a foreclosure or bankruptcy and certain other matters relating to the administration of security interests. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Intercreditor Agreement.”

Use of Proceeds There will be no cash proceeds to us from the exchange offer.

Optional Redemption On or after May 15, 2013, we may redeem some or all of the notes at any time at the redemption prices specified under “Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption.” Prior to May 15, 2013, we may redeem some or all of the notes at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of each note to be redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium described in “Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption.”

In addition, prior to May 15, 2013, we will have the option to redeem, during each 12 month period commencing on the issue date, up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

Furthermore, at any time prior to May 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the notes with the net cash proceeds from specified equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 108.375% of the principal amount of each Note to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

Change of Control Upon a change of control, we must offer to repurchase the notes at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued interest to the purchase date. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Change of Control.”

15

Certain Covenants The indenture governing the notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

• incur additional indebtedness or liens;

• pay dividends or make distributions on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock;

• make certain investments or other restricted payments;

• place restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us;

• sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies; and

• enter into certain types of transactions with shareholders and affiliates.

These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described in “Description of the Exchange Notes—Certain Covenants.”

Voting The exchange notes will be treated along with the outstanding notes as a single class for voting purposes.

No Prior Market The exchange notes will be freely transferable but will be new securities for which there will not initially be a market. Accordingly, we cannot assure you whether a market for the exchange notes will develop or as to the liquidity of any such market that may develop. The initial purchasers of the outstanding notes have informed us that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes; however, they are not obligated to do so, and they may discontinue any such market-making activities at any time without notice.

Risk Factors Potential investors in the notes should carefully consider the matters set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” prior to making an investment decision with respect to the notes.

16

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data

Set forth below is our summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data at the dates and for the periods indicated. The statement of income and other financial data for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP.

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 have been prepared to illustrate the estimated effects on our historical results of operations and financial condition of the following (the “Pro Forma Adjustments”):

• the Merger, including the cash equity investment by our Sponsor (net of transaction expenses);

• the issuance of the notes being exchanged hereby;

• the results of our four acquisitions in 2009;

• the effect on noncontrolling interests resulting from the purchase and sale of such noncontrolling interests in various clinics; and

• the purchase price allocation and related adjustments based on asset, liability and noncontrolling interest valuations.

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of income data and other financial data give effect to the Pro Forma Adjustments as if they had occurred on January 1, 2009. The Pro Forma Adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data are for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position actually would have been had the Pro Forma Adjustments actually occurred on the dates indicated, and the data do not purport to project our results of operations or financial condition for any future period or as of any future date.

17

	Historical																		Pro Forma
	Predecessor Entity															Successor Entity			Year Ended December 31, 2009			Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
	As of and for the Year Ended December 31,									As of and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009			As of and for the period from January 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010			As of June 30, 2010 and for the period from May 8, 2010 through June 30, 2010
(in thousands, except ratios and operating data)	2007			2008			2009
										(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Statement of Income Data:
Net patient service revenue	$	178,391		$	217,777		$	262,989		$	125,025		$	102,094		$	43,602		$	265,206		$	145,696
Operating expenses:
Facility operating expenses		115,058			141,810			170,826			81,037			66,042			29,014			172,353			93,416
General and administrative expense		18,595			19,944			24,819			11,030			10,016			6,990			25,557			14,749
Merger and related expenses		—			—			—			—			7,378			14,687			—			—
Depreciation and amortization		7,919			9,777			12,127			6,002			4,429			2,349			15,493			8,237
Provision for doubtful accounts		3,258			4,834			3,216			2,168			(334	)		650			3,280			316
Total operating expenses		144,830			176,365			210,988			100,237			87,531			53,690			216,683			116,718
Operating income (loss)		33,561			41,412			52,001			24,788			14,563			(10,088	)		48,523			28,978
Interest expense, net		(13,695	)		(13,729	)		(14,948	)		(7,457	)		(5,717	)		(3,320	)		(22,588	)		(11,290	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		19,866			27,683			37,053			17,331			8,846			(13,408	)		25,935			17,688
Income tax expense (benefit)		4,409			6,860			9,524			4,454			2,264			(1,626	)		1,880			1,895
Net income (loss)		15,457			20,823			27,529			12,877			6,582			(11,782	)		24,055			15,793
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(14,706	)		(17,179	)		(22,391	)		(10,067	)		(9,266	)		(4,042	)		(20,964	)		(12,676	)
Net income (loss) attributable to ARH	$	751		$	3,644		$	5,138		$	2,810		$	(2,684	)	$	(15,824	)	$	3,092		$	3,117
Other Financial Data:
Adjusted EBITDA (including noncontrolling interests) (1)	$	43,660		$	52,671		$	67,724		$	31,662		$	26,589		$	10,983		$	67,612		$	37,454
Adjusted EBITDA (1)		28,954			35,492			45,333			21,595			17,323			6,941			46,648			24,758
Capital expenditures (2)		15,218			21,254			15,067			6,444									15,067			7,449
Operating Data:
Number of clinics (as of end of period)		64			75			83			80						85			83			85
Patients (as of end of period)		3,740			4,545			5,405			5,068						5,697			5,405			5,697
Number of treatments		503,576			604,888			745,812			352,443									753,596			413,331
Non-acquired treatment growth (3)		16.9	%		20.1	%		20.6	%		22.2	%								20.6	%		17.3	%
Revenues per treatment (4)	$	354		$	360		$	353		$	355								$	352		$	352
Patient care costs per treatment (4)	$	228		$	234		$	229		$	230								$	229		$	226
General and administrative expenses per treatment (4)	$	37		$	33		$	33		$	31								$	34		$	36

	As of June 30,  2010 (unaudited)
	(dollars in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	21,082
Working capital (5)		29,604
Total assets		699,921
Total debt and capital lease obligations		251,918
ARH Equity		170,555

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income attributable to ARH before income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, and we further adjust for non-cash charges, non-recurring charges and pro forma amounts for acquisitions as if they had been consummated on the first day of each period. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides information useful for evaluating our businesses and understanding our operation performance in a manner similar to management. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in

18

highlighting trends because Adjusted EBITDA excludes the results of decisions that are outside the control of operating management and can differ significantly from company to company depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. In addition, we present Adjusted EBITDA because it is one of the components used in the calculations under the covenants contained in our revolving credit facility. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of operating performance computed in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for operating income, net income, cash flows from operations, or other statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in conformity with GAAP, or as measures of profitability or liquidity. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA may not be indicative of historical operating results, and we do not mean for it to be predictive of future results of operations or cash flows. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this item in isolation, or as a substitute for an analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are that Adjusted EBITDA:

• does not include interest expense—as we have borrowed money for general corporate purposes, interest expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate profits and cash flows;

• does not include depreciation and amortization—because construction and operation of our dialysis clinics requires significant capital expenditures, depreciation and amortization are a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate profits;

• does not include stock-based compensation expense;

• does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

• does not include certain income tax payments that represent a reduction in cash available to us.

You should not consider Adjusted EBITDA as an alternative to income from operations or net income, determined in accordance with GAAP, as an indicator of our operating performance, or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities, determined in accordance with GAAP, as an indicator of cash flows or as a measure of liquidity.

The following table presents the reconciliation from net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated:

	Historical																		Pro Forma
	Predecessor Entity															Successor Entity
	As of and for the Year Ended December 31,									For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009			For the period from January 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010			For the period from May 8, 2010 through June 30, 2010			Year Ended December 31, 2009			Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
	2007			2008			2009
										(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Net income (loss)	$	15,457		$	20,823		$	27,529		$	12,877		$	6,582		$	(11,782	)	$	24,055		$	15,793
Add:
Stock-based compensation		2,180			1,482			1,135			583			219			4,035			1,135			219
Depreciation and amortization		7,919			9,777			12,127			6,002			4,429			2,349			15,493			8,237
Interest expense, net		13,695			13,729			14,948			7,457			5,717			3,320			22,588			11,290
Income tax expense		4,409			6,860			9,524			4,454			2,264			(1,626	)		2,192			1,895
Merger and related expenses		—			—			—			—			7,378			14,687			—			—
Initial public offering transaction expenses		—			—			1,797			46			—			—			1,797			—
Specified legal costs		—			—			664			243			—			—			664			—
Adjusted EBITDA (including noncontrolling interests)		43,660			52,671			67,724			31,622			26,589			10,983			67,612			37,454
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(14,706	)		(17,179	)		(22,391	)		(10,067	)		(9,266	)		(4,042	)		(20,964	)		(12,676	)
Adjusted EBITDA	$	28,954		$	35,492		$	45,333		$	21,595		$	17,323		$	6,941		$	46,648		$	24,758

This presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, since not all companies use identical calculations.

(2) Includes the following capital expenditure by type:

	Year Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30, 2009		Pro Forma Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
	2007		2008		2009
Development capital expenditures	$	12,887	$	18,764	$	11,056	$	5,405	$	5,095
Maintenance capital expenditures		2,331		2,490		4,011		1,039		2,354
Total capital expenditures	$	15,218	$	21,254	$	15,067	$	6,444	$	7,449

19

(3) We calculate non-acquired treatment growth by dividing the number of treatments performed during the applicable period by the number of treatments performed during the corresponding prior period, excluding the number of treatments performed at clinics acquired during the applicable period, and expressing the resulting number as a percentage.

(4) We calculate revenues per treatment, patient care costs per treatment and general and administrative expenses per treatment by dividing net operating revenues, patient care costs and general and administrative expenses for the applicable period by the number of treatments performed in the applicable period.

(5) Current assets minus current liabilities.

20

RISK FACTORS

Investing in the notes involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, they may materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations, which in turn could adversely affect our ability to repay the notes. You may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offer

If you choose not to exchange your outstanding notes, the present transfer restrictions will remain in force and the market price of your outstanding notes could decline.

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, then you will continue to be subject to the transfer restrictions on the outstanding notes as set forth in the offering circular distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act. You should refer to “Summary—The Exchange Offer” and “The Exchange Offer” for information about how to tender your outstanding notes.

The tender of outstanding notes under the exchange offer will reduce the principal amount of the outstanding notes outstanding, which may have an adverse effect upon, and increase the volatility of, the market price of the outstanding notes due to reduction in liquidity.

Certain persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange notes.

Based on interpretations of the staff of the SEC contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1983), we believe that you may offer for resale, resell or otherwise transfer the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some instances described in this prospectus under “Plan of Distribution,” certain holders of exchange notes will remain obligated to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to transfer the exchange notes. If such a holder transfers any exchange notes without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, such a holder may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify such a holder against, this liability.

Your ability to transfer the notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and an active trading market may not develop for the notes.

We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on a securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation system. There is currently no established market for the exchange notes, and we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the exchange notes, your ability to sell the exchange notes or the price at which you would be able to sell the exchange notes. If such markets were to exist, the exchange notes could trade at prices that may be lower than their principal amount or purchase price depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our financial and operating performance and other factors. We cannot assure you that an active market for the exchange notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. The market, if any, for the exchange notes may experience similar disruptions and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your exchange notes.

21

Risks Relating to Our Business

If the number of patients with commercial insurance declines, or if the average rates paid by commercial payors decline, our operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Commercial payors pay us on terms and at rates that are generally significantly higher than Medicare rates. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we derived approximately 43% of our net operating revenues from commercial payors, even though these payors were the source of reimbursement for approximately 14% of the treatments performed. Medicare payment rates are generally insufficient to cover our total operating expenses allocable to providing dialysis treatments for Medicare patients, although in some circumstances they are sufficient to cover their patient care costs. The dialysis services industry is experiencing a growing number of commercial payors seeking to reduce payment rates and impose limitations on out-of-network access and rates. The downward pressure on commercial payment rates is a result of general conditions in the market, recent and future consolidations among commercial payors, increased focus on dialysis services and other factors. Decreases in the number of patients covered by commercial plans, reductions in commercial payor rates and decreases in out-of-network rates or increases in restrictions on out-of-network access could result in a significant decrease in our overall revenues derived from commercial payors.

We are continuously in the process of negotiating agreements with our commercial payors, who are increasingly aggressive in their negotiations with us. In the event that our continued negotiations result in overall commercial rate reductions in excess of overall commercial rate increases, the cumulative effect could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. Consolidations have significantly increased the negotiating leverage of commercial payors. Our negotiations with payors are also influenced by competitive pressures. It is possible that some of our contracted rates with commercial payors may decrease or that we may experience decreases in patient volume as our negotiations with commercial payors continue. In addition to increasing downward pressure on contracted commercial payor rates, payors have been attempting to impose restrictions and limitations on non-contracted or out-of-network providers. Rates for out-of-network providers are on average higher than rates for in-network providers. Commercial payors may restructure their benefits to create disincentives for patients to select or remain with out-of-network providers or may decrease payment rates for out-of-network providers. Through our affiliation with dialysis provider trade organizations, we are resisting attempts to limit access to out-of-network providers through regulatory, legislative and legal means. Because some of our clinics are currently designated as out of network providers for our current commercial payors, decreases in out-of-network rates and restrictions on out-of-network access combined with decreases in contracted rates could result in a significant decrease in our overall revenue derived from commercial payors. If the average rates that commercial payors pay us decline significantly, it would have a material adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and cash flows.

Additionally, our revenues are sensitive to the percentage of patients with commercial insurance coverage. A patient’s insurance coverage may change for a number of reasons, including as a result of changes in the patient’s or a family member’s employment status. Currently, for a patient covered by an employer group health plan, Medicare generally becomes the primary payor after 33 months, including a 3-month coordination of benefits period. When Medicare becomes the primary payor, the payment rate we receive for that patient shifts from the employer group health plan rate to the lower Medicare payment rate. If there is a significant reduction in the number of patients under higher-paying commercial plans relative to government-based programs, our revenues, earnings and cash flows would be adversely affected.

We have seen an increase in the number of patients who have government-based programs as their primary payors which we believe is largely as a result of the current economic recession which has reduced the percentage of patients covered under commercial insurance plans. To the extent there are sustained or increased job losses in the United States as a result of current economic conditions, we could experience a decrease in the number of patients under commercial plans. We could also experience a further decrease if changes to the healthcare regulatory system result in fewer patients covered under commercial plans. In addition, our continued negotiations with commercial payors could result in a decrease in the number of patients under commercial plans

22

to the extent that we cannot reach agreement with commercial payors on rates and other terms. If there is a significant reduction in the number of patients under higher-paying commercial plans relative to government-based programs that pay at lower rates, it would have a material adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and cash flows.

Changes in the structure of, and payment rates under, state Medicaid programs and the Medicare ESRD program could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We derived approximately 3% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 from patients who have Medicaid as their primary coverage. As state governments face increasing budgetary pressure, they may propose reductions in payment rates, delays in the timing of payments, limitations on eligibility or other changes to Medicaid programs. Some states have already taken steps to reduce or delay payments. In addition, Medicaid eligibility requirements mandate that citizen enrollees in Medicaid programs provide documented proof of citizenship. Our revenues, earnings and cash flows could be negatively impacted to the extent that we are not paid by Medicaid or other state programs for services provided to patients who are unable to satisfy the eligibility requirements, including undocumented patients living in the United States. If state governments reduce the rates paid by Medicaid programs for dialysis and related services, delay the timing of payment for services provided, further limit eligibility for Medicaid coverage or adopt changes to the Medicaid payment structure which reduces our overall payments from Medicaid, then our revenues, earnings and cash flows could be adversely affected.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we derived approximately 57% of our revenues from reimbursement from federal programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. The Medicare ESRD program pays us for dialysis treatment services at a single composite rate for each dialysis treatment, adjusted based upon geography and individual patient characteristics. The composite rate includes the supplies used in those treatments, specified laboratory tests and certain pharmaceuticals. The existing Medicare ESRD program does not provide for regular percentage increases in the composite rate. Accordingly, the amounts by which we are reimbursed for our services are not adjusted to keep pace with inflation, even if our operating costs, which include labor and supply costs, increase.

Other services and pharmaceuticals, vitamin D analogs, and iron supplements, are separately billed. These separately-billable pharmaceuticals include erythropoietin (“EPO”), a pharmaceutical used to treat anemia, a common complication associated with ESRD. Reductions in the payment rate or changes in the reimbursement methodology for these separately billed items, without a corresponding increase in the composite rate, could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and cash flows.

In July 2008, the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008, or MIPPA, was passed by Congress. This legislation introduced a new payment system for dialysis services beginning in January 2011 whereby ESRD payments will be made under a bundled payment rate which will provide for a fixed rate for all goods and services provided during the dialysis treatment, including laboratory services, the administration of pharmaceuticals and payments for pharmaceuticals such as EPO that are separately billed under the current methodology. On July 23, 2010, CMS released the final rule regarding the new bundled payment rate system. We are still evaluating the various components of the new bundled payment rate system, however, we noted that the initial 2011 bundled rate includes reductions of 2% and 3.1%, respectively, to conform to the provisions of MIPPA and to establish budget neutrality. Further there is a 5.94% reduction tied to an expanded list of case mix adjustors which can be earned back based upon the presence of these co-morbidities at the time of treatment. There are other provisions which may impact payment including an outlier pool and a low volume facility adjustment. Further the new rule requires dialysis facilities to provide new services within the payment bundle such as oral vitamin D medications and an expanded list of laboratory tests. Historically these services were separately billable; now the dialysis facility will be at risk for utilization with reimbursement set at a fixed rate. With regard to the expanded list of case-mix adjustors, these may be difficult or impossible for our dialysis clinics or billing and other systems to document and track resulting in a reduction in the amounts of the payments that we would otherwise be entitled to receive. The rule also requires the new single bundled payment base rate

23

to be adjusted annually for inflation based upon a market basket index, less a productivity adjustment, beginning in 2012. Also, beginning in 2012, the rule provides for up to a 2% withhold that can be earned back by facilities that meet certain defined clinical performance standards.

Federal or state healthcare reform laws could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

On March 30, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act that modified the newly enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, commonly referred to as the Health Care Reform Act. This culmination of a yearlong legislative process will have a significant impact on the health care delivery system. Much of that impact, specifically as related to dialysis services, is unknown.

The Health Care Reform Act, among other things, sets out a plan for a type of universal healthcare coverage. A number of states, including California, Colorado, Connecticut, Massachusetts, New York and Pennsylvania, are also contemplating significant reform of their health insurance markets. Other states have mounted legal challenges to the implementation of certain aspects of the health care reform bill in their respective states. The Health Care Reform Act, along with possible changes at the state level, will affect both public programs and privately-financed health insurance arrangements. Both the new federal law and the state proposals increase the number of insured persons by expanding the eligibility levels for public programs and compelling individuals and employers to purchase health coverage. At the same time, these laws seek to reform the underwriting and marketing practices of health plans. These laws could further increase pricing pressure on existing commercial payors. As a result, commercial payors may likely seek to lower their rates of reimbursement for the services we provide. The state proposals are still being debated in various legislatures and the legal challenges to the Health Care Reform Act are in their earliest stages.

Given the recent enactment of the Health Care Reform Act, and taking into account proposed state reforms and possible legal challenges, we cannot predict how our business will be affected by the full implementation of these and future actions. The Health Care Reform Act, in connection with state initiatives, may increase our costs, decrease our revenues, expose us to expanded liability or require us to revise the ways in which we conduct our business, any of which could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

If we fail to adhere to all of the complex federal, state and local government regulations that apply to our business, we could suffer severe consequences and it could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our dialysis operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local government regulations, all of which are subject to change. These government regulations currently relate, among other things, to:

• government healthcare program participation requirements and reimbursement for patient services, including Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rules and regulations;

• federal and state anti-kickback laws, the federal Stark Law’s prohibition on physician self-referrals and analogous state physician self-referral statutes;

• false claims prohibitions for healthcare reimbursement programs and other fraud and abuse laws and regulations, including amendments to the federal False Claims Act in 2009;

• federal and state laws regarding record keeping requirements, privacy and security protections applicable to the collection, use and disclosure of protected health information, security breach notification requirements relating to protected health information, and standards for the exchange of electronic health information, electronic transactions and code sets and unique identifiers for providers;

• licensing and certification requirements applicable to our dialysis clinics; and

• regulation related to health, safety and environmental compliance, including medical waste disposal.

24

We endeavor to comply with all of the requirements for receiving Medicare and Medicaid payments and to structure all of our relationships with physicians to comply with state and federal anti-kickback laws, the federal Stark Law and applicable state self-referral laws. However, the laws and regulations in this area are complex and subject to varying interpretations. For example, if a governmental agency were to challenge the level of compensation that we pay our medical directors, we could be required to change our practices, face criminal or civil penalties, pay substantial fines or otherwise experience a material adverse effect as a result of a challenge to these arrangements.

Both federal and state government agencies, as well as private payors, have heightened and coordinated audits and administrative, civil, and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare organizations. These investigations relate to a wide variety of topics, including the following:

• cost reporting and billing practices;

• quality of care;

• financial reporting;

• financial relationships with referral sources; and

• medical necessity of services provided.

In addition, CMS has increased the frequency and intensity of its certification inspections of dialysis clinics. State and federal governments have increased enforcement efforts and discussions related to proposed federal and state healthcare reform raise the possibility of significantly increased funding for enforcement of anti-fraud, physician self-referral, and false claims laws against healthcare providers. We may be especially susceptible to state law regulation risks in states where we have large concentrations of business and in states in which we establish new JVs but in which we may be unfamiliar with the regulatory requirements. For example, we are required to provide substantial documentation related to the administration of pharmaceuticals, including EPO. To the extent that any of this documentation is found insufficient, we may be required to refund any amounts received from this administration by government or commercial payors, and be subject to substantial penalties under applicable laws or regulations. In addition, fiscal intermediaries have increased their prepayment and post-payment reviews. Medicare Administrative Contractors are now active in many, but not all, states and are responsible for performing the functions previously performed by fiscal intermediaries. Medicare is also in the process of implementing a network of privately contracted auditors, called Recovery Audit Contractors, or RACs, which will conduct post-payment reviews to identify improper payments made by Medicare to providers. The RACs have been assigned to each of the four regional jurisdictions covering the United States under the Recovery Audit Contractor Program. They are scheduled to be fully functional by 2010, but are already operating in several states and are performing limited post-payment reviews. RACs are to be paid on a contingency basis for all overpayments identified and recovered. If any of these enforcement actions or payment reviews identifies non-compliance or overpayments by us, they could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

The Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rules related to claims submission, licensing requirements, cost reporting, and payment processes impose complex and extensive requirements upon dialysis providers. A violation or departure from these requirements may result in government audits, lower reimbursements, recoupments or voluntary repayments, and the potential loss of certification. Further, if any of our operations are found to violate these or other government regulations, we could suffer severe consequences that would have a material adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and cash flows including:

• suspension or termination of our participation in government payment programs;

• refunds to the government and third-party payors of amounts received in violation of law or applicable payment program requirements;

• loss of required government certifications or exclusion from government payment programs;

25

• loss of licenses required to operate healthcare clinics in some of the states in which we operate;

• reductions in payment rates or coverage for dialysis and ancillary services and related pharmaceuticals;

• fines, damages or monetary penalties for anti-kickback law violations, federal Stark Law violations, violations of state self-referral and anti-kickback prohibitions, submission of false claims, civil or criminal liability based on violations of law, or other failures to meet regulatory requirements;

• claims for monetary damages from or on behalf of patients who believe their protected health information has been used or disclosed in violation of federal or state patient privacy laws, or the imposition of fines and penalties for violations of those laws;

• mandated practice changes that significantly increase operating expenses; and

• termination of relationships with medical directors or healthcare providers.

In addition, the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Department of Justice have, from time to time, undertaken national enforcement initiatives that focus on specific billing practices or other suspected areas of abuse. If such enforcement initiatives are undertaken or if we become subject to any federal or state audits or investigations we are unable to predict the impact such actions would have on our business, financial position or results of operations. See “Business—Government Regulation.”

Our attempt to expand through development of de novo clinics or acquisition of existing dialysis clinics entails risks to our growth, as well as our operating results and financial condition.

We have experienced rapid growth since our inception. We have grown primarily through the development of de novo dialysis clinics as JVs with nephrologists or nephrologist groups, but we have also grown through the acquisition of existing clinics that we have restructured as JVs. Growth through development and acquisition places significant demands on our financial and management resources. Inability on our part to address these demands could adversely affect our growth, as well as our operating results and financial condition.

We generally expand by seeking appropriate locations for a dialysis clinic, taking into consideration the potential patient base, payor types, the availability of a nephrologist to be our medical director and nephrologist partner, and a skilled work force including qualified and cost-effective nursing and technical personnel. The inability to identify suitable locations, suitable nephrologist partners and workforce personnel for our dialysis clinics could adversely affect our growth as well as our operating results and financial condition.

The cost of developing a de novo dialysis clinic can be expensive and may include costs related to construction, equipment and initial working capital. In general, acquiring an existing dialysis clinic is more costly than developing a de novo dialysis clinic, but has historically been a faster means for achieving profitability. De novo dialysis clinics are subject to various risks, including risks associated with the availability and terms of financing for development and securing appropriate licenses. In addition, our de novo clinics may not become cash flow positive or profitable on a timely basis or at all. The inability to develop de novo clinics or acquire existing clinics on reasonable terms or in a cost-effective manner could adversely affect our growth as well as our operating results and financial condition. There is no assurance that we will be able to continue to successfully expand our business through establishing de novo clinics, or that de novo clinics will be able to achieve profitability that is consistent with our past results.

Our business strategy includes the selective acquisition of existing dialysis clinics. Businesses we acquire may have unknown or contingent liabilities or liabilities that are in excess of the amounts that we originally estimated. Although we generally seek indemnification from the sellers of businesses we acquire for matters that are not properly disclosed to us, we may not be successful. In addition, even in cases where we are able to obtain indemnification, we may be subject to liabilities greater than the contractual limits of our indemnification or the financial resources of the indemnifying party. In the event that we are responsible for liabilities substantially in excess of any amounts recovered through rights to indemnification, we could suffer severe consequences that could adversely impact our operating results.

26

If physicians cease referring patients to our dialysis clinics, our revenues would decrease.

Our dialysis services business is dependent upon patients choosing our clinics as the location for their treatments. Patients may select a clinic based, in whole or in part, on the recommendation of their physician. We believe that physicians and other clinicians typically consider a number of factors when recommending a particular dialysis facility to an ESRD patient, including, but not limited to, the quality of care at a clinic, the competency of a clinic’s staff, convenient scheduling, and a clinic’s location and physical condition. Physicians, including our nephrologist partners who are our medical directors, may change their facility recommendations at any time, which may result in the transfer of our existing patients to competing clinics, including clinics established by the physicians themselves. Our dialysis care business also depends on recommendations by hospitals, managed care plans and other health care institutions. If a significant number of providers cease referring their patients to our clinics, this would reduce our dialysis care revenue and could materially adversely affect our overall operations.

Our arrangements with our nephrologist partners and medical directors do not satisfy all the elements of a safe harbor to the federal anti-kickback statute and certain state anti-kickback laws and as a result may subject us to government scrutiny.

We take great efforts to ensure that our JV arrangements and medical director agreements comply with applicable laws and government regulations or fall within applicable safe harbors. Our business model is focused exclusively on JVs with nephrologist partners, which we have sought to structure in compliance with the federal anti-kickback statute, the Stark Law, and analogous state anti-kickback and self-referral laws, including the exceptions applicable to Medicare ESRD services. Many of our JVs with physicians or physician groups also involve the nephrologist partners providing medical director services to those clinics. Under Medicare regulations, each of our dialysis clinics is required to have an active medical director who is responsible for decision-making in analyzing core processes and patient outcomes and in stimulating a team approach to Continuous Quality Improvement and patient safety. For these services, we retain a physician on an independent contractor basis at an annual fixed fee to serve as the medical director. In the majority of cases, the medical director is also a nephrologist partner of ours in the particular dialysis clinic in question.

We believe that our relationships with our nephrologist partners, which includes our medical directors, meet most but not all of the elements of one of the safe harbors to the federal anti-kickback statute and may not meet all of the elements of analogous state safe harbors. Arrangements that do not meet all of the elements of a safe harbor are not prohibited under the federal anti-kickback statute but are susceptible to government scrutiny. The Office of Inspector General, or OIG, of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has indicated a concern about joint venture arrangements between physicians and other healthcare providers that may benefit from referrals of patients by those physicians or other business generated between the parties. Accordingly, there is some risk that the OIG or another government agency might investigate our JV arrangements and medical director contracts. In addition, if physician self-referral laws were to be interpreted differently than they currently are, we may be found to be in violation of such laws. If our arrangements with our medical directors were investigated and determined to violate the federal anti-kickback statute or analogous state laws, we could be required to restructure these relationships. We could also be subjected to severe monetary consequences that could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition, including the repayment of amounts received from Medicare by the offending clinics and the payment of penalties.

If we cannot renew our medical director agreements or enforce the noncompetition agreements with our medical directors, whether due to regulatory or other reasons, our operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Our medical director contracts are for fixed initial ten-year periods with automatic renewal options. Medical directors have no obligation to extend their agreements with us. We may take actions to restructure existing relationships or take positions in negotiating extensions of relationships to assure compliance with the safe

27

harbor provisions of the anti-kickback statute, Stark Law and other similar laws. These actions could negatively impact the decision of physicians to extend their medical director agreements with us or to recommend us to their patients. If the terms of any existing agreement are found to violate applicable laws, we may not be successful in restructuring the relationship which could lead to the early termination of the agreement, or cause the physician to stop recommending our dialysis clinics to their patients. If a significant number of physicians were to cease recommending our dialysis clinics to their patients, whether due to regulatory or other reasons, then our revenues, earnings and cash flows would be substantially reduced.

If a medical director agreement terminates, whether before or at the end of its term, it may negatively impact that former medical director’s decision to treat his or her patients at one of our clinics. All of our medical director agreements provide for noncompetition restrictions prohibiting the medical directors from owning an interest in or serving as a medical director of a competing facility within specified geographical areas for specified periods of time. If we are unable to enforce the noncompetition provisions contained in our medical director agreements, it is possible that these medical directors may choose to provide medical director services for competing providers or establish their own dialysis clinics in competition with ours.

Delays in state Medicare and Medicaid certification of our dialysis clinics could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are required to obtain state and federal certification for participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs before we can begin billing for patients treated in our clinics who are enrolled in government-based programs. Due to budgetary pressures, significant delays in certification have occurred in some states and additional delays may occur in the future. For example, the state of Texas stopped certifying dialysis clinics during a portion of 2009, and the state of California experienced significant delays in certifying dialysis clinics during 2009. Failures or delays in obtaining certification could cause significant delays in our ability to bill for services provided to patients covered under government programs, cause us to incur write-offs of investments or accelerate the recognition of lease obligations in the event we have to close clinics or our clinics’ operating performance deteriorates. This could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Our business is subject to substantial competition, which could adversely impact our operating results and financial condition as well as growth.

The development, acquisition and operation of dialysis clinics is highly competitive. Our competition comes from other dialysis clinics, many of which are owned by much larger public companies, small to mid-sized private companies, acute care hospitals, nursing homes and physician groups. The dialysis industry is rapidly consolidating, resulting in several large dialysis companies competing with us for the acquisition of existing dialysis clinics and the development of relationships with nephrologists to serve as medical directors for new clinics. Over the past few years, several dialysis companies, including some of our largest competitors, have adopted a JV model of dialysis clinic ownership resulting in increased competition in the development, acquisition and operation of our JV dialysis clinics. The addition of competitors using a JV model could adversely affect our growth as well as our operating results and financial condition. Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources, more dialysis clinics and a significantly larger patient base. Some of our competitors may also be able to achieve better economies of scale by asserting leverage against their suppliers and other commercial parties.

Changes in clinical practices relating to EPO, the use and marketing of alternatives to EPO and payment rates or rules for EPO and other pharmaceuticals could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition as well as our ability to care for patients.

Payments for the administration of EPO and other pharmaceuticals accounted for approximately 34% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009, with payments for EPO accounting for approximately 22% of our revenue. Changes in clinical practices that result in decreased utilization of prescribed pharmaceuticals or

28

changes in payment rates for those pharmaceuticals could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. Since late 2006, there has been significant media discussion and government scrutiny regarding anemia management practices in the United States which has created confusion and concern in the nephrology community. In late 2006, the House Ways and Means Committee held a hearing on the issue of the utilization of erythropoiesis stimulating agents, or ESAs, which include EPO, and in 2007, the FDA required changes to the labeling of EPO and Aranesp^® to include a black box warning, the FDA’s strongest form of warning label. The FDA held additional hearings to revisit these label changes as they apply to ESRD and has indicated that they will convene in 2010 to further review ESA labeling. CMS also reviewed its EPO reimbursement policies and in January 2008, changes to the EPO monitoring policy went into effect which further limited reimbursement and which impacted the prescribing habits of our physicians and which has in the past and may in the future result in lower pharmaceutical intensities. Most recently, on March 24, 2010, the CMS Medical Evidence Development & Coverage Committee (“MEDCAC”) met to examine currently available evidence on the use of erythropoiesis stimulating agents (“ESAs”), including EPO. MEDCAC is an independent body established to provide guidance and expert advice to CMS on clinical issues. At the meeting, evidence was presented from current and recently completed clinical studies regarding the effectiveness of use of ESAs to manage anemia in patients who have chronic kidney disease. No policy determinations or recommendations concerning the manner in which ESAs, such as EPO, are covered or reimbursed under Medicare were made at the meeting, although MEDCAC is empowered to submit future recommendations to CMS following its review of the available evidence. Commercial payors have also increasingly examined their administration policies for EPO and, in some cases have modified those policies. Further changes in labeling of EPO and other pharmaceuticals in a manner that alters physician practice patterns or accepted clinical practices, changes in private and government payment criteria, including the introduction of EPO administration policies or the conversion to alternate types of administration of EPO or other pharmaceuticals that result in further decreases in utilization or reimbursement for EPO and other pharmaceuticals could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and cash flows.

Amgen Inc. is the sole supplier of EPO. We purchase EPO from Amgen through a group purchasing organization that negotiates the terms on which we purchase EPO. The available supply of EPO could be delayed or reduced, whether by Amgen itself, through unforeseen circumstances or as a result of excessive demand. In addition, our group purchasing organization may be unable to negotiate acceptable terms for us to purchase EPO from Amgen, or Amgen may unilaterally decide to increase its price for EPO at any time. If that occurs, we may have no ability on our part to pass any price increases to our payors. Future changes in the cost of EPO could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows and ultimately reduce our income. Although our agreements with our group purchasing organization and Amgen for EPO include potential rebates that depend upon our achievement of certain criteria, we cannot predict whether we will continue to receive rebates for EPO at the levels that we currently receive, or whether we will continue to achieve the same levels of rebates within that structure as we have historically achieved. Our agreements with our group purchasing organization and Amgen provide for specific rebates off list price based on a combination of factors, including data submission. Factors that could impact our ability to qualify for rebates provided for in our agreements with our group purchasing organization and Amgen in the future include our ability to track data elements. Failure to meet targets and earn the specified rebates could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Amgen has developed and obtained FDA approval for Aranesp^®, and Roche has developed Mircera^®, each of which are pharmaceuticals used to treat anemia that may replace EPO or reduce its use with dialysis patients. Unlike EPO, which is generally administered in conjunction with each dialysis treatment, Aranesp^® and Mircera^® are administered less frequently. If Aranesp^®, Mircera^® or any future alternatives to EPO are marketed for the treatment of dialysis patients, we may realize lower margins on the administration of these pharmaceuticals than we currently realize with EPO. A significant increase in the development and use of similar alternatives to EPO, or a change in drug administration practices, could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

29

Most of our EPO reimbursement is from government programs. In recent years, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, revised its rules for reimbursement of pharmaceuticals, including EPO, which resulted in a net reduction of average Medicare payment rates. In 2006, reimbursement for EPO was set at the average sales price plus 6%, which resulted in a decreased reimbursement for pharmaceuticals, but was offset by a 1.6% composite rate increase. If government or commercial payors further reduce reimbursement for EPO, then our revenues, earnings and cash flows may decline.

The Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 provides for marginal increases in the dialysis composite rate for 2009 and 2010, but also establishes “bundled” payments for goods and services provided during a dialysis treatment beginning in 2011. By statute, the items and services in the new dialysis bundled rate will include in its calculation, among other things, EPO and other erythropoiesis stimulating agents.

Current economic conditions, including the current recession in the United States and the worldwide economic slowdown, as well as further disruptions in the financial markets, could adversely impact our operating results and financial condition.

The current economic recession in the United States and worldwide economic slowdown could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. Among other things, the potential decline in federal and state revenues that may result from these conditions may create additional pressures to contain or reduce reimbursements for our services from Medicare, Medicaid and other government sponsored programs. Our business may be particularly sensitive to economic conditions in certain states in which we operate a large number of clinics, such as Florida, Rhode Island or others. The increased job losses and elevated unemployment rates in the United States resulting from the recession could result in a smaller percentage of patients being covered by commercial payors and a larger percentage being covered by lower-paying Medicare and Medicaid programs. Employers may also begin to select more restrictive commercial plans with lower reimbursement rates. To the extent that payors are adversely affected by a decline in the economy, we may experience further pressure on commercial rates, delays in fee collections and a reduction in the amounts we are able to collect. In addition, if the current turmoil in the financial markets continues, interest rates may increase and it could be more difficult to obtain credit in the future. Any or all of these factors, as well as other consequences of the current economic conditions which currently cannot be anticipated, could adversely impact our operating results and financial condition.

We may be subject to liability claims for damages and other expenses not covered by insurance that could adversely impact our operating results.

The administration of dialysis services to patients may subject us to litigation and liability for damages based on an allegation of malpractice, professional negligence in the performance of our treatment and related services, the acts or omissions of our employees, or other matters. Our exposure to this litigation and liability for damages increases with growth in the number of our clinics and treatments performed. Potential judgments, settlements or costs relating to potential future claims, complaints or lawsuits could result in substantial damages and could subject us to the incurrence of significant fees and costs. Our insurance may not be sufficient or available to cover these damages, costs or expenses. Our business, profitability and growth prospects could suffer if we face negative publicity or we pay damages or defense costs in connection with a claim that is outside the scope of any applicable insurance coverage, including claims related to contractual disputes and professional and general liability claims.

Our insurance costs have been increasing substantially over the last several years, and our coverage may not be sufficient to cover claims and losses.

We maintain a program of insurance coverage against a broad range of risks in our business. In particular, we maintain professional liability insurance, subject to deductibles. The premiums and deductibles under our insurance program have been increasing over the last several years as a result of general business rate increases.

30

We are unable to predict further increases in premiums and deductibles, but based on recent experience, we anticipate further increases in this area, which could adversely impact earnings. The liability exposure of operations in the healthcare services industry has increased, resulting not only in increased premiums, but in limited liability on behalf of the insurance carriers. Our ability to obtain the necessary and sufficient insurance coverage for our operations upon expiration of our insurance policies may be limited, and sufficient insurance may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. We could be materially and adversely affected by any of the following:

• our inability to obtain sufficient insurance for our operations;

• the collapse or insolvency of our insurance carriers;

• further increases in premiums and deductibles; and

• an inability to obtain one or more types of insurance on acceptable terms.

There are significant risks associated with estimating the amount of revenues that we recognize that could impact the timing of our recognition of revenues or have a significant impact on our operating results and financial condition.

There are significant risks associated with estimating the amount of revenues that we recognize in a reporting period. Ongoing insurance coverage changes, geographic coverage differences, differing interpretations of contract coverage, and other payor issues complicate the billing and collection process. Determining applicable primary and secondary coverage for an extensive number of patients at any point in time, together with the changes in patient coverage that occur each month, requires complex, resource-intensive processes. Errors in determining the correct coordination of benefits may result in refunds to payors. Revenues associated with Medicare and Medicaid programs also are subject to estimating risk related to the amounts not paid by the primary government payor that will ultimately be collectible from other government programs paying secondary coverage, the patient’s commercial health plan secondary coverage or the patient. Collections, refunds and payor retractions typically continue to occur for up to three years and longer after services are provided. If our estimates of revenues are materially inaccurate, it could impact the timing of our recognition of revenues and have a significant impact on our operating results and financial condition.

We may be the subject of inquiries by governmental authorities, any of which could result in substantial penalties against us.

From time to time, we may be the subject of inquiries or investigations by governmental authorities. Any negative findings could result in substantial financial penalties against us, exclusion from future participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and, in some cases, criminal penalties. Further, in many cases the mere existence or announcement of any such inquiry could have a material adverse effect on our business. While some proceedings against companies in our industry may be filed under seal, we have no notice or knowledge that proceedings have been initiated against us at this time. Although we cannot predict whether or when proceedings might be initiated or when these matters may be resolved, it is not unusual for these investigations to continue for a considerable period of time. Responding to these investigations can require substantial management attention and significant legal expense, which could materially adversely affect our operations.

If our key supplier is unable to meet our needs or if we are unable effectively to access new technology it could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Amgen Inc. is the sole supplier of EPO, the administration of which makes up a significant portion of our revenues. If this supplier is unable to meet our needs for EPO or EPO alternatives, including in the event of a product recall, and we are not able to find adequate alternative sources, it could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

31

In addition, the technology related to EPO is subject to new developments that may result in superior products. If we are not able to access these superior products on a cost-effective basis or if suppliers are not able to fulfill our requirements for products, we could face patient attrition which could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Material decisions regarding our dialysis clinics may require consent or trigger rights of our nephrologist partners, and we may be required to purchase the ownership interests of our nephrologist partners or be unable to take actions that we believe are in our best interest.

Our nephrologist partners participate in material strategic and operating decisions we make for our clinics. For example, we generally must obtain the consent of our nephrologist partners before making any material amendments to the operating agreement for the dialysis clinic or admitting additional members. See “Business—JV Operating Agreements”. In addition, some of our JV operating agreements grant our nephrologist partners rights to require us to purchase—at fair market value or book value depending on the circumstances— their ownership interests at certain set times or upon the occurrence of certain triggering events. Event-based triggers of these rights in various JV operating agreements may include sale of assets, closure of the clinic, acquisitions over a certain dollar amount, failure to make distributions and other events. The consummation of the Transactions triggered some of these rights of our nephrologist partners, but such rights were waived. Time-based triggers give nephrologist partners at certain of our clinics the option to require us to purchase previously agreed upon percentages of their ownership interests at certain set dates.

The rights of our nephrologist partners to approve material decisions could limit our ability to take actions that we believe are in our best interest and the best interest of the dialysis clinic. We may not be able to resolve favorably, or at all, any dispute regarding material decisions with our nephrologist partners.

The funds required to honor our put obligations may make it difficult for us to meet our other debt obligations, including borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility and the payments of the notes being exchanged hereby. As a result of the exercise of these rights by nephrologist partners, we may also lose the JV ownership structure in some of our clinics. As of June 30, 2010, we have recorded liabilities of approximately $34 million for all existing time-based obligations and approximately $8 million for all existing event-based obligations to our nephrologist partners, which amounts reflect our estimation of fair market value as of June 30, 2010.

Shortages of qualified skilled clinical personnel, or higher than normal turnover rates, could affect our ability to grow and deliver quality, timely and cost-effective care services.

We depend on qualified nurses and other skilled clinical personnel to provide quality service to patients in our clinics. Competition is intense for qualified nursing, technical staff and nephrologists. We depend on our ability to attract and retain skilled clinical personnel to support our growth and generate revenues. There is currently a shortage of skilled clinical personnel in many of the markets in which we operate our clinics as well as markets in which we are considering opening new clinics. This nursing shortage may adversely affect our ability to grow or, in some cases, to replace existing staff, thereby leading to disruptions in our services. In addition, this shortage of skilled clinical personnel and the more stressful working conditions it creates for those remaining in the profession are increasingly viewed as a threat to patient safety and may trigger the adoption of state and federal laws and regulations intended to reduce that risk. For example, some states have adopted or are considering legislation that would prohibit forced overtime for nurses or establish mandatory staffing level requirements.

In response to the shortage of skilled clinical personnel, we have increased and are likely to have to continue to increase our wages and benefits to recruit and retain nurses or to engage contract nurses at a higher expense until we hire permanent staff nurses. We may not be able to increase the rates we charge to offset increased costs. The shortage of skilled clinical personnel may in the future delay our ability to achieve our operational goals at a dialysis clinic by limiting the number of patients we are able to service. The shortage of skilled clinical personnel

32

also makes it difficult for us in some markets to reduce personnel expense at our clinics by implementing a reduction in the size of the skilled clinical personnel staff during periods of reduced patient admissions and procedure volumes. In addition, we believe that retention of skilled clinical personnel is an important factor in a patient’s decision to continue receiving treatment at one of our clinics. If we are unable to hire skilled clinical personnel when needed, or if we experience a higher than normal turnover rate for our skilled clinical personnel, our operations and treatment growth will be negatively impacted, which would result in reduced revenues, earnings and cash flows.

Growing numbers of skilled clinical personnel are also joining unions that threaten and sometimes call work stoppages. Currently, none of our employees belong to a union. Union organizing activities at our clinics could adversely affect our operating costs, our employee relations, productivity, earnings and cash flows.

Because our senior management has been key to our growth and success, we may be adversely affected if we lose any member of our senior management.

We are highly dependent on our senior management. Although we have employment agreements with our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Financial Officer, we do not maintain “key man” life insurance policies on any of our officers. Because our senior management has contributed greatly to our growth since inception, the loss of key management personnel or our inability to attract, retain and motivate sufficient members of qualified management or other personnel could have a material adverse effect on us.

We depend on our relationships with our medical directors. Our ability to provide medical services at our facilities would be impaired and our revenues reduced if we were not able to maintain these relationships.

Our business depends on the efforts and success of the physicians who are medical directors at our clinics and the strength of our relationships with these physicians. The efforts of our medical directors directly correlate to the patient satisfaction and operating metrics of our clinics. Our revenues would be reduced if we lost our relationship with one of these key medical directors or group of medical directors. In addition, any failure of these medical directors to maintain the quality of medical care provided or to otherwise adhere to professional guidelines at our clinics or any damage to the reputation of a key medical director or group of medical directors could damage our reputation, subject us to liability and significantly reduce our revenues.

In addition our ability to attract physicians to enter into JV partnerships with us is essential to the growth of our business. If we became unable to attract physicians to enter into JV partnerships it would have a material adverse effect on us.

We may make significant loans to, and are generally liable for a proportionate share of the debts and other obligations of, our JV clinics.

We own and operate our JV clinics through arrangements in which we own, generally, between 51% and 75% of the ownership interests and our nephrologist partners own the remainder interests. In each of our JVs we are liable for our proportionate share (based upon interests) of the third-party debts and other obligations of the JV. Our nephrologist partners guarantee their proportionate share of these non-consolidated third-party debts, which are commonly secured by a lien on substantially all of the clinics’ assets. As of December 31, 2009, we guaranteed approximately $1.9 million of the third-party debt owed by these clinics. A failure of a clinic to repay these debts, or the occurrence of an event of default under the applicable debt arrangements for that clinic, could result in a loss of the applicable clinic. Further, a failure of our nephrologist partners to satisfy their obligations under their guarantees of these debts could also result in the forfeiture of the applicable clinic(s) or may require us to provide further funds in excess of our guarantee to prevent such loss. Our financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected if our clinics are unable to pay these third-party debts, or if our nephrologist partners are unable to satisfy their associated guarantees.

33

Following the Transactions, we expect that indebtedness at the clinic level will, in most cases, be funded through intercompany loans that we provide. Pursuant to these intercompany lending arrangements we will obtain a secured interest in substantially all of the clinic’s assets to secure the repayment of the intercompany loan. However, our financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected if our clinics are unable to repay these intercompany loans.

We will be required to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls when we become subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

As a privately held company (“non-issuer”) we have not been and are not currently subject to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the rules and regulations of the SEC or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which require, among other things, public companies to have and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures to ensure timely disclosure of material information, and have management review the effectiveness of those controls on a quarterly basis. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 also requires public companies to have and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements, and have management review the effectiveness of those controls on an annual basis (and, in certain cases, have the independent auditor attest to the effectiveness of such internal controls). We are not currently required to comply with these requirements, and therefore may not have comparable procedures in place as compared to public companies.

Following the effectiveness of our registration statement (see “The Exchange Offer”) we will, to the extent required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be required to annually complete an evaluation of our internal controls over financial reporting. Because we have not completed such evaluations in the past, we cannot predict the outcome of this testing and our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective. If our internal controls are ineffective, our financial results could be adversely affected. We will incur additional expenses and commitment of management’s time in connection with these evaluations.

Risks Related to the Notes

The following risks apply to the outstanding notes and will apply equally to the exchange notes.

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes and our other indebtedness.

We have substantial indebtedness. As of June 30, 2010, we have a total aggregate principal amount of indebtedness of $259.7 million, and an additional $25.0 million available to be borrowed under our New Revolving Credit Facility. Our high level of indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:

• make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations under the notes offered hereby, as well as our New Revolving Credit Facility, exposing us to the risk of default, which could result in a foreclosure on our assets, which, in turn, would negatively affect our ability to operate as a going concern;

• require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, reducing the availability of our cash flow for other purposes, such as capital expenditures, acquisitions and working capital;

• limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;

• increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

• place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;

• expose us to fluctuations in the interest rate environment because the interest rates on borrowings under our New Revolving Credit Facility will be variable;

34

• increase our cost of borrowing;

• limit our ability to borrow additional funds; and

• require us to sell assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes.

Despite our current indebtedness levels, we may still incur significant additional indebtedness, which could increase the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness, including additional secured indebtedness, in the future. The terms of the indenture governing the notes being exchanged hereby, and our New Revolving Credit Facility limit, but do not prohibit, us from incurring additional indebtedness. In addition, the indenture allows us to issue additional notes under certain circumstances which is also guaranteed by the guarantors and shares in the Collateral that secures the notes and guarantees. The indenture also allows our non-guarantor subsidiaries to incur a certain amount of additional debt, which would be structurally senior to the notes. In addition, the indenture does not prevent us from incurring other liabilities that do not constitute indebtedness. See “Description of the Exchange Notes.” This may have the effect of reducing the amounts available to pay interest on the notes. If we incur new debt or other liabilities, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness, including the notes, and we may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our payment obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors. We will not be able to control many of these factors, such as economic conditions in the industry in which we operate, regulatory changes and competitive pressures. Our cash flow may not be sufficient to allow us to pay principal and interest on our debt and to meet our other obligations. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements, including our New Revolving Credit Facility and the indenture relating to the notes, may restrict us from pursuing any of these alternatives. Any limitation on our ability to pay principal of and interest on the notes would likely reduce the value of the notes.

Our New Revolving Credit Facility and the indenture governing the notes being exchanged hereby impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our future subsidiaries, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities and taking some actions.

The agreements that govern the terms of our debt, including the indenture that governs the notes and our New Revolving Credit Facility, impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions limit our ability to, among other things:

• incur additional indebtedness;

• incur liens;

• make investments and sell assets;

• pay dividends and make other distributions;

• purchase our stock;

• engage in business activities unrelated to our current business;

35

• enter into transactions with affiliates; or

• consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

In addition, under our New Revolving Credit Facility we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet those ratios and tests. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our New Revolving Credit Facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our New Revolving Credit Facility, our lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our New Revolving Credit Facility to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit.

As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we will be limited in how we conduct our business, and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default in respect of the related indebtedness. If a default occurs, the relevant lenders could elect to declare the indebtedness, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be due and payable immediately and proceed against any Collateral securing that indebtedness.

This, in turn, could cause our other debt to become due and payable as a result of cross-acceleration provisions contained in the agreements governing such other debt. In the event that some or all of our debt is accelerated and becomes immediately due and payable, we may not have the funds to repay, or the ability to refinance, such debt.

The issuer and guarantors of the notes (other than American Renal Management LLC) are holding companies with no operations of their own.

The issuer and the guarantors of the notes (other than American Renal Management LLC) are holding companies, and their ability to service our debt is dependent upon the earnings from the business conducted by our non-guarantor subsidiaries that operate the clinics. The effect of this structure is that we depend on the earnings of our clinics, and the distribution or payment to us of a portion of these earnings to meet our obligations, including those under our New Revolving Credit Facility, the notes being exchanged hereby and any of our other debt obligations. The distributions of those earnings or advances or other distributions of funds by these entities to us, all of which are contingent upon the clinics’ earnings, are subject to various business considerations. In addition, distributions by our clinics could be subject to statutory restrictions, including state laws requiring that such subsidiaries be solvent, or contractual restrictions. Some of our clinics may become subject to agreements that restrict the sale of assets and significantly restrict or prohibit the payment of dividends or the making of distributions, loans or other payments to stockholders, partners or members. The indenture governing the notes permits our clinics to enter into agreements with similar prohibitions and restrictions in the future, subject to certain limitations.

The right to receive payments on the notes is structurally subordinated to the liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries and substantially all of our operations are conducted through non-guarantor subsidiaries.

The notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes. While the indenture governing the notes limits the indebtedness and activities of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, they are able to incur a certain amount of debt and their ability to incur non-debt obligations is not limited. The indenture governing the notes does not require our joint venture subsidiaries or our subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations to guarantee the notes.

36

In the event that any of the non-guarantor subsidiaries or joint venture entities becomes insolvent, liquidates or otherwise reorganizes:

• the creditors of the guarantors (including the holders of the notes) have no right to proceed against such subsidiary’s assets; and

• the creditors of such non-guarantor subsidiary, including trade creditors, generally are entitled to payment in full from the sale or other disposal of assets of such subsidiary, before any guarantor as direct or indirect shareholder, is entitled to receive any distributions from such subsidiary.

The notes are secured only to the extent of the value of the assets that have been granted as security for the notes and in the event that the security is enforced against the Collateral, the holders of the notes will receive proceeds from the Collateral only after the lenders under our New Revolving Credit Facility.

If we default on the notes, the holders of the notes are secured only to the extent of the value of the assets underlying their security interest. Not all of our assets secure the notes and we have not and will not take action to perfect all liens on assets which do secure the notes. Furthermore, upon enforcement against any Collateral or in insolvency, under the terms of the intercreditor agreement proceeds of such enforcement will first be used to pay obligations outstanding under our New Revolving Credit Facility (including post-petition interest, whether or not allowable in any bankruptcy case) and certain hedging and cash management arrangements prior to paying the notes.

The rights of holders of notes in the Collateral may be adversely affected by the intercreditor agreement.

Under the terms of the intercreditor agreement by and among the collateral agent for the holders of notes, the collateral agent under the New Revolving Credit Facility and the other parties from time to time thereto, the liens securing the obligations under the New Revolving Credit Facility and obligations under certain hedging and cash management arrangements on any assets of ours or the guarantors will generally rank equally with the liens on such assets securing our and the guarantors’ obligations under the notes and the guarantees. However, the intercreditor agreement provides that the obligations under the New Revolving Credit Facility (including post-petition interest, whether or not allowable in any bankruptcy case) as well as under such hedging and cash management arrangements will be paid prior to the obligations under the notes and guarantees in the event of any foreclosure or bankruptcy event.

Additionally, the intercreditor agreement generally permits each of the collateral agent for the holders of the notes, the collateral agent for the lenders under the New Revolving Credit Facility and the collateral agent for any other holders of pari passu lien indebtedness to independently enforce their liens on the Collateral (provided that distributions received on enforcement are applied as provided in the intercreditor agreement). It is possible that disputes may occur between the holders of the notes and lenders under our New Revolving Credit Facility or other secured parties as to the appropriate manner of pursuing enforcement remedies with respect to the Collateral which may delay enforcement of the Collateral, result in litigation and/or result in enforcement actions against the Collateral that are not approved by the holders of the notes. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Intercreditor Agreement.”

The value of the Collateral securing the notes may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations under the notes and the other obligations secured by an equal and ratable lien on the Collateral.

Obligations under the notes are secured by a lien on the Collateral. No appraisal of the value of the Collateral has been made in connection with this offering, and the fair market value is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, changing economic conditions, competition and other future trends. By its nature, some or all of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, no assurance can be given that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the Collateral will be sufficient to pay our obligations under the notes, in

37

full or at all, after first satisfying our obligations in full under the New Revolving Credit Facility. There also can be no assurance that the Collateral will be saleable and, even if saleable, the timing of its liquidation would be uncertain. To the extent that liens, rights or easements granted to third parties encumber assets located on property owned by us, such third parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such liens that could adversely affect the value of the Collateral and the ability of the collateral agent to foreclose on the Collateral. In addition, we may not have liens perfected on all of the Collateral securing the notes prior to the closing of this offering. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient Collateral to pay all or any of the amounts due on the notes. Any claim for the difference between the amount, if any, realized by holders of the notes from the sale of the Collateral securing the notes and the obligations under the notes will rank equally in right of payment with any second lien debt, all of our other unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness and other obligations, including trade payables. With respect to some of the Collateral, the collateral agent’s security interest and ability to foreclose will also be limited by the need to meet certain requirements, such as obtaining third-party consents and making additional filings. If we are unable to obtain these consents or make these filings, the security interests may be invalid and the holders will not be entitled to the Collateral or any recovery with respect thereto. We cannot assure you that any such required consents can be obtained on a timely basis or at all. These requirements may limit the number of potential bidders for certain Collateral in any foreclosure and may delay any sale, either of which events may have an adverse effect on the sale price of the Collateral. Therefore, the practical value of realizing on the Collateral may, without the appropriate consents and filings, be limited.

In addition, as noted above, the Issuer and the Guarantors (other than American Renal Management LLC) are holding companies for our joint venture subsidiaries that operate the clinics. Our joint venture subsidiaries are not guarantors, and their assets do not secure the notes obligations.

The pledge of the capital stock, other securities and similar items of our subsidiaries that secure the notes may automatically be released from the lien on them and no longer constitute collateral for so long as the pledge of such capital stock or such other securities would require the filing of separate financial statements with the SEC for that subsidiary.

The notes are secured by a pledge of the stock of some of our subsidiaries. Under the SEC regulations in effect as of the issue date of the notes, if the par value, book value as carried by us or market value (whichever is greatest) of the capital stock, other securities or similar items of a subsidiary pledged as part of the collateral is greater than or equal to 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding, such subsidiary would be required to provide separate financial statements to the SEC. Therefore, the indenture and the collateral documents provide that any capital stock and other securities of any of our subsidiaries will be excluded from the collateral for so long as the pledge of such capital stock or other securities to secure the notes would cause such subsidiary to be required to file separate financial statements with the SEC pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X (as in effect from time to time). As a result, holders of the notes could lose a portion or all of their security interest in the capital stock or other securities of those subsidiaries during such period. It may be more difficult, costly and time-consuming for holders of the notes to foreclose on the assets of a subsidiary than to foreclose on its capital stock or other securities, so the proceeds realized upon any such foreclosure could be significantly less than those that would have been received upon any sale of the capital stock or other securities of such subsidiary. In addition, in the event that the capital stock or other securities of a subsidiary is included in the Collateral as described above, the collateral agent under the New Revolving Credit Facility would be entitled to maintain possession of such capital stock or other securities until the payment in full of the obligations under the New Revolving Credit Facility. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Collateral.”

38

There are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the notes under which Collateral could be released automatically without the consent of the holders of the notes, which could be adverse to holders of notes.

Under various circumstances, all or a portion of the Collateral may be released, including:

• to enable the sale, transfer or other disposal of such Collateral in a transaction not prohibited under the indenture, including the sale of any entity in its entirety that owns or holds such Collateral; and

• with respect to Collateral held by a guarantor, upon the release of such guarantor from its guarantee.

Our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries are required to be subsidiary guarantors and guarantee the notes. The guarantee of any subsidiary guarantor will be released in connection with a sale of such subsidiary guarantor in a transaction not prohibited by the indenture. The indenture also permits us to designate one or more of our restricted subsidiaries that is a guarantor of the notes as an unrestricted subsidiary. If we designate a subsidiary guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary, all of the liens on any Collateral owned by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries and any guarantees of the notes by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries will be released under the indenture but not under the New Revolving Credit Facility. Designation of an unrestricted subsidiary will reduce the aggregate value of the Collateral with respect to the notes to the extent that liens on the assets of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries are released. In addition, the creditors of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries will have a senior claim on the assets of such unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries. See “Description of the Exchange Notes.”

Rights of holders of notes in the Collateral may be adversely affected by bankruptcy proceedings and holders of notes may not be entitled to post-petition interest in any bankruptcy proceeding.

The right of the collateral agent for the notes to repossess and dispose of the Collateral securing the notes upon acceleration is likely to be significantly impaired by federal bankruptcy law if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced by or against us prior to or possibly even after the collateral agent has repossessed and disposed of the Collateral. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor, such as the collateral agent for the notes, is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from a debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, bankruptcy law permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use Collateral, and the proceeds, products, rents, or profits of the Collateral, even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the Collateral and may include cash payments or the granting of additional security, if and at such time as the court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the Collateral as a result of the stay of repossession or disposition or any use of the Collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. In view of the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the collateral agent would repossess or dispose of the Collateral, or whether or to what extent holders of the notes would be compensated for any delay in payment of loss of value of the Collateral through the requirements of “adequate protection.” Furthermore, in the event the bankruptcy court determines that the value of the Collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the notes, the holders of the notes would have “undersecured claims” as to the difference. Federal bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or accrual of interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees for “undersecured claims” during the debtor’s bankruptcy case.

We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control or pursuant to an asset sale offer.

Upon a change of control, as defined under the indenture governing the notes, the holders of notes have the right to require us to offer to purchase all of the notes then outstanding at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. We cannot assure you that we would have sufficient funds available to

39

repay all of our indebtedness or other put rights that would become payable upon a change of control and to repurchase all of the notes. Our failure to offer to purchase all outstanding notes or to purchase all validly tendered notes would be an event of default under the indenture. Such an event of default may cause the acceleration of our other debt. Our other debt also may contain restrictions on repayment requirements with respect to specified events or transactions that constitute a change of control under the indenture.

In addition, in certain circumstances specified in the indenture governing the notes, we are required to commence an asset sale offer, or an intercompany loan refinancing offer, each as defined in the indenture, pursuant to which we are obligated to offer to purchase the applicable notes at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Our other debt may contain restrictions that would limit or prohibit us from completing any such asset sale offer. Our failure to purchase any such notes when required under the indenture would be an event.

Certain laws and regulations may impose restrictions or limitations on foreclosure.

Our obligations under the notes are secured only by the Collateral described in this prospectus. The collateral agent’s ability to foreclose on the Collateral on your behalf may be subject to perfection, priority issues, state law requirements and practical problems associated with the realization of the collateral agent’s security interest or lien in the Collateral, including cure rights, foreclosing on the Collateral within the time periods permitted by third parties or prescribed by laws, obtaining third-party consents, making additional filings, statutory rights of redemption, and the effect of the order of foreclosure. We cannot assure you that the consents of any third parties and approvals by governmental entities will be given when required to facilitate a foreclosure on such assets. Therefore, we cannot assure you that foreclosure on the Collateral will be sufficient to make all payments on the notes.

In addition, our business requires numerous registrations, licenses and permits. Continued operation of our dialysis clinics that are significant to the operations of our business depends on the maintenance of such registrations, licenses and permits. Our business is subject to substantial regulation and registration, license and permit requirements and may be adversely affected if we are unable to comply with existing regulations or requirements or changes in applicable regulations or requirements. In the event of an acquisition, sale or foreclosure of a dialysis clinic, the transfer of such registrations, licenses and permits may be prohibited and may require us to incur significant cost and expense. Further, we cannot assure you that the applicable governmental authorities will consent to the transfer of such registrations, licenses and permits. If the regulatory approvals required for such transfers are not obtained or are delayed, the acquisition, sale or foreclosure may be delayed, a temporary shutdown of operations may result.

Rights of holders of notes in the Collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to perfect liens on certain Collateral acquired in the future.

Applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest or lien can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. Although the indenture contains customary further assurances covenants, there can be no assurance that the trustee or the collateral agent will monitor, or that we will inform the trustee or the collateral agent of the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute Collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the lien on such after-acquired Collateral. Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent for the notes has any obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute Collateral or the perfection of any security interests therein. Such failure may result in the loss of the practical benefits of the liens thereon or of the priority of the liens securing the notes.

The secured intercompany loans may be avoided or subordinated in the event of our bankruptcy.

The collateral includes a pledge by ARA of its right under secured intercompany loans made from time to time to our clinic subsidiaries. The enforceability of intercompany loans may be avoided or equitably subordinated if we are a debtor in a bankruptcy case.

40

Any future pledge by a clinic of collateral in favor of ARA to secure existing obligations under that intercompany debt might be avoidable by the pledgor (as debtor in possession) or by its trustee in bankruptcy if certain events or circumstances exist or occur, including if the pledgor is insolvent at the time of the pledge, the pledge permits ARA to receive a greater recovery than they would have received in a hypothetical liquidation under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code if the pledge had not been given and a bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the pledge is commenced within one year following the pledge. To the extent that the grant of any such mortgage or other security interest is avoided as a preference, you would lose the benefit of the mortgage or security interest as security for the intercompany loan. Similarly, payments made by a clinic under its intercompany loans and within one year of the commencement of a bankruptcy case of that clinic may be recaptured to the extent such payments exceed the value of the collateral for that intercompany loan.

Last, under the doctrine of equitable subordination, in the event of a bankruptcy case involving a clinic, the obligation of a clinic to repay its intercompany loan may be subordinated to the payment of a clinic’s other debts if it is determined that ARA engaged in inequitable conduct and subordination of the intercompany claim is proper.

Any future pledge of Collateral might be avoidable in bankruptcy.

Any future pledge of Collateral in favor of the collateral agent (for its benefit and for the benefit of the trustee and the holders of the notes), including pursuant to security documents delivered after the date of the indenture governing the notes, might be avoidable by the pledgor (as debtor in possession) or by its trustee in bankruptcy if certain events or circumstances exist or occur, including if the pledgor is insolvent at the time of the pledge, the pledge permits the holders of the notes to receive a greater recovery than they would have received in a hypothetical liquidation under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code if the pledge had not been given and a bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the pledge is commenced within 90 days following the pledge, or, in certain circumstances, a longer period. To the extent that the grant of any such mortgage or other security interest is avoided as a preference, you would lose the benefit of the mortgage or security interest. As more fully described herein, certain of the assets securing the notes were not subject to a valid and perfected security interest on the closing date. We have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a valid and perfected security interest on such assets.

A court could void our subsidiaries’ guarantees of the notes under fraudulent transfer laws.

Although the guarantees provide you with a direct claim against the assets of the subsidiary guarantors, under the federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee could be voided, or claims with respect to a guarantee could be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor. In addition, a bankruptcy court could void (i.e., cancel) any payments by that guarantor pursuant to its guarantee and require those payments to be returned to the guarantor or to a fund for the benefit of the other creditors of the guarantor.

The bankruptcy court might take these actions if it found, among other things, that when a subsidiary guarantor executed its guarantee (or, in some jurisdictions, when it became obligated to make payments under its guarantee):

• such subsidiary guarantor received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of its guarantee; and

• such subsidiary guarantor:

• was (or was rendered) insolvent by the incurrence of the guarantee;

• was engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for which its assets constituted unreasonably small capital to carry on its business;

41

• intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, obligations beyond its ability to pay as those obligations matured; or

• was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against it and, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment was unsatisfied.

A bankruptcy court would likely find that a subsidiary guarantor received less than fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for its guarantee to the extent that it did not receive direct or indirect benefit from the issuance of the notes. A bankruptcy court could also void a guarantee if it found that the subsidiary issued its guarantee with actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud creditors. Although courts in different jurisdictions measure solvency differently, in general, an entity would be deemed insolvent if the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated debts, exceeds the fair value of its assets, or if the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount that would be required to pay the expected liability on its debts, including contingent and unliquidated debts, as they become due.

We cannot predict what standard a court would apply in order to determine whether a subsidiary guarantor was insolvent as of the date it issued the guarantee or whether, regardless of the method of valuation, a court would determine that the subsidiary guarantor was insolvent on that date, or whether a court would determine that the payments under the guarantee constituted fraudulent transfers or conveyances on other grounds.

The indenture governing the notes contains a “savings clause” intended to limit each subsidiary guarantor’s liability under its guarantee to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer under applicable law. There can be no assurance that this provision will be upheld as intended. In a recent case, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in the Southern District of Florida found this kind of provision in that case to be ineffective, and held the subsidiary guarantees to be fraudulent transfers and voided them in their entirety.

If a guarantee is deemed to be a fraudulent transfer, it could be voided altogether, or it could be subordinated to all other debts of the subsidiary guarantor. In such case, any payment by the subsidiary guarantor pursuant to its guarantee could be required to be returned to the subsidiary guarantor or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the subsidiary guarantor. If a guarantee is voided or held unenforceable for any other reason, holders of the notes would cease to have a claim against the subsidiary guarantor based on the guarantee and would be creditors only of the Company and any subsidiary guarantor whose guarantee was not similarly voided or otherwise held unenforceable.

Your ability to transfer the notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the notes.

There is currently no established public market for the notes, we do not intend to apply for the notes to be listed on any securities exchange or to arrange for their quotation on any automated dealer quotation system and we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the notes, your ability to sell the notes or the price at which you would be able to sell the exchange notes. If such markets were to exist, the notes could trade at prices that may be lower than their principal amount or purchase price depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our financial and operating performance and other factors The initial purchasers have advised us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes as permitted by applicable laws and regulations; however, the initial purchasers are not obligated to make a market in the exchange notes, and they may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice. In addition, such market making activity may be limited during the pendency of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement in lieu thereof. Therefore, an active market for the notes may not develop or, if developed, it may not continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the notes. The market, if any, for the notes may experience similar disruptions and any such disruptions may adversely affect

42

the prices at which you may sell your notes. Any disruptions may have a negative effect on noteholders, regardless of our prospects and financial performance. In addition, subsequent to their initial issuances, the exchange notes may trade at discounts from their initial offering prices, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our financial and operating performance and other factors.

We are indirectly owned and controlled by the Sponsor, and the Sponsor’s interests as equity holders may conflict with yours as a creditor.

The Sponsor owns a significant majority of our parent company’s equity and, accordingly, will have the ability to control our policies and operations. The Sponsor will not have any liability for any obligations under the notes, and the interests of the Sponsor may not in all cases be aligned with your interests. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of our equity holders might conflict with your interests as a noteholder. In addition, our equity holders may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to you as a holder of the notes. Furthermore, the Sponsor may in the future own equity or debt interests in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us. The Sponsor also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. For information concerning our arrangements with the Sponsor following the Transactions, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

43

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created thereby. Forward-looking statements are those statements that are based upon management’s current plans and expectations as opposed to historical and current facts and are often identified in this report by use of words including but not limited to “may,” “believe,” “will,” “project,” “expect,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” and “plan.” These statements are based upon estimates and assumptions made by our management that, although believed to be reasonable, are subject to numerous factors, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual outcomes and results to be materially different from those projected. These and other important factors, including those discussed in this prospectus under the headings “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:

• Our high degree of leverage and interest rate risk;

• Our ability to incur substantially more debt;

• Operating and financial restrictions in our debt agreements;

• Our ability to successfully implement our business strategies;

• Our ability to successfully develop future de novo clinics or to integrate future acquisitions;

• The highly competitive nature of the healthcare industry;

• Governmental regulation of the industry, including Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement levels, and potential federal or state reform of healthcare;

• Our ability to attract and retain qualified management and healthcare professionals, including physicians and nurses;

• The availability of capital to fund our corporate growth strategy;

• Potential lawsuits or other claims asserted against us;

• Our ability to maintain or increase patient membership and control costs of our managed healthcare plans;

• Pressures to contain costs by managed care organizations and other insurers and our ability to negotiate acceptable terms with these third-party payors;

• Changes in general economic conditions;

• Our exposure to the increased amounts of and collection risks associated with uninsured accounts and the co-pay and deductible portions of insured accounts; and

• Dependence on our senior management team and local management personnel.

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You are cautioned to not rely on such forward-looking statements when evaluating the information contained in this report. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus, you should not regard the inclusion of such information as a representation by us that our objectives and plans anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or be achieved, or if any of them do, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition.

44

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes, except that the exchange notes are registered under the Securities Act, are not entitled to the registration rights which are applicable to the outstanding notes, and are not subject to certain special interest rate provisions applicable to the outstanding notes. The outstanding notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.

45

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2010. The table below should be read in conjunction with “The Transactions,” “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Description of Other Indebtedness” and our historical consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this offering memorandum.

	June 30, 2010
	(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	21,082
Debt:
New Revolving Credit Facility	$	—
Notes being exchanged hereby (1)		250,000
Debt and capital lease obligations, including current portion (1)		9,731
Total equity		329,153
Total capitalization	$	588,884

(1) Represents principal amount.

46

THE TRANSACTIONS

General

On March 22, 2010, ARH entered into the Merger Agreement with the Parent, C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., certain of ARH’s stockholders party thereto and the Sellers’ Representative pursuant to which ARH agreed that C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. merged with and into ARH and, after which, ARH became the surviving entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, which is in turn a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent. The parties agreed to consummate the Merger, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, for an aggregate purchase price of $415 million, subject to adjustments, including, without limitation, for working capital, indebtedness, certain specified liabilities and certain tax savings. ARH agreed that $2.5 million of the purchase price was to be placed into a third-party escrow account as security for working capital adjustments and that $27.5 million of the purchase price was to be placed into a third-party escrow account as security for indemnification claims, as described below under “—Merger Agreement.”

As of the effective time of the Merger, holders of shares of ARH’s common stock have no further ownership interest in ARH and instead received cash and the right to receive certain future payments from Centerbridge, ARH and/or the escrow agent pursuant to the Merger Agreement (in the case of the escrow agent, in respect of the unused portion of the third-party escrow accounts, if any) (with the exception of certain members of senior management and certain other employees who have agreed not to have certain of their equity interests cashed out in the Merger and holders who perfect their appraisal rights under Delaware law).

In connection with the Merger:

• Centerbridge made an aggregate cash equity investment of $161.5 million in the Parent, subject to certain adjustments, and in exchange received 87% of the common stock of the Parent immediately following the Merger.

• Certain members of ARH’s management contributed a portion of their existing equity ownership in ARH in exchange for newly issued shares of common stock and options to purchase common stock of the Parent.

• ARH entered into the New Revolving Credit Facility.

• ARH offered the notes being exchanged hereby.

In connection with the Merger, all of ARH’s debt and preferred stock that existed prior to the closing date of the Merger was repaid or redeemed with the proceeds of the notes being exchanged hereby and our borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility. All of ARH’s JVs’ debt was refinanced through secured intercompany loans, except for $11.9 million aggregate amount, as of December 31, 2009, of third-party debt. The secured intercompany loans, which total $36.3 million as of December 31, 2009, were pledged as collateral for our New Revolving Credit Facility and for the notes being exchanged hereby. The aggregate purchase price of approximately $415 million for the Merger (including the related repayment of ARA’s existing debt) and related fees and expenses were funded by the cash equity investment by Centerbridge and the net proceeds from the outstanding notes. Although certain of ARH’s nephrologist partners had the right to require ARH to repurchase some or all of the equity interests in certain clinics as a result of the Transactions, these rights were waived.

Merger Agreement

The Merger Agreement provides for indemnification for losses relating to specified events, circumstances or matters. ARH’s selling stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders (collectively, the “Sellers”) are obligated to indemnify C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., and after the consummation of the Merger, ARH, for any losses arising out of, relating to or resulting from the following: (1) any inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty

47

made by ARH in the Merger Agreement or any certificate delivered in connection with the conditions to closing of the Merger Agreement; (2) any breach by ARH (or any of ARH’s subsidiaries) of a covenant or an agreement set forth in the Merger Agreement, other than post-closing covenants or agreements; (3) any breach by the selling stockholders or the Sellers’ Representative of any of their respective post-closing covenants or agreements, specified tax losses or liabilities; (4) any and all income taxes imposed on ARH or any of ARH’s subsidiaries attributable to a pre-closing tax period; (5) any and all taxes imposed on ARH or any of ARH’s subsidiaries attributable to certain specified tax positions; and (6) certain specified matters. The right to indemnification generally for a breach by ARH of a representation or warranty is not effective until the aggregate dollar amount of all losses exceeds $1,500,000, with each individual claim exceeding $50,000, subject to certain limited exceptions. Subject to limited exceptions, the aggregate indemnification obligations of the Sellers for losses will not exceed $27.5 million.

48

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents our selected consolidated financial and operating information, which you should read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our historical financial statements, the notes to those statements, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The selected consolidated financial information set forth below as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 have been derived from audited financial statements related to 2007 not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial information set forth below as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not including this prospectus. Historical results are not indicative of future performance.

	Historical
	Predecessor Entity																					Successor Entity
	As of and for the Year Ended December 31,															As of and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009			As of and for the period from January 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010			As of June 30, 2010 and for the period from May 8, 2010 through June 30, 2010
(in thousands, except ratios and operating data)	2005			2006			2007			2008			2009
	(unaudited)			(unaudited)												(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Statement of Income Data:
Net patient service revenue	$	104,314		$	145,118		$	178,391		$	217,777		$	262,989		$	125,025		$	102,094		$	43,602
Operating expenses:
Facility operating expenses		69,989			91,859			115,058			141,810			170,826			81,037			66,042			29,014
General and administrative expense		11,966			14,576			18,595			19,944			24,819			11,030			10,016			6,990
Merger and related expenses		—			—			—			—			—			—			7,378			14,687
Depreciation and amortization		4,598			6,682			7,919			9,777			12,127			6,002			4,429			2,349
Provision for doubtful accounts		2,085			2,781			3,258			4,834			3,216			2,168			(334	)		650
Total operating expenses		88,638			115,898			144,830			176,365			210,988			100,237			87,531			53,690
Operating income (loss)		15,676			29,220			33,561			41,412			52,001			24,788			14,563			(10,088	)
Interest expense, net		(4,545	)		(12,845	)		(13,695	)		(13,729	)		(14,948	)		(7,457	)		(5,717	)		(3,320	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		11,131			16,375			19,866			27,683			37,053			17,331			8,846			(13,408	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		709			309			4,409			6,860			9,524			4,454			2,264			(1,626	)
Net income (loss)		10,422			16,066			15,457			20,823			27,529			12,877			6,582			(11,782	)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(7,198	)		(11,833	)		(14,706	)		(17,179	)		(22,391	)		(10,067	)		(9,266	)		(4,042	)
Net income (loss) attributable to ARH	$	3,224		$	4,233		$	751		$	3,644		$	5,138		$	2,810		$	(2,685	)	$	(15,824	)
Other Financial Data:
Capital expenditures (1)		6,707			9,296			15,218			21,254			15,067			6,444
Operating Data:
Number of clinics (as of end of period)		43			53			64			75			83			80						85
Patients (as of end of period)		2,548			3,041			3,740			4,545			5,405			5,068						5,697
Number of treatments		322,739			418,584			503,576			604,888			745,812			352,443
Revenues per treatment (2)	$	323		$	347		$	354		$	360		$	353		$	355
Patient care costs per treatment (2)	$	217		$	219		$	228		$	234		$	229		$	230
General and administrative expenses per treatment (2)	$	37		$	35		$	37		$	33		$	33		$	31

49

(1) Includes the following capital expenditure type:

	Year Ended December 31,										Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
	2005		2006		2007		2008		2009
Development capital expenditures	$	6,027	$	7,846	$	12,887	$	18,764	$	11,056	$	5,405
Maintenance capital expenditures		680		1,450		2,331		2,490		4,011		1,039
Total capital expenditures	$	6,707	$	9,296	$	15,218	$	21,254	$	15,067	$	6,444

(2) We calculate revenues per treatment, patient care costs per treatment and general and administrative expenses per treatment by dividing net operating revenues, patient care costs and general and administrative expenses for the applicable period by the number of treatments performed in the applicable period.

50

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Set forth below is our summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data at the dates and for the periods indicated. The statement of operations and other financial data for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP. The unaudited interim summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, the period from January 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010, and the period from May 8, 2010 through June 30, 2010 were derived from our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income give effect to the Pro Forma Adjustments as if they had occurred on January 1, 2009. The Pro Forma Adjustments are described below and in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income give effect to the Transactions and the following transactions (together, the “Pro Forma Adjustments”):

(i) the Merger, including the cash equity investment by our Sponsor as well as related transaction expenses,

(ii) the issuance of the notes being exchanged hereby with related interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs and fees capitalized,

(iii) the results of our four acquisitions in 2009,

(iv) the effect on noncontrolling interests resulting from the purchase and sale of such noncontrolling interests in various clinics,

(v) the annual fee paid to Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C. in accordance with the new management agreement entered into in connection with the Transactions, and

(vi) the preliminary of asset and liability valuations and the related purchase price allocations.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information does not purport to represent what our results of operations would have been had the pro forma adjustments actually occurred on the dates indicated, and they do not purport to project our results of operations for any future period or as of any future date. Further, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements do not reflect the impact of restructuring activities, cost savings, employee termination costs and other exit costs that may result from or in connection with the Transactions. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the information contained in other sections of this offering memorandum, particularly the sections entitled “The Transactions,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this offering memorandum. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

The Merger was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. The pro forma information presented includes all adjustments required to reflect the fair value of assets, both tangible and intangible, acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests based upon preliminary valuations of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests.

51

American Renal Holdings Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(in thousands)	Historical (a)			Pro Forma Adjustments					Pro Forma Consolidated
Net patient service revenue	$	262,989		$	2,217		(b)		$	265,206
Operating expenses:
Facility operating expenses		170,826			1,527		(c)			172,353
General and administrative expense		24,819			738		(d)			25,557
Depreciation and amortization		12,127			3,366		(e)			15,493
Provision for doubtful accounts		3,216			64		(f)			3,280
Total operating expenses		210,988			5,695					216,683
Operating income		52,001			(3,478	)				48,523
Interest expense, net		(14,948	)		(7,640	)	(g)			(22,588	)
Income before income taxes		37,053			(11,118	)				25,935
Income tax expense		9,524			(7,644	)	(h)			1,880
Net income		27,529			(3,474	)				24,055
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(22,391	)		1,427		(i	)		(20,964	)
Net income attributable to ARH	$	5,138		$	(2,046	)			$	3,092

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information.

52

American Renal Holdings Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income

For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2010

	Historical (a)						Pro Forma Adjustments				Pro Forma Consolidated
	Successor			Predecessor
(in thousands)	Period from May 8 through June 30, 2010			Period from April 1 through May 7, 2010
Net patient service revenue	$	43,602		$	30,462		$	—			$	74,064
Operating expenses:
Facility operating expenses		29,003			19,630			(1,621	)	(c)		47,023
General and administrative expense		6,990			3,918			(2,395	)	(d)		8,513
Merger and related expenses		14,687			5,612			(20,299	)	(j)		—
Depreciation and amortization		2,349			1,337			309		(e)		3,995
Provision for (recoveries of) doubtful accounts		650			(1,480	)		—				(830	)
Total operating expenses		53,690			29,017			(24,006	)			58,701
Operating income (loss)		(10,088	)		1,445			24,066				15,363
Interest expense, net		(3,320	)		(1,487	)		(838	)	(g)		(5,645	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		(13,408	)		(42	)		23,168				9,718
Income tax expense		(1,626	)		(138	)		2,813		(h)		1,049
Net income (loss)		(11,782	)		96			20,355				8,669
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(4,042	)		(3,024	)		123		(i)		(6,943	)
Net income (loss) attributable to ARH	$	(15,824	)	$	(2,928	)	$	20,478			$	1,726

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information.

53

American Renal Holdings Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

	Historical (a)						Pro Forma Adjustments				Pro Forma Results
	Successor			Predecessor
(in thousands)	Period from May 8 through June 30, 2010			Period from January 1 through May 7, 2010
Net patient service revenue	$	43,602		$	102,094		$	—			$	145,696
Operating expenses:
Facility operating expenses		29,014			66,042			(1,640	)	(c)		93,416
General and administrative expense		6,990			10,016			(2,257	)	(d)		14,749
Merger and related expenses		14,687			7,378			(22,065	)	(j)		—
Depreciation and amortization		2,349			4,429			1,459		(e)		8,237
Provision for (recoveries of) doubtful accounts		650			(334	)		—				316
Total operating expenses		53,690			87,531			(25,503	)			116,718
Operating income (loss)		(10,088	)		14,563			25,503				28,978
Interest expense, net		(3,320	)		(5,717	)		(2,253	)	(g)		(11,290	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		(13,408	)		8,846			22,250				17,688
Income tax expense		(1,626	)		2,264			1,257		(h)		1,895
Net income (loss)		(11,782	)		6,582			20,993				15,793
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(4,042	)		(9,266	)		632		(i)		(12,676	)
Net income (loss) attributable to ARH	$	(15,824	)	$	(2,684	)	$	21,625			$	3,117

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information.

54

American Renal Holdings Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

(dollars in thousands)

(a) The amounts in these columns represent our historical balances and results for the periods reflected.

(b) Reflects the effect of our 2009 acquisitions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2009.

(c) Reflects the following adjustments to facility operating expenses:

	Year Ended December  31, 2009			Three Months Ended June  30, 2010			Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
Acquisitions if occurred on January 1, 2009	$	1,697		$	—		$	—
Decreased rent expense from the valuation of leases		(170	)		(35	)		(54	)
Exclude costs associated with the accelerated vesting of equity awards					(1,586	)		(1,586	)
Total Facility operating expense adjustments	$	1,527		$	(1,621	)	$	(1,640	)

(d) Reflects the following adjustments to general and administrative expenses:

	Year Ended December  31, 2009		Three Months Ended June  30, 2010			Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
Acquisitions if occurred on January 1, 2009	$	188	$	—		$	—
Sponsor management fee		550		55			193
Reverse costs associated with the accelerated vesting of equity awards				(2,450	)		(2,450	)
Total General and administrative expense adjustments	$	738	$	(2,395	)	$	(2,257	)

(e) Reflects the following adjustments to depreciation and amortization:

	Year Ended December  31, 2009		Three Months Ended June  30, 2010			Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
Acquisitions if occurred on January 1, 2009	$	51	$	—		$	—
Allocation of purchase price to tangible and intangible assets		3,315		(309	)		1,459
Total Depreciation and amortization expense adjustments	$	3,366	$	(309	)	$	1,459

(f) Reflects the effect of our acquisitions as if they occurred on January 1, 2009.

55

American Renal Holdings Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(g) Reflects the following adjustments to interest expense, net:

	Year Ended December  31, 2009		Three Months Ended June  30, 2010		Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
Senior Secured Notes (1)	$	20,938	$	5,234	$	10,469
New Revolving Credit Facility (2)		188		47		94
Rollover clinic debt (3)		826		205		409
Amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs and discount (4)		644		223		382
Total pro forma interest expense		22,596		5,709		11,354
Less: historical interest expense of repaid debt and Series X preferred stock		14,948		4,871		9,101
Net adjustment to interest expense	$	7,648	$	838	$	2,253

(1) Reflects pro forma interest expense on the senior secured notes.

(2) Reflects no outstanding balance on the $25,000 New Revolving Credit Facility and includes annual commitment fee of 75 basis points on undrawn commitments under the New Revolving Credit Facility.

(3) Reflects actual interest expense on third-party clinic debt that was not refinanced as part of the Transactions, including the amortization of debt issuance costs.

(4) Represents amortization of debt issuance costs of $5,085 and discount of $1,800 associated with the senior secured notes amortized over eight years.

(h) Reflects the effects on our income tax provision of the pro forma adjustments.

(i) Reflects the following adjustments to net income attributable to noncontrolling interests:

	Year Ended December  31, 2009			Three Months Ended June  30, 2010			Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
Acquisitions if occurred on January 1, 2009	$	(102	)	$	—		$	—
Changes in ownership since January 1, 2009		114			—			—
Allocation of purchase price to tangible and intangible assets		1,415			(123	)		632
Total Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest adjustments	$	1,427		$	(123	)	$	632

(j) Reflects a pro forma adjustment to exclude Transaction costs incurred and expensed by us resulting from the Transactions.

56

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Merger and Presentation

On March 22, 2010, ARH entered into the Merger Agreement with the Parent, C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., certain of ARH’s stockholders party thereto and the Sellers’ Representative pursuant to which ARH agreed that C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. merged with and into ARH (the “Merger”) and, after which, ARH became the surviving entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, which is in turn a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent. The parties agreed to consummate the Merger, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, for an aggregate purchase price of $415 million, subject to adjustments, including, without limitation, for working capital, indebtedness, certain specified liabilities and certain tax savings. ARH agreed that $2.5 million of the purchase price was to be placed into a third-party escrow account as security for working capital adjustments and that $27.5 million of the purchase price was to be placed into a third-party escrow account as security for indemnification claims, as described below under “—Merger Agreement.”

The aggregate purchase price of approximately $415 million for the Merger, plus related fees and expenses, was funded by the equity investment by Centerbridge as well as from certain members of management and the net proceeds from the offering of $250.0 million of Senior Secured Notes being exchanged hereby (the “Senior Secured Notes”) due 2018 which bear interest at 8.375%. The Merger and the financing transaction described above are collectively referred to herein as the “Transactions.”

The Transactions were consummated on May 7, 2010. Although ARH continued as the surviving corporation and same legal entity after the merger, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, statements of operations and cash flows are presented for two periods: predecessor and successor, which relate to the periods preceding the Merger and the period succeeding the Merger, respectively. The Merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on May 8, 2010. The Merger was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASU Topic 805, Business Combinations. Accordingly, the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests in the Merger were recorded at fair value. Our estimates of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired are reflected financial statements included in this prospectus. As a result of the Merger and the associated acquisition accounting, the Consolidated Financial Statements of the successor are not comparable to periods preceding the Merger.

Pro forma results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 are compared and discussed in relation to the historical predecessor results during the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2009. The results for the year ended December 31, 2009 versus the same period in 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2008 versus the same period in 2007 are also presented, all of which are on an historical predecessor basis.

57

Executive Overview

We are a national provider of kidney dialysis services for patients suffering from chronic kidney failure, also known as end stage renal disease, or ESRD. As of June 30, 2010 we owned and operated 85 dialysis clinics treating more than 5,600 patients in 17 states and the District of Columbia. Our operating model is based on shared ownership of our facilities with physicians, known as nephrologists, who specialize in kidney-related diseases in the local market served by the clinic. Each clinic is maintained as a separate joint venture in which we own a controlling interest and our local nephrologist partners own noncontrolling interests, although during the development stages or under certain circumstances we may temporarily own up to 100% of the interests of a clinic. The results of operations for all of clinics are currently included in our consolidated financial statements.

We endeavor to provide our nephrologist partners with comprehensive management and operational tools in order to enable them (and other referring physicians) to focus on providing quality care to patients.

We derive our revenues from providing both outpatient and inpatient dialysis treatments as well as from ancillary services such as administering dialysis-related pharmaceuticals, but not including services that we outsource to third-party vendors such as lab services. The sources of these revenues are principally government-based programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and Medicare-certified HMO plans as well as commercial insurance plans.

The Competitive Strength of Our JV Model

We operate our clinics exclusively through our JV model, in which we share the ownership and operational responsibility of our dialysis clinics with physicians known as nephrologists who specialize in kidney-related diseases. In each of our JVs, we own a controlling interest in the clinic and our nephrologist partners own noncontrolling interests. We believe that our exclusive focus on a JV model makes us well-positioned to increase our market share by attracting nephrologists who are not only interested in our service platform but also want greater clinical autonomy and a potential return on capital investment associated with ownership of a noncontrolling interest in a dialysis clinic. We believe our JV model best aligns our interests with those of our nephrologist partners and their patients. By owning a portion of the clinics where their patients are treated, our nephrologist partners have a vested stake in the quality, reputation and performance of the clinics. We believe that this enhances patient and staff satisfaction and retention, clinical outcomes, patient growth, and operational and financial performance.

Clinic Development

We have experienced significant growth since opening our first clinic in December 2000. Since that date, we have developed 64 new clinics, commonly referred to as de novo clinics. The following chart shows the number of de novo and acquired clinics over the three years ended December 31, 2009:

	Six Months Ended June 30,		Years Ended December 31,
	2010		2009		2008		2007
De novo clinics (1)		2		7		12		12
Acquired clinics (2)		—		3		—		2
Total new clinics		2		10		12		14

(1) Clinics formed by us which began to operate and dialyze patients in the applicable period.

(2) Clinics acquired by us which began to operate and dialyze patients in the applicable period.

Selective recruitment of new nephrologist partners who have an established practice is critical in achieving our growth objectives. We also believe we enjoy a strong and growing reputation among the nephrologist community, ensuring that nephrologists who contemplate a migration to the shared-ownership model strongly consider us.

58

We also believe that the return earned by our nephrologist partners on the clinic investment can drive organic growth by enabling our nephrologist partners to reinvest in their practices, including by adding new nephrologists, which provides us with the opportunity to expand existing clinics, develop new clinics or acquire competing clinics in the same market.

We will continue to incur start-up costs associated with the opening of de novo clinics. It has been our experience that newly established dialysis centers, although contributing to increased revenues, have adversely affected our results of operations in the short term due to start-up fixed operating expenses and a smaller patient base. We consider new dialysis centers to be “start-up centers” through their initial 12 months of operations, or when they achieve consistent profitability, whichever is sooner.

Effect of the Transactions

In connection with the Transactions we incurred significant additional indebtedness, including approximately $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of the notes being exchanged hereby and approximately $25.0 million of borrowing availability under our New Revolving Credit Facility. As of June 30, 2010, we had $259.7 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding including approximately $9.7 million of third-party debt owed by our clinic subsidiaries. Therefore, we expect that our interest expense will be significantly higher following the Transactions than we have experienced in prior periods.

The following discussion and analysis of our historical financial condition and results of operations covers periods prior to the consummation of the Transactions. Accordingly, the discussion and analysis of such periods does not reflect the significant impact the Transactions will have on us. After the Transactions, we are highly leveraged. Significant additional liquidity requirements, resulting primarily from increased interest expense, and other factors related to the Transactions, such as increased amortization of identified intangible assets as a result of the application of acquisition accounting will significantly affect our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity going forward. See “Risk Factors” and “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Components of Revenues and Expenses

Net Operating Revenues

The major components of our net operating revenues include both base charges for dialysis services and the administration of separately-billable pharmaceuticals as part of the dialysis treatment, such as erythropoietin (EPO). As a result, changes in physician practice patterns, including the prescription of pharmaceuticals, and changes in private and governmental payment rates for EPO and other separately-billable pharmaceuticals significantly influence our level of revenues. During the six months ended June 30, 2010, we derived approximately 88% of our net operating revenues from outpatient hemodialysis treatments, approximately 10% from home-based hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis and approximately 2% from hospital inpatient hemodialysis. The administration of EPO and other pharmaceuticals as part of the dialysis treatment represented approximately 29% of net operating revenues for both the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.

Operating Expenses

Patient Care Costs. Patient care costs are those costs directly associated with operating and supporting our dialysis clinics and ancillary operations. Patient care costs consist principally of labor, pharmaceuticals, medical supplies and facility costs. The principal drivers of patient care costs are clinical staff hours per treatment, labor rates, vendor pricing of pharmaceuticals and business infrastructure and compliance costs. However, other cost categories, such as employee benefit costs and insurance costs, can result in significant cost changes from period to period. Our average clinical staff hours per treatment have remained stable over the past several years primarily because of limited staff turnover. For the past several years we have been able to negotiate relatively stable pharmaceutical pricing with our vendors. In addition, our agreements with our group purchasing

59

organization and Amgen for the purchase of EPO provide for specific rebates off list price and discounted pricing based data submission, which could negatively impact our earnings if we are unable to qualify for these rebates and discounts. Our ability to influence the pricing of our services is limited. Profitability depends on our ability to grow but also on our ability to manage labor, drug and supply costs. For mature clinics, we believe there is limited opportunity for productivity improvements beyond the levels currently achieved.

General and Administrative Costs. General and administrative costs consist of expenses for clinic and corporate administration, including accounting, billing and cash collection functions, and regulatory compliance oversight. We expect that our general and administrative expenses, both on an absolute dollar basis and as a percentage of our net operating revenues, will increase following the issuance of the notes as a result of our agreement to register the notes with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

Operating Environment

Current regulation and proposed changes

Proposed and pending regulatory changes could significantly change the reimbursement rates we receive for our dialysis services from government-based programs and, indirectly, from commercial payors. In July 2008, the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008, or MIPPA, was passed by Congress. This legislation provides for an increase in the composite rate of 1% which went into effect on January 1, 2009 and an additional 1% increase that went into effect on January 1, 2010. In addition, MIPPA introduced a new payment system for dialysis services beginning in January 2011 whereby ESRD payments will be made under a bundled payment rate which will provide for a fixed rate for all goods and services provided during the dialysis treatment, including laboratory services, the administration of pharmaceuticals and payments for pharmaceuticals such as EPO that are separately billed under the current methodology. The initial 2011 bundled rate will be set based on a 2% reduction in the payment rate that providers would have received under the historical fee for service payment methodology and based on the lowest average industry pharmaceutical utilization from 2007 to 2009. The combined effect of these adjustments could result in a bundled rate that represents a greater than 2% reduction in the payment rate that we would have received for our services prior to bundling. Beginning in 2012, a new single bundled payment base rate will be adjusted annually for inflation based upon a market basket index, less a productivity adjustment based on a 10-year moving average of productivity as projected by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. The bundled payment rate will be determined by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, who will have discretion to determine the base payment rate based on the goods and services included in the bundled rate. Dialysis providers will have the option to move fully to the bundled payment system in 2011 or to phase in the payment system over four years.

Results of Operations

The following table presents our operating results for the periods indicated, expressed both in dollars and as a percentage of net operating revenues. Pro forma results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 are compared and discussed in relation to the historical predecessor results during the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2009. The results for the year ended December 31, 2009 versus the same period in 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2008 versus the same period in 2007 are also presented, all of which are on an historical predecessor basis.

60

Pro Forma Three Months Ended June 30, 2010 as compared with the Historical Three Months Ended June 30, 2009

	Pro Forma			Historical									Pro Forma Three Months Ended June 30, 2010 vs. Historical Three Months Ended June 30, 2009
				Successor			Predecessor
	Three-Months Ended June 30, 2010			Period from May 8 through June 30, 2010			Period from April 1 through May 7, 2010			Three-Months Ended June 30, 2009
(in thousands)													Dollar Change			Percent Change
Statement of Operations Data:
Net patient service revenue	$	74,064		$	43,602		$	30,462		$	64,106		$	9,958			15.5	%
Operating expenses:
Facility operating expenses		47,023			29,014			19,630			41,032			5,991			14.6
General and administrative expense		8,513			6,990			3,918			5,920			2,593			43.8
Merger and related expenses		—			14,687			5,612			—			—			N/A
Depreciation and amortization		3,995			2,349			1,337			2,748			1,247			45.4
Provision for (recoveries of) doubtful accounts		(830	)		650			(1,480	)		956			(1,786	)		-186.8
Total operating expenses		58,701			53,690			29,017			50,656			8,045			15.9
Operating income (loss)		15,363			(10,088	)		1,445			13,450			1,913			14.2
Interest expense, net		(5,645	)		(3,320	)		(1,487	)		(4,187	)		(1,458	)		34.8
Income (loss) before income taxes		9,718			(13,408	)		(42	)		9,263			455			4.9
Income tax expense (benefit)		1,049			(1,626	)		(138	)		2,380			(1,331	)		-55.9
Net income (loss)		8,669			(11,782	)		96			6,883			1,786			25.9
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(6,943	)		(4,042	)		(3,024	)		(5,440	)		(1,503	)		27.6
Net income (loss) attributable to ARH	$	1,726		$	(15,824	)	$	(2,928	)	$	1,443		$	283			19.6	%

Net Operating Revenues

Pro forma net operating revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2010 were $74.1 million, an increase of 15.5% from $64.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in pro forma net operating revenues was primarily due to an increase of approximately 14.8% in the number of dialysis treatments for the three months ended June 30, 2010. The increase in treatments resulted principally from non-acquired treatment growth from existing clinics and de novo clinics. Pro forma net operating revenue per treatment for the three months ended June 30, 2010 was $352, compared with $350 for the three months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in revenue per treatment was primarily due to an increase in the administration of EPO, which represented approximately 22% of net operating revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2010, compared to 21% for the three months ended June 30, 2009, partially offset by a change in our commercial payor mix resulting from the relatively high rates of unemployment in the current economic climate.

Our net operating revenues are driven by the number of treatments performed and our average revenue per treatment. The following table summarizes our net operating revenues and net operating revenue per treatment for each of the periods indicated:

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2010		2009
Pro forma net operating revenues (in thousands)	$	74,064	$	64,106
Pro forma net operating revenue per treatment	$	352	$	350

61

The number of treatments that we performed during the three months ended June 30, 2010 increased by approximately 14.8% over the number of treatments that we performed during the three months ended June 30, 2009. This treatment growth has been driven by increasing the patient base at our existing clinics, adding new patients through the opening of de novo clinics and the acquisition of existing dialysis clinics in which we acquired a controlling interest. The following table summarizes the sources of our treatment growth for the periods indicated.

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2010			2009
Source of Treatment Growth:
Existing clinics (1)		11.3	%		11.5	%
De novo clinics opened (2)		3.5	%		11.7	%
Non-acquired treatment growth		14.8	%		23.2	%
Clinics acquired (3)		—	%		2.8	%
Total treatment growth		14.8	%		26.0	%

(1) Represents net growth in treatments at clinics operating at end of the period that were also opened at the end of the prior period.

(2) Represents additional treatments provided at clinics opened since the end of the prior period, compared to the total number.

(3) Represents treatments performed at clinics acquired since the end of the prior period.

Our net operating revenue per treatment is principally driven by our mix of commercial and government (principally Medicare and Medicaid) patients, the mix and amount of physician-prescribed pharmaceuticals, and commercial and government payment rates. We are generally paid more for services provided to patients covered by commercial healthcare plans than we are for patients covered by Medicare or Medicaid. Patients covered by employer group health plans transition to Medicare coverage after a maximum of 33 months. As a result, our ability to generate operating earnings is substantially dependent on revenues derived from commercial payors, some of which pay negotiated payment rates and others of which pay based on our usual and customary fee schedule. Additionally, as a patient transitions from commercial coverage to Medicare coverage, the payment rates typically decline substantially.

The following table summarizes our net operating revenues and treatments by source for each of the periods indicated.

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2010			2009
Source of revenues:
Government-based programs and other		57.5	%		56.5	%
Commercial payors		42.5	%		43.5	%
		100.0	%		100.0	%
Source of treatments:
Government-based programs and other		86.7	%		85.5	%
Commercial payors		13.3	%		14.5	%
		100.0	%		100.0	%

Operating Expenses

Patient care costs. Pro forma patient care costs for the three months ended June 30, 2010 were $47.0 million, an increase of 14.6% from $41.0 million in the three months ended June 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of treatments. As a percentage of net operating revenues, pro forma patient care costs were approximately 63.5% for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to 64.0% for the three months ended June 30, 2009. Pro forma patient care costs per treatment were $224 for both the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.

62

General and administrative expenses. Pro forma general and administrative expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2010 were $8.5 million, an increase of 43.8% from $5.9 million in the three months ended June 30, 2009. The increase is primarily attributable to approximately $2.0 million of increased charitable contributions. As a percentage of net operating revenues, pro forma general and administrative costs were approximately 11.5% for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to 9.2% for the three months ended June 30, 2009. Pro forma general and administrative costs per treatment for the three months ended June 30, 2010 were $40, compared to $32 for the three months ended June 30, 2009, reflecting an increase of $8 per treatment.

Depreciation and amortization. Pro forma depreciation and amortization expense represents expense attributable to our clinics’ equipment and leasehold improvements and amortization of intangible assets. We calculate depreciation and amortization expense using a straight-line method over the assets’ useful lives. Pro forma depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended June 30, 2010 was $4.0 million, an increase of 45.4% from $2.7 million in the three months ended June 30, 2009 due to the amortization in intangible assets acquired as part of the transactions. As a percentage of operating revenues, pro forma depreciation and amortization expense was approximately 5.4% during the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 4.3% during the three months ended June 30, 2009.

Provision for uncollectible accounts. Pro forma provision for uncollectible accounts represents reserves established for amounts for which patients are primarily responsible which we believe will not be collectible. Pro forma provision for uncollectible accounts for the three months ended June 30, 2010 was a recovery of $0.8 million as compared to an expense of $1.0 million in the three months ended June 30, 2009. In the period from April 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010, we determined that we have developed sufficient and relevant historical experience with Medicare bad debt cost reporting to use as a basis for reliably estimating successful Medicare bad debt cost recoveries. As such, we revised our estimate on the collectability of Medicare bad debt claims related to 2008 and 2009 which resulted in a favorable adjustment of $1.8 million to our provision for doubtful accounts. Excluding this adjustment, as a percentage of net operating revenues, our provision for uncollectible accounts was approximately 1.3% for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 1.5% for the three months ended June 30, 2009. Our accounts receivable, net of the bad debt allowance, represented approximately 56 days of revenues as of June 30, 2010 and approximately 59 days of revenues as of June 30, 2009.

Interest Expense, net. Pro forma interest expense represents charges for interest associated with our corporate level debt and credit facilities entered into by our dialysis clinics, as well as accumulated dividends attributable during the predecessor period to our Series X preferred stock. Pro forma interest expense, net for the three months ended June 30, 2010 was $5.6 million, an increase of 34.8% from $4.2 million in the three months ended June 30, 2009 primarily related to interest related to the notes being exchanged hereby.

Income Tax Expense. The pro forma income tax expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income principally relates to our proportionate share of the pre-tax income of our majority-owned subsidiaries. The pro forma provision for income taxes for the three months ended June 30, 2010 represented an effective annualized tax rate of 10.8% compared with 25.6% for the three months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease in our pro forma effective income tax rate is primarily due to nondeductible Series X dividends and discount amortization accumulated during the predecessor period. The Series X redeemable preferred stock was settled in the Transactions.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Noncontrolling interests represent the equity interests in our consolidated entities that we do not own, which is primarily the equity interests of our nephrologist partners in our JV clinics. Pro forma net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the three months ended June 30, 2010 was $6.9 million, an increase of 27.6% from $5.4 million in the three months ended June 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the addition of de novo clinics and growth in the earnings of our existing JVs.

63

Pro Forma Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 as compared with the Historical Six Months Ended June 30, 2009

	Pro Forma			Historical
				Successor			Predecessor
	Six-Months Ended June 30, 2010			Period from May 8 through June 30, 2010			Period from January 1 through May 7, 2010			Six-Months Ended June 30, 2009			Pro Forma Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 vs. Historical Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
(in thousands)													Dollar Change			Percent Change
Statement of Operations Data:
Net patient service revenue	$	145,696		$	43,602		$	102,094		$	125,025		$	20,671			16.5	%
Operating expenses:
Facility operating expenses		93,416			29,014			66,042			81,037			12,379			15.3
General and administrative expense		14,749			6,990			10,016			11,030			3,719			33.7
Merger and related expenses		—			14,687			7,378			—			—			N/A
Depreciation and amortization		8,237			2,349			4,429			6,002			2,235			37.2
Provision for (recoveries of) doubtful accounts		316			650			(334	)		2,168			(1,852	)		-85.4
Total operating expenses		116,718			53,690			87,531			100,237			16,481			16.4
Operating income (loss)		28,978			(10,088	)		14,563			24,788			4,190			16.9
Interest expense, net		(11,290	)		(3,320	)		(5,717	)		(7,457	)		(3,833	)		51.4
Income (loss) before income taxes		17,688			(13,408	)		8,846			17,331			357			52.1
Income tax expense (benefit)		1,895			(1,626	)		2,264			4,454			(2,559	)		-57.5
Net income (loss)		15,793			(11,782	)		6,582			12,877			2,916			22.6
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(12,676	)		(4,042	)		(9,266	)		(10,067	)		(2,609	)		25.9
Net income (loss) attributable to ARH	$	3,117		$	(15,824	)	$	(2,684	)	$	2,810		$	307			10.9	%

Net Operating Revenues

Pro forma net operating revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2010 were $145.7 million, an increase of 16.5% from $125.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in pro forma net operating revenues was primarily due to an increase of approximately 17.3% in the number of dialysis treatments for the six months ended June 30, 2010, but was partially offset by a 0.8% decrease in the average revenue per treatment. The increase in treatments resulted principally from non-acquired treatment growth from existing clinics and de novo clinics. Pro forma net operating revenue per treatment for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $352, compared with $355 for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease in revenue per treatment was primarily due to a change in our commercial payor mix resulting from the relatively high rates of unemployment in the current economic climate. The administration of EPO represented approximately 22% of net operating revenues for both the six months ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009.

Our net operating revenues are driven by the number treatments performed and our average revenue per treatment. The following table summarizes our net operating revenues and net operating revenue per treatment for each of the periods indicated.

	Six Months Ended June 30,
	2010		2009
Net operating revenues (in thousands)	$	145,696	$	125,025
Net operating revenue per treatment	$	352	$	355

64

The number of treatments that we performed during the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased by approximately 17.3% over the number of treatments that we performed during the six months ended June 30, 2009. This treatment growth has been driven by increasing the patient base at our existing clinics, adding new patients through the opening of de novo clinics and the acquisition of existing dialysis clinics in which we acquired a controlling interest. The following table summarizes the sources of our treatment growth for the periods indicated.

	Six Months Ended June 30,
	2010			2009
Source of Treatment Growth:
Existing clinics (1)		14.5	%		11.5	%
De novo clinics opened (2)		2.8	%		10.7	%
Non-acquired treatment growth		17.3	%		22.2	%
Clinics acquired (3)		—	%		1.4	%
Total treatment growth		17.3	%		23.6	%

(1) Represents net growth in treatments at clinics operating at end of the period that were also opened at the end of the prior period.

(2) Represents additional treatments provided at clinics opened since the end of the prior period, compared to the total number.

(3) Represents treatments performed at clinics acquired since the end of the prior period.

Our net operating revenue per treatment is principally driven by our mix of commercial and government (principally Medicare and Medicaid) patients, the mix and amount of physician-prescribed pharmaceuticals, and commercial and government payment rates. We are generally paid more for services provided to patients covered by commercial healthcare plans than we are for patients covered by Medicare or Medicaid. Patients covered by employer group health plans transition to Medicare coverage after a maximum of 33 months. As a result, our ability to generate operating earnings is substantially dependent on revenues derived from commercial payors, some of which pay negotiated payment rates and others of which pay based on our usual and customary fee schedule. Additionally, as a patient transitions from commercial coverage to Medicare coverage, the payment rates typically decline substantially.

The following table summarizes our net operating revenues and treatments by source for each of the periods indicated.

	Six Months Ended June 30,
	2010			2009
Source of revenues:
Government-based programs and other		57.7	%		54.9	%
Commercial payors		42.3	%		45.1	%
		100.0	%		100.0	%
Source of treatments:
Government-based programs and other		86.7	%		85.4	%
Commercial payors		13.3	%		14.6	%
		100.0	%		100.0	%

Operating Expenses

Patient care costs. Pro forma patient care costs for the six months ended June 30, 2010 were $93.4 million, an increase of 15.3% from $81.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of treatments. As a percentage of net operating revenues, pro forma patient care

65

costs were approximately 64.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to 64.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Pro forma patient care costs per treatment for the six months ended June 30, 2010 were $225, compared to $230 for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

General and administrative expenses. Pro forma general and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 were $14.7 million, an increase of 33.7% from $11.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase is primarily attributable to approximately $2.2 million of increased charitable contributions. As a percentage of net operating revenues, pro forma general and administrative costs were approximately 10.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to 8.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Pro forma general and administrative costs per treatment for the six months ended June 30, 2010 were $36, compared to $31 for the six months ended June 30, 2009, reflecting an increase of $5 per treatment.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense represents expense attributable to our clinics’ equipment and leasehold improvements and amortization of intangible assets. We calculate depreciation and amortization expense using a straight-line method over the assets’ useful lives. Pro forma depreciation and amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $8.2 million, an increase of 37.2% from $6.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2009 primarily related to intangible assets acquired as part of the Merger. As a percentage of operating revenues, pro forma depreciation and amortization expense was approximately 5.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to 4.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

Provision for uncollectible accounts. Provision for uncollectible accounts represents reserves established for amounts for which patients are primarily responsible which we believe will not be collectible. Pro forma provision for uncollectible accounts for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $0.3 million, a decrease of 85.4% from $2.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2009. In the period from April 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010, we determined that we have developed sufficient and relevant historical experience with Medicare bad debt cost reporting to use as a basis for reliably estimating successful Medicare bad debt cost recoveries. As such, we revised our estimate on the collectability of Medicare bad debt claims related to 2008 and 2009 which resulted in a favorable adjustment of $1.8 million to our provision for doubtful accounts. Excluding this adjustment, as a percentage of net operating revenues, our pro forma provision for uncollectible accounts was approximately 1.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to 1.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Our accounts receivable, net of the bad debt allowance, represented approximately 56 days of revenues as of June 30, 2010 and approximately 59 days of revenues as of June 30, 2009.

Interest Expense, net. Interest expense represents charges for interest associated with our corporate level debt and credit facilities entered into by our dialysis clinics, as well as accumulated dividends and amortization of discount attributable to our Series X preferred stock during the predecessor period. Pro forma interest expense, net for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $11.3 million, an increase of 51.4% from $7.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2009 primarily related to interest related to the notes being exchanged hereby.

Income Tax Expense. The pro forma provision for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2010 represented an effective annualized tax rate of 11.1% compared with 25.7% in 2009. The variation from the statutory federal rate of 35% on our share of pre-tax income during the six months ended June 30, 2009 is primarily due to nondeductible Series X dividends and discount amortization accumulated during the predecessor period, state taxes and the tax impact of the noncontrolling interest.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Noncontrolling interests represent the equity interests in our consolidated entities that we do not own, which is primarily the equity interests of our nephrologist partners in our JV clinics. Pro forma net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $12.7 million, an increase of 25.9% from $10.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the addition of de novo clinics and growth in the earnings of our existing JVs.

66

Year ended December 31, 2009, as compared with year ended December 31, 2008

	Year Ended December 31,						Dollar Change			Percent Change
(in thousands)	2009			2008
Net patient service revenue	$	262,989		$	217,777		$	45,212			20.8	%
Operating expenses:
Facility operating expenses		170,826			141,810			29,016			20.5
General and administrative expense		24,819			19,944			4,875			24.4
Depreciation and amortization		12,127			9,777			2,350			24.0
Provision for doubtful accounts		3,216			4,834			(1,618	)		-33.5
Total operating expenses		210,988			176,365			34,623			19.6
Operating income		52,001			41,412			10,589			25.6
Interest expense, net		(14,948	)		(13,729	)		(1,219	)		8.9
Income before income taxes		37,053			27,683			9,370			33.8
Income tax expense		9,524			6,860			2,664			38.8
Net income		27,529			20,823			6,706			32.2
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(22,391	)		(17,179	)		(5,212	)		30.3
Net income attributable to ARH	$	5,138		$	3,644		$	1,494			41.0	%

Net Operating Revenues

Net operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $263.0 million, an increase of 20.8% from $217.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in net operating revenues was primarily due to an increase of approximately 23.3% in the number of dialysis treatments, but was partially offset by a 1.9% decrease in the average revenues per treatment. The increase in treatments resulted principally from non-acquired treatment growth from existing clinics and de novo clinics. Net operating revenues per treatment for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $353, compared with $360 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in revenues per treatment was primarily due to a decrease in the administration of EPO, which represented approximately 22% of net operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 24% for the year ended December 31, 2008, and a change in our commercial payor mix resulting from the relatively high rates of unemployment in the current economic climate. Our net operating revenues are driven by the number treatments performed and our average revenues per treatment. The following table summarizes our net operating revenues and net operating revenues per treatment for each of the periods indicated.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009		2008
Net operating revenues (in thousands)	$	262,989	$	217,777
Net operating revenues per treatment	$	353	$	360

67

The number of treatments that we performed during the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by approximately 23.3% over the number of treatments that we performed during the year ended December 31, 2008. This treatment growth has been driven by increasing the patient base at our existing clinics, adding new patients through the opening of de novo clinics and the acquisition of existing dialysis clinics in which we acquired a controlling interest. The following table summarizes the sources of our treatment growth for the period indicated.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008
Source of Treatment Growth:
Existing clinics (1)		18.9	%		16.5	%
De novo clinics opened (2)		1.7	%		3.6	%
Non-acquired treatment growth		20.6	%		20.1	%
Clinics acquired (3)		2.7	%		—	%
Total treatment growth		23.3	%		20.1	%

(1) Represents net growth in treatments at clinics operating at end of the period that were also opened at the end of the prior period.

(2) Represents additional treatments provided at clinics opened since the end of the prior period, compared to the total number.

(3) Represents treatments performed at clinics acquired since the end of the prior period.

Our net operating revenues per treatment is principally driven by our mix of commercial and government (principally Medicare and Medicaid) payor patients, the mix and amount of physician-prescribed pharmaceuticals, and commercial and government payment rates. We are generally paid more for services provided to patients covered by commercial healthcare plans than we are for patients covered by Medicare or Medicaid. Patients covered by employer group health plans transition to Medicare coverage after a maximum of 33 months. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Medicare ESRD dialysis reimbursement rates for patients at our clinics were between $126 and $154 per treatment, excluding the administration of separately-billable pharmaceuticals, such as EPO. Medicare payment rates are generally insufficient to cover our total operating expenses allocable to providing dialysis treatments for Medicare patients, although in some circumstances they are sufficient to cover their patient care costs. As a result, our ability to generate operating earnings is substantially dependent on revenues derived from commercial payors, some of which pay negotiated payment rates and others of which pay based on our usual and customary fee schedule. Additionally, as a patient transitions from commercial coverage to Medicare coverage, the payment rates typically decline substantially.

The following table summarizes our net operating revenues and treatments by source for each of the periods indicated. These numbers are largely driven by the nephrologist partners we choose to partner with and the overall economic environment, particularly unemployment.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008
Source of revenues:
Government-based programs and other		57.0	%		57.9	%
Commercial payors		43.0	%		42.1	%
		100.0	%		100	%
Source of treatments:
Government-based programs and other		85.9	%		86.1	%
Commercial payors		14.1	%		13.9	%
		100.0	%		100.0	%

68

Operating Expenses

Patient care costs. Patient care costs for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $170.8 million, an increase of 20.5% from $141.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of treatments. As a percentage of net operating revenues, patient care costs were approximately 64.9% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 65.1% for the year ended December 31, 2008. Patient care costs per treatment for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $229, compared to $234 for the year ended December 31, 2008, reflecting a decrease of $5 per treatment. This decrease was primarily due to decreased pharmacy costs associated with the decrease in the administration of EPO.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $24.8 million, an increase of 24.4% from $19.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in headcount associated with our total treatment growth of 23.3%. As a percentage of net operating revenues, general and administrative costs were approximately 9.4% during the year ended December 31, 2009 and 9.1% during the year ended December 31, 2008. General and administrative costs per treatment were $33 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense represents expense attributable to our clinics’ equipment and leasehold improvements. We calculate depreciation and amortization expense using a straight-line method over the assets’ useful lives. Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $12.1 million, an increase of 23.5% from $9.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase is primarily due to the increase in the number of clinics from 64 as of January 1, 2008 to 83 as of December 31, 2009. As a percentage of net operating revenues, depreciation and amortization expense was approximately 4.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 4.5% for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Provision for uncollectible accounts. Provision for uncollectible accounts represents reserves established for amounts for which patients are primarily responsible which we believe will not be collectible. Provision for uncollectible accounts for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $3.2 million, a decrease of 33.3% from $4.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. As a percentage of net operating revenues, provision for uncollectible accounts was approximately 1.2% for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 2.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to uncollectible amounts in the corresponding period of 2008 from CMS for a new facility which did not receive its Medicare certification until July 2008. Our accounts receivable, net of the bad debt allowance, represented approximately 59 days of revenues as of December 31, 2009 and as of December 31, 2008.

Interest Expense, net. Interest expense represents charges for interest associated with our corporate level debt and credit facilities entered into by our dialysis clinics, as well as accumulated dividends attributable to our Series X preferred stock. Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $14.9 million, an increase of 8.8% from $13.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 consisted of $5.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively, attributable to interest on long-term debt, $8.1 million and $7.2 million, respectively, of a non-cash charge attributable to Series X preferred stock dividends and discount accretion, and $1.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, attributable to amortization of deferred financing costs. Interest expense on long-term debt decreased due to a decrease in our weighted average interest rate to 6.8% during 2009 from 7.1% during 2008 as a result of lower LIBOR rates. Series X preferred stock dividends increased as dividends compound quarterly. The increase in amortization of deferred financing costs is attributable to expensing the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.6 million in connection with the amendment of certain loans during 2009.

Income Tax Expense. The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2009 represented an effective annualized tax rate of 25.7% compared with 24.8% in 2008. The income tax expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income principally relates to our proportionate share of the pre-tax

69

income of our majority-owned subsidiaries. The principal difference between our effective tax rate and the statutory tax rate is the non-deductible interest expense, including original issue discount, related to the Series X redeemable preferred stock, which amounted to $8.1 million and $7.2 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Noncontrolling interests represent the equity interests in our consolidated entities that we do not own, primarily the equity interests of our nephrologist partners in our JV clinics. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $22.4 million, an increase of 30.2% from $17.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to de novo clinics and growth in the earnings of our existing JVs. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests as a percentage of operating income was 43.1% in the year ended December 31, 2009 and 41.5% in the year ended December 31, 2008.

Year ended December 31, 2008, as compared with year ended December 31, 2007

	Year Ended December 31,						Dollar Change			Percent Change
(in thousands)	2008			2007
Net patient service revenue	$	217,777		$	178,391		$	39,386			22.1	%
Operating expenses:
Facility operating expenses		141,810			115,058			26,752			23.3	%
General and administrative expense		19,944			18,595			1,349			7.3	%
Depreciation and amortization		9,777			7,919			1,858			23.5	%
Provision for doubtful accounts		4,834			3,258			1,576			48.4	%
Total operating expenses		176,365			144,830			31,535			21.8	%
Operating Income		41,412			33,561			7,851			23.4	%
Interest expense, net		(13,729	)		(13,695	)		(34	)		0.2	%
Income before income taxes		27,683			19,866			7,817			39.3	%
Income tax expense		6,860			4,409			2,451			55.6	%
Net income		20,823			15,457			5,366			34.7	%
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(17,179	)		(14,706	)		(2,473	)		16.8	%
Net income attributable to ARH	$	3,644		$	751		$	2,893			385.2	%

Net Operating Revenues

Net operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $217.8 million, an increase of 22.1% from $178.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in net operating revenues was primarily due to an increase of approximately 20.1% in the number of dialysis treatments and a 1.7% increase in the average dialysis revenues per treatment. The increase in treatments resulted principally from non-acquired treatment growth from existing clinics and de novo clinics. Net operating revenues per treatment for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $360, compared with $354 for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in revenues per treatment was primarily due to a favorable increase in our commercial treatment mix in 2008.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2008		2007
Net operating revenues (in thousands)	$	217,777	$	178,391
Net operating revenues per treatment	$	360	$	354

70

The number of treatments that we performed during the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by approximately 20.1% over the number of treatments that we performed during the year ended December 31, 2007. This treatment growth has been driven by increasing the patient base at our existing clinics, adding new patients through the opening of de novo clinics and the acquisition of existing dialysis clinics in which we acquired a controlling interest. The following table summarizes the sources of our treatment growth for the period indicated.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2008			2007
Source of Treatment Growth:
Existing clinics (1)		16.5	%		11.3	%
De novo clinics opened (2)		3.6	%		5.6	%
Non-acquired treatment growth		20.1	%		16.9	%
Clinics acquired (3)		—	%		3.4	%
Total treatment growth		20.1	%		20.3	%

(1) Represents net growth in treatments at clinics operating at end of the period that were also opened at the end of the prior period.

(2) Represents additional treatments provided at clinics opened since the end of the prior period, compared to the total number.

(3) Represents treatments performed at clinics acquired since the end of the prior period.

Our net operating revenues per treatment is principally driven by our mix of commercial and government (principally Medicare and Medicaid) payor patients, the mix and amount of physician-prescribed pharmaceuticals, and commercial and government payment rates. We are generally paid more for services provided to patients covered by commercial healthcare plans than we are for patients covered by Medicare or Medicaid. Patients covered by employer group health plans transition to Medicare coverage after a maximum of 33 months. Medicare payment rates are generally insufficient to cover our total operating expenses allocable to providing dialysis treatments for Medicare patients, although in some circumstances they are sufficient to cover their patient care costs. As a result, our ability to generate operating earnings is substantially dependent on revenues derived from commercial payors, some of which pay negotiated payment rates and others of which pay based on our usual and customary fee schedule. Additionally, as a patient transitions from commercial coverage to Medicare coverage, the payment rates typically decline substantially.

The following table summarizes our net operating revenues and treatments by source for each of the periods indicated. These numbers are largely driven by the nephrologist partners we choose to partner with and the overall economic environment, particularly unemployment.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2008			2007
Source of revenues:
Government-based programs and other		57.9	%		57.7	%
Commercial payors		42.1	%		42.3	%
		100	%		100.0	%
Source of treatments:
Government-based programs and other		86.1	%		87.6	%
Commercial payors		13.9	%		12.4	%
		100.0	%		100.0	%

71

Operating Expenses

Patient care costs. Patient care costs for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $141.8 million, an increase of 23.2% from $115.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of treatments. As a percentage of net operating revenues, patient care costs were approximately 65.1% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 64.4% for the year ended December 31, 2007. Patient care costs per treatment for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $234, compared to $228 for the year ended December 31, 2007, reflecting an increase of $6 per treatment. This increase was primarily due to increased salaries and benefits costs for personnel and increased medical supply costs.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $19.8 million, an increase of 7.3% from $18.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in headcount associated with our treatment growth of 20.1%. As a percentage of net operating revenues, general and administrative costs were approximately 9.1% for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 10.4% for the year ended December 31, 2007. General and administrative costs per treatment for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $32, compared to $37 for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily related to lower stock-based compensation in 2008 as compared to 2007.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $9.8 million, an increase of 24.1% from $7.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase is primarily attributable to the increase in the number of clinics from 53 as of January 1, 2007 to 75 as of December 31, 2008. As a percentage of net operating revenues, depreciation and amortization expense was approximately 4.5% for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 4.4% for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Provision for uncollectible accounts. Provision for uncollectible accounts for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $4.8 million, an increase of 45.4% from $3.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. As a percentage of net operating revenues, provision for uncollectible accounts was 2.2% during the year ended December 31, 2008 and 1.8% during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to uncollectible amounts in the corresponding period of 2008 from CMS for a new facility which did not receive its Medicare certification until July 2008. Provision for uncollectible accounts per treatment for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $8, compared to $6 for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our accounts receivable, net of the bad debt allowance, represented approximately 59 days of revenues as of December 31, 2008, and 58 days as of December 31, 2007.

Interest Expense, net. Interest expense was $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and in the year ended December 31, 2007. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of $5.9 million and $6.4 million, respectively, attributable to interest on long-term debt, $7.2 million and $6.5 million, respectively, of a non-cash charge attributable to Series X preferred stock dividends and discount accretion, and $0.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively, attributable to amortization of deferred financing costs. Interest expense on long-term debt decreased 7.8% due to a decrease in our weighted average interest rate to 7.1% during 2008 from 8.6% during 2007 due to lower LIBOR rates but offset by an increase in our long-term debt in 2008. Series X preferred stock dividends increased as dividends compound quarterly.

Income Tax Expense. The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2008 represented an effective tax rate of 24.8%, compared with 22.2% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The income tax expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income principally relates to our proportionate share of the pre-tax income of our majority-owned subsidiaries. The principal difference between our effective tax rate and the statutory federal tax rate of 35% is the non-deductible interest expense, including original issue discount, related to the Series X redeemable preferred stock, which amounted to $7.2 million and $6.5 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, state taxes and the tax impact of the noncontrolling interest.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $17.2 million, an increase of 17.0% from $14.7 million in the year ended

72

December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to de novo clinics and growth in the earnings of our existing JVs. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests as a percentage of operating income was 41.5% for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared with 43.8% for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We own controlling interests in our JV clinics and our nephrologist partners own noncontrolling interests, typically between 25% and 49%. Except as otherwise indicated, the following discussion of our liquidity and capital resources presents information on a consolidated basis, without giving effect to any noncontrolling interests in our JV clinics.

Cash Flows

The following discussion highlights our cash flow activities during the successor period from May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010, the predecessor periods from January 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010 and the six month period ended June 30, 2009.

Cash Flows from Operations:

	Successor			Predecessor
	May 8 through June 30, 2010			January 1 through May 7, 2010			Six months Ended June 30, 2009
Source / (Use)
Net income (loss)	$	(11,782	)	$	6,582		$	12,877
Depreciation and amortization		2,600			4,634			6,920
Non-cash and non-operating items		4,013			4,558			4,893
Increase (decrease) in cash resulting in changes from:
Accounts receivable		2,175			(2,465	)		(1,811	)
Inventories		364			(6	)		197
Other assets		(923	)		(1,506	)		2,768
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		(3,379	)		(6,432	)		(1,232	)
Other liabilities		906			(70	)		(910	)
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	(6,026	)	$	5,295		$	23,702

The decrease in our net income is primarily attributable to expenses related to the Merger. In the successor period, other non-cash and non-operating items such as stock-based compensation expense and expenses related to the Merger. In the predecessor period, other non-cash and non-operating items is primarily non-cash Series X preferred stock interest expense. The increase in accounts receivable in the predecessor periods resulted from the timing of collections compared to billings. The decrease for accounts payable and other liabilities resulted from the timing of payments and accruals for various liabilities related to the Merger.

73

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

	Successor			Predecessor
	May 8 through June 30, 2010			January 1 through May 7, 2010			Six months Ended June 30, 2009
Source / (Use)
Purchases of property and equipment	$	(2,545	)	$	(4,904	)	$	(6,444	)
Cash paid for acquisitions		—			(144	)		(3,366	)
Merger with C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.		(244,144	)		—			—
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(246,689	)	$	(5,048	)	$	(9,810	)

The increase in our cash used in investing activities is due to the Merger. Cash paid for acquisitions during the six months ended June 30, 2009 represents the acquisition of three clinics.

Cash Flows provided by (used in) Financing Activities:

	Successor			Predecessor
	May 8 through June 30, 2010			January 1 through May 7, 2010			Six months Ended June 30, 2009
Source / (Use)
Payments on long-term debt	$	(63,684	)	$	(5,391	)	$	(5,456	)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		155,591			8			75
Issuance of debt, net of issuance cost		236,774			—			—
Payoff of Series X Preferred Stock		(65,196	)		—			—
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(1,918	)		(11,394	)		(9,720	)
Other		(10	)		(408	)		336
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	261,556		$	(17,185	)	$	(14,765	)

The increase in our cash provided by financing activities is primarily due to the Merger. In connection with the Merger:

• Centerbridge made an aggregate cash equity investment of $161.5 million in the Parent, subject to certain adjustments, and in exchange received 87% of the common stock of the Parent immediately following the Merger;

• Certain members of ARH’s management contributed a portion of their existing equity ownership in ARH in exchange for newly issued shares of common stock and options to purchase common stock of the Parent;

• ARH entered into the New Revolving Credit Facility;

• ARH offered the notes being exchanged hereby;

• ARH repaid approximately $63.0 million of debt related to the predecessor entity; and

• ARH purchased all of the outstanding shares as of May 7, 2010 of the Series X Preferred Stock for $65.2 million.

74

The following discussion highlights our cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
	(in thousands)
Cash flows provided by operating activities	$	51,331		$	37,012		$	28,644
Cash flows used in investing activities		(19,031	)		(20,747	)		(17,213	)
Cash flows used in financing activities		(32,303	)		(9,642	)		(8,776	)

Net cash provided by operating activities was $51.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This resulted primarily from net income for the period of $27.5 million, increased by $12.1 million in depreciation and amortization and $9.3 million in non-cash interest expense for our Series X preferred stock and amortization of deferred financing costs. Net changes in working capital items increased cash from operating activities by $0.6 million principally related to cash retained from an increase in accrued expenses. Net cash used in investing activities was $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, which consisted principally of $4.0 million for the acquisition of three clinics and $15.0 million for capital asset expenditures primarily attributable to de novo clinics opened during the period. Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2009 was $32.3 million, principally relating to distributions to noncontrolling interests during the year, which were $21.1 million and repayments of $12.0 million on our long-term debt.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $37.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This resulted primarily from net income for the period of $20.8 million, increased by $9.8 million in depreciation and amortization and $7.9 million in non-cash interest expense for our Series X preferred stock and amortization of deferred financing costs. Net changes in working capital items decreased cash from operating activities by $4.8 million primarily related to cash usage from an increase in accounts receivable. Net cash used in investing activities was $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, which consisted primarily of $21.3 million for capital asset expenditures primarily related to new clinic development. Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2008 was $9.6 million, primarily relating to $9.4 million in net borrowings of our long-term debt offset by $18.4 million in distributions to noncontrolling interests.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This resulted primarily from net income for the period of $15.5 million, increased by $7.9 million in depreciation and amortization and $7.3 million in noncash interest expense for our Series X preferred stock and amortization of deferred financing costs. Net changes in working capital items decreased cash from operating activities by $5.7 million, primarily related to cash usage from an increase in accounts receivable and an increase in inventory. Net cash used in investing activities was $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, which consisted principally of $15.2 million for capital asset expenditures primarily related to new clinic development and $2.0 million for the acquisition of two clinics. Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $8.8 million, primarily relating to net borrowing of $7.2 million of our long-term debt offset by $16.0 million in distributions to noncontrolling interests.

Capital Resources

Our future needs for liquidity will arise primarily from funding the development of new clinics, operating expenses, capital expenditures, payment of the Sponsor advisory fee and other expenses payable under the management agreement with our Sponsor and to service our debt, including our New Revolving Credit Facility and the notes being exchanged hereby. Our primary sources of liquidity will be funds generated from our operations, short-term borrowing under our New Revolving Credit Facility and borrowings of long-term debt.

We believe our cash flows from operations, combined with availability under our New Revolving Credit Facility, provides sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements and

75

capital spending for a period that includes the next 12 months. If existing cash and cash generated from operations and borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to obtain additional debt or equity financing. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. Any financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us. If we are unable to obtain required financing, we may be required to reduce the scope of our planned growth efforts, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

As of June 30, 2010 we have outstanding $259.7 million in aggregate principal amount of indebtedness, with an additional $25.0 million of borrowing capacity available under our New Revolving Credit Facility (not giving effect to any outstanding letters of credit, which would reduce the amount available under our New Revolving Credit Facility).

Our liquidity requirements will be significant, primarily due to debt service requirements in connection with the Transactions. In addition, we pay Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C. a yearly advisory services fee beginning for the fiscal year 2010 of the greater of (i) an amount equal to the greater of (x) $550,000 and (y) the amount of the previous fiscal year’s advisory fee and (ii) an amount equal to 1.25% of our EBITDA for that fiscal year. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Historically, our principal needs for liquidity have been to fund the development and acquisition of new clinics, to pay our operating expenses, to fund capital expenditures and to service our debt. Our primary sources of liquidity are funds generated from our operations and from borrowings of long-term debt. At June 30, 2010, our cash and cash equivalents were $21.1 million as compared to $29.2 million at December 31, 2009. At June 30, 2010, our subsidiary level long-term debt, on an aggregated basis, consisted of term loans, lines of credit and mortgages totaling $9.7 million with maturities ranging from December 2011 to February 2015 and interest rates ranging from 3.06% to 8.67%.

Senior Secured Notes

In connection with the Transactions, we issued $250.0 million of Senior Secured Notes (the notes) at an offering price of 99.28%. The notes are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by (i) all of the our capital stock and (ii) substantially all of our assets of our wholly owned subsidiary guarantors. The notes are guaranteed by the our direct parent, C. P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC and all of our existing and future wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. The notes mature on May 15, 2018. Interest is payable semi-annually at 8.375% per annum, commencing November 15, 2010.

On or after May 15, 2015, we may redeem the notes at our option, subject to certain notice periods, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes. Prior to May 15, 2013, we have the option to redeem during each 12-month period commencing on the issue date of May 7, 2010 up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, we may redeem up to 35% of the notes before May 15, 2013, with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings. We may also redeem some or all of the notes before May 15, 2013 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus a “make-whole” premium. Upon a change in control, we must offer to purchase the notes at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued interest to the purchase date.

New Revolving Credit Facility

In connection with the Transactions, we entered into a $25.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the New Revolving Credit Facility). As of June 30, 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under the New Revolving Credit Facility. The New Revolving Credit Facility expires on May 7, 2015. Borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either (a) an alternate base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate in effect on such day, (2) the federal funds effective

76

rate plus 0.50% and (3) the Eurodollar rate applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.00% or (b) the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility is 3.50% with respect to alternate base rate borrowings and 4.50% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the New Revolving Credit Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee, initially 0.75% per annum, in respect of the unutilized revolving credit commitments thereunder.

Covenant Compliance

Under the New Revolving Credit Facility, certain limitations, restrictions and defaults could occur if we are not able to satisfy and remain in compliance with specified financial ratios. We have agreed that beginning on September 30, 2010, we will not permit the Consolidated Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA (both as defined in the agreement) Ratio for any 12 month period (last four fiscal quarters) ending during a period set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

Period	Ratio
September 30, 2010 through September 30, 2011		5.75:1.00
December 31, 2011 through September 30, 2012		5.50:1.00
December 31, 2012 through September 30, 2013		5.00:1.00
December 31, 2013 through September 30, 2014		4.75:1.00
December 31, 2014 and thereafter		4.25:1.00

We have also agreed that beginning on September 30, 2010, we will not permit the Consolidated EBITDA to Fixed Charges (both as defined in the agreement) Ratio for any 12 month period (last four fiscal quarters) ending during a period set forth below to be lower than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

Period	Ratio
September 30, 2010 through September 30, 2011		1.80:1.00
December 31, 2011 through September 30, 2012		1.80:1.00
December 31, 2012 through September 30, 2013		2.00:1.00
December 31, 2013 through September 30, 2014		2.25:1.00
December 31, 2014 and thereafter		2.50:1.00

The breach of these covenants could result in a default under the New Revolving Credit Facility and the lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed due and payable.

In determining Consolidated EBITDA, EBITDA is calculated by reference to net income plus interest and other financing costs, net, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation. Consolidated EBITDA as defined in the agreement is calculated by adjusting EBITDA to exclude unusual items and other adjustments permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indentures and the credit facilities. We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Consolidated EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate our ability to comply with the financial covenants of the credit facility.

77

The calculation of Consolidated EBITDA under the New Revolving Credit Facility is as follows (in thousands):

	Last Twelve months ended June 30, 2010
Net loss	$	(16,182	)
Interest expense, net (1)		16,528
Provision for income taxes		5,708
Depreciation and amortization		12,904
Stock-based compensation		4,807
Transaction expenses (2)		22,065
Initial public offering transaction expenses		1,751
Specified legal costs (3)		437
Adjusted EBITDA (5)	$	48,018
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests with clinic-level debt (4)		4,404
Other		141
Consolidated EBITDA (5)	$	52,563

(1) Includes interest expense and interest income.

(2) Reflects expenses related to the Transactions.

(3) Represents adjustments for certain legal costs as a specified exclusion.

(4) Reflects net income attributable to noncontrolling interests at those clinics with $9.7 million of third-party debt as of June 30, 2010. The agreement permits this adjustment up to the amount of third-party debt that is included in certain coverage and leverage ratios.

(5) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income plus net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation transaction expenses, initial public offering transaction expenses and specified legal costs. Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized term under GAAP and does not purport to be an alternative to net income as a measure of operating performance or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow available for management’s discretionary use as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements. The presentation of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Company’s results as reported under GAAP. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends because Adjusted EBITDA excludes the results of decisions that are outside the control of operating management and can differ significantly from company to company depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA provides more comparability between our predecessor results and the our successor results that reflect acquisition accounting and our new capital structure. Management compensates for the limitations of using non-GAAP financial measures by using them to supplement GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting the business than GAAP results alone.

Consolidated EBITDA (or debt covenant EBITDA) is defined as Adjusted EBITDA plus other adjustments that will be used in calculating covenant compliance under the agreements governing the our Credit Facility. The Company believes that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about items that will impact the calculation of EBITDA that is used to determine covenant compliance under the agreements governing our Credit Facility. Since not all companies use identical calculations, this presentation of Consolidated EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

78

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements, Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following is a summary of historical contractual obligations and commitments as of June 30, 2010 (in thousands)

Scheduled payments under contractual obligations	Total		July 1 to December 31, 2010		2011 & 2012		2013 & 2014		2015		After 2015
Clinic level third-party long-term debt and capital lease obligations (including current portion)	$	9,730	$	1,882	$	6,070	$	1,773	$	5	$	—
Senior Secured Notes (1)		250,000		—		—		—		—		250,000
Operating leases (2)		65,666		4,426		16,436		13,962		6,650		24,192
Total	$	325,396	$	6,308	$	22,506	$	15,735	$	6,655	$	274,192

(1) Bear interest at 8.375% with interest payment dates of May 15 and November 15, commencing November 15, 2010. As of June 30, 2010, accrued interest totals approximately $3.1 million.

(2) Net of estimated sublease proceeds of $0.5 million remaining in 2010, $1.0 million per year from 2011 to 2015 and $6.9 million thereafter.

We also have potential acquisition obligations for some of our non-wholly-owned subsidiaries in the form of put provisions, which are exercisable at our nephrologist partners’ future discretion within specified periods (“time-based puts”) or upon the occurrence of certain events (“event-based puts”) as set forth in each specific put provision. See Note H—Noncontrolling Interests Subject to Put Provisions in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for discussion of these put provisions. These put obligations are not customary in the operating agreements with our JV partners. Although no assurance can be given, we do not expect a significant increase in the number of future JV arrangements to contain put provisions.

Since our inception, $10.6 million of time-based obligations have become exercisable by our nephrologist partners, but only $3.5 million of these puts have been exercised. The following is a summary of the estimated cash obligations in each of the specified years under all time-based puts existing as of June 30, 2010 (in thousands) and reflects the payments that would be made, assuming (a) all vested puts as of June 30, 2010 are exercised on July 1, 2010 and paid accordingly and (b) all puts exercisable thereafter are exercised as soon as they vest and are paid accordingly.

Year	Amount Exercisable
2010 (remainder)	$	6,133
2011	$	7,335
2012	$	10,135
2013	$	7,379
2014	$	2,215
Thereafter	$	615

We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Net Operating Revenues and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We recognize net operating revenues as services are provided to patients. Net operating revenues consist primarily of reimbursement for dialysis and ancillary services provided to patients. We maintain a usual and customary fee schedule for dialysis treatment and other patient services; however, actual collectible revenues are normally at a discount to the fee schedule. We bill Medicare and Medicaid programs at predetermined net realizable rates per treatment that are established by statute or regulation. We record contracted payors at

79

contracted rates and bill other payors at usual and customary rates, and record a contractual allowance to reflect the expected net realizable revenues for services provided. We estimate contractual allowances, along with provisions for uncollectible amounts, based upon contractual terms, regulatory compliance, and historical collection experience. Recognition of net revenues and allowances for uncollectible billings require the use of estimates of the amounts that will actually be realized considering among other items, retroactive adjustments that may be associated with regulatory reviews, audits, billing reviews, and other matters. As a result, there is at least a reasonable possibility that our recorded estimates will change by a material amount in the near term. We separately disclose changes in estimates of our revenues for prior periods if these changes are material.

Approximately 57% of our total net patient service revenues for year ended December 31, 2009 was accounted for by net patient service revenues associated with patients whose primary coverage is under governmental programs, including Medicare and Medicaid and Medicare or Medicaid Managed Care programs. Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are extremely complex and subject to interpretation. As a result, there is at least a reasonable possibility that our recorded estimates will change by a material amount in the near term. Patient accounts receivable from these programs was $30.4 million at December 31, 2009. No other single payor accounted for more than 5% of total patient accounts receivable.

Noncontrolling Interests

We own a controlling interest in each of our 85 clinics, and our local nephrologist partners own the remaining noncontrolling interests. Effective January 1, 2009, we were required to treat noncontrolling interests as a separate component of equity, but apart from our equity, and not as a liability or other item outside of equity. We were also required to identify and retrospectively present consolidated net income attributable to us and to noncontrolling interests on the face of the consolidated statement of income. In addition beginning on January 1, 2009, changes in our ownership interest while we retain a controlling financial interest are prospectively accounted for as equity transactions. We were also required to expand disclosures in the financial statements to include a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the equity attributable to us and the noncontrolling owners and a schedule showing the effects of changes in our ownership interest in a subsidiary on the equity attributable to us. This change did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements; however, it did change the presentation of noncontrolling interests in our consolidated financial statements.

In conjunction with adopting these requirements, we were required to classify securities with redemption features that are not solely within our control, such as the noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions, outside of permanent equity and to measure these noncontrolling interests at fair value. See Note H—Noncontrolling Interests Subject to Put Provisions in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details. These put provisions, if exercised, would require us to purchase our nephrologist partners’ interests at the appraised fair value. We estimate the fair value of the noncontrolling interests subject to these put provisions using an average multiple of earnings, based on historical earnings, development stage of the underlying business and other factors. The estimate of the fair values of the interests subject to these put provisions is a critical accounting estimate that involves significant judgments and assumptions and may not be indicative of the actual values at which these obligations may ultimately be settled in the future. The estimated fair values of the interests subject to these put provisions can also fluctuate and the implicit multiple of earnings at which these obligations may be settled will vary depending upon market conditions access to the credit and capital markets, which can impact the level of competition for dialysis and non-dialysis related businesses, the economic performance of these businesses and the restricted marketability of the nephrologist partners’ interests.

Stock-based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards based on estimated fair values at the date of grant. Determining the fair value of share-based awards requires judgment in developing assumptions, which involve a number of variables. We calculate fair value by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires estimates for expected volatility, expected dividends, the risk-free interest rate and the expected term of the option. In addition, estimates of the number of share-based awards that are expected to

80

be forfeited must be made. We also estimate the expected service period over which our restricted stock awards will vest, as well as make estimates regarding whether or not performance-based restricted stock will vest. Each of these assumptions, while reasonable, requires a certain degree of judgment and the fair value estimates could vary if actual results are materially different than those initially applied.

Accounting for income taxes

We estimate our income tax provision to recognize our tax expense for the current year, and our deferred tax liabilities and assets for future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements, measured using enacted tax rates and laws expected to apply in the periods when the deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be realized. Deferred tax assets are assessed based upon the likelihood of recoverability from future taxable income and, to the extent that recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance is established. We regularly review and update the allowance for changes in circumstances that would cause a change in judgment about the realizability of the related deferred tax assets. These calculations and assessments involve complex estimates and judgments because the ultimate tax outcome can be uncertain and future events unpredictable.

Acquisition accounting valuation estimates

We make various assumptions and estimates regarding the valuation of tangible and intangible assets, liabilities and contractual as well as non-contractual contingencies associated with our acquisitions. These assumptions can have a material effect on our balance sheet valuations and the related amount of depreciation and amortization expense that will be recognized in the future. Long-lived tangible and intangible assets are subject to our regular ongoing impairment assessments.

Goodwill impairment

The excess of aggregate purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and specifically identifiable intangible assets of businesses acquired in purchase transactions is recorded as goodwill.

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least on an annual basis and more frequently if certain indicators are encountered. We assess goodwill for impairment as of October 1. Goodwill is to be tested at the reporting unit level, defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component), with the fair value of the reporting unit being compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered to be impaired. We have determined that we have one operating, as well as one reportable, segment. For impairment testing purposes, our individual clinics qualify as components of that operating segment. Because they have similar economic characteristics, the components are aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit. No impairment was identified during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements. The ASU requires new disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements related to Level 3 measurements. It also clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregations and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements, which are effective January 1, 2011. Other than requiring additional disclosures, the adoption of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial position.

In August 2010, the FASB issued guidance that requires health care entities to use cost as the measurement basis for charity care disclosures and defines cost as the direct and indirect costs of providing charity care. The

81

amended disclosure requirements are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and must be applied retrospectively. The Company will adopt the amended disclosure requirements for their fiscal year beginning January 1, 2011. Since the new guidance amends disclosure requirements only, its adoption will not impact the Company’s statement of financial position, statement of operations, or cash flow statement.

In August 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-24 to address how health care entities should account for medical malpractice claims and related anticipated insurance recoveries. The new guidance, which amends ASC 954-450, Contingencies, and ASC 954-720, Other Expenses, also applies to similar contingent liabilities. Under the new guidance, health care entities are prohibited from presenting claim liabilities net of insurance recoveries. Further, the guidance requires health care entities to disregard insurance recoveries when measuring the amount of a claim liability. However, a related insurance receivable should be recorded concurrently with the liability, subject to a valuation allowance, if necessary. The new guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2011. In the period of adoption, entities must recognize in opening retained earnings any cumulative-effect adjustment resulting from the application of the new guidance. Entities may apply the new guidance retrospectively, and early application is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact this may have on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Our investments include cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market accounts, certificates of deposit and commercial paper. Short-term investments consist of U.S. government agency securities, commercial paper and certificates of deposit. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we do not believe an immediate 10% increase in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio, and therefore we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected to any degree by a sudden change in market interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk

Our New Revolving Credit Facility contains multiple interest rate options which allow us to choose between a U.S. prime rate based interest rate or a London Interbank Offered Rate based interest rate. As of June 30, 2010, there were no borrowings under our New Revolving Credit Facility. If we were to draw on it, then we would be subject to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2009, we did not maintain any interest rate swap agreements.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

82

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a national provider of kidney dialysis services for patients suffering from chronic kidney failure, also known as end stage renal disease, or ESRD. As of June 30, 2010 we owned and operated 85 dialysis clinics treating more than 5,600 patients in 17 states and the District of Columbia. Our operating model is based on shared ownership of our facilities with physicians, known as nephrologists, who specialize in kidney-related diseases in the local market served by the clinic. Each clinic is maintained as a separate joint venture, or JV, in which we own a controlling interest and our local nephrologist partners own noncontrolling interests.

We believe we are the largest dialysis services provider in the United States founded and operating exclusively on a joint venture model. We have invested significantly in the development of our senior and field level core management function and operating procedures, and we believe we are well-positioned to continue to realize the benefits of platform scalability, which will allow us to add clinics without significant incremental operating costs. As a result, our revenue and earnings growth will be driven primarily by the growth in the number of our JV clinics and treatment growth at our existing clinics. Since our founding, we have opened 64 new clinics (“de novo clinics”) and have acquired 21 clinics from third parties (“acquired clinics”) that we subsequently converted to our JV model. In 2009 we opened 10 clinics, seven of which are de novo clinics and three are acquired clinics. We plan to continue the expansion of our operations with the use of the JV model primarily through the redeployment of free cash flow to create de novo clinics, to expand existing clinics and to selectively acquire clinics.

We believe our JV model is attractive to the nephrologist community because it provides a platform for favorable clinical outcomes and superior financial results while enabling our nephrologist partners to focus on providing the highest quality of patient care rather than the administration of corporate-directed treatments and protocols. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, American Renal Management, LLC (“ARM”), we provide our nephrologist partners with the managerial, accounting, financial, technological and administrative support necessary to operate our clinics. In particular, our management services focus on critical revenue cycle management for each patient, which encompasses patient registration, insurance and benefit verification, medical treatment documentation and coding, bill preparation and collections. In addition, our corporate clinical advisory team, which includes our National Medical Director and clinical and regulatory advisors, assists our nephrologist partners in establishing clinical objectives, while our operating model allocates to our nephrologist partners autonomy over the clinical protocols used to achieve those objectives.

According to the United States Renal Data System, or USRDS, the number of dialysis patients in the U.S. is expected to continue growing faster than increases in the general population, primarily due to an aging population with increased life expectancies. As a result, we believe there will be an increasing need for dialysis clinics. In addition, we believe that the JV model will continue to be one of the fastest growing operating models for dialysis clinics and will represent an increasing percentage of the dialysis clinic industry. We believe that our JV model, with its clinic level autonomy for the physician, together with the comprehensive management services that we have developed, enhance the clinical and operating performance of our clinics and make us a preferred dialysis partner for nephrologists. We believe this will lead to additional JV opportunities with nephrologists seeking the corporate support we provide.

Dialysis Services Industry Overview

End Stage Renal Disease, or ESRD, is characterized by the loss of kidney functionality and is normally irreversible and fatal unless treated. ESRD most commonly results from complications associated with diabetes, hypertension, renal and hereditary diseases, old age and a combination of other risk factors. ESRD requires continued dialysis treatments or a kidney transplant to sustain life. Absent transplantation, the average life expectancy for an ESRD patient on dialysis is approximately five years following diagnosis, according to the USRDS. Scarcity of compatible kidneys has limited the option for transplants, causing most patients suffering

83

from ESRD to rely on dialysis. Dialysis is the removal of toxins and fluids from the blood of ESRD patients by artificial means. Patients suffering from ESRD generally require dialysis at least three times per week, amounting to approximately 156 treatments per year, for the remainder of their lives.

There are two primary methods of dialysis commonly used today, hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis. Hemodialysis, or the removal of toxins and fluid from the blood through a specially designed filter, is the most common form of ESRD treatment and represented approximately 92% of all dialysis treatments in the United States in 2007. Hemodialysis is typically performed in outpatient dialysis clinics and lasts approximately 3.5 hours per treatment. Treatments are usually performed by teams of licensed nurses and trained technicians pursuant to a physician’s instructions. Almost all patients receive hemodialysis in our outpatient dialysis clinics as their primary ESRD treatment, although we also provide such services in the home. Peritoneal dialysis uses the patient’s peritoneal, or abdominal, cavity to eliminate fluid and toxins. A patient generally performs peritoneal dialysis at home. We also provide peritoneal dialysis services to patients who prefer and are able to receive that form of treatment.

Large, Growing Market for Outpatient Dialysis Services

The total annual cost of providing healthcare services to ESRD patients in the U.S. in 2007 has been estimated by the USRDS to be approximately $35 billion, of which we believe approximately $18 billion represents our currently addressable market. According to the most recent report by the USRDS, there were approximately 527,000 ESRD patients in the United States as of December 31, 2007, with the number of ESRD patients expected to grow at an annual rate consistent with the historical rate of 3-4%, outpacing general population growth. Aside from a relatively small number of individuals who qualify for and successfully undergo kidney transplants, the vast majority of ESRD patients require three dialysis treatments per week, on average, for the remainder of their lives. USRDS data indicates that the prevalence rate in patients ages 65 to 74 increased 24% from 2000 to 2007; while, in patients ages 75 and older the prevalence rate increased 28% over the same period.

According to the USRDS, the increasing percentage of the U.S. population afflicted with ESRD has been primarily caused by:

• aging of the general population;

• improved treatment and increased survival rate of patients with diabetes, hypertension and other illnesses that lead to ESRD;

• growth rates of minority populations with higher than average incidence rates of ESRD; and

• improved dialysis technology, that has enabled older patients and those who previously could not tolerate dialysis due to other illnesses, to benefit from this treatment.

Reimbursement Environment

A majority of reimbursement for dialysis services is provided by the federal government’s Medicare ESRD program based on rates established by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS. The coverage criteria for dialysis centers under Medicare are well defined and, as a result, Medicare reimbursement for dialysis services has historically been more predictable than reimbursements for most other services and procedures. ESRD has been classified as a chronic disability since 1972 and patients are entitled to treatment and Medicare benefits regardless of age or financial circumstances. Generally, if a patient does not have employer-sponsored health coverage, Medicare becomes the primary payor either immediately or after a three-month waiting period. For a patient with employer-sponsored health coverage, Medicare generally becomes the primary payor after 33 months, which includes a three-month coordination of benefits period, or earlier if the patient’s employer-sponsored health coverage terminates. Additional sources of reimbursement for dialysis services include other government agencies such as state Medicaid programs as well as private pay options.

84

Currently, Medicare reimburses dialysis providers separately for treatments and ancillaries. Recently approved Medicare legislation, however, will establish a “bundled” Medicare rate for dialysis reimbursement, starting in 2011. This new bundled rate will combine the current payments for composite rate and the separately billable dialysis services into a single base rate. This rate will include all services such as certain drugs and laboratory tests which are currently billed separately. The initial 2011 bundled rate will be set based on a 2% reduction in the payment rate that providers would have received under the historical fee for service payment methodology and based on the lowest average industry pharmaceutical utilization from 2007 to 2009. Beginning in 2012, the new single bundled payment base rate will be adjusted annually for inflation based upon a market basket index, less a productivity adjustment based on a 10-year moving average of productivity as projected by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. The bundled payment rate will be determined by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, who will have discretion to determine the base payment rate based on the goods and services included in the bundled rate. Dialysis providers, including us, will have the option to move fully to the bundled payment system in 2011 or to phase in the payment system over four years on a facility by facility basis. We believe that the move to bundled payment, together with the introduction of automatic annual rate increases, will result in greater predictability of rates and stability of revenue for the Company. The Congressional Budget Office estimates that these changes will result in an additional $1.5 billion in government payments to the dialysis industry over the next 10 years.

Before Medicare becomes the primary payor, a patient’s commercial insurance plan, if any, is responsible for payment of the dialysis services provided. Although commercial payment rates vary significantly, average commercial payment rates are generally significantly higher than Medicare rates and often include price increases. Payment methods from commercial payors include a single lump-sum per treatment, referred to as bundled rates, and separate payments for ancillary treatments and pharmaceuticals, if used as part of the dialysis treatment, referred to as fee for service rates. We believe commercial payors are generally sensitive to the special circumstances and challenges faced by ESRD patients, particularly because they are responsible for primary coverage for a relatively limited number of ESRD patients for a finite 30-month period of time. We also believe commercial payors are incentivized to facilitate quality dialysis care because patients who do not regularly receive dialysis treatment typically require hospitalization and other more costly acute care treatment. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we derived approximately 43% of our net operating revenues from commercial payors, which represented approximately 14% of the treatments performed. The source of the balance of our treatments and net operating revenues come from Medicare and other governmental payors.

Our Operations

Our JV Operating Model

We believe we are the only dialysis service provider founded and operating exclusively on a shared-ownership model. Each of our clinics is maintained as a separate joint venture in which we own a controlling interest typically between 51% and 75%, and our nephrologist partners, who may be single practitioners or an affiliated group of nephrologists, own the noncontrolling interest. As of December 31, 2009, on average we owned a 55% interest in our clinics and our nephrologist partners owned a 45% interest.

Our operating model stresses the following ideals for our company:

• Take excellent care of the patients and the financial success will follow;

• Enable the nephrologist to practice as he/she deems appropriate;

• Provide the nephrologist the autonomy to make operational decisions;

• Acknowledge that clinic staff members are a critical and valuable asset; do everything possible to hire and retain the best possible staff;

• Listen to the practitioners and provide the tools needed to take excellent care of their patients; and

• The corporate office works for our staff, our doctors and patients.

85

Our relationships with physicians and other referral sources relating to our joint ventures are required to comply with the anti-kickback statute. Although there is a safe harbor for certain investment interests in “small entities,” it is not clear if any of our joint ventures satisfies all of the requirements for protection by this safe harbor. Under current law, physician joint ventures are not prohibited but instead require a case-by-case evaluation under the anti-kickback statute. We have structured our joint ventures to satisfy as many safe harbor requirements as we believe are reasonably possible and we believe that these investments are offered on a fair market value basis and provide returns to the physician investors only in proportion to their actual investment in the venture. We believe that our agreements do not violate the federal anti-kickback statute; however, since the arrangements do not satisfy all of the requirements for safe harbor protection, these arrangements could be challenged. See “Risk Factors—Our arrangements with our nephrologist partners and medical directors do not satisfy all the elements of a safe harbor to the federal anti-kickback statute and certain state anti-kickback laws and as a result may subject us to government scrutiny.”

As required by law, our clinics contract with a nephrologist partner or a group of affiliated nephrologists who are our nephrologist partners to provide medical director services at each of our clinics. Our medical director arrangements are typically for a ten-year term with provision for optional renewals at the end of the term.

Our JV clinics are most commonly de novo clinics. In a typical de novo clinic, the total capital required to develop the clinic is approximately $1.5 million, of which a portion is equity capital funded by us and our nephrologist partners in proportion to our respective ownership interests. Historically, the balance of such development cost was funded primarily through third-party debt financing that we and our nephrologist partners guaranty on a basis proportionate to our respective ownership interests, and in some cases through intercompany loans. We began to finance such balances primarily through intercompany loans in 2008 in part as a response to the unpredictability of the financial market at that time, and we expect to continue financing a significant portion of our clinical development costs through intercompany loans. Historically, our de novo clinics become EBITDA positive within an average of 12 months of opening. Once a clinic becomes EBITDA positive, the JV clinic begins to distribute excess cash to us and our nephrologist partners.

We equip our clinics with technologically advanced dialysis equipment and amenities. Our clinics generally contain between 15 and 20 dialysis stations, one or more nurses’ stations, a patient waiting area, examination rooms, a supply room, a water treatment space to purify water used in hemodialysis treatments, a dialyzer reprocessing room, staff work areas, offices and a staff lounge. Our clinics are also typically outfitted with amenities including personal cable televisions and fully reclining chairs.

Each of our JVs is organized as a limited liability company, typically organized in the state in which the clinics are located. Although the terms on which each JV is owned and operated vary to some extent, our JV arrangements have many common features. See “—JV Operating Agreements” and “—Management Services.”

Our Services

As of June 30, 2010, we owned and operated 85 dialysis clinics treating more than 5,600 patients in 17 states and the District of Columbia. As required by law, our clinics contract with a nephrologist partner or a group of affiliated nephrologists who are our nephrologist partners to provide medical director services at each of our clinics. The duties of the medical director generally include responsibility for the oversight of the clinic, its staff, patient care and treatment. In addition, other nephrologists may apply for practice privileges to treat their patients at our centers.

In addition to a medical director, each clinic has a clinic manager, typically a registered nurse, who supervises the day-to-day operations of the center and its staff. The staff of each center typically consists of registered nurses, patient care technicians, a social worker, a registered dietician, biomedical technician support and other administrative and support personnel.

86

Many of our outpatient dialysis centers offer services for dialysis patients who prefer and are able to receive either hemodialysis treatments in their homes or peritoneal dialysis. Home-based dialysis services consist of providing equipment and supplies, training, patient monitoring, on-call support services and follow-up assistance. Registered nurses train patients and their families or other caregivers to perform either hemodialysis at home or peritoneal dialysis.

Under Medicare regulations, we cannot and do not promote, develop or maintain any kind of contractual relationship with patients that would directly or indirectly obligate a patient to use or continue to use our dialysis services, or which would give us any preferential rights other than those related to collecting payments for our services.

Location and Capacity of Our Clinics

As of June 30, 2010 we owned and operated 85 dialysis clinics treating more than 5,600 patients in 17 states and the District of Columbia, each of which is consolidated in our financial statements. The locations of these clinics at June 30, 2010 were as follows:

State	Centers		State	Centers		State	Centers
Florida		22	Virginia		4	Louisiana		1
Ohio		11	Massachusetts		5	South Carolina		1
Rhode Island		9	Maryland		2	California		1
Pennsylvania		9	Texas		3	District of Columbia		1
Georgia		5	Illinois		2	Missouri		1
Colorado		5	Wisconsin		2	Michigan		1
						TOTAL		85

We have developed our clinics in a manner that we believe promotes high-quality patient care. Our typical clinic is approximately 6,500 to 7,000 square feet. We select clinic locations to maximize appeal and convenience based on demographic and other factors. One of the primary considerations in selecting a clinic location is finding an area with an existing patient base under the current treatment of local nephrologists interested in working with a dialysis clinic. Other considerations include:

• the types of commercial insurance in the area and the dialysis patient census they serve;

• the availability and cost of qualified and skilled personnel, particularly nursing and technical staff;

• the size and condition of the proposed clinic and its equipment;

• the atmosphere for the patients;

• the area’s demographics and population growth estimates;

• state regulation of dialysis and healthcare services; and

• the existence of competitive factors such as existing outpatient dialysis clinics within reasonable proximity to the proposed clinic.

We are able to increase our capacity by extending hours at our existing centers, expanding our existing centers, relocating our centers, developing new centers and by acquiring centers. The development of a typical de novo clinic by us generally requires approximately $1.5 million for leasehold improvements, equipment and first-year working capital. Based on our experience, a de novo clinic typically opens within a year after the property lease is signed and normally achieves operating profitability in the first 12 months after certification. Acquiring an existing clinic or group of clinics requires a substantially greater initial investment, but profitability and cash flow are generally initially more predictable.

Some of our dialysis centers are operating at or near capacity. However, we believe that we have adequate capacity within most of our existing dialysis centers to accommodate additional patient volume through increased hours and/or days of operation, or, if additional space is available within an existing facility, by adding dialysis stations.

87

All of our clinics lease their space on terms that we believe are customary in the industry. We can usually relocate existing centers to larger facilities or open new centers if existing centers reach capacity. With respect to relocating centers or building new centers, we believe that we can generally lease space at economically reasonable rates in the areas planned for each of these centers, although there can be no assurances in this regard. Expansion of existing centers or relocation of our dialysis centers is subject to review for compliance with conditions relating to participation in the Medicare ESRD program. In states that require a certificate of need or center license, additional approvals would generally be necessary for expansion or relocation.

Medical Directors And Other Nephrologists

In order for our clinics to be eligible to participate in the Medicare ESRD program, a qualified physician or group of physicians must act as medical director for each our clinics. We engage practicing, board-certified or board-eligible nephrologists to serve as medical directors. Medical directors also own a noncontrolling interest in the clinic as a result of our JV model. Medical directors are responsible for:

• supervising medical aspects of a clinic’s operations;

• administering and monitoring patient care policies;

• administration of dialysis treatments;

• administration of staff development and training programs; and

• assessment of all patients.

Our medical directors are given autonomy and play an important role in quality assurance activities at our clinics and in coordinating the delivery of care. In addition, at some clinics one or more other nephrologists serve as assistant or associate medical directors or direct specific programs, such as home dialysis training programs. Our medical directors, as well as assistant or associate medical directors, receive fair market value compensation for their services. We base this compensation on independent third-party valuations. Our medical director arrangements are typically for a ten-year term with provision for optional renewals at the end of the term. Our medical director arrangements also include restrictions similar to those of other dialysis service providers that restrict our medical directors from competing with us. These agreements not to compete restrict the physicians from owning or providing medical director services to other dialysis clinics, but do not prohibit our medical directors from providing direct patient care services at other locations. Consistent with federal and state law, such agreements do not require our medical directors to recommend our dialysis clinics to their patients.

Local nephrologists are a key factor in the success of our clinics. Caring for ESRD patients is typically the primary clinical activity of a nephrologist, although a nephrologist may have other clinical activities including the post-surgical care of kidney transplant patients and the diagnosis, treatment and management of kidney disorders other than ESRD. Most nephrologists practice in small single-specialty groups covering a relatively large geographic service area. Most nephrologists also have a significant office practice, consult on numerous hospitalized patients who are not on dialysis and follow the progress of kidney transplant patients. An ESRD patient generally seeks treatment at a clinic where his or her nephrologist has privileges to admit patients. Nephrologists at our clinics typically include our nephrologist partners, as well as other nephrologists that apply for and receive practice privileges to treat their patients at our clinics. As of December 31, 2009, there were 218 nephrologists with privileges to practice at one or more of our clinics.

JV Operating Agreements

Many of the features of our JVs are set forth in agreements we enter with our clinics and our local nephrologist partners. Agreements that we typically enter into in connection with our clinics include a joint venture operating agreement and a management services agreement pursuant to which we provide various support services to our clinics. See “—Management Services” below. These agreements allocate ownership,

88

rights and responsibilities in our clinics. These agreements also provide, among other things, for distributions on the ownership interests in our JVs. Our JV arrangements do not require the consent of our nephrologist partners prior to the making of any distributions from our JVs, so long as a pro rata distribution is made to our partners with one exception that we do not believe is material.

The operating agreements for some clinics give the nephrologist partners put rights that, when exercised, require us to purchase some or all of that nephrologist partner’s interest in that clinic. Some of these put rights are exercisable upon certain dates, and some are exercisable or accelerable upon the occurrence of certain events, including the transfer of a majority of ARA’s equity interest to a third-party. Nephrologist partners in certain of our clinics have the right to accelerate the exercise date of certain time-based puts. The Transactions triggered the acceleration of the exercise date of the put rights of certain of our nephrologist partners, but these put rights were waived by our partners having such rights.

From time to time our operating agreement may provide that we cannot take certain specified actions affecting a clinic without the consent of the nephrologist partner(s) for that clinic. Such actions may include (i) a sale, transfer, liquidation or reorganization of all or substantially of the clinic, a merger or dissolution of the clinic, (ii) a lease of all or substantially all of the clinic, (iii) the admission of a new or substituted member, (iv) an amendment or modification of the applicable operating agreement or the constituent documents for the clinic, (vi) certain transactions with affiliates, (vii) any capital calls except to the extent specifically provided, (viii) any hiring or firing of employees of the clinic, (ix) entering into borrowing on behalf of the clinic for a principal amount exceeding a specified principal amount, and (x) entering into any lease agreements on behalf of the clinic where annual payments exceed a specified amount.

Management Services

Our executive and senior management team operates out of our Beverly, Massachusetts headquarters. Executive management located at our corporate headquarters includes our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel. Other corporate staff includes personnel responsible for the management of operations, clinical and regulatory services, corporate compliance, technical services, project management and business development. Our national medical director and five regional directors are dispersed geographically throughout the United States.

Our corporate management is focused on supporting the operation of our dialysis clinics and the practices of our nephrologists. Through ARA, we enter agreements to provide management services to our clinics. For these services, we are typically entitled to a percentage of the clinic’s net revenues. In addition, depending on state law, these agreements typically provide for us to employ clinical staff and provide them to the clinic. Our management agreements are typically for a ten-year term with provision for optional renewals at the end of the term. Pursuant to these agreements we provide our nephrologist partners with all of the managerial, accounting, financial, technological and administrative support necessary to operate our clinics, which enables our nephrologist partners to focus on delivering high quality healthcare. We strive to improve the clinical outcomes and operating and financial performance of our dialysis clinics, ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and identify opportunities that are consistent with our growth strategy. The management services we provide to our clinics generally include:

• supervising site searches and negotiating leases;

• obtaining and maintaining licenses, permits and certifications;

• providing manuals, policies and procedures;

• performing payroll processing, personnel and benefit administration, billing and collection and payment of accounts receivable;

• providing staff training programs;

• recommending and purchasing or leasing equipment;

89

• preparing and filing cost reports;

• preparing annual operating budgets;

• administering financial and clinical information systems;

• procuring and maintaining insurance policies;

• performing legal and compliance services;

• providing strategic marketing; and

• employing clinical staff.

Quality Care

Our corporate management team promotes a patient and physician-focused corporate culture and other founding philosophies. We believe our culture and founding principles improve the clinical outcomes and operating performance of our dialysis clinics, and ensure our clinics’ compliance with applicable laws and regulations. For example, we believe that our culture of compliance, implemented by facilitating internal compliance audits, compliance hotlines, HIPAA compliance safeguards, as well as through management services such as manuals, policies and procedures and training, has contributed to our clinics’ strong track record in regulatory matters.

We maintain a monthly schedule with senior management and our national medical director to review clinical outcomes on a clinic by clinic basis and individual planning for continuous improvement. Our clinical team works routinely with individual physicians, clinic managers, and dieticians in an effort to optimize clinical outcomes such as anemia management, adequacy of the dialysis treatment (KT/V), nutrition (albumin levels), arterial venous fistula (AV fistula), and other important indicators. Based on the review of outcomes data, action plans, including clinical programs and educational offerings, are developed and implemented. The company has created a clinical ladder system that is used to track key performance data and effect improvement. We believe this system encourages clinic managers to strive for excellence, thereby enhancing quality of care and improving patient outcomes.

EPO and Other Pharmaceuticals

Patients receiving dialysis are also typically administered one or more pharmaceuticals and supplements. Patients are commonly treated with EPO. EPO is a genetically engineered form of a naturally occurring protein that stimulates the production of red blood cells. EPO is used in connection with all forms of dialysis to treat anemia, a medical complication most ESRD patients experience. Anemia involves a shortage of oxygen-carrying red blood cells. Because red blood cells bring oxygen to all the cells in the body, untreated anemia can cause severe fatigue, heart disorders, difficulty concentrating, reduced immune function, and other problems. Anemia is common among renal patients, caused by insufficient erythropoietin, iron deficiency, repeated blood losses, and other factors. Patients are also commonly treated with vitamin D analogs and iron supplements.

EPO is produced by a single manufacturer, Amgen, and any interruption of supply or product cost increases could adversely affect our operations. We purchase EPO from Amgen through a group purchasing organization that negotiates the terms on which we purchase EPO. We have entered into agreements with our group purchasing organization and Amgen that provide for specific rebates based on a combination of factors, including process improvement and data submission.

Amgen has also developed and obtained U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approval for Aranesp^®, a pharmaceutical used to treat anemia that may replace EPO or reduce its use with dialysis patients. Roche has also developed a drug, Mircera^®, used to treat anemia, although it is currently unavailable to patients in the United States due to Amgen’s patent on EPO.

90

Unlike EPO, which is generally administered in conjunction with each dialysis treatment, Aranesp^® can be administered less frequently. In the event that alternatives to EPO are marketed for treatment of dialysis patients, we may realize lower margins on the administration of these pharmaceuticals than are currently realized on EPO. A significant increase in the development and use of other or similar alternatives to EPO, or a change in administration practices, could have a material impact on our operating results.

Over the past few years there has been significant media discussion and government scrutiny regarding anemia management practices for ESRD patients in the United States, mainly as a result of clinical studies that identified risks in patient populations related to the utilization of EPO and similar pharmaceuticals. As a result, the FDA required warning labels for EPO and Aranesp^® and changes were made to EPO reimbursement and payment coverage policies. As new information is obtained from research and clinical trials, practice guidelines may change over the next several years. Even though we believe that our anemia management practices have been compliant with existing laws and regulations, we may be subject to further inquiries from a variety of government bodies as these payment policies and practicing guidelines evolve. In addition, reimbursement rates for the administration of EPO and other pharmaceuticals may change in connection with the implementation of bundled reimbursement rates for dialysis services beginning in 2011.

Competition

The dialysis industry is highly competitive. Because of the ease of entry into the dialysis business and the ability of physicians to be medical directors for their own clinics, competition for growth in existing and expanding markets is not limited to large competitors with substantial financial resources. According to the USRDS, there were in excess of 5,200 dialysis clinics in the United States at the end of 2009. We face competition from large and medium-sized providers for the identification and retention of patients and for the acquisition of existing dialysis clinics. We face particularly intense competition for the identification and retention of nephrologists, whether as physicians, medical directors or physician partners. In many instances, our competitors have taken steps to include comprehensive non-competition provisions within their medical director agreements, thereby limiting the ability of physicians to serve as medical directors or potential joint venture partners for competing dialysis clinics. These non-competition provisions often contain both time and geographic limitations during the term of the agreement and for a period of years thereafter. Our competitors have threatened and filed litigation seeking to intervene in our relationships with nephrologists based on alleged violations of these non-competition provisions. The ability to successfully attract and retain nephrologist partners and referring physicians is critical to increasing the number of treatments we perform at our clinics which, in turn, is key to driving revenue growth.

The dialysis services industry has undergone rapid consolidation. As of 2007, Fresenius Medical Care, or Fresenius, and DaVita Inc., or DaVita, accounted for approximately 63% of outpatient dialysis patients in the United States. The largest not-for-profit provider of dialysis services, Dialysis Clinic, Inc., accounted for approximately 0.5% of outpatient dialysis patients in the United States. A number of small and medium sized dialysis companies, including our company, collectively account for the remaining outpatient dialysis patients in the United States, with no company accounting for more than 5% of these outpatient dialysis patients.

Because services to the majority of patients in the United States are primarily reimbursed under government programs, competition for patients is based primarily on quality and accessibility of service and the ability to obtain referrals from physicians and hospitals. However, extension of periods during which commercial insurers are primarily responsible for reimbursement and the growth of managed care has placed greater emphasis on service costs for patients with private insurance coverage.

91

Reimbursement

We derive our revenues from providing both outpatient and inpatient dialysis treatments as well as from ancillary services such as administering dialysis-related pharmaceuticals. The sources of these revenues are principally government-based programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and Medicare-certified HMO plans and commercial insurance plans.

Medicare Reimbursement

Under the Medicare ESRD program, the payment methodology for dialysis services is established by Congress. The Medicare composite rate, currently set by CMS, pays freestanding dialysis clinics for services provided to Medicare beneficiaries under two methods:

• the composite payment which includes a base payment, adjusted for case-mix that links payments more closely with illness severity and regional geography differences, and a drug add-on payment, which is updated annually to account for changes in drug prices and utilization; and

• separately billable ancillary services such as certain physician-ordered tests and pharmaceuticals.

Accordingly, clinics receive a composite payment rate per treatment to cover routine dialysis services, certain pharmaceuticals, routine lab work, and other supplies, as well as a separate payment for some pharmaceuticals, which include EPO, vitamin D analogs and iron supplements that are not included in the composite payment rate. Included in the composite rate payment is a drug add-on adjustment for certain pharmaceuticals, which is based upon average acquisition costs for certain pharmaceuticals used to treat patients with ESRD. Other pharmaceuticals are reimbursed at their average sale price, or ASP, plus 6% based upon prices set by Medicare.

A majority of dialysis patients are covered under Medicare. Dialysis patients become eligible for primary Medicare coverage at various times, depending on their age or disability status, as well as whether they are covered by an employer group health plan. Generally, for a patient not covered by an employer group health plan, Medicare becomes the primary payor either immediately or after a three-month waiting period. For a patient covered by an employer group health plan, Medicare generally becomes the primary payor after 33 months, which includes the coordination of benefits period, or earlier if the patient’s employer group health plan coverage terminates. When Medicare becomes a patient’s primary payor, the payment rate for that patient shifts from the employer group health plan rate to the Medicare payment rate.

For each covered treatment, Medicare pays 80% of the amount set by the Medicare system. The patient is responsible for the remaining 20%. In most cases, a secondary payor, such as Medicare supplemental insurance, a state Medicaid program or a commercial health plan, covers all or part of these balances. Some patients, who do not qualify for Medicaid but otherwise cannot afford secondary insurance, can apply for premium payment assistance from charitable organizations through a program offered by the American Kidney Fund. If a patient does not have secondary insurance coverage, we endeavor to collect payment from the patient using reasonable collection efforts consistent with federal and state law. However, in these cases we are generally unsuccessful in collecting from the patient the 20% portion of the composite rate that Medicare does not pay.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Medicare ESRD dialysis reimbursement rates for patients at our clinics were between $126 and $154 per treatment, excluding the administration of separately-billable pharmaceuticals, such as EPO. However, Congress and CMS have addressed the impact of inflation more consistently since 2000, with several increases in the composite rate having occurred through April 2007. In July 2008, the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008, or MIPPA, was passed by Congress. This legislation introduced a new payment system for dialysis services beginning in January 2011 whereby ESRD payments will be made under a bundled payment rate which will provide for a fixed rate for all goods and services provided during the dialysis treatment, including laboratory services, the administration of pharmaceuticals and payments for pharmaceuticals such as EPO that are separately billed under the current methodology. On July 23, 2010, CMS released the final rule regarding the new bundled payment rate system. We

92

are still evaluating the various components of the new bundled payment rate system, however, we noted that the initial 2011 bundled rate includes reductions of 2% and 3.1%, respectively, to conform to the provisions of MIPPA and to establish budget neutrality. Further there is a 5.94% reduction tied to an expanded list of case mix adjustors which can be earned back based upon the presence of these co–morbidities at the time of treatment. There are other provisions which may impact payment including an outlier pool and a low volume facility adjustment. Further the new rule requires dialysis facilities to provide new services within the payment bundle such as oral vitamin D medications and an expanded list of laboratory tests. Historically these services were separately billable; now the dialysis facility will be at risk for utilization with reimbursement set at a fixed rate. With regard to the expanded list of case–mix adjustors, these may be difficult or impossible for our dialysis clinics or billing and other systems to document and track resulting in a reduction in the amounts of the payments that we would otherwise be entitled to receive. The rule also requires the new single bundled payment base rate to be adjusted annually for inflation based upon a market basket index, less a productivity adjustment, beginning in 2012. Also, beginning in 2012, the rule provides for up to a 2% withhold that can be earned back by facilities that meet certain defined clinical performance standards.

Medicaid Reimbursement

Medicaid programs are state-administered programs partially funded by the federal government. These programs are intended to provide health coverage for patients whose income and assets fall below state-defined levels and who are otherwise uninsured. These programs also serve as supplemental reimbursement sources for the co-insurance payments due from Medicaid-eligible patients with primary coverage under Medicare. Some Medicaid programs also pay for additional services, including some oral medications that are not covered by Medicare. We are an authorized Medicaid provider in all of the states in which our clinics are located.

Commercial Insurance

Before Medicare becomes the primary payor, a patient’s employer group health plan or private insurance plan, if any, is responsible for payment. Although commercial payment rates vary, average commercial payment rates are generally higher than Medicare reimbursement rates. Commercial payment rates are the result of negotiations between us and insurers or third-party administrators. We are continuously in the process of negotiating agreements with our commercial payors and if our negotiations result in overall commercial rate reductions in excess of our commercial rate increases, our revenues and operating results could be negatively impacted. Payment methods include a single lump-sum per treatment, referred to as bundled rates, and separate payments for treatments and pharmaceuticals, if used as part of the treatment, referred to as fee for service rates. In certain circumstances, we may bill commercial payors as out-of-network providers.

Reimbursement for EPO and Other Pharmaceuticals

Over the past several years, CMS has changed its reimbursement and payment coverage policies for EPO. Effective April 2006, CMS implemented a policy for monitoring the dosage of EPO based on the patient’s hematocrit level and for limiting the quantity of EPO that can be administered in any one month. This policy restricts payments based on EPO doses and hemoglobin levels for certain patients and has resulted in overall decreases in the amount of reimbursement payments that we have received from CMS. In addition, effective January 1, 2008, CMS implemented changes to the existing EPO monitoring policy that further limited reimbursement payments.

Congress passed the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 in July 2008. This statute provides for marginal increases in the dialysis composite rate for 2009 and 2010, but also establishes “bundled” payments for goods and services provided during a dialysis treatment beginning in 2011. By statute, the calculation of the new dialysis bundled rate will include, among other items and services, EPO and other erythropoiesis stimulating agents.

93

Government Regulation

Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local governmental regulations. These regulations require us to meet various standards relating to, among other things, government payment programs, dialysis clinics and equipment, management of clinics, personnel qualifications, maintenance of proper records and quality assurance programs and patient care.

Because we are subject to a number of governmental regulations, our business could be adversely impacted by:

• loss or suspension of federal certifications;

• loss or suspension of licenses under the laws of any state or governmental authority from which we generate substantial revenues;

• exclusion from government healthcare programs including Medicare and Medicaid;

• significant reductions or lack of inflation-adjusted increases in payment rates by government programs or reduction of coverage for dialysis and ancillary services and related pharmaceuticals;

• fines, damages and monetary penalties for federal anti-kickback law violations, Stark Law violations, submission of false claims, civil or criminal liability based on violations of law or other failures to meet regulatory requirements, and similar sanctions under applicable state laws;

• claims by or on behalf of patients who believe their protected health information has been used or disclosed in violation of federal and state patient privacy laws, or enforcement fines or penalties for violations of these laws;

• government mandated practice changes that significantly increase our operating expenses or materially alter relationships with our medical directors or nephrologist partners in our dialysis clinics; or

• refunds of payments received from government payors and government healthcare program beneficiaries because of overpayments or any failures to meet applicable requirements.

We expect that our industry will continue to be subject to substantial regulation, the scope and effect of which are difficult to predict. Our activities could be reviewed or challenged by regulatory authorities at any time in the future. This regulation and scrutiny could materially adversely impact us.

Licensure and Certification

Our clinics are certified by CMS, as is required for the receipt of Medicare payments. In some states, we are also required to secure additional state licenses and permits for our clinics. Governmental authorities, primarily state departments of health, periodically inspect our clinics to determine if we satisfy applicable federal and state standards and requirements, including the conditions of participation in the Medicare ESRD program.

To date, we have not experienced significant difficulty in obtaining certifications from CMS or in maintaining our licenses or our Medicare and Medicaid authorizations.

CMS continues to study the regulations applicable to Medicare certification to provide dialysis services. In April 2008, CMS issued new regulations, referred to as Conditions for Coverage, for Medicare-certified ESRD clinics to provide dialysis services. The Conditions for Coverage were effective October 14, 2008, with some provisions having a phased-in implementation date of February 1, 2009 or later. The new regulations are patient, quality and outcomes focused. Among other things, the Conditions for Coverage establish performance expectations for clinics and staff, eliminate procedural requirements and promote continuous quality improvement and patient safety measures. We have established an interdisciplinary work group to facilitate implementation of the Conditions of Coverage and have developed comprehensive auditing processes, policies and procedures to monitor ongoing compliance. We continue to assess the impact these changes will have on our revenues, earnings and cash flows.

94

Federal Anti-kickback Statute

The federal anti-kickback statute contained in the Social Security Act imposes criminal and civil sanctions on persons who receive, make, offer or solicit payments in return for any of the following with respect to items or services that are paid for in whole or in part by Medicare, Medicaid or similar federal and state programs:

• the referral of a Medicare or Medicaid patient for treatment;

• the ordering or purchasing of items or services; or

• arranging for or recommending the ordering or purchasing of these items.

Federal criminal penalties for the violation of these laws include imprisonment, fines and exclusion of the provider from future participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Violations of the anti-kickback statute are punishable by imprisonment for up to five years, fines of up to $250,000 or both. Larger fines can be imposed upon corporations under the provisions of the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines and the Alternate Fines Statute. Individuals and entities convicted of violating the anti-kickback statute are subject to mandatory exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs for a minimum of five years. Civil penalties for violations of these laws include up to $50,000 in monetary penalties per violation, repayments of up to three times the total payments between the parties and suspension from future participation in Medicare and Medicaid. Some state anti-kickback statutes also include criminal penalties. The federal statute expressly prohibits traditionally criminal transactions, such as kickbacks, rebates or bribes for patient referrals. Court decisions have also held that the statute is violated whenever one of the purposes of remuneration is to induce referrals.

The Department of Health and Human Services regulations create exceptions, known as safe harbors, for some business transactions and arrangements. Transactions and arrangements that satisfy every element of a safe harbor are deemed not to violate the anti-kickback statute. Transactions and arrangements that do not satisfy all elements of a relevant safe harbor do not necessarily violate the statute, but can be subject to greater scrutiny by enforcement agencies.

The medical directors for our clinics refer patients to our clinics. Accordingly, the agreements under which we engage our medical directors must be in compliance with the federal anti-kickback statute. Among the available safe harbors is one for personal services furnished for fair market value. However, most of our agreements with our medical directors do not satisfy all seven of the requirements of the personal services safe harbor. In particular, because of the nature of our medical directors’ duties, we believe it is impossible to satisfy the safe-harbor requirement that if the services are provided on a part-time basis, as they are with our medical directors, the agreement must specify the schedule of intervals of service, their precise length and the exact charge for these intervals. Accordingly, while we believe that our agreements with our medical directors satisfy as many of the elements of the personal services safe harbor as we believe is reasonably possible, our arrangements do not qualify for safe harbor protection. We also note that there is little guidance available as to what constitutes fair market value for medical director services. We believe that our medical director agreements do not violate the federal anti-kickback statute. However, since the arrangements do not satisfy all of the requirements for safe harbor protection, these arrangements could be challenged.

We operate all our clinics in accordance with our JV model, in which we own a controlling interest in our clinics. Our relationships with our nephrologist partners and other referral sources relating to these JVs are required to comply with the anti-kickback statute. Although there is a safe harbor for investment interests in small entities, our JVs do not satisfy every element of this safe harbor. Under current law, physician JVs are not prohibited but instead require a case by case evaluation under the anti-kickback statute. We have structured our JVs to satisfy as many safe harbor requirements as we believe are reasonably possible and we believe that these investments are offered on a fair market value basis. Our JVs provide returns to our nephrologist partners only in proportion to their actual investment in the venture. We believe that our JVs do not violate the federal anti-kickback statute. However, since the arrangements do not satisfy every element of the applicable safe harbors, these arrangements could be challenged.

95

We finance the balance of the capital required to construct and operate the clinics through intercompany loans. Even though there is not a safe harbor for these loans, the intercompany loans do not necessarily violate the anti-kickback statute. They can, however, be subject to greater scrutiny by enforcement agencies. See “Risk Factor—Our arrangements with our nephrologist partners and medical directors do not satisfy all the elements of a safe harbor to the federal anti-kickback statute and certain state anti-kickback laws and as a result may subject us to government scrutiny.”

We lease space for approximately 16 of our clinics from entities in which physicians hold ownership interests and we sublease space to referring physicians at approximately 28 of our dialysis clinics. These arrangements must be in compliance with the anti-kickback statute. We believe that we meet the elements of the safe harbor for space rentals.

Because we purchase and sell items and services in the operation of our clinics that may be paid for, in whole or in part, by Medicare or a state healthcare program and because we acquire items and services at a discount, we must structure these arrangements in compliance with the federal anti-kickback statute. Subject to requirements and limitations, discounts representing reductions in the amounts we are charged or that we charge for items or services based on arm’s-length transactions can qualify for safe harbor protection if we fully and accurately report the discounts in the applicable invoices or Medicare cost reports. While some of the safe harbor elements are subject to interpretation, we believe that our vendor contracts that contain discount provisions are in compliance with the anti-kickback statute and the discount safe harbor.

Stark Law

Another federal law, known as the Stark Law, prohibits a physician who has a financial relationship, or who has an immediate family member who has a financial relationship, with entities, including ESRD providers, providing “designated health services,” from referring Medicare patients to these entities for the furnishing of these services, with limited exceptions. Designated health services under the Stark Law include durable medical equipment and supplies, home health services, outpatient prescription drugs, inpatient and outpatient hospital services and clinical laboratory services.

Dialysis services are not included within the definition of designated health services. However, clinical laboratory services, outpatient prescription drugs and inpatient hospital services sometimes are rendered in connection with dialysis. Accordingly, depending on the relationships between physicians and the providers of these designated health services associated with dialysis, the Stark Law could apply. There are several Stark Law exceptions that apply to these associated services. First, the Stark Law includes an exception for all services that are covered as part of a composite rate payment. Because reimbursement for dialysis services is primarily paid under a composite rate, all services included in those composite payments are excepted from the Stark Law prohibitions. The “bundled” Medicare rate for dialysis reimbursement, described under MIPPA, and which will be implemented in 2011, is a composite rate payment. Second, the Stark Law includes a specific exception for EPO and other dialysis-related drugs, which are identified on a list of Current Procedural Terminology, which is published by CMS and revised on an annual basis.

The Stark Law also prohibits the entity receiving a prohibited referral from filing a claim or billing for the services arising out of the prohibited referral. The prohibition applies regardless of the reasons for the financial relationship and the referral. Therefore, unlike the federal anti-kickback statute, an intention to induce referrals is not required. Sanctions for violations of the Stark Law include denial of payment for the services provided in violation of the law, refunds of amounts collected in violation of the law, a civil penalty of up to $15,000 for each service arising out of the prohibited referral, exclusion from the federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, and a civil penalty of up to $100,000 against parties that enter into a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law. Violations of the Stark law also can form the basis for False Claims Act liability if a person acts with the requisite intent under the False Claims Act. The types of financial arrangements between a physician and an entity that trigger the self-referral prohibitions of the Stark Law are broad and include direct and indirect ownership and investment interests and compensation arrangements.

96

CMS has adopted regulations under the Stark Law implementing the Stark Law’s application to all designated health services. These are commonly referred to as the Stark II regulations.

In August 2008, CMS issued final changes to its Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment Systems and Fiscal Year 2009 Rates final rules, or IPPS Rules. The IPPS rules contained significant changes to the Stark II regulations. One of these changes will prohibit compensation payable under space or equipment leases based on either:

• a percentage of revenues attributable to services performed in connection with the lease; or

• a per unit of services charge to the extent that charge reflects services provided to patients referred by the lessor to the lessee.

These changes became effective on October 1, 2009. While the final rule only affects equipment and space leases, CMS has indicated that they are concerned about other percentage based compensation arrangements, but at this point they have not proposed regulations to prohibit such arrangements.

In addition, the IPPS rules restrict the provision of certain services furnished “under arrangement” by a provider pursuant to an agreement with a hospital, effective October 1, 2009. Several of our JVs have agreements with acute care hospitals to provide dialysis services to the hospitals’ inpatients. As of October 1, 2009, if covered by the Stark Law, these arrangements likely would have had to be unwound pursuant to the IPPS rules. However, the IPPS rules and prior Stark II regulations contain an exception which allows the JVs to continue providing such services under the agreements with the hospitals. Specifically, dialysis services furnished by a hospital that is not certified to provide ESRD services under applicable law, are not considered designated health services for purposes of the Stark Law. Accordingly, the Stark Law prohibitions do not apply to these services. Thus, the physicians affiliated with the applicable JVs may continue to provide these services to hospital inpatients unless and until the Stark II regulations are modified to prohibit the provision of these services.

We believe that various exceptions under the Stark II regulations apply to our provision of dialysis services in our clinics. However, it is possible that CMS could interpret such exceptions not to apply to aspects of our operations. If that were the case, CMS could determine that the Stark II regulations require us to restructure existing compensation agreements with our medical directors and to repurchase or to request the sale of ownership interests in our JVs held by referring physicians or, alternatively, to refuse to accept referrals for designated health services from these physicians. If CMS were to interpret the Stark II regulations to apply to aspects of our operations and we were not able to achieve compliance with the Stark II regulations, it would have a material adverse effect on our operations.

If any of our business transactions or arrangements including those described above were found to violate the federal anti-kickback statute or the Stark Law, we could face criminal, civil and administrative sanctions, including possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other state and federal healthcare programs. Any findings that we have violated these laws could have a material adverse impact on our earnings.

Fraud and Abuse Under State Law

Many states in which we operate dialysis clinics have statutes prohibiting physicians from holding financial interests in various types of medical clinics to which they refer patients. Some states also have laws similar to the federal anti-kickback statute that may affect our ability to receive referrals from physicians with whom we have financial relationships, such as our medical directors or nephrologist partners. Some of these statutes include exemptions applicable to our medical directors and other physician relationships or for financial interests in our common stock or interests in our JVs. Some, however, include no explicit exemption for medical director services or other services for which we contract with and compensate referring physicians or for joint ownership interests of the type held by some of our referring physicians or for financial interests in our common stock. If these statutes change or are interpreted to apply to referring physicians with whom we contract for medical

97

director and similar services, to our nephrologist partners or to physicians who hold interests in our common stock, we may be required to terminate or restructure some or all of our relationships with, purchase some or all of the ownership interests of, or refuse referrals from these referring physicians and could be subject to civil and administrative sanctions, refund requirements and exclusions from government healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Such events could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Federal Laws Related to Fraud and False Statements Relating to Healthcare.

Federal laws, including HIPAA and the False Claims Act, make it unlawful to make false statements or commit fraud in connection with a health benefit program, including Medicare and Medicaid. These federal laws include a prohibition on false statements in connection with compliance with Medicare conditions for coverage, a prohibition on making false statements or submitting false documents in connection with a healthcare benefit program, and a prohibition on making or attempting to make a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program. Any violation of these laws may lead to significant penalties and may have a material adverse effect upon our business.

The False Claims Act

The federal False Claims Act is a means of policing false bills or false requests for payment in the healthcare delivery system. In part, the False Claims Act authorizes the imposition of civil penalties on any person who:

• knowingly presents or causes to be presented to the federal government, a false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval;

• knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used, a false record or statement to get a false or fraudulent claim paid or approved by the federal government;

• conspires to defraud the federal government by getting a false or fraudulent claim allowed or paid; or

• knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used, a false record or statement to conceal, avoid or decrease an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government.

Congress revised the False Claims Act in 2009 to make it unlawful knowingly to file a false claim with the federal government or with a government contractor that is spending money on the government’s behalf or to advance a government interest. In addition, Congress revised the False Claims Act to impose a duty on providers to repay to the federal government any overpayments that it receives from the federal government. A provider may incur substantial penalties for knowingly failing to repay an overpayment to the federal government. As amended, the False Claims Act requires that providers allocate resources to identify overpayments and to train employees on the potential repercussions of filing false claims to the federal government or government contractors and monitor employee actions to detect potential false claims.

The penalties for a violation of the False Claims Act range from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim plus three times the amount of damages caused by each false claim. The federal government has used the False Claims Act to prosecute a wide variety of alleged false claims and fraud allegedly perpetrated against Medicare and state healthcare programs, including coding errors, billing for services not rendered, the submission of false cost reports, billing for services at a higher payment rate than appropriate, billing under a comprehensive code as well as under one or more component codes included in the comprehensive code and billing for care that is not considered medically necessary. Although still subject to dispute, several courts have also determined that a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute or the Stark Law can form the basis for liability under the False Claims Act. In addition to the provisions of the False Claims Act, which provide for civil enforcement, the federal government can use several criminal statutes to prosecute persons who are alleged to have submitted false or fraudulent claims for payment to the federal government.

98

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996

The Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has enacted extensive regulations under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, relating to the privacy and security of medical information. These regulations require us to maintain extensive policies and procedures and to implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards with respect to protected health information, referred to as PHI, for which we are responsible. HIPAA regulations also include provisions relating to standards for the security of the storage and transmission of electronic-PHI. The regulations were strengthened significantly under the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, known as the HITECH Act, enacted as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. Included in the HITECH Act are significant new requirements for the notification of patients, and other compliance actions, in the event of a breach with respect to unsecured PHI. HHS issued a new breach notification regulation on August 24, 2009, effective on September 23, 2009, that imposes significant notification requirements on covered entity healthcare providers, such as us, that experience breaches of unsecured PHI. On April 27, 2009, HHS provided guidance that set forth elective standards that provide for a “safe harbor” for rendering PHI secure such that an inappropriate use or disclosure involving such PHI would not be subject to the breach notification requirements. We have not yet taken action to meet the safe harbor described under this recently issued guidance. Thus, a breach involving unsecured PHI for which we are responsible, might be subject to the breach notification requirements, which would be expensive. Many of the other requirements set forth in the HITECH Act have not yet been implemented by regulations. If additional implementing regulations under the HITECH Act are especially burdensome, they could have a materially adverse impact on our operations.

State False Claims Laws

Many states have passed their own false claims laws, which generally mirror the False Claims Act and are designed to prevent false claims from being submitted to state healthcare programs and commercial insurers. Violations of these laws may result in monetary penalties or other sanctions to the violator. We believe that we are in material compliance with these laws and regulations. However, violation of these laws and the imposition of related consequences could have a materially adverse impact on our operations.

State Privacy and Medical Record Retention Laws

State patient privacy and confidentiality laws generally require providers to keep confidential certain patient information, including information contained in medical records. Violations of these laws could lead to monetary penalties against providers and sanctions against licensed individuals.

Similarly, medical record retention laws place a duty on providers to retain medical records for certain periods of time and dispose of records in a certain manner. Violations of these duties may result in sanctions from state agencies or from the Medicare program.

We believe that we are in material compliance with these laws and regulations. However, violation of these laws and the imposition of related consequences could have a materially adverse impact on our operations.

Other Regulations

Our operations are subject to various state hazardous waste and non-hazardous medical waste disposal laws and regulations. These laws and regulations do not classify as hazardous most of the waste produced from dialysis services, although we can be subject to liability under both federal and state laws, as well as under contracts with those who haul our wastes, with respect to our waste disposal. Occupational Safety and Health Administration laws and regulations also apply to us, including, for example, those that require employers to provide workers who are occupationally subject to blood or other potentially infectious materials with prescribed protections. These requirements apply to all healthcare clinics, including dialysis clinics, and also require

99

employers to determine which employees may be exposed to blood or other potentially infectious materials and to have in effect a written exposure control plan. In addition, employers are required to provide or employ hepatitis B vaccinations, personal protective equipment and other safety devices, infection control training, post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, waste disposal techniques and procedures and work practice controls, as well as comply with various record-keeping requirements. We are not aware of material liabilities affecting us under any of these requirements.

A few states have certificate of need programs regulating the establishment or expansion of healthcare clinics, including dialysis clinics.

As discussed below, we lease many and own several properties, all in the United States. If contamination is discovered in our buildings or in the surface or subsurface or in the groundwater beneath any of our facilities, whether leased or owned, we may be liable for the investigation or cleanup of the contamination and for damages arising out it, pursuant to applicable state and/or federal law and/or under the terms of our leases. Such liability may arise even when we do not cause or contribute to the contamination (for example, where it is caused by a prior occupant or a neighbor). We believe we take reasonable precautions to avoid contamination in or affecting our facilities, and we are not aware of any such issues that have resulted in material liability to us. We cannot assure you, though, that such conditions will not affect us in the future.

Corporate Compliance Programs

We have adopted and maintain an active corporate compliance program, including a plan document, corporate compliance officer, compliance hotline, the policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with applicable healthcare laws and proper billing of claims, and employee training regarding such policies and procedures.

In addition, we have adopted and maintained a HIPAA compliance plan document, privacy and security officers, policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with HIPAA and the privacy and security rules and employee training regarding such policies and procedures.

Properties and Clinics

Our corporate headquarters are located at 66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, MA 01915-1072 in a 30,649 square foot leased portion of an office building. The lease for this clinic expires on December 31, 2012 and includes a five year renewal option.

As of June 30, 2010 we had 85 dialysis clinics located in California, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Louisiana, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Missouri, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Texas, Virginia, Washington, D.C. and Wisconsin. Our dialysis clinics range in average size from approximately 6,500 to 7,000 square feet. We own the land and buildings for one of our dialysis clinics, and our JVs own the land and buildings for two of our dialysis clinics. Our remaining dialysis clinics are located on premises that we lease. The majority of our dialysis clinics are leased under non-cancelable operating leases expiring in various years through 2023. Most lease agreements cover periods from five to ten years, and contain renewal options of five to ten years at the fair rental value at the time of renewal.

Employees

As of June 30, 2010, we had 1,683 employees, consisting of 590 nurses, 709 patient care and equipment technicians and 384 other employees. Our 120 nephrologist partners are not our employees, nor are our medical directors, who are paid pursuant to their contractual arrangements. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.

100

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to a Decision and Order entered In the Matter of American Renal Associates Inc. and Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. by the Federal Trade Commission. The Decision and Order was entered in 2007 following a nonpublic, informal investigation by the Federal Trade Commission into proposed dialysis clinic acquisition activities in Rhode Island and the execution of an Agreement Containing Consent Order by the parties. The Decision and Order prohibits us for a period of ten years from September 7, 2007, without prior notice to the Federal Trade Commission from: (1) acquiring dialysis clinics located in ZIP codes in and around the cities of Cranston and Warwick, Rhode Island, and/or (2) entering into any contract to manage or operate dialysis clinics in ZIP codes in and around the cities of Cranston and Warwick. These prohibitions are subject to a number of exceptions that permit us to develop, own, manage or operate de novo dialysis clinics or dialysis clinics owned or operated as of the date the Decision and Order was entered, or to perform specified services, including offsite laboratory services, bookkeeping services, accounting services, billing services, supply services and purchasing and logistics services with the adherence to confidentiality requirements. We have complied and intend to continue to comply with the terms of the Decision and Order. We do not believe that compliance with the Decision and Order will have a material impact on our revenues, earnings or cash flows.

We are also subject to various claims and legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. Some of these matters include professional liability, employee-related matters and inquiries and investigations by governmental agencies regarding our employment practices. We are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that we believe is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

101

MANAGEMENT AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2010.

Name	Age		Position(s)
Joseph A. Carlucci		57	Chief Executive Officer and Director
Christopher T. Ford		60	Chairman of the Board of Directors
Syed T. Kamal		58	President and Director
John J. McDonough		46	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Michael R. Costa		40	Vice President and General Counsel
Steven M. Silver		42	Director
Jared S. Hendricks		30	Director
Michael E. Boxer		49	Director

Christopher T. Ford, 60, Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Ford is a founder and has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors since our inception in 1999. Mr. Ford has more than 37 years of experience in the dialysis services industry. Prior to founding our company, from 1989 to 1997, Mr. Ford served as President of Fresenius Medical Care’s International Services Division. From 1986 to 1989, Mr. Ford served as Senior Vice President of Operations for the Dialysis Services Division of Fresenius Medical Care. Mr. Ford holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration from Northeastern University.

Joseph A. Carlucci, 57, Chief Executive Officer and Director. Mr. Carlucci is a founder and our Chief Executive Officer since 2006. Mr. Carlucci has more than 30 years of experience in the dialysis services industry. Prior to founding our company, Mr. Carlucci served as President and CEO of Optimal Renal Care, a JV in disease management between Fresenius Medical Care North America (FMCNA) and Kaiser Permanente of Southern California. Prior to that, Mr. Carlucci served as Vice President of Administration at Fresenius and was responsible nationally for managed care, medical director relations and facility development. He has operations experience from Facility Administrator to assumption of U.S. Operations at Fresenius. Mr. Carlucci holds a B.S. degree in Accounting from Bentley College.

Syed T. Kamal, 58, President and Director. Mr. Kamal is a founder and has served as our President and as a Director since our inception in 1999. Mr. Kamal has more than 30 years of experience in the dialysis services industry. Prior to founding our company, from 1997 to 1999, Mr. Kamal served as President of Fresenius Medical Care North America’s southern business unit. From 1995 to 1997, Mr. Kamal served as Vice President of Fresenius’ Operations, North America. From 1993 to 1995, Mr. Kamal served as Director and Vice President of Operations for Fresenius’ International division. From 1985 to 1993, Mr. Kamal served as Regional Manager of Fresenius’ Mid-Atlantic and Southeast regions (U.S.). From 1980 to 1985, Mr. Kamal served as Facility Administrator in Louisiana with Fresenius. Mr. Kamal holds B.A. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Punjab in Pakistan.

John J. McDonough, 46, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. McDonough has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2003. Mr. McDonough has more than 20 years of experience in accounting and finance. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. McDonough served as Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer at DaVita Inc. Prior to joining our company, from 1995 to 1997, Mr. McDonough served as Chief Financial Officer at Palatin Technologies, Inc. From 1990 to 1995, Mr. McDonough served as Chief Financial Officer at MedChem Products Inc. From 1986 to 1990, Mr. McDonough served as Audit Manager and held other positions at KPMG Peat Marwick. Mr. McDonough holds a B.S. degree in Accounting from Bentley College and a M.B.A. from the Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration.

Michael R. Costa, Esq., M.P.H., 40, Vice President and General Counsel. Mr. Costa has served as our Vice President and General Counsel since 2007. Mr. Costa has more than 12 years’ experience as a corporate

102

healthcare attorney. Prior to joining our company, from 2001 to 2005, Mr. Costa served as an Associate and, from 2006 to 2007, as Senior Counsel in the Health Business Group of Greenberg Traurig LLP. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Costa served as an Associate Healthcare Attorney at Behar & Kalman in Boston, Massachusetts. Mr. Costa holds a B.S. degree in Legal Studies and Business Management from Roger Williams University, an M.P.H. from Boston University School of Public Health and a J.D. from Suffolk University Law School.

Steven M. Silver, 42, Director. Mr. Silver has been a Senior Managing Director at Centerbridge Partners, L.P. since 2006 where he focuses on originating and managing private equity and credit investments in the healthcare and industrial sectors. Prior to joining Centerbridge Partners L.P., Mr. Silver was a Managing Director and Partner of Vestar Capital Partners, a private equity investment firm. At Vestar, Mr. Silver was responsible for originating, negotiating and financing private equity investments in multiple industries including healthcare services and industrial and manufacturing as well as providing ongoing strategic direction to various portfolio companies. Mr. Silver began his career as a member of the Mergers and Acquisitions department of Wasserstein Perella & Co. in New York and London. While at Wasserstein Perella, Mr. Silver focused on managing the firm’s merchant banking portfolio as well as advising corporate clients on all aspects of mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance. Mr. Silver received a B.A. from Yale College and an M.B.A. with high distinction from Harvard Business School in 1995, where he was a George F. Baker Scholar. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of GSI Holdings Corp.

Jared S. Hendricks, 30, Director. Mr. Hendricks joined Centerbridge Partners, L.P. in 2006 and is a Managing Director responsible for originating, negotiating and financing private equity and credit investments across multiple industries. Prior to joining Centerbridge Partners L.P., Mr. Hendricks was an Associate at Silver Lake Partners, a private equity firm focused on investments in technology and related growth companies. Prior to Silver Lake, he was an investment banking analyst within the Global Industrial and Services group at Credit Suisse First Boston. Mr. Hendricks graduated summa cum laude from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, where he received a B.S. in Economics.

Michael E. Boxer, 49, Director. Mr. Boxer has been a Special Advisor to Centerbridge Partners L.P. since 2009. Mr. Boxer has served as President of The Enterprise Group, Ltd., a health care financial advisory firm, since 2008. Previously, Mr. Boxer served as the Chief Financial Officer of HealthMarkets, Inc., a provider of health and life insurance products to individuals and small groups. Mr. Boxer served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Mariner Health Care, Inc., a provider of skilled nursing and long-term health care services. Prior to Mariner, Mr. Boxer served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a NYSE-listed specialty pharmaceuticals company. Mr. Boxer was an investment banker at Furman Selz, LLC, a New York-based investment bank. Mr. Boxer holds an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and a B.S. in Business Administration from Colorado State University. He is a Director of Skilled Healthcare Group Inc.

Equity-Based Arrangements

In connection with the closing of the Merger, the Parent has adopted new equity incentive arrangements for directors, executives and other senior management employees including a new stock incentive plan, the 2010 C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, and an arrangement for equity contributions from senior management. The 2010 C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan is designed to promote our interests by providing eligible persons with the opportunity to receive an equity interest and/or equity-based awards in one of our direct or indirect parent entities as an incentive for them to remain in our service. New equity awards may also be granted under the new stock incentive plan to members of our senior management.

In addition, consistent with these arrangements, Messrs. Carlucci, Kamal and Ford each executed an equity contribution, exchange and subscription agreement pursuant to which each individual made an equity contribution of approximately $6 million to the Parent, through the rollover of common stock and/or preferred stock of ARH in exchange for common stock of the Parent. Mr. McDonough also entered into an equity

103

contribution, exchange and subscription agreement pursuant to which he contributed approximately $450,000 and Mr. McDonough also contributed and rolled over 25% of the intrinsic value of his outstanding stock options in ARH into options to acquire common stock of the Parent.

New Employment Agreements

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we have entered into new employment agreements with Messrs. Carlucci, Kamal, Ford, and McDonough, which become effective upon the closing of the Merger. These new employment agreements contain restrictive covenants in our favor and ensure management’s commitment to our interests. We have summarized the terms of these new agreements below.

Joseph A. Carlucci. We entered into a new employment agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010 and effective as of the closing of the Merger, with Mr. Carlucci (the “Carlucci Agreement”) pursuant to which Mr. Carlucci serves as our Chief Executive Officer. The Carlucci Agreement has a three-year term with automatic one-year successive renewals. Mr. Carlucci is entitled to receive a salary of $525,360, an annual bonus opportunity based on achievement of performance goals set by our board of directors, customary employee benefits and payment severance in the event of a termination without cause, for good reason, or due to death or disability (each as defined in the Carlucci Agreement).

The Carlucci Agreement also provides for certain restrictive covenants which apply during the term of the Carlucci Agreement and through the third anniversary of the date of termination of Mr. Carlucci’s employment, provided that solely in the case of a change in control (as defined in the Carlucci Agreement) the restrictive period will end on the later of (i) the third anniversary of the change in control and (ii) the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment, provided further that solely in the case of a change in control, we have the right to extend such period until the later of (a) the fifth anniversary of the change in control and (b) the first anniversary of the date of termination if we make a timely election and pay Mr. Carlucci an amount equal to 300% of his then current base salary.

During the restrictive period, Mr. Carlucci is prohibited from (1) soliciting any employee or contracting physician to terminate his or her relationship with us, (2) hiring any person who was employed by us at any time during Mr. Carlucci’s employment with us, (3) competing, directly or indirectly with us as an owner of any business (x) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities within 10 miles of any of our facilities, (y) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities where Mr. Carlucci is involved in a program to establish joint ventures with nephrologists in the United States of America, and (z) in the case of a termination of employment that occurs on or before the third anniversary of the date of the Carlucci Agreement or which occurs after a change in control, engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities in the United States of America, and (4) representing any other entity or business in conducting substantial negotiations with any nephrologists with whom Mr. Carlucci had conducted substantial negotiations on behalf of us during the one year period immediately prior to the termination of Mr. Carlucci’s employment with us.

Mr. Carlucci is also subject to a confidentiality covenant prohibiting him from disclosing our confidential information for an indefinite period and Mr. Carlucci will agree that all inventions, patents, discoveries, and work product created by him while employed by us will belong to us.

Syed T. Kamal. We entered into a new employment agreement, dated March 22, 2010 and effective as of the closing of the Merger, with Mr. Kamal pursuant to which Mr. Kamal serves as our President. Mr. Kamal’s employment agreement has a three-year term with automatic one-year successive renewals. Mr. Kamal is entitled to receive a salary of $525,360, an annual bonus opportunity based on achievement of performance goals set by our board of directors, customary employee benefits and payment severance in the event of a termination without cause, for good reason, or due to death or disability (each as defined in the Carlucci Agreement). Mr. Kamal is also subject to the same restrictive covenants that are contained in the Carlucci Agreement.

104

Christopher T. Ford. We entered into a new employment agreement, dated March 22, 2010 and effective as of the closing of the Merger, with Mr. Ford pursuant to which Mr. Ford serves as our Chairman of the Board on a part-time basis. Mr. Ford’s employment agreement has a two-year term with automatic one-year successive renewals. Mr. Ford is entitled to receive a salary of $175,000, employee benefits accruing on a part-time basis and payment severance in the event of a termination without cause, for good reason, or due to death or disability (each as defined in Mr. Ford’s employment agreement). Mr. Ford will also be subject to the same restrictive covenants that are contained in the Carlucci Agreement.

John J. McDonough. We entered into a new employment agreement, dated March 22, 2010 and effective as of the closing of the Merger, with Mr. McDonough pursuant to which Mr. McDonough serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. McDonough’s employment agreement has a three-year term with automatic one-year successive renewals. Mr. McDonough is entitled to receive a salary of $440,720, an annual bonus opportunity based on achievement of performance goals set by our board of directors, customary employee benefits and payment severance in the event of a termination without cause, for good reason, or due to death or disability (each as defined in the Carlucci Agreement). Mr. McDonough is also subject to the same restrictive covenants that are contained in the Carlucci Agreement.

105

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The following discussion and analysis of the compensation arrangements of our named executive officers should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures regarding our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from the programs summarized in this discussion and analysis.

Executive Summary

The primary objectives of our executive compensation programs are to attract and retain talented executives to effectively manage and lead our company and create value for our equityholders. The compensation packages for our named executive officers generally include a base salary, annual cash bonuses, equity awards and other benefits and perquisites.

The discussion below includes a review of our compensation decisions with respect to 2009. Our named executive officers for 2009 were Joseph A. Carlucci, our Chief Executive Officer; Christopher T. Ford, our Chairman; Syed T. Kamal, our President; John J. McDonough, our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and Michael R. Costa, our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary.

On March 22, 2010, we entered into a Merger Agreement pursuant to which we became a wholly-owned subsidiary of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, which is in turn a wholly-owned subsidiary of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. In connection with this transaction: (1) Centerbridge, as sponsor in the Merger Agreement, made an aggregate cash equity investment of $161.5 million in C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., subject to certain adjustments, and acquired 87% of the common stock of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc; and (2) certain members of our management contributed a portion of their existing equity ownership in us in exchange for cash and newly issued shares of common stock of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

As further described below, in connection with the Centerbridge merger, C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. adopted new equity incentive arrangements applicable to our directors, executives and other senior management employees, including a new stock incentive plan and an arrangement for equity contributions from senior management, and we entered into new employment agreements with Messrs. Carlucci, Kamal, Ford and McDonough. Accordingly, the compensation arrangements for our named executive officers following the Centerbridge merger differ from those in place during 2009.

Compensation Determination Process

Our compensation programs for our named executive officers are designed to reflect our view that all components of executive compensation should be set at levels that are necessary, within reasonable parameters, to successfully attract, retain and motivate optimally talented and experienced executives and that are fair and equitable in light of market practices. We believe that the ownership by management of equity interests in our business is the most effective mechanism for providing incentives to maximize gains for equityholders and that annual cash incentive compensation should be linked to metrics that create value for our equityholders. In setting an individual executive officer’s initial compensation package and the relative allocation among different types of compensation, we consider the nature of the position being filled, the scope of associated responsibilities, the individual’s prior experience and skills and the individual’s compensation expectations, as well as the compensation of existing executive officers at our company and our general impressions of prevailing conditions in the market for executive talent.

The base salary levels for our named executive officers were established by our Compensation Committee at the commencement of each such executive officer’s employment with us and are subject to adjustment by our

106

Compensation Committee based upon the recommendation of the supervising executive officer and/or our Chief Executive Officer. The amounts of the annual cash bonuses for Messrs. Carlucci, Kamal, Ford and McDonough for 2009 were determined on the basis of our Compensation Committee’s allocation of an overall bonus pool, the size of which was calculated in accordance with our achievement of certain EBITDA performance targets and company growth objectives as contemplated in the named executive officers’ respective employment agreements. The amount of Mr. Costa’s annual cash bonus for 2009 was based upon the recommendation of the supervising executive officer and/or our Chief Executive Officer and was approved by our Compensation Committee. The amounts of equity grants to our named executive officers are determined by our Compensation Committee.

Compensation Risk Assessment

We do not believe that risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Elements of Compensation

Base Salaries

Base salaries are intended to provide a fixed level of compensation sufficient to attract and retain an effective management team when considered in combination with other components of our executive compensation programs. We believe that the base salary element of compensation is required to provide our named executive officers with a stable income stream that is commensurate with their experience and responsibilities. Annual base salaries are established on the basis of market conditions at the time we hire an executive. Any subsequent modifications to annual base salaries are influenced by the performance of the executive and by significant changes in market conditions.

During 2009, the base salaries of our named executive officers were as follows: Mr. Carlucci, $420,000; Mr. Costa, $266,200; Mr. Ford, $420,000; Mr. Kamal, $420,000; and Mr. McDonough, $340,000. Following the effectiveness of the new employment agreements entered into with Messrs. Carlucci, Ford, Kamal and McDonough on March 22, 2010 in connection with the Centerbridge merger, the base salaries of our named executive officers are as follows: Mr. Carlucci, $525,360; Mr. Costa, $292,820 (effective August 3, 2010); Mr. Ford, $175,000; Mr. Kamal, $525,360; and Mr. McDonough, $440,720. These increases in base salaries in connection with the Centerbridge merger were attributable to improved operational results, sustained growth and our objective of aligning named executive officer compensation with our impressions of prevailing base salaries for similarly situated executives at companies of our size in our industry, although we did not evaluate base salaries at any specific peer group of companies.

Annual Cash Bonuses

The employment agreements effective during 2009 provided for annual cash bonuses (the “Bonus Plan”) for each of Messrs. Carlucci, Ford, Kamal and McDonough. There were no threshold, target or maximum awards payable to each executive under the Bonus Plan. Instead, each executive was entitled to participate in a bonus pool to be allocated among Messrs. Carlucci, Ford, Kamal and McDonough (the “Bonus Pool”). The aggregate maximum amount of the Bonus Pool was the sum of 50% of the base salary of each of Messrs. Carlucci, Ford, Kamal and McDonough. The actual amount of the Bonus Pool was determined in part (75%) based on our achievement of pre-established annual performance goals set by our Board of Directors and in part (25%) based on our achievement of annual targets with respect to the number of dialysis clinics acquired or opened during the year. In 2009, the aggregate amount available in the Bonus Pool was $1,000,000.

The actual portion of the Bonus Pool payable to each of Messrs. Carlucci, Ford, Kamal and McDonough was determined by our Board of Directors based upon the recommendation of our Compensation Committee,

107

subject to the requirement that the entire amount of the Bonus Pool be divided among the four executives. In 2009, the annual cash payments made from the Bonus Pool were as follows: Mr. Carlucci, $325,000; Mr. Ford, $75,000; Mr. Kamal, $325,000; and Mr. McDonough, $275,000. These amounts were determined on a discretionary basis with our founders receiving higher payments in recognition of their contributions in building our business. Mr. Costa did not participate in the Bonus Pool for 2009 but was awarded a discretionary cash bonus of $100,000 for 2009. This bonus was based upon the recommendation of the supervising executive officer and/or the Chief Executive Officer and was approved by the Compensation Committee.

In connection with the Centerbridge merger, we entered into new employment agreements with Messrs. Carlucci, Kamal, Ford and McDonough which provide for a new bonus plan (the “2010 Bonus Plan”). Under the 2010 Bonus Plan, each of Messrs. Carlucci, Kamal, Ford and McDonough is eligible to earn an annual cash bonus award with a minimum threshold of 37.5% of his base salary, a target bonus of 75% of his base salary and a maximum bonus of 150% of his base salary based upon our achievement of annual, fiscal year consolidated EBITDA performance goals established by our Compensation Committee. To date, no payments have been made under the 2010 Bonus Plan.

Long-Term Equity Incentives

We believe that our long-term financial success is achieved in part through an ownership culture that encourages our named executive officers to focus on our long-term performance through the use of equity-based compensation tools. Our Equity Incentive Plan that was in place during 2009 was initially established in 2005. We adopted this plan to align the interests of our equityholders with those of our employees and to provide for grants of options to key employees, directors, advisors and consultants as either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options as determined by our Board of Directors. The only equity award granted to a named executive officer during 2009 was a grant of 20,000 stock options made to Mr. Costa on May 20, 2009 in accordance with our practice of granting equity awards to certain employees each year on the anniversary of the date on which we hired each such employee.

In connection with the Centerbridge merger, our parent entered into the 2010 C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan. This 2010 Stock Incentive Plan is designed to promote our interests by providing eligible persons with the opportunity to receive an equity interest and/or equity-based awards in one of our direct or indirect parent entities as an incentive for them to remain in our service. Together with the substantial investments made in our parent by our senior management, these arrangements demonstrate the commitment of our employees and management team to our long-term growth.

Consistent with these arrangements, each of Messrs. Carlucci, Kamal and Ford executed an equity contribution, exchange and subscription agreement pursuant to which each such executive made an equity contribution with a value of $6,000,000 to our parent, C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., through the rollover of common stock and/or preferred stock of our company in exchange for common stock of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Mr. McDonough entered into an equity contribution, exchange and subscription agreement pursuant to which he made an equity contribution with a value of $450,000 to C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. through the rollover of common and /or preferred stock of our company in exchange for common stock of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Mr. McDonough also contributed and rolled over 25% of the spread value of his then outstanding stock options in our company in exchange for options to acquire common stock in C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Mr. Costa entered into an equity contribution, exchange and subscription agreement pursuant to which he made an equity contribution with a value of $125,000 to C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. through the rollover of stock options in our company in exchange for stock options in C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

In addition to the forgoing, in connection with the Centerbridge merger, each of Messrs. Carlucci, Ford, Kamal and McDonough received approximately $185,899 on May 10, 2010 in exchange for 46,250 shares of our common stock that each of the executives purchased from us pursuant to Notes issued on March 4, 2008. A portion of such sales proceeds were used by the executives to repay their indebtedness to us under the Notes.

108

Other Compensation

We also provide various other benefits to certain of our named executive officers that are intended to be part of a competitive compensation program. In 2009, these benefits for each of Messrs. Costa, Ford, Kamal and McDonough included director and officer liability insurance as well as a company-provided automobile allowance and reimbursements for related expenses (including insurance, taxes and fuel), provided that the cost of providing such automobile allowance could not exceed $12,000 per fiscal year, plus all costs for insurance and fuel. We believe that these benefits are comparable to those offered by other companies that compete with us for executive talent.

Payments Upon Termination

Each of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Costa, is entitled to certain benefits upon the termination of his employment with us, the terms of which are described below under “Summary of Employment Agreements” and “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” We believe that these benefits are valuable as they address the valid concern that it may be difficult for these executives to find comparable employment in a short period of time in the event of termination and provide an incentive for these executives to comply with non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

Anticipated Actions

We expect to continue to evaluate and revisit the structure of our executive compensation programs and may make adjustments to them from time to time.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the cash and other compensation that we paid to our named executive officers, or that was otherwise earned by our named executive officers, for their services in all capacities during the last fiscal year.

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)		Bonus ($)		Option Awards ($) (1)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) (2)		All Other Compensation ($) (3)		Total ($)
Joseph A. Carlucci		2009		420,000		0		0		325,000		18,148		763,148
Chief Executive Officer
Christopher T. Ford		2009		420,000		0		0		75,000		16,571		511,571
Chairman
Syed T. Kamal		2009		420,000		0		0		325,000		17,300		762,300
President
John J. McDonough		2009		340,000		0		0		275,000		0		615,000
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Michael R. Costa		2009		266,200		100,000		104,000		0		0		470,200
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

(1) The amount set forth in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted in fiscal year 2009 as calculated pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (FASB ASC Topic 718). This amount has been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note N to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

109

(2) The amounts set forth in this column reflect awards under our Bonus Plan. For more information regarding the Bonus Plan, see the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section above.

(3) See the All Other Compensation Table below.

All Other Compensation

	Car Allowance ($)		Gasoline Allowance ($)		Car Insurance Allowance ($)		Life Insurance Premiums ($)		Total ($)
Mr. Carlucci		12,000		4,629		0		1,519		18,148
Mr. Ford		12,000		2,746		1,825		0		16,571
Mr. Kamal		12,000		3,473		959		868		17,300
Mr. McDonough		0		0		0		0		0
Mr. Costa		0		0		0		0		0

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2009

The following table sets forth the individual grants of plan-based awards made to each of our named executive officers during 2009.

Name	Grant Date		Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards									All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#)			Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh)			Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)
			Threshold ($)			Target ($)			Maximum ($)
Mr. Carlucci				(1	)		(1	)		(1	)
Mr. Ford				(1	)		(1	)		(1	)
Mr. Kamal				(1	)		(1	)		(1	)
Mr. McDonough				(1	)		(1	)		(1	)
Mr. Costa		5/20/09											20,000	(2)		5.20	(3)		104,000	(4)

(1) Reflects the opportunity for each of Messrs. Carlucci, Ford, Kamal and McDonough to participate in the Bonus Plan. There were no threshold, target or maximum awards payable under the Bonus Plan for 2009. Instead, each executive was entitled to participate in a Bonus Pool funded based on our achievement of pre-established performance goals. In 2009, the aggregate amount available in the Bonus Pool to be allocated among Messrs. Carlucci, Ford, Kamal and McDonough was $1,000,000. Actual amounts earned by and paid to Messrs. Carlucci, Ford, Kamal and McDonough are shown in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table. For additional information regarding the Bonus Plan, see the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section above.

(2) Represents an award of time-vesting stock options granted under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

(3) Reflects the per-share exercise price of the options, which is equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date as determined by our Board of Directors. A description of the process used in determining the fair market value of our common stock is set forth above under the subheading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Stock-based Compensation.”

(4) Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value the award of stock options determined pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718.

110

Summary of Employment Agreements

Employment Agreements Effective During 2009

We maintain employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, with the exception of Mr. Costa. The employment agreements in effect during 2009 were originally executed on August 25, 2004 and were amended on December 16, 2005 and March 1, 2007 respectively. The employment agreements provided for an initial term of five years and automatic renewal for successive one-year periods unless notice of non-renewal was provided in writing by either party at least 60 days before the end of the then-current term.

As of 2009, the employment agreements provided for base salaries in the following amounts subject to increases in the sole discretion of our Compensation Committee: Mr. Carlucci, $420,000; Mr. Ford, $420,000; Mr. Kamal, $420,000; and Mr. McDonough, $340,000. The executives were also entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans that we offered to our executive officers. In addition, each of Messrs. Ford, Kamal and McDonough received a company-provided automobile allowance and reimbursements for related expenses (including insurance, taxes and fuel), provided that the cost of providing such automobile allowance could not exceed $12,000 per fiscal year, plus all costs for insurance and fuel.

The employment agreements also included certain restrictive covenants which applied during their term and through the third anniversary of the date of termination of the employment agreements, provided that, solely in the case of a Sale (as defined therein), the restrictive period would end on the later of (1) the third anniversary of the Sale and (2) the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment, provided further that, solely in the case of a Sale, we would have the right to extend the restrictive covenant periods with each executive (1) until the later of the fifth anniversary of the sale or the first anniversary of the executive’s termination of employment, in the case of Messrs. Carlucci, Ford and Kamal; or (2) through the third anniversary of the termination of the executive’s employment, in the case of Mr. McDonough. In the event that we chose to extend the restrictive covenant periods, Messrs. Carlucci, Ford and Kamal would receive a lump sum payment equal to $751,666, and Mr. McDonough would receive a lump sum payment equal to his then-current base salary.

During the restrictive period, the executive would be prohibited from (1) soliciting any employee or contracting physician to terminate his or her relationship with us; (2) hiring any person who was employed by us at any time during the executive’s employment with us; (3) competing, directly or indirectly with us as an owner of any business (x) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities within 10 miles of any of our facilities, (y) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities where the executive is involved in a program to establish joint ventures with nephrologists in the United States of America and (z) in the case of a termination of employment that occurred on or before the third anniversary of the date of the employment agreement or that occurred after a change in control, engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities in the United States of America; and (4) representing any other entity or business in conducting substantial negotiations with any nephrologists with whom the executive had conducted substantial negotiations on behalf of us during the one-year period immediately prior to the termination of the executive’s employment with us.

The executives were also subject to a confidentiality covenant prohibiting them from disclosing our confidential information for an indefinite period, and the executives agreed that all inventions, patents, discoveries and work product created by them while employed by us would belong to us.

Current Employment Agreements

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we have entered into new employment agreements with Messrs. Carlucci, Kamal, Ford, and McDonough, which become effective upon the closing of the Merger. These new employment agreements contain restrictive covenants in our favor and ensure management’s commitment to our interests. We have summarized the terms of these new agreements below.

111

Joseph A. Carlucci. We entered into a new employment agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010 and effective as of the closing of the Merger, with Mr. Carlucci (the “Carlucci Agreement”) pursuant to which Mr. Carlucci serves as our Chief Executive Officer. The Carlucci Agreement has a three-year term with automatic one-year successive renewals. Mr. Carlucci is entitled to receive a salary of $525,360, an annual bonus opportunity based on achievement of performance goals set by our board of directors, customary employee benefits and payment severance in the event of a termination without cause, for good reason, or due to death or disability (each as defined in the Carlucci Agreement).

The Carlucci Agreement also provides for certain restrictive covenants which apply during the term of the Carlucci Agreement and through the third anniversary of the date of termination of Mr. Carlucci’s employment, provided that solely in the case of a change in control (as defined in the Carlucci Agreement) the restrictive period will end on the later of (i) the third anniversary of the change in control and (ii) the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment, provided further that solely in the case of a change in control, we have the right to extend such period until the later of (a) the fifth anniversary of the change in control and (b) the first anniversary of the date of termination if we make a timely election and pay Mr. Carlucci an amount equal to 300% of his then current base salary.

During the restrictive period, Mr. Carlucci is prohibited from (1) soliciting any employee or contracting physician to terminate his or her relationship with us, (2) hiring any person who was employed by us at any time during Mr. Carlucci’s employment with us, (3) competing, directly or indirectly with us as an owner of any business (x) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities within 10 miles of any of our facilities, (y) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities where Mr. Carlucci is involved in a program to establish joint ventures with nephrologists in the United States of America, and (z) in the case of a termination of employment that occurs on or before the third anniversary of the date of the Carlucci Agreement or which occurs after a change in control, engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities in the United States of America, and (4) representing any other entity or business in conducting substantial negotiations with any nephrologists with whom Mr. Carlucci had conducted substantial negotiations on behalf of us during the one year period immediately prior to the termination of Mr. Carlucci’s employment with us.

Mr. Carlucci is also subject to a confidentiality covenant prohibiting him from disclosing our confidential information for an indefinite period and Mr. Carlucci will agree that all inventions, patents, discoveries, and work product created by him while employed by us will belong to us.

Syed T. Kamal. We entered into a new employment agreement, dated March 22, 2010 and effective as of the closing of the Merger, with Mr. Kamal pursuant to which Mr. Kamal serves as our President. Mr. Kamal’s employment agreement has a three-year term with automatic one-year successive renewals. Mr. Kamal is entitled to receive a salary of $525,360, an annual bonus opportunity based on achievement of performance goals set by our board of directors, customary employee benefits and payment severance in the event of a termination without cause, for good reason, or due to death or disability (each as defined in the Carlucci Agreement). Mr. Kamal is also subject to the same restrictive covenants that are contained in the Carlucci Agreement.

Christopher T. Ford. We entered into a new employment agreement, dated March 22, 2010 and effective as of the closing of the Merger, with Mr. Ford pursuant to which Mr. Ford serves as our Chairman of the Board on a part-time basis. Mr. Ford’s employment agreement has a two-year term with automatic one-year successive renewals. Mr. Ford is entitled to receive a salary of $175,000, employee benefits accruing on a part-time basis and payment severance in the event of a termination without cause, for good reason, or due to death or disability (each as defined in Mr. Ford’s employment agreement). Mr. Ford will also be subject to the same restrictive covenants that are contained in the Carlucci Agreement.

John J. McDonough. We entered into a new employment agreement, dated March 22, 2010 and effective as of the closing of the Merger, with Mr. McDonough pursuant to which Mr. McDonough serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. McDonough’s employment agreement has a three-year term with automatic one-year

112

successive renewals. Mr. McDonough is entitled to receive a salary of $440,720, an annual bonus opportunity based on achievement of performance goals set by our board of directors, customary employee benefits and payment severance in the event of a termination without cause, for good reason, or due to death or disability (each as defined in the Carlucci Agreement). Mr. McDonough is also subject to the same restrictive covenants that are contained in the Carlucci Agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information concerning unexercised options and stock awards outstanding as of December 31, 2009 for each of our named executive officers.

	Option Awards										Stock Awards
Name	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable			Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable			Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date		Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) (9)		Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) (10)
Mr. Carlucci		419,067	(1)		209,533	(1)		3.50		3/1/17		30,833.4		161,567
Mr. Ford		419,067	(1)		209,533	(1)		3.50		3/1/17		30,833.4		161,567
Mr. Kamal		419,067	(1)		209,533	(1)		3.50		3/1/17		30,833.4		161,567
Mr. McDonough		150,000	(2)					0.14		8/4/13		30,833.4		161,567
		100,000	(3)					0.14		04/01/14
		150,000	(4)		50,000	(4)		1.50		12/16/15
		100,000	(5)		300,000	(5)		3.50		05/11/17
Mr. Costa		18,750	(6)		56,250	(6)		3.77		08/06/11
		5,000	(7)		15,000	(7)		4.26		06/10/12
					20,000	(8)		5.20		05/20/13

(1) Reflects stock options granted under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan to each of Messrs. Carlucci, Ford and Kamal on March 1, 2007, which were scheduled to fully vest on March 5, 2011.

(2) Reflects stock options granted under our 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (post stock split) to Mr. McDonough on August 4, 2003, which were fully vested on August 4, 2007.

(3) Reflects stock options granted under our 2000 Equity Incentive Plan to Mr. McDonough on April 1, 2004, which were fully vested on August 1, 2007.

(4) Reflects stock options granted under our 2000 Equity Incentive Plan to Mr. McDonough on December 16, 2005, which were scheduled to vest in four equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date.

(5) Reflects stock options granted under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan to Mr. McDonough on May 11, 2007, which were scheduled to vest in four equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date.

(6) Reflects stock options granted under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan to Mr. Costa on September 6, 2007, which were scheduled to vest in four equal annual installments beginning on August 6, 2007.

(7) Reflects stock options granted under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan to Mr. Costa on June 11, 2008, which were scheduled to vest in four equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date.

(8) Reflects stock options granted under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan to Mr. Costa on May 20, 2009, which were scheduled to vest in four equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date.

(9) Reflects the portion of shares of restricted stock granted to each named executive officer, other than Mr. Costa, on March 4, 2008 that were unvested as of December 31, 2009. The awards were scheduled to vest as to one-third of the shares on each of March 5, 2009, March 5, 2010 and March 5, 2011.

(10) Reflects the value as calculated using the fair market value of our common stock as of December 31, 2009 ($5.24 per share).

113

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2009

None of our named executive officers had options that were exercised during 2009. The following table summarizes amounts realized upon the vesting of restricted stock for each of our named executive officers during 2009.

	Stock Awards (1)
Name	Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#)		Value Realized on Vesting ($)
Mr. Carlucci		15,416.6		72,766
Mr. Ford		15,416.6		72,766
Mr. Kamal		15,416.6		72,766
Mr. McDonough		15,416.6		72,766
Mr. Costa		0		0

(1) Represents the number of restricted shares that vested in 2009 and the aggregate value of such shares of common stock based upon the fair market value of our common stock on the March 5, 2009 vesting date ($4.72 per share).

Pension Benefits for 2009

We do not offer pension benefits to our named executive officers.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation for 2009

We do not offer non-qualified deferred compensation to our named executive officers.

Potential Benefits Upon Termination or Change in Control

Termination of Employment

As discussed above, we maintain employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Costa, that provide for certain payments and benefits upon their termination of employment for various reasons. The following disclosure reflects terms of the employment arrangements in place on December 31, 2009 rather than those provided for in the employment agreements entered into in connection with the Centerbridge merger.

Payments Made Upon Any Termination of Employment. Regardless of the manner in which his employment terminates, each executive officer is entitled to receive amounts earned and accrued during his term of employment, including accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination and unreimbursed employment-related expenses owed to the executive officer under our policies. These payments do not differ from payments made upon termination to all employees.

Payments Made Upon Termination Without Cause or Good Reason. Messrs. Carlucci, Ford, Kamal and McDonough’s employment agreements in effect on December 31, 2009 provided that, if we terminated the executive without Cause, or the executive terminated his employment with us for Good Reason, he would be entitled to receive:

• continuation of his base salary, at the then-current level, for a period of 12 months, payable in installments in accordance with our normal payroll practices;

• continuation of employee benefits for 12 months following the date of termination; and

• a pro rata portion of his bonus for the then-current fiscal year based upon actual performance, payable at the time at which bonuses are normally paid.

114

Cause generally means the executive’s (1) conviction of, or plea of guilty to, a crime if, as a result of his continued association with us, such crime is injurious to our business or reputation; (2) breach of duty of loyalty that is detrimental to us and involves his personal profit; (3) willful failure to perform his duties or to follow lawful directives of the Board of Directors; or (4) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties.

Good Reason generally means any substantial diminution of or substantial detrimental change in the executive’s responsibilities, salary or benefits, or re-location of the executive’s principal office from the metropolitan Boston area.

Payments Made Upon Death or Termination of Employment by Reason of Disability. If Messrs. Carlucci, Ford, Kamal or McDonough’s employment was terminated on December 31, 2009 by reason of his death or disability, he would have been entitled to receive the same payments and benefits that he would have received had he been terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, as described above.

Restrictive Covenants. Each of the employment agreements in effect on December 31, 2009 contained confidentiality, non-competition and employee non-solicitation covenants that applied during the executive’s employment with us and for a period of time after his termination of employment (36 months, in the case of Messrs. Carlucci, Ford and Kamal, and 24 months, in the case of Mr. McDonough). In the case of a sale of our company, Messrs. Carlucci, Ford and Kamal’s restrictive covenants would terminate on the later of the third anniversary of the sale or the first anniversary of the executive’s termination of employment.

Upon the occurrence of a sale of our company, we would have the right to extend the restrictive covenant periods with each executive (1) until the later of the fifth anniversary of the sale or the first anniversary of the executive’s termination of employment, in the case of Messrs. Carlucci, Ford and Kamal; or (2) through the third anniversary of the termination of the executive’s employment, in the case of Mr. McDonough. In the event that we chose to extend the restrictive covenant periods, Messrs. Carlucci, Ford and Kamal would receive a lump sum payment equal to $751,666, and Mr. McDonough would receive a lump sum payment equal to his then-current base salary.

Summary of Termination Payments and Benefits. The following table summarizes the approximate value of the termination payments and benefits that each of our named executive officers would have received if his employment had been terminated on December 31, 2009 by the executive for Good Reason, by us without Cause or upon Death or Disability. The table does not include certain amounts that the named executive officer would be entitled to receive under certain plans or arrangements that do not discriminate in scope, terms or operation, in favor of our executive officers and that are generally available to all salaried employees.

	Mr. Carlucci ($)		Mr. Ford ($)		Mr. Kamal ($)		Mr. McDonough ($)		Mr. Costa ($)
Continuation of base salary for 12 months		420,000		420,000		420,000		340,000		0
Continuation of employee benefits for 12 months (1)		14,056		14,056		12,706		13,784		0
Bonus for year despite executive no longer being employed on payment date (2)		325,000		75,000		325,000		275,000		0
Total		759,056		509,056		757,706		628,784		0

(1) These benefits include long-term and short-term disability insurance, dental insurance, medical insurance and life insurance. The amounts in the table above reflect the cost to our company of providing such benefits during 2009 and, accordingly, are only an estimate of the costs our company would have incurred to provide such benefits for 12 months following a termination of employment on December 31, 2009.

115

(2) In the event of a termination by the executive for Good Reason, by us without Cause or upon Death or Disability, the executive would have been entitled to a bonus for the year of termination through the date of termination on a pro-rated basis. In the event of a termination by the executive without good reason or by us for Cause, the executive would not have been entitled to a pro-rated bonus for the fiscal year of termination but would have been entitled to any bonus earned for any fiscal year prior to the year of termination.

Change in Control

As of December 31, 2009, our named executive officers were not entitled to any additional benefits following a change in control of our company or upon a termination of employment following a change in control of our company.

116

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth the cash and other compensation paid by us to the members of our Board of Directors for all services in all capacities during 2009. Messrs. Carlucci, Ford and Kamal were named executive officers for 2009 and were not separately compensated for their service as directors. D. Neal Morrison and Scott B. Perper also served on our Board of Directors during 2009 and were not compensated for service during 2009. Dr. Donald Leeber was the only member of our Board of Directors who was compensated for service during 2009. The form of such compensation was cash payments of $7,500 per quarter and a December 17, 2009 grant of options to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.24 per share, for an aggregate grant date fair value of $26,200. These options are scheduled to vest in four equal annual installments beginning on December 17, 2010. We have not yet determined what, if any, changes we will make to our director compensation arrangements following the Centerbridge merger.

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)		Option Awards ($) (1)		Total ($)
Messrs. Morrison		0		0		0
Perper		0		0		0
Donald Leeber, M.D		30,000		26,200		56,200

(1) The amount set forth in this column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted in fiscal year 2009 as calculated pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718. This amount has been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note N to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, Dr. Leeber held options exercisable into 57,500 shares of our common stock. Of these options, 12,500 had an exercise price of $0.48 per share; 25,000 had an exercise price of $1.50 per share; 10,000 had an exercise price of $3.50 per share; 5,000 had an exercise price of $3.77 per share; and 5,000 had an exercise price of $4.72 per share.

117

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. owns 100% of the capital stock of C.P. Intermediate Holdings, LLC, which owns 100% of the capital stock of American Renal Holdings Inc. The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of the common stock of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. as of September 7, 2010.

• each person who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

• each of our directors;

• each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table; and

• all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The percentages of shares outstanding provided in the tables are based on 8,855,065 shares of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. common stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding as of September 7, 2010. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 7, 2010 are considered outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage of outstanding shares of our common stock held by the individual, but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage of outstanding shares held by any other individual. The address of each of our directors and executive officers listed below is c/o American Renal Holdings Inc., 66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, Massachusetts 01915.

Name of Beneficial Owner	Beneficial Ownership of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Common Stock			Percentage of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Common Stock
Centerbridge Capital Partners L.P. and certain affiliated entities		7,692,505			86.9	%
Christopher T. Ford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		285,714	1		3.2	%
Syed Kamal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		285,714			3.2	%
Joseph A. Carlucci . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		285,714			3.2	%
John J. McDonough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		21,429			*
Michael R. Costa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		5,952			*
Steven M. Silver2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		—			—
Jared S. Hendricks3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		—			—
Michael E. Boxer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		14,286	4		*
All directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons). . . . . . . .		898,809			10.2	%

* Less than one percent.

¹ Comprised of 128,790 shares under the Christopher T. Ford 2005 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust and 156,924 shares under the Christopher T. Ford 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust.

² Employed by Centerbridge Partners, L.P.

³ Employed by Centerbridge Partners, L.P.

⁴ Beneficially owned through Black Diamond Partners LLC, JJ Bark LLC and Tribeca Investments LLC.

118

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Lease Agreements with Entities Owned by Related Parties

We own the land and buildings of our dialysis clinic located in Chillicothe, Ohio and our JVs own the land and buildings of our dialysis clinics in Beaumont and Jasper, Texas. ARA-Chillicothe Dialysis, the dialysis clinic located in Chillicothe, Ohio in which we have a controlling interest, leases 8,100 square feet of space from ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC. We own all of the outstanding equity of ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC. The lease in Chillicothe, Ohio was entered in 2005 for a term of ten years with five year renewal options. The current minimum annual rent for our dialysis clinic in Chillicothe, Ohio is $72,900. In 2010, the minimum annual rent increases to $81,000.

We have other lease agreements for dialysis clinics with our nephrologist partners or entities under the control of our nephrologist partners in such clinics. The amount of rent expense under these lease arrangements was approximately $2.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.1 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

In connection with this offering, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers, and we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances.

Transaction Fee and Advisory Services Fee Arrangements with Centerbridge

In connection with the Transactions, we entered into a transaction fee and advisory services agreement with Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C., the investment manager of Centerbridge, our principal stockholder after the consummation of the Merger. Pursuant to the transaction fee and advisory services agreement, we paid to Centerbridge a fee of $4 million plus out-of-pocket expenses upon the closing of the Merger as consideration for the financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, corporate strategy, and other advice and assistance rendered by Centerbridge to us.

In addition, under this agreement, Centerbridge (including through its affiliates) agreed to provide advisory and consulting services related to our affairs and the affairs of our subsidiaries, including, without limitation,

• advice regarding the structure, terms, conditions and other provisions, distribution and timing of debt and equity offerings and advice regarding relationships with us and our subsidiaries’ lenders and bankers,

• advice regarding our strategy,

• advice regarding dispositions and/or acquisitions, and

• such other advice directly related or ancillary to the above advisory services as may be reasonably requested by us.

In consideration for these services, we pay Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C., commencing upon the closing of the Merger, a per annum advisory services fee (payable quarterly) for each fiscal year from and including fiscal year 2010 of the greater of (i) an amount equal to the greater of (x) $550,000 and (y) the advisory services fee of the previous fiscal year and (ii) an amount equal to 1.25% of our EBITDA, minus a personnel expense deduction, if applicable. In addition, Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C. is entitled to receive an additional fee equal to 1.0% of the enterprise value and/or aggregate value, as applicable, for any future fundamental or significant transactions (e.g., a sale of, or acquisition by, the Parent or its subsidiaries) in which Centerbridge is involved.

The transaction fee and advisory services agreement will continue until the earliest of (i) the tenth anniversary of the date of the agreement, (ii) the date on which Centerbridge owns less than 20% of the

119

outstanding common stock of the Parent, or (iii) such date as Centerbridge may specify in writing. We have agreed to indemnify Centerbridge and its affiliates partners, members, stockholders, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives from and against all liabilities relating to the services contemplated by the transaction fee and advisory services agreement.

Upon a change of control in our ownership, an initial public offering or a sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding common stock of the parent or of the businesses and assets of the Parent (or at such other time as Centerbridge and the Company may agree), Centerbridge or Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C., as the case may be, may elect to receive, in lieu of annual payments of the advisory services and related fees, a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then present value of all then current and future advisory services and related fees payable under this agreement. The indenture governing the notes permits the lump sum payment in the case of a change of control, an initial public offering or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, but to the extent Centerbridge and the Company agree to pay a lump sum, such payment would only be payable to the extent that it is permitted under the indenture. The lump sum payment is also subject to other agreements governing our indebtedness.

Stockholders Agreement of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

In connection with the Merger, the Parent entered into a stockholders agreement with Centerbridge and the other holders of common stock of the Parent (the “Stockholders Agreement”). Holders of common stock of the Parent will become party to the Stockholders Agreement from time to time, by executing a joinder to the Stockholders Agreement.

Under the Stockholders Agreement, each of the stockholders of the Parent party thereto agreed to vote in favor of, and to take all other necessary and appropriate actions to cause to occur, the election to the board of directors of Parent of each director designated in accordance with the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement. The parties to the Stockholders Agreement also agreed to vote the securities of Parent as Centerbridge directs in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Parent, the sale of all or substantially all of its assets, the amendment of its organizational documents and certain other matters.

The Stockholders Agreement restricts employee stockholders party thereto from transferring their securities of the Parent prior to the earlier of (i) 180 days after a qualified public offering or (ii) a change of control, subject to certain exceptions. The Stockholders Agreement also provides employee stockholders party thereto customary tag-along rights with respect to sales of securities of the Parent held by Centerbridge and gives Centerbridge customary drag-along rights, each subject to a minimum threshold of securities of the Parent sold by Centerbridge.

120

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

New Revolving Credit Facility

Overview

In connection with the Transactions, ARH entered into a senior secured credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, the lenders and the other parties thereto.

The senior secured credit facility provided senior secured financing consisting of a $25.0 million revolving credit facility (the New Revolving Credit Facility).

The New Revolving Credit Facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as the swingline loans and will be available in U.S. dollars. Currently, the revolving credit facility is undrawn.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the corporate base rate of interest of Bank of America, N.A., (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (3) a Eurodollar rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in U.S. dollars for the interest period of one month plus 1.00%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in U.S. dollars for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. In no event will the LIBOR rate be less than 2.00% per annum nor will the base rate be less than 3.00% per annum.

ARH is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee rate is 0.75% per annum. ARH must also pay customary letter of credit fees.

Prepayments

The New Revolving Credit Facility requires ARH to prepay outstanding loans under the revolving credit facility at any time the aggregate outstanding amount of loans and letter of credit obligations under the New Revolving Credit Facility exceeds the aggregate commitment of all lenders under the New Revolving Credit Facility, by an amount equal to such excess. ARH may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the New Revolving Credit Facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Prepayments and commitment reductions may be required in connection with certain asset sales and refinancings of intercompany debt.

Repayment

Principal amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility are due and payable in full at maturity, five years from the date of the closing of the senior secured credit facility.

Guarantees and Security

All obligations under the New Revolving Credit Facility will be unconditionally guaranteed by C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) and, subject to certain exceptions, each of Holdings’ existing and future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries (other than ARH) (the “Subsidiary Guarantors” and, together with Holdings, the “Guarantors”).

121

Subject to certain exceptions, all obligations under the New Revolving Credit Facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by:

• a pledge of 100% of the capital stock of ARH, 100% of the capital stock of each of the Guarantors (other than Holdings) and 65% of the capital stock of each wholly owned foreign subsidiary that is directly owned by any of the Guarantors; and

• a security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all material tangible and intangible assets of ARH and the Guarantors.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The New Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, ARH’s ability and the ability of ARH’s subsidiaries to:

• incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred stock;

• create liens on assets;

• enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

• engage in mergers or consolidations with or into other companies;

• sell assets;

• pay dividends and distributions or repurchase ARH’s capital stock;

• make investments, loans or advances;

• make certain acquisitions;

• engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

• amend material agreements (including the organizational documents of ARH and its subsidiaries);

• repay certain indebtedness (including the notes offered hereby);

• change its lines of business;

• change its fiscal year; and

• change the status of Holdings as a passive holding company.

• In addition, the revolving credit facility will require ARH to maintain the following financial covenants:

• a maximum consolidated leverage ratio; and

• a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio.

The New Revolving Credit Facility also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Our Assumed Third-Party Clinic Level Debt

From time to time we have and in the future (subject to certain limitations under the indenture governing the notes offered hereby) may incur third-party working capital indebtedness in connection with the development of a clinic. In connection with the Merger we assumed approximately $11.9 million, as of December 31, 2009, of such indebtedness; the remainder of such third-party debt was repaid at the closing. As of June 30, 2010, $9.7 million of this debt is outstanding. Our assumed third-party clinic debt is represented by 40 facilities at 25 clinics and with 8 lending institutions. No assumed third-party debt at a single clinic exceeds $2 million. This assumed debt has variable interest rates, generally based upon a floating rate of interest, and is generally secured by all of the assets of the respective clinic. Further information about this assumed indebtedness is set forth under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Contractual Obligations and Commitments.”

122

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

We and the guarantors have entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes in which we and the guarantors agreed, under some circumstances, to use all commercially reasonable efforts to (i) no later 180 days after the issuance of the outstanding notes, file a registration statement with respect to a registered exchange offer to exchange the outstanding notes for new exchange notes, (ii) no later than 210 days after the issuance of the outstanding notes, cause the exchange offer registration statement for the exchange notes to become effective and (iii) no later than 240 days after the issuance of the outstanding notes, to consummate the exchange and to hold the exchange offer open for at least 20 days, or longer, if required by the federal securities laws. The exchange notes will have terms substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and special interest for failure to observe certain obligations in the exchange and registration rights agreement. The outstanding notes were issued on May 7, 2010.

Under the circumstances set below, we will use all commercially reasonable efforts to, no later than 240 days after the issuance of the outstanding notes, file with the SEC a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the outstanding notes and cause such shelf registration statement to be declared effective and keep such shelf registration statement continuously effective until the second anniversary of the effective date of the shelf registration statement or such earlier time as there are no longer any outstanding notes to be registered. These circumstances include:

• if we and the guarantors are not permitted to consummate the exchange offer because the exchange offer is not permitted by applicable law or SEC policy; and

• if any holder of outstanding notes to be registered notifies us prior to the 20^th business day following consummation of the exchange offer that (A) such holder was prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange offer, (B) such holder may not resell the exchange notes acquired by it in the exchange offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and this prospectus is not appropriate or available for such resales by such holder or (C) such holder is a broker-dealer and holds outstanding notes to be registered acquired directly from us or one of our affiliates.

If (i) we have not filed an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC on or prior to the 180th day after the issuance of the outstanding notes, (ii) any such exchange offer registration statement has not been declared effective on or before the 210th day after the issuance of the outstanding notes, (iii) we have not exchanged the exchange notes for all notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of an exchange offer on or before the 240th day after the issuance of the outstanding notes or, if applicable, (iv) a shelf registration statement covering resales of the notes has not been declared effective or such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective at any time during the shelf registration period (subject to certain exceptions), then additional interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 180-day period immediately following such date and by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum additional rate of 1.50% per annum thereafter, until the exchange offer is completed, the shelf registration statement is declared effective or, if such shelf registration statement ceased to be effective, again becomes effective or until the second anniversary of the original issue date of the notes, unless such period is extended, as described in the registration rights agreement.

If we fail to comply with certain obligations under the registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay special interest to holders of the outstanding notes.

If you wish to exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will be required to make the following written representations:

• you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act;

123

• you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;

• you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and

• you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the broker-dealer acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Resale of Exchange Notes

Based on interpretations by the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act if:

• you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

• you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;

• you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and

• you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

If you are our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor, or are engaging in, or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, or are not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business:

• you cannot rely on the position of the SEC set forth in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters; and

• in the absence of an exception from the position stated immediately above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, resale or other transfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. Please read “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of exchange notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange in the exchange offer any outstanding notes that are properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. Outstanding notes may only be tendered in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. We will issue exchange notes in principal amount identical to outstanding notes surrendered in the exchange offer.

124

The form and terms of the exchange notes will be substantially identical to the form and terms of the outstanding notes except the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any special interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the exchange and registration rights agreement to complete the exchange offer, or file, and cause to be effective, a registration statement, if required thereby, within the specified time period described above. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding notes. Consequently, the outstanding notes and the exchange notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the indenture. For a description of the indenture, see “Description of the Exchange Notes.”

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange.

As of the date of this prospectus, $250 million aggregate principal amount of the 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 are outstanding. This prospectus and a letter of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits the holders have under the indenture relating to the outstanding and the exchange and registration rights agreement, except for any rights under the registration rights agreement that by their terms terminate upon the consummation of the exchange offer.

We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered outstanding notes when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us and delivering exchange notes to holders. Subject to the terms of the exchange and registration rights agreement, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

If you tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read “—Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

Expiration Date, Extensions and Amendments

As used in this prospectus, the term “expiration date” means 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on,            , 2010. However, if we, in our sole discretion, extend the period of time for which the exchange offer is open, the term “expiration date” will mean the latest time and date to which we shall have extended the expiration of the exchange offer.

To extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, we will notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice, followed by notification by press release or other public announcement to the registered holders of the outstanding notes no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

• to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding notes (only in the case that we amend or extend the exchange offer);

125

• to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer and refuse to accept outstanding notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; and

• subject to the terms of the exchange and registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. In the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in such offer period following notice of the material change.

Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice to the registered holders of the outstanding notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of the outstanding notes of that amendment.

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we will have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any public announcement, other than by making a timely release to a financial news service.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding notes and we may terminate or amend the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus prior to the expiration date if in our reasonable judgment:

• the exchange offer or the making of any exchange by a holder violates any applicable law or interpretation of the SEC; or

• any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in writing in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to us:

• the representations described under “—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer,” “—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” and “Plan of Distribution”; or

• any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

We expressly reserve the right at any time or at various times to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any outstanding notes by giving oral or written notice of such extension to their holders. We will return any outstanding notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. We will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

126

These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times prior to the expiration date in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such rights. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration date.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”).

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

To tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you must comply with either of the following:

• complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” prior to the expiration date; or

• comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.

In addition, either:

• the exchange agent must receive certificates for the outstanding notes along with the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date;

• the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent’s message prior to the expiration date; or

• you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Your tender, if not withdrawn prior to the expiration date, constitutes an agreement between us and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

The method of delivery of outstanding notes, letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing outstanding notes to us. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the above transactions for you.

If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your outstanding notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the outstanding notes yourself, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either:

• make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name; or

• obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of outstanding notes.

The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.

127

Signatures on the letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

• by a registered holder of the outstanding notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

• for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed on the outstanding notes, such outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the outstanding notes, and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.

If the letter of transmittal, any certificates representing outstanding notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.

The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program to tender outstanding notes. Participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent, electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:

• DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its Automated Tender Offer Program that is tendering outstanding notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

• the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, or in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the notice of guaranteed delivery; and

• we may enforce that agreement against such participant. DTC is referred to herein as a “book-entry transfer facility.”

Acceptance of Exchange Notes

In all cases, we will promptly issue exchange notes for outstanding notes that we have accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:

• outstanding notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility; and

• a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

By tendering outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:

• you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

128

• you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and

• you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes must represent that such outstanding notes were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”

We will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the letter of transmittal and the instructions to the letter of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt and acceptance of outstanding notes tendered for exchange. Our determinations in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular outstanding notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular outstanding notes if the acceptance might, in its or its counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding notes prior to the expiration date.

Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as we determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of outstanding notes for exchange, nor will any of them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.

Book-Entry Delivery Procedures

Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC and, as the book-entry transfer facility, for purposes of the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility’s system may make book-entry delivery of the outstanding notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer those outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the facility in accordance with the facility’s procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of outstanding notes requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a “book-entry confirmation,” prior to the expiration date. In addition, although delivery of outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility, the letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, or an “agent’s message,” as defined below, in connection with a book-entry transfer, must, in any case, be delivered or transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at its address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date to receive exchange notes for tendered outstanding notes, or the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied with. Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

Holders of outstanding notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of their outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility or all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date must tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

129

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your outstanding notes but your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program in the case of outstanding notes, prior to the expiration date, you may still tender if:

• the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;

• prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery, that (1) sets forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered; (2) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (3) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the outstanding notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and

• the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.

Withdrawal Rights

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

For a withdrawal to be effective:

• the exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter, of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent”; or

• you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program system.

Any notice of withdrawal must:

• specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;

• identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers and principal amount of the outstanding notes; and

• where certificates for outstanding notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which such outstanding notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

If certificates for outstanding notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, you must also submit:

• the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn; and

• a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless you are an eligible guarantor institution.

130

If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal, and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the outstanding notes will be credited to an account at the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.

Exchange Agent

Wilmington Trust FSB has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offers. You should direct all executed letters of transmittal and all questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

By Registered or Certified Mail:	By Regular Mail:	By Overnight Courier or Hand Delivery:
Wilmington Trust FSB c/o Wilmington Trust Company Rodney Square North 1100 North Market Street Wilmington, DE 19890-1626 Attn: Sam Hamed Telephone: (302) 636-6181	Wilmington Trust FSB c/o Wilmington Trust Company Rodney Square North 1100 North Market Street Wilmington, DE 19890-1626 Attn: Sam Hamed Telephone: (302) 636-6181	Wilmington Trust FSB c/o Wilmington Trust Company Rodney Square North 1100 North Market Street Wilmington, DE 19890-1626 Attn: Sam Hamed Telephone: (302) 636-6181
	By Facsimile Transmission (eligible institutions only):
	(302) 636-4139, Attention: Sam Hamed
	Telephone Inquiries: (302) 636-6181

If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than the one set forth above or transmit instructions via facsimile to a number other than the one set forth above, that delivery or those instructions will not be effective.

Fees and Expenses

The registration rights agreement provides that we will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations relating to the registration of the exchange notes and the conduct of the exchange offer. These expenses include registration and filing fees, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others. We will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus and related documents to their clients that are holders of outstanding notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not pay any fee or commission to any broker, dealer, nominee or other person, other than the exchange agent, for soliciting tenders of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

131

Accounting Treatment

We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offer. We will record the expenses of the exchange offer as incurred.

Transfer Taxes

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

• certificates representing outstanding notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of outstanding notes tendered;

• tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

• a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.

Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer, your outstanding notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such outstanding notes:

• as set forth in the legend printed on the outstanding notes as a consequence of the issuance of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exemption from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and

• as otherwise set forth in the prospectus distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes.

In general, you may not offer or sell your outstanding notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the exchange and registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

Other

Participating in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.

132

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

The Company is filing this registration statement in connection with its obligations under the registration rights agreement, which the Company and its guarantor subsidiaries entered into with the initial purchasers with respect to the outstanding notes on the original issue date of the outstanding notes, pursuant to which the Company and its guarantor subsidiaries have agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the outstanding notes, that they will, at their own expense, (i) file an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC with respect to an offer to exchange the outstanding notes for exchange notes, having certain identical terms in all material respects to the outstanding notes offered hereby and which will evidence the same continuing indebtedness (except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or interest rate increases as described under “The Exchange Offer—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer”), (ii) use their reasonable efforts to cause the exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act and (iii) use their reasonable efforts to consummate the exchange offer not later than 240 days following the closing date of the original issuance of the outstanding notes. Once the exchange offer registration statement has been declared effective, we will offer the exchange notes in exchange for surrender of the outstanding notes. We will keep the exchange offer open for at least 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date that notice of the exchange offer is mailed to holders of the outstanding notes.

In the event that (i) any changes in law or the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offer, (ii) for any other reason the exchange offer is not consummated within 240 days of the original issue date of the outstanding notes, (iii) under certain circumstances, the initial purchasers shall so request or (iv) any holder of outstanding notes (other than the initial purchasers) is not eligible to participate in the exchange offer, we will, at our expense, (a) promptly after the filing obligation takes effect, file with the SEC a shelf registration statement covering resales of the outstanding notes, (b) use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective and (c) use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective until the earlier of the second anniversary of the closing of this offering and the date all outstanding notes covered by the shelf registration statement have either been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the shelf registration statement or become eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume restrictions. We will, in the event of the filing of the shelf registration statement, provide to each holder of the outstanding notes copies of the prospectus which is a part of the shelf registration statement, notify each such holder when the shelf registration statement has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the outstanding notes. A holder of the outstanding notes that sells its outstanding notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement generally (i) will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, (ii) will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and (iii) will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement that are applicable to such a holder (including certain indemnification rights and obligations thereunder). In addition, each holder of the outstanding notes will be required to deliver information to be used in connection with the shelf registration statement and to provide comments on the shelf registration statement within the time periods set forth in the registration rights agreement to have their outstanding notes included in the shelf registration statement and to benefit from certain provisions regarding liquidated damages.

This summary of certain provisions of the registration rights agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by, the complete provisions of the registration rights agreement, a copy of which we will make available to holders of outstanding notes upon request.

133

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “—Certain Definitions.” In this description, (1) the term “Issuer” refers only to American Renal Holdings Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries and (2) the term “Notes” refers to the outstanding notes and the exchange notes.

The outstanding notes were, and the exchange notes will be, issued under an Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as May 7, 2010, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of the Notes will include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”).

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. It does not restate the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement in their entirety. We urge you to read the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement because the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, and not this description, define your rights as holders of the Notes. Copies of the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement are available as set forth below under “—Additional Information.” Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined below under “—Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders will have rights under the Indenture. For additional information, see “The Exchange Offer.”

Brief Description of the Notes and the Guarantees of the Notes

The Notes:

• are secured, subject to Permitted Liens, by the Collateral, which will also secure, on an equal and ratable basis, any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and the Priority Payment Lien Obligations (although the Holders of Notes will receive proceeds of Collateral after the payment in full of the Priority Payment Lien Obligations in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event);

• are structurally subordinated to all Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor) of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, including all of the Subsidiaries that operate the clinics;

• rank equally in right of payment with any existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Issuer;

• will be effectively senior to any future Indebtedness of the Issuer that is unsecured or secured by Liens that are junior to the Liens securing the Notes, in each case, to the extent of the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to Liens securing the Priority Payment Lien Obligations and any other Lien on the Collateral);

• are senior in right of payment to any future obligations of the Issuer that are expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes;

• are subject in right of payment to the prior payment of Priority Payment Lien Obligations in the event of a foreclosure or in any insolvency proceeding with proceeds of the Collateral; and

• are entitled to registration rights pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 101

The Notes are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by Holdings and each of Issuer’s existing and future Subsidiaries other than Excluded Subsidiaries.

134

The Guarantee of each Guarantor:

• are secured, subject to Permitted Liens, by the Collateral, which will also secure, on an equal and ratable basis, any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and the Priority Payment Lien Obligations (although the Holders will receive proceeds of Collateral after the payment in full of the Priority Payment Lien Obligations in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event);

• are subject in right of payment to the prior payment of Priority Payment Lien Obligations in the event of a foreclosure or in any insolvency proceeding with proceeds of the Collateral;

• rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of that Guarantor;

• are effectively senior to any future Indebtedness of that Guarantor that is unsecured or secured by Liens that are junior to the Liens securing the Guarantees, in each case, to the extent of the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to Liens securing the Priority Payment Lien Obligations and any other senior Lien on the Collateral); and

• are senior in right of payment to any future Indebtedness of that Guarantor that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of that Guarantor.

As of June 30, 2010, the Issuer and the Guarantors had aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) of $259.7 million. The Issuer was also been able to borrow up to an additional $25.0 million of secured Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, which constitutes Priority Payment Lien Obligations.

Holders of the Notes are only creditors of the Issuer and the Guarantors, and not of our Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt, including their trade creditors, secured creditors and creditors holding indebtedness or guarantees issued by those subsidiaries, before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us. As a result, all the existing and future liabilities of our Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors, are effectively senior to the Notes.

The Issuer and the Guarantors (other than American Renal Management LLC) are currently holding companies for our joint venture subsidiaries that operate the clinics. Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries account for substantially all of our consolidated revenues, cash flows and assets. As of June 30, 2010, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries had approximately $9.7 million of total balance sheet liabilities (excluding intercompany debt owing to the Issuer and the Guarantors. Our Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries have other contingent liabilities that may be significant. Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that we and the Restricted Subsidiaries may incur, the amounts of this Indebtedness could be substantial. In addition, because the Indenture does not materially limit our ability to purchase equity interests of Strategic Investors in our Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries, the holders of those interests may have the ability to obtain a return on their investment senior to the holders of the Notes. Our ability to service our debt, including the Notes, is dependent upon the earnings of our Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and their ability to distribute those earnings to us. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—The right to receive payments on the notes is structurally subordinated to the liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries and substantially all of our operations are conducted through non-guarantor subsidiaries.”

Under the circumstances described below under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” we were permitted to designate certain of our Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Our Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture and will not guarantee the Notes. There are no Unrestricted Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date.

135

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuer issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The Notes were issued in initial denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount in excess thereof. The Notes will mature on May 15, 2018. Subject to our compliance with the covenant described under the subheading “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Certain Covenants—Liens,” we are permitted to issue an unlimited amount of additional Notes under the Indenture (the “Additional Notes”) on the same terms and conditions as the Notes being offered hereby. Any Additional Notes will be secured, equally and ratably with the Notes offered hereby, by liens on the Collateral. The Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, will be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided that, if any Additional Notes subsequently issued are not fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes or securities law purposes with any Notes previously issued, such Additional Notes shall trade separately from such previously issued Notes under a separate CUSIP number but shall otherwise be treated as a single class with all other Notes issued under the Indenture. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the Exchange Notes,” references to the Notes include any Additional Notes actually issued.

Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 8.375% per annum from May 7, 2010, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for, and will be payable semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2010. We will make each interest payment to the holders of record of the Notes on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1. We will pay interest on overdue principal at 2% per annum in excess of the above rate and will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at such higher rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest on the Notes are payable, and the Notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of the Issuer (which initially will be an office of an affiliate of the Trustee); provided, however, payment of interest and Additional Interest may, at the option of the Issuer, be made by check mailed to the address of the holders as such address appears in the register of holders, and in addition, if a holder of at least $1.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes has given wire transfer instructions to us prior to the record date for a payment, the Issuer will make such payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest on such holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions. Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest on, Notes in global form registered in the name of or held by DTC or any successor depositary or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of such global note.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The Trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar. The Issuer may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of the Notes, and the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other

136

similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Issuer is not be required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer is not be required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

Optional Redemption

Prior to May 15, 2013, not more than once in each twelve-month period, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption.

At any time prior to May 15, 2013, the Issuer may, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 108.375% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer or a cash contribution to the equity capital of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) from the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Issuer and its Affiliates) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

On or after May 15, 2013, the Issuer may, on one or more occasions, redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Year	Percentage
2013		104.188	%
2014		102.094	%
2015 and thereafter		100.000	%

Before May 15, 2013, the Issuer may, on one or more occasions, redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the date of redemption (a “Make-Whole Redemption Date”).

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Make-Whole Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Make-Whole Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note at May 15, 2013 as set forth in the table above (exclusive of accrued interest), plus (2) all scheduled interest payments due on such Note from the Make-Whole Redemption Date through May 15, 2013, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such Make-Whole Redemption Date, plus 50 basis points over (B) the principal amount of such Note.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Make-Whole Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such Make-Whole Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Make-Whole Redemption Date to May 15, 2013; provided, however, that if the period from such Make-Whole Redemption

137

Date to May 15, 2013 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such Make-Whole Redemption Date to May 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest and Additional Interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase, privately negotiated purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

Selection and Notice

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements; provided, however, that no Notes in an unauthorized denomination will be redeemed in part.

No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notices of redemption may be conditional.

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the holder of Notes upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest and Additional Interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

Mandatory Redemption

The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Guarantees

The Notes are guaranteed, on a senior secured basis, by Holdings and each of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries, other than Excluded Subsidiaries. Future Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) will also become Guarantors under the Indenture governing the Notes. The Guarantees are joint and several, irrevocable and unconditional obligations of the Guarantors. The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee are limited to the extent practicable to prevent that Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. The validity of this “savings clause,” however, is not free from doubt. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—A court could void our subsidiaries’ guarantees of the notes under fraudulent transfer laws.”

138

A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, unless:

(1) the Person (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor) acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person (if other than the Issuer of a Subsidiary Guarantor) formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under its Guarantee, the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or

(2) such transaction does not violate the provisions of the Indenture and the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; and

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

The Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically released:

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the provisions of the Indenture;

(2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Issuer or a Guarantor after which the Guarantor whose Capital Stock is sold or otherwise disposed of is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the provisions of the Indenture;

(3) if the Issuer designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(4) upon payment in full, legal defeasance, covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as provided below under the captions “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “—Satisfaction and Discharge,” respectively; or

(5) upon such Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary in a transaction not prohibited by the Indenture.

If any Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its Guarantee, any of its Subsidiaries that are Guarantors will be released from their Guarantees, if any, and it and any of its Subsidiaries will be released from their obligations under the Security Documents.

Collateral

Subject to the limitations described under “—Intercreditor Agreement” below, the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Notes, the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees, and the performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture are secured equally and ratably with the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and Priority Payment Lien Obligations by a security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens and a prior right of payment afforded to Priority Payment Lien Obligations in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event) in the following assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than Excluded Property) (the “Collateral”):

(a) 100% of the Equity Interests in Subsidiaries (other than CFCs) owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor and 66% of the voting stock and 100% of the non-voting stock of CFCs owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(b) all accounts, chattel paper, certain deposit accounts, documents, general intangibles (including contract rights, including an assignment of benefits of physician guarantees of intercompany loans),

139

instruments, inventory, equipment, cash, investment property, letter-of-credit rights and any supporting obligations related to any of the foregoing (each as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code);

(c) present and future intercompany debt owed to the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(d) certain commercial tort claims;

(e) all books and records pertaining to Collateral;

(f) owned real properties owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor with a cost or book value (whichever is greater) in excess of $2.0 million (“Material Real Property”);

(g) all intellectual property and intellectual property licenses of the Issuer or any Guarantor (including without limitation patents, trademarks and copyrights);

(h) all other tangible and intangible assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor other than Excluded Property;

(i) all property of the Issuer or any Guarantor held by the Collateral Agent or any collateral agent for any class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or Priority Payment Lien Obligations, including all property of every description, in the custody of or in transit to the Collateral Agent or any such collateral agent for any purpose, including safekeeping, collection or pledge, for the account of the Issuer or such Guarantor as to which the Issuer or such Guarantor may have any right or power, including, but not limited to, cash; and

(j) to the extent not otherwise included, all proceeds of the foregoing.

“Excluded Property” means, collectively,

(i) any rights or interests in any permit, license, lease or contract entered into by the Issuer or any Guarantor (A) that prohibits, or requires the consent of any Person other than the Issuer and its Affiliates which has not been obtained as a condition to, the creation by the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor of a Lien on any right, title or interest in such permit, license, lease or contract or (B) to the extent that any requirement of law applicable thereto prohibits the creation of a Lien thereon, but only, with respect to the prohibition in clauses (A) and (B), to the extent, and for as long as, such prohibition is not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the Uniform Commercial Code, any other requirement of law or principles of equity;

(ii) the Equity Interests of and other assets of Persons that are not Wholly Owned Subsidiaries to the extent and for so long as the granting of security interests in such Equity Interests and assets would be prohibited by a shareholders agreement or similar contract governing such Persons to the extent, and for as long as, such prohibition is not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the Uniform Commercial Code, any other requirement of law or principles of equity;

(iii) property owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor that is subject to a Lien permitted by clause (5) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” if the contractual obligation pursuant to which such Lien is granted (or in the document providing for such Lien) prohibits or requires the consent of any Person other than the Issuer and its Affiliates which has not been obtained as a condition to the creation of any other Lien on such item of property;

(iv) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title;

(v) any real property owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor that is not a Material Real Property;

(vi) leasehold real property interests;

(vii) any Equity Interests consisting of voting stock in any CFC directly owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor in excess of 66% of the outstanding voting stock of such CFC;

(viii) any “intent-to-use” application for registration of a trademark filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1051, prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect

140

thereto, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law;

(ix) Excluded Deposit Accounts; and

(x) those assets as to which (x) the collateral agent under the Credit Agreement determines that the cost of obtaining such a security interest or perfection thereof is excessive in relation to the benefit to the lenders under the Credit Agreement of the security to be afforded thereby and (y) the Issuer reasonably and in good faith determines that the cost of obtaining such a security interest or perfection thereof is excessive in relation to the benefit to the lenders under the Credit Agreement and the holders of the security to be afforded thereby, such determinations to be certified in a Officers’ Certificate delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee.

For the avoidance of doubt, “Excluded Property” shall not include any proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements of Excluded Property (unless such proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Property).

The Collateral was pledged pursuant to Security Documents substantially identical to the security documents to secure the Priority Payment Lien Obligations, with such conforming changes necessary to reflect that the obligations secured by the Security Documents are the Notes Obligations and other changes, if any, requested by the Collateral Agent or the Trustee. For the avoidance of doubt, no assets of any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (including any Equity Interests owned by any such Subsidiary) shall constitute Collateral.

In addition, in the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (as amended or modified from time to time) is interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Issuer due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock secures the Notes, then the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Collateral but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement (the “Rule 3-16 Exception”). In such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent on the shares of Capital Stock that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Collateral. In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (as amended or modified from time to time) is interpreted by the SEC to permit (or are replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to secure the Notes in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part of the Collateral but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement requirement.

We may not have taken the actions required to perfect the security interests in all of the Collateral by the Issue Date. To the extent not completed by the Issue Date, such actions are required to be taken after the Issue Date within periods specified in the Indenture or the Security Documents.

Certain Limitations on the Collateral. The right of the Collateral Agent to take possession and dispose of the Collateral following an Event of Default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against the Issuer or any Guarantor prior to the Collateral Agent having taken possession and disposed of the Collateral. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor is prohibited from taking its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security taken from such debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents or profits of such collateral) even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.”

141

The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, or whether or to what extent Holders would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Collateral pursuant to the requirement of “adequate protection.”

Furthermore, in the event a U.S. bankruptcy court determines the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any prior Liens) is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Priority Payment Lien Obligations, the Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, the Priority Payment Lien Obligations would be repaid in full prior to any payments being made on the Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and then the holders of the Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness would hold secured claims to the extent of the remaining value of the Collateral, and would hold unsecured claims with respect to any shortfall. Applicable U.S. bankruptcy laws permit the payment and/or accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys’ fees during a debtor’s bankruptcy case only to the extent the claims are oversecured or the debtor is solvent at the time of reorganization. In addition, if the Issuer or any Guarantor were to become the subject of a bankruptcy case, the bankruptcy court, among other things, may avoid certain pre-petition transfers made by the entity that is the subject of the bankruptcy filing, including, without limitation, transfers held to be preferences or fraudulent conveyances.

The Issuer and the Guarantors generally are not required to take any actions to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral beyond the filing of UCC financing statements, mortgages on Material Real Properties, delivery of certificates and instruments evidencing pledges of Equity Interests and Indebtedness and delivering control agreements as described in the second paragraph under “—Use and Release of Collateral” and filings with respect to U.S. registered intellectual property. To the extent the Collateral Agent does not have a perfected security interest in any Collateral, the Collateral Agent’s security interest will not be enforceable against third parties.

Use and Release of Collateral

Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have commenced enforcement of remedies under the Security Documents, the Issuer and the Guarantors have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the Collateral, to freely operate the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon.

The Indenture and the Security Documents does, however, generally require the Issuer and the Guarantors to deliver to the collateral agent under the Credit Agreement or, if the Credit Agreement is not in effect, other Priority Payment Lien Obligations and for such collateral agent to maintain in its possession certificates and instruments evidencing pledges of Equity Interests and Indebtedness and, subject to exceptions specified in the Indenture and the Security Documents, to maintain all cash and cash equivalents of the Issuer and the Guarantors at an account or accounts with a financial institution that has entered into a control agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent with respect to such account(s).

Release of Collateral. The Indenture provides that the Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes will automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person be released:

(1) in whole or in part, as applicable, as to all or any portion of property subject to such Liens which has been taken by eminent domain, condemnation or other similar circumstances;

(2) in whole upon:

(a) satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as described below under “—Satisfaction and Discharge”; or

142

(b) legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Indenture as described below under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance”;

(3) in part, as to any property that (a) is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Issuer or any Guarantor (other than to the Issuer or another Guarantor) in a transaction not prohibited by the Indenture at the time of such sale, transfer or disposition or (b) is owned or at any time acquired by a Guarantor that has been released from its Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture, concurrently with the release of such Guarantee (including in connection with the designation of a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary);

(4) as set forth under “—Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral, with the consent of holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding (or, in the case of a release of all or substantially all of the Collateral, with the consent of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding), including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes; and

(5) in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents and as described below with respect to the Intercreditor Agreement.

To the extent applicable, the Issuer will cause Trust Indenture Act § 313(b), relating to reports, and Trust Indenture Act § 314(d), relating to the release of property or securities or relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien of the security documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by Trust Indenture Act § 314(d) may be made by an officer of the Issuer except in cases where Trust Indenture Act § 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, the Issuer is not required to comply with all or any portion of Trust Indenture Act § 314(d) if it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of Trust Indenture Act § 314(d) and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Trust Indenture Act § 314(d) is inapplicable to one or a series of released Collateral.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding two paragraphs, the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall be entitled to receive an officer’s certificate and opinion of counsel stating that the release is authorized or permitted by the terms of the Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such release required by the Indenture have been complied with.

Intercreditor Agreement

On the Issue Date, the Collateral Agent and the collateral agent under the Credit Agreement entered into an intercreditor agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) that was acknowledged by the Issuer and the Guarantors. Following the Issue Date, additional collateral agents for the holders of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness may become party to the Intercreditor Agreement subject to compliance with certain procedural requirements in the Intercreditor Agreement. The Notes and other obligations secured by the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Priority Payment Lien Obligations secured by Liens in favor of the collateral agent under the Credit Agreement and the obligations in respect of any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness secured by Liens in favor of any other collateral agent that becomes party to the Intercreditor Agreement are each referred to as a “class” of First Lien Obligations in this section.

The Intercreditor Agreement provides that, notwithstanding the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any liens on any Collateral in which the Collateral Agent and one or more collateral agents for any class of Priority Payment Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness have

143

perfected security interests (any such Collateral as to which the Collateral Agent and any other collateral agent have such a perfected security interest being referred to as “Shared Collateral”), the Collateral Agent and each other collateral agent with respect to such Shared Collateral has equal rights to enforce the respective security interests in the Shared Collateral subject to certain other provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; provided that the Priority Payment Lien Obligations have priority in right of payment upon a foreclosure or a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event and will be repaid prior to payment of the Notes Obligations and the Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness.

The Intercreditor Agreement provides that none of the Collateral Agent, the collateral agent under the Credit Agreement, any additional collateral agent for the holders of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or any holders of First Lien Obligations shall contest or support any person in contesting in any proceeding (including a bankruptcy proceeding) the perfection, priority, validity, attachment or enforceability of a lien held by or on behalf of any other collateral agent or any holders of First Lien Obligations in the Shared Collateral; provided that the foregoing shall not impair the right of any collateral agent or holder of First Lien Obligations to enforce the Intercreditor Agreement. In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement provides that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, grant or permit or suffer to exist any additional liens on any asset or property to secure the Priority Payment Lien Obligations, the Notes Obligations or any class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness unless it has granted a lien on such asset or property to secure the Priority Payment Lien Obligations, the Notes Obligations and each other class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, as the case may be; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Priority Payment Lien Obligations and any Pari Passu Lien Obligations from being secured by any Capital Stock that does not secure the Notes Obligations or any Pari Passu Lien Obligations due to the Rule 3-16 Exception.

If (i) an event of default under any document governing any First Lien Obligations shall have occurred and be continuing and any of the Collateral Agent, the collateral agent for the Credit Agreement or the collateral agent for any class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or any secured party in respect of any class of First Lien Obligations is taking action to enforce rights or exercise remedies in respect of any Shared Collateral, (ii) any distribution is made in respect of any Shared Collateral in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding of the Issuer or any Guarantor or (iii) the Collateral Agent, any other such collateral agent or any such secured party receives any payment with respect to any Shared Collateral pursuant to any intercreditor agreement (other than the Intercreditor Agreement), then the proceeds of any sale, collection or other liquidation of any Shared Collateral obtained by such Collateral Agent, any other such collateral agent or any such secured party in respect of any First Lien Obligations on account of such enforcement of rights or exercise of remedies, and any such distributions or payments received by such Collateral Agent, any other such collateral agent or any such secured party in respect of any First Lien Obligations shall be applied as follows (1) first, to (a) the payment of all amounts owing to such collateral agent (in its capacity as such) pursuant to the terms of any document related to the First Lien Obligations, (b) in the case of any such enforcement of rights or exercise of remedies, to the payment of all costs and expenses incurred by such collateral agent or any of its related secured parties in respect of First Lien Obligations in connection therewith and (c) in the case of any such payment pursuant to any such intercreditor agreement, to the payment of all costs and expenses incurred by such collateral agent or any of its related secured parties in enforcing its rights thereunder to obtain such payment, (2) second, to the payment in full of any Priority Payment Lien Obligations (including any post-petition interest with respect thereto, whether or not allowable in any bankruptcy case) and the termination of any commitments thereunder, (3) third, to the payment in full of the Notes Obligations and all Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness secured by a valid and perfected lien on such Shared Collateral at the time due and payable (the amounts so applied to be distributed, as among such classes of First Lien Obligations, ratably in accordance with the amounts of the First Lien Obligations of each such class on the date of such application), (4) fourth, after payment in full of all the First Lien Obligations secured by such Shared Collateral, to the holders of junior liens on the Shared Collateral and (5) fifth, to the Issuer and the other Guarantors or their successors or assigns or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

Nothing in the Intercreditor Agreement shall affect the ability of any of the Collateral Agent, the collateral agent for the Credit Agreement, other collateral agent in respect of any class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or

144

any of the secured parties in respect of any First Lien Obligations (i) to enforce any rights and exercise any remedies with respect to any Shared Collateral available under the documents related to such Priority Payment Lien Obligations, Notes Obligations or the Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or applicable law or (ii) to commence any action or proceeding with respect to such rights or remedies; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) each collateral agent and its related secured parties shall remain subject to, and bound by, all covenants or agreements made in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) each collateral agent has agreed, on behalf of itself and its related secured parties, that, prior to the commencement of any enforcement of rights or any exercise of remedies with respect to any Shared Collateral by such collateral agent or any of its related secured parties, such collateral agent or its related secured party, as the case may be, shall provide written notice thereof to each other collateral agent as far in advance of such commencement as reasonably practicable, and shall consult with each collateral agent on a regular basis in connection with such enforcement or exercise, and (c) each collateral agent agrees, on behalf of itself and its related secured parties, that such collateral agent and its related secured parties shall cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner with each other collateral agent and its related secured parties in any enforcement of rights or any exercise of remedies with respect to any Shared Collateral.

With respect to any Shared Collateral on which a Lien can be perfected by the possession or control of such Shared Collateral or of any deposit, securities or other account in which such Shared Collateral is held, then the applicable collateral agent in respect of Priority Payment Lien Obligations, Notes Obligations or the Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness that holds or controls such Shared Collateral shall also hold such Shared Collateral as gratuitous bailee and sub-agent for each other collateral agent in respect of the Notes Obligations, Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and Priority Payment Lien Obligations. Any such collateral agent that holds Shared Collateral as gratuitous bailee and sub-agent shall be entitled to deal with the applicable pledged or controlled Shared Collateral as if the liens thereon of the collateral agent or secured parties of any other class of First Priority Obligations did not exist; provided that any proceeds arising from such pledged or controlled Shared Collateral shall be subject to the waterfall provisions set forth in the fourth paragraph of this section. Until the payment in full of the obligations under the Credit Agreement, the collateral agent under the Credit Agreement shall hold all such Collateral (for itself and as bailee for the Collateral Agent) which can be perfected by control or possession and, after the payment in full of such obligations, the collateral agent with respect to the class of First Priority Obligations of the largest principal amount at such time shall hold such Collateral.

The Intercreditor Agreement provides that the Collateral Agent and each collateral agent under the First Priority Obligations will have a right to exercise any remedies under any control agreement over a deposit account or securities account to which it is party; provided that the proceeds of any such exercise of remedies will be subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

The Intercreditor Agreement shall not limit the Issuer’s ability to amend or refinance the Notes, Priority Payment Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness (although the Issuer will remain subject to the restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement, the Indenture and the documents governing any Priority Payment Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness).

Sufficiency of Collateral

There can be no assurance that the proceeds from the sale of the Collateral in whole or in part pursuant to the Security Documents following an Event of Default would be sufficient to satisfy the Notes Obligations. The fair market value of the Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the condition of the dialysis industry, the ability to sell the Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. The amount to be received upon a sale of the Collateral will also be dependent on numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the actual fair market value of the Collateral at such time and the timing and the manner of the sale. By their nature, portions of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In addition, the fact that the lenders under the Priority Payment Lien Obligations will receive proceeds from enforcement of the Collateral before holders of the Notes and that other Persons may have first-priority Liens in respect of Collateral pursuant to Permitted Liens could have a

145

material adverse effect on the amount that holders of the Notes would receive upon a sale or other disposition of the Collateral. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Collateral can be sold in a short period of time or in an orderly manner. If the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the Collateral were not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes, the holders of the Notes (to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the Collateral) would have only an unsecured claim against the remaining assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors. See “Risk Factors—Risk Related to the Notes—The value of the Collateral securing the Notes may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations under the Notes and the other obligations secured by an equal and ratable lien on the Collateral.”

To the extent that third parties hold Liens permitted by the Security Documents and the Indenture, such third parties will have rights and remedies with respect to the assets subject to such Liens that, if exercised, could adversely affect the value of the Collateral or the ability of the Collateral Agent acting for the benefit of the Trustee or the holders of the Notes to realize or foreclose on the Collateral. In addition, the ability of the Collateral Agent acting for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of Notes to realize on the Collateral may be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations in the event of a bankruptcy. See “—Collateral—Certain Limitations on the Collateral.”

In addition, as noted above, the Issuer and the Guarantors (other than American Renal Management LLC) are holding companies for our joint venture subsidiaries that operate the clinics. Our joint venture subsidiaries are not Guarantors, and their assets do not secure the Notes Obligations.

Further Assurances; After-Acquired Collateral

Subject to the limitations described above, the Security Documents and the Indenture provides that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, at their expense, duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further agreements, documents and instruments, and do or cause to be done such further acts as may be necessary or proper, or which the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, to evidence, perfect, maintain and enforce the lien in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent and the priority thereof and benefits intended to be conferred as contemplated by, and to otherwise effectuate the provisions or purposes of, the Indenture and the Security Documents.

Upon the acquisition by the Issuer or any Guarantor after the Issue Date of (1) any after-acquired assets, including, but not limited to, any after-acquired Material Real Property or any equipment or fixtures which constitute accretions, additions or technological upgrades to the equipment or fixtures or any working capital assets that, in any such case, form part of the Collateral, or (2) any replacement assets in compliance with the covenant described below under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales,” the Issuer or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver, (i) with regard to any Material Real Property, a mortgage and supporting documentation specified in the Indenture within 90 days of the date of acquisition, and (ii) to the extent required by the Security Documents, any information, documentation, financing statements or other certificates and opinions of counsel as may be necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, in such after-acquired property (other than Excluded Property) and to have such after-acquired property added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such after-acquired property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will

146

offer a change of control payment (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice to each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in the notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with and Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The provisions described above that require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control are applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders of the Notes to require that the Issuer repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described above under the caption “—Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a

147

holder of Notes to require the Issuer to repurchase its Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Asset Sales

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Issuer (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(2) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Collateral, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has complied with the provisions of the Indenture and the Security Documents; and

(3) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash. For purposes of this paragraph (3), each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(a) Cash Equivalents;

(b) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s most recent consolidated balance sheet) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to an agreement that releases the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

(c) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of receipt, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;

(d)(i) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (x) any such Designated Noncash Consideration that is converted into Cash Equivalents shall be treated as Net Proceeds in the manner set forth below and (y) in the event such Designated Noncash Consideration is an Investment, such Designated Noncash Consideration shall reduce amounts available under clause (16) of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” as determined by the Issuer, and (ii) any Designated Noncash Consideration the Fair Market Value of which, when taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (ii) (and not subsequently converted into Cash Equivalents that are treated as Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale), does not exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 3% of Total Assets at the time of receipt since the Issue Date, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and

(e) any Capital Stock, Investments or assets permitted by clause (2) or (4) of the next paragraph.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale the Issuer (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) to repay or prepay any (x) Priority Payment Lien Obligations; provided that if the Priority Payment Lien Obligation is revolving credit Indebtedness, the Issuer shall effect a corresponding reduction of commitments with respect thereto or (y) Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien on the assets sold whose prepayment is required by its terms upon such Asset Sale;

(2) to (x) acquire Capital Stock of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect thereto, such Person is or becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or (y) make Investments pursuant to clause (16) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

148

(3) to make capital expenditures; or

(4) to acquire assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business;

provided that (i) the requirements of clauses (2) through (4) above shall be deemed to be satisfied if an agreement (including a lease, whether a capital lease or an operating lease) committing to make the acquisitions or expenditures referred to in any of clauses (2) through (4) above is entered into by the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary within 365 days after the receipt of such Net Proceeds with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment in accordance with such agreement within 180 days of such commitment and if such Net Proceeds are not so applied within such 180-day period, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds (as defined below), and (ii) the requirement of clause (2)(x) shall be deemed to be satisfied with respect to any Net Proceeds from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to the extent an amount equal to such Net Proceeds was used as described in clause (2)(x) within 365 days prior to the receipt of such Net Proceeds. In addition, to the extent that the assets that were the subject of the Asset Sale constituted Collateral, the assets acquired with the proceeds pursuant to any of clauses (2) through (4) above or acquired as consideration for such Assets Sale shall constitute Collateral.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the third paragraph of this covenant will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, within ten business days thereof, the Issuer will make an Asset Sale Offer to:

(i) in the case of Net Proceeds from Collateral, all holders of First Lien Obligations, and

(ii) in the case of any other Net Proceeds, all holders of First Lien Obligations and all holders of other Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (“Pari Passu Debt”).

The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of First Lien Obligations (in the case of Net Proceeds from Collateral) or First Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Debt (in the case of any other Net Proceeds) tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased, and the representative(s) for the holders of other First Lien Obligations shall select such other First Lien Obligations to be purchased and prepaid, on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

The Credit Agreement provides that certain change of control or asset sale events with respect to the Issuer or repurchases of or other prepayments in respect of the Notes would constitute a default under the Credit Agreement. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Issuer becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the event a Change of Control or Asset Sale

149

occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Issuer could seek the consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuer does not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, the Issuer will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such case, the Issuer’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under the Credit Agreement and other agreements governing the Issuer’s Indebtedness.

Intercompany Loan Refinancing

Subject to the following proviso, promptly following receipt of Net Proceeds from any Intercompany Loan Refinancing, the Issuer shall, to the extent thereof:

(1) prepay, or make an offer to prepay term loans that are Priority Payment Lien Obligations, and prepay such term loans to the extent the lenders thereof shall accept such offer in accordance with the terms of the applicable credit agreement, or reduce, or make an offer to reduce, the commitments under any revolving credit facility that is a Priority Payment Lien Obligation (and prepay any borrowings thereunder to the extent that the aggregate amount of credit exposures thereunder exceeds the aggregate amount of commitments) and, in the case of an offer to reduce, reduce the commitments of the lenders that accept such offer (and prepay such borrowings); and/or

(2) make an offer to purchase the Notes at a price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase and if applicable, to make an offer to purchase or prepay to the holders of other First Lien Obligations that by their terms require the Issuer to make an offer to purchase or prepay such First Lien Obligations upon an Intercompany Loan Refinancing (the “Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer”), and to purchase or prepay such First Lien Obligations on a pro rata basis with the Notes;

provided that the Issuer is not required to prepay, reduce commitments, make offers to prepay, reduce commitments or purchase Notes pursuant to clauses (1) and/or (2) above until the aggregate amount of proceeds received from one or more Intercompany Loan Refinancings (“Proceeds Amount”) exceeds $4.0 million.

Pending the final application of any such proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture. If any such proceeds remain after consummation of the offer(s), as applicable, referred to above, the Issuer may use those proceeds for any purposes not prohibited by the Indenture and the Proceeds Amount shall be reset at zero.

Agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Issuer becomes a party in the future may contain restrictions on the Issuer’s ability to purchase Notes. In the event an Intercompany Loan Refinancing occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Issuer could seek the consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuer does not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, the Issuer will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such case, the Issuer’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under the Credit Agreement and other agreements governing the Issuer’s Indebtedness.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to an Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

150

Certain Covenants

Restricted Payments

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(A) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer);

(B) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer) any Equity Interests of the Issuer, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer;

(C) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except (i) a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof or (ii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any such subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or payment at final maturity, in each case within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or

(D) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (A) through (D) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the Measurement Period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other clauses of next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer since the Issue Date as a contribution to its equity capital (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock and Excluded Contributions) or from the issue or sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

151

(c) an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries resulting from (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date and (B) repurchases, redemptions and repayments of such Restricted Investments and the receipt of any dividends or distributions from such Restricted Investments (other than, in each case, to the extent such Investment was made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to clause (15) or (18) below and such amounts received have been applied to increase availability under either such clause); plus

(d) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer designated as such after the Issue Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s interest in such Subsidiary immediately prior to such redesignation and (B) the aggregate amount of the Issuer’s Investments in such Subsidiary that was previously treated as a Restricted Payment (other than, in each case, to the extent such Investment was made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to clause (15) or (18) below and such amounts received have been applied to increase availability under either such clause); plus

(e) in the event the Issuer and/or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer makes any Investment in a Person that, as a result of or in connection with such Investment, becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, an amount equal to the existing Investment of the Issuer and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person that was previously treated as a Restricted Payment (other than to the extent such Investment was made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to clause (15) or (18) below and such amounts received have been applied to increase availability under either such clause).

The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of equity capital to the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;

(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, or from the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of equity capital to the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;

(4) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which Disqualified Stock was issued after the Issue Date in accordance with the provisions of the covenant described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Replacement Preferred Stock that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described below under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

152

(6) the payment of any dividend (or any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the holders of its Equity Interests, including payments to non-Affiliates on a pro rata basis;

(7) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary owned by a Strategic Investor if such repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value is made for consideration not in excess of the Fair Market Value of such Equity Interests (a) pursuant to any repurchase obligation to such Strategic Investor or (b) if no Default exists or would result therefrom;

(8) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any dividend payment or other distribution by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent holding company of the Issuer utilized for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Holdings or such other direct or indirect parent holding company held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings or such other parent holding company, in each case, pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement or benefit plan or other agreement of any kind; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year (it being understood, however, that unused amounts permitted to be paid pursuant to this proviso are available to be carried over to subsequent fiscal years but in no event shall the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests exceed $10.0 million in any year); provided further that such amount in any fiscal year may be further increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer as equity capital (other than Disqualified Stock), Equity Interests of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph (and, to the extent utilized pursuant to this clause (8), such amount will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph), and excluding Excluded Contributions, plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (8);

and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

(9) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, rights or warrants to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those options, rights or warrants;

(10) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Guarantee with any Excess Proceeds that remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer;

(11) after the occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days after the completion of the offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to the covenant described above under “—Repurchase at the Option of

153

Holders—Change of Control” (including the purchase of the Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Guarantee required pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control at a purchase or redemption price not to exceed 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest;

(12) cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issuable as dividends on preferred stock or upon the conversion of any preferred stock or convertible debt securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(13) Permitted Payments to Parent;

(14) the payment:

(a) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, which payment is used by the Person receiving such payment, following the first initial public offering of common Equity Interests by such Person, to pay dividends of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by such Person in such public offering (or any subsequent public offering of common Equity Interests of such Person) that are contributed to the Issuer as equity capital (other than Disqualified Stock), or

(b) by the Issuer, following the first initial public offering of common Equity Interests by the Issuer, to pay dividends of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in such public offering (or any subsequent public offering of common Equity Interests by the Issuer)

(excluding, in the case of both clause (a) and clause (b), public offerings of common Equity Interests registered on Form S-8 and any other public sale to the extent the proceeds thereof are Excluded Contributions);

(15) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(16) payment of fees and reimbursement of other expenses to the Permitted Holders in connection with the Transactions as described in this prospectus under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” or dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund such payments;

(17) all payments to be made under the Merger Agreement and all other payments made or to be made in connection with the Transactions (including payments made to C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. to permit it to make such payments) as set forth in this prospectus, including payments to stockholders, and holders of options and warrants for common stock, of the merger consideration (or, in the case of options and warrants, the merger consideration less the exercise price thereof), and all payments made to former stockholders of the Issuer who have validly exercised appraisal rights, in connection with the Transactions;

(18) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (18) not to exceed the greater of (a) $15.0 million and (b) 3.0% of Total Assets at the time made; and

(19) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation and distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and any other payments, in each case, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

provided that in the case of clause (4), (10), (11), (14) or (18), no Default shall exist or result therefrom.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will, if the Fair Market Value thereof exceeds $15.0 million, be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee.

154

For purposes of determining compliance with the provisions set forth above, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Restricted Payments described in the above clauses, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may order and classify, and from time to time may reorder and reclassify, such Restricted Payment if it would have been permitted at the time such Restricted Payment was made and at the time of any such reclassification.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Issuer will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Issuer or any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.00 to 1.00.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or the issuance of any of the following items of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) the incurrence by the Issuer and/or any Guarantor of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma basis, for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of any incurrence under this clause (1); less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary applied since the Issue Date to repay any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales,” less the aggregate amount of term loans prepaid or revolving commitments reduced pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Intercompany Loan Refinancings”;

(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors of the Existing Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date;

(3) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes to be issued on the Issue Date, the Guarantees of all of the Notes and the Exchange Notes, and the Exchange Notes to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(4)(x) Acquired Debt or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of any Person that is acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or that consolidates or merges with or into a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided, however, that (i) such Acquired Debt, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock existed prior to such acquisition, consolidation or merger and was not incurred or issued in connection therewith, or in contemplation thereof; and (ii) after giving effect thereto, the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant; or

(y) Acquired Debt or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of any Person that consolidates or merges into the Issuer or any Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided, however, that (i) such Acquired Debt, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock existed prior to such consolidation or merger and was not incurred or issued in connection therewith, or in contemplation thereof; and (ii) after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Debt, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock;

(5) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or Replacement Preferred Stock in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to

155

renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) or any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock that was permitted by the Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (2) or (3) of this paragraph or this clause (5);

(6) the incurrence by the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary that meets the requirements of clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of “Qualified Restricted Subsidiary” of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor and any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

(a) if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Issuer or the Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor, except to the extent such subordination would violate any applicable law, rule or regulation; and

(b)(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being owed to a Person other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute a new incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which new incurrence is not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the issuance by any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or to any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, and

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute a new issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary which new issuance is not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations for the purpose of limiting interest rate, currency or commodity risk;

(9) the guarantee:

(a) by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Notes, then the guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

(b)(i) by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is not a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is not a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary; and

(c) by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary incurred pursuant to clause (15) or (16) of this covenant (up to the indirect or indirect proportionate ownership interest in such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary by the Issuer);

(10) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, performance bonds, surety bonds, appeal bonds or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business;

156

(11) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, so long as such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days;

(12) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, holdback, contingency payment obligations or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(13) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(14) the incurrence of Indebtedness resulting from endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business;

(15) the incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock by Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount not to exceed (net of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held by any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary not included in the calculation under clause (16) below, up to the amount of Indebtedness of such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary under this clause (15)) at any time outstanding, the greater of (i) $25.0 million and (ii) an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of any incurrence under this clause (15);

(16) if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be greater than 4.50 to 1.00, (a) the incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or Replacement Preferred Stock by Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to refinance Indebtedness owed, or Disqualified Stock issued, to the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with clause (6) of this paragraph, or (b) the sale to any Person that is not Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness owed, or Disqualified Stock issued, by a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with clause (6) of this paragraph (either clause (a) or (b), an “Intercompany Loan Refinancing”), in an aggregate principal amount under this clause (16) not to exceed (net of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held by any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary not included in the calculation under clause (15) above, up to the amount of Indebtedness of such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary under this clause (16)) at any time outstanding, the greater of (i) $25.0 million and (ii) an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, for the most recently ended of four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of any incurrence under this clause (16);

(17) Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of netting services, overdraft protection and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts; provided that such Indebtedness remains outstanding for ten business days or less;

(18) Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and refinancings thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $15.0 million;

(19) the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value or liquidation preference, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and all Replacement Preferred Stock incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (19), not to exceed $15.0 million;

(20) Indebtedness in respect of promissory notes issued to Strategic Investors in connection with repurchases of Equity Interests permitted by clause (7) of the second paragraph under the caption “—Restricted Payments”;

157

(21) Indebtedness owed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to future, current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in clause (8) of the second paragraph under the caption “—Restricted Payments”;

(22) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, or property, casualty or liability insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(25) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are substantially concurrent with the incurrence thereof deposited and used to defease the Notes as provided for below under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “—Satisfaction and Discharge”;

(26) incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Contribution Indebtedness;

(27) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance or surety bonds or obligations of a similar nature issued for the account of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid, performance or surety obligations (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed);

(28) Indebtedness in the form of earn-outs, contingent payments, seller notes, indemnification, incentive, non-compete, consulting or similar arrangements in connection with Permitted Investments or in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Equity Interests for the purpose of financing or in contemplation of any such acquisition; provided that (a) any amount of such obligations included on the face of the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be permitted under this clause (28) and (b) in the case of a disposition, the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such obligations outstanding under this clause (28) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; or

(29) Standard Securitization Undertakings incurred in a Qualified Receivables Transaction permitted under the Indenture.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (29) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant except that Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” above. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue

158

discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Issuer as accrued (other than the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles).

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(a) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

(b) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

No Layering of Debt

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or of such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantors solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior priority Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

Liens

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind, on or with respect to the Collateral except Permitted Collateral Liens. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

159

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(2) the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement;

(3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order, including any requirement of any governmental healthcare programs;

(4) any instrument or agreement governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or any of its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person or any of its Subsidiaries, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred;

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(6) customary restrictions in leases (including capital leases), security agreements or mortgages or other purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(8) any instrument or agreement governing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained therein are not materially more restrictive (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(9) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(10) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) customary provisions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials;

(12) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(13) contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in any manner material to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(14) restrictions on the transfer of property or assets required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any of their businesses;

(15) any instrument or agreement governing Indebtedness or preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is incurred or issued subsequent to the Issue Date and not in violation of the covenant

160

described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that the Issuer’s Board of Directors determines in good faith that restrictions are not reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on the Issuer’s and/or Guarantors’ ability to make principal and interest payments on the Notes;

(16) customary provisions in joint venture and other similar agreements, including agreements related to the ownership and operation of dialysis clinics, relating solely to such joint venture or facilities or the Persons who own Equity Interests therein;

(17) any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the Indebtedness, preferred stock, Liens, agreements, contracts, licenses, leases, subleases, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1), (2), (4) and (15) above; provided, however, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, (as determined by the Issuer in good faith) than those restrictions contained in the Indebtedness, preferred stock, Liens, agreements, contracts, licenses, leases, subleases, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1), (2), (4) and (15) above, as applicable prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing;

(18) customary provisions in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

(19) restrictions in Management Agreements that require the payment of management fees to the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to payment of dividends or distributions.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (i) the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to other Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

Distributions by Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries

Except to the extent restricted pursuant to any Permitted Payment Restrictions, the Issuer shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, cause each Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to declare and pay regular monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual dividends or distributions to the holders of its Capital Stock in an amount equal to substantially all of the available cash flow of such Restricted Subsidiary for such period as determined in good faith by the board of directors, board of governors or such other individuals performing similar functions, subject to fiduciary duties applicable to such board or individual and such ordinary and customary reserves and other amounts as, in the good faith judgment of such individuals, may be necessary so that the business of such Restricted Subsidiary may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times, including amounts necessary for operations, capital expenditures, debt service and other needs.

If, at any time, any Restricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements set forth in the definition of “Qualified Restricted Subsidiary,” it will thereafter cease to be a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture governing the Notes and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuer will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary not to be a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under

161

the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” and (2) no Default would be in existence following such designation. In the event (x) a Restricted Subsidiary fails to meet the requirements to be a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary or (y) the Board of Directors designates a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary not to be a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary, then all Investments in such Subsidiary since the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been acquired and consequently reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments” or the amount available for Restricted Investments under clause (16) of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” as determined by the Issuer. As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries are Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(1) either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made (collectively, the “Successor”) is a corporation or a limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

(2) the Successor assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplement indenture and other agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; provided, however, that at all times, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia must be a co-issuer or the issuer of the Notes if such surviving Person is not a corporation;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) the Issuer or the Successor would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period:

(a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

(b) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that is greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) the Successor promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Liens of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor, together with such financing statements as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant states;

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with the Indenture and that such supplemental indenture, amendments, supplements or other instruments relating to the applicable Security Documents, if any, comply with the Indenture and an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in a customary form including customary qualifications to the effect that such amendments, supplements or other instruments are enforceable;

162

(7) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor shall:

(a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Security Documents,

(b) be subject to the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the holders of the First Lien Obligations, and

(c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens; and

(8) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types that would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after acquired property and the Successor shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

Clauses (3) and (4) above will not apply to:

(1) a merger of the Issuer with an Affiliate for the sole purpose and effect of reincorporating the Issuer in another jurisdiction;

(2) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors; and

(3) the consolidation or merger, or sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or part of its assets, by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Holdings will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Holdings is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(1) either: (a) Holdings is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made (collectively, the “Successor Holdings”) is a corporation or a limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

(2) the Successor Holdings assumes all the obligations of Holdings under the Notes, the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture and other agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) the Successor Holdings promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Liens of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Holdings, together with such financing statements as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant states;

(5) Holdings shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such amendments, supplements or other instruments, if any, comply with the Indenture and that such amendments, supplements or other instruments, relating to the applicable Security Documents, if any, comply with the Indenture and an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in a customary form including customary qualifications to the effect that such amendments, supplements or other instruments are enforceable;

163

(6) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Holdings shall:

(a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Security Documents,

(b) be subject to the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the holders of the First Lien Obligations, and

(c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens; and

(7) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Holdings, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types that would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after acquired property and the Successor Holdings shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture.

Transactions with Affiliates

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.5 million (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(a) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(b) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee (i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, together with a certified copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction or Affiliate Transactions; and (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto;

(2) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that is an Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the Issuer owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(4) payment of reasonable directors’ fees;

(5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to Affiliates of the Issuer;

(6) Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments”;

164

(7) payment of fees and the reimbursement of other expenses to the Permitted Holders in connection with the Transactions as described in this prospectus under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”;

(8) loans (or cancellation of loans) or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(9) transactions with joint ventures, Unrestricted Subsidiaries, customers, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners (including, without limitation, physicians) or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case which are in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, pursuant to joint venture agreements) and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture, and which are fair to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(10) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of their obligations, if any, or obligations of Holdings under the terms of, any subscription, registration rights or stockholders agreement, partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement or similar agreement to which Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the entering into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date will only be permitted by this clause to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement, taken as a whole, are not materially disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Issuer;

(11) the Transactions, including all payments made or to be made in connection with the Transactions as described in this prospectus;

(12) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and any Permitted Payments to Parent;

(13)(i) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor and/or any of its Affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by the majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith in an aggregate amount for all such fees for any transaction not to exceed 2.00% of the aggregate value of such transaction and (ii) fees payable pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as amended in a manner not adverse in any material respect to the holders of Notes;

(14) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for compensation purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(15) any lease or sublease entered into between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Issuer, as lessor or sublessor, which is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(16) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Existing Indebtedness and any other obligations pursuant to an agreement existing on the Issue Date as described in this prospectus, including any amendment thereto (so long as such amendment is not adverse to the holders of the Notes in any material respect);

(18) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction is fair

165

to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view and which are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith; and

(19) customary transactions pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transactions.

Business Activities

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Activities of Holdings

Holdings may not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than (1) the issuance of its Equity Interests to its shareholders, (2) the incurrence of Indebtedness as a guarantor of the Notes, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the Issuer under the covenant described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by the Issuer as primary obligor and not retained by Holdings, and (3) activities incidental thereto. Neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall engage in any transactions with Holdings in violation of the immediately preceding sentence.

Additional Guarantors

If, after the Issue Date, (i) the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, create a Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), (ii) any Person shall become a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not an Excluded Subsidiary (including by way of acquisition of Equity Interests of such Person by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary) or (iii) the Issuer otherwise elects to have any Restricted Subsidiary become a Guarantor, then, in each such case, and, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), within 30 days of the creation of such Subsidiary or such Person becoming a Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary, the Issuer shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to: (a) execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee Agreement and any joinders to the Security Documents and/or additional Security Documents and effect all filings and other actions, in each case, necessary to grant valid and perfected security interests in the Collateral of such Restricted Subsidiary to secure the First Lien Obligations, and (b) deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee that such Guarantee Agreement and Security Documents (x) have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and (y) constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments” or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Issuer. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to

166

such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments.” If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuer will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness and Liens by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness and Liens of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness and Liens are permitted under the covenants described under the captions “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “ —Liens” and (2) such designation would not cause a Default.

Payments for Consent

Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Reports

From and After the Exchange Offer Filing Date

From and after the Exchange Offer Filing Date, and whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and to Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, and the holders of Notes, within the time periods that are applicable to the Issuer (or, if not applicable, would be if the Issuer were required to file such reports under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as a non-accelerated filer):

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, if the Issuer were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the Issuer’s consolidated financial condition and results of operation and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Issuer’s independent registered public accountants but not any assessment, attestation or audit of internal controls pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports.

In addition, the Issuer agrees that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to any beneficial owner of Notes or to any prospective purchaser of Notes in connection with any sale thereof, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Issuer shall also comply with the provisions of Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

In addition, whether or not required by the SEC, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for a company required to file reports under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of

167

the Exchange Act (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Issuer agrees that it will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept such filings for any reason, the Issuer will post the reports specified in the preceding sentence on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Issuer were required to file those reports with the SEC.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement described in the Registration Rights Agreement (1) by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in this prospectus, to the extent filed within the times specified above, or (2) by posting reports that would be required to be filed substantially in the form required by the SEC (subject to the limitations set forth above) on the Issuer’s website (or that of any of its parent companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the financial information (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation”) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in this prospectus, to the extent filed within the times specified above.

Before and After the Exchange Offer Filing Date

For so long as any notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall:

(1) beginning with the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2010, within 15 business days after filing with the Trustee or filing with the SEC the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to the above, hold a conference call for Permitted Parties to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

(2) issue a press release to any U.S. nationally recognized wire service or employ other means commercially reasonably expected to reach Permitted Parties no fewer than three business days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (1) above, announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Permitted Parties to contact the appropriate person at the Issuer to obtain such information;

provided that, after an initial public offering of common stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, no separate press release or conference call shall be required to comply with the foregoing if the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer conducts customary earnings conference calls and issues press releases in connection therewith.

Events of Default and Remedies

Each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to, the Notes;

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

(3) failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(4) failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Issuer by the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with any of the other agreements or covenants in the Indenture or the Security Documents;

168

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default;

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal at the final Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity;

and, in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more;

(6) with respect to any judgment or decree for the payment of money (net of any amount covered by insurance issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurer that has not contested coverage or reserved rights with respect to an underlying claim) in excess of $10.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, the failure by the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary, as applicable, to pay such judgment or decree, which judgment or decree has remained outstanding for a period of 60 days after such judgment or decree became final and nonappealable without being paid, discharged, waived or stayed;

(7) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary is declared to be unenforceable or invalid by any final and nonappealable judgment or decree or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days after receipt of the notice specified in the Indenture;

(8) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture with respect to the Issuer, Holdings or any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary;

(9) any written repudiation or disaffirmation by the Issuer or any Guarantor of any of its obligations under the Security Documents or the Issuer or any Guarantor asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any security interest in the Collateral is invalid and unenforceable; and

(10) with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $3.0 million, individually or in the aggregate:

(a) the security interest under the Security Documents, at any time, ceases to be in full force and effect for any reason other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, or

(b) any security interest created thereunder or under the Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction.

In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to Holdings, the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee to declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Subject to certain limitations, holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any.

169

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any holders of Notes unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, when due, no holder of a note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes.

The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee within 30 days a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member, partner or other holder of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The Issuer may at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Guarantees (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:

(1) the rights of holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

170

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors released (“Covenant Defeasance”) with respect to the Security Documents and the covenants described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control,” “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales,” “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Intercompany Loan Refinancing,” and “—Certain Covenants” and with respect to certain Events of Default (including bankruptcy default with respect to Significant Subsidiaries, cross-default and judgment default) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including nonpayment and bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events with respect to the Issuer) described under “—Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest), in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(5) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or others; and

(6) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions below, the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents

171

obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that such amendments may not, without the consent of the holders of 75% in principal amount of the Notes outstanding, release all or substantially all of the Collateral other than in accordance with the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents.

Without the consent of each holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the optional redemption of the Notes as described under the caption “—Optional Redemption” (other than provisions relating to the notice period for consummating an optional redemption of the Notes);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes;

(7) make the Notes or the Guarantees subordinated in right of payment to any other obligations or subordinate the Lien securing the Notes Obligations to any other obligations;

(8) release Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or the Indenture, except as permitted by the Indenture;

(9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions; or

(10) after the obligation to make an Asset Sale Offer, Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer or Change of Control Offer, as applicable, arises, amend, change or modify the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” covenant, obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate an Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer with respect to any Intercompany Loan Refinancing in accordance with the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Intercompany Loan Refinancing” covenant or obligation of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders— Change of Control” covenant including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto.

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

172

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to holders of Notes and Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such holder;

(5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(6) to conform the text of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of this Description of the Exchange Notes;

(7) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

(8) to add to the Collateral securing the Notes, to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture;

(9) to release Collateral from the Lien of the Indenture and the Security Documents where permitted by the Indenture and by the Security Documents; or

(10) to appoint a successor collateral agent with respect to the Collateral in favor of the holders of Notes, in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents.

In connection with any amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel each stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by the terms of the Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such amendment required by the Indenture have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture and the Security Documents and related Liens will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

(3) the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case maybe.

173

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Concerning the Trustee

If the Trustee becomes a creditor of the Issuer or any Guarantor, the Indenture limits the right of the Trustee to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee (if the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of Notes, unless such holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Additional Information

Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture without charge by writing to American Renal Holdings Inc., 66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, MA 01915, Attention: Secretary.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all defined terms used therein, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. No Person in whom a Receivables Subsidiary makes an Investment in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction will be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment.

“Applicable Premium” has the meaning set forth under “—Optional Redemption.”

174

“Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, lease (other than operating leases), conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights outside of the ordinary course of business (including any Event of Loss); provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and/or the provisions described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying Equity Interests or Equity Interests required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary).

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $5.0 million;

(2) a transfer of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or of a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to Strategic Investors in connection with the start-up of such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) the sale or lease of products, services or accounts receivable (including at a discount) in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out, negligible, surplus or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;

(5) the sale or other disposition of Cash Equivalents;

(6) a Restricted Payment that does not violate the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” or a Permitted Investment;

(7) the sale or disposition of any assets or property received as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on any secured Investment or any other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) the licensing of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business or in accordance with industry practice;

(9) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(10) leases or subleases to third persons in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(11) transfers of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(12) any sale or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Permitted Liens (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Permitted Lien);

(13) any disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; and

(14) any Intercompany Loan Refinancing if and to the extent the proceeds thereof are utilized as described in “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Intercompany Loan Refinancing.”

“Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Indenture governing the Notes.

175

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, other than for purposes of the definition of Change of Control, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars or, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary, any other currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state, or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank that has capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million;

176

(5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than one year for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and, in each case, maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition; and

(7) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition or money market funds that comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

“CFC” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation (as such term is defined in Section 957(a) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended).

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than Permitted Holders; or

(2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above), other than Permitted Holders, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; provided, however, for purposes of this clause (2), each Person will be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of another Person held by one or more of its Subsidiaries.

“Change of Control Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Indenture governing the Notes.

“Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust FSB, acting in its capacity as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor thereto.

“Consolidated Adjusted Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of

(1) Consolidated Adjusted Secured Net Debt as of such date after giving effect to all incurrences and repayments or discharges of Indebtedness and Liens to occur on such date to (2) the Issuer’s Consolidated EBITDA for the Measurement Period calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

“Consolidated Adjusted Secured Net Debt” means, as of any date, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the type specified in clauses (a), (b) and (g) of the definition thereof of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date determined on a consolidated basis, if such Indebtedness is (x) secured by a Lien or (y) owing by a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, minus (b) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, minus (c) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, up to the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary included in clause (a) of this definition and (y) the amount of such unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary times the percentage of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

177

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such Person for such period plus

(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:

(i) consolidated interest expense (and solely for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, other Fixed Charges) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, increased by payments made in respect of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, minus any payments received in respect of such Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments,

(ii) consolidated tax expense of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period,

(iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization expense of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,

(iv) any Non-Cash Charges for such period,

(v) costs associated with the Transactions made or incurred by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions for such period that are paid, accrued or reserved for within 365 days of the consummation of the Transactions,

(vi) any restructuring charges (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and to closure or consolidation of facilities) for such period and any “Specified Payments” as defined in Schedule 11.2(a)(vi) to the Merger Agreement made during such period,

(vii) any unusual or nonrecurring fees, cash charges and other cash expenses for such period (A) made or incurred by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any acquisition or investment not prohibited by the Indenture, including severance, relocation and facilities closing costs, including any earnout payments, whether or not accounted for as such, that are paid, accrued or reserved for within 365 days of such transaction, or (B) incurred in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests or Indebtedness,

(viii) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with an acquisition not prohibited by the Indenture to the extent that such expenses are reimbursed in cash during such period pursuant to indemnification provisions of any agreement relating to such transaction,

(ix) periodic management fees that are permitted by clause (13)(ii) under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates,”

(x) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with extraordinary casualty events to the extent such expenses are reimbursed in cash by insurance during such period, and

(xi) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Restricted Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Indebtedness owed by such Restricted Subsidiary is included in the Indebtedness of the Issuer; minus

(b) without duplication and, in the case of clause (ii) below, to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income,

(i) any cash payments made during such period in respect of Non-Cash Charges described in clause (a)(iv) taken in a prior period or taken in such period,

(ii) any non-cash items of income for such period (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business);

178

provided that (I) in no event shall any charge, expense or loss relating to write-downs, write-offs or reserves with respect to current assets be added back and (II) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to clauses (vi) and (vii) shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated before giving effect to such clauses) for any period.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Net Debt as of such date after giving effect to all incurrences and repayments of Indebtedness to occur on such date to (2) the Issuer’s Consolidated EBITDA for the Measurement Period calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

“Consolidated Net Debt” means, as of any date, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the type specified in clauses (a), (b) and (g) of the definition thereof of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date determined on a consolidated basis or is owing by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, minus (b) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, minus (c) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, up to, the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary included in clause (a) of this definition and (y) the amount of such unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary times the percentage of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income attributable to such specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the Net Income (and net loss) of any other Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest will be excluded, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received in cash by the Issuer or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions in respect of such period;

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

(3) the amortization of any premiums, fees or expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or any amounts required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinions No. 16 (including non-cash write-ups and non-cash charges relating to inventory and fixed assets, in each case arising in connection with the Transactions) and No. 17 (including non-cash charges relating to intangibles and goodwill), in each case in connection with the Transactions, will be excluded;

(4) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business (it being understood that a sale of assets comprising discontinued operations shall be deemed a sale of assets out of the ordinary course of business); or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will be excluded;

(5) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss, will be excluded;

(6) income or losses attributable to discontinued operations (including without limitation, operations disposed during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued) will be excluded;

(7) any non-cash charges (i) attributable to applying the purchase method of accounting in accordance with GAAP, (ii) resulting from the application of FAS 142 or FAS 144, and (iii) relating to the amortization of intangibles resulting from the application of FAS 141, will be excluded;

(8) all non-cash charges relating to employee benefit or other management or stock compensation plans of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense

179

incurred in a prior period) will be excluded to the extent that such non-cash charges are deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; provided, further, that if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer makes a cash payment in respect of such non-cash charge in any period, such cash payment will (without duplication) be deducted from the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for such period;

(9) all unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FAS 52 shall be excluded;

(10) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, except to the extent such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; and

(11) Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by the amount of any payments described in clause (2) of the definition of “Permitted Payments to Parent.”

“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Issuer after the date of the Indenture from the sale of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or as a contribution to its common equity capital (in each case, other than to or from a Subsidiary of the Issuer); provided that such Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 180 days after the sale of such Equity Interests or the making of such capital contribution and (b) is designated as “Contribution Indebtedness” pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee within one business day of the date of its incurrence. Any sale of Equity Interests or capital contribution that forms the basis for an incurrence of Contribution Indebtedness will not be considered to be a sale of Capital Stock and will be disregarded for purposes of the “Restricted Payments” covenant and will not be considered to be an Equity Offering for purposes of the “Optional Redemption” provisions of the Indenture.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated on or about the Issue Date, by and among the Issuer, as borrower, Holdings, the Guarantors, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and various lenders from time to time party thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced from time to time.

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, notes, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or any other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities and including any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement or refinancing that increases the amount borrowed thereunder or extends the maturity thereof) in whole or in part from time to time.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means any non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.

180

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (x) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Issuer or the Subsidiary that issued such Capital Stock to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer may not repurchase such Capital Stock unless the Issuer would be permitted to do so in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” (y) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely as a result of any redemption feature that is conditioned upon, and subject to, compliance with the covenant described above under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” will not constitute Disqualified Stock and (z) any Capital Stock issued to any plan for the benefit of employees will not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or the Subsidiary that issued such Capital Stock in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means a public or private offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, other than:

(1) a public offering with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s Qualified Capital Stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

(3) any such public or private offering that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

“Event of Loss” means, with respect to any property or asset (tangible or intangible, real or personal) constituting Collateral, any of the following:

(i) any loss, destruction or damage of such property or asset;

(ii) any institution of any proceeding for the condemnation or seizure of such property or asset or for the exercise of any right of eminent domain;

(iii) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise of such property or asset, or confiscation of such property or asset or the requisition of the use of such property or asset; or

(iv) any settlement in lieu of clauses (ii) or (iii) above.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Exchange Notes” means the notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

181

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Excluded Contributions” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from (i) contributions to its equity capital (other than Disqualified Stock) or (ii) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, that are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

“Excluded Deposit Accounts” means (1) any deposit accounts specially and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s employees, (2) any deposit account of the Issuer or any Guarantor into which proceeds from any receivables in respect of participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare or Medicaid programs, are paid into, so long as the balance of such deposit account is swept at the end of each business day into a deposit account subject to a control agreement and (3) any deposit account specially and exclusively used to hold cash deposits required to be held in escrow, (which escrow is not prohibited by the Indenture) and which by terms of the agreement creating the escrow obligations shall not be subject to any other Liens.

“Excluded Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is (a) an Immaterial Subsidiary so long as such Subsidiary remains an Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary so long as such Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (c) an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as such Subsidiary remains an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (d) a Receivables Subsidiary so long as such Subsidiary remains a Receivables Subsidiary or (e) a CFC so long as such Subsidiary remains a CFC.

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), existing on the Issue Date.

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Issuer (unless otherwise provided in the Indenture).

“First Lien Obligations” means Priority Payment Lien Obligations, the Notes Obligations and Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person at any date of determination, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the Measurement Period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for the Measurement Period, in each case, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock or Disqualified Stock subsequent to the commencement of the Measurement Period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Measurement Period.

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, net of interest income, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, original issue discount, non-cash

182

interest payments, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all cash payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates, and excluding (v) amortization of deferred financing costs, (w) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (x) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) to the extent included in Fixed Charges, the portion of consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to Fixed Charges incurred in connection with the acquisition of discontinued operations; plus

(2) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

(3) the product of (A) all cash dividends paid on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to the Issuer or any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary), in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries expressed as a decimal.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date. For the purposes of the Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment.

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

“guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party or applicant in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation, provided that the term “guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any guarantee of any guarantor shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which the guarantee is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guarantor may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such guarantee.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.

183

“Guarantee Agreement” means a supplemental indenture or a notation of guarantee, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, pursuant to which a Guarantor guarantees the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes on the terms provided for in the Indenture.

“Guarantors” means Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person

under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

“Holder” means any registered holder, from time to time, of the Notes.

“Holdings” means C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Issuer that accounts for less than 1.0% of the Issuer’s consolidated revenues and less than 1.0% of the Issuer’s Net Income for the Measurement Period and has less than $10,000 of assets; provided that at no time shall Immaterial Subsidiaries in the aggregate account for more than 3.0% of the Issuer’s consolidated revenues or more than 3.0% of the Issuer’s Net Income for any Measurement Period.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all obligations of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, but limited, in the event such secured obligations are nonrecourse to such Person, to the fair value of such property, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of the Indebtedness of any other Person, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all reimbursement obligations of such Person as an account party or applicant in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (j) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For the avoidance of doubt, any right of Strategic Investors in an Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to require the Issuer or any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to repurchase the Equity Interests in such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary held by such Strategic Investors does not constitute Indebtedness.

“Intercompany Loan Refinancing” has the meaning given to such term in clause (16) of the second paragraph of the covenant under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or

184

capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the penultimate paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” The acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will not be deemed to be an Investment by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person, unless such third Person’s Investment was made in contemplation of the acquisition by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in which case it shall be an Investment in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the penultimate paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” The outstanding amount of any Investment shall be the original cost thereof, reduced by all returns on such Investment (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal and profits on sale).

“Issue Date” means the date the Notes are first issued under the Indenture. “Issuer” means American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

“Make-Whole Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth under “—Optional Redemption.”

“Management Agreements” means the management, service or similar agreements pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries manages the assets and businesses of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, the period of four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date.

“Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among, inter alia, Holdings, the Issuer, Pamlico Capital I, L.P. (formerly known as Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC) and selling shareholders named therein, dated as of March 22, 2010, as amended or modified from time to time prior to the Issue Date.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) attributable to such Person (which shall exclude, for the avoidance of doubt, the income (loss) attributable to minority interests), determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale and, in the case of an Event of Loss, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damages awarded by any judgment), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and sales commissions, and any relocation

185

expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, including taxes resulting from the transfer of the proceeds of such Asset Sale to the Issuer, in each case, after taking into account:

(1) any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;

(2) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP;

(3) any reserve for adjustment in respect of any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof;

(4) any distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale; and

(5) in the event that a Restricted Subsidiary consummates an Asset Sale and makes a pro rata payment of dividends to all of its stockholders from any cash proceeds of such Asset Sale, the amount of dividends paid to any stockholder other than the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any net proceeds of an Asset Sale by a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on repatriation to the Issuer will not be considered Net Proceeds for so long as such proceeds are subject to such restrictions, provided, however, that any such contractual restrictions on repatriation were not entered into in contemplation of such Asset Sale.

“Non-Cash Charges” means (a) losses on asset sales, disposals or abandonments, (b) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down related to intangible assets, goodwill, long-lived assets, and investments in debt and equity securities pursuant to GAAP, (c) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method, (d) stock-based awards compensation expense, and (e) other non-cash charges (provided that if any non-cash charges, expenses and write-downs referred to in this clause (e) represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period).

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or (c) otherwise constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of such other Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing or have agreed in writing (in the agreement relating thereto or otherwise) that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect of the Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means any of the following of the Issuer: the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary.

186

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

“Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness” means Obligations with respect to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the covenant described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” and under the Credit Agreement which is by its terms intended to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Liens securing the Notes; provided such Lien is permitted to be incurred under the Indenture and the Credit Agreement and such Indebtedness has a stated maturity that is no earlier than the stated maturity of the Notes.

“Permitted Debt” has the meaning given to such term in the second paragraph of the covenant under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

“Permitted Business” means (i) any business engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, and (ii) any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date.

“Permitted Collateral Liens” means (a) in the case of Collateral other than mortgaged real property and any pledged securities, Permitted Liens, (b) in the case of mortgaged real property, “Permitted Collateral Liens” means the Liens described in clauses (1), (7), (8), (9), (10), (16), (17), (25) and (28) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and (c) in the case of Collateral consisting of pledged securities, means the Liens described in clauses (10), (25) and (28) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

“Permitted Holder” means the Sponsor and its Affiliates (other than portfolio companies or holding companies of other portfolio companies).

“Permitted Investments” means:

(1)(a) any Investment in the Issuer, in a Subsidiary Guarantor or in a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and (b) any loans or advances to any Restricted Subsidiary that meets the requirements of clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of Qualified Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that is engaged as its primary business in a Permitted Business, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer, or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(4) any Investment received in connection with a disposition of assets not constituting an Asset

Sale;

(5) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any parent of the Issuer;

(6) any Investments received in compromise, settlement or resolution of (A) obligations of trade debtors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any of its

187

Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade debtor or customer, (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations entered into to protect against fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and commodity prices;

(8) any Investment in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover business-related travel expenses, moving expenses or other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(9) Investments in receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(10) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;

(11) obligations of one or more officers or other employees of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such officer’s or employee’s acquisition of shares of Capital Stock of the Issuer or Capital Stock of Holdings (or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) so long as no cash or other assets are paid by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to such officers or employees in connection with the acquisition of any such obligations;

(12) loans or advances to and guarantees provided for the benefit of employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(13) Investments existing as of the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing as of the Issue Date (excluding any such extension, modification or renewal involving additional advances, contributions or other investments of cash or property or other increases thereof unless it is a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or payment-in-kind pursuant to the terms, as of the Issue Date, of the original Investment so extended, modified or renewed) and pursuant to any binding commitment outstanding as of the Issue Date;

(14) repurchases of the Notes;

(15) the acquisition by a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction of Equity Interests of a trust or other Person established by such Receivables Subsidiary to effect such Qualified Receivables Transaction; and any other Investment by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction customary for such transactions;

(16) Investments not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses in an amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause, not to exceed, in the aggregate at any time outstanding, the greater of (i) $20.0 million and (ii) 3.75% of Total Assets at the time of any Investment pursuant to this clause;

(17) Investments consisting of amounts potentially due from a seller of property in an acquisition that (i) relate to customary post-closing adjustments with respect to accounts receivable, accounts payable and similar items typically subject to post-closing adjustments in similar transactions and (ii) are outstanding for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days or less following the closing of such acquisition;

(18) good faith deposits in connection with any acquisition, joint venture or acquisition of assets and escrowed money in connection with Asset Sales, acquisitions or joint ventures;

188

(19) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acquired after the Issue Date or of a Person merged into, amalgamated with or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a transaction that is not prohibited by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such merger, acquisition, amalgamation or consolidation;

(20) any investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Transaction or any related indebtedness; and

(21) guarantees of obligations (other than Indebtedness) incurred by Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

provided that any Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor which is made in the form of loans or advances shall be secured by substantially all assets of such Restricted Subsidiary and evidenced by an intercompany note that is pledged as part of the Collateral.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(2) Liens on property or assets of a Person, existing at the time such Person is merged with or into, consolidated with or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that

such Liens were in existence prior to, and were not incurred in contemplation of, such merger, consolidation or acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into, consolidated with or acquired by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, plus renewals and extensions of such Liens on the same assets;

(3) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition, and were not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition, plus renewals and extensions of such Liens on the same assets;

(4) Liens (including deposits and pledges) to secure the performance of public or statutory obligations, progress payments, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(5) Liens to secure Purchase Money Indebtedness permitted by clause (18) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” covering only the assets acquired, constructed or improved with or financed by such Indebtedness;

(6) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders under the Credit Agreement), plus renewals and extensions of such Liens on the same assets;

(7) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

(8) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, materialmen’s, laborers’, employees’, suppliers’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(9) survey exceptions, title defects, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

189

(10) Liens securing the Notes Obligations relating to Notes (and the Guarantees) issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes (and the Guarantees) issued pursuant to an Exchange Offer;

(11) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided, however, that the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Indebtedness (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof);

(12) Liens securing Indebtedness that does not exceed $2.5 million at any one time outstanding, and Obligations in respect thereof;

(13) Liens on assets of any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary incurred under clause (15) or (16) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” and Obligations in respect thereof;

(14) security for the payment of workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, other social security benefits or other insurance-related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(15) deposits or pledges in connection with bids, tenders, leases and contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(16) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, provisions, encroachments, encumbrances, protrusion permits, servitudes, covenants, conditions, waivers, restrictions on the use of property or minor irregularities of title (and with respect to leasehold interests, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of the leased property, with or without consent of the lessee), in each case, not materially interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(17) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses to third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(18) Liens securing Hedging Obligations entered into to protect against fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and commodity prices permitted under the Indenture; provided that the holders of such Obligations (or their representative) are party to, such Liens are subject to, the Intercreditor Agreement;

(19) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards (to the extent not constituting an Event of Default) in respect of which the Issuer shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(20) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(21) Liens securing Treasury Management Obligations; provided that the holders of such Obligations (or their representative) are party to, and such Liens are subject to, the Intercreditor Agreement;

(22) any Liens arising from the precautionary filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of banking institution encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(24) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

190

(25) Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; provided that the holders of such Indebtedness (or their representative) are party to, and such Liens are subject to, the Intercreditor Agreement;

(26) Liens created or deemed to exist by the establishment of trusts for the purpose of satisfying government reimbursement program costs and other actions or claims pertaining to the same or related matters or other medical reimbursement programs;

(27) Liens solely on any cash earned money deposits made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(28) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) permitted to be incurred pursuant to the “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” covenant if the Consolidated Adjusted Secured Debt Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be greater than 4.50 to 1.00; provided that (a) an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have executed (i) a joinder to the Intercreditor Agreement (in the form attached thereto) as a holder of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or (ii) another intercreditor agreement pursuant to which such representative shall agree with the Trustee and other representatives of First Lien Obligations that the Liens securing such Indebtedness are subordinated to the Liens securing the First Lien Obligations and (b) the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness which is to be secured by a Lien permitted by this clause (28) as being Incurred at the time the Lien is Incurred and any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time; and

(29) Liens incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction (which, in the case of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Receivables Subsidiaries), shall be limited to receivables and related assets referred to in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction”).

“Permitted Payment Restriction” means, with respect to any Subsidiary, any restriction that (i) becomes effective only upon the occurrence of (x) specified events under its charter or (y) a default by such Subsidiary in the payment of principal of or interest, a bankruptcy default, a default on any financial covenant or any other material event of default, in each case on Indebtedness that was incurred by such Subsidiary in compliance with the covenant under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (ii) does not materially impair the Issuer’s ability to make scheduled payments of cash interest and fees and to make required principal payments on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

“Permitted Payments to Parent” means

(1) payments, directly or indirectly, to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (including C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.) to be used by Holdings (or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) to pay (x) consolidated, combined or similar Federal, state and local taxes payable by Holdings (or such parent company) and directly attributable to (or arising as a result of) the operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and (y) franchise or similar taxes and fees of Holdings (or such parent company) required to maintain Holdings’ (or such parent company’s) corporate or other existence; provided that:

(a) the amount of such dividends, distributions or advances paid shall not exceed the amount (x) that would be due with respect to a consolidated, combined or similar federal, state or local tax return for the Issuer and its Subsidiaries if the Issuer were the parent of such group for federal, state and local tax purposes plus (y) the actual amount of such franchise or similar taxes and fees of Holdings (or such parent company) required to maintain Holdings’ (or such parent company’s) corporate or other existence, each as applicable; and

(b) such payments are used by Holdings (or such parent company) for such purposes within 90 days of the receipt of such payments;

191

(2) payments, directly or indirectly, to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer if the proceeds thereof are used to pay general corporate and overhead expenses (including salaries and other compensation of employees) incurred in the ordinary course of its business or of the business of Holdings or such other parent company of the Issuer as a direct or indirect holding company for the Issuer or used to pay fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) relating to any unsuccessful debt or equity financing, in each case, only to the extent directly attributable to the operations of Holdings, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(3) so long as no Default exists at the time of such payment or would result therefrom, payments, directly or indirectly, to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer if the proceeds thereof are used to pay amounts payable to the Permitted Holders to the extent permitted by clause (13) of “—Transactions with Affiliates,” solely to the extent such amounts are not paid directly by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that any accelerated payment of periodic management fees under the Sponsor Management Agreement (other than upon termination thereof upon an initial public offering of common stock, or change of control, of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) shall constitute a Restricted Payment (whether or not such payment is made by the Issuer directly or through a dividend or distribution to Holdings) not permitted by this clause (3) and shall be permitted only if the Issuer would be permitted to make a Restricted Payment under another exception under the “Restricted Payments” covenant.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees, commissions, discounts and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

(2) either (a) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged or (b) all scheduled payments on or in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (other than interest payments) shall be at least 91 days following the final scheduled maturity of the Notes;

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(4) such Indebtedness is incurred

(a) by the Issuer or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(b) by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor if the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

(c) by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary if the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; and

(5) such Indebtedness is only secured if and to the extent and with the priority the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is secured.

192

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, governmental authority or other entity.

“Priority Payment Lien Obligations” means (i) Obligations secured by Liens permitted by clause (25) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and (ii) to the extent secured equally and ratably with the Obligations referred to in the foregoing clause (i), Obligations secured by Liens permitted by clause (18) or clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

“Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to any calculation for any Measurement Period:

(1) Investments, acquisitions, mergers, consolidations and dispositions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by, merged or consolidated with the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during such Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date for which the calculation is being made (the “Calculation Date”) will be given pro forma effect, including giving effect to Pro Forma Cost Savings, as if they had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period;

(2) for purposes of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

(3) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such Measurement Period;

(4) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such Measurement Period; and

(5) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire Measurement Period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness).

The calculations above shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and shall take into account any Hedging Obligations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

“Pro Forma Cost Savings” means, with respect to any period, the reduction in net costs and related adjustments that were directly attributable to an acquisition, merger, consolidation or disposition that (i) occurred during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to the four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date of determination and calculated on a basis that is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect and applied as of the date of the Indenture, (ii) were actually implemented within 12 months after the date of the acquisition, merger, consolidation or disposition and prior to the date of determination that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records of such business or (iii) the Issuer reasonably determines are probable based upon specifically identifiable actions to be taken within 12 months of the date of the acquisition, merger, consolidation or disposition and, in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii), are described, as

193

provided below, in an Officers’ Certificate, as if all such reductions in costs had been effected as of the beginning of such period. Pro Forma Cost Savings described above shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee from the chief financial officer of the Issuer that outlines the actions taken or to be taken, the net cost savings achieved or to be achieved from such actions and that, in the case of clause (iii) above, such savings have been determined to be probable.

“Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness, including Capital Lease Obligations, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of assets used in the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the cost of installation, construction or improvement thereof; provided, however, that (1) the amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed such purchase price or cost and (2) such Indebtedness shall be incurred within 90 days after such acquisition of such asset by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or such installation, construction or improvement.

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock. “Qualified Proceeds” means any of the following or any combination of the following:

(1) cash or Cash Equivalents;

(2) the Fair Market Value of assets that are used or useful in the Permitted Business; and

(3) the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of any Person engaged primarily in a Permitted Business if, in connection with the receipt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of such Capital Stock, such Person becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary or such Person is merged or consolidated into the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary;

provided that (i) for purposes of clause (3) of the first paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” Qualified Proceeds shall not include Excluded Contributions and (ii) the amount of Qualified Proceeds shall be reduced by the amount of payments made in respect of the applicable transaction which are permitted under clause (13)(i) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates.”

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers, or grants a security interest, to:

(1) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, which transfer may be effected through the Issuer or one or more of its Subsidiaries); and

(2) if applicable, any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary),

in each case, in any accounts receivable (including health care insurance receivables), instruments, chattel paper, general intangibles and similar assets (whether now existing or arising in the future, the “Receivables”) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts, contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Receivables, proceeds of such Receivables and any other assets, which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with receivables financings and asset securitization transactions of such type, together with any related transactions customarily entered into in receivables financings and asset securitizations, including servicing arrangements. All determinations under the Indenture as to whether a particular provision in respect of a receivables transaction is customary shall be made by the Issuer in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive).

“Qualified Restricted Subsidiary” means a majority-owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that satisfies each of the following requirements: (1) except for Permitted Payment

194

Restrictions, there are no consensual encumbrances or restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its equity interest to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) make any loans or advances to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; (2) the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary are owned by the Issuer and/or one or more of its Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries (without giving effect to the proviso in this definition) and, if it is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, one or more of (A) Strategic Investors, (B) directors of such Restricted Subsidiary (only to the extent holding directors’ qualifying shares) and (C) any other Person to the extent ownership by such other Person is required as a result of changes in law occurring after the Issue Date; and (3) the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Permitted Business; provided that, so long as the laws or regulations of the State of New York require that membership interests in limited liability companies that own dialysis clinics in the State of New York be owned by individuals, a Restricted Subsidiary that operates one or more clinics located only in the State of New York shall be deemed a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary if (i) the requirements of clause (1) and (3) of this definition are satisfied, (ii) a majority of its Equity Interests are owned by an officer of the Issuer who is party to a written contract with the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to which the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have the right to repurchase all of such Equity Interests owned by such officer for a nominal amount, (iii) the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor receives dividends and distributions from such Restricted Subsidiary as if it owned all of the Equity Interests owned by such officer and (iv) such officer pledges such Equity Interests as part of the Collateral to the extent such Equity Interests would have been pledged if they were owned by the Issuer or a Guarantor.

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Receivables Transaction.

“Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Transaction to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

“Receivables Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Issuer which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable and in businesses related or ancillary thereto and that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary (A) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

(1) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(2) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

(3) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than accounts receivable and related assets as provided in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; and

(B) with which neither the Issuer nor any Subsidiary of the Issuer has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer, other than as may be customary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction including for fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable; and (C) with which neither the Issuer nor any Subsidiary of the Issuer has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or cause such Subsidiary

195

to achieve certain levels of operating results other than pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering after the Issue Date.

“Replacement Preferred Stock” means any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to redeem, refund, refinance, replace or discharge any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Disqualified Stock); provided that such Replacement Preferred Stock (i) is issued by the Issuer or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the Issuer of the Disqualified Stock being redeemed, refunded, refinanced, replaced or discharged, (ii) does not have an initial liquidation preference in excess of the liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends on the Disqualified Stock being redeemed, refunded, refinanced, replaced or discharged and (iii) does not require redemption, repurchase or discharge at any time prior to the date on which the Disqualified Stock being redeemed, refunded, refinanced, replaced or discharged is required to be redeemed, repurchased or discharged.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unless otherwise specified, references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall refer to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

“Secured Party” means (i) the Holders, (ii) the Trustee, (iii) the Collateral Agent and (iv) any successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns of each of the foregoing.

“Security Agreement” means the security agreement by and between the Issuer and the Collateral Agent, dated as of the Issue Date, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, each mortgage and any other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to the Indenture or any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which Collateral is pledged, assigned or granted to or on behalf of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w)(1) or (2) of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. For purposes of determining whether an Event of Default has occurred, if any group of Restricted Subsidiaries as to which a particular event has occurred and is continuing at any time would be, taken as a whole, a “Significant Subsidiary” then such event shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to a Significant Subsidiary.

“Sponsor” means Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. and certain affiliated entities.

“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement between the Issuer and the Sponsor dated as of the Issue Date.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be

196

customary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Strategic Investors” means physicians, hospitals, health systems, other healthcare providers, other healthcare companies and other similar strategic joint venture partners which joint venture partners are, directly or indirectly, actively involved in the day-to-day operations of providing dialysis-related services, or, in the case of physicians, that have retired therefrom, individuals who are former owners or employees of dialysis clinics purchased by the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and consulting firms that receive common stock solely as consideration for consulting services performed.

“subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date.

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Issuer.

“Subsidiary Guarantors” means the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that have executed and delivered a Guarantee of the Notes and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

“Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the other related transactions described in this prospectus.

“Treasury Management Obligations” means obligations under any agreement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services.

“Treasury Rate” has the meaning set forth under “—Optional Redemption.”

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

(1) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants— Restricted Payments”;

197

(2) each of (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(3) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those permitted under the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(4) is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(5) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interest of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at that time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any specified Person means a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interest of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at that time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

198

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, you will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note, the holding period of the exchange note will include the holding period of the outstanding note for which it was exchanged and the basis of the exchange note will be the same as the basis of the outstanding note immediately before the exchange.

In any event, persons considering the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

199

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase of the notes and exchange notes by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”).

General fiduciary matters

ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.

In considering an investment in the notes and exchange notes using a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

Prohibited transaction issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of an ERISA Plan that engages in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition and/or holding of notes or exchange notes by an ERISA Plan with respect to which the issuer, an initial purchaser, or a guarantor is considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the U.S. Department of Labor has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions, or “PTCEs,” that may apply to the acquisition and holding of the notes or exchange notes. These class exemptions include, without limitation, PTCE 84-14 respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers, PTCE 90-1 respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE 91-38 respecting bank collective investment funds, PTCE 95-60 respecting life insurance company general accounts and PTCE 96-23 respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers. In addition, Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code provide relief from the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code for certain transactions between an ERISA Plan and a person that is a party in interest and/or a disqualified person (other than a fiduciary or an affiliate that, directly or indirectly, has or exercises) any discretionary authority or control or renders any investment advice with respect to the assets of any ERISA Plan involved in the transaction solely by reason of providing services to the Plan or by relationship to a service provider, provided that the ERISA Plan pays no more than adequate consideration in connection with the transaction. There can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied.

200

Because of the foregoing, the notes and the exchange notes should not be purchased or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding (and the exchange of notes for exchange notes) will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or a similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.

Representation

Accordingly, by acceptance of a note or an exchange note, each purchaser and subsequent transferee will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire or hold the notes or the exchange notes constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the acquisition and holding of the notes and the exchange notes (and the exchange of notes for exchange notes) by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws.

The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering acquiring the notes or exchange notes (and holding the notes or exchange notes) on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase and holding of the notes or exchange notes.

201

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker–dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker–dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where the outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market–making activities or other trading activities. In addition, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes or from any sale of exchange notes by broker–dealers. Exchange notes received by broker–dealers for their own accounts pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over–the–counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker–dealer and/or the purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker–dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by these persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker–dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and, except in certain circumstances, the expenses of counsel and other advisors of the holders and will indemnify the holders of outstanding notes, including any broker–dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

202

LEGAL MATTERS

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP will pass upon the legality of the exchange notes and the related guarantees to be offered hereby.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The financial statements and schedule as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, as stated in its report appearing herein.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

After the consummation of the exchange offer, we will file certain reports with the Securities Exchange Commission (“the SEC”), including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C., 20549. Please call 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.

203

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

Report of Independent Registered Public Accountants	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007	F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-9
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	F-39
Unaudited Financial Statements for the periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009	F-40
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three month and six month periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2009	F-41
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit) for the periods December 31, 2009 to May 7, 2010 and May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010	F-42
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009	F-44
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements	F-45

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accountants

Board of Directors

American Renal Holdings Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of American Renal Holdings Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index on page F-1. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of American Renal Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note B, the Company adopted new accounting guidance on January 1, 2009 related to the accounting for non-controlling interests on a prospective basis except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which were applied retrospectively for all periods presented.

As discussed in Note C, the Company adopted new accounting guidance on January 1, 2009 related to the accounting for business combinations.

/S/    GRANT THORNTON LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

November 4, 2010

F-2

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	2009			2008
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	29,179		$	29,182
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $8,165 and $7,833 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively		45,654			38,979
Inventories		2,294			1,978
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		2,366			6,030
Deferred tax assets		4,845			3,803
Total current assets		84,338			79,972
Property and equipment, net		59,405			54,819
Deferred financing costs, net		1,044			1,878
Amortizable intangible assets, net		1,418			1,056
Other long-term assets		3,319			2,883
Goodwill		24,198			15,762
Total assets	$	173,722		$	156,370
Liabilities and Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	18,158		$	17,644
Accrued compensation and benefits		7,170			7,262
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		15,646			11,233
Current portion of long-term debt		14,309			11,556
Current portion of capital lease obligations		334			630
Total current liabilities		55,617			48,325
Long-term debt, less current portion		64,261			76,137
Capital lease obligations, less current portion		214			293
Other long-term liabilities		7,664			7,570
Deferred tax liabilities		4,548			3,613
Series X mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, 43,000 shares authorized; 40,500 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008		62,799			54,730
Commitments and contingencies (notes K and P)
Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions		38,431			34,881
Deficit:
Series A convertible preferred stock, which accrue dividends at 10%, $.001 par value, 7,300,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (liquidation value of $74,322 at December 31, 2009)		7			7
Series B convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value, 10,700,000 shares authorized; 2,675,000 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation value of $18,524 at December 31, 2009)		3			3
Common stock, $.0005 par value, 39,982,000 shares authorized; 1,330,250 and 1,062,500 shares issued and 1,083,350 and 873,600 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively		1			1
Additional paid-in capital		23,704			27,395
Notes receivable from stockholders		(735	)		(713	)
Accumulated deficit		(97,784	)		(102,922	)
Treasury stock, at cost, 246,900 and 188,900 common shares held at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively		(1,065	)		(791	)
Total American Renal Holdings Inc. deficit		(75,869	)		(77,020	)
Noncontrolling interests not subject to put provisions		16,057			7,841
Total deficit		(59,812	)		(69,179	)
Total liabilities and deficit	$	173,722		$	156,370

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

(in thousands)

	2009			2008			2007
Net operating revenues	$	262,989		$	217,777		$	178,391
Operating expenses:
Patient care costs		170,826			141,810			115,058
General and administrative		24,819			19,944			18,595
Depreciation and amortization		12,127			9,777			7,919
Provision for uncollectible accounts		3,216			4,834			3,258
Total operating expenses		210,988			176,365			144,830
Operating income		52,001			41,412			33,561
Interest expense, net		(14,948	)		(13,729	)		(13,695	)
Income before income taxes		37,053			27,683			19,866
Income tax expense		9,524			6,860			4,409
Net income		27,529			20,823			15,457
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(22,391	)		(17,179	)		(14,706	)
Net income attributable to American Renal Holdings Inc.	$	5,138		$	3,644		$	751

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Deficit

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	Non- controlling interests subject to put provisions			Total American Renal Holdings Inc. Deficit																															Non- controlling interests not subject to put provisions			Compre- hensive Income
				Series A Convertible Preferred Stock				Series B Convertible Preferred Stock				Common Stock				Treasury Stock					Additional Paid-in Capital			Notes Receivable from Stock- holders		Accumu- lated Deficit			Accumu- lated Other Compre- hensive Loss			Total
				Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Shares		Cost
Balance at December 31, 2006	$	29,819			7,300,000	$	7		2,675,000	$	3		285,000	$	1		5,000	$	(8	)	$	28,643		$	—	$	(106,317	)	$	(57	)	$	(77,728	)	$	6,567
Comprehensive income:
Interest rate swap, net of tax					—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—		—			(143	)		(143	)				$	(143	)
Net income		4,424			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—		751			—			751			10,282			15,457
Total comprehensive income																																						$	15,314
Redemption of Series B preferred stock					—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—		(1,000	)		—			(1,000	)
Stock-based compensation expense					—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			2,180			—		—			—			2,180
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(5,253	)		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—		—			—			—			(10,775	)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests		348			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—		—			—			—			1,228
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests		—			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—		—			—			—			287
Changes in fair value of noncontrolling interests		2,216			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			(2,216	)		—		—			—			(2,216	)
Balance at December 31, 2007	$	31,554			7,300,000	$	7		2,675,000	$	3		285,000	$	1		5,000	$	(8	)	$	28,607		$	—	$	(106,566	)	$	(200	)	$	(78,156	)	$	7,589

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Deficit—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	Non- controlling interests subject to put provisions			Total American Renal Holdings Inc. Deficit																																Non- controlling interests not subject to put provisions			Compre- hensive Income
				Series A Convertible Preferred Stock				Series B Convertible Preferred Stock				Common Stock				Treasury Stock					Additional Paid-in Capital			Notes Receivable from Stock- holders			Accumu- lated Deficit			Accumu- lated Other Compre- hensive Loss			Total
				Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Shares		Cost
Balance at December 31, 2007	$	31,554			7,300,000	$	7		2,675,000	$	3		285,000	$	1		5,000	$	(8	)	$	28,607		$	—		$	(106,566	)	$	(200	)	$	(78,156	)	$	7,589
Comprehensive income:
Interest rate swap, net of tax					—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			200			200					$	200
Net income		4,908			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			3,644			—			3,644			12,271			20,823
Total comprehensive income																																							$	21,023
Issuance of common stock					—		—		—		—		185,000		—		—		—			697			(697	)		—			—			—
Purchase of common stock for treasury					—		—		—		—		—		—		183,900		(783	)		—			—			—			—			(783	)
Stock options exercised					—		—		—		—		592,500		—		—		—			170			—			—			—			170
Excess tax benefits from stock awards exercised					—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			351			—			—			—			351
Interest due from note receivable					—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			(16	)		—			—			(16	)
Stock-based compensation expense					—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			1,482			—			—			—			1,482
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(5,602	)		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			(12,806	)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests		109			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			861
Sales and assumptions of additional noncontrolling interests		—			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			(74	)
Changes in fair value of noncontrolling interests		3,912			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			(3,912	)		—			—			—			(3,912	)
Balance at December 31, 2008	$	34,881			7,300,000	$	7		2,675,000	$	3		1,062,500	$	1		188,900	$	(791	)	$	27,395		$	(713	)	$	(102,922	)	$	—		$	(77,020	)	$	7,841

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Deficit—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	Non- controlling interests subject to put provisions			Total American Renal Holdings Inc. Deficit																															Non- controlling interests not subject to put provisions			Compre- hensive Income
				Series A Convertible Preferred Stock				Series B Convertible Preferred Stock				Common Stock				Treasury Stock					Additional Paid-in Capital			Notes Receivable from Stock- holders			Accumu- lated Deficit			Accumu- lated Other Compre- hensive Loss		Total
				Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Shares		Cost
Balance at December 31, 2008	$	34,881			7,300,000	$	7		2,675,000	$	3		1,062,500	$	1		188,900	$	(791	)	$	27,395		$	(713	)	$	(102,922	)	$	—	$	(77,020	)	$	7,841
Comprehensive income:
Net income		5,100			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			5,138			—		5,138			17,291		$	27,529
Total comprehensive income
Issuance of common stock					—		—		—		—		267,750		—		—		—			96			—			—			—		96
Purchase of common stock for treasury					—		—		—		—		—		—		58,000		(274	)		—			—			—			—		(274	)
Adjustment for tax benefits from stock awards exercised					—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			(204	)		—			—			—		(204	)
Interest due from note receivable					—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			(22	)		—			—		(22	)
Stock-based compensation expense					—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			1,135			—			—			—		1,135
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(5,618	)		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			—		—			(15,476	)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests		292			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			—		—			1,303
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests		—			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			—		—			5,098
Purchases of noncontrolling interests		(942	)		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			—		—			—
Changes in fair value of noncontrolling interests		4,718			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			(4,718	)		—			—			—		(4,718	)		—
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	38,431			7,300,000	$	7		2,675,000	$	3		1,330,250	$	1		246,900	$	(1,065	)	$	23,704		$	(735	)	$	(97,784	)	$	—	$	(75,869	)	$	16,057

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

(in thousands)

	2009			2008			2007
Operating activities
Net income	$	27,529		$	20,823		$	15,457
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		12,127			9,777			7,919
Amortization of deferred financing costs		1,212			611			795
Stock-based compensation expense		1,135			1,482			2,180
Excess tax benefit for stock options exercised, net		204			(351	)		—
Change in deferred taxes		(108	)		1,117			876
Accrued interest on obligations under financing agreements		377			300			438
Non cash change related to interest rate swap		—			200			—
Accrued interest on obligations under Series X preferred stock agreement		8,069			7,268			6,536
Gain on nonmonetary exchange		(611	)		(542	)		(483	)
Non-cash rent charges		822			1,161			400
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets		18			(66	)		217
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Increase in accounts receivable		(5,439	)		(7,661	)		(7,446	)
(Increase) decrease in inventories		(316	)		4,274			(4,057	)
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,040			(2,573	)		(1,458	)
Increase in other assets		(424	)		(2,023	)		(219	)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable		67			(216	)		5,329
(Decrease) increase in accrued compensation and benefits		(236	)		1,049			1,457
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other current liabilities		4,389			1,435			(2,253	)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities		(1,524	)		947			2,956
Net cash provided by operating activities		51,331			37,012			28,644
Investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment		(15,067	)		(21,254	)		(15,218	)
Cash paid for acquisitions		(3,964	)		—			(1,995	)
Proceeds from divestiture of dialysis center		—			507			—
Net cash used in investing activities		(19,031	)		(20,747	)		(17,213	)
Financing activities
Borrowings, net	$	1,184		$	17,363		$	14,239
Payments on long-term debt		(12,001	)		(7,952	)		(7,026	)
Payments on capital lease obligations		(663	)		(675	)		(1,537	)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		96			170			—
Purchase of treasury stock		(274	)		(783	)		—
Excess tax benefits for stock options exercised, net		(204	)		351			—
Payments made for Series B stock redemption		—			—			(1,000	)
Decrease in cash held in escrow		—			—			1,000
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(21,094	)		(18,408	)		(16,028	)
Purchases of noncontrolling interests		(942	)		(678	)		—
Contributions from noncontrolling interests		1,595			970			1,576
Net cash used in financing activities		(32,303	)		(9,642	)		(8,776	)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(3	)		6,623			2,655
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		29,182			22,559			19,904
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	29,179		$	29,182		$	22,559
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid during the year for income taxes	$	7,125		$	7,361		$	4,369
Cash paid during the year for interest		5,572			5,651			6,166
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities
Issuance of common stock in exchange for long-term notes		—			697			—
Issuance of notes to sellers in connection with acquisitions		1,342			—			—
Noncontrolling interest in net assets of acquisitions		5,098			—			1,413

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-8

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE A—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

On December 16, 2005, American Renal Holding LLC (ARH) was merged with American Renal Associates, Inc., which was renamed American Renal Holdings Inc. (the Company). Immediately thereafter, the Company contributed all of its assets, subject to all of its liabilities, to ARA Subsidiary Corp., which was renamed American Renal Associates Inc. (ARA). On December 31, 2007, ARA converted to a limited liability company (American Renal Associates LLC). All financial statements presented reflect the merger of ARH into the Company and the contribution of all of the assets, subject to all of the liabilities, from the Company to ARA. Prior to the merger, ARH owned 99.8% of the common stock of the Company and the balance of the common stock was owned by employees of the Company who exercised stock options. The Company was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in July 1999, and was formed to open, staff, and operate outpatient kidney dialysis centers and to provide related medical services in selected markets. The Company’s first dialysis center opened on December 8, 2000. On December 31, 2009, the Company operated 83 dialysis centers, which are located in 16 states and Washington, D.C.

The Company owns and operates dialysis centers in partnership with nephrologists. The ownership and management of each center is established through operating and management services agreements. Medical director services are provided separately through a medical director agreement. The Company maintains a majority ownership interest in each of its centers. The Company and the partners contribute capital to the centers in proportion to their ownership interest. Financing for the centers is obtained through third-party lenders, collateralized by the assets of the centers. If additional financing is required and is not reasonably available, additional capital contributions may be required from the Company and its partners to meet operating needs.

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The financial statements include the Company’s subsidiaries and partnerships that are wholly owned or majority owned. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 4, 2010, which is the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.

As of January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new accounting standard for noncontrolling interests and changed the reporting for minority interests, which are now characterized as noncontrolling interests. Noncontrolling interests are classified in the accompanying balance sheet either as a component of equity whenever such interests are not subject to a put provision or as temporary equity whenever such interests are subject to a put provision. The amounts of consolidated net income attributable to both parent and the noncontrolling interest are now separately presented in the accompanying statement of income. The presentation and disclosure requirements were retroactively applied to minority interest amounts existing as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 in the consolidated financial statements. See “Noncontrolling Interests” disclosure in Note B and Note H for additional information.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues,

F-9

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—(Continued)

expenses, assets, liabilities, and contingencies. Although actual results in subsequent periods will differ from these estimates, such estimates are developed based on the best information available to management and management’s best judgments at the time made. All significant assumptions and estimates underlying the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are regularly reviewed and updated. Changes in estimates are reflected in the financial statements based upon ongoing actual experience, trends, or subsequent settlements and realizations, depending on the nature and predictability of the estimates and contingencies.

The most significant assumptions and estimates underlying these financial statements and accompanying notes involve revenue recognition and provisions for uncollectible accounts, impairments and valuation adjustments, the useful lives of property and equipment, fair value measurements, accounting for income taxes, acquisition accounting valuation estimates and stock-based compensation. Specific risks and contingencies related to these estimates are further addressed within the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Net Operating Revenues and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Net operating revenues are recognized as services are provided to patients and consist primarily of reimbursement for dialysis and ancillary services provided to patients. A usual and customary fee schedule is maintained for dialysis treatment and other patient services; however, actual collectible revenue is normally at a discount to the fee schedule. Medicare and Medicaid programs are billed at predetermined net realizable rates per treatment that are established by statute or regulation. Revenue for contracted payors is recorded at contracted rates and other payors are billed at usual and customary rates, and a contractual allowance is recorded to reflect the expected net realizable revenue for services provided. Contractual allowances, along with provisions for uncollectible amounts, are estimated based upon contractual terms, regulatory compliance, and historical collection experience. Net revenue recognition and allowances for uncollectible billings require the use of estimates of the amounts that will actually be realized considering among other items, retroactive adjustments that may be associated with regulatory reviews, audits, billing reviews, and other matters.

Net operating service revenues associated with patients whose primary coverage is under governmental programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, Veterans Administration, and Medicare or Medicaid Managed Care programs, accounted for approximately 57%, 56% and 59% of total net operating service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are extremely complex and subject to interpretation. As a result, there is at least a reasonable possibility that recorded estimates will change by a material amount in the near term. Patient accounts receivable from these programs were $30,389 and $25,053 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. No other single payor accounted for more than 5% of total patient accounts receivable.

Management services are provided to dialysis centers not owned by the Company. The management fees are typically determined as a percentage of the centers’ patient revenues and are included in net revenues as earned. Any costs incurred in performing these management services are recognized in general and administrative expenses. Management fees that are charged to noncontrolling shareholders are eliminated in consolidation. The noncontrolling share of expenses is included in net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.

F-10

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—(Continued)

A significant physician-prescribed pharmaceutical administered during dialysis, EPO (Erythropoietin), is provided by a sole supplier and accounted for approximately 22%, 24% and 25% of gross operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Although the Company currently receives discounted prices for EPO, the supplier has unilateral pricing discretion, and in the future, the Company may not be able to achieve the same cost levels historically obtained.

Segment Information

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in making decisions how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s chief decision-maker is a combination of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. The Company views its operations and manages its business as one reportable business segment, the ownership and operation of dialysis clinics, all of which are located in the United States.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures the fair value of certain assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions based upon certain valuation techniques that include observable or unobservable inputs and assumptions that market participants would use in pricing these assets, liabilities and commitments. The Company also has classified certain assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions that are measured at fair value into the appropriate fair value hierarchy levels. The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and long-term debt. The Company’s estimate of fair value for these financial instruments approximates their carrying values at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market, and consist principally of pharmaceuticals and dialysis-related supplies.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation expense is calculated using the straight-line method over the following useful lives:

Buildings	39 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of lease term or useful lives
Equipment and information systems	3 to 7 years

Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The Company capitalizes interest on funds borrowed to finance facility construction.

F-11

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—(Continued)

Interest capitalized was $49, $328 and $231 during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Deferred Financing Costs

Costs incurred in connection with a stock exchange and recapitalization, debt issuances, and capital lease arrangements have been deferred, and are being amortized over the term of the related instrument as interest expense.

Amortizable Intangible Assets

Amortizable intangible assets include a right of first refusal waiver, noncompete agreements and certificates of need. Each of these assets is amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement, which is generally five to ten years.

Goodwill

The excess of aggregate purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and specifically identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations is recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized, but required to be assessed for possible impairment as circumstances warrant, but at least annually. The Company assesses goodwill for impairment as of October 1st.

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least on an annual basis and more frequently if certain indicators are encountered. Goodwill is to be tested at the reporting unit level, defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component), with the fair value of the reporting unit being compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered to be impaired. The Company has determined that it has one operating, as well as one reportable, segment. For impairment testing purposes, the Company’s individual clinics qualify as components of that operating segment. Because they have similar economic characteristics, the components are aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit. No impairment was identified during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets include property and equipment and intangibles, except for goodwill. In the event that facts and circumstances indicate that these assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset would be compared to the asset’s carrying amount to determine if a write-down to market value or discounted cash flow value is required. No long-lived assets were identified as impaired in 2009 and 2008.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under a liability approach. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based upon temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as measured by the enacted tax rates, which will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax expense or benefit is the result of changes between deferred tax assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established when, based on an evaluation of objective verifiable evidence, there is a likelihood that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

F-12

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—(Continued)

On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 740-10, Accounting for Income Tax Uncertainties which Interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not and a measurement attribute on all tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return in order to be recognized in the financial statements. In making this assessment, a company must determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based solely on the technical merits of the position and must assume that the tax position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. Once the recognition threshold is met, the tax position is then measured to determine the actual amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. In addition, the recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not must continue to be met in each reporting period to support continued recognition of the tax benefit. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecorded tax positions in its income tax expense. See Note L for a discussion of the impact of this new accounting standard on the accompanying financial statements.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent the proportionate equity interests of other partners in the Company’s consolidated entities, which are not wholly owned. Effective January 1, 2009, the Company is required to treat noncontrolling interests not subject to put provisions as a separate component of equity, but apart from the Company’s equity, and not as a liability or other item outside of equity. The Company is also required to identify and present consolidated net income attributable to the Company and to noncontrolling interests on the face of the consolidated statement of income. In addition, changes in the Company’s ownership interest while the Company retains a controlling financial interest should be accounted for as equity transactions. The Company was also required to expand disclosures in the financial statements to include a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the equity attributable to the Company and the noncontrolling owners and a schedule showing the effects of changes in the Company’s ownership interest in a subsidiary on the equity attributable to the Company. This change did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements; however, it did change the presentation of minority interests (noncontrolling interests) in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In conjunction with adopting these requirements, the Company was required to classify member interests with redemption features that are not solely within the Company’s control, such as the Company’s noncontrolling interests that are subject to put provisions, outside of permanent equity and to measure these noncontrolling interests at fair value. Changes in the fair value of noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions are accounted for as equity transactions. See Note H for further details. These consolidated financial statements have been recast for all prior periods presented for the retrospective application of these presentation and disclosure requirements.

F-13

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—(Continued)

The effects of the change upon the retrospective application of these presentation and disclosure requirements were as follows:

Consolidated Balance Sheet:

	December 31, 2008
	Minority Interest			Noncontrolling Interests subject to put provisions		Noncontrolling Interests not subject to put provisions		Additional paid-in capital
Balance	$	8,911		$	—	$	—	$	61,208
Net change		(8,911	)		34,881		7,843		(33,813	)
Balance as adjusted	$	—		$	34,881	$	7,843	$	27,395

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

For the year ended December 31, 2008

	Operating Activities		Financing Activities
Net cash provided by operating/financing activities	$	18,604	$	9,444
Reclassification of distributions to noncontrolling interests		18,407		(18,407	)
Reclassification of purchase of noncontrolling interest from investing activities		—		(678	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating/financing activities as adjusted	$	37,011	$	(9,641	)

In addition to the reclassifications noted above, the retrospective application in the accounting for noncontrolling interests resulted in an increase of $678 in cash flows from investing activities in 2008 as compared to the amount previously presented.

For the year ended December 31, 2007

	Operating Activities		Financing Activities
Net cash provided by operating/financing activities	$	12,616	$	7,252
Reclassification of distributions to noncontrolling interests		16,028		(16,028	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating/financing activities as adjusted	$	28,644	$	(8,776	)

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes the cost for all share-based awards made to employees and directors, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock units, and discounted employee stock purchases. The Company’s stock-based compensation awards are measured at their estimated grant-date fair

F-14

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—(Continued)

value and recognized as compensation expense on the straight-line method over their requisite service periods. The amount of compensation cost recognized in the consolidated statements of income is based on the awards that vest, and therefore, is reduced for forfeitures.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements. The ASU requires new disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. It also clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements, which are effective January 1, 2011. Other than requiring additional disclosures, the adoption of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial position.

In August 2010, the FASB issued guidance that requires health care entities to use cost as the measurement basis for charity care disclosures and defines cost as the direct and indirect costs of providing charity care. The amended disclosure requirements are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and must be applied retrospectively. The Company will adopt the amended disclosure requirements for their fiscal year beginning January 1, 2011. Since the new guidance amends disclosure requirements only, its adoption will not impact the Company’s statement of financial position, statement of operations, or cash flow statement.

NOTE C—ACQUISITIONS

The Company periodically acquires assets and liabilities of dialysis centers. The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income from the respective acquisition dates.

All acquisitions occurring after January 1, 2009 are required to be accounted for under the acquisition method (previously referred to as the purchase method). Under this method, the acquirer recognizes the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, contractual contingencies, as well as any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at their fair values at the acquisition date. Transaction costs are excluded from the acquisition cost and are expensed as incurred. Under accounting standards in effect prior to January 1, 2009, noncontrolling interests in the acquiree were recorded at historical cost and transaction costs were included in the acquisition cost.

Fiscal Year 2009

On May 1, 2009, the Company entered into three joint ventures with nephrologists to acquire the assets and assume certain liabilities of three dialysis centers in Georgia for cash and notes payable. The Company has a 51% interest in each of the three joint ventures.

On July 29, 2009, the Company entered into a joint venture with a nephrologist to acquire the assets and assume certain liabilities of a dialysis center in Michigan for cash. The Company has a 51% interest in the joint venture.

F-15

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE C—ACQUISITIONS—(Continued)

The purchase price, on a combined basis for both acquisitions consummated in 2009, was allocated preliminarily as follows:

Accounts receivable	$	1,182
Other receivables and supplies		462
Property and equipment		1,433
Noncompete agreements		593
Goodwill		8,436
Less liabilities assumed		(1,703	)
Less noncontrolling interest in net assets acquired		(5,098	)
Purchase price (including notes to sellers of $1,341)	$	5,305

The goodwill above is deductible for income tax purposes. The weighted average amortization period for the acquired noncompete agreements is ten years.

Fiscal Year 2008

On January 1, 2008, the Company purchased an additional 8% membership interest from a noncontrolling interest partner. After the purchase of this interest, the Company has a 59% interest in this subsidiary. The consideration paid in excess of the seller’s book value in the amount of $604 was recorded as goodwill.

Fiscal Year 2007

On January 1, 2007, the Company entered into a joint venture with a nephrologist to acquire the assets and assume certain liabilities of a dialysis center in Missouri for cash. The Company has a 51% interest in the partnership.

On May 1, 2007, the Company entered into a joint venture with three nephrologists to acquire the assets of a dialysis center in Maryland. The Company has a 51% interest in the partnership.

On September 1, 2007, the Company acquired the assets of a chronic kidney disease business in Rhode Island for cash. The Company has a 100% interest in the entity.

The purchase price, on a combined basis for all acquisitions consummated in 2007, was allocated as follows:

Property and equipment	$	944
Other receivables and supplies		91
Noncompete agreements		670
Goodwill		1,171
Less liabilities assumed		(594	)
Less noncontrolling interest in assets acquired		(287	)
Cash purchase price	$	1,995

The goodwill above is deductible for income tax purposes. The weighted average amortization period for the acquired noncompete agreements is 8 years.

F-16

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE D—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company’s financial instruments are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1: Financial instruments with unadjusted, quoted prices listed on active market exchanges. The Company’s Level 1 assets include cash equivalent investments held in money market funds.

Level 2: Financial instruments determined using prices for recently traded financial instruments with similar underlying terms, as well as directly or indirectly observable inputs, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Level 3: Financial instruments not actively traded on a market exchange. This category includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the financial instrument. The prices are determined using significant unobservable inputs or valuation techniques.

The asset’s or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following is a description for the valuation methodologies used for assets and liability’s measured at fair value. There were no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Cash equivalent—The cash equivalent represents investments in a money market fund and U.S. government obligations which are recorded at fair value based on their quoted market prices.

Noncontrolling interest subject to put provision—See Note H to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the Company’s methodology for estimating fair value of noncontrolling interest subject to put obligations.

Interest rate swap—The fair value of the interest rate swap was determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market.

	December 31, 2009
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets
Cash equivalent	$	9,506	$	9,506	$	—	$	—
Temporary Equity
Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions	$	38,431	$	—	$	—	$	38,431
	December 31, 2008
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets
Cash equivalent	$	10,004	$	10,004	$	—	$	—
Liabilities
Interest rate swap	$	190	$	—	$	190	$	—
Temporary Equity
Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions	$	34,881	$	—	$	—	$	34,881

F-17

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE E—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

	2009			2008
Land	$	380		$	380
Buildings		1,312			1,312
Leasehold improvements		54,045			45,712
Equipment and information systems		43,669			37,101
Construction in progress, new centers		2,250			1,519
		101,656			86,024
Less accumulated depreciation		(42,251	)		(31,205	)
	$	59,405		$	54,819

Depreciation of property and equipment was $11,897, $9,548 and $7,757 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Included in construction in progress for the Company’s new centers are items related to property and equipment during the development stage of new dialysis clinics. At December 31, 2009, the Company had commitments of $1,102 to complete projects relating to capital construction.

During 2006, the Company exchanged old dialysis machines for new dialysis machines, which qualified as a nonmonetary asset exchange. The assets received in the exchange were accounted for using fair value and resulted in a deferred gain of $2,391. A purchase agreement with this vendor for dialysis supplies was revised in contemplation of this nonmonetary exchange of assets. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $324 and $934, respectively, of the unrecognized gain was deferred related to additional dialysis supplies purchases on this contract. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, $611, $542 and $483, respectively, of the gain was recognized as a reduction to patient care costs.

NOTE F—DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS AND AMORTIZABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Deferred financing costs and amortizable intangible assets consist of the following at December 31:

	2009			2008
Deferred financing costs	$	2,347		$	4,166
Less accumulated amortization		(1,303	)		(2,288	)
	$	1,044		$	1,878
	2009			2008
Noncompete agreements	$	1,794		$	1,201
Other intangible assets		426			426
		2,220			1,627
Less accumulated amortization		(802	)		(571	)
	$	1,418		$	1,056

F-18

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE F—DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS AND AMORTIZABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS—(Continued)

Amortization of amortizable intangible assets was $231, $230 and $162 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Amortization expense for deferred financing costs was $585, $611 and $795 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and is included as part of interest expense. In connection with the amendment of certain loans during 2009, the Company expensed the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs of $627 associated with these loans.

The estimated annual amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets is as follows for the years ending December 31:

2010	$	261
2011		250
2012		196
2013		170
2014		149
Thereafter		392
	$	1,418

NOTE G—ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued compensation and benefits consist of the following at December 31:

	2009		2008
Accrued payroll	$	4,038	$	4,266
Other		3,132		2,996
	$	7,170	$	7,262

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following at December 31:

	2009		2008
Payor refunds and retractions	$	9,928	$	6,802
Other		5,718		4,432
	$	15,646	$	11,234

NOTE H—NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS SUBJECT TO PUT PROVISIONS

The Company has potential obligations to purchase the noncontrolling interests held by third parties in several of its consolidated subsidiaries. These obligations are in the form of put provisions and are exercisable at the third-party owners’ discretion within specified periods as outlined in each specific put provision. If these put provisions were exercised, the Company would be required to purchase the third-party owners’ noncontrolling interests at the appraised fair value. The methodology the Company used to estimate the fair value of the noncontrolling interests subject to these put provisions assumes an average multiple of earnings, based on historical earnings, development stage of the underlying business and other factors. The estimated fair values of the noncontrolling interests subject to these put provisions can also fluctuate and the implicit multiple of earnings

F-19

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE H—NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS SUBJECT TO PUT PROVISIONS—(Continued)

at which these noncontrolling interest obligations may ultimately be settled could vary significantly from our current estimates depending upon market conditions including potential purchasers’ access to the credit and capital markets, which can impact the level of competition for dialysis and non-dialysis related businesses, the economic performance of these businesses and the restricted marketability of the third-party owners’ noncontrolling interests.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s potential obligations under these put provisions totaled approximately $29,295 and $25,770, respectively. Additionally, the Company has certain put agreements which are exercisable upon the occurrence of specific events, including third-party members’ death, disability, bankruptcy, retirement, or if third-party members are dissolved. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s potential additional obligations under these put provisions were approximately $9,136 and $9,111, respectively. The Company’s potential obligations for all of these put provisions are included in noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

During 2009, the Company purchased an additional 7.5% membership interest from a noncontrolling interest partner for $942. This purchase has been accounted for as an equity transaction.

NOTE I—LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31:

	2009			2008
Term loan A, principal payments of $550 and interest at variable rates (8.50% as of December 31, 2009) payable quarterly through December 2010.	$	2,750		$	4,950
Term loan B (converted into Term loan D in 2009)		—			17,505
Term loan C (converted into Term loan D in 2009)		—			22,000
Term loan D, principal payments of $45 and interest at variable rates (8.50% as of December 31, 2009) payable quarterly through September 2011, with a $39,010 balloon payment due December 2011.		39,325			—
Term loans, principal payments of $33 and interest at variable monthly rates (3.60% as of December 31, 2009) payable monthly through November 2011, with a balloon payment of $1,983 due December 2011.		2,065			3,120
Term loans, principal payments of $9 and interest at variable rates (3.01% as of December 31, 2009) through May 2014, with a $536 balloon payment due May 2014		1,001			—
Term loans, principal and interest payable monthly at rates between 5.9% and 8.67% over varying periods through December 2013.		29,802			25,914
Term loans, interest payable monthly at variable rates (between 4.51% and 7.90% as of December 31, 2008) during the progress periods, which converted in 2009 to term loans		—			8,401
Mortgage payable, principal and interest due monthly through February 2012 at a rate of 7%		509			528
Mortgage payable, principal and interest due monthly through March 2014 at a rate of 4.79%		268			321
Lines of credit, variable interest (4.25% as of December 31, 2009), due monthly through September 2010, convertible to term loans payable over an additional term of 36 months through September 2013.		2,850			4,954
		78,570			87,693
Less current maturities		(14,309	)		(11,556	)
	$	64,261		$	76,137

F-20

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE I—LONG-TERM DEBT—(Continued)

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt are as follows for the years ending December 31:

2010	$	14,309
2011		52,024
2012		7,826
2013		3,617
2014		794
	$	78,570

In December 2005, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, ARA, entered into a credit agreement with a financial institution. The financial institution extended three term loans (term loans A, B, and C), totaling $51,000, and a revolving line of credit of $10,000, to fund the repayment of certain indebtedness, provide for working capital and acquisition funding, and for the stock recapitalization (see Note M). During 2007, the Company and the financial institution amended the credit agreement reducing the applicable variable interest rate margins by three quarters of a percent on term loan A, one and one quarter of a percent on term loan B, three and three quarters percent on term loan C and three quarters of a percent on the revolving line of credit. In 2009, the Company amended its revolving line of credit with the financial institution which decreased borrowing availability under the line of credit from $10,000 to $6,000 and combined term loan B and term loan C into one new term loan (term loan D) with a variable interest rate based on the 30—day LIBOR (with a LIBOR floor of 2.5%) plus 6.00%. This amendment also permitted the Company to increase its intercompany loans from $12,000 to $15,000. The unused portion of the line of credit was $6,000 at December 31, 2009 and $10,000 at December 31, 2008.

The loans are guaranteed by the Company, and by each wholly owned subsidiary of ARA. Additionally, the loans are secured by (i) all of the assets of ARA and each wholly owned subsidiary of ARA (other than their membership interests in the dialysis clinic subsidiaries that are owned in partnership with nephrologists,) and; (ii) all of the capital stock of ARA and the membership interests of each wholly owned subsidiary of ARA. The loans from the financial institution were subject to certain debt covenants beginning March 31, 2006, which were primarily based on ARA’s financial results. The Company was in compliance with the covenants of these loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009.

During 2006, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with an amortizing notional amount of $20,000. The agreement has the economic effect of converting the LIBOR-based variable interest rate to a fixed rate of 12.27% for $20,000 of term loan C. The swap agreement expired on March 31, 2009, and required quarterly settlement payments which were recorded as an increase or decrease to interest expense. During 2008, management determined the interest rate swap could no longer be considered an effective cash flow hedge. As a result, the change in the fair value of the interest rate swap of $144 was reflected in the accompanying consolidated statement of income in 2008 as a component of interest expense. In addition, the accumulated other comprehensive loss balance on the interest rate swap has also been recognized as a component of interest expense in 2008. The interest rate swap is recorded at its fair value of $190 as of December 31, 2008 (see Note J).

F-21

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE J—OTHER LIABILITIES

Other liabilities consist of the following at December 31:

	2009			2008
Deferred gain from nonmonetary asset exchange	$	324		$	934
Deferred straight-line rent		3,234			2,411
Liability from tenant allowances		4,483			4,914
Accrued professional liability		527			487
Interest rate swap liability		—			190
Other		110			—
		8,678			8,936
Less current portion of other liabilities		(1,013	)		(1,366	)
	$	7,665		$	7,570

NOTE K—LEASES

Operating Leases

The majority of the Company’s facilities are leased under noncancelable operating leases expiring in various years through 2023. Most lease agreements cover periods from five to fifteen years, and contain renewal options of five to ten years at the fair rental value at the time of renewal. Certain leases are subject to rent holidays and/or escalation clauses. The Company expenses rent using the straight-line method over the lease term. Tenant allowances received from lessors are amortized over the term of the leases. Rental expense under all operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $9,152, $8,242 and $5,760, respectively. The Company also subleases space to related party tenants at fair values under noncancelable operating leases expiring in various years through 2023. Rental income under all subleases for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $1,091, $643 and $244, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases, net of sublease receipts, are as follows as of December 31, 2009:

	Operating Leases		Less: Sublease Receipts		Net Lease Obligation
2010	$	9,603	$	1,038	$	8,565
2011		9,240		1,034		8,206
2012		8,430		1,027		7,403
2013		7,710		1,040		6,670
2014		7,103		1,017		6,086
Thereafter		31,580		7,626		23,954
	$	73,666	$	12,782	$	60,884

Capital Leases

Capital leases are recorded as an asset and an obligation at an amount equal to the lesser of the present value of the minimum lease payments during the lease term or the fair market value of the leased asset. Assets recorded

F-22

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE K—LEASES—(Continued)

under capital leases totaled $2,804 and $2,822, with accumulated amortization of $1,811 and $1,679 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The cost and accumulated amortization of the equipment are included in property and equipment. Amortization expense for these assets is included in depreciation and amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

The future minimum commitments due under capital leases, as of December 31, 2009 are as follows for the years ending December 31:

2010	$	358
2011		59
2012		59
2013		59
2014		59
Thereafter		5
Total minimum lease payments		599
Less portion representing interest		(51	)
Present value of minimum lease payments		548
Less amount due in one year		(334	)
Long-term capital lease obligations	$	214

NOTE L—INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

	2009			2008		2007
Current:
Federal	$	7,705		$	4,372	$	2,299
State		1,926			1,371		1,234
		9,631			5,743		3,533
Deferred:
Federal		(22	)		1,019		1,108
State		(85	)		98		(232	)
		(107	)		1,117		876
Total provision for income taxes	$	9,524		$	6,860	$	4,409

F-23

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE L—INCOME TAXES—(Continued)

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at December 31:

	2009			2008
Deferred tax assets:
Bad debt reserve	$	1,582		$	1,075
Stock-based compensation		1,883			1,437
Accrued expenses		168			251
Lease		657			429
Net operating loss carryforwards		—			19
Other		555			592
Total deferred tax assets		4,845			3,803
Deferred tax liabilities:
Goodwill amortization		(2,716	)		(2,090	)
Depreciation		(1,748	)		(1,523	)
Other		(84	)		—
Total deferred tax liabilities		(4,548	)		(3,613	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	297		$	190

The income tax expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income principally relates to the Company’s proportionate share of the pre-tax income of its majority-owned subsidiaries. A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows for the years ended December 31:

	2009			2008			2007
Income tax provision at federal statutory rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from:
State taxes, net of federal benefit		4.2			3.5			4.1
Noncontrolling interests		(21.3	)		(21.9	)		(25.1	)
Nondeductible Series X interest expense		7.6			9.2			11.1
Other		0.2			(1.0	)		(2.9	)
Effective income tax rate		25.7	%		24.8	%		22.2	%

The Company and its subsidiaries file U.S. federal income tax returns and various state returns. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006.

As of January 1, 2007 (date of adoption) the Company did not have any uncertain tax positions. In 2009, the Company recognized a liability for uncertain tax positions totaling $470 attributable to a bad debt deduction taken. This liability is expected to be paid in the next year. The resolution of this uncertain tax position will have no impact on the provision for income taxes.

F-24

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE M—SERIES X REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

As part of the December 16, 2005 recapitalization transaction, certain investors, including holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, purchased 40,500 shares of Series X redeemable preferred stock at $1,000 per share. Series X redeemable preferred stock accrues dividends at a rate of 12% per annum, compounding quarterly. Accrued dividends on Series X redeemable preferred stock were $24,726 and $17,478 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Dividends recorded during 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $7,248, $6,447 and $5,715, respectively, and are included in interest expense. Series X redeemable preferred stock is redeemable for cash at the earlier occurrence of the Company’s initial public offering, liquidation event, as defined, or December 16, 2012, equal to the face value of the stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The Series X redeemable preferred stock is classified as long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In connection with the recapitalization, the purchasers of the Series X redeemable preferred stock received 3,844,000 detachable common stock warrants which have an exercise price of $.005 per share. These warrants are valued at $1.50 per share ($5,747 in the aggregate), and included in additional paid-in capital in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Through December 31, 2009, none of these warrants have been exercised.

The allocation of proceeds to the warrants resulted in an original issue discount on the Series X redeemable preferred stock, which is being amortized through December 2012. Amortization of $821 was recorded in interest expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

The carrying value of the Series X redeemable preferred stock consisted of the following at December 31, 2009 and 2008:

	2009			2008
Series X preferred stock, $.001 par value, 43,000 shares authorized; 40,500 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008	$	40,500		$	40,500
Accrued dividends		24,726			17,478
		65,226			57,978
Original issue discount, net of amortization		(2,427	)		(3,248	)
	$	62,799		$	54,730

NOTE N—PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

The Series A convertible preferred stock is initially convertible on a 2:1 basis into shares of the Company’s common stock. The Series A convertible preferred stock has a liquidation preference equal to $3.4625 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends (the Series A Liquidation Value), and ranks junior in priority to the Series X redeemable preferred stock and senior in priority to all other equity securities of the Company. Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is convertible into the Company’s common stock at any time at the option of the holder thereof, and is automatically converted into the Company’s common stock upon a qualified initial public offering. The Series A convertible preferred stock accrues cumulative dividends at a rate of 10% per year compounded annually on the then-effective Series A Liquidation Value. Dividends will be payable quarterly in arrears, when, as, and if declared by the Board. The amount of undeclared dividends for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $6,757 and $6,142, respectively, and as of December 31, 2009 cumulative undeclared dividends were $23,770.

F-25

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE N—PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK—(Continued)

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

The Series B convertible preferred stock is initially convertible on a 2:1 basis into shares of the Company’s common stock. The Series B convertible preferred stock has a liquidation preference equal to $3.4625 per share (the Series B Liquidation Value) and ranks junior in priority to the Series X redeemable preferred stock and the Series A convertible preferred stock and senior in priority to all other equity securities of the Company. Each share of Series B convertible preferred stock is convertible into the Company’s common stock at any time at the option of the holder thereof, and shall be automatically converted into the Company’s common stock upon a qualified initial public offering. The Series B convertible preferred stock does not accumulate dividends.

Common Stock

Determining the fair value of the Company’s common stock requires making complex and subjective judgments. The Company hired a third-party valuation firm to assist with the valuation of the common stock. The Company’s approach to valuation is based on discounted future cash flow that uses estimates of revenue, driven by assumed market quote rates and estimated costs, as well as appropriate discount rates. The Company also considers market multiples of Earnings Before Income Tax, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) and third-party transactions in determining fair value.

The estimated enterprise fair value is allocated to preferred and common shares using the option-pricing method. The option-pricing method involves making estimates of the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event, such as a sale of the Company or an initial public offering, and estimates of the volatility of the equity securities. The Company estimates volatility based on available information on volatility of stocks of publicly traded companies in its industry.

Stock Option Plans

The Company adopted the American Renal Associates, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the 2000 Plan), under which 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance to employees, directors, and consultants. Options granted under the 2000 Plan may be incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the 2000 Plan. The Board of Directors determines the period over which options become exercisable; however, except in the case of options granted to officers, directors, and consultants, options generally become exercisable at a rate of not less than 25% per year over four years from the date the options are granted. The exercise price of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options shall be no less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The term of the options is ten years.

On December 16, 2005, the Company established the American Renal Holdings Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2005 Plan), under which 3,659,800 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance to employees, directors, and consultants. Options granted under the 2005 Plan may be incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options. The Board of Directors determines the period over which options become exercisable; however, except in the case of options granted to officers, directors, and consultants, options generally become exercisable at a rate of not less than 25% per year over four years from the date the options are granted. The exercise price of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options shall be no less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The term of the options is 10 years.

F-26

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE N—PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK—(Continued)

The following tables summarize the activity of the Company’s stock option plans:

	Number of Options			Weighted- Average Exercise Price per Share
2000 Stock Option Plan
Outstanding at December 31, 2007		3,530,000		$	0.49
Exercised		(592,500	)		0.29
Canceled		(65,000	)		0.77
Outstanding at December 31, 2008		2,872,500			0.52
Exercised		(265,000	)		0.32
Canceled		(40,000	)		0.48
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		2,567,500		$	0.54
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2009		2,532,500		$	0.54
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2008		2,621,875		$	0.45

In 2009, the aggregate intrinsic value of 2000 Plan stock awards exercised was $1,304. In 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of 2000 Plan stock awards exercised was $2,904. At December 31, 2009, the aggregate intrinsic value of 2000 Plan stock awards outstanding was $12,067, and the aggregate intrinsic value of exercisable 2000 Plan stock awards was $11,903.

	Number of Options			Weighted- Average Exercise Price per Share
2005 Stock Option Plan
Outstanding at December 31, 2007		2,734,550		$	3.52
Granted		192,500			3.99
Canceled		(48,750	)		3.87
Outstanding at December 31, 2008		2,878,300			3.55
Granted		707,500			5.04
Exercised		(2,500	)		4.19
Canceled		(140,000	)		4.07
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		3,443,300		$	3.83
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2009		2,359,925		$	3.54
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2008		1,515,325		$	3.51

In 2009, the aggregate intrinsic value of 2005 Plan stock awards exercised was $2,888. At December 31, 2009, the aggregate intrinsic value of 2005 Plan stock awards outstanding was $4,855 and the aggregate intrinsic value of exercisable 2005 Plan stock awards was $4,083.

F-27

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE N—PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK—(Continued)

The aggregate intrinsic values disclosed herein represent the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the estimated per share fair value of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2009, and the stock option exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money stock options) that would have been received by the stock option holders had all stock option holders exercised their stock options on December 31, 2009. The amount of aggregate intrinsic value will change based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock.

The following table summarizes information relating to current outstanding and exercisable options under all plans as of December 31, 2009:

Exercise Price	Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (in Years)		Number of Options Outstanding		Number of Options Vested and Exercisable
$0.14		3		1,530,000		1,530,000
$0.48		5		372,500		372,500
$1.50		6		665,000		630,000
$3.50		7		2,505,550		2,216,800
$3.77		8		197,500		81,250
$4.26		8		75,000		16,875
$4.72		9		215,000		35,625
$5.20		9		147,500		1,875
$5.24		9		302,500		7,500
				6,010,550		4,892,425

Stock-Based Compensation

In 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded an aggregate of $1,135, $1,482 and $2,180 in stock-based compensation expense ($738, $955 and $1,326 net of taxes).

Weighted-average assumptions used to estimate fair values of stock options on the dates of grant are as follows:

	2009			December 31 2008			2007
Risk-free interest rates		2.7	%		4.9	%		4.9	%
Expected dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%
Expected term of option		7 years			7 years			7 years
Expected volatility		39	%		38	%		38	%
Weighted-average grant date fair value per share of options granted	$	1.42		$	1.57		$	1.28

Expected volatility is based on comparable companies’ volatility over the expected term. Expected life of an option is based on the Company’s historical experience of stock options. The risk-free interest rate represents the

F-28

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE N—PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK—(Continued)

implied yields available from the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve. Expected dividend yield is 0% because the Company has not paid dividends in the past, and currently has no known intention to do so in the future. Compensation expense is recognized net of forfeitures.

Based on equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2009, there was $743 of unrecognized compensation costs, net of forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements that are expected to vest. Such costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of three years. The following table summarizes the estimated future annual stock-based compensation expense related to share-based arrangements, existing as of December 31, 2009, that are expected to vest:

2010	$	480
2011		190
2012		61
2014		12
Total	$	743

NOTE O—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has lease agreements for dialysis clinics with noncontrolling interest members or entities under the control of noncontrolling interest members. The amount of rent expense under these lease arrangements was approximately $2,468, $1,500 and $1,114 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In addition, in 2008, the Company sub-leased space at one of its dialysis clinics to the noncontrolling interest member. Rent income under this sub-lease arrangement, which extends to 2023, amounted to $510 and $510 in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Future rental receipts of $7,258 due from this related party are included in sub-lease receipts as presented in Note K.

During 2008, 185,000 shares of restricted common stock were sold to the Company’s executives at a per share price equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of issuance. All shares were unvested as of December 31, 2008. The purchases were financed through secured promissory notes with the Company in the amount of $697, which accrue interest at a rate of 3% per annum. The notes are full recourse and become due and payable March 4, 2011.

NOTE P—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Healthcare provider revenues may be subject to adjustment as a result of (i) examination by government agencies or contractors, for which the resolution of any matters raised may take extended periods of time to finalize; (ii) differing interpretations of government regulations by different fiscal intermediaries or regulatory authorities; (iii) differing opinions regarding a patient’s medical diagnosis or the medical necessity of service provided; (iv) retroactive applications or interpretations of governmental requirements; and (v) claims for refund from private payors, including as the result of government actions. Management believes it has recorded adequate provisions to consider potential revenue adjustments.

The Company had obligations under contracts related to the construction of its clinics totaling approximately $1,102 as of December 31, 2009 which are expected to be paid in 2010.

F-29

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE P—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES—(Continued)

Professional Liability Coverage

The Company maintains professional liability insurance coverage on a claims-made basis. Under this type of policy, claims based on occurrences during its term, but reported subsequently, will be uninsured should the policy not be renewed or replaced with other coverage. Management expects to be able to obtain renewal or other coverage in future periods, and has accrued the estimated cost associated with coverage of past occurrences reported in subsequent periods.

Litigation

The Company is a defendant in various legal actions in the normal course of business. In the opinion of the Company’s management, based in part on the advice of outside counsel, the resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

Regulatory

The healthcare industry is subject to numerous laws and regulations of federal, state, and local governments. Recently, government activity has increased with respect to investigations and allegations concerning possible violations by healthcare providers of fraud and abuse statutes and regulations, which could result in the imposition of significant fines and penalties, as well as significant repayments for patient services previously billed. Compliance with such laws and regulations are subject to government review and interpretations, as well as regulatory actions unknown or unasserted at this time.

NOTE Q—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

The following information is presented in accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. The operating and investing activities of the separate legal entities included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements are fully interdependent and integrated. Revenues and operating expenses of the separate legal entities include the Company and were guaranteed by substantially all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Non-wholly-owned subsidiaries were not guarantors of these obligations.

F-30

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE Q—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet—December 31, 2009

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Predecessor Consolidated
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	11,423		$	17,756		$	—		$	29,179
Accounts receivable		—			215			45,439			—			45,654
Inventories		—			22			2,272			—			2,294
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			2,313			3,107			(3,054	)		2,366
Deferred tax assets		—			4,845			—			—			4,845
Total current assets		—			18,818			68,574			(3,054	)		84,338
Property and equipment, net		—			2,054			57,351			—			59,405
Deferred financing costs, net		1,000			—			44			—			1,044
Intangible assets, net		—			363			1,055			—			1,418
Other long-term assets		—			5,161			3,251			(5,093	)		3,319
Receivables from subsidiaries		—			12,267			—			(12,267	)		—
Investment in subsidiaries		38,021			—			—			(38,021	)		—
Goodwill, net		(14,051	)		—			32,973			5,276			24,198
Total assets	$	24,970		$	38,663		$	163,248		$	(53,159	)	$	173,722
Liabilities and Deficit
Current liabilities	$	—		$	7,095		$	63,814		$	(15,292	)	$	55,617
Long-term debt, less current portion		—			40,185			29,169			(5,093	)		64,261
Capital lease obligations, less current portion		—			—			214			—			214
Other long-term liabilities		—			137			7,527			—			7,664
Deferred tax liability		—			4,548			—			—			4,548
Series X preferred stock		62,799			—			—			—			62,799
Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions		—			750			(99,184	)		136,865			38,431
Total American Renal Holdings Inc. equity (deficit)		(37,829	)		(14,052	)		145,651			(169,639	)		(75,869	)
Noncontrolling interests not subject to put provisions		—			—			16,057			—			16,057
Total equity (deficit)		(37,829	)		(14,052	)		161,708			(169,639	)		(59,812	)
Total liabilities and equity (deficit)	$	24,970		$	38,663		$	163,248		$	(53,159	)	$	173,722

F-31

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE Q—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet—December 31, 2008

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	11,869		$	17,313		$	—		$	29,182
Accounts receivable, net		—			226			38,753			—			38,979
Inventories		—			19			1,959			—			1,978
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			3,413			3,735			(1,118	)		6,030
Deferred tax asset		—			3,803			—			—			3,803
Total current assets		—			19,330			61,760			(1,118	)		79,972
Property and equipment, net		—			2,338			52,481			—			54,819
Deferred financing costs, net		—			1,825			53			—			1,878
Amortizable intangible assets, net		—			435			621			—			1,056
Other long-term assets		—			89			2,794			—			2,883
Receivables from subsidiaries		—			11,060			—			(11,060	)		—
Investment in subsidiaries		29,152			—						(29,152	)		—
Goodwill, net		(17,633	)		—			24,537			8,858			15,762
Total assets	$	11,519		$	35,077		$	142,246		$	(32,472	)	$	156,370
Liabilities and Deficit
Current liabilities:	$	—		$	5,757		$	54,715		$	(12,147	)	$	48,325
Long-term debt, less current portion		—			42,584			33,553			—			76,137
Capital lease obligations, less current portion		—			—			293			—			293
Other long-term liabilities		—			4			7,566			—			7,570
Deferred tax liability		—			3,613			—			—			3,613
Series X preferred stock		54,730			—			—			—			54,730
Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions		—			750			(60,031	)		94,162			34,881
Total ARH deficit		(43,211	)		(17,631	)		98,309			(114,487	)		(77,020	)
Noncontrolling interests not subject to put provisions		—			—			7,841			—			7,841
Total deficit		(43,211	)		(17,631	)		106,150			(114,487	)		(69,179	)
Total liabilities & deficit	$	11,519		$	35,077		$	142,246		$	(32,472	)	$	156,370

F-32

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE Q—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations—Year Ended December 31, 2009

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net operating revenues	$	—		$	1,489		$	261,500		$	—		$	262,989
Total operating expenses		—			5,760			205,228						210,988
Operating income					(4,271	)		56,272			—			52,001
Interest expense, net		(11,218	)		(36	)		(3,694	)		—			(14,948	)
Income before taxes		(11,218	)		(4,307	)		52,578			—			37,053
Income tax expense		8,521			—			1,003			—			9,524
Net income		(19,739	)		(4,307	)		51,575			—			27,529
Equity earnings in subsidiaries		24,875			29,184			—			(54,059	)		—
Net income		5,136			24,877			51,575			(54,059	)		27,529
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			(22,391	)		(22,391	)
Net income attributable to American Renal Holdings Inc.	$	5,136		$	24,877		$	51,575		$	(76,450	)	$	5,138

F-33

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE Q—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations—Year Ended December 31, 2008

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net operating revenues	$	—		$	1,486		$	216,291		$	—		$	217,777
Total operating expenses		—			16,120			160,245			—			176,365
Operating income		—			(14,634	)		56,046			—			41,412
Interest expense, net		(10,607	)		(38	)		(3,084	)		—			(13,729	)
Income before taxes		(10,607	)		(14,672	)		52,962			—			27,683
Income tax expense		6,284			—			576			—			6,860
Net income		(16,891	)		(14,672	)		52,386			—			20,823
Equity earnings in subsidiaries		20,535			35,207			—			(55,742	)		—
Net income .		3,644			20,535			52,386			(55,742	)		20,823
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			(17,179	)		(17,179	)
Net income attributable to American Renal Holdings Inc.	$	3,644		$	20,535		$	52,386		$	(72,921	)	$	3,644

F-34

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE Q—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations—Year Ended December 31, 2007

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net operating revenues	$	—		$	249		$	178,142		$	—		$	178,391
Total operating expenses		—			13,528			131,302			—			144,830
Operating income		—			(13,279	)		46,840			—			33,561
Interest expense, net		(11,012	)		(42	)		(2,641	)		—			(13,695	)
Income before taxes		(11,012	)		(13,321	)		44,199			—			19,866
Income tax expense		3,922			—			487			—			4,409
Net income		(14,934	)		(13,321	)		43,712			—			15,457
Equity earnings in subsidiaries		15,684			29,006			—			(44,690	)		—
Net income		750			15,685			43,712			(44,690	)		15,457
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			(14,706	)		(14,706	)
Net income attributable to American Renal Holdings Inc.	$	750		$	15,685		$	43,712		$	(59,396	)	$	751

F-35

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE Q—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows—Year Ended December 31, 2009

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
Operating activities
Net income	$	5,137		$	24,876		$	51,575		$	(54,059	)	$	27,529
Change in operating assets and liabilities and noncash items included in net income		(14,544	)		69			7,134			31,143			23,802
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(9,407	)		24,945			58,709			(22,916	)		51,331
Investing Activities
Other		—			(22,916	)		—			22,916			—
Purchases of property and equipment		—			(68	)		(14,999	)		—			(15,067	)
Cash paid for acquisitions		—						(3,964	)		—			(3,964	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		—			(22,984	)		(18,963	)		22,916			(19,031	)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from borrowings		—			(323	)		1,507			—			1,184
Payments on long-term debt obligations		—			(2,398	)		(9,603	)		—			(12,001	)
Other		9,407			314			(31,207	)		—			(21,486	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		9,407			(2,407	)		(39,303	)		—			(32,303	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash		—			(446	)		443			—			(3	)
Cash, at beginning of year		—			11,869			17,313			—			29,182
Cash, at ending of year	$	—		$	11,423		$	17,756		$	—		$	29,179

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows—Year Ended December 31, 2008

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
Operating activities
Net income	$	3,643		$	20,535		$	52,387		$	(55,742	)	$	20,823
Change in operating assets and liabilities and noncash items included in net income		(26,725	)		3,242			(3,695	)		43,367			16,189
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(23,082	)		23,777			48,692			(12,375	)		37,012
Investing Activities
Other		—			(12,375	)		507			12,375			507
Purchases of property and equipment		—			(318	)		(20,936	)		—			(21,254	)
Cash paid for acquisitions		—			—			—			—			—
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		—			(12,693	)		(20,429	)		12,375			(20,747	)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from borrowings		—			14			17,349			—			17,363
Payments on long-term debt obligations		—			(1,802	)		(6,150	)		—			(7,952	)
Other		23,082			(5,060	)		(37,075	)		—			(19,053	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		23,082			(6,848	)		(25,876	)		—			(9,642	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash		—			4,236			2,387			—			6,623
Cash, at beginning of year		—			7,634			14,925			—			22,559
Cash, at ending of year	$	—		$	11,870		$	17,312		$	—		$	29,182

F-36

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE Q—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows—Year Ended December 31, 2007

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	750		$	15,684		$	43,712		$	(44,689	)	$	15,457
Change in operating assets and liabilities, and noncash items included in net income		(20,433	)		(7,869	)		(3,951	)		45,440			13,187
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities		(19,683	)		7,815			39,761			751			28,644
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Other		—			—			—			—			—
Purchases of property and equipment		—			(1,740	)		(13,478	)		—			(15,218	)
Cash paid for acquisitions		—			—			(1,995	)		—			(1,995	)
Net cash provided (used) for investing activities		—			(1,740	)		(15,473	)		—			(17,213	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Proceeds from borrowings		—			—			14,239			—			14,239
Payments on long-term debt obligations		—			(2,396	)		(4,630	)		—			(7,026	)
Other		19,683			(623	)		(34,298	)		(751	)		(15,989	)
Net Cash provided (used) in financing activities		19,683			(3,019	)		(24,689	)		(751	)		(8,776	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash		—			3,056			(401	)		—			2,655
Cash, at beginning of period		—			4,576			15,328			—			19,904
Cash, at ending of period	$	—		$	7,632		$	14,927		$	—		$	22,559

NOTE R—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On March 22, 2010, the Company entered into a Contribution and Merger Agreement (the “Merger Agreement”) with C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. (the “Parent”), C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings LLC, C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., certain of the Company’s stockholders and Pamlico Capital I, LLC (formerly known as Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC), pursuant to which C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. merged with and into the Company (the “Merger”) and, after which, American Renal Holdings Inc. (“ARH”) is the surviving entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, which is in turn a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent.

C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC is an entity formed in the Merger and prior to the Merger had no assets or liabilities other than the shares of CP Atlas Acquisition Corp. and its rights and obligations under and in connection with the Merger Agreement. As a result of the Merger, all of the Company’s issued and outstanding capital stock is owned by CP Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC which is CP Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC’s only asset. As such, the consolidated financial statements of CP Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC are identical to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-37

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE R—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS—(Continued)

The parties agreed to consummate the Merger, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, for an aggregate purchase price of $415 million, subject to adjustments for working capital, indebtedness, certain specified liabilities and certain tax savings. The aggregate purchase price of approximately $415 million for the Merger, plus related fees and expenses, was funded by the equity investment by Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. and certain affiliated entities (“Centerbridge”) as well as from certain members of management and the net proceeds from the offering of $250 million of Senior Secured Notes (the “Senior Secured Notes) due 2018 which bear interest at 8.375%. The Merger and the financing transaction described above were consummated on May 7, 2010.

F-38

American Renal Holdings Inc.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands)	Balance at Beginning of Year		Charged to Expense		Deductions			Balance at End of Year
Year Ended December 31, 2009	$	7,833	$	4,446	$	(4,114	)	$	8,165
Year Ended December 31, 2008	$	7,356	$	5,544	$	(5,067	)	$	7,833
Year Ended December 31, 2007	$	5,037	$	4,079	$	(1,760	)	$	7,356

F-39

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	Successor			Predecessor
	June 30, 2010			December 31, 2009
	(Unaudited)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	21,082		$	29,179
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $9,870 and $8,165 at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively		45,944			45,654
Inventories		1,936			2,294
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,071			2,366
Income tax receivable		13,012			—
Deferred tax assets		4,271			4,845
Total current assets		90,946			84,338
Property and equipment, net		55,524			59,405
Deferred financing costs, net		5,277			1,044
Intangible assets, net		40,039			1,418
Deferred tax asset		3,625			—
Other long-term assets		1,421			3,319
Goodwill		503,089			24,198
Total assets	$	699,921		$	173,722
Liabilities and Equity (Deficit)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	18,819		$	18,158
Accrued compensation and benefits		8,516			7,170
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		13,624			15,646
Amount due to sellers		17,016			—
Current portion of long-term debt		3,289			14,309
Current portion of capital lease obligations		78			334
Total current liabilities		61,342			55,617
Long-term debt, less current portion		248,364			64,261
Capital lease obligations, less current portion		187			214
Other long-term liabilities		1,337			7,664
Deferred tax liabilities		16,968			4,548
Series X mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, 43,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2009; 40,500 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009		—			62,799
Commitments and contingencies (note K)
Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions		42,570			38,431
Equity (Deficit)
Series A convertible preferred stock, which accrue dividends at 10%, $.001 par value, 7,300,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and no shares issued or outstanding at June 30, 2010 (liquidation value of $74,322 at December 31, 2009)		—			7
Series B convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value, 10,700,000 shares authorized; 2,675,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and no shares issued or outstanding at June 30, 2010 (liquidation value of $18,524 at December 31, 2009)		—			3
Common stock, $.0005 par value, 39,982,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2009; 1,330,250 shares issued and 1,083,350 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 1,000 shares authorized issued and outstanding at June 30, 2010		—			1
Notes receivable from stockholders		—			(735	)
Additional paid-in capital		186,379			23,704
Accumulated deficit		(15,824	)		(97,784	)
Treasury stock, at cost, 246,900 common shares held at December 31, 2009 and no shares outstanding at June 30, 2010		—			(1,065	)
Total American Renal Holdings Inc. equity (deficit)		170,555			(75,869	)
Noncontrolling interests not subject to put provisions		158,598			16,057
Total equity (deficit)		329,153			(59,812	)
Total liabilities and equity (deficit)	$	699,921		$	173,722

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-40

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands)

	Successor			Predecessor
	May 8 through June 30, 2010			January 1 through May 7, 2010			April 1 through May 7, 2010			Six months Ended June 30, 2009			Three months Ended June 30, 2009
Net operating revenues	$	43,602		$	102,094		$	30,462		$	125,025		$	64,106
Operating expenses:
Patient care costs		29,014			66,042			19,630			81,037			41,032
General and administrative		6,990			10,016			3,918			11,030			5,920
Merger and transaction-related costs		14,687			7,378			5,612			—			—
Depreciation and amortization		2,349			4,429			1,337			6,002			2,748
Provision for (recoveries of) uncollectible accounts		650			(334	)		(1,480	)		2,168			956
Total operating expenses		53,690			87,531			29,017			100,237			50,656
Operating income (loss)		(10,088	)		14,563			1,445			24,788			13,450
Interest expense, net		(3,320	)		(5,717	)		(1,487	)		(7,457	)		(4,187	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		(13,408	)		8,846			(42	)		17,331			9,263
Income tax expense (benefit)		(1,626	)		2,264			(138	)		4,454			2,380
Net income (loss)		(11,782	)		6,582			96			12,877			6,883
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(4,042	)		(9,266	)		(3,024	)		(10,067	)		(5,440	)
Net (loss) income attributable to American Renal Holdings Inc.	$	(15,824	)	$	(2,684	)	$	(2,928	)	$	2,810		$	1,443

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-41

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit)

For the predecessor period from December 31, 2009 to May 7, 2010 and

for the successor period from May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010

(in thousands, except share data)

	Non- controlling interests subject to put provisions			Total American Renal Holdings Inc. Equity (Deficit)																													Non- controlling interests not subject to put provisions
				Series A Convertible Preferred Stock				Series B Convertible Preferred Stock				Common Stock				Note Receivable from Stock- holders			Treasury Stock					Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumu- lated Deficit			Total
				Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Shares		Par Value					Shares		Cost
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	38,431			7,300,000	$	7		2,675,000	$	3		1,330,250	$	1	$	(735	)	$	246,900	$	(1,065	)	$	23,704		$	(97,784	)	$	(75,869	)	$	16,057
Net income (loss)		1,942			—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			(2,684	)		(2,684	)		7,324
Issuance of common stock					—		—		—		—		328,490		—		—			—		—			7			—			7
Purchase of common stock for treasury					—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—			—
Tax benefits from stock awards exercised					—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—		—			9,140			—			9,140
Stock-based compensation expense					—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—		—			219			—			219
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(2,487	)		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—			—			(8,907	)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests		128			—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—			—			520
Sales of noncontrolling interests		—			—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—		—			(250	)		—			(250	)		626
Purchases of noncontrolling interests		(1,183	)		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—			—			—
Changes in fair value of noncontrolling interests		5,386			—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—		—			(5,386	)		—			(5,386	)		—
Balance at May 7, 2010	$	42,217			7,300,000	$	7		2,675,000	$	3		1,658,740	$	1		(735	)	$	246,900	$	(1,065	)	$	27,434		$	(100,468	)	$	(74,823	)	$	15,620

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-42

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit)—(Continued)

For the predecessor period from December 31, 2009 to May 7, 2010 and

for the successor period from May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010

(in thousands, except share data)

	Non- controlling interests subject to put provisions			Total American Renal Holdings Inc. Equity (Deficit)																																		Non- controlling interests not subject to put provisions
				Series A Convertible Preferred Stock						Series B Convertible Preferred Stock						Common Stock						Note Receivable from Stock- holders		Treasury Stock					Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumu- lated Deficit			Total
				Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount			Shares			Par Value					Shares			Cost
Successor Entity Acquisition transaction		—			(7,300,000	)		(7	)		(2,675,000	)		(3	)		(1,658,740	)		(1	)		735		(246,900	)		1,065		(27,434	)		100,468			74,823			141,182
Successor Entity Opening Equity	$	42,217			—		$	—			—		$	—			—		$	—			—	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—			156,802
Capital contribution		—			—			—			—			—			1,000			—			—		—			—		186,433			—			186,433			—
Net income (loss)		950			—			—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—		—			(15,824	)		(15,824	)		3,092
Parent capital costs					—			—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—		(54	)		—			(54	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(363	)		—			—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—		—			—			—			(1,555	)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—		—			—			—			259
Purchases of noncontrolling interests		(234	)		—			—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—		—			—			—			—
Balance at June 30, 2010	$	42,570			—		$	—			—		$	—			1,000		$	—			—	$	—		$	—	$	186,379		$	(15,824	)	$	170,555		$	158,598

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-43

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

	Successor			Predecessor
	May 8 through June 30, 2010			January 1 through May 7, 2010			Six months ended June 30, 2009
Operating activities
Net (loss) income	$	(11,782	)	$	6,582		$	12,877
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		2,349			4,429			6,002
Amortization of deferred financing costs		251			205			918
Stock-based compensation expense		3,943			219			583
Change in deferred taxes		—			1,130
Accrued interest on obligations under financing agreements		—			—			377
Accrued interest on obligations under Series X preferred stock agreement		—			3,137			3,898
Gain on nonmonetary exchange		—			(114	)		(305	)
Non-cash rent charges		76			186			340
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable		2,175			(2,465	)		(1,811	)
Decrease (increase) in inventories		364			(6	)		197
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets		(805	)		(1,529	)		2,633
(Increase) decrease in other assets		(118	)		23			135
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable		1,516			(855	)		(2,199	)
Decrease in accrued compensation and benefits		592			754			116
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(5,493	)		(6,331	)		851
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities		906			(70	)		(910	)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		(6,026	)		5,295			23,702
Investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment		(2,545	)		(4,904	)		(6,444	)
Cash paid for acquisitions		—			(200	)		(3,366	)
Merger with C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.		(244,144	)		56			—
Net cash used in investing activities		(246,689	)		(5,048	)		(9,810	)
Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings		—			—			1,009
Payments on long-term debt		(63,684	)		(5,391	)		(5,456	)
Payments on capital lease obligations		(35	)		(249	)		(327	)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		155,591			8			75
Purchase of treasury stock		—			—			(274	)
Issuance of debt, net of issuance costs		236,775			—			—
Payoff of Series X mandatorily redeemable preferred stock		(65,196	)		—			—
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(1,918	)		(11,394	)		(9,720	)
Purchases of noncontrolling interests		(234	)		(1,183	)		(942	)
Proceeds from sales of additional noncontrolling interests		—			376			—
Contributions from noncontrolling interests		259			648			870
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		261,556			(17,185	)		(14,765	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		8,841			(16,938	)		(873	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		12,241			29,179			29,182
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	21,082		$	12,241		$	28,309
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid during the period for income taxes		178			3,340			2,177
Cash paid during the period for interest		725			2,661			2,651

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-44

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE A—MERGER AND PRESENTATION

On March 22, 2010, American Renal Holdings Inc. (“ARH” or the “Company”) entered into a Contribution and Merger Agreement (the “Merger Agreement”) with C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. (the “Parent”), C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., certain of ARH’s stockholders party thereto and Pamlico Capital I, LLC (formerly known as Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC), pursuant to which C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. merged with and into ARH (the “Merger”) and, after which, ARH became the surviving entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, which is in turn a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent.

C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC is an entity formed in the Merger and prior to the Merger had no assets or liabilities other than the shares of CP Atlas Acquisition Corp. and its rights and obligations under and in connection with the Merger Agreement. As a result of the Merger, all of ARH’s issued and outstanding capital stock became owned by CP Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC which is CP Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC’s only asset. As such, the consolidated financial statements of CP Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC are identical to the consolidated financial statements of ARH.

The parties agreed to consummate the Merger, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, for an aggregate purchase price of $415 million, subject to adjustments for working capital, indebtedness, certain specified liabilities and certain tax savings. The aggregate purchase price of approximately $415 million for the Merger, plus related fees and expenses, was funded by the equity investment by Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. and certain affiliated entities (“Centerbridge”) as well as from certain members of management and the net proceeds from the offering of $250.0 million of Senior Secured Notes (the “Senior Secured Notes”) due 2018 which bear interest at 8.375%. The Merger and the financing transaction described above are collectively referred to herein as the “Transactions.” See Note F for the terms of the Senior Secured Notes.

The Transactions were consummated on May 7, 2010. Although ARH continued as the surviving corporation and same legal entity after the Merger, the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements are presented for two periods: predecessor and successor, which relate to the periods preceding the Merger and the period succeeding the Merger, respectively. The Merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on May 8, 2010 and the financial reporting periods are presented as follows:

• The three month period ended June 30, 2010 includes the predecessor period of ARH from April 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010 and the successor period, reflecting the Merger of ARH and Parent, from May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010.

• The six month period ended June 30, 2010 includes the predecessor period of the Company from January 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010 and the successor period, reflecting the Merger of ARH and Parent, from May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010.

• The 2009 periods presented are predecessor. The consolidated financial statements for all predecessor periods have been prepared using the historical basis of accounting for the Company. As a result of the Merger and the associated acquisition accounting, the consolidated financial statements of the successor are not comparable to periods preceding the Merger.

Total fees and expenses related to the Transactions aggregated approximately $27.5 million consisting of $22.2 million of acquisition costs and $5.3 million of deferred financing costs. Of the $22.2 million, $7.2 million was recognized in the predecessor period and $15.0 million was recognized in the successor period.

The Merger has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities based on the estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. The Company has preliminarily evaluated and allocated the purchase price as the appraisal associated with the valuation of certain assets and liabilities.

F-45

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE A—MERGER AND PRESENTATION—(Continued)

A reconciliation of the final closing balance sheet of the Predecessor prior to the effect of the Transactions, including other simultaneous transactions, such as the repayment of certain indebtedness of the Predecessor and the capital contribution made by the Parent, with the beginning consolidated balance sheet of the Successor (after the application of the acquisition method of accounting) is presented below:

	Predecessor						Successor
	May 7, 2010			Adjustments			May 8, 2010
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	12,241		$	—		$	12,241
Accounts receivable, net		48,119			—			48,119
Inventories		2,300			—			2,300
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		3,606			—			3,606
Deferred transaction expense		—			18,982			18,982
Income tax receivable		11,706			1,595			13,301
Deferred tax assets		3,429			842			4,701
Total current assets		81,401			21,419			102,820
Property and equipment, net
Land and buildings		1,692			(250	)		1,442
Leasehold improvements		55,859			(27,948	)		27,911
Equipment and information systems		43,640			(20,647	)		22,993
Construction in progress		3,047			—			3,047
		104,238			(48,845	)		55,393
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(44,338	)		44,338			—
		59,900			(4,507	)		55,393
Deferred financing costs, net		882			4,323			5,205
Intangible assets, net		1,408			39,081			40,489
Deferred tax asset		—			3,625			3,625
Other long-term assets		3,287			(2,012	)		1,275
Goodwill		33,157			469,932			503,089
Total assets	$	180,035		$	531,861		$	711,896
Liabilities and Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	17,304		$	—		$	17,304
Accrued compensation and benefits		7,924			—			7,924
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		20,523			(6,911	)		13,621
Amount due to sellers		—			17,016			17,016
Current portion of long-term debt		13,148			(9,678	)		3,470
Current portion of capital lease obligations		105						105
Total current liabilities		59,004			427			59,431
Long-term debt, less current portion		60,030			188,556			248,586
Capital lease obligations, less current portion		195			—			195
Other long-term liabilities		7,595			(6,331	)		1,264
Deferred tax liabilities		4,261			12,707			16,968
Series X mandatorily redeemable preferred stock		65,936			(65,936	)		—
Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions		42,217			—			42,217
Equity (deficit):
Additional paid-in capital		27,434			158,999			186,433
Accumulated Deficit		(100,468	)		100,468			—
Other stockholders’ equity		(1,789	)		1,789			—
Total American Renal Holdings Inc. equity (deficit)		(74,823	)		261,256			186,433
Noncontrolling interests not subject to put provisions		15,620			141,182			156,802
Total equity (deficit)		(59,203	)		402,438			343,235
Total liabilities and equity (deficit)	$	180,035		$	531,861		$	711,896

F-46

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial reports and the instructions for Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared under generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such regulations. However, the Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. In the opinion of management, the accompanying financial statements include all adjustments necessary to present a fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements for the periods shown. These statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated statements attached herein, including Note B which discusses principles of consolidation and summary of significant accounting policies. These statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require management to make certain estimated and assumptions that effect reported amounts of assets and

F-47

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—(Continued)

liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates include valuation of net operating revenues (contractual allowances) and the allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of goodwill and intangibles, fair value of noncontrolling interests, provision for income taxes, stock-based compensation and contingencies. Actual results could differ from these estimates and actual results are not necessarily indicative of results for the remainder of 2010 or future periods thereafter.

During the period from April 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010, the Company determined that it had developed sufficient and relevant historical experience with Medicare bad debt cost reporting to use as a basis for reliably estimating successful Medicare bad debt cost recoveries. As such, the Company revised its estimate on the collectability of Medicare bad debt claims related to 2008 and 2009 which resulted in a favorable adjustment of $1.8 million to our provision for doubtful accounts.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements. The ASU requires new disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. It also clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements, which are effective January 1, 2011. Other than requiring additional disclosures, the adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial position.

In August 2010, the FASB issued guidance that requires health care entities to use cost as the measurement basis for charity care disclosures and defines cost as the direct and indirect costs of providing charity care. The amended disclosure requirements are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and must be applied retrospectively. The Company will adopt the amended disclosure requirements for their fiscal year beginning January 1, 2011. Since the new guidance amends disclosure requirements only, its adoption will not impact the Company’s statement of financial position, statement of operations, or cash flow statement.

In August 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-24 to address how health care entities should account for medical malpractice claims and related anticipated insurance recoveries. The new guidance, which amends ASC 954-450, Contingencies, and ASC 954-720, Other Expenses, also applies to similar contingent liabilities. Under the new guidance, health care entities are prohibited from presenting claim liabilities net of insurance recoveries. Further, the guidance requires health care entities to disregard insurance recoveries when measuring the amount of a claim liability. However, a related insurance receivable should be recorded concurrently with the liability, subject to a valuation allowance, if necessary. The new guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2011. In the period of adoption, entities must recognize in opening retained earnings any cumulative-effect adjustment resulting from the application of the new guidance. Entities may apply the new guidance retrospectively, and early application is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact this may have on its consolidated financial statements.

F-48

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE C—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company’s financial instruments are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1: Financial instruments with unadjusted, quoted prices listed on active market exchanges. The Company’s Level 1 assets include cash equivalent investments held in money market funds.

Level 2: Financial instruments determined using prices for recently traded financial instruments with similar underlying terms, as well as directly or indirectly observable inputs, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Level 3: Financial instruments not actively traded on a market exchange. This category includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the financial instrument. The prices are determined using significant unobservable inputs or valuation techniques.

The asset or liabilities fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following is a description for the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value. There were no changes in the methodologies used at June 30, 2010.

Cash equivalent—The cash equivalent represents investments in a money market fund and U.S. government obligations with an original maturity of less than 90 days which are recorded at fair value based on their quoted market prices.

Noncontrolling interest subject to put provision—See Note E for a discussion of the Company’s methodology for estimating fair value of noncontrolling interest subject to put obligations.

	June 30, 2010
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Temporary Equity
Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions	$	42,570	$	—	$	—	$	42,570

	December 31, 2009
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets
Cash equivalent	$	9,506	$	9,506	$	—	$	—
Temporary Equity
Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions	$	38,431	$	—	$	—	$	38,431

F-49

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE D—INTANGIBLE ASSETS

In connection with the Transactions, the Company’s intangible assets were revalued based on an appraisal of estimated fair market values at the date of acquisition. The carrying amount and accumulated amortization of identifiable intangible assets at June 30, 2010 (successor entity) and December 31, 2009 was:

	Estimated Life (Years)		Successor Entity			Predecessor Entity
			June 30, 2010			December 31, 2009
Noncompete agreements		5 years	$	19,156		$	1,794
Other intangible assets				—			426
				19,156			2,220
Less accumulated amortization				(559	)		(802	)
Net intangible assets subject to amortization				18,597			1,418
Indefinite-lived trademarks				21,442			—
			$	40,039		$	1,418

For the period from May 8, 2010 through June 30, 2010, the period from April 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010, the period from January 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010 and the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, amortization expense of $0.6 million, $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, was recognized by the Company.

The remaining amortization of identifiable intangible assets, net, by year as of June 30, 2010 is as follows:

Fiscal Year	Amortization
2010 (remainder)	$	1,916
2011		3,831
2012		3,831
2013		3,831
2014		3,831
2015 and thereafter		1,357
Total	$	18,597

NOTE E—NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS SUBJECT TO PUT PROVISIONS

The Company has potential obligations to purchase the noncontrolling interests held by third parties in several of its consolidated subsidiaries. These obligations are in the form of put provisions and are exercisable at the third-party owners’ discretion within specified periods as outlined in each specific put provision. If these put provisions were exercised, the Company would be required to purchase the third-party owners’ noncontrolling interests at the appraised fair value. In connection with the Transactions, the obligations were recorded based on an appraisal of estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The appraisal estimated the fair value of the noncontrolling interests subject to these put provisions using a discounted cash flow approach and other factors. The estimated fair values of the noncontrolling interests subject to these put provisions can also fluctuate. The amount for which noncontrolling interests may ultimately be settled could vary significantly from our current estimates depending upon market conditions including potential purchasers’ access to the credit and capital markets, which can impact the level of competition for dialysis and non-dialysis related businesses, the economic performance of these businesses and the restricted marketability of the third-party owners’ noncontrolling interests.

As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 the Company’s potential obligations under these put provisions totaled approximately $34,318 and $29,295, respectively. Additionally, the Company has certain put agreements which are exercisable upon the occurrence of specific events, including third-party members’ death, disability,

F-50

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE E—NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS SUBJECT TO PUT PROVISIONS—(Continued)

bankruptcy, retirement, or if third-party members are dissolved. As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company’s potential additional obligations under these put provisions were approximately $8,252 and $9,136, respectively. The Company’s potential obligations for all of these put provisions are included in noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

During 2010, the Company purchased the following additional membership interests from a noncontrolling interest partner. These purchases have been accounted for as equity transactions.

Membership interest	Amount
7.5% during predecessor period	$	870
3.8% during predecessor period		168
3.5% during predecessor period		145
5.4% during successor period		234

During the six months ended June 30, 2009, the Company purchased an additional 7.5% membership interest from a noncontrolling interest partner for $942. This purchase has been accounted for as an equity transaction.

NOTE F—LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010:

	Successor			Predecessor
	6/30/2010			12/31/2009
Senior secured notes issued May 7, 2010, interest payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 8.375% with a balloon payment due on May 15, 2018	$	250,000		$	—
Term loan A, principal payments of $550 and interest at variable rates (8.50% as of December 31, 2009) payable quarterly through December 2010, repaid in May 2010 in connection with the Transactions		—			2,750
Term loan D, principal payments of $45 and interest at variable rates (8.5% as of December 31, 2009) payable quarterly through September 2011, with a $39,010 balloon payment due December 2011, repaid in May 2010 in connection with the Transactions		—			39,325
Term loans, principal payments due of $25 and interest at variable monthly rates (2.04% as of June 30, 2010) payable monthly through November 2011, with a balloon payment of $1,983 due December 2011		1,917			2,065
Term loan, principal payments of $9 and interest at variable rates (2.42% as of June 30, 2010) through May 2014, with a $536 balloon payment due May 2014		947			1,001
Term loans, principal and interest payable monthly at rates between 5.9% and 8.67% over varying periods through December 2013		5,966			29,802
Mortgage payable, principal and interest due monthly through February 2012 at a rate of 7%, repaid in May 2010 in connection with the Transactions		—			509
Mortgage payable, principal and interest due monthly through March 2014 at a rate of 4.79%		245			268
Lines of credit, variable interest (4.25% as of June 30, 2010), due monthly through January 2011 convertible to term loans payable over an additional term of 36 months through January 2014		500			2,850
		259,575			78,570
Less: discounts and fees, net of accumulated amortization		(7,922	)		—
Less: current maturities		(3,289	)		(14,309	)
	$	248,364		$	64,261

F-51

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE F—LONG-TERM DEBT—(Continued)

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt as of June 30, 2010 are as follows for the periods ending December 31:

2010 (remainder)	$	1,832
2011		4,249
2012		1,723
2013		1,020
2014		642
Thereafter		250,109
	$	259,575

Senior Secured Notes

In connection with the Transactions, the Company issued $250.0 million of Senior Secured Notes (the Notes) at an offering price of 99.28%. The notes are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by (i) all of the Company’s capital stock and (ii) substantially all of the assets of our wholly owned subsidiary guarantors. The Notes are guaranteed by the Company’s direct parent, C. P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC and all of our existing and future wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. The Notes mature on May 15, 2018. Interest is payable semi-annually at 8.375% per annum, commencing November 15, 2010.

On or after May 15, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, subject to certain notice periods, at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. From May 15, 2013 to May 14, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes at prices ranging from 102.094% to 104.188% of the aggregate principal balance of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest prior to May 15, 2013, the Company has the option to redeem during each 12-month period commencing on the issue date of May 7, 2010 up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the Notes before May 15, 2013, with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at 108.375% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Company may also redeem some or all of the notes before May 15, 2013 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus a “make-whole” premium. Upon a change in control, the Company must offer to purchase the notes at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued interest to the purchase date.

Credit Facility

In connection with the Transactions, the Company entered into a $25.0 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the Credit Facility). The Credit Facility expires on May 7, 2015. Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) an alternate base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate in effect on such day, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) the Eurodollar rate applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.00% or (b) the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the Credit Facility is 3.50% with respect to alternate base rate borrowings and 4.50% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Credit Facility, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee, initially 0.75% per annum, in respect of the unutilized revolving credit commitments thereunder. Beginning

F-52

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE F—LONG-TERM DEBT—(Continued)

September 30, 2010, the Company is subject to leverage and fixed charge financial covenants under the Credit Facility as follows:

We have agreed that beginning on September 30, 2010, we will not permit the Consolidated Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA (both as defined in the agreement) Ratio for any 12 month period (last four fiscal quarters) ending during a period set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

Period	Ratio
September 30, 2010 through September 30, 2011		5.75:1.00
December 31, 2011 through September 30, 2012		5.50:1.00
December 31, 2012 through September 30, 2013		5.00:1.00
December 31, 2013 through September 30, 2014		4.75:1.00
December 31, 2014 and thereafter		4.25:1.00

We have also agreed that beginning on September 30, 2010, we will not permit the Consolidated EBITDA to Fixed Charges (both as defined in the agreement) Ratio for any 12 month period (last four fiscal quarters) ending during a period set forth below to be lower than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

Period	Ratio
September 30, 2010 through September 30, 2011		1.80:1.00
December 31, 2011 through September 30, 2012		1.80:1.00
December 31, 2012 through September 30, 2013		2.00:1.00
December 31, 2013 through September 30, 2014		2.25:1.00
December 31, 2014 and thereafter		2.50:1.00

As of June 30, 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility.

NOTE G—INCOME TAXES

The income tax expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations principally relates to the Company’s proportionate share of the pre-tax income of its majority-owned subsidiaries. The Predecessor entity’s effective income tax rate during the period from April 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010 was (-328.5%) and was 25.6% for the period from January 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010. These effective income tax rates differed from the statutory federal rate of 35% primarily due to non-deductible transaction costs and interest expense, including original issue discount related to the Series X Preferred Stock. The Successor Entity’s effective income tax rate for the period from May 8, 2010 through June 30, 2010 was (15.9)%. This differs from the statutory federal tax rate primarily due to non-deductible transaction costs. The effective income tax rate is based upon the estimated income for the year.

NOTE H—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The predecessor entity issued stock options and other stock awards to executive management and employees under its stock-based compensation plans. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, the Company recognized $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation. Related tax benefits of $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, were recognized for those periods. During the period from January 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010 and the period from April 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010, the predecessor entity recognized $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation. A summary of the activity in the

F-53

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE H—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION—(Continued)

Company’s stock option plans for the period from January 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010 is presented below:

	Number of Options			Weighted- Average Exercise Price per Share
2000 Stock Option Plan
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		2,567,500		$	0.54
Exercised		(328,490	)		0.02
Converted/Rolled-over		(2,239,010	)		0.62
Outstanding at May 7, 2010		—		$	—

	Number of Options			Weighted- Average Exercise Price per Share
2005 Stock Option Plan
Outstanding at December 31, 2007		3,443,300		$	3.83
Canceled		(12,750	)		4.93
Converted/Rolled-over		(3,430,550	)		3.83
Outstanding at May 7, 2010		—		$	—

In connection with the Merger, all outstanding stock options became vested and were either converted into the right to receive the difference between $9.50 and the exercise price of the stock option or were rolled-over into fully vested options in the Successor entity. As a result, the Company paid approximately $45.3 million related to the conversion of stock options of which $3.7 million was recorded as stock-based compensation expense during the period from May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010 and the remaining $41.6 million was accounted for as part of purchase price of the Transaction. In connection with the conversion of these options, the Company recognized a tax benefit of $9.1 million in the period from January 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010 for compensation deducted in tax returns filed for this period which has been credited to additional paid-in capital in the predecessor period. Under the terms of the Merger agreement, this tax savings is to be paid to the selling shareholders as part of the purchase price.

In May 2010, the Parent adopted the C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan under (the 2010 Plan) which 1,574,782 shares of the Parent’s common stock were reserved for issuance to the Company’s employees, directors and consultants. Options granted under the 2010 Plan must be nonstatutory stock options. Stock appreciation rights may also be granted under the 2010 Plan. The Board of Directors determines the period over which options become exercisable; however, such awards generally require that certain performance conditions and service conditions be met before the awards would vest.

During the period from May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010, the Company did not grant any stock options or other stock awards to executive management and employees. As of June 30, 2010, 214,308 fully vested options of the Parent which resulted from the rollover of shares in the Transaction were outstanding.

NOTE I—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has lease agreements for dialysis clinics with noncontrolling interest members or entities under the control of noncontrolling interest members. The amount of rent expense under these lease

F-54

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE I—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS—(Continued)

arrangements was approximately $0.9 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010, April 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010 and May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010, respectively. In addition, in 2008, the Company sub-leased space at one of its dialysis clinics to the noncontrolling interest member. Rent income under this sub-lease arrangement, which extends to 2023, was approximately $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010, April 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010 and May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010, respectively.

Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company entered into a management services agreement with Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C. Under this management services agreement, Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C. agreed to provide to the Company certain investment banking, management, consulting, and financing planning services on an ongoing basis. In consideration for these services, the Company will pay Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C., commencing May 7, 2010 an annual advisory services fee (payable quarterly) for each fiscal year from and including fiscal year 2010 of the greater of (i) an amount equal to the greater of (x) $550,000 and (y) the advisory services fee of the previous fiscal year or (ii) an amount equal to 1.25% of EBITDA, minus a personnel expense deduction, if applicable. During the period from May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010, the Company recorded $0.1 million of expense related to this agreement. In addition, Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C. is entitled to receive an additional fee equal to 1.0% of the enterprise value and/or aggregate value, as applicable, for any future fundamental or significant transactions in which Centerbridge is involved. The Company paid a transaction fee of $4.8 million (including reimbursement of expenses) to Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C. for financial advisory services rendered in connection with the Merger all of which was expensed as a merger and transaction related cost in the period May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010. These services included assisting the Company in structuring the Merger, taking into account tax considerations and optimal access to financing, and assisting in the negotiation of the Company’s material agreements and financing arrangements in connection with the Merger.

NOTE J—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Healthcare provider revenues may be subject to adjustment as a result of (i) examination by government agencies or contractors, for which the resolution of any matters raised may take extended periods of time to finalize; (ii) differing interpretations of government regulations by different fiscal intermediaries or regulatory authorities; (iii) differing opinions regarding a patient’s medical diagnosis or the medical necessity of service provided; (iv) retroactive applications or interpretations of governmental requirements; and (v) claims for refund from private payors, including as the result of government actions. Management believes it has recorded adequate provisions to consider potential revenue adjustments.

Professional Liability Coverage

The Company maintains professional liability insurance coverage on a claims-made basis. Under this type of policy, claims based on occurrences during its term, but reported subsequently, will be uninsured should the policy not be renewed or replaced with other coverage. Management expects to be able to obtain renewal or other coverage in future periods, and has accrued the estimated cost associated with coverage of past occurrences reported in subsequent periods.

Litigation

The Company is a defendant in various legal actions in the normal course of business. In the opinion of the Company’s management, based in part on the advice of outside counsel, the resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flow, except as discussed in the following paragraph.

F-55

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE J—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES—(Continued)

Regulatory

The healthcare industry is subject to numerous laws and regulations of federal, state, and local governments. Recently, government activity has increased with respect to investigations and allegations concerning possible violations by healthcare providers of fraud and abuse statutes and regulations, which could result in the imposition of significant fines and penalties, as well as significant repayments for patient services previously billed. Compliance with such laws and regulations are subject to government review and interpretations, as well as regulatory actions unknown or unasserted at this time.

NOTE K—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

As set forth in Note F, the Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all wholly-owned domestic current or future subsidiaries of the Company and C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC. (the Guarantors).

The following tables present the condensed consolidating financial information for ARH, the Guarantors and the Non-Guarantors, together with eliminations, as of and for the periods indicated. As a result of the Merger, all of ARH’s issued and outstanding capital stock is owned by CP Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC which is CP Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC’s only asset. As such, the consolidated financial statements of CP Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC are identical to the consolidated financial statements of ARH.

The information as of June 30, 2010 and for the period from May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010 presents the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Successor entity. The information as of December 31, 2009, the period from January 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010 and the period from April 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010 presents the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Predecessor entity. The consolidating information may not necessarily be indicative of the financial position, results of operations or cash flows had ARH, Guarantors and Non-Guarantors operated as independent entities.

F-56

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE K—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet—June 30, 2010

	ARH		Subsidiary Guarantors		Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Successor Consolidated
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—	$	2,605	$	18,477		$	—		$	21,082
Accounts receivable		—		263		45,681			—			45,944
Inventories		—		25		1,911			—			1,936
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—		28,648		3,479			(14,035	)		18,092
Deferred tax assets		—		3,892		—			—			3,892
Total current assets		—		35,433		69,548			(14,035	)		90,946
Property and equipment, net		—		2,048		53,476			—			55,524
Deferred financing costs, net		5,268		—		9			—			5,277
Intangible assets, net		—		27,056		12,983			—			40,039
Other long-term assets		—		32,017		1,363			(28,334	)		5,046
Receivables from subsidiaries		—		6,230		—			(6,230	)		—
Investment in subsidiaries		39,093		—		—			(39,093	)		—
Goodwill, net		368,038		—		917			134,134			503,089
Total assets	$	412,399	$	102,784	$	138,296		$	46,442		$	699,921
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity (Deficit)
Current liabilities:	$	—	$	23,234	$	58,284		$	(20,176	)	$	61,342
Long-term debt, less current portion		242,076		475		34,206			(28,393	)		248,364
Capital lease obligations, less current portion		—		—		187			—			187
Other long-term liabilities		—		169		1,168			—			1,337
Deferred tax liability		—		16,968		—			—			16,968
Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions		—		650		(123,179	)		165,099			42,570
Total American Renal Holdings Inc. equity (deficit)		170,323		61,288		9,032			(70,088	)		170,555
Noncontrolling interests not subject to put provisions		—		—		158,598			—			158,598
Total equity (deficit)		170,323		61,288		167,630			(70,088	)		329,153
Total liabilities and equity (deficit)	$	412,399	$	102,784	$	138,296		$	46,442		$	699,921

F-57

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE K—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet—December 31, 2009

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Predecessor Consolidated
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	11,423		$	17,756		$	—		$	29,179
Accounts receivable		—			215			45,439			—			45,654
Inventories		—			22			2,272			—			2,294
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—			2,313			3,107			(3,054	)		2,366
Deferred tax assets		—			4,845			—			—			4,845
Total current assets		—			18,818			68,574			(3,054	)		84,338
Property and equipment, net		—			2,054			57,351			—			59,405
Deferred financing costs, net		1,000			—			44			—			1,044
Intangible assets, net		—			363			1,055			—			1,418
Other long-term assets		—			5,161			3,251			(5,093	)		3,319
Receivables from subsidiaries		—			12,267			—			(12,267	)		—
Investment in subsidiaries		38,021			—			—			(38,021	)		—
Goodwill, net		(14,051	)		—			32,973			5,276			24,198
Total assets	$	24,970		$	38,663		$	163,248		$	(53,159	)	$	173,722
Liabilities and Deficit
Current liabilities	$	—		$	7,095		$	63,814		$	(15,292	)	$	55,617
Long-term debt, less current portion		—			40,185			29,169			(5,093	)		64,261
Capital lease obligations, less current portion		—			—			214			—			214
Other long-term liabilities		—			137			7,527			—			7,664
Deferred tax liability		—			4,548			—			—			4,548
Series X preferred stock		62,799			—			—			—			62,799
Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions		—			750			(99,184	)		136,865			38,431
Total American Renal Holdings Inc. deficit		(37,829	)		(14,052	)		145,651			(169,639	)		(75,869	)
Noncontrolling interests not subject to put provisions		—			—			16,057			—			16,057
Total deficit		(37,829	)		(14,052	)		161,708			(169,639	)		(59,812	)
Total liabilities and deficit	$	24,970		$	38,663		$	163,248		$	(53,159	)	$	173,722

F-58

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE K—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations—May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Successor Consolidated
Net operating revenues	$	—		$	270		$	43,332		$	—		$	43,602
Total operating expenses		—			19,777			33,913			—			53,690
Operating income (loss)		—			(19,507	)		9,419			—			(10,088	)
Interest expense, net		(2,798	)		(5	)		(517	)		—			(3,320	)
Income before (loss) taxes		(2,798	)		(19,512	)		8,902			—			(13,408	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		(1,750	)		—			124			—			(1,626	)
Net income (loss)		(1,048	)		(19,512	)		8,778			—			(11,782	)
Equity earnings in subsidiaries		14,775			4,736			—			(19,511	)		—
Net income (loss)		13,727			(14,776	)		8,778			(19,511	)		(11,782	)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			(4,042	)		(4,042	)
Net income (loss) attributable to American Renal Holdings Inc.	$	13,727		$	(14,776	)	$	8,778		$	(23,553	)	$	(15,824	)

F-59

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE K—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations—January 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Predecessor Consolidated
Net operating revenues	$	—		$	587		$	101,507		$	—		$	102,094
Total operating expenses		—			8,417			79,114			—			87,531
Operating income (loss)		—			(7,830	)		22,393			—			14,563
Interest expense, net		(4,119	)		(10	)		(1,588	)		—			(5,717	)
Income (loss) before taxes		(4,119	)		(7,840	)		20,805			—			8,846
Income tax expense		1,963			—			301			—			2,264
Net income (loss)		(6,082	)		(7,840	)		20,504			—			6,582
Equity earnings in subsidiaries		3,525			11,367			—			(14,892	)		—
Net income (loss)		(2,557	)		3,527			20,504			(14,892	)		6,582
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			(9,266	)		(9,266	)
Net income (loss) attributable to American Renal Holdings Inc.	$	(2,557	)	$	3,527		$	20,504		$	(24,158	)	$	(2,684	)

F-60

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE K—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations—April 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Predecessor Consolidated
Net operating revenues	$	—		$	181		$	30,281		$	—		$	30,462
Total operating expenses		—			5,828			23,189			—			29,017
Operating income (loss)		—			(5,647	)		7,092			—			1,445
Interest expense, net		(1,219	)		—			(268	)		—			(1,487	)
Income (loss) before taxes		(1,219	)		(5,647	)		6,824			—			(42	)
Income tax expense		(256	)		—			118			—			(138	)
Net income (loss)		(963	)		(5,647	)		6,706			—			96
Equity earnings in subsidiaries		(1,838	)		3,809			—			(1,971	)		—
Net income (loss)		(2,801	)		(1,838	)		6,706			(1,971	)		96
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			(3,024	)		(3,024	)
Net income (loss) attributable to American Renal Holdings, Inc.	$	(2,801	)	$	(1,838	)	$	6,706		$	(4,995	)	$	(2,928	)

F-61

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE K—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations—Three Months Ended June 30, 2009

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Predecessor Consolidated
Net operating revenues	$	—		$	384		$	63,722		$	—		$	64,106
Total operating expenses		—			906			49,750			—			50,656
Operating income (loss)		—			(522	)		13,972			—			13,450
Interest expense, net		(3,226	)		(9	)		(952	)		—			(4,187	)
Income (loss) before taxes		(3,226	)		(531	)		13,020			—			9,263
Income tax expense		2,058			—			322			—			2,380
Net income (loss)		(5,284	)		(531	)		12,698			—			6,883
Equity earnings in subsidiaries		6,726			7,258			—			(13,984	)		—
Net (loss) income		1,442			6,727			12,698			(13,984	)		6,883
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			(5,440	)		(5,440	)
Net income (loss) attributable to American Renal Holdings Inc.	$	1,442		$	6,727		$	12,698		$	(19,424	)	$	1,443

F-62

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE K—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations—Six Months Ended June 30, 2009

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Predecessor Consolidated
Net operating revenues	$	—		$	714		$	124,311		$	—		$	125,025
Total operating expenses		—			1,834			98,403			—			100,237
Operating income (loss)		—			(1,120	)		25,908			—			24,788
Interest expense, net		(5,586	)		(20	)		(1,851	)		—			(7,457	)
Income (loss) before taxes		(5,586	)		(1,140	)		24,057			—			17,331
Income tax expense		3,979			—			475			—			4,454
Net income (loss)		(9,565	)		(1,140	)		23,582			—			12,877
Equity earnings in subsidiaries		17,879			19,019			—			(36,898	)		—
Net income (loss)		8,314			17,879			23,582			(36,898	)		12,877
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			(10,067	)		(10,067	)
Net income (loss) attributable to American Renal Holdings Inc.	$	8,314		$	17,879		$	23,582		$	(46,965	)	$	2,810

F-63

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE K—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows—May 8, 2010 to June 30, 2010

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Successor Consolidated
Operating activities
Net income	$	13,727		$	(14,776	)	$	8,778		$	(19,511	)	$	(11,782	)
Change in operating assets and liabilities and noncash items included in net income		(548	)		6,739			5,478			4,736			16,405
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		13,179			(8,037	)		14,256			(14,775	)		4,623
Investing Activities
Other		—			—			—			—			—
Purchases of property and equipment		37			(24	)		(1,999	)		—			(1,986	)
Merger		(356,849	)		73,138			(835	)		14,775			(269,771	)
Cash paid for acquisitions		—			—			—			—			—
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(356,812	)		73,114			(2,834	)		14,775			(271,757	)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from borrowings		—			—			—			—			—
Payments on long-term debt obligations		—			(41,384	)		(22,329	)		—			(63,713	)
Other		343,633			(22,515	)		18,570						339,688
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		343,633			(63,899	)		(3,759	)		—			275,975
Net increase (decrease) in cash		—			1,178			7,663			—			8,841
Cash, at beginning of year		—			1,426			10,815			—			12,241
Cash, at ending of year	$	—		$	2,604		$	18,478			—		$	21,082

F-64

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE K—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows—January 1, 2010 to May 7, 2010

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Predecessor Consolidated
Operating activities
Net income	$	(2,557	)	$	3,527		$	20,504		($	14,892	)	$	6,582
Change in operating assets and liabilities and noncash items included in net income		(7,440	)		(5,391	)		(370	)		11,914			(1,287	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(9,997	)		(1,864	)		20,134			(2,978	)		5,295
Investing Activities
Other		(1,679	)		(1,918	)		—			3,653			56
Purchases of property and equipment		—			(187	)		(4,717	)		—			(4,904	)
Cash paid for acquisitions		—			—			(200	)		—			(200	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(1,679	)		(2,105	)		(4,917	)		3,653			(5,048	)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from borrowings		—			—			1,250			(1,250	)		—
Payments on long-term debt obligations		—			(1,200	)		(4,766	)		575			(5,391	)
Other		11,676			(4,825	)		(18,645	)		—			(11,794	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		11,676			(6,025	)		(22,161	)		(675	)		(17,185	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash		—			(9,994	)		(6,944	)					(16,938	)
Cash, at beginning of period		—			11,423			17,756			—			29,179
Cash, at ending of period	$	—		$	1,429		$	10,812		$	—		$	12,241

F-65

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

June 30, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE K—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION—(Continued)

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows—Six Months Ended June 30, 2009

	ARH			Subsidiary Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Predecessor Consolidated
Operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	8,314		$	17,879		$	23,582		$	(36,898	)	$	12,877
Change in operating assets and liabilities, and non-cash items included in net income		(14,549	)		948			3,232			21,189			10,820
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(6,235	)		18,827			26,814			(15,709	)		23,697
Investing Activities
Purchase of other intangible assets		—			—			—			—			—
Purchases of property and equipment		—			(104	)		(6,340	)		—			(6,444	)
Acquisition		—			(17,879	)		—			17,879			—
Cash paid for Acquisitions		(4,208	)		—			842			—			(3,366	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(4,208	)		(17,983	)		(5,498	)		17,879			(9,810	)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from borrowings		—			(246	)		1,256			—			1,010
Payments on long-term debt obligations		—			(1,199	)		(2,083	)		(2,170	)		(5,452	)
Other		10,443			(376	)		(20,385	)		—			(10,318	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		10,443			(1,821	)		(21,212	)		(2,170	)		(14,760	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash		—			(977	)		104			—			(873	)
Cash, at beginning of period		—			11,869			17,313			—			29,182
Cash, at ending of period	$	—		$	10,892		$	17,417		$	—		$	28,309

F-66

PROSPECTUS

Offer to Exchange

$250,000,000 principal amount of our 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all of our outstanding 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018.

Until the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions or otherwise.

II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

(a) American Renal Holdings Inc. is incorporated under the laws of Delaware.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) grants each corporation organized thereunder the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of being or having been in any such capacity, if he acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders of monetary damages for violations of the directors’ fiduciary duty of care, except (i) for any breach of the directors’ duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

The Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws of American Renal Holdings Inc. indemnifies and holds harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but only to the extent such amendment permits broader indemnification rights), each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is or was involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director of American Renal Holdings Inc. or is or was serving at the request of American Renal Holdings Inc. as a director of another entity. The Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of American Renal Holdings Inc. also permit American Renal Holdings Inc. to maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of American Renal Holdings Inc. or another entity against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not American Renal Holdings Inc. would have the power to indemnify such person under the DGCL.

(b) C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, American Renal Associates LLC, American Renal Management LLC, AKC Holdings LLC, JKC Holdings LLC, ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC, ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC, ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC, Texas-ARA LLC and Acute Dialysis Services-ARA LLC are limited liability companies organized under the laws of Delaware.

Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act empowers a Delaware limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager of the limited liability company from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

The Limited Liability Company Agreement of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC provides that the sole LLC member, the officers and any respective affiliates or agents of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC are entitled to indemnification from C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such person in good faith on behalf of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred upon such person.

(c) American Renal Texas L.P. and American Renal Texas II, L.P. are limited partnerships formed under the laws of Texas.

II-1

American Renal Texas L.P. and American Renal Texas II, L.P. are limited partnerships formed under the laws of Texas.

Chapter 8 of the Texas Business Organizations Code (“TBOC”) requires a limited partnership to indemnify a general partner or former general partner who incurs expenses in connection with a legal proceeding relating to such current or former general partner’s position with the partnership. Indemnification is mandatory only if (i) the current or former general partner is wholly successful in the underlying legal proceeding, and (ii) such indemnification is not otherwise prohibited by a written partnership agreement.

Additionally, Chapter 8 permits a limited partnership to indemnify a general partner or former general partner who acted in good faith and reasonably believed that (i) the conduct was in the partnership’s best interests (if performed in the general partner’s official capacity), or (ii) the conduct was not opposed to the partnership’s best interests (if performed outside of the general partner’s official capacity). In the case of a criminal proceeding, indemnification is permitted only if the general partner had no reasonable belief that the conduct was unlawful. Chapter 8 permits indemnification of a general partner without the necessity of indemnification provisions in the partnership agreement. In the absence of such provisions, however, the partnership must make the determination to indemnify a general partner according to the guidelines provided in Section 8.103 of the TBOC.

In all instances, Chapter 8 prohibits a limited partnership from indemnifying a general partner or former general partner in relation to a proceeding in which the general partner is found to be liable for (i) willful or intentional misconduct, (ii) breach of the duty of loyalty or (iii) an act or omission not in good faith constituting a breach of the general partner’s duty to the partnership.

Chapter 8 provides that limited partners, employees and others who are not also general partners may be indemnified by provisions in the partnership agreement, by contract, by common law or through other action by the partnership’s governing authority.

The Agreement of Limited Partnership of American Renal Texas L.P. and the Agreement of Limited Partnership of American Renal Texas II, L.P. provide for the indemnification of officers, employees and current and former general partners so long the person seeking indemnification meets certain standards of conduct consistent with those set forth in Chapter 8.

EXHIBIT NUMBER	EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
2.1	Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among American Renal Holdings Inc., the rollover stockholders named therein, Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC and C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp.
3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Renal Holdings Inc., as amended.
3.2	American Renal Associates Inc. By-Laws.
3.3	Certificate of Formation of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC.
3.4	Limited Liability Company Agreement of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC.
3.5	Certificate of Formation of American Renal Associates LLC.
3.6	Limited Liability Company Agreement of American Renal Associates LLC.
3.7	Certificate of Formation of Texas-ARA LLC.
3.8	Texas-ARA LLC Operating Agreement.
3.9	Certificate of Formation of JKC Holding LLC.

II-2

EXHIBIT NUMBER	EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
3.10	JKC Holding LLC Operating Agreement.
3.11	Certificate of Formation of ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC.
3.12	ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC Operating Agreement.
3.13	Certificate of Formation of ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC.
3.14	ARA-Ohio Holding LLC Operating Agreement.
3.15	Certificate of Formation of ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC.
3.16	ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC Operating Agreement.
3.17	Certificate of Formation of American Renal Management LLC.
3.18	American Renal Management LLC Operating Agreement.
3.19	Certificate of Formation of AKC Holding LLC
3.20	AKC Holding LLC Operating Agreement.
3.21	Certificate of Formation of Acute Dialysis Services-ARA LLC.
3.22	Acute Dialysis Services-ARA LLC Operation Agreement.
3.23	Certificate of Limited Partnership of American Renal Texas L.P.
3.24	American Renal Texas L.P. Agreement of Limited Partnership.
3.25	Certificate of Limited Partnership of American Renal Texas II, L.P.
3.26	American Renal Texas II, L.P. Agreement of Limited Partnership.
4.1	Indenture, dated as May 7, 2010, among American Renal Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee.
4.2	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as May 7, 2010, among American Renal Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein, and Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representatives to the several initial purchasers.
4.3	Form of 8.375% Senior Secured Note due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
4.4	Security Agreement dated as May 7, 2010, among American Renal Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust FSB, as collateral agent.
4.5	Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, between American Renal Associates LLC and Wilmington Trust FSB, as collateral agent.
4.6	Intercreditor Agreement among American Renal Holdings Inc., C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., the guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as credit agreement administrative agent, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as collateral agent.
5.1	Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP.
5.2	Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP.
10.1	Credit Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, among C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. (to be merged with and into American Renal Holdings Inc.), C.P. Intermediate Holdings, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto.
10.2	Guaranty, dated as of May 7, 2010, among C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. (to be merged with and into American Renal Holdings Inc.), the guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A. and the other secured parties named therein.

II-3

EXHIBIT NUMBER	EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
10.3	Security Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, among C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. (to be merged with and into American Renal Holdings Inc.), the guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent.
10.4	Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and Christopher T. Ford.
10.5	Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and Syed T. Kamal.
10.6	Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and Joseph A. Carlucci.
10.7	Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and John J. McDonough.
10.8	2010 C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan.
10.9	Subscription Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P., AFOS Equity LLC, Black Diamond Partners LLC, JJ Bark LLC and Tribeca Investments LLC.
10.10	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Joseph A. Carlucci.
10.11	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Christopher T. Ford 2005 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust.
10.12	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Christopher T. Ford 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust.
10.13	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Wesley V. Forgue.
10.14	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Syed T. Kamal.
10.15	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and John McDonough.
10.16	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Lakhan Saha.
10.17	Transaction Fee and Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, by and among C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and Centerbridge Advisors, LLC.
12.1	Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21.1	Subsidiaries of American Renal Holdings Inc.
23.1	Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2	Consent of Greenberg Traurig, LLP (included as part of its opinion in Exhibit 5.2).
23.3	Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.
24.1	Power of Attorney (included in the signature pages of this registration statement).

II-4

EXHIBIT NUMBER	EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
25.1	Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wilmington Trust FSB as trustee under the Indenture, dated May 7, 2010, among American Renal Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee.
99.1	Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2	Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.
99.3	Form of Letter to Clients.
99.4	Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

Item 22. Undertakings.

(a) Each of the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(4) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and

(5) that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a

II-5

primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(d) Each of the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-6

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Beverly, State of Massachusetts, on this 4^th day of November, 2010.

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
/S/    JOSEPH A. CARLUCCI
Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
Title:	Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Michael Costa and Jon Wilcox, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of American Renal Holdings Inc. and any Market-Maker Registration Statement on Form S-1 and any amendments including post-effective amendments thereto related to the Notes and any other notes described therein, as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreements, dated May 7, 2010, among American Renal Holdings Inc., C.P. Atlas Intermediate, LLC, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 and such Market-Maker Registration Statement, as the case may be, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 or Market Maker Registration Statement, as the case may be, as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/S/    JOSEPH A. CARLUCCI       Joseph A. Carlucci	Chief Executive Officer, Director (Principal Executive Officer)	November 4, 2010
/S/    JOHN J. MCDONOUGH       John J. McDonough	Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President (Principal Financial Officer)	November 4, 2010
/S/    SYED T. KAMAL       Syed T. Kamal	President, Director	November 4, 2010
/S/    CHRISTOPHER T. FORD       Christopher T. Ford	Chairman of the Board	November 4, 2010

Signature	Title	Date
/S/    MICHAEL R. COSTA       Michael R. Costa	Vice President, General Counsel	November 4, 2010
/S/    STEVEN M. SILVER       Steven M. Silver	Director	November 4, 2010
/S/    JARED S. HENDRICKS       Jared S. Hendricks	Director	November 4, 2010
/S/    MICHAEL E. BOXER       Michael E. Boxer	Director	November 4, 2010

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Beverly, State of Massachusetts, on this 4^th day of November, 2010.

C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE, LLC
By:	C.P. Atlas, Inc., its Sole Member
/S/    JARED S. HENDRICKS
Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
Title:	Co-President

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Michael Costa and Jon Wilcox, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of American Renal Holdings Inc. and any Market-Maker Registration Statement on Form S-1 and any amendments including post-effective amendments thereto related to the Notes and any other notes described therein, as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreements, dated May 7, 2010, among American Renal Holdings Inc., C.P. Atlas Intermediate, LLC, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 and such Market-Maker Registration Statement, as the case may be, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 or Market Maker Registration Statement, as the case may be, as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/S/    JOSEPH A. CARLUCCI       Joseph A. Carlucci	President (Principal Executive Officer)	November 4, 2010
/S/    JOHN J. MCDONOUGH       John J. McDonough	Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	November 4, 2010

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Beverly, State of Massachusetts, on this 4^th day of November, 2010.

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
By: American Renal Holdings Inc.
AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC
AKC HOLDING LLC
JKC HOLDING LLC
ARA-BOCA RATON HOLDING LLC
ARA-OHIO HOLDINGS LLC
ARA-RHODE ISLAND DIALYSIS II LLC
TEXAS-ARA LLC
ACUTE DIALYSIS SERVICES-ARA LLC
By: American Renal Associates LLC
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS L.P.
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS II, L.P.
By: Texas-ARA LLC
/S/    JOSEPH A. CARLUCCI
Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
Title:	Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Michael Costa and Jon Wilcox, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of American Renal Holdings Inc. and any Market-Maker Registration Statement on Form S-1 and any amendments including post-effective amendments thereto related to the Notes and any other notes described therein, as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreements, dated May 7, 2010, among American Renal Holdings Inc., C.P. Atlas Intermediate, LLC, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 and such Market-Maker Registration Statement, as the case may be, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 or Market Maker Registration Statement, as the case may be, as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/S/    JOSEPH A. CARLUCCI       Joseph A. Carlucci	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	November 4, 2010
/S/    JOHN J. MCDONOUGH       John J. McDonough	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	November 4, 2010

EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT NUMBER	EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
2.1	Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among American Renal Holdings Inc., the rollover stockholders named therein, Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC and C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp.
3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Renal Holdings Inc., as amended.
3.2	American Renal Associates Inc. By-Laws.
3.3	Certificate of Formation of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC.
3.4	Limited Liability Company Agreement of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC.
3.5	Certificate of Formation of American Renal Associates LLC.
3.6	Limited Liability Company Agreement of American Renal Associates LLC.
3.7	Certificate of Formation of Texas-ARA LLC.
3.8	Texas-ARA LLC Operating Agreement.
3.9	Certificate of Formation of JKC Holding LLC.
3.10	JKC Holding LLC Operating Agreement.
3.11	Certificate of Formation of ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC.
3.12	ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC Operating Agreement.
3.13	Certificate of Formation of ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC.
3.14	ARA-Ohio Holding LLC Operating Agreement.
3.15	Certificate of Formation of ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC.
3.16	ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC Operating Agreement.
3.17	Certificate of Formation of American Renal Management LLC.
3.18	American Renal Management LLC Operating Agreement.
3.19	Certificate of Formation of AKC Holding LLC
3.20	AKC Holding LLC Operating Agreement.
3.21	Certificate of Formation of Acute Dialysis Services-ARA LLC.
3.22	Acute Dialysis Services-ARA LLC Operation Agreement.
3.23	Certificate of Limited Partnership of American Renal Texas L.P.
3.24	American Renal Texas L.P. Agreement of Limited Partnership.
3.25	Certificate of Limited Partnership of American Renal Texas II, L.P.
3.26	American Renal Texas II, L.P. Agreement of Limited Partnership.
4.1	Indenture, dated as May 7, 2010, among American Renal Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee.
4.2	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as May 7, 2010, among American Renal Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein, and Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representatives to the several initial purchasers.

EXHIBIT NUMBER	EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
4.3	Form of 8.375% Senior Secured Note due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
4.4	Security Agreement dated as May 7, 2010, among American Renal Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust FSB, as collateral agent.
4.5	Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, between American Renal Associates LLC and Wilmington Trust FSB, as collateral agent.
4.6	Intercreditor Agreement among American Renal Holdings Inc., C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., the guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as credit agreement administrative agent, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as collateral agent.
5.1	Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP.
5.2	Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP.
10.1	Credit Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, among C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. (to be merged with and into American Renal Holdings Inc.), C.P. Intermediate Holdings, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto.
10.2	Guaranty, dated as of May 7, 2010, among C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. (to be merged with and into American Renal Holdings Inc.), the guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A. and the other secured parties named therein.
10.3	Security Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, among C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. (to be merged with and into American Renal Holdings Inc.), the guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent.
10.4	Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and Christopher T. Ford.
10.5	Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and Syed T. Kamal.
10.6	Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and Joseph A. Carlucci.
10.7	Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and John J. McDonough.
10.8	2010 C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan.
10.9	Subscription Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P., AFOS Equity LLC, Black Diamond Partners LLC, JJ Bark LLC and Tribeca Investments LLC.
10.10	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Joseph A. Carlucci.
10.11	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Christopher T. Ford 2005 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust.
10.12	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Christopher T. Ford 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust.
10.13	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Wesley V. Forgue.
10.14	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Syed T. Kamal.

EXHIBIT NUMBER	EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
10.15	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and John McDonough.
10.16	Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2010, by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and Lakhan Saha.
10.17	Transaction Fee and Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, by and among C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and Centerbridge Advisors, LLC.
12.1	Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21.1	Subsidiaries of American Renal Holdings Inc.
23.1	Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2	Consent of Greenberg Traurig, LLP (included as part of its opinion in Exhibit 5.2).
23.3	Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.
24.1	Power of Attorney (included in the signature pages of this registration statement).
25.1	Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wilmington Trust FSB as trustee under the Indenture, dated May 7, 2010, among American Renal Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee.
99.1	Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2	Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.
99.3	Form of Letter to Clients.
99.4	Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

EX-2.1

Exhibit 2.1

Execution Copy

CONTRIBUTION AND MERGER AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF MARCH 22, 2010

BY AND AMONG

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.,

THE ROLLOVER STOCKHOLDERS,

WACHOVIA CAPITAL PARTNERS GP I, LLC, AS THE SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIVE,

C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.,

C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC

AND

C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS	2
ARTICLE II CONTRIBUTION; MERGER; PURCHASE AND SALE; CLOSING	20
2.1 Contribution	20
2.2 Merger	21
2.3 Effective Time	21
2.4 Certificate of Incorporation	21
2.5 Bylaws	21
2.6 Directors	21
2.7 Officers	21
2.8 Conversion of Shares (including Restricted Stock) in Merger; Cancellation of Options and Warrants	22
2.9 Purchase Price	26
2.10 Exchange Procedures and Payments at Closing	27
2.11 Certain Events Immediately Prior to the Closing	30
2.12 The Closing	30
2.13 Preparation of Closing Date Balance Sheets; Determination of Purchase Price	32
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY	34
3.1 Organization and Good Standing	34
3.2 Authority and Validity	35
3.3 Enforceability	35
3.4 Capitalization	35
3.5 No Conflict	36
3.6 Subsidiaries; Equity Investments	37
3.7 Financial Statements	38
3.8 Real Property	38
3.9 Sufficiency of Assets	39
3.10 Property, Plant and Equipment	39
3.11 Brokers or Finders	39
3.12 Environmental Matters	40
3.13 Employee Benefit Plans	41
3.14 Compliance with Legal Requirements; Permits	42
3.15 Legal Proceedings	43
3.16 Insurance	43
3.17 Absence of Certain Changes and Events	43
3.18 Material Contracts	45
3.19 Labor Relations	46
3.20 Intellectual Property	47
3.21 Related Party Transactions	48
3.22 Inventory	48
3.23 Accounts Receivable	48
3.24 Indebtedness	48
3.25 Questionable Payments	48
3.26 Taxes	48
3.27 Healthcare Laws & Regulations	49
3.28 No Undisclosed Liabilities	52

i

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER	53
4.1 Organization and Good Standing	53
4.2 Authority and Validity	53
4.3 No Conflict	53
4.4 Legal Proceedings	53
4.5 Brokers or Finders	53
4.6 Financing	54
ARTICLE V PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS OF COMPANY	55
5.1 Access and Investigation	55
5.2 Operation of the Business	55
5.3 Negative Covenants	55
5.4 Required Approvals	57
5.5 Reasonable Commercial Efforts	58
5.6 Exclusivity	58
5.7 Cooperation in Securing Debt Financing	58
5.8 Appointment of Sellers’ Representative	60
5.9 Notice of Developments; Supplements to this Disclosure Schedule	61
5.10 Indebtedness and Release of Encumbrances; Related Party Transactions	62
5.11 Resignations	62
5.12 280G Matters	62
5.13 Proceedings	62
ARTICLE VI PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS OF BUYER	63
6.1 Required Approvals	63
6.2 Non-Disclosure Obligations	64
6.3 Financing	64
6.4 Reasonable Commercial Efforts	66
ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER AND MERGER SUB	66
7.1 Accuracy of Representations	66
7.2 Company Performance	67
7.3 No Order	67
7.4 Governmental Authorizations	67
7.5 No Material Adverse Effect	67
7.6 Dissenters’ Rights	67
ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATION OF COMPANY	67
8.1 Accuracy of Representations	67
8.2 Buyer’s Performance	68
8.3 No Order	68
8.4 Governmental Authorizations	68
ARTICLE IX POST-CLOSING COVENANTS	68
9.1 Access to Books and Records; Confidentiality	68
9.2 General	68
9.3 Employee Matters	69
9.4 Tax Matters	69
9.5 Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnification	75
ARTICLE X TERMINATION	76
10.1 Termination Events	76

ii

10.2 Effect of Termination	77
ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES	78
11.1 Survival	78
11.2 Indemnification by Sellers	78
11.3 Indemnification by Buyer	79
11.4 Limitations on Indemnification	80
11.5 Notice of Potential Claims for Indemnification	81
11.6 Third Party Claims	81
11.7 Subrogation	82
11.8 Tax Effect, Mitigation, Insurance and Other Recoveries	83
ARTICLE XII GENERAL PROVISIONS	83
12.1 Expenses	83
12.2 Public Announcements	83
12.3 Notices	84
12.4 Waiver	85
12.5 Entire Agreement; Amendment	85
12.6 Assignments	85
12.7 Severability	85
12.8 Section Headings, Construction	86
12.9 Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver	86
12.10 Specific Enforcement	87
12.11 Counterparts	88
12.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries	88

iii

ANNEXES
Annex I:	Working Capital Methodology
Annex II:	Form of Stockholders Agreement
Annex III:	Form of Registration Rights Agreement
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A:	Written Consent
Exhibit B:	Escrow Agreement
Exhibit C:	Intercompany Loan Documents
Exhibit D:	Letter of Transmittal
Exhibit E:	Certificate of Merger
Exhibit F:	Surviving Corporation Certificate of Incorporation
Exhibit G:	Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement
Exhibit H:	Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement

iv

CONTRIBUTION AND MERGER AGREEMENT

THIS CONTRIBUTION AND MERGER AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of March 22, 2010 by and among American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”); C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”); C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Buyer (“Intermediate Holdings”); C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Intermediate Holdings (“Merger Sub”); the stockholders of Company who are listed on Schedule A attached hereto (the “Rollover Stockholders”); and Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Sellers’ Representative.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Investor has formed Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub for the purpose of consummating the transactions described herein;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of each of Company and Buyer has each determined that the transactions described herein are in the best interests of Company and its stockholders and Buyer and its stockholders, respectively;

WHEREAS, immediately after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, certain stockholders of Company (the “Stockholders”), owning not less than 90% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (as defined herein) and Preferred Stock (as defined herein) in the aggregate, are executing and delivering a written consent in the form of Exhibit A hereto approving and adopting this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with Section 251 of the DGCL;

WHEREAS, this Agreement provides for the acquisition of Company by Buyer pursuant to the merger of Merger Sub with and into Company, with Company being the surviving entity of the merger (Company, as such, the “Surviving Corporation”);

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholders have agreed to contribute to Buyer immediately prior to the Merger certain of their shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock in exchange for shares of common stock of Buyer with an aggregate value as of the Effective Time equal to $18,450,000 (the “Rollover Value”) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that the contribution of shares of Company’s common stock and preferred stock to Buyer by the Rollover Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement and the equity contributions to Buyer by the Investor will be treated as a tax-free contribution to Buyer under Section 351 of the IRC for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, the Investor has delivered to Company on the date hereof a limited guarantee (the “Limited Guarantee”), which provides for an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty by the Investor of the performance and discharge of all the obligations of Buyer pursuant to Section 10.2(b) of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, each of WCP Fund I, L.P. (“WCP Fund I”), WCP Fund II, L.P., Sellers’ Representative and the other Persons signatories thereto, are party to, and have executed and delivered to Company on the date hereof, a Confidentiality and Non-Solicitation Agreement that will be effective at the Effective Time (the “Confidentiality and Non-Solicitation Agreement”).

1

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made, and in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified or referenced below.

“2007 Audited Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.

“2008 Audited Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.

“2009 Audited Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.

“Accrued 2009 Bonuses” means the accrued 2009 year-end bonuses of Employees in an aggregate amount equal to $1,968,084 at December 31, 2009.

“Actual Tax Savings” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(h).

“Adjusted Net Working Capital” means an amount equal to the Aggregate Adjusted Current Assets less the Aggregate Adjusted Current Liabilities.

“Affiliate” means with respect to, a specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified or one or more Affiliates thereof. For the purposes of this definition, “controlling,” “controlled” and “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, contract or otherwise.

“Aggregate Adjusted Current Assets” means the aggregate sum of the (i) Corporate Adjusted Current Assets plus (ii) Aggregate Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Assets.

“Aggregate Adjusted Current Liabilities” means the aggregate sum of the (i) Corporate Adjusted Current Liabilities plus (ii) Aggregate Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Liabilities.

“Aggregate Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Assets” means the aggregate amount of all Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Assets for all of the Clinic Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.

“Aggregate Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Liabilities” means the aggregate amount of all Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Liabilities for all of the Clinic Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.

“Aggregate Clinic Subsidiary Debt” means the aggregate amount of all Clinic Subsidiary Debt for all of the Clinic Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.

“Aggregate Option Exercise Price” means the aggregate price that the holders of In-the-Money Options would be required to pay to exercise all such In-the-Money Options outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

2

“Aggregate Warrant Exercise Price” means the aggregate price that the holders of Warrants would be required to pay to exercise all such Warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“ARA” shall mean American Renal Associates LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Company.

“ARA Ownership Percentage” means, with respect to each Clinic Subsidiary, the ownership percentage of ARA or the applicable Cluster Subsidiary Holding Company, as set forth opposite the name of such Clinic Subsidiary on Schedule 3.6 hereto.

“ARM” shall mean American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Company.

“Assumed Clinic Debt” means, without duplication, the Indebtedness of the Clinic Subsidiaries (or ARA in the case of the Indebtedness specifically identified as such on Schedule 1.1) described on Schedule 1.1 (which amount, for the avoidance doubt, shall not exceed $12,000,000).

“Audited Financial Statements” means, collectively, the 2007 Audited Financial Statements, the 2008 Audited Financial Statements and the 2009 Audited Financial Statements.

“Base Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a).

“Benefit Plans” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a).

“Big Four Accounting Firm” means Deloitte & Touche LLP, Ernst & Young LLP, KPMG LLP or PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

“Business” means the business of providing dialysis services and ancillary related services.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or any day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is closed or any day on which banks in the city of New York, New York are required to close.

“Buyer” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“Buyer Common Stock” means Buyer’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

“Buyer Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b).

“Buyer Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a).

“Buyer Price Per Share” shall mean the price per share paid by the Investor for its shares of Buyer Common Stock received in connection with the Closing.

“Buyer’s Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(a).

3

“Buyer Transaction Costs” shall mean any Tax deductions in respect of any of the expenses set forth on a schedule to be provided by Buyer at the Closing; provided, however, such expenses shall not include any of the Company’s Transaction Expenses.

“Capital Leases” means all the capital leases of the Company Entities determined in accordance with GAAP, including those leases set forth on Schedule 3.

“Cash” shall mean cash as determined in accordance with GAAP, including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Person, cash on hand at such Person, or held for such Person by any domestic or foreign bank with which Person has an account, deposits in transit, less any outstanding checks. For the avoidance of doubt, cash shall be determined after giving effect to the payment described in Section 2.11(e).

“Certificate of Merger” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

“Change of Control Payments” means any and all management sale bonuses, transaction bonuses, Unissued Option Cancellation Bonuses, change of control, retention or similar payments due or payable to any Employee as a result of or in connection with the Merger, the entry or adoption of the Agreement or any approval of the Merger (including all payments set forth on Schedule 3.13(e)), whether payable on or after the Merger. Change of Control Payments shall not include payments made in connection with the Merger to the extent any such payment would not be due or payable in the absence of an affirmative action by the Buyer or the Company Entities subsequent to the Closing, such as terminating the employment of an executive.

“Clinic Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b) and, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Clinic Subsidiary Holding Companies.

“Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Assets” means, with respect to each Clinic Subsidiary, the product of (a) the aggregate amount of the current assets of such Clinic Subsidiary on the Closing Date multiplied by (b) the applicable ARA Ownership Percentage. For purposes of determining the Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Assets, the current assets, if any, of a Cluster Subsidiary Holding Company or a Clinic Subsidiary Holding Company shall be deemed to be held, without duplication, by the Clinic Subsidiaries owned by such Cluster Subsidiary Holding Company or Clinic Subsidiary Holding Company pro-rata in proportion to the number of such Clinic Subsidiaries. Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Assets shall exclude (i) any Clinic Subsidiary Cash, (ii) any current or deferred income tax assets and (iii) all intercompany account balances between and among the Company Entities (including (A) receivables associated with the acquisition of Grovetown Dialysis Clinic, LLC, Louisville Dialysis Clinic, LLC and/or Waynesboro Dialysis Clinic, LLC, and (B) all short term notes receivables between and among the Company Entities).

“Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Liabilities” means, with respect to each Clinic Subsidiary, the product of (a) the aggregate amount of the current liabilities of such Clinic Subsidiary on the Closing Date multiplied by (b) the applicable ARA Ownership Percentage. For purposes of determining the Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Liabilities, the current liabilities, if any, of a Cluster Subsidiary Holding Company or a Clinic Subsidiary Holding Company shall be deemed to be held, without duplication, by the Clinic Subsidiaries owned by such Cluster Subsidiary Holding Company or Clinic Subsidiary Holding Company pro-rata in proportion to the number of such Clinic Subsidiaries. Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Liabilities shall exclude (i) any Corporate Debt, any Indebtedness of the Clinic Subsidiaries and any Indebtedness of the Cluster Subsidiary Holding Companies, including, in all cases, the current portion thereof (including the current portion of accrued interest), (ii) all Company’s Transaction Expenses, (iii) any current or deferred income tax liabilities, (iv) any liability with respect to any Change of Control

4

Payments, (v) all intercompany account balances between and among the Company Entities (including the accrued liabilities of Bristol Dialysis LLC, Langhorne Dialysis LLC, Bensalem Dialysis Center LLC and/or Woodhaven Dialysis Center, LLC due to certain physician partners thereof and all short term notes payable between and among the Company Entities (including those classified as clinic short term debt on the general ledger) but not including any management fee expenses and (vi) the Excluded Items.

“Clinic Subsidiary Cash” means, with respect to each Clinic Subsidiary, the Cash of such Clinic Subsidiary on the Closing Date. For purposes of determining the Clinic Subsidiary Cash, the Cash, if any, of a Cluster Subsidiary Holding Company or a Clinic Subsidiary Holding Company shall be deemed to be held, without duplication, by the Clinic Subsidiaries owned by such Cluster Subsidiary Holding Company or Clinic Subsidiary Holding Company pro-rata in proportion to the number of such Clinic Subsidiaries.

“Clinic Subsidiary Debt” means, with respect to each Clinic Subsidiary, the Indebtedness of such Clinic Subsidiary on the Closing Date. Clinic Subsidiary Debt shall not include (i) any Indebtedness owed by such Clinic Subsidiary to the Company or any other Clinic Subsidiary (which has the same direct or indirect ownership in the same proportionate ownership percentage as such Clinic Subsidiary), (ii) any Corporate Debt or (iii) all intercompany account balances between and among the Company Entities. For purposes of determining the Clinic Subsidiary Debt, the Indebtedness, if any, of a Cluster Subsidiary Holding Company or Clinic Subsidiary Holding Company shall be deemed to be owed, without duplication, by the Clinic Subsidiaries owned by such Cluster Subsidiary Holding Company or Clinic Subsidiary Holding Company pro-rata in proportion to the number of such Clinic Subsidiaries.

“Clinic Subsidiary Holding Companies” shall mean, collectively, ARA-N.W. Chicago LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ARA-Columbus LLC, an Ohio limited liability company, ARA-South Central Ohio LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Kidney Care Centers of Zanesville Ohio, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and ARA-Augusta, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company.

“Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a).

“Closing Date” means the date as of which the Closing occurs as set forth in Section 2.12(a).

“Closing Date Balance Sheets” means, collectively, (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Companies and (ii) a balance sheet of each of the Clinic Subsidiaries, in each case, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and substantially in the form of, and on a basis consistent with and utilizing the same principles, practices, methodologies and policies as those used in preparing the December 31, 2009 consolidated audited balance sheet of the Companies and each of the Clinic Subsidiaries which principles, practices, methodologies and policies are set forth on Annex I; provided, that the Closing Date Balance Sheets shall not include any changes in assets or liabilities as a result of the purchase accounting adjustments or other changes arising from or resulting as a consequence of the transactions contemplated hereby. For purposes of the Closing Date Balance Sheets, all current liabilities (including accounts payable) and current assets (including accounts receivable) of the Company Entities shall be determined as of 11:59 p.m. New York City time on the Closing Date.

“Cluster Subsidiary Holding Companies” shall mean, collectively, AKC Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, JKC Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Texas-ARA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, American Renal Texas L.P., a Texas limited partnership, American Renal Texas II, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, and Acute Dialysis Services-ARA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

5

“Commitments” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

“Common Rollover Shares” means, with respect to each Common Rollover Stockholder, that number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing (x) such Common Rollover Stockholder’s Common Rollover Value by (y) the Estimated Per Share Price.

“Common Rollover Stockholders” means those Rollover Stockholders listed on Schedule 1.2 attached hereto with an amount greater than zero opposite its name under the column entitled “Common Rollover Value.”

“Common Rollover Value” means, with respect to each Common Rollover Stockholder, the amount set forth opposite such Common Rollover Stockholder’s name on Schedule 1.2 under the column entitled “Common Rollover Value.”

“Common Stock” means the common stock, $0.0005 par value per share, of Company.

“Companies” means Company and the Subsidiaries.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“Company Entities” means Company, the Subsidiaries, the Clinic Subsidiaries and the Cluster Subsidiary Holding Companies.

“Company Entities’ Organizational Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

“Company’s Transaction Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company Entities on their behalf and on behalf of the Sellers in connection with the contemplated sale of Company, the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, all Change of Control Payments, if any, and all fees and expenses of all Representatives of the Company Entities including attorneys, accountants, and financial advisors, the costs and expenses of the Paying Agent and fifty percent (50%) of the costs and expenses of the Escrow Agent.

“Compensation Transaction Deductions” shall mean the sum of only the following amounts (a) any and all Tax deductions in respect of cash payments contemplated by this Agreement on Options (including Rollover Options) (including payments pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(i), Section 2.13 or any adjustments to the cash payments with respect thereto (upon the distribution of funds pursuant to the Escrow Agreement with respect to the Options or otherwise)), plus (b) any and all Tax deductions of Company resulting from the exercise or cancellation of any Options in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, plus (c) any and all payments in respect of Common Stock as contemplated in this Agreement (including upon the distribution of funds pursuant to the Escrow Agreement with respect to such Common Stock) that result in Tax deductions to Company, Merger Sub, Surviving Corporation or Buyer pursuant to Section 421(b) of the Code, plus (d) any and all Tax deductions accrued at or prior to the Closing in respect of the Option FICA Taxes, plus (e) any and all Tax deductions in respect of Unissued Option Cancellation Bonuses; provided, that Compensation Transaction Deductions shall not include any Tax deductions on the exercise or cancellation, subsequent to the Closing, of the Rollover Options.

6

“Confidentiality and Non-Solicitation Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Contract” means any agreement, contract, obligation, promise, undertaking, lease, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, license, or purchase order (in each case, whether written or oral) that is legally binding.

“Converted Options” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c)(ii).

“Corporate Adjusted Current Assets” means the aggregate amount of the current assets of the Companies on the Closing Date. Corporate Adjusted Current Assets shall exclude (a) any Corporate Cash, (b) any current or deferred income tax assets, (c) any Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Assets and (d) all intercompany account balances between and among the Company Entities (including all short term notes receivables between and among the Company Entities) but not including any management fee receivable.

“Corporate Adjusted Current Liabilities” means the aggregate amount of the current liabilities of the Companies on the Closing Date. Corporate Adjusted Current Liabilities shall (A) exclude (i) any Corporate Debt, any Indebtedness of the Clinic Subsidiaries and any Indebtedness of the Cluster Subsidiary Holding Companies, including the current portion thereof (including the current portion of accrued interest), (ii) all Company’s Transaction Expenses, (iii) any current or deferred income tax liabilities, (iv) any liability with respect to any Change of Control Payments, (v) any Clinic Subsidiary Adjusted Current Liabilities, (vi) all intercompany account balances between and among the Company Entities (including payables associated with the acquisition of Grovetown Dialysis Clinic, LLC, Louisville Dialysis Clinic, LLC and/or Waynesboro Dialysis Clinic, LLC and all short term notes payable between and among the Company Entities), (vii) the Option FICA Taxes and (viii) the Excluded Items and (B) include, to the extent unpaid at the Closing, any and all cost and expenses of the Company Entities incurred prior to the Closing in connection with (i) any proposed registration of securities under the Securities Act and any previously contemplated refinancing of the Company Entities’ indebtedness (other than the Refinancing) , (ii) services provided by the Bank Rhode Island prior to the Closing Date and (iii) the corporate audits conducted by Grant Thornton, LLP.

“Corporate Cash” means the sum of the Cash of Company on the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, Corporate Cash shall exclude (i) the aggregate proceeds received or deemed to be received by Company from the repayment of the Management Notes on the Closing Date and (ii) any Clinic Subsidiary Cash.

“Corporate Debt” means all Indebtedness of the Companies outstanding on the Closing Date, excluding (i) any Indebtedness of the Companies due to any Clinic Subsidiary or any of the Cluster Holdings Companies to the extent such Indebtedness is equal to or less than $1,000,000 in the aggregate, (ii) the Aggregate Clinic Subsidiary Debt and (iii) all intercompany account balances between and among the Company Entities.

“D&O Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a).

“Debt Commitment Letter” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

“Debt Financing” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

“Definitive Financing Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

7

“Dissenting Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(d)(ii).

“DGCL” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“DHHS” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.27(b).

“Disclosure Schedules” means the disclosure schedules delivered to Buyer on the date hereof and attached to this Agreement and made an integral part hereof as may be amended, modified or supplemented by any Schedule Supplement.

“Disputed Items” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(d).

“Disputed Tax Items” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(a).

“Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

“Employee” means any current or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Company Entities in such capacity.

“Encumbrance” means any charge, lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge, option, right of first refusal, easement, servitude, community property interest, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, restrictive covenant, encroachment, encumbrance, claim, restriction, title defect or limitation, hypothecation, or other similar restriction, or any agreement to provide any of the foregoing.

“End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(b).

“Environmental Permits” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(b).

“Environmental Laws” means all Legal Requirements concerning the protection of the environment or of human health and safety as affected by conditions in the environment, including exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern in the workplace or elsewhere in the environment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Legal Requirements that are the subject of Section 3.27 (Healthcare Laws & Regulations) are not Environmental Laws.

“Equity Commitment Letter” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

“Equity Financing” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

“Equity Rights” means all arrangements, calls, commitments, Contracts, options, rights to subscribe to, scrip, understandings, warrants, or other binding obligations of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of the capital stock, membership, partnership or similar equity security or interest of, or in, a Person or by which a Person is or may be bound to issue additional shares of its capital stock, membership, partnership or similar equity security or interest or other Equity Rights, or any preemptive right, stock appreciation right, or phantom stock rights.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and rules issued thereunder.

“ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (i) a member of any “controlled group” (as defined in Section 414(b) of the IRC) of which that Person is also a member, (ii) a trade or business,

8

whether or not incorporated, under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the IRC) with that Person or (iii) a member of any affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the IRC) of which that Person is also a member.

“Escrow Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(b)(iv).

“Escrow Agent” means Regions Bank.

“Escrow Agreement” means the Escrow Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B to be entered into prior to, or contemporaneously with, the Closing by the parties thereto.

“Escrow Amount” means an aggregate amount equal to the sum of the Indemnification Escrow Amount and the Working Capital Escrow Amount.

“Escrow Contribution Amount” means, with respect to each Seller, an amount equal to product obtained by multiplying (i) the Escrow Amount by (ii) such Seller’s Ownership Percentage.

“Estimated Adjusted Net Working Capital” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(a).

“Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheets” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(a).

“Estimated Closing Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(a).

“Estimated Per Preferred Share Price” means, with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, the product obtained by multiplying (i) the Estimated Per Share Price by (ii) 2.

“Estimated Per Share Price” has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(a).

“Estimated Per Warrant Price” means, with respect to each share of Common Stock that would be issued upon exercise of any Warrant outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, (i) the Estimated Per Share Price minus (ii) the exercise price per share of Common Stock under such Warrant.

“Exchange Ratio” means, as of the Closing, a fraction, the numerator of which shall be equal to the Estimated Per Share Price and the denominator of which shall be equal to the Buyer Price Per Share.

“Excluded Issuance” means (i) the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of Options and/or Warrants outstanding on the date hereof, (ii) the issuance of capital stock of the Company to the extent such stock is cancelled prior to or in connection with the Merger, (iii) the issuance of equity interests to (or the receipt of capital contributions from) the owners (as set forth on Schedule 3.6(h)) of any Cluster Subsidiary Holding Companies, (iv) the issuance of equity interests to (or the receipt of capital contributions from) the equityholders of a Clinic Subsidiary pursuant to the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents (provided, that in the case of this clause (iv), all such equityholders receive equity interests or fund their capital contributions on a pro rata basis and on the same terms and conditions as all other equityholders of such Clinic Subsidiary), in each case, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (v) the issuance of equity interests to (or the receipt of capital contributions from) the equityholders of a Clinic Subsidiary formed subsequent to the date of this Agreement; provided, that in the case of each of the foregoing clauses, all such issuances are in respect of newly issued equity interests of the applicable Company Entity (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not in respect of any equity transfers, equity buybacks or equityholder selldowns).

9

“Excluded Items” means (i) any amount whether due, payable, accrued or otherwise with respect to the Series X Preferred Stock, (ii) any lease obligations with respect to the Cranston facility, (iii) deferred consideration in respect of the Detroit-Wayne facility acquisition, (iv) all accrued legal and accounting fees and expenses in respect of the Spartanburg facility, (v) liabilities in connection with the exercise, subsequent to the date hereof, by any third party of any put or similar rights contained in any of the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents or other agreements set forth in the Disclosure Schedules, (vi) any obligation to make capital contributions or fund the purchase of equity issuances, in each case, on a delayed basis, in connection with the issuance of equity interests contemplated by clauses (iv) or (v) of the definition of Excluded Issuance and (vii) the Unissued Option Cancellation Bonuses.

“Exclusivity Agreement” means that certain letter agreement dated January 15, 2010 by and among the Investor, Company and certain of the Sellers, as amended.

“Final Adjusted Net Working Capital” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(b)(ii).

“Final Closing Date Balance Sheets” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(b)(i).

“Final Closing Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(b)(ii).

“Financing Parties” means lenders and other financial institutions and investors that are or may become parties to the Debt Financing (including the parties to the Debt Commitment Letter and any definitive debt financing agreements).

“Financing Transactions” means the repayment and/or refinancing of the Indebtedness contemplated to be repaid or refinanced pursuant to this Agreement, including the Debt Financing and the Refinancing pursuant to the Intercompany Loan Documents.

“Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares” means the sum of (i) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock into which the issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are convertible, plus (ii) the aggregate number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, plus (iii) the aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock that would be issued and outstanding if all In-the-Money Options and all Warrants issued and outstanding were exercised by paying the applicable exercise price in cash. The number of Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares shall be determined immediately prior to the contribution contemplated by Section 2.1.

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time.

“Governmental Authority” means any United States federal, state, county, municipal, local, provincial or any foreign government, governmental authority, legislature, commission, regulatory or administrative authority, agency, bureau, branch, department, division, commission, or any court, tribunal, arbiter or judicial body having jurisdiction.

“Governmental Authorization” means any approval, consent, license, registration, qualification, filing, permit, waiver, or other authorization issued, granted or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority, including all permits, licenses, approvals, franchises, notices and authorizations issued by any Governmental Authority that are used or held for use in, necessary or otherwise relate to the ownership, operation or other use of the Business, including, without limitation, all provider agreements and other authorizations necessary for the Business to obtain reimbursement under the Medicare program, each state Medicaid program and all other governmental reimbursement programs under which the Business has obtained reimbursement.

10

“Governmental Programs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.27(e).

“Healthcare Providers” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.27(a)(ii).

“HIPAA” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.27(c).

“HIPAA Regulations” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.27(c).

“HITECH” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.27(c).

“HSR Act” means Section 7A of the Clayton Act, as added by Title II of the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Incentive Stock Options” means any Option designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” upon issuance (which Option Company intended Section 421 of the IRC to apply by reason of its qualification under Section 422 of the IRC).

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Company Entities and without duplication, (i) the principal value, prepayment and redemption premiums and penalties (if any), unpaid fees and other monetary obligations in respect of any indebtedness for borrowed money, whether short term or long term, including all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, other debt securities or similar instruments, (ii) any indebtedness arising under the Capital Leases, whether short term or long term, (iii) all liabilities secured by any Encumbrance, other than Permitted Exceptions, on any property owned by the Company Entities, (iv) all liabilities under any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement or other similar agreement designed to protect Company against fluctuations in interest rates, (v) all indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables included in current liabilities on the Closing Date Balance Sheets), (vi) any indebtedness evidenced by any note, bond, debenture mortgage or other debt instrument or debt security, (vii) all liabilities under any letters of credit, performance bonds, bankers acceptances or similar obligations, (viii) all interest, fees and other expenses owed with respect to indebtedness described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (viii), (ix) all indebtedness referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) through (viii) which is directly or indirectly guaranteed by Company or any of the other Company Entities or that is secured by the assets or properties of Company or any of the other Company Entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include (i) the Excluded Items, (ii) indebtedness issued pursuant to the definitive documentation contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter or (iii) liabilities of Bristol Dialysis LLC, Langhorne Dialysis LLC, Bensalem Dialysis Center LLC and/or Woodhaven Dialysis Center, LLC due to certain physician partners thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, amounts due and owing AFCO Credit Corporation (“AFCO”) pursuant to the Commercial Premium Finance Agreement dated December 16, 2009 between the Company and AFCO shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness.

“Indemnification Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5(a).

“Indemnification Escrow Amount” means $27,500,000.

“Indemnification Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5(a).

“Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5(a).

“Indemnitor” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5(a).

11

“Independent Accounting Firm” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(d).

“Initial End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(b).

“Intellectual Property Rights” means all worldwide intellectual property or proprietary rights of any description of any Person, including all rights of any Person in and to (a) patents, patent applications and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, extensions, reexaminations, provisionals, divisions, renewals, revivals, and foreign counterparts thereof and all registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (b) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (c) copyrightable works, copyrights and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (d) mask works and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (e) trade secrets, inventions and confidential business information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and proposals, assembly, test, installation, service and inspection instructions and procedures, technical, operating and service and maintenance manuals and data, hardware reference manuals and engineering, programming, service and maintenance notes and logs), (f) computer software (including all source code, object code, data and related documentation), (g) Internet addresses, URL, domain names, websites and web pages, and (h) goodwill related to all of the foregoing.

“Intercompany Loans” means the loans made by the Company to the Clinic Subsidiaries pursuant to the Intercompany Loan Documents.

“Intercompany Loan Documents” means the intercompany loan documents entered into by ARA and certain of the Clinic Subsidiaries on or prior to the date hereof substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C which documents include a Form of Guaranty pursuant to which each of the members or partners of a Clinic Subsidiary (other than ARA) guaranty its pro rata portion of any Intercompany Loan made to such Clinic Subsidiary based upon such member’s or partner’s ownership of such Clinic Subsidiary.

“Intermediate Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“In-the-Money Options” means all Options with an exercise price per share of Common Stock less than the Per Share Price.

“Investor” means Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations issued by the IRS pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency, and, to the extent relevant, the United States Department of the Treasury.

“Knowledge” means with respect to any matter in question, in the case of the Companies, the actual knowledge of the Specified Officers. For purposes of this definition, the term “Specified Officers” means Joseph A. Carlucci, Syed T. Kamal, Christopher T. Ford, John McDonough, Michael R. Costa, Jennifer Cordeiro, Janet S. Bernardy, Jennifer Rizzo, Jeff Dale, Francine Wachtmann, Sue Rottura, Shari Cousins (RN), Richard Fishpaw, James Dilts (RN) and Karen Bowman (RN).

12

“Leased Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b).

“Leases” means all leases, subleases, licenses, concessions and other agreements, including all amendments, extensions, renewals, guaranties and other agreements with respect thereto, to which any of the Company Entities is a party and pursuant to which any of the Company Entities uses or occupies or has the right to use or occupy any real property.

“Legal Requirement” means any federal, state, provincial, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational, or other administrative Order, constitution, law, ordinance, principle of common law, regulation, policy, statute or treaty; including, but not limited to, any laws relating to healthcare regulatory matters, including: (i) 42 U.S.C. §§ 1320a-7, 7a and 7b, which are commonly referred to as the “Federal Fraud Statutes,” and including § 1320(a)-7b(b), which is commonly referred to as the “anti-kickback law”; (ii) 42 U.S.C. § 1395nn, which is commonly referred to as the “Stark Law”; (iii) 31 U.S.C. §§ 3729-3733, which is commonly referred to as the “Federal False Claims Act”; (iv) 42 U.S.C. §§ 1320d through 1320d-8 and 42 C.F.R. §§ 160, 162 and 164, which are commonly referred to as the “Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996”; and (v) any related federal or state statutes or regulations governing claims or payments.

“Letter of Transmittal” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

“Limited Guarantee” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Losses” of a Person means any liabilities, losses, damages, deficiencies, assessments, judgments and costs or expenses (including out-of-pocket expenses for investigation and defense and reasonable attorneys’ fees) actually incurred or sustained by the indemnified party, but specifically excluding any special, consequential, indirect or incidental damages, lost profits or punitive damages (except in each of the foregoing cases, to the extent that such Losses were direct and reasonably foreseeable consequences of the relevant breach); provided, however, that Losses shall not be calculated based on multiples of profits, cash flow or earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization or similar valuation methodology; provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit a Person’s ability to recover any Losses to the extent awarded in connection with a Third Party Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, Losses shall be determined after taking into consideration any amounts actually received by the Party seeking indemnification pursuant to any other agreement (other than this Agreement or any Transaction Document).

“Management Notes” shall mean the promissory notes set forth on Schedule 4.

“Marketing Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

“Material Adverse Effect” means any event, circumstance, development, change or effect that individually or in the aggregate, with all other events, circumstances, developments, changes and effects, has had or would reasonably be expected have, a material adverse effect on (i) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, or results of operations of the Company Entities, taken as a whole, other than any event, circumstance, development, change or effect resulting from any of the following: (A) changes, after the date hereof, in general economic, financial or securities market conditions in the United States or global economy, including changes in interest or exchange rates, (B) general changes or developments, after the date hereof, in the industries in which the Company Entities operate, including general changes, after the date hereof, in any Legal Requirement of any Governmental

13

Authority of general applicability to companies in the industries in which the Company Entities operate, (C) the impact of the announcement or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on the Company Entities’ customers, suppliers or payers (provided, that, to the extent applicable, the exceptions in this clause (C) shall be disregarded in determining whether there is a breach of the representations or warranties contained in Section 3.5, 3.8(b)(iv), 3.16(a) or 3.18(b)), (D) changes, after the date hereof, in GAAP, (E) actions taken or omissions by the Company Entities with the prior written consent of Buyer or expressly required by this Agreement, (F) any hostilities, act of war, sabotage, terrorism or military actions, or any escalation or worsening of any such hostilities, act of war, sabotage, terrorism or military actions, in each case, generally affecting the industries in which the Company Entities operate, (G) the failure of the Company Entities, in and of itself, to meet internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earning predictions for any period (provided, that the underlying causes of such failure shall be considered in determining whether there is a Material Adverse Effect), or (H) changes, after the date hereof, in any Legal Requirement affecting the validity, enforceability or legality of the Intercompany Loans, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (A), (B), (D) or (F), to the extent such events, circumstances, developments, changes or effects referred to therein have or would reasonably be expected to have a materially disproportionate impact on the Company Entities, taken as a whole, as compared to other companies in the industry in which any of the Company Entities operate or (ii) the ability of the Company Entities to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby on a timely basis.

“Material Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(a).

“Material Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(a).

“Materials of Environmental Concern” means any: (i) gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, asbestos, molds, or radioactivity; (ii) biological or medical wastes; and (iii) hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants, contaminants, or terms of similar import defined under or regulated pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law, and any other substances that could give rise to liability under any applicable Environmental Law.

“Merger” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“Merger Sub” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

“Non-Disclosure Agreement” means that certain Non-Disclosure and Confidentiality Agreement dated August 12, 2008 between the Investor and Company.

“Opened Clinic Subsidiary” means each Clinic Subsidiary (other than the Clinic Subsidiary Holding Companies) which is providing dialysis services to patients on the Closing Date.

“Option” means each stock option issued pursuant to any of the Stock Option Plans (or otherwise) and outstanding on the date hereof.

“Option Election Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c)(iii)(B).

“Option Election Delivery Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c)(iii)(B).

14

“Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c)(iii)(B).

“Option FICA Taxes” shall mean the FICA portion (i.e. the 6.2% and not the 1.45% HI portion) of any employer sided payroll taxes payable in connection with the payments contemplated by this Agreement made at or prior to the Closing with respect to the Options.

“Optionholder” means the Persons who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, are the record owners of the Options. For the avoidance of doubt, a Person who has exercised an Option (whether or not contingent on the Closing) prior to the Effective Time shall not be considered an Optionholder with respect to such Option.

“Order” means any award, writ, injunction, judgment, order or decree entered, issued, made, or rendered by, or settlement under the jurisdiction of, any Governmental Authority.

“Organizational Documents” means certificates of incorporation, bylaws, certificates of formation, limited liability company agreements and similar constituent documents.

“Other Transaction Deductions” shall mean any Tax deductions in respect of any of the expenses set forth on Schedule 2.11(c).

“Owned Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a).

“Ownership Percentage” means, with respect to each Seller, the quotient obtained and expressed as a percentage, by dividing (A) the sum of (i) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock held by such Seller are convertible, plus (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by such Seller, plus (iii) the aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock that would be issued and outstanding if all In-the-Money Options and all Warrants held by such Seller were exercised by (B) the number of Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares. Each Seller’s Ownership Percentage shall be determined immediately prior to the contribution contemplated by Section 2.1 and set forth as a component of the Payments Certificate to be delivered to Buyer.

“Party” or “Parties” means, individually or collectively, Persons executing this Agreement on the signature page hereto.

“Pay-Off Letters” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(a).

“Paying Agent” means Regions Bank.

“Payments Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(d).

“Per Share Price” means the quotient obtained by dividing the Purchase Price by the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares.

“Per Share Price Per Preferred Share” means, with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, the product obtained by multiplying (i) the Per Share Price by (ii) 2.

15

“Per Share Price Per Warrant” means, with respect to each share of Common Stock that would be issued upon exercise of any Warrant outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, (i) the Per Share Price minus (ii) the exercise price per share of Common Stock under such Warrant.

“Per Share Series X Value” means the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Series X Value by (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Series X Preferred Stock issued and outstanding as of the Effective Time.

“Permitted Exceptions” means (i) Encumbrances for Taxes not yet due or payable or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings; (ii) Encumbrances in favor of vendors, carriers, warehousemen, repairmen, mechanics, workers, materialmen, construction or other similar Encumbrances arising by operation of law or in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices in respect of obligations that are not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings; (iii) Encumbrances arising pursuant to Indebtedness which will be released at or prior to the Closing; (iv) easements, servitudes, reservations, rights of way, restrictions, covenants, conditions and other similar encumbrances whether of record or apparent on the premises, including but not limited to road, highway, pipeline, railroad and utility easements and servitudes which do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere in any material respect with the use, occupancy or operation of the real property as currently used, occupied and operated or as intended to be used, occupied and operated by the Companies in the Business, (v) municipal, zoning and building by-laws, to the extent the failure to comply with the foregoing would, individually or in the aggregate, result in or would reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business; (vi) statutory Encumbrances incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, employment insurance and other social security legislation; (vii) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases, statutory obligations, surety bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (viii) Encumbrances encumbering customary deposit accounts or brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; (ix) Encumbrances which arise under Article 4 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction on items in collection and documents and proceeds related thereto; (x) Encumbrances encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements, including rights of setoff; (xi) Encumbrances of bailees for assets in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices and (xii) Encumbrances expressly set forth in the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents in effect as of the date of this Agreement or entered into after the date of this Agreement (but, with terms and conditions that are substantially consistent with the terms and conditions contained in the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents in effect as of the date of this Agreement).

“Person” means any individual, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization, labor union or other entity or Governmental Authority.

“Personal Data” means a natural person’s name, street address, telephone number, e-mail address, photograph, social security number, driver’s license number, passport number, or customer or account number, or any other piece of information that allows the identification of a natural person.

“Post-Closing Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

“Post-Closing Tax Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(h).

16

“Pre-Closing Tax Period” shall mean any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date and with respect to any taxable period that includes but does not end on the Closing Date, the portion of such period that ends on and includes the Closing Date.

“Preferred Rollover Shares” means, with respect to each Preferred Rollover Stockholder, that number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock of Company owned by such Preferred Rollover Stockholder determined by dividing (x) such Preferred Rollover Stockholder’s Preferred Rollover Value by (y) the Estimated Per Share Price Per Preferred Share.

“Preferred Rollover Stockholders” means those Rollover Stockholders listed on Schedule 1.2 attached hereto with an amount greater than zero opposite its name under the column entitled “Preferred Rollover Value.”

“Preferred Rollover Value” means, with respect to each Preferred Rollover Stockholder, the amount set forth opposite such Preferred Rollover Stockholder’s name on Schedule 1.2 under the column entitled “Preferred Rollover Value.”

“Preferred Stock” means, collectively, the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock.

“Private Programs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.27(e).

“Proceeding” means any action, arbitration, audit, hearing, inquiry, investigation, litigation, case, or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) commenced, brought, conducted, or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Authority.

“Protest Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(d).

“Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a).

“Qualified” means any representation, warranty, obligation, covenant or other agreement, as applicable, which is subject to a “materiality,” “material,” “Material Adverse Effect,” “in all material respects” or similar qualification (but not including Knowledge); and the use of any such term shall be deemed to be a “Qualification”.

“Refinancing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(b)(vii).

“Registration Rights Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

“Related Party” means any member, partner, shareholder, director, officer or Affiliate of any of the Company Entities (other than another Company Entity), and if such Person is a natural person, any member of the immediate family of any such natural person, in each case, immediately prior to the Closing.

“Related Party Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21.

“Related Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(c).

17

“Representative” means with respect to a particular Person, any director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, or other representative of such Person, including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors.

“Required Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7.

“Restricted Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a)(iv).

“Rollover Options” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c)(iii)(A).

“Rollover Stockholders” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“Rollover Value” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals. When used with respect to a Rollover Stockholder, Rollover Value means the amount set forth opposite such Rollover Stockholder’s name on Schedule 1.2 attached hereto under the column entitled “Rollover Value.”

“Schedule Supplement” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Seller Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(a).

“Sellers” means, collectively, holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock, Optionholders and Warrantholders.

“Sellers’ Representative” means Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Series A Preferred Stock” means the shares of Company’s preferred stock designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

“Series B Preferred Stock” means the shares of Company’s preferred stock designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

“Series X Preferred Stock” means the shares of Company’s preferred stock designated as Series X Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

“Series X Value” means an aggregate amount equal to (i) $1,000 per share of each share of Series X Preferred Stock outstanding as of the Effective Time plus (ii) all accrued and unpaid dividends on such Series X Preferred Stock computed through and including the Closing Date.

“Spread Value” means, with respect to an Option, an amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued to the applicable Optionholder in respect of such Option if the Option was exercised in full multiplied by (y) the excess, if any, of the Estimated Per Share Price over the exercise price per share of Common Stock under such Option.

“Stock Option Plans” mean, collectively, the ARA 2000 Equity Incentive Plan adopted by Company’s Board of Directors on July 17, 2000, as amended, and Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan adopted by Company’s Board of Directors on December 16, 2005, as amended.

18

“Stockholders” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Stockholders Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

“Straddle Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(e).

“Subsidiaries” means ARA and ARM.

“Survival Date” means the later of (i) the first anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) the date that is 30 days following the delivery of the audited financial statements of Company and its subsidiaries for calendar year 2010 (but, in the case of this clause (ii), in no event later than May 31, 2011).

“Surviving Corporation” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Surviving Corporation Certificate of Incorporation” shall have the meaning set forth in the Section 2.4.

“Tail Premium” the cost of the “tail” prepaid insurance policy to be purchased as contemplated pursuant to Section 9.5(b) of this Agreement.

“Target Working Capital” means $5,220,000.

“Tax” or “Taxes” (and with correlative meaning, “Taxable” and “Taxing”) means (i) any federal, state, provincial, local, foreign or other income, alternative, minimum, add-on minimum, accumulated earnings, personal holding company, franchise, capital stock, net worth, capital, profits, intangibles, windfall profits, gross receipts, value added, sales, use, goods and services, excise, customs duties, transfer, conveyance, mortgage, registration, stamp, documentary, recording, premium, severance, environmental (including taxes under Section 59A of the IRC), natural resources, real property, personal property, ad valorem, intangibles, rent, occupancy, license, occupational, employment, unemployment insurance, social security, disability, workers’ compensation, payroll, health care, withholding, estimated or other taxes, duties, levies or other similar governmental charges or assessments or deficiencies thereof (including all interest and penalties thereon and additions thereto whether disputed or not) and (ii) any liability in respect of any items described in clause (i) above by reason of (a) being a transferee or successor or by having been a member of a combined or consolidated group, or (b) by contract or otherwise.

“Tax Opinion Accounting Firm” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(i).

“Tax Opinion Indemnification” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(i).

“Tax Opinion Indemnification Expiration Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(i).

“Tax Refund Consideration” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of the amount of any tax refunds that are from time to time distributable pursuant to Section 9.4(g).

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, information return, or other document (including any related or supporting estimates, elections, schedules, statements, or information), including any amendments thereto, filed or required to be filed in connection with the determination, assessment, or collection of any Tax or the administration of any Legal Requirements relating to any Tax.

19

“Tax Savings Consideration” shall mean an amount equal to the Actual Tax Savings that are from time to time distributable pursuant to Section 9.4(h).

“Taxing Authority” means any Governmental Authority with administrative, regulatory, or judicial authority and responsibility for determining or enforcing the payment of Taxes.

“Third Party Claim” means any Proceeding that is instituted against an Indemnitee by a Person other than an Indemnitor or another Indemnitee.

“Threshold Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a)(iii).

“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement and the Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement.

“Unissued Option Cancellation Bonuses” shall mean the bonuses paid to the employees listed on Schedule 1.4 with each such employee receiving a bonus in an amount equal to the product of (i) the number set forth opposite such individual’s name on Schedule 1.4 multiplied by (ii) the excess of the Estimated Per Share Price over $8.31.

“Warrant” means each warrant issued by Company and outstanding on the date hereof.

“Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c).

“Warrantholder” means the Persons who immediately prior to the Effective Time, are the record owners of the Warrants.

“WCP Fund I” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Working Capital Escrow Amount” means $2,500,000.

ARTICLE II

CONTRIBUTION; MERGER; PURCHASE AND SALE; CLOSING

2.1 Contribution.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, immediately prior to (but subject to the consummation of) the Merger, each Rollover Stockholder, severally and not jointly, shall contribute the Common Rollover Shares and/or Preferred Rollover Shares held by such Rollover Stockholder to Buyer in exchange and as the total consideration for the issuance by Buyer to such Rollover Stockholder of a number of shares of Buyer Common Stock equal to the quotient of the Rollover Value attributable to such Stockholder as set forth on Schedule 1.2 divided by Buyer Price Per Share. Upon delivery of the certificates representing the Common Rollover Shares and Preferred Rollover Shares, Buyer will as soon as reasonably practicable deliver to each applicable Rollover Stockholder evidence of book-entry shares representing the shares of Buyer Common Stock issuable to such Rollover Stockholder based on the Estimated Per Share Price and/or the Estimated Per Preferred Share Price. For purposes of determining which shares of Common Stock or Series B Preferred Stock held by a Rollover Stockholder that shall become Common Rollover Shares and/or Preferred Rollover Shares, unless otherwise specifically directed in writing in a letter of transmittal in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Letter of Transmittal”), Company shall use the shares issued to a Rollover Stockholder in the order of issuance by Company from the earliest to the most recent date of issuance.

20

(b) As of the date hereof, each of the Rollover Stockholders has entered into a Stockholders Agreement in the form of Annex II (the “Stockholders Agreement”) and a Registration Rights Agreement in the form of Annex III (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), in each case, with Buyer and the Investor, which shall become effective at the Effective Time.

2.2 Merger. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, Merger Sub shall be merged with and into Company (the “Merger”) in accordance with Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). Company shall be the Surviving Corporation resulting from the Merger and shall continue to be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Merger shall be consummated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, which has been approved and adopted by the respective Board of Directors of Company, Buyer and Merger Sub. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time all the property, rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises of Company and Merger Sub shall be vested in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of Company and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

2.3 Effective Time. At the Closing, Company shall file (i) the certificate of merger, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Certificate of Merger”) and (ii) make all filings or recordings required under the DGCL in connection with the Merger. The Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall become effective on the date and at the time the Certificate of Merger is duly filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware or at such subsequent time as Buyer and Company shall agree and as shall be specified in the Certificate of Merger (the “Effective Time”).

2.4 Certificate of Incorporation. At the Effective Time, the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended to read in its entirety as the certificate of incorporation of Merger Sub read immediately prior to the Effective Time, except that the name of the Surviving Corporation shall be American Renal Holdings Inc. and the provision in the certificate of incorporation of Merger Sub naming its incorporator shall be omitted, in each case, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “Surviving Corporation Certificate of Incorporation”).

2.5 Bylaws. The bylaws of Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter changed or amended as provided therein or by applicable law.

2.6 Directors. From and after the Effective Time, the directors of Merger Sub in office immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation and shall continue to hold such office from the Effective Time until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed in the manner provided in the Surviving Corporation Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Surviving Corporation or as otherwise provided by law or in the Stockholders Agreement.

2.7 Officers. Unless otherwise set forth in a notice provided by Buyer to the Company no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, from and after the Effective Time, the officers of Company in office immediately prior to the Effective Time shall remain the officers of the Surviving Corporation and shall continue to hold such office from the Effective Time until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation or as otherwise provided by law.

21

2.8 Conversion of Shares (including Restricted Stock) in Merger; Cancellation of Warrants; Cancellation or Rollover of Options; Other Matters. Subject to the provisions of this Article II, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of Buyer, Merger Sub or Company:

(a) Conversions of Shares in Merger

(i) Each share of capital stock of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to be outstanding and shall be converted into and exchanged for, at the Effective Time, one newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of common stock, $0.01 par value per share of the Surviving Corporation and such shares shall, collectively, represent all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Surviving Corporation.

(ii) Each share of Series X Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at the Effective Time (other than Series X Preferred Stock held by any Company Entities (other than the Company), which shall not be cancelled and shall remain outstanding) shall cease to be outstanding and shall be converted into and exchanged for, at the Effective Time, the right to receive an amount equal to the Per Share Series X Value, without any interest thereon, upon surrender and exchange of the certificate representing such share of Series X Preferred Stock.

(iii) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at the Effective Time (other than Dissenting Shares and the Preferred Rollover Shares, which shall be cancelled in accordance with Section 2.8(a)(v) below, and Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock held by any Company Entities (other than the Company), which shall not be cancelled and shall remain outstanding), shall cease to be outstanding and shall be converted into and exchanged for, at the Effective Time, the right to receive an amount equal to the Per Share Price Per Preferred Share, without any interest thereon, upon surrender and exchange of the certificate representing such share of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable.

(iv) Each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding at the Effective Time (other than Dissenting Shares and the Common Rollover Shares, which shall be cancelled in accordance with Section 2.8(a)(v) below), and Common Stock held by any Company Entities (other than the Company), which shall not be cancelled and shall remain outstanding) shall cease to be outstanding and shall be converted into and exchanged for, at the Effective Time, the right to receive an amount equal to the Per Share Price, without any interest thereon, upon surrender and exchange of the certificate representing such share of Common Stock. Without duplication of the foregoing, each share of Common Stock subject to restriction granted under the Stock Option Plans (each, a “Restricted Stock”) issued and outstanding at the Effective Time shall become fully vested and shall cease to be outstanding and shall be converted into and exchanged for, at the Effective Time, the right to receive an amount equal to the Per Share Price, without any interest thereon, and each holder thereof shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Per Share Price

(v) Each of the Common Rollover Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time but subsequent to the contribution contemplated by

22

Section 2.1 immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, at the Effective Time, be cancelled and extinguished for no consideration and without any conversion thereof, and shall no longer evidence ownership of the shares of Surviving Corporation common stock after the Merger.

(vi) Each share of Common Stock or Preferred Stock owned by the Company, if any, immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, at the Effective Time, be cancelled and extinguished for no consideration and without any conversion thereof, and shall no longer evidence ownership of the shares of Surviving Corporation common stock after the Merger.

(b) Cancellation of Warrants

(i) Each Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and not exercised shall be cancelled, extinguished and cease to be outstanding and shall be converted into and exchanged for, at the Effective Time, only the right to receive an amount equal to the product of (X) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued to the holder of such Warrant if such Warrant were exercised multiplied by (Y) the Per Share Price Per Warrant (of such Warrant), without any interest thereon.

(c) Cancellation or Rollover of Options

(i) Cash-Out of Options. Subject to Section 2.10(d), each Option (other than a Rollover Option) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (whether or not then vested) shall cease to be outstanding and shall be converted into and exchanged, at the Effective Time, for the right to receive an amount equal to the product of (X) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued to the applicable Optionholder in respect of such Option if the Option were exercised multiplied by (Y) the excess, if any, of the Per Share Price over the exercise price per share of Common Stock under such Option, without any interest thereon. If an Option is not an In-the-Money Option, it shall, at the Effective Time, cease to be outstanding for no consideration in exchange therefor.

(ii) Rollover of Options. Subject to Section 2.10(d), each Rollover Option issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (whether or not then vested) shall be, as of the Effective Time, converted and exchanged automatically into a fully vested and exercisable substitute option to purchase shares of common stock of Buyer (the “Converted Options”) upon the same terms and conditions as are in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time with respect to such Rollover Options (including any such terms and conditions which become effective in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement), except that (A) the price per share of common stock of the Buyer under each Converted Option shall be an amount equal to 25% of the Buyer Price Per Share (rounded up to the nearest full cent) and (B) each such Converted Option shall be exercisable for, and represent the right to acquire, that whole number of shares of common stock of Buyer (rounded down to the nearest whole share) equal to quotient of (1) the aggregate Spread Value of the underlying Rollover Option divided by (2) 75% of the Buyer Price Per Share (provided, that with respect to any Rollover Option for which the exercise price per share of Common Stock is equal to less than 25% of the Estimated Per Share Price, (x) the price per share of common stock of the Buyer under the corresponding Converted Option shall be an amount equal to the quotient of (1) the exercise price per share of Common Stock specified in such Option divided by (2) the Exchange Ratio (the exercise price per share, as so determined, being rounded up to the nearest full cent) and (y) the number of shares of common stock of Buyer subject to such Converted Option shall be equal to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company subject to such Option multiplied by the Exchange Ratio).

23

(iii) Determination of Rollover Options.

(A) If validly elected by a holder pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(iii)(B), an Optionholder’s “Rollover Options” shall be those Options having an aggregate Spread Value equal to 25% of the aggregate Spread Value of all Options held by the Optionholder. In determining which Options to use to satisfy the foregoing numerical test, Rollover Options shall be those Options that have the latest expiration date (as opposed to Options with earlier expiration dates) and shall include the fewest number of Incentive Stock Options necessary to satisfy such numerical test. Subject to the 25% of the aggregate Spread Value limitation above, if, however, an election is made pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(iii)(A), an Optionholder’s “Rollover Options” shall be those Options identified in such election, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Messrs. Joseph Carlucci, Syed Kamal and Christopher Ford shall not have any Rollover Options and Mr. John McDonough’s Rollover Options shall be those Options identified on Schedule 2.8(c)(iii)(A).

(B) An election form in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement”) shall be mailed or delivered to each Optionholder no later than five (5) Business Days after Intermediate Holdings (or one of its Affiliates) commences to distribute to prospective investors its printed preliminary offering memorandum in connection with the Debt Financing (the “Option Election Delivery Date”) and Buyer shall give Company notice of the date it commences such distribution. Each Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement shall permit the Optionholder to specify and elect: (i) to have no Rollover Options or (ii) to have Rollover Options with a Spread Value of up to 25% of the aggregate Spread Value of all Options held by such Optionholder. Any such election shall have been properly made only if Buyer and the Company shall have received a properly completed Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement by 5:00 p.m. New York City time ten (10) Business Days after the Option Election Delivery Date (the “Option Election Deadline”). An Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement shall be deemed properly completed only if duly executed by the Optionholder of such Option, together with any other materials required to be submitted in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement. Any Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement may be revoked or modified by the person submitting such form, only by written notice to Buyer and the Company received prior to the Option Election Deadline. In the event (A) an Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement is so revoked and a subsequently properly completed Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement is not thereafter received by Buyer and the Company prior to the Option Election Deadline or (B) the Company or Buyer has not received an effective, properly completed, Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement before the Option Election Deadline with respect to any specified Option, then, in each case, the applicable Optionholder shall not have any Rollover Options (unless such holder and Buyer otherwise agree prior to the Closing).

(C) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option that is not an In-the-Money Option shall be a Rollover Option.

24

(d) Other Matters

(i) Buyer, Company or the Surviving Corporation (as appropriate) shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable with respect to the cash-out of Options pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(i) of this Agreement and any other payment made pursuant to this Agreement at the time such payment is made, such amounts as Buyer, Company or the Surviving Corporation (as appropriate) is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the IRC, or any applicable provision of state, local, or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be timely paid to the appropriate Taxing Authority and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the person in respect of whom such deduction and withholding was made. Payments of the net consideration to be paid to holders of the Options shall be made by Company checks through Company’s payroll process.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a holder who timely delivers to Company such holder’s notice of intent to demand payment for such holder’s shares if the Merger is effected, which holder has not previously, and thereafter does not, vote in favor of the Merger or consent thereto in writing and who otherwise properly demands appraisal for such Common Stock or Preferred Stock in accordance with the DGCL (“Dissenting Shares”), shall not be converted into a right to receive the Per Share Price or the Per Share Price Per Preferred Share at the Effective Time in accordance with Section 2.8 hereof, but shall represent and become the right to receive such consideration as may be determined to be due to the holder of such Dissenting Shares pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware, unless and until such holder fails to perfect or withdraws or otherwise loses such holder’s right to appraisal and payment under the DGCL. If, after the Effective Time, such holder fails to perfect or withdraws or otherwise loses such holder’s right to payment of the fair value, such former Dissenting Shares held by such holder shall be treated as if they has been converted as of the Effective Time into a right to receive, upon surrender as provided above, the Per Share Price or the Per Share Price Per Preferred Share in accordance with this Section 2.8. Company shall give Buyer the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands. Company shall not make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such demands in excess of the payment of the Per Share Price or the Per Share Price Per Preferred Share in respect of any share of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, without the written consent of Buyer, except to the extent that Company’s cash is used prior to the Closing to effect such payment or settlement. Compliance by Company in delivering notice of any statutory rights to dissent to holders of capital stock of Company or in complying with the DGCL provisions related to dissenters rights shall not serve as any waiver of the rights Company has under Section 4 of the Employee Stockholders Agreement against any holder who dissents in the Merger.

(iii) At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of Company shall be closed and no transfer of Common Stock or Preferred Stock shall thereafter be made or recognized and no exercise of any Options or Warrants shall be permitted. Until surrendered for exchange in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10, each certificate theretofore representing shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock and each Option and Warrant shall from and after the Effective Time be deemed to be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and shall represent for all purposes only the right to receive the consideration set forth in this Section 2.8.

(iv) After the Effective Time, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation will be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Company or Merger Sub, any deeds, bills of sale, assignments or assurances and to take and do, in the name

25

and on behalf of the Company or Merger Sub, any other actions and things to vest, perfect or confirm of record or otherwise in the Surviving Corporation any and all right, title and interest in, to and under any of the rights, properties or assets acquired or to be acquired by the Surviving Corporation as a result of, or in connection with, the Merger.

2.9 Purchase Price.

(a) Determination of Purchase Price. The aggregate consideration to be paid in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be $415,000,000 (the “Base Consideration”), as increased or decreased on a dollar-for-dollar basis for the cumulative net adjustments required by the following (as adjusted, including pursuant to Section 2.13(g) herein, the “Purchase Price”):

(i) the Base Consideration shall be increased by the amount of the Corporate Cash;

(ii) the Base Consideration shall be increased by the aggregate of the product of (a) the amount by which the Clinic Subsidiary Cash of each Opened Clinic Subsidiary exceeds $100,000 multiplied by (b) the applicable ARA Ownership Percentage, in each case, computed on an Opened Clinic Subsidiary by Opened Clinic Subsidiary basis;

(iii) the Base Consideration shall be decreased by the aggregate of the product of (a) the amount by which the Clinic Subsidiary Cash of each Opened Clinic Subsidiary is less than $100,000 multiplied by (b) the applicable ARA Ownership Percentage, in each case, computed on an Opened Clinic Subsidiary by Opened Clinic Subsidiary basis;

(iv) the Base Consideration shall be increased by the aggregate amount of the principal and accrued interest computed through and including the Closing Date with respect to the Management Notes;

(v) the Base Consideration shall be increased by the Aggregate Option Exercise Price;

(vi) the Base Consideration shall be increased by the Aggregate Warrant Exercise Price;

(vii) the Base Consideration shall be decreased by the Corporate Debt outstanding on the Closing Date;

(viii) the Base Consideration shall be decreased by the Aggregate Clinic Subsidiary Debt outstanding on the Closing Date;

(ix) the Base Consideration shall be decreased by the Assumed Clinic Debt outstanding on the Closing Date;

(x) the Base Consideration shall be increased by the amount, if any, by which the Adjusted Net Working Capital exceeds the Target Working Capital;

(xi) the Base Consideration shall be decreased by the amount, if any, by which the Adjusted Net Working Capital is less than the Target Working Capital;

(xii) the Base Consideration shall be decreased by the amount of the Company’s Transaction Expenses remaining unpaid as of the Closing;

26

(xiii) the Base Consideration shall be decreased by the Series X Value;

(xiv) the Base Consideration shall be decreased by the amount of the Tail Premium remaining unpaid as of the Closing;

(xv) the Base Consideration shall be decreased by the amount of the Accrued 2009 Bonuses that remain unpaid on the Closing Date;

(xvi) the Base Consideration shall be increased by 50% of the amount of the Option FICA Taxes;

(xvii) the Base Consideration shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of the Unissued Option Cancellation Bonuses; and

(xviii) the Base Consideration shall be decreased by the amount received by the Company Entities in connection with, or resulting from, the sale of any equity in any Company Entity to any Person (other than pursuant to an Excluded Issuance) after November 30, 2009 and increased by the amount paid by the Company Entities in connection with, or resulting from, the purchase of any equity in any Company Entities from any Person (other than pursuant to an Excluded Issuance) after November 30, 2009.

2.10 Exchange Procedures and Payments at Closing.

(a) No later than ten (10) days after the date of this Agreement, Company shall cause to be mailed (or otherwise provide) to each record holder of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (other than in respect of any Rollover Shares) a Letter of Transmittal in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D. At or prior to the Closing, each holder of shares of Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock (other than in respect of any Rollover Shares) issued and outstanding at the Effective Time shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or an affidavit of lost stock certificate in the form attached to the Letter of Transmittal) to Company and deliver to Company a fully completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, together with its attachments. In the event a holder of shares of Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock (other than in respect of any Rollover Shares) does not deliver to Company a Letter of Transmittal at or prior to the Closing, such failure shall not alter, limit or delay the Closing or the conversion of such stock as provided in Section 2.8, but such holder shall not be entitled to receive the payments contemplated by Section 2.10(c)(i) – (iii), as applicable, unless and until such holder surrenders the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or an affidavit of lost stock certificate in the form attached to the Letter of Transmittal) to the Surviving Corporation and delivers to the Surviving Corporation a fully completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, together with its attachments.

(b) In the event an Optionholder does not deliver to Company a fully completed and executed Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement at or prior to the Closing, such failure shall not alter, limit or delay the Closing or the conversion of such Options as provided in Section 2.8(c)(i), but such Optionholder shall not be entitled to receive the payments contemplated by Section 2.10(d)(iv) unless and until such Optionholder delivers to the Company a fully completed and executed Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement, together with its attachments.

(c) No later than ten (10) days after the date of this Agreement, Company shall cause to be mailed (or otherwise provide) to each Warrantholder a Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “Warrant Cancellation and Payment

27

Acknowledgement”). At or prior to the Closing, each Warrantholder shall deliver to Company a fully completed and executed Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement, together with its attachments, including its Warrant for cancellation by Company. In the event a Warrantholder does not deliver to Company a fully completed and executed Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement at or prior to the Closing, such failure shall not alter, limit or delay the Closing or the conversion of such Warrant as provided in Section 2.8, but such Warrantholder shall not be entitled to receive the payments contemplated by Section 2.10(d)(v) unless and until such Warrantholder delivers to the Surviving Corporation a fully completed and executed Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement, together with its attachments.

(d) At the Closing, except as provided in Section 2.10(d)(iv), the Buyer shall (on its or the Surviving Corporation’s behalf), cause the Paying Agent to as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, make the following payments to the Sellers:

(i) to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock (other than any Company Entities), an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) the product obtained by multiplying (x) the Estimated Per Share Price Per Preferred Share by (y) the aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock (other than the Rollover Shares) held of record by such holder, minus (B) such holder’s Escrow Contribution Amount, such payment to be made by wire transfer as described in the fully completed Letter of Transmittal delivered by such holder;

(ii) to each holder of Common Stock (including vested Restricted Stock) (other than any Company Entities), an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) the product obtained by multiplying (x) the Estimated Per Share Price by (y) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held of record by such holder, minus (B) if such holder is not also a holder of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock (or if such holder’s Escrow Contribution Amount was not otherwise satisfied pursuant to Section 2.10(d)(i)), such holder’s Escrow Contribution Amount, such payment to be made by wire transfer as described in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by such holder;

(iii) to each holder of Series X Preferred Stock (other than any Company Entities), an aggregate amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the Per Share Series X Value by (B) the aggregate number of shares of Series X Preferred Stock held of record by such holder, such payment to be made by wire transfer as described in the letter of transmittal delivered by such holder;

(iv) to each Optionholder in respect of each Option (other than a Rollover Option), an aggregate amount equal to the sum (A) an amount equal to the product of (1) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued to the applicable Optionholder in respect of such Option (other than a Rollover Option) if the Option was exercised multiplied by (Y) the excess, if any, of the Estimated Per Share Price over the exercise price per share of Common Stock under such Option, minus (B) if such Optionholder is not also a holder of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock (or if such Optionholder’s Escrow Contribution Amount was not otherwise satisfied pursuant to Sections 2.10(d)(i) and (ii)), such Optionholder’s Escrow Contribution Amount, such payment to be made by check or wire transfer through Company’s payroll system as described in the Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement delivered by such Optionholder (provided, that if an Option is not an In-the-Money Option, no amount shall be payable in respect of such Option);

28

(v) to each Warrantholder, an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) the product obtained by multiplying (x) the Estimated Per Warrant Price by (y) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to such Warrantholder upon exercise of such holder’s Warrants, minus (B) if such Warrantholder is not also a holder of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock (or if such Warrantholder’s Escrow Contribution Amount was not otherwise satisfied pursuant to Sections 2.10(d)(i) and (ii)), such Warrantholder’s Escrow Contribution Amount, such payment to be made by wire transfer as described in the Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement delivered by such Warrantholder;

(vi) notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Buyer shall be entitled to reduce the amount of cash to be paid to Rollover Stockholders upon exchange of their shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock and/or Warrants in accordance with the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.10(d), by the amount of such holder’s Escrow Contribution Amount (to the extent such holder’s Escrow Contribution Amount was not otherwise satisfied pursuant to Section 2.10); provided, that to the extent the amount of cash to be paid to any such Rollover Stockholders in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby is less than the amount of such holder’s Escrow Contribution Amount, the number of such holder’s Rollover Shares shall be (i) reduced by an amount equal to the absolute economic value of such difference (based on the Per Share Price Per Preferred Share or Per Share Price as applicable) and (ii) deposited in the Escrow Account as consideration for such holder’s portion of its Escrow Contribution Amount; and

(vii) notwithstanding the foregoing, each share of Common Stock and Preferred Stock owned or held by the Company at the Effective Time, shall, by virtue of the Merger, cease to be outstanding and shall be cancelled and retired and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

(d) Neither Buyer nor the Surviving Corporation shall be liable to any holder of a certificate formerly representing shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series X Preferred Stock for any amount properly delivered to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.

(e) Each Seller which is an obligor under a Management Note authorizes the Surviving Corporation to deduct from the payments due such Seller pursuant to this Section 2.10 the amount of the principal and accrued interest computed through the Effective Time with respect to the Management Note of such Seller in full satisfaction and payment of such Seller’s Management Note.

(g) Except for any rights of the Sellers pursuant to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, all shares of Buyer Common Stock issued and cash paid or to be paid upon conversion of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been issued or paid in full satisfaction of all rights to the extent pertaining to the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, including all rights under the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2005, by and among Company and the stockholders party thereto and the Employee Stockholders Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2008, by and among Company and the other stockholders party thereto.

(h) In the event a Warrantholder exercises a Warrant subsequent to the date the Company mails the Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement, the Company shall promptly upon notice of exercise deliver a Letter of Transmittal to such Warrantholder. In the event an

29

Optionholder exercises an Option subsequent to the date hereof, the Company shall promptly upon notice of exercise deliver a Letter of Transmittal to such Optionholder. In the event any Common Stock or Preferred Stock is transferred subsequent to the date hereof, the Company shall promptly upon notice of such transfer deliver a Letter of Transmittal to such transferee.

2.11 Certain Events Immediately Prior to the Closing. Immediately prior to the Closing, in addition to such other actions as may be provided for herein:

(a) Company shall obtain payoff letters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer (the “Pay-Off Letters”) and lien discharges with respect to any Corporate Debt and the Aggregate Clinic Subsidiary Debt (other than the Assumed Clinic Debt) on the Closing Date.

(b) The Sellers’ Representative, Buyer and the Escrow Agent shall enter into the Escrow Agreement.

(c) Company shall deliver to Buyer at least two (2) days prior to the Closing Date Schedule 2.11(c) to this Agreement setting forth Company’s Transaction Expenses.

(d) Company shall deliver to Buyer at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date a certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer (as updated or modified, the “Payments Certificate”) setting forth the following information relating to each Seller, as of the Effective Time: (i) name, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock held by such Seller, (iii) Ownership Percentage, (iv) the aggregate payments to be made to such Seller in accordance with Section 2.10(c), with a separate indication of all components thereof, including the portion thereof consisting of the Escrow Contribution Amount, (v) with respect to each Optionholder and Warrantholder, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the applicable Option or Warrant and the respective exercise prices per share thereof and (vi) with respect to each Rollover Stockholder, the number of Rollover Shares. The Payments Certificate shall be calculated based on the Estimated Closing Statement delivered to Buyer in accordance with Section 2.13(a). Company shall be permitted to update and modify the Payments Certificate in good faith consistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement subsequent to delivery and prior to the Closing; provided, that Buyer shall be given a reasonable opportunity to review, and comment upon, such update and modifications prior to the Closing and the Company shall in good faith reflect the reasonable comments of Buyer.

(e) Company shall deliver cash in an amount equal to the Option FICA Taxes to the Company’s payroll service provider for the payment of such taxes in connection with the payments contemplated by this Agreement to occur at the Closing with respect to the Options.

2.12 The Closing.

(a) The consummation of the Merger and other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place at 10:00 a.m. New York City time at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP at 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York on the date that is five (5) Business Days following the date all conditions to Closing which must be satisfied prior to Closing have been met or otherwise waived, or at such other time and place as Company and Buyer may agree, and shall be effective as of the Effective Time on such date (the applicable time and date on which the Closing shall occur is referred to herein as, the “Closing Date”); provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12(a), the Parties shall not be required to effect the Closing until the earliest of (a) a date during the Marketing Period specified by Buyer on no less than three (3) Business Days prior written notice to Company and (b) the final day of the Marketing Period.

30

(b) At the Closing, in addition to such other actions as may be provided for herein:

(i) Each Rollover Stockholder shall contribute his or her Rollover Shares to Buyer in accordance with Section 2.1 and each Rollover Stockholder shall deliver to Buyer any and all stock certificates representing his or her Rollover Shares, duly endorsed, or accompanied by appropriate stock powers duly endorsed, for transfer to Buyer and Buyer shall deliver to such Rollover Stockholder Buyer Common Stock in accordance with Section 2.1.

(ii) Subject to the satisfaction and waiver of all conditions set forth in Section 2 of the Equity Commitment Letter, Buyer shall call the funds contemplated to be received by it at the Closing pursuant to the Equity Commitment Letter and contribute cash to Intermediate Holdings, and Intermediate Holdings shall contribute such cash to Merger Sub, which cash shall be held by Merger Sub at the Effective Time and shall be sufficient, when combined with the aggregate proceeds contemplated to be received pursuant to the funding contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter, to (a) make the payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.10 and this Section 2.12(b) in connection with the Merger (including repaying or refinancing the Indebtedness contemplated to be repaid or refinanced pursuant to this Agreement (including the repayment of the Clinic Subsidiary Debt (other than the Assumed Clinic Debt) through the funding of the Intercompany Loans)) and (b) pay all related fees and expenses payable by Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub in connection with this Agreement.

(iii) Buyer shall, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation deliver to the Paying Agent an amount necessary to permit the Paying Agent to make the payments to the Sellers as contemplated in Section 2.10(c).

(iv) Buyer shall, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, deliver the Escrow Amount) to the Escrow Agent, in cash, to be deposited in an escrow account maintained by the Escrow Agent (the “Escrow Account”).

(v) Company shall deliver to Buyer the certificates required to be provided by it in Sections 7.1 and 7.2, and Buyer shall deliver to Company the certificates required to be provided by it in Sections 8.1 and 8.2.

(vi) Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to repay in full the Corporate Debt in accordance with the Pay-Off Letters.

(vii) Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to repay in full the Aggregate Clinic Subsidiary Debt (other than the Assumed Clinic Debt) with the proceeds of the Intercompany Loans (the “Refinancing”)

(viii) Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to pay Company’s Transaction Expenses.

(ix) The Company shall deliver to Buyer a properly executed affidavit provided by the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(c)(3) certifying that the Company is not a United States real property holding corporation.

(x) Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to pay the Unissued Option Cancellation Bonuses.

31

2.13 Preparation of Closing Date Balance Sheets; Determination of Purchase Price.

(a) Company shall deliver to Buyer at least four (4) Business Days prior to the Closing good faith estimates of (A) the Closing Date Balance Sheets (the “Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheets”), (B) a closing statement (the “Estimated Closing Statement”) setting forth Company’s good faith estimated calculation of the Purchase Price, which shall be determined taking into account all provisions establishing the basis for such calculation set forth in Section 2.9(a), (C) Company’s good faith estimated calculation of the Adjusted Net Working Capital (the “Estimated Adjusted Net Working Capital”), and (D) the Per Share Price (the “Estimated Per Share Price”), in each case, together with supporting documentation used by Company in calculating such amount and such other documentation as Buyer may reasonably request. If Buyer objects that any of the foregoing has not been calculated in a manner consistent with the terms hereof, Buyer shall deliver to Company at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing a written statement in reasonable detail describing Buyer’s good faith objections thereto (the “Buyer’s Objection Notice”). Company and Buyer shall in good faith attempt to resolve any of Buyer’s objections as set forth in Buyer’s Objection Notice, and Company shall make such revisions to the disputed items in the Estimated Closing Statement (as well as corresponding changes to the Payments Certificate) as may be mutually agreed between Company and Buyer.

(b) As promptly as practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days following the Closing Date, Buyer (on behalf of the Surviving Corporation) shall prepare and deliver to the Sellers’ Representative:

(i) the Closing Date Balance Sheets (the “Final Closing Date Balance Sheets”); and

(ii) a closing statement (the “Final Closing Statement”) setting forth the calculation of the Purchase Price, including the calculation of Adjusted Net Working Capital (the “Final Adjusted Net Working Capital”) and the Per Share Price.

(c) The Sellers’ Representative shall be given reasonable access to all supporting documents and work papers used in the preparation of the Final Closing Date Balance Sheets, Final Closing Statement and calculation of Final Adjusted Net Working Capital as reasonably requested in connection with the matters in Section 2.13(b).

(d) The Sellers’ Representative may dispute any amounts reflected on the Final Closing Date Balance Sheets, the calculation of Final Adjusted Net Working Capital and/or the Final Closing Statement, but only on the basis that the amounts reflected therein were not arrived at in accordance with this Agreement or resulted from a mathematical mistake; provided, however, that the Sellers’ Representative shall have notified Buyer in writing of each disputed item (collectively, the “Disputed Items”), specifying the amount thereof in dispute and setting forth, in reasonable detail, the basis for such dispute (a “Protest Notice”), within thirty (30) days of Buyer’s delivery of the deliverables specified in Section 2.13(b) to the Sellers’ Representative. To the extent the Sellers’ Representative provides a Protest Notice within thirty (30) days of Buyer’s delivery of the deliverables specified in Section 2.13(b) to the Sellers’ Representative, all items that are not Disputed Items shall be final and binding for all purposes hereunder. In the event the Sellers’ Representative does not provide a Protest Notice to Buyer within thirty (30) days of Buyer’s delivery of the deliverables specified in Section 2.13(b) to the Sellers’ Representative, the Sellers’ Representative shall be deemed to have accepted in full the Final Closing Statement (which sets forth the calculation of the final Purchase Price and the final Per Share Price) and the Final Adjusted Net Working Capital. After receipt by Buyer of a Protest Notice, Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative shall meet by telephone, or at a mutually agreeable

32

location, to discuss and attempt to reconcile their differences with respect to, and the amounts in respect of, the Disputed Items. If the Sellers’ Representative and Buyer are unable to reach a resolution within thirty (30) days after receipt by Buyer of the Protest Notice, Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative shall within thirty (30) days thereafter submit the remaining Disputed Items for resolution to Deloitte & Touche LLP (or, if such firm declines to act, to another nationally recognized public accounting firm mutually agreed upon by Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative) (the “Independent Accounting Firm”), which shall be instructed by Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative, to determine and report to Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative upon the resolution of such remaining Disputed Items within thirty (30) days after such submission. Each of the Buyer and Sellers’ Representative will be afforded the opportunity to present to the Independent Accounting Firm any material such party deems relevant to the Independent Accounting Firm’s determination. Buyer and Sellers’ Representative shall each furnish to the Independent Accounting Firm such work papers and other documents and information relating to the remaining Disputed Items as the Independent Accounting Firm may request. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to its determination of each Disputed Item, the Independent Accounting may only decide in favor of the position presented by either Buyer or Sellers’ Representative, and may not make a determination other than in favor of one of the two positions presented with respect to each such Disputed Item. The fees and disbursements of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be allocated between Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative, in the same proportion that the aggregate amount of such remaining Disputed Items so submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm that is unsuccessfully disputed by each such Party (as finally determined by the Independent Accounting Firm) bears to the total amount of such remaining Disputed Items so submitted.

(e) The items set forth on the Final Closing Statement, Final Adjusted Net Working Capital and Final Closing Balance Sheets shall be deemed final for the purposes of this Section 2.13 upon the earlier of (i) the failure of Sellers’ Representative to notify Buyer of a dispute within thirty (30) days of Buyer’s delivery of the deliverables specified in Section 2.13(b) to Sellers’ Representative, (ii) the resolution of all Disputed Items pursuant to Section 2.13(d) by Buyer and Sellers’ Representative and (iii) the resolution of all remaining Disputed Items pursuant to Section 2.13(d) by the Independent Accounting Firm (which shall constitute an arbitral award that is final, binding and non-appealable and upon which a judgment may be entered by a court having jurisdiction thereover). The final determinations of such matters shall be non-appealable and incontestable by the Parties and each of their respective Affiliates and successors and assigns and not subject to collateral attack for any reason other than fraud.

(f) In the event that the final Purchase Price as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.13 is more than the Purchase Price as determined on the Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.9, then the Surviving Corporation shall promptly (but in any event, within three (3) Business Days) pay such difference, together with interest as described below, to the Sellers’ Representative, which amount shall promptly (but in any event, within three (3) Business Days) be distributed by the Sellers’ Representative to each of the Sellers in accordance with its Ownership Percentage. If the Purchase Price as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.13 is less than the Purchase Price as determined on the Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.9, then the Sellers’ Representative, shall promptly (but in any event, within one (1) Business Day) cause an amount equal to such difference, together with interest as described below, to be distributed to Buyer from the Working Capital Escrow Amount and the balance, if any, from the Indemnification Escrow Amount. All amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.13(f) shall be paid together with interest thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment at a floating rate equal to the U.S. dollar prime rate per annum, as quoted by Citibank, N.A. (or any successor thereof) from time to time during such period (with such interest being calculated based on a year of 365 days and the number of days elapsed since the Closing Date). The payment required in this Section 2.13(f) shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds.

33

(g) In the event there is any Tax Refund Consideration or any Tax Savings Consideration as determined pursuant to Section 9.4, then except as otherwise required by Sections 9.4(g), 9.4(h) or 9.4(i) the Surviving Corporation shall promptly pay such consideration to the Sellers’ Representative, which consideration shall promptly be distributed by the Sellers’s Representative to each of the Sellers in accordance with its Ownership Percentage.

(h) The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Date Balance Sheets and determining the Adjusted Net Working Capital is to measure changes in the components taken into consideration in determining the final Adjusted Net Working Capital, which components (together with such methodologies and assumptions for determination) were used in the calculation of the Target Working Capital as set forth on Annex I. The Closing Date Balance Sheets and the Adjusted Net Working Capital shall be determined in accordance with Annex I and shall not include any judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies other than as set forth on Annex I.

(i) In connection with the preparation of the Estimated Closing Statement and the good faith estimate of the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.13(a), (i) the Adjusted Net Working Capital and Cash shall be determined based on the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheets, (ii) the amount of any Indebtedness shall be determined based on the outstanding Indebtedness on the Closing Date and (iii) the amount of any Assumed Clinic Debt shall equal the principal amount thereof plus any accrued interest on the Closing Date. In connection with the preparation of the Final Closing Statement and the determination of the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.13(b), (i) the Final Adjusted Net Working Capital and Cash shall be determined based on the Final Closing Date Balance Sheets, (ii) the amount of any Indebtedness shall be determined based on the outstanding Indebtedness on the Closing Date and (iii) the amount of any Assumed Clinic Debt shall equal the principal amount thereof plus any accrued interest on the Closing Date.

(j) Any payments made pursuant to this Section 2.13, including Section 2.13(g), shall be deemed to be an adjustment to the Purchase Price as determined on the Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.9.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY

Company hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

3.1 Organization and Good Standing. Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each of the Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each of the Clinic Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each of the Cluster Subsidiary Holding Companies is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each of the Company Entities has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties, rights or assets, carry on its respective businesses as now being conducted, and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of the Company Entities is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the character of its business or the nature of its properties, rights or assets makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or be licensed would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the

34

Company Entities’ business, all of which jurisdictions are set forth in Schedule 3.1. A list of all of the Organizational Documents of each of the Company Entities, in each case as amended, as of the date hereof, is set forth on Schedule 3.1 (those set forth on Schedule 3.1, collectively, the “Company Entities’ Organizational Documents”); true and complete copies of each of the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents have been, and any entered into subsequent to the date of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement will be prior to the Closing, made available for review by Buyer.

3.2 Authority and Validity. Company has the requisite corporate power and authority necessary to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by Company to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and Company has obtained all necessary authorizations and approvals from its Board of Directors and Stockholders required in connection therewith.

3.3 Enforceability. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Company is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Company, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms.

3.4 Capitalization.

(a) The authorized capital stock of Company consists of (i) 39,982,000 shares of Common Stock, 1,127,100 shares of which are issued and outstanding on the date hereof and (ii) 10,018,000 shares of Preferred Stock, (A) 43,000 shares which have been designated as Series X Redeemable Preferred Stock, 40,500 shares of which are issued and outstanding on the date hereof, (B) 7,300,000 shares of which have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock, 7,300,000 shares of which are issued and outstanding on the date hereof and (C) 2,675,000 shares of which have been designated as Series B Preferred Stock, 2,675,000 shares of which are issued and outstanding on the date hereof. Schedule 3.4(a) sets forth as of the date hereof a true and complete list of each of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series X Preferred Stock and Common Stock and the number of shares of such stock owned by each holder. Company has no other capital stock authorized, issued or outstanding as of the date hereof. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series X Preferred Stock and Common Stock are duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable, and have been issued pursuant to a valid exemption from registration under the 1933 Act and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.4(a), all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series X Preferred Stock and Common Stock were issued free from preemptive, purchase option, call option, subscription, right of first refusal or offer, or similar rights.

(b) Schedule 3.4(b) sets forth as of the date hereof a true and complete list of each Optionholder, together with the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Options and the exercise prices applicable to such Options. All of the Options were issued pursuant to a valid exemption from registration under the 1933 Act and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements. To the Company’s Knowledge, each Option had, on the applicable grant date, an exercise price equal to no less than the fair market value of the underlying share of Common Stock.

(c) Schedule 3.4(c) sets forth as of the date hereof a true and complete list of each Warrantholder, together with the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Warrants and the exercise prices applicable to such Warrants. All of the Warrants were issued pursuant to a valid exemption from registration under the 1933 Act and all applicable Legal Requirements.

35

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.4(d) and for the Options and the Warrants, there are no other outstanding Equity Rights to purchase any shares of the capital stock of Company. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.4(d), there are no outstanding rights, commitments, agreements, arrangements or undertakings of any kind obligating the Companies to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock or other voting securities of any of the Companies or any Equity Rights or securities of the type described in the immediately succeeding sentence. Except for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series X Preferred Stock, Common Stock, Options and the Warrants, there are no bonds, debentures, notes, other Indebtedness or any other securities of Company with voting rights (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities with voting rights) on any matters on which equityholders may vote. There are no declared or accrued but unpaid dividends with respect to any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock other than dividends that will be paid prior to, or the rights to which will be extinguished in connection with, the Merger.

(e) Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.4(e), (i) no Person has exercised any right to sell or transfer any equity in any Company Entities to any Company Entity after November 30, 2009 and on or prior to the date hereof and (ii) no Person has exercised any right to purchase or acquire any equity in any Company Entities after November 30, 2009 and on or prior to the date hereof.

3.5 No Conflicts; Governmental Filings.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.5(a), the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions provided for herein and therein does not and will not result in the breach of or violation of, conflict with or default (or an event with or without notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, impair any of the Company Entities’ rights or alter the rights or obligations of any party under, or give rise to a right of modification, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation under, or result in the creation of any Encumbrance upon any of the properties, rights or assets of any of the Company Entities or require any consent or the giving of any notice under, any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or conflict with (a) any Material Contract, (b) other than as contemplated by Section 3.5(b), any Governmental Authorization, (c) the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents, (d) any Order, or (e) other than as contemplated by Section 3.5(b), any Legal Requirement, except where the occurrence of any of the foregoing with respect to clauses (a), (b), (d) or (e), would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business, or would reasonably be expected to materially impair or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Except for the reports, registrations, consents, approvals, permits, authorizations, notices and/or filings (i) pursuant to Section 2.3, (ii) set forth on Schedule 3.5(b) and (iii) under the HSR Act, no notices, reports or other filings are required to be made by the Company Entities with, nor are any registrations, consents, approvals, permits or authorizations required to be obtained by any Company Entity from, any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the consummation by the Company of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

36

3.6 Subsidiaries; Equity Investments.

(a) As of the date hereof, Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any Person or the right to acquire any stock or interest in any other Person or in any business, nor does it participate in any manner in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement, other than the Subsidiaries, the Clinic Subsidiaries and the Cluster Subsidiary Holding Companies.

(b) As of the date hereof, ARA does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other Person or the right to acquire any stock or interest in any other Person or in any business, nor does it participate in any manner in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement other than (i) the Persons listed in Schedule 3.6(b) (all such entities are referred to herein as the “Clinic Subsidiaries”), (ii) the Cluster Subsidiary Holding Companies and (iii) ARM.

(c) ARM does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other Person or the right to acquire any stock or interest in any other Person or in any business, nor does it participate in any manner in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

(d) The Cluster Subsidiary Holding Companies do not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other Person or the right to acquire any stock or interest in any other Person or in any business, other than the Clinic Subsidiaries.

(e) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6(e), the Clinic Subsidiaries do not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other Person or the right to acquire any stock or interest in any other Person or in any other business.

(f) Schedule 3.6(f) sets forth the authorized and outstanding limited liability company interests of ARA and the owner thereof. ARA has no other limited liability company interests authorized, issued or outstanding. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6(f), there are no other outstanding Equity Rights to purchase any equity interests of ARA.

(g) Schedule 3.6(g) sets forth the authorized and outstanding limited liability company interests of ARM and the owner thereof. ARM has no other limited liability company interests authorized, issued or outstanding. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6(g), there are no other outstanding Equity Rights to purchase any equity interests of ARM.

(h) Schedule 3.6(h) sets forth the authorized and outstanding limited liability company or limited partnership interests of each Cluster Subsidiary Holding Company and the owners thereof. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6(h), there are no other outstanding Equity Rights to purchase any equity interests of any of the Cluster Subsidiary Holding Companies.

(i) Schedule 3.6(i) sets forth the name of each Clinic Subsidiary, identifies the governing and organizational documents of such Clinic Subsidiary, the authorized and outstanding limited liability company or limited partnership interests of each Clinic Subsidiary and the owners thereof. The authorized, issued and outstanding member or partnership interests of each Clinic Subsidiary consists solely of the classes of units and member or partnership interests which are expressly authorized by and provided for in the governance and organizational documents for such Clinic Subsidiary which are disclosed on Schedule 3.6(i). The classes of units and member or partnership interests of each Clinic Subsidiary immediately prior to the Closing consist solely of the classes of units and member or partnership interests set forth on Schedule 3.6(i), which such classes of units and member or partnership interests are owned in the indicated amounts by the members of such Clinic Subsidiary set forth on Schedule 3.6(i). All outstanding classes of units and member or partnership interests are all duly and validly issued, were issued free of preemptive or similar rights and have been issued pursuant to a valid exemption from registration under the 1933 Act and all applicable Legal Requirements. Except to the extent expressly set forth in the governance and organizational documents for each Clinic Subsidiary or as disclosed on Schedule 3.6(i): (i) there are no outstanding Equity Rights of any Clinic Subsidiary and (ii) none of the Company Entities are a party or subject to any agreement or understanding which affects or

37

relates to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to any class of unit, member or partnership interest, security or other ownership interest in such Clinic Subsidiary or by a member of the Board of Managers, Board of Directors or other similar body of each such Clinic Subsidiary.

(j) Schedule 3.6(j) contains (i) the address (including city, county, state, or other jurisdiction and zip code) of each location where any of the assets of each Clinic Subsidiary is located, (ii) each trade name under which each Clinic Subsidiary operates and any additional business and trade names under which each Clinic Subsidiary’s business has been operated at each such address in the five (5) years preceding the date of this Agreement and (iii) the jurisdiction of formation or organization of such Clinic Subsidiary.

(k) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6(k), none of the Company Entities are, directly or indirectly, subject to any obligation or requirement to provide capital contributions to, or invest in any Person other than as set forth in the documents set forth in Schedule 3.6(i).

(l) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6(l), Schedule 3.18(a)(vii) or as may be set forth in the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents, there are no outstanding rights, commitments, agreements, arrangements or undertakings of any kind obligating any of the Company Entities (other than the Companies) to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock or other voting securities of any of the Company Entities or any Equity Rights or securities of the type described in the third sentence of Section 3.4(d).

3.7 Financial Statements. The (i) audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company Entities as of December 31, 2007 (including the notes thereto), and the related consolidated statements of income, equity and cash flows for each of the period and year, as applicable, then ended (the “2007 Audited Financial Statements”), (ii) audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company Entities as of December 31, 2008 (including the notes thereto), and the related consolidated statements of income, equity and cash flows for each of the period and year, as applicable, then ended (the “2008 Audited Financial Statements”) and (iii) audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company Entities as of December 31, 2009 (including the notes thereto), and the related consolidated statements of income, equity and cash flows for each of the period and year, as applicable, then ended (the “2009 Audited Financial Statements”), in each case, prepared by Grant Thornton, LLP, are attached hereto on Schedule 3.7(a). The Audited Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (with only such deviations from GAAP as are referred to in the notes thereto or as set forth on Schedule 3.7(b)) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The Audited Financial Statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company Entities covered thereunder as of the date thereof and for the periods covered thereby. None of the Company’s accountants (including Grant Thornton, LLP) have identified any material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the Company Entities’ internal controls.

3.8 Real Property.

(a) Schedule 3.8(a) contains a complete and correct list of all real property, or interests in real property, owned, directly or indirectly, by any of the Company Entities (the “Owned Real Property”). Except as set forth in Schedule 3.8(a) or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business, the Company Entities have good, valid and marketable fee simple title to the Owned Real Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Exceptions. There are no outstanding options, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal to purchase such Owned Property or any portion thereof.

38

(b) Schedule 3.8(b) contains a complete and correct list of all real property leased or subleased by the Company Entities (the “Leased Real Property”) and a list of all Leases for each such parcel of Leased Real Property. Company has made available to Buyer a true and complete copy of each Lease for each parcel of Leased Real Property. With respect to each of the Leases, except as set forth in Schedule 3.8(b) or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business:

(i) such Lease is in full force and effect and is legal, valid, binding on the applicable Company Entity and enforceable against the applicable Company Entity in accordance with its terms;

(ii) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in a breach of or default under such Lease, and will not otherwise cause such Lease to cease to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect on identical terms following the Closing;

(iii) the possession and quiet enjoyment by the applicable Company Entity of the Leased Real Property under such Lease has not been disturbed and, to Company’s Knowledge, there are no material disputes with respect to such Lease;

(iv) neither the applicable Company Entity nor, to Company’s Knowledge, any other party to the Lease is in material breach or default under such Lease, and no event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with the delivery of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute such a material breach or default, or permit the termination, modification or acceleration of rent under such Lease; and

(v) the applicable Company Entity has not subleased, licensed or otherwise granted any Person the right to use or occupy such Leased Real Property or any portion thereof.

3.9 Sufficiency of Assets. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.9, the assets, rights, properties, buildings, plants, structures and equipment of the Company Entities are, in the aggregate, sufficient to permit them to operate the Business from and after the Effective Time in substantially the same manner and to the extent as the Business is currently conducted by the Company Entities (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be interpreted as a representation of non-infringement, which is covered solely in Section 3.20(c)(iv)).

3.10 Property, Plant and Equipment. The Company Entities have good, valid and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the tangible property, assets, buildings, machinery, plant and equipment of the Company Entities, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for Permitted Exceptions. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10, the tangible property, assets, buildings, machinery, plant and equipment of the Company Entities is, in the aggregate, free from material defects, in good operation and repair, subject to normal wear and tear and routine maintenance and repairs.

3.11 Brokers or Finders. Except for the amounts owed to Wells Fargo Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC which amounts are set forth on Schedule 3.11 (and are a Company’s Transaction Expense), none of the Company Entities nor any of their respective officers or agents has incurred any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

39

3.12 Environmental Matters

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12(a), the Company Entities are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable Environmental Law, except where the failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business.

(b) The Company Entities have obtained all Governmental Authorizations which are required under Environmental Laws (collectively, the “Environmental Permits”) in connection with the operation of the Business, and the use, or lease of the Leased Real Property, and Schedule 3.12(b) contains a complete list and description of each such Environmental Permit. Except as described on Schedule 3.12(b), the Company Entities are in compliance with each such Environmental Permit and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no Governmental Authority seeks to revoke, to adversely modify, or not to renew any such Environmental Permit nor is there any reasonable basis for the revocation, adverse modification, or non-renewal of any such Environmental Permit, other than such failures to comply and such revocations, adverse modifications, or non-renewals that, individually or in the aggregate, have not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business, or materially impair or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12(c): (i) the Company Entities have received no written notice of any pending claims, actions, suits, proceedings, investigations, assessments or complaints by any Governmental Authority arising under or pursuant to any Environmental Law and, to Company’s Knowledge, none of the foregoing has been threatened; and (ii) there is no pending or threatened Order under any Environmental Law or concerning any Materials of Environmental Concern to which any of the Company Entities, or any of the assets, rights or properties owned or used by any of the Company Entities, is, or would be, subject.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12(d), no Company Entity has used, handled or disposed of, or arranged for the use, handling or disposal of, Materials of Environmental Concern in a manner that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, Materials of Environmental Concern are not present at any of the Owned Real Property, Leased Real Property, or any other location under circumstances that, individually or in the aggregate, have resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business.

(e) To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company has made available to the Buyer all material correspondence, reports, or other documents in its possession or, to the Company’s Knowledge, under its control, concerning matters involving compliance with Environmental Laws or liability with respect to Materials of Environmental Concern that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respects with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business.

40

3.13 Employee Benefit Plans.

(a) Schedule 3.13 sets forth a list of all employment, change in control, bonus, deferred or incentive compensation, stock purchase, stock option, profit sharing, retirement, multiemployer, vacation, sick leave, hospitalization or severance plans, “employee benefit plans” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) and material fringe benefit agreements, programs, plans or policies, sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company Entities or in which the Employees participate or are entitled to participate (the “Benefit Plans”). Company has made available to Buyer true and correct copies of all documents (including the most recent plan document incorporating all plan amendments, the most recent summary plan description, any related trust agreement or other funding mechanism, and, if applicable, the most recent IRS determination letter, Form 5500 and attached schedules and, to the extent applicable, audited financial statements and actuarial valuation reports) embodying the Benefit Plans. Each of the Benefit Plans is and has at all times been in compliance in all respects with its terms and all applicable provisions of ERISA, the IRC, and applicable law except where the failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business. The Company Entities are not a participating or contributing employer in any Multiemployer Plan with respect to Employees, and neither the Company Entities nor their ERISA Affiliates have incurred any withdrawal liability with respect to any multiemployer plan or any liability in connection with the termination or reorganization of any Multiemployer Plan. Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 3.13, all due contributions, premiums or payments under or with respect to each Benefit Plan are current and will have been paid as of the Closing or accrued on the Closing Date Balance Sheets.

(b) The Benefit Plans intended to qualify under Section 401 of the IRC are so qualified and the trusts maintained pursuant thereto are exempt from federal income taxation under Section 501 of the IRC, and nothing has occurred with respect to the operation of the Benefit Plans which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification or exemption or the imposition of any liability, penalty or tax under ERISA or the IRC.

(c) No Benefit Plan is subject to Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 or 4971 of the IRC and the Company Entities have not incurred any current or projected liability in respect of post-employment or post-retirement health, medical or life insurance benefits for Employees (or their dependents, spouses or beneficiaries), except as required to avoid an excise tax under Section 4980B of the IRC or otherwise except as may be required pursuant to any other applicable Legal Requirement.

(d) Except as has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business, with respect to each Benefit Plan, (i) no actions, suits or claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the ordinary course) are pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no facts or circumstances exist that could give rise to any such actions, suits or claims, and (iii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no administrative investigation, audit or other administrative proceeding by the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, the IRS or other Governmental Authority are pending or threatened.

(e) Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.13(e) or as expressly provided for in this Agreement, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (whether alone or in conjunction with any subsequent event(s) other than events contemplated by the amended and restated employment agreements entered into by the Rollover Stockholders on the date hereof) will (i) result in any payment becoming due to any employee of the Company Entities, (ii) increase any compensation benefits or funding to any Employee payable by the Company Entities, (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits, (iv) limit or restrict the right of the Company Entities to merge, amend or terminate any Benefit Plan, (v)

41

cause the Company Entities to record additional compensation expense on its income statement with respect to any outstanding stock option or other equity-based award, or (vi) result in payments or benefits which would not be deductible pursuant to Section 280G of the IRC. None of the Company Entities has an existing arrangement with an Employee providing for an excise tax gross up in respect of any excise taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the IRC.

(f) No Benefit Plan is maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States, or covers any Employee residing or working outside the United States.

3.14 Compliance with Legal Requirements; Permits.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14(a):

(i) the Company Entities are in compliance in all material respects with each Legal Requirement that is applicable to them or to the conduct or operation of the Business or the ownership or use of any of their assets;

(ii) the Company Entities are not in receipt of any written notice, or to the Company’s Knowledge, any other notice, from any Governmental Authority or any other Person regarding any actual or alleged failure to comply with, any material Legal Requirement.

(b) Schedule 3.14(b) contains a list, which is complete and accurate in all material respects, of the material Governmental Authorizations (other than the Environmental Permits) that are held by the Company Entities or that otherwise relate to the business of, or to any of the assets owned or used by, the Company Entities. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14(b), the Company Entities have all Governmental Authorizations necessary for the Company or such Subsidiary to own, lease and operate its properties or to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, except where the failure to have any Governmental Authorization would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business, or reasonably be expected to materially impair or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Governmental Authorization listed on Schedule 3.14(b) is valid and in full force and effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14(b):

(i) The Company Entities are in compliance in all material respects with all of the material terms and requirements of each material Governmental Authorization identified on Schedule 3.14(b);

(ii) The Company Entities have not received any written notice, or to the Company’s Knowledge, any other notice or communication, from any Governmental Authority or any other Person regarding actual, alleged, possible, or potential violation of or failure to comply with any term or requirement of any material Governmental Authorization;

(iii) No suspension, cancellation or materially adverse modification of any material Governmental Authorization is pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened; and

(iv) The Company Entities have timely filed all reports, data and other information required to be filed with the Governmental Authorities with respect to the Company Entities, except where such failure would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business.

42

(c) This Section 3.14 does not relate to matters with respect to employee benefits, which are covered exclusively by Section 3.13 (Employee Benefit Plans), matters with respect to intellectual property, which are covered exclusively by Section 3.20 (Intellectual Property), matters with respect to Taxes, which are covered exclusively by Section 3.26 (Taxes) and Section 9.4 (Tax Matters), matters relating to Environmental Laws, which are covered exclusively by Section 3.12 (Environmental Matters), matters relating to labor and employees, or matters which are covered exclusively by Section 3.19 (Labor Relations).

3.15 Legal Proceedings

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(a), there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened Proceeding:

(i) that has been commenced against any of the Company Entities or any of the assets, rights or properties owned or used by any of the Company Entities; or

(ii) that challenges, or that would be reasonably likely to have the effect of preventing, delaying, or making illegal, or otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(b), there is no pending or threatened Order to which any of the Company Entities, or any of the assets, rights or properties owned or used by any of the Company Entities, is, or would be, subject.

3.16 Insurance.

(a) Schedule 3.16(a) sets forth a list of all insurance policies with respect to which the Company Entities are named insureds or that provide coverage to any of the Company Entities, or any director or officer of any of the Company Entities in its capacity as such, and, except as otherwise specified therein, such coverages are in full force and effect, shall be maintained in full force and effect through the Closing and all premiums due have been paid. No Company Entity is in default, in any material respect, with respect to its obligations under any such insurance policies and no Company Entity has received notice of termination, cancellation or non-renewal of any such insurance policies from any of its insurance brokers or carriers. Each Company Entity has complied, in all material respects, with each such insurance policy to which is subject.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.16(b), there are no pending claims in excess of $50,000 against such insurance policies as to which insurers have denied liability and there exist no claims in excess of $50,000 that have not been timely reported within the time frame required by or under such insurance policies by any of the Company Entities to the related insurers.

3.17 Absence of Certain Changes and Events. Since December 31, 2009 through the date hereof, except (i) as disclosed or on Schedule 3.17, (ii) in connection with the formation or financing of any Clinic Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and (iii) for the transactions expressly contemplated hereby:

(a) there has not been any change in the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or equity interests of the Company Entities or any grant of any Equity Rights of the Company Entities;

43

(b) there has not been any amendment, modification or supplement to the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents;

(c) there has not been any grant of any registration rights with respect to the equity interests of the Company Entities;

(d) the Company Entities have not made any acquisition (by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of equity interests or assets) of any Person;

(e) the Company Entities have not canceled or compromised any material Indebtedness;

(f) the Company Entities have not created any Encumbrances on any of their respective assets, rights or properties, other than Permitted Exceptions;

(g) the Company Entities have not sold, assigned, licensed, pledged, disposed of or transferred any of their assets, rights, equity interests (other than pursuant to an exercise of existing Options and/or Warrants) or properties except for the sale of inventory to customers in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and except for any such assets having an aggregate value of less than $150,000;

(h) the Company Entities have not entered into or terminated any Material Contract, amended or otherwise modified or waived any of the material terms of any Material Contract;

(i) the Company has not released any Person who had been seeking to acquire capital stock or equity interests or a significant portion of the assets of the Company from any confidentiality or similar agreement or modified or waived any material provision of any such agreement with such Person;

(j) the Company Entities have not released any Person from any confidentiality or similar agreement or modified or waived any provision of any such agreement in a manner outside of the ordinary course of business;

(k) the Company Entities have not changed their independent public accountants, changed their accounting methods or accounting practices or changed their depreciation or amortization policies or rates;

(l) Company has not declared, set aside, made or paid any dividend or other distribution in respect of capital stock or equity interests of Company;

(m) the Company Entities have not taken any other action or omitted to take any other action, nor has there occurred any other event, that would have required the consent of Buyer under Sections 5.3(b) through 5.3(e), 5.3(g), 5.3(i), 5.3(m) through 5.3(o), 5.3(q) or 5.3(s); and

(n) the Company Entities have not entered into any agreement or made any commitment to take any of the types of actions described in any of subsections set forth in this Section 3.17.

44

3.18 Material Contracts.

(a) Schedule 3.18(a) contains a list of each of the following written Contracts and a description of each of the following oral Contracts to which any of the Company Entities is a party (collectively, the “Material Contracts”):

(i) all Contracts (other than the Leases listed on Schedule 3.8(b)) that Company reasonably anticipates will, in accordance with their terms, involve aggregate payments by any of the Company Entities of more than $250,000 within the twelve (12) month period following the date hereof;

(ii) all Contracts that Company reasonably anticipates will, in accordance with their terms, involve aggregate payments to any of the Company Entities of more than $250,000 within the twelve (12) month period following the date hereof;

(iii) any employment Contract of any director or officer of any of the Companies or any other written employment, severance, retention, deal bonus, consulting or other Contract with any employee of any of the Companies which will require (or reasonably likely require) the payment of amounts by any of the Companies during the one year period following the date hereof in excess of $150,000;

(iv) all Contracts that limit or purport to limit the ability of any of the Company Entities to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or during any period of time;

(v) all Contracts relating to material Intellectual Property Rights (other than Intellectual Property Rights which are the subject of a license for shrink wrap software, license for other “off the shelf” software, or a license for software for which the license fees, royalties, maintenance fees and support fees do not exceed $150,000 on an annual basis);

(vi) all Contracts under which any of the Company Entities has incurred any Indebtedness which is outstanding on the date hereof or has directly or indirectly guaranteed Indebtedness, liabilities or obligations of any Person (other than any Indebtedness, liabilities or obligations solely by and among the Company Entities);

(vii) any Contract that contains a put or similar right pursuant to which any Company Entity could be required to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any equity interests (whether exercisable by the party holding such right (A) at any time or from time to time (i.e., a “time-based put”) or (B) as a result of, or in connection with, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (i.e., an “event-based put”));

(viii) other than as may be set forth in the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents, any Contract that contains a co-sale, call, right of first refusal or right of first offer, with respect to the equity interests of the Company Entities;

(ix) any Contract, other than the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents, which contains an earn-out, deferred purchase price, or other similar contingent obligation, or contains ongoing indemnification obligations on behalf of any Company Entities and, in each case, is related to the acquisition of any equity interests of any Person;

45

(x) other than the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents, all joint venture or partnership agreements; and

(xi) all medical director agreements and other similar agreements.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.18(b), each Material Contract is valid and binding on the Company Entity that is a party thereto and, to Company’s Knowledge, on the other parties thereto, and is in full force and effect. Each of the Company Entities has performed in all material respects all material obligations required to be performed by it to date under each Material Contract. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.18(b), none of the Company Entities is or is alleged to be in material breach of, or material default under, nor is there any event or condition exists which constitutes, or after notice or lapse of time or both would constitute, a material breach or material default on the part of any Company Entity under, any Material Contract. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.18(b), to Company’s Knowledge, no other party to any Material Contract is or is alleged to be in breach thereof or default thereunder, nor to the Company’s Knowledge, is there any event or condition which constitute, or after notice or lapse of time or both would constitute, a material breach or material default on the part of any other party, under any Material Contract. Company has made available to Buyer correct and complete copies of all Material Contracts, together with all amendments, modifications or supplements thereto.

3.19 Labor Relations.

(a) Schedule 3.19(a) attached hereto contains a true, complete and correct list of:

(i) the Employees: (a) who individually earned in excess of $150,000 in compensation for the 12-month period ending December 31, 2008, and (b) who individually are expected to earn in excess of $150,000 in compensation for the 12-month period ending December 31, 2009, and the rate of all current base compensation payable by the Company Entities to each such Employee, together with their actual bonus for the year ended December 31, 2009; and

(ii) all severance agreements with former directors and senior executives who have departed within one year prior to the date hereof (copies of which have been made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof).

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19(b) as of the date hereof, none of the Company Entities is subject to any collective bargaining agreement, labor contract or similar agreement or arrangement with any labor union, trade union, works council or other employee representative, nor is any such agreement or contract being negotiated. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19(b), none of the Company Entities has received: (i) written notice of any unfair labor practice charge or complaint pending or threatened before the National Labor Relations Board or any other Governmental Authority against or relating to any Employee nor is any such charge or complaint pending, (ii) written notice of any Proceedings arising out of any collective bargaining agreement, or similar agreement nor are any such Proceedings pending, (iii) written notice of threats to commence any Proceedings by or on behalf of any employee, former employee or any other representative of such employee with respect to or relating to any of the Company Entities before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other Governmental Authority responsible for the prevention of unlawful employment practices nor are any such Proceedings pending, or (iv) written notice of the intent of any Governmental Authority responsible for the enforcement of labor, employment, wages and hours of work, child labor, immigration, classification of employees, whistleblower or occupational safety and health laws to conduct an investigation with respect to or relating to any Employee or to any site or facility at which any Employee is located, or notice that such investigation is in progress.

46

(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19(c), the Company Entities are in compliance with all material Legal Requirements respecting employment and employment practices, except where the failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or be reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business.

3.20 Intellectual Property.

(a) Schedule 3.20(a) contains a list of the following Intellectual Property Rights of the Company Entities used in the Business (“Material Intellectual Property”):

(i) all registered and applied for trademarks, service marks, copyrights, trade names, fictitious names, domain names, logotypes and designs and material unregistered trademarks, service marks and trade names owned by the Company Entities, showing with respect to each the registration or application numbers of any state, federal, or foreign registration of any such registered or applied for Material Intellectual Property;

(ii) all Intellectual Property Rights used by the Company Entities under license or other agreement (other than Intellectual Property Rights which is the subject of a license for shrink wrap software, license for other “off the shelf” software, or a license for software for which the license fees, royalties, maintenance fees and support fees do not exceed $150,000 on an annual basis), copies of which agreements relating thereto have been made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof; and

(iii) all Intellectual Property Rights used by any other Person under license or other agreement from the Company Entities (copies of which agreements relating thereto have been made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof).

(b) The Company Entities do not own any patents and do not have any pending domestic or foreign patent applications.

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.20(c): (i) the Companies own the entire right, title and interest in, or possess valid licenses or other rights to, the material Intellectual Property Rights necessary to conduct their businesses in all material respects as currently conducted, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Exceptions (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be interpreted as a representation of non-infringement, which is covered solely in Section 3.20(c)(iv)); (ii) to Company’s Knowledge, there are no infringements or misappropriations by any third party of any of the Intellectual Property owned by the Companies; (iii) there is no pending or, to Company’s Knowledge, threatened Proceeding (including cease and desist letters or invitations to take a patent license) to which the Companies are a party claiming that any of the Company Entities has infringed or misappropriated any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party, (iv) to the Knowledge of the Company, the Company Entities’ conduct of their business does not infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party in any material respect; (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by the Companies and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not breach, violate or conflict with any instrument or agreement entered into by the Company Entities concerning the Material Intellectual Property used by the Company Entities, and (vi) the Companies have taken commercially reasonable steps to protect and maintain their confidential information and trade secrets and their sole ownership of material proprietary Intellectual Property Rights.

47

3.21 Related Party Transactions. Except for the transactions and arrangements as set forth on Schedule 3.21 (each a “Related Party Transaction”), no Related Party (i) has borrowed money from or loaned money to any of the Companies that is currently outstanding or otherwise has any cause of action or claim against any of the Company Entities, (ii) has any ownership interest in any property or asset used by the Company Entities in the conduct of the Business, or (iii) is a party to any Contract or is engaged in any ongoing transaction with any of the Company Entities (including any arrangements related to the payment of royalties).

3.22 Inventory. All inventory reflected on the Closing Date Balance Sheets shall be determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and shall consist of a quality and quantity usable and salable in the ordinary course of business.

3.23 Accounts Receivable. All accounts receivable reflected on the Closing Date Balance Sheets (net of allowances for doubtful accounts as reflected thereon and determined in accordance with GAAP) will be valid receivables arising from the bona fide sale of services and inventory actually made or performed or sold and invoiced in the ordinary course of business, and, to the Knowledge of the Company are not subject to set-offs or counterclaims.

3.24 Indebtedness. Schedule 3.24(a) sets forth all Corporate Debt and Schedule 3.24(b) sets forth all Clinic Subsidiary Debt. Except as described on Schedule 3.24(a) and Schedule 3.24(b), none of the Company Entities has any Indebtedness outstanding (other than any Indebtedness solely by and among the Company Entities).

3.25 Questionable Payments. None of the Companies, any employee, officer, director or affiliate of any of them, or any other Person acting on behalf of any of them, has, with respect to, on behalf of or to otherwise further the interests of Company or any Subsidiary, (a) used funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity, (b) made any direct or indirect unlawful payments to foreign or domestic government officials or employees, (c) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, (d) made any bribe, kickback or other unlawful payment, (e) made any material favor or gift which is not, in good faith, believed by such Person to be fully deductible for any income tax purposes and which was, in fact, so deducted or (f) been convicted of or charged with a felony relating to money laundering; or is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for money laundering.

3.26 Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.26:

(a) All Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to the Company Entities have been timely filed, and all such Tax Returns are complete and correct in all material respects. The Company Entities have paid in full all Taxes due and payable, whether or not shown on such Tax Returns, or have made adequate provision for all Taxes in accordance with GAAP on the latest balance sheet included in the Audited Financial Statements.

(b) There are no Encumbrances with respect to Taxes upon any of the assets or properties of the Company Entities, other than with respect to Taxes not yet due and payable and for which adequate provision has been made in accordance with GAAP on the latest balance sheet included in the Audited Financial Statements.

(c) No examination or audit of any Tax Return relating to any Taxes of the Company Entities or with respect to any Taxes due from or with respect to the Company Entities by any Taxing Authority is currently in progress or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated. No assessment of Tax has been proposed in writing against the Company Entities or any of their assets or

48

properties and the Company knows of no grounds for any such assessment. There are no outstanding agreements, waivers or arrangements extending the statutory period of limitation applicable to any claim for, or the period for the collection or assessment of, Taxes due from or with respect to the Company Entities for any taxable period.

(d) None of the Company Entities (A) is or has ever been a member of an affiliated group of corporations filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other than with another of the Company Entities), or (B) has any liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than with another of the Company Entities) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of any state, local, or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

(e) The Company Entities have duly and timely withheld all Taxes required to have been withheld in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, shareholder, creditor or other Person over for all periods under all applicable laws.

(f) Except as provided in the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents, none of the Company Entities is a party to, or bound by, or has any obligation under, any Tax allocation or sharing agreement or similar contract or arrangement or any agreement that obligates it to make any payment computed by reference to the Taxes, taxable income or taxable losses of any other Person.

(g) None of the Company Entities will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (A) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (B) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the IRC (or any corresponding or similar provision of state or local income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (C) intercompany transactions or any excess loss account, in each case, described in Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the IRC (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law), or (D) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date.

(h) None of Company Entities has been either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in a distribution in which the parties to such distribution treated the distribution as one to which Section 355 of the IRC is applicable.

(i) None of the Company Entities has engaged in any transaction that could give rise to (i) a registration obligation with respect to any Person under Section 6111 of the IRC, (ii) a list maintenance obligation with respect to any Person under Section 6112 of the IRC, or (iii) a disclosure obligation as a “reportable transaction” under Section 6011 of the IRC.

(j) No Company Entity has been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the IRC during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(l)(A)(ii) of the IRC.

3.27 Healthcare Laws & Regulations.

(a) Fraud and Abuse and Self Referral.

(i) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.27(a), none of the Company Entities nor any Person providing professional, billing, management, and/or marketing services to or on behalf of any of the Company Entities has engaged in any activities which are prohibited by any Legal Requirement, including, but not limited to, under 42 U.S.C. Sections 1320a-7b, 1320a-7,

49

42 U.S.C. Section 1395nn and 31 U.S.C. Section 3729 – 3733 (or any other federal or state statute related to the anti-kickback laws or false or fraudulent claims), or the regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) knowingly and willfully making or causing to be made a false statement or representation of a material fact in any application for any health care benefit or payment; (ii) making or causing to be made any false statement or representation of a material fact for use in determining rights to any health care benefit or payment; (iii) failing to disclose knowledge by a claimant of the occurrence of any event affecting the initial or continued right to any health care benefit or payment on its behalf or on behalf of another, with intent to secure such benefit or payment fraudulently; and (iv) knowingly and willfully soliciting, paying or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind or offering to pay such remuneration (A) in return for referring an individual to a Person for the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of any item or service for which payment may be made in whole or in part by Federal Health Care Programs (as defined in 42 U.S.C. Section 1320a-7b(f)), or (B) in return for purchasing, leasing, or ordering or arranging for or recommending purchasing, leasing, or ordering any good, facility, service, or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part by Federal Health Care Programs. Company and each Company Entity has complied with all disclosure requirements of all applicable self-referral laws, including without limitation the Stark Law and any applicable state self-referral law.

(ii) All of the Company’s and, to the Knowledge of the Company, all of the Company Entities’ contracts with physicians or other healthcare providers or entities in which physicians or other healthcare providers are equity owners (collectively, “Healthcare Providers”) involving services, supplies, payments or any other type of remuneration, whether such services or supplies are provided by a Healthcare Provider to Company or a Company Entity or Company or a Company Entity to a Healthcare Provider, and all of the Company’s and, to the Knowledge of the Company, the Company Entities’ leases of personal or real property with Healthcare Providers, whether such personal or real property is provided by a Healthcare Provider to the Company or a Company Entity or by the Company or a Company Entity to a Healthcare Provider, are in writing, are signed, set forth the services to be provided, and provide for a fair market value compensation in exchange for such services, space or goods.

(b) Compliance with Medicare and Medicaid Program Requirements. The Company Entities are, and at all time since January 1, 2008 have been, in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements of the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The Company Entities have timely and accurately filed all requisite claims and other reports required to be filed in connection with all state and Federal Health Care Programs in which the Company Entities participate due on or before the Closing except to the extent that the failure to file such claims and reports would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or be reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business, or reasonably be expected to materially impair or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.27(b) hereto, there are no claims scheduled of which the Company Entities have been notified or, to Company’s Knowledge, threatened before any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“DHHS”), the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services or its fiscal intermediary and carrier agents, the DHHS Office of Inspector General, the U.S. Department of Justice, any state attorney general, any state Medicaid Fraud unit, the Office of Civil Rights of DHHS, and any U.S. state department of health, Medicare Program Safeguard Contractor, or any other state or federal agency with respect to any Federal Health Care Program claim filed by the Company Entities on or before the Closing, or program compliance matters, which would, taken as a whole, result in, or be reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material

50

respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business. Except for routinely scheduled surveys required pursuant to the Medicare and Medicaid certifications of the Company Entities, no review or program integrity review related to the Company Entities has been conducted by any Governmental Authority in connection with the Medicare or Medicaid programs and no such review is pending or scheduled, or to Company’s Knowledge, threatened, against or affecting the Business or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor are there any grounds to anticipate any such audit in the foreseeable future.

(c) HIPAA; Privacy and Personal Data. The Company Entities have maintained, secured, used and transmitted all electronic or other data or information relating to any Persons in material compliance with the applicable provisions of (i) the Administrative Simplification provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended (“HIPAA”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, including the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 164, Subparts A and E, the Security Standards, 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 164, Subparts A, C, and D, and the Standards for Electronic Transactions and Code Sets, 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 162, Subparts A and I, and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, Public Law 111-5 (“HITECH”) and its implementing regulations (“HIPAA Regulations”), to the extent that HIPAA and the HIPAA Regulations are applicable and govern the Company Entities, and (ii) privacy laws and internal policies applicable to the Company Entities. The Company Entities have not, in obtaining or performing any Contract, violated in any material respect any contractual obligation they have undertaken as a “business associate” of a “covered entity” or any applicable regulatory obligation as a “covered entity,” as such terms are defined in the HIPAA Regulations. The Company Entities have established and implemented such policies, programs, procedures, contracts and systems, as are necessary to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of HITECH and the HIPAA Regulations.

(d) Compliance. The Company has made available to Buyer accurate and complete copies of the Company’s and applicable Company Entity’s Compliance Program materials including without limitation, all program descriptions, compliance officer and committee descriptions, ethics and risk area policy materials, training and education materials, auditing and monitoring protocols, reporting mechanisms, and disciplinary policies. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) has been assessed a civil money penalty under Section 1128A of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §1320a-7a, or any regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) has been excluded under 42 U.S.C. §1320a-7 from participation in any Federal Health Care Program (as such term is defined in Section 1128B(f) of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(f)); (iii) is a party to an outstanding Corporate Integrity Agreement with the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services; or (iv) has reporting obligations pursuant to any settlement agreement entered into with any Governmental Authority.

(e) Enrollment and Participation. To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company Entities are, and at all time since January 1, 2008 have been, in material compliance with any and all applicable Legal Requirements relating to billing or claims for reimbursement submitted to any third party payor. The Company and Company Entities, as applicable, (i) are appropriately certified for participation and reimbursement and have current and valid provider contracts and are in material compliance with the conditions of participation in such programs under Titles XVIII and XIX of the Social Security Act, the CHAMPUS/TRICARE Program (if applicable), and such other similar Federal, state or local reimbursement or governmental programs (collectively, the “Governmental Programs”) and (ii) currently participate in private, non-governmental programs (including private insurance programs) under which the Company or Company Entities directly or indirectly receives payments (the “Private Programs”). All billing practices of the Company and Company Entities have been in material compliance with Legal Requirements of Governmental Programs and Private Programs. Neither Company nor any Company Entity has submitted any claim for payment to any Governmental Program in

51

violation of any Legal Requirements relating to false claim or fraud, including without limitation the Federal False Claim Act, 31 U.S.C. § 3729, or any applicable state false claim or fraud law. Other than routine contractual adjustments, neither the Company nor any of the Company Entities has received any payment or reimbursement in excess of amounts allowed by law and neither the Company nor any Company Entities is liable for recoupment of amounts previously paid by a Governmental Program or a Private Program in which the Company or any of the Company Entities participates or has participated in the past three years that are not reflected in the Audited Financial Statements. Schedule 3.27(e) lists all claims, statements, and other matters (including, but not limited to, all correspondence or communications with Governmental Programs, intermediaries or carriers, and any open, in-process or pending internal reviews, including open hotline calls, TQM disclosure or other Company compliance audits) concerning or relating to any Government Programs that involves, relates to or alleges: (i) except with respect to routinely scheduled surveys, any violation of any applicable rule, regulation, policy or requirement of any such program or any irregularity with respect to any activity, practice or policy of the Company or Company Entities’ Business; or (ii) any violation of any applicable rule, regulation, policy or requirement of any such program or any irregularity with respect to any claim for payment or reimbursement made by Seller or any payment or reimbursement paid to Seller.

(f) Exclusion Status. Neither the Company nor any of the Company Entities, nor any of their directors, members, employees, officers, managers or independent contractors who currently furnish services or supplies that may be reimbursed in whole or in part under any Governmental Program: (i) has been convicted of or, to the Knowledge of the Company, charged with any violation of any Legal Requirements related to any Governmental Program; (ii) has been convicted of, charged with, or investigated for any violation of any Legal Requirements related to fraud, theft, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary responsibility, financial misconduct, obstruction of an investigation, or controlled substances; or (iii) is excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any Governmental Program. The Company reviews at least annually (i) the “List of Excluded Individuals/Entities” on the website of the United States Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General (http://oig.hhs.gov/fraud/exclusions.html), and (ii) the “List of Parties Excluded From Federal Procurement and Nonprocurement Programs” on the website of the United States General Services Administration (http://www.arnet.gov/epls/) with regard to the exclusion status of its directors, members, employees, officers, managers or independent contractors.

3.28 No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.28 or for the Company’s obligations expressly set forth herein or under the other Transaction Documents, the Company Entities do not have any liabilities that would be required to be reflected in a consolidated balance sheet of the Company Entities or the footnotes thereto (in each case, prepared in accordance with GAAP) other than (a) liabilities that are reflected in the Audited Financial Statements (including the footnotes thereto), (b) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and reflected in the Closing Date Balance Sheets as “current liabilities”, (c) performance obligations pursuant to (i) Material Contracts or (ii) Contracts and commitments entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice which are not required to be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedules due to specified dollar thresholds (but, in each case, not including any liabilities or obligations arising as a result of or in connection with any breach of such Material Contracts or other Contracts or commitments), (d) liabilities that are the subject of any representation and warranty under Article III of this Agreement but are not required to be disclosed because of the specific dollar or materiality threshold of such representation or warranty (but, in each case, none of which relates to or is in the nature of a breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement or violation of law) and (e) liabilities specifically excluded from the definitions of Aggregate Adjusted Current Liabilities and Indebtedness.

52

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Buyer represents and warrants to Company as follows:

4.1 Organization and Good Standing. Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Intermediate Holdings is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub have the full power and authority to own, lease and operate their respective properties, carry on their respective businesses as now being conducted, and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.2 Authority and Validity. Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub have the requisite power, capacity and authority necessary to enter into and perform their obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which they are a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub to which they are a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein have been or will be duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company, as the case may be, actions in respect thereof. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub are parties have been duly executed and delivered by each such Party and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub enforceable against them in accordance with their respective terms.

4.3 No Conflict. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.5(b) or as may be required by the HSR Act, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions provided for herein and therein does not and will not result in the breach of or violation of, any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default (or an event with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or conflict with, or cause any acceleration of any obligation of Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub under or require consent or the giving of notice under (a) any Contract or other obligation to which any such Party or any of their respective properties, rights or assets is bound or affected, (b) the Organizational Documents of Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or the Merger Sub, (c) any Order of any Governmental Authority, or (d) any Legal Requirement, except where the occurrence of any of the foregoing with respect to clauses (a), (c) or (d), would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or be reasonably expected to result in, material liability to Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or the Merger Sub or materially impair or delay the consummation of the Merger.

4.4 Legal Proceedings. As of the date hereof, none of Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub is a party to any Proceeding or, to Buyer’s knowledge, has been threatened with any Proceeding, that challenges, or that would be reasonably likely to have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal, or otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.5 Brokers or Finders. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.5, neither Buyer, nor any of its respective officers, agents or Affiliates, has incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

53

4.6 Financing. Buyer has delivered to Company true, complete and correct signed counterpart(s) of (i) the equity commitment letter, dated as of the date hereof, from the Investor (the “Equity Commitment Letter”), pursuant to which the Investor has committed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to provide equity financing in an aggregate amount set forth therein (“Equity Financing”) and (ii) the debt commitment letter, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Intermediate Holdings, Merger Sub, Bank of America, N.A., Banc of America Bridge LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and WF Investment Holdings, LLC and excerpts of those portions of the fee letter that contain any conditions to funding or “flex” provisions (excluding provisions related solely to fees and economic terms agreed to by the parties) (the “Debt Commitment Letter” and, together with the Equity Commitment Letter, the “Commitments”), pursuant to which the lenders party thereto have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to provide or cause to be provided, debt financing in the amounts set forth therein to Merger Sub in connection with the transactions provided for herein (the “Debt Financing”). As of the date hereof, the Commitments have not been amended or modified in any manner and the respective obligations and commitments contained in the Commitments have not been withdrawn or rescinded in any respect. As of the date hereof, the Commitments (i) are (solely to the knowledge of Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub, in the case of the Debt Commitment Letter) in full force and effect, and (ii) are the legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer (in the case of the Equity Commitment Letter only), and Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub (in the case of the Debt Commitment Letter only) and, to the knowledge of Buyer (in the case of the Equity Commitment Letter only), and Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub (in the case of the Debt Commitment Letter only), of the other parties thereto, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by the application of general principles of equity. The Commitments are subject to no contingencies or conditions related to the funding of the financing other than those set forth in the Commitments and other than the provisions relating solely to fees, in each case, as amended pursuant to the terms set forth herein. As of the date hereof, no event has occurred which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default or breach on the part of Buyer (in the case of the Equity Commitment Letter only), or Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub (in the case of the Debt Commitment Letter only) or, to the knowledge (without any obligation to make any inquiry) of Buyer (in the case of the Equity Commitment Letter only), or Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub (in the case of the Debt Commitment Letter only), any other party to the Commitments, under any term or condition of the Commitments. As of the date hereof, assuming the condition set forth in Section 7.1 will be satisfied at or prior to the Closing, and assuming compliance in all material respects by the Company Entities of their respective obligations under this Agreement, neither Buyer (in the case of the Equity Commitment Letter only), nor Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub (in the case of the Debt Commitment Letter only) has reason to believe that it will be unable to satisfy on a timely basis any term or condition of Closing that is required to be satisfied by it as a condition of the Commitments to which it is a party or that the financing contemplated by the Commitments to which it is a party will not be made available to Buyer (in the case of the Equity Commitment Letter only), or Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub (in the case of the Debt Commitment Letter only) on the Closing Date. Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub have fully paid any and all commitment fees and other fees required by the Commitments to which they are a party to be paid as of the date hereof. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Commitments and this Agreement and assuming the condition set forth in Section 7.1 will be satisfied at or prior to the Closing, and assuming compliance in all material respects by the Company Entities of their respective obligations under this Agreement, the aggregate proceeds contemplated by the Commitments, when funded in accordance with their terms, will in the aggregate be sufficient to (i) consummate the Merger upon the terms contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) effect any other repayment or refinancing of debt contemplated in connection with the Merger or the Commitments (other than in respect of the Refinancing) and (iii) pay all related fees and expenses to be paid by Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or the Surviving Corporation.

54

ARTICLE V

PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS OF COMPANY

5.1 Access and Investigation. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Company shall, and shall cause the other Company Entities to, afford Buyer and its respective Representatives with reasonable access, during normal business hours, in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere in any material respect with the normal business operations and upon reasonable prior written notice, to the officers, employees, properties, contracts, books and records and other documents and financial, operating and other data and information pertaining to the Company Entities and the operation of the Company Entities subject to compliance with HIPAA Regulations; provided, that requests for access to third party physician partners of the Company Entities (other than the Companies) and medical directors of the Clinic Subsidiaries shall be directed to Joseph Carlucci, who shall determine in his reasonable judgment whether such access would unreasonably interfere in any material respect with the normal business operations of the Clinic Subsidiaries.

5.2 Operation of the Business. Except as otherwise contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or with the prior consent of Buyer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), from the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Company shall, and shall cause the other Company Entities to, operate their respective businesses in the ordinary course consistent with past practices and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact the present organization of the Company Entities, keep available the services of the present officers and employees of the Company Entities (including, but not limited to, physicians/partners and medical directors of the Clinic Subsidiaries), and preserve the Company Entities’ goodwill and relationships with customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, contractors, distributors, lenders and other Persons having significant business dealings with the Company Entities. For the avoidance of doubt, Company shall have sole authority to operate the Business from and after the date hereof and prior to the Closing.

5.3 Negative Covenants. Except as otherwise contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, in connection with the formation or financing of any Clinic Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or as otherwise required pursuant to the Material Contracts or the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents (provided, that issuing to any Person any put or similar rights that would require any Company Entity to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or agreeing to acquire any equity interests and/or acquiring by way of merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise one or more existing clinics owned or operated by a Person other than a Company Entity subsequent to the date hereof shall require the prior written consent of Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed)), from the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Company shall not, and shall cause the other Company Entities not to, without the prior written consent of Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), directly or indirectly:

(a) amend, modify or supplement its Organizational Documents;

(b) (i) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or equity interests or issue or authorize the issuance of any securities in respect of, in lieu of, or in substitution of its capital stock or equity interests or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its capital stock or equity interests, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, or (ii) solely with respect to any Clinic Subsidiary, establish a record date for, declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution, other than any cash dividend or cash distribution made to all equity owners of such Clinic Subsidiary in proportion to their equity ownership thereof;

55

(c) enter into any transactions, Contracts, arrangements or understandings with Related Parties (other than, subject to the other provisions of this Section 5.3, employment related transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices pursuant to agreements and arrangement existing on the date hereof);

(d) take or omit to take any action that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) delay or postpone the payment of accounts payable and other liabilities or obligations or accelerate the collection of accounts receivable or intercompany receivables, or, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, write-down the value of any asset or write-off as uncollectible any accounts or notes receivable;

(f) (i) enter into, terminate, amend or otherwise modify or waive any of the material terms of, any (x) Material Contract (other than entering into Material Contracts contemplated by Section 3.18(a)(ii)), (y) collective bargaining agreement, labor contract or similar agreement or arrangement with any labor union, trade union or works council or (z) Leases with respect to real property, or (ii) release any Person who had been seeking to acquire capital stock or equity interests or a significant portion of the assets of the Company from any confidentiality or similar agreement, or modified or waived any material provision of any such agreement, with such Person;

(g) (1) adopt, amend, modify or terminate any bonus, profit-sharing, incentive, severance or other Benefit Plan, Contract or commitment for the benefit of any Employee; (2) increase the compensation or other benefits payable or provided to any Employee; or (3) grant any equity or equity based awards;

(h) repay any outstanding Clinic Subsidiary Debt except in accordance with Schedule 5.3(h);

(i) make or change any Tax election, change an annual accounting period, adopt or change any accounting method with respect to Taxes, file any amended Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle or compromise any proceeding with respect to any Tax claim or assessment relating to the Company Entities, surrender any right to claim a refund of Taxes, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment relating to the Company Entities, or take any other similar action relating to the filing of any Tax Return or the payment of any Tax;

(j) declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution in respect of capital stock or equity interests of any Company Entities, unless the record and payment dates thereof, and satisfaction of all payment obligations therefor, occurs prior to the Closing Date;

(k) sell, assign, license, pledge, transfer or dispose of, or grant or take any action that will create an Encumbrance on (other than Encumbrances to be released at Closing and Permitted Exceptions), any assets, rights or properties, except for the sale of inventory to customers in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and property, plant and equipment having an aggregate value not in excess of $150,000;

(l) acquire (by way of merger, consolidation or acquisition) the equity interests or assets of any Person, or obtain control, directly or indirectly, of any interest in any Person or the right to acquire any stock or interest in any other Person or in any business, or enter into any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement other than in connection with the formation of Clinic Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

56

(m) make or enter into any commitment for an capital expenditures in excess of $150,000 for any individual commitment or $500,000 in the aggregate, to the extent that such commitments will not be satisfied prior to the Closing Date;

(n) other than between one of the Companies and one or more Clinic Subsidiaries, incur or guarantee any Indebtedness, issue or sell any debt securities or warrants or other rights to acquire debt securities, or enter into any arrangement having the economic effect of any of the foregoing (other than in connection with the Refinancing);

(o) pay or agree to pay in settlement, or compromise or waive any rights under or pursuant to, any Proceedings of liability against any Company Entity;

(p) change the independent public accountants of the Company Entities, change the accounting methods or accounting practices followed by the Company Entities or change the depreciation or amortization policies or rates;

(q) cancel or terminate any insurance policy or cause any of the coverage thereunder to lapse, unless simultaneously with such termination, cancellation or lapse, replacement policies providing coverage equal to or greater than the coverage under the cancelled, terminated or lapsed policies, for premiums not more than the current market rates, are in full force and effect;

(r) grant any registration rights with respect to the equity interests of the Company Entities;

(s) institute any general layoff of employees or implement any early retirement plan or announce the planning of such a program; or

(t) enter into any agreement or make any commitment to take any of the types of actions described in any of subsections (a) through (s) above.

5.4 Required Approvals.

(a) As promptly as practicable after the date hereof, Company shall, and shall cause its controlled Affiliates to, use its commercially reasonable efforts to make all notices and filings in connection with the consents, approvals, waivers and authorizations required by any Legal Requirement to be made by it or them in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Company shall reasonably cooperate with Buyer: (a) with respect to all filings that Buyer is required by any Legal Requirement to make in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) by filing within ten (10) days after the date hereof with the United States Federal Trade Commission and the United States Department of Justice the notification and report form required for the transactions contemplated hereby (which shall request “early termination” of the applicable waiting period) and any supplemental or additional information which may reasonably be requested in connection therewith pursuant to the HSR Act.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the undertakings of Company pursuant to Section 5.4(a), Company shall, and shall cause its controlled Affiliates to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act as soon as practicable. Company agrees not to extend, directly or indirectly, any waiting period under the HSR

57

Act or enter into any agreement with a Governmental Authority to delay or not to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except with the prior written consent of Buyer. Company will (x) promptly notify Buyer of any written communications to Company from any Governmental Authority and, subject to applicable Legal Requirements, if practicable, permit Buyer to review in advance any proposed written communication to any such Governmental Authority and incorporate Buyer’s reasonable comments, (y) not agree to participate in any substantive meeting or discussion with any such Governmental Authority in respect of any filing, investigation or inquiry concerning this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby unless it consults with Buyer in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority, gives Buyer the opportunity to attend, and (z) furnish Buyer with copies of all correspondence, filings and written communications between any of the Company Entities and their respective Representatives on one hand, and any such Governmental Authority or its staff on the other hand, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Company shall cooperate with Buyer in all respects in the implementation of any of the measures described in Section 6.1(b) that is undertaken in order to permit consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (including entering into agreements or taking such other actions prior to the Closing as Buyer reasonably requests to dispose of assets of the Company Entities; provided, that the Company Entities shall not be required to complete any disposition of the assets the Company Entities prior to the Closing or enter into any agreement or other arrangement for a disposition of any assets of the Company Entities that do not expressly provide that (i) the obligation to complete such disposition is subject to the prior or simultaneous occurrence of the Closing) and (ii) such arrangement or agreement is terminable at the option of the Company Entities, without penalty, if the Closing does not occur on or before the End Date or, if earlier, the date that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to its terms). Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.4 or Section 5.5 to the contrary, in connection with seeking expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act and/or approvals pursuant to any other Legal Requirement in order to permit consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, none of the Company Entities shall take any action, agree to take any action or consent to the taking of any action with respect to selling, holding separate, licensing or otherwise disposing of assets or conducting its business in a specified manner without the prior written consent of Buyer.

5.5 Reasonable Commercial Efforts. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, from the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Legal Requirements to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby as soon as reasonably practicable, (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered at the Closing the items to be delivered by Company at or prior to the Closing, and (ii) not take any action that will have the effect of unreasonably delaying, impairing or impeding, in any material respect, the receipt of any authorizations, consents, orders or approvals to be sought pursuant to this Agreement.

5.6 Exclusivity. The terms of paragraphs 2, 3, and 4 of the Exclusivity Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference and the terms of such paragraphs shall continue in full force and effect until the earlier of the Closing and the date that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to its terms. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, the Exclusivity Agreement is hereby terminated and of no further force and effect.

5.7 Cooperation in Securing Debt Financing. From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing and the date that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to its terms, Company shall, and shall cause each of the other Company Entities and each of the respective officers and employees of Company and the other Company

58

Entities to, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the representatives, including officers of appropriate seniority and expertise and legal and accounting advisors, of Company and the other Company Entities to provide all cooperation reasonably requested by Intermediate Holdings (provided, that such requested cooperation does not unreasonably interfere in any material respect with the ongoing operations of Company and the other Company Entities; provided, further, that requests for cooperation by third party physician partners of the Company Entities (other than the Companies) and/or medical directors of the Clinic Subsidiaries shall be directed to Joseph Carlucci, who shall determine in his reasonable judgment whether such cooperation would unreasonably interfere in any material respect with the normal business operations of the Clinic Subsidiaries) in connection with obtaining the Debt Financing, including (i) participating in a reasonable number of meetings (including customary one-on-one meetings), presentations, road shows, due diligence sessions (including accounting due diligence sessions), drafting sessions and sessions with rating agencies and parties acting as arrangers or agents for, and prospective purchasers, investors and lenders of, the Debt Financing and otherwise cooperating with the marketing efforts for any of the Debt Financing, (ii) assisting in the preparation of customary materials for rating agency presentations, offering documents, private placement memoranda, bank information memoranda, prospectuses, business projections, road show materials and similar documents required in connection with the Debt Financing and other customary materials to be used in connection with obtaining the Debt Financing and all information (including historical and pro forma financial statements and information customarily included in such documents, for any of the Debt Financing) customarily contained therein, and all documentation and other information required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the U.S.A. Patriot Act, (iii) executing and delivering any pledge and security documents, currency or interest hedging arrangements or other definitive financing documents or other certificates, legal opinions and documents as may be reasonably requested by Intermediate Holdings (including consents of accountants for use of their reports in any materials relating to the Debt Financing) or otherwise facilitating the pledging of collateral as may be reasonably requested by Intermediate Holdings (provided, that any obligations contained in such documents shall be effective no earlier than as of the Effective Time), including obtaining such surveys, appraisals, environmental reports and title insurance as may be reasonably requested by Intermediate Holdings, and otherwise facilitating the pledging of collateral, (iv) using its reasonable best efforts to arrange for customary payoff letters, lien terminations and instruments of discharge to be delivered at Closing providing for the payoff, discharge and termination on the Closing Date of all indebtedness contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter to be paid off, discharged and terminated on the Closing Date, (v) furnishing Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub and their financing sources as promptly as practicable with financial and other pertinent information regarding Company and the other Company Entities as may be reasonably requested by Intermediate Holdings to consummate the offerings of debt securities contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter including using reasonable best efforts to obtain accountants’ comfort letters and legal opinions as reasonably requested by Intermediate Holdings (information required to be delivered pursuant to this clause (v) being referred to as, the “Required Information”), (vi) taking all actions reasonably necessary to (A) permit the prospective financing sources under the Debt Commitment Letter to evaluate Company’s and the other Company Entities’ current assets, cash management and accounting systems, policies and procedures relating thereto for the purpose of establishing collateral arrangements (provided, that such access and information shall only be provided to the extent such access or the provision of such information would not violate applicable law), and (B) establish bank and other accounts and blocked account agreements and lock box arrangements in connection with the foregoing (provided, that such accounts, agreements and arrangements will not become active or take effect until the Effective Time), (vii) entering into one or more credit or other agreements on terms reasonably satisfactory to Intermediate Holdings in connection with the Debt Financing; provided, that neither Company nor any of the other Company Entities shall be required to enter into any agreement or commit to take any action that is not contingent upon the Closing and (viii) providing authorization letters to the Financing Parties authorizing the distribution of information to prospective lenders and containing a representation to the Financing

59

Parties that the public side versions of such documents, if any, do not include material non-public information about the Company or its Affiliates or securities. At the reasonable request of Intermediate Holdings, Company will periodically update any such Required Information provided to Intermediate Holdings pursuant to the foregoing sentence. Neither Company nor any of the other Company Entities shall be required to pay any commitment or other similar fee or incur any other cost or expense that is not contemporaneously reimbursed by Intermediate Holdings in connection with the financing contemplated by the Commitments prior to the Effective Time. Buyer shall, promptly upon request by Company, reimburse Company for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by Company or any of the other Company Entities in connection with such cooperation. Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub shall, on a joint and several basis, indemnify and hold harmless Company and the other Company Entities for and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs, expenses, interest, awards, judgments and penalties suffered or incurred by them in connection with the arrangement of the financing contemplated by the Commitments and any information utilized in connection therewith (other than information provided by Company or the other Company Entities) and, except for the rights of the Buyer Indemnitees pursuant to Section 11.2(a)(i), the Sellers shall have no liability or obligation with respect to any information provided by Company or the other Company Entities in connection with the arrangement of the financing contemplated by the Commitments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the condition set forth in Section 7.2 of this Agreement, as it applies to Company’s obligations under this Section 5.7, shall be deemed satisfied unless (x) Intermediate Holdings has not obtained the Debt Financing on the terms set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter due to, or as a result of, the Company’s material breach of its obligations under this Section 5.7 and (y) such breach was a proximate cause of the failure of Intermediate Holdings to obtain the Debt Financing on the terms set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter. Company hereby consents to the use of its and the other Company Entities’ logos in connection with the financing contemplated by the Commitments; provided, that such logos are used solely in a manner that is not intended to or reasonably likely to harm or disparage Company or any of the other Company Entities or the reputation or goodwill of Company or any of the other Company Entities. All non-public or otherwise confidential information regarding Company and the other Company Entities obtained by Intermediate Holdings pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be kept confidential by Intermediate Holdings in accordance with the Non-Disclosure Agreement, except for disclosure to potential lenders, investors, rating agencies or their respective representatives in connection with the financing contemplated by the Commitments subject, where applicable, to customary confidentiality provisions.

5.8 Appointment of Sellers’ Representative.

(a) Each of the Sellers by virtue of their approval of this Agreement, or in the case of Warrantholders, upon validly executing and delivering the Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement, hereby makes, constitutes and appoints the Sellers’ Representative, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact for him, her or it and in his, her or its name, place, and stead to sign, execute, and deliver any Transaction Documents (other than the Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement) required to be executed by such Seller pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, to make and authorize amendments to, or waivers of, this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents (other than the Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement), to make all decisions relating to the determination of Adjusted Net Working Capital and to settle any indemnification claims made by Buyer or any other Indemnitee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (other than the Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement) (including disputes pursuant to Section 2.12), hereby ratifying and confirming all that the Sellers’ Representative may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof and to make all determinations and elections hereunder and thereunder; provided, however, that Sellers’ Representative may not amend this Agreement or any other Transactions Document to (i) create any personal liability of any Seller hereunder or thereunder, (ii) to increase the maximum aggregate indemnification obligation of Sellers

60

beyond the Indemnification Escrow Amount or (iii) take any action pursuant hereto that could disproportionately affect any Seller or group of Sellers without the prior consent of such affected Seller or group of Sellers. This power of attorney is a special power of attorney coupled with an interest and is irrevocable, and shall survive the Closing and death, disability, legal incapacity, bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, or cessation of existence of the applicable Seller. This power of attorney may be exercised by the Sellers’ Representative by listing the Sellers executing such Transaction Document (other than the Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement) with the single signature of the Sellers’ Representative acting as attorney-in-fact for such Sellers. Each Seller, or in the case of each Warrantholder, upon validly executing and delivering the Warrant Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement, as the case may be, hereby forever releases and discharges the Sellers’ Representative from any and all liability which may arise in connection with the Sellers’ Representative’s performance hereunder in good faith and any acts or omissions which the Sellers’ Representative takes on behalf of the Sellers in accordance with the terms of this limited power of attorney. Sellers’ Representative shall provide Sellers with written notice of any amendments, waiver, or other material actions taken pursuant to this Section 5.8.

(b) Each Party shall be entitled to rely exclusively upon any communication given or other action taken by the Sellers’ Representative on behalf of the Sellers pursuant to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken in good faith reliance on a communication or other instruction from the Sellers’ Representative.

5.9 Notice of Developments; Supplements to this Disclosure Schedule. To the extent Company has Knowledge of any change or development in respect of events occurring after the date hereof which would cause any of the representations and warranties in Article III above not to be true and correct, Company shall promptly (and in any event, within four (4) Business Days) notify Buyer in writing thereof. No such notification shall affect the representations or warranties of the Company, or the conditions to Buyer’s obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in connection with (i) an Excluded Issuance, (ii) a transaction otherwise prohibited pursuant to Section 5.3 to which Buyer consents in writing, (iii) the formation or financing of any Clinic Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (iv) actions required to be taken pursuant to the Company Entities’ Organizational Documents or the Material Contracts, Company shall notify Buyer in writing (a “Schedule Supplement”) and, for the avoidance of doubt, such disclosure contained in any Schedule Supplement shall include all information that would be required to be set forth on the Disclosure Schedules with respect to any such transaction or matter and its consequences that would be required to be set forth had such transaction or matter occurred prior to the date of this Agreement and, with respect to the information contained therein, shall, subject to the proviso below, be deemed to amend the Disclosure Schedules for purposes of establishing whether or not the closing conditions set forth in Article VII have been satisfied and shall be deemed to amend the Disclosure Schedules for purposes of determining whether there has been a breach of a representation or warranty for purposes of Sellers’ indemnification obligations set forth in Section 11.2(a); provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, such Schedule Supplement shall be given effect solely with respect to such transaction or matter itself but not with respect to any consequences thereof to the extent such transaction or matter, whether as a result of the manner in which it is carried out, documentation entered into in connection therewith, liabilities incurred in connection therewith or otherwise, would violate, or result in a breach or inaccuracy of, any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of Company set forth in this Agreement.

61

5.10 Indebtedness and Release of Encumbrances; Related Party Transactions.

(a) Except with respect to any Assumed Clinic Debt, on or prior to the Closing, Company shall with the proceeds of the indebtedness issued pursuant to the definitive documentation contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter, extinguish or cause to be extinguished (i) all Corporate Debt and Aggregate Clinic Subsidiary Debt and any related Encumbrances upon their assets and properties of the Company Entities and (ii) all guarantees by any Company Entities of any such Indebtedness referred to in clause (i).

(b) All Related Party Transactions set forth on Schedule 5.10 shall be cancelled without any consideration or further liability to any Company Entities, and Company shall deliver to Buyer legally binding documentation evidencing the completion of such cancellations immediately prior to the Closing.

(c) Company shall use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain a release in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer from the individuals entitled to receive an Unissued Option Bonus Payment.

5.11. Resignations. Company shall, no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing, request each director of the Company identified by Buyer prior to such date to deliver their written resignations to Buyer pursuant to such customary and reasonable form resignation letter as proposed by Buyer.

5.12 280G Matters. Prior to the Closing, the Company shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to ensure that the accelerated vesting of any Options, as contemplated hereunder, and the payment of any amounts (whether or not accelerated) to a “disqualified individual” (as defined in Section 280G(c) of the IRC) in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder, will not result in the disallowance of a deduction to the Company under Section 280G of the IRC, including, as necessary, (i) soliciting the requisite approval of the Stockholders, in a manner that meets the shareholder approval requirements of Section 280G(b)(5) of the IRC and Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q/A-7 and (ii) to the extent necessary, obtaining a waiver from each such “disqualified individual” entitled to receive a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b) of the IRC) in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder of his or her right to receive such payment, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer. The Company shall provide Buyer with drafts of all such solicitation materials and consents for review and comment prior to delivery to Stockholders or disqualified individuals, as applicable. To the extent any payment (other than any payments or benefits due pursuant to (A) the Amended and Restated Employment Agreements for each of Joseph A. Carlucci, Syed T. Kamal, Christopher T. Ford and John McDonough to be effective at the Effective Time and (B) any other new Benefit Plan that is effective at or following the Effective Time) would not be deductible as a result of Section 280G, the Company shall be entitled to recover the value of such lost deductions (excluding any deductions that are Compensation Transaction Deductions) to the Company solely from the Indemnification Escrow Amount. The payment obligation set forth in the previous sentence shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as if there were a breach of a covenant for which indemnification is available to the Buyer Indemnitees pursuant to Sections 11.2(a)(ii) and 11.2(a)(iii) hereof.

5.13 Proceedings. Prior to the Closing, the Company Entities shall consult with Buyer and keep Buyer informed on a timely basis in respect of, and in connection with, the defense of any Proceedings (in which damages in excess of $100,000, or non-monetary or equitable relief, is being sought by one or more parties in the applicable Proceeding) to which any Company Entity (or any assets, rights or properties of any Company Entity) is or threatened to be a party or is otherwise the subject. Such obligations shall include (a) furnishing as promptly as practicable (i) to Buyer notice of all material developments in, or relating to, such Proceedings and (ii) to Buyer and its Affiliates any

62

information relating to such Proceedings reasonably requested by Buyer, its Affiliates or their respective counsel and other representatives and (b) considering in good faith any requests and/or recommendations of Buyer or its Affiliates with respect to such Proceedings; provided, that, the foregoing shall not alter or expand the indemnification obligations or limitations set forth on Schedule 11.2(a)(vi) or require the Company or its Affiliates to disclose any information the disclosure of which would result in the loss of Company’s attorney client privilege with respect to such information (provided, however, that Company shall develop an alternative to providing such information so as to address such matters that is reasonably acceptable to Company and Buyer).

ARTICLE VI

PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS OF BUYER

6.1 Required Approvals.

(a) As promptly as practicable after the date hereof, Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Investor and its “ultimate parent entity”) to, use its commercially reasonable efforts to make all notices and filings in connection with the consents, approvals, waivers and authorizations required by any Legal Requirement to be made by it (or them) in order to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Buyer shall, to the extent required by the HSR Act to, file within ten (10) days after the date hereof with the United States Federal Trade Commission and the United States Department of Justice the notification and report form required for the transactions contemplated hereby (which shall request “early termination” of the applicable waiting period) and any supplemental or additional information which may be requested in connection therewith pursuant to the HSR Act and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the HSR Act. Buyer shall promptly deliver to the Companies copies of all filings, correspondence and Orders to and from any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the undertakings of Buyer pursuant to Section 6.1(a), Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Investor and its “ultimate parent entity”) to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act as soon as practicable. Buyer agrees not to extend, directly or indirectly, any waiting period under the HSR Act or enter into any agreement with a Governmental Authority to delay or not to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except with the prior written consent of Company. Buyer will (x) promptly notify Company of any written communications to Buyer from any Governmental Authority and, subject to applicable Legal Requirements, if practicable, permit Company to review in advance any proposed written communication (other than any portions thereof that contain confidential or proprietary information of or relating to Buyer or its Affiliates or individuals associated with Buyer or its Affiliates) to any such Governmental Authority and incorporate Company’s reasonable comments, (y) not agree to participate in any substantive meeting or discussion with any such Governmental Authority in respect of any filing, investigation or inquiry concerning this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby unless it consults with Company in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority, gives Company the opportunity to attend (other than with respect to any portions of such meeting that are in respect of confidential or proprietary information of or relating to Buyer or its Affiliates or individuals associated with Buyer or its Affiliates), and (z) furnish Company with copies of all correspondence, filings and written communications (other than any portions thereof that contain confidential or proprietary information of or relating to Buyer or its Affiliates or individuals associated with Buyer or its Affiliates) between Buyer and its Representatives on one hand, and any such Governmental Authority or its staff on the other hand, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. If any

63

administrative or judicial action or proceeding is instituted (or threatened to be instituted) challenging as violative of any applicable Legal Requirements, or if any statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, injunction or administrative order is enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by a Governmental Authority that would make the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or would otherwise prohibit or materially impair or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to contest and resist any such action or proceeding and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have vacated, lifted, reversed or overturned any decree, judgment, injunction or other order, whether temporary, preliminary or permanent, that is in effect and that prohibits, prevents or restricts consummation of the transactions contemplated by Agreement and to have such statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, injunction or administrative order repealed, rescinded or made inapplicable so as to permit consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing herein shall require, or be deemed to require, (i) Buyer or the Company (or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates) to take any action, or propose or accept (or commit to propose or accept) any undertaking, condition, restriction, obligation or requirement with respect to Buyer, the Company, their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or their or their respective Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ assets if such action, undertaking, condition, restriction, obligation or requirement, individually or in the aggregate, (A) would reasonably be expected to require Buyer, the Company or their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates to sell, license, transfer, assign, lease, dispose of or hold separate any business or assets, (B) would reasonably be expected to result in any limitations on Buyer, the Company or their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates to own, retain, control, conduct or operate all or a portion of their respective businesses or assets or (C) would reasonably be expected to deprive Buyer, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates of a benefit or benefits (after taking into account the adverse effect on Buyer, its Subsidiaries and its Affiliates (including the Company and its Subsidiaries) of the action or actions proposed to be taken) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) Buyer, Intermediate Holdings, or Merger Sub to provide to any Person (other than as required by the HSR Act in connection with the filing of the notification and report form required for the transactions contemplated hereby with the United States Federal Trade Commission and the United States Department of Justice) any confidential or privileged information in respect of (x) the Investor, (y) Persons controlling Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub, or (z) any Affiliates of Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub, other than in the case of clauses (y) and (z), Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub.

6.2 Non-Disclosure Obligations. The terms of the Non-Disclosure Agreement relating to obligations with respect to confidential information and nonsolicitation are hereby incorporated by reference and such terms shall continue in full force and effect until the earlier of the Closing and the date that such Non-Disclosure Agreement is terminated pursuant to its terms. The Parties hereto acknowledge that the confidentiality provisions of the Non-Disclosure Agreement shall cover all information provided by the Company Entities or their Representatives to Buyer, Merger Sub or any of their Representatives or Affiliates in connection with or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Except as set forth in the first sentence of this Section 6.2, the Non-Disclosure Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

6.3 Financing. Each of Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub shall use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to arrange and obtain the proceeds of the Debt Financing concurrently with the Closing on terms and conditions described in the Debt Commitment Letter (including using reasonable best efforts to (i) obtain any necessary rating agency ratings, (ii) maintain in effect the Commitments (at no additional cost or expense to, and with no adverse effect on, Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub), (iii) satisfy on a timely basis all conditions applicable to

64

Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub to obtain the Debt Financing (including by consummating the financing contemplated by the Equity Commitment Letter) that are within their control and comply with the obligations thereunder, (iv) negotiate definitive agreements with respect to the Debt Commitment Letter on terms and conditions contained therein (including any “flex” provisions) or on terms no less favorable to Intermediate Holdings (unless otherwise agreed by Intermediate Holdings in its sole discretion) (the “Definitive Financing Agreements”) and upon the execution thereof, deliver a copy to the Company, (v) seek to enforce its rights under the Debt Commitment Letter and the Definitive Financing Agreements in the event of a breach by the Financing Parties that materially impedes or materially delays the Closing, including by seeking specific performance against the parties thereto, and (vi) with respect to any replacement commitments, satisfy on a timely basis all conditions applicable to Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub in such definitive agreements that are within their control. Buyer and Intermediate Holdings shall keep Company reasonably informed of material developments in respect of the financing contemplated by the Commitments to which it is a party in accordance with this Section 6.3. In furtherance of the provisions of this Section 6.3, the Debt Commitment Letter may be amended or superseded without the prior consent of Company to replace or add one or more lenders, lead arrangers, bookrunners, syndication agents or similar entities which had not executed the Debt Commitment Letter as of the date hereof, or otherwise, provided, that in no event shall the Debt Commitment Letter be amended or superseded in a manner that would (i) expand in any way that is adverse to the Company the conditions to the Debt Financing set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter; (ii) reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay the Closing; or (iii) reduce the aggregate amount of Debt Financing set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter (unless, in the case of this clause (iii), replaced with an amount of new equity financing on terms no less favorable to Buyer than the terms set forth in the Equity Commitment Letter). In the event that all conditions to the Commitments (other than in connection with the Debt Commitment Letter, the availability or funding pursuant to the Equity Commitment Letter) have been satisfied, each of Buyer and Intermediate Holdings shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the lenders and other persons providing the Commitments to fund the financing required to consummate the Merger on the Closing Date (including by seeking specific performance to cause such lenders and other persons to fund such financing) if all conditions to closing contained in Article VII are satisfied or waived (other than those conditions that (A) by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions and (B) are not satisfied solely as a result of a breach by Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub of their respective obligations under this Agreement). Buyer and Intermediate Holdings shall give Company prompt notice of any material breach by any party of the Commitments to which it is a party, any termination of any of the Commitments to which it is a party, and any condition to the Commitments to which it is a party not likely to be satisfied, in each case, to the extent it becomes aware of such material breach, termination or condition. If any portion of the Debt Financing becomes unavailable on the terms and conditions (including the flex provisions) set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter, Buyer and Intermediate Holdings shall use its reasonable best efforts to arrange alternative financing from alternative sources in an amount sufficient to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on terms and conditions no less favorable to Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub (as determined in the reasonable judgment of Intermediate Holdings) than those set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter (including the flex provisions) as promptly as practicable following the occurrence of such event, but in no event later than the last day of the Marketing Period. For the avoidance of doubt, the obtaining of the financing provided for by the Commitments, or any alternative financing, is not a condition to Closing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or any Affiliate thereof be required to provide any additional equity financing in excess of the amount expressly set forth in the Equity Commitment Letter. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub be required pursuant to this Agreement to agree to pay to the lenders, and the other Persons providing the financing set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter, any additional fees or to increase any interest rates applicable to the Debt Commitment Letter (other than pursuant to the “flex” provisions therein, if any) or agree to enter into any financial or other material covenants or agreements on terms not otherwise expressly set forth in

65

the Debt Commitment Letter. For purposes of this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed among the parties hereto, the “Marketing Period” shall mean the first period of twenty (20) consecutive Business Days after the date hereof (A) throughout and on the last day of which (i) Intermediate Holdings shall have the Required Information that Company is required to provide to Intermediate Holdings pursuant to Section 5.7 and such information shall remain compliant at all times with applicable provisions of Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and (ii) nothing has occurred and no condition exists that would cause any of the conditions set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 (other than the receipt of the certificates referred to therein) to fail to be satisfied assuming the Closing were to be scheduled for any time during such 20 consecutive Business Day period and (B) throughout and on the last day of which the conditions set forth in Section 7.3 through 7.6 (excluding conditions that, by their nature, cannot be satisfied until the Closing) shall be satisfied; provided, that the “Marketing Period” shall not be deemed to have commenced if, prior to the completion of the Marketing Period, Grant Thornton LLP shall have withdrawn its audit opinion with respect to any financial statements contained in the Audited Financial Statements.

6.4 Reasonable Commercial Efforts. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, from the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Buyer shall, and shall cause Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub to, (i) take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Legal Requirements to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby as soon as reasonably practicable, (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered at the Closing the items to be delivered by Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub, as the case may be, at or prior to the Closing, and (ii) not take any action that will have the effect of unreasonably delaying, impairing or impeding, in any material respect, the receipt of any authorizations, consents, orders or approvals to be sought pursuant to Section 6.1; provided, that in no event shall Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or any Affiliate thereof be required to provide any additional equity financing in excess of the amount expressly set forth in the Equity Commitment Letter.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS

OF BUYER AND MERGER SUB

The obligation of Buyer and Merger Sub to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived in writing by Buyer, in whole or in part):

7.1 Accuracy of Representations. The representations and warranties of Company set forth in Article III shall be true and correct in all respects (without giving effect to Qualifications contained therein) at and as of the date of this Agreement, except to the extent such failure of the representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, has not had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, and the representations and warranties of Company set forth in Article III shall be true and correct in all respects (without giving effect to Qualifications contained therein) as of the Closing Date, as if made at and as of such date (except for those representations and warranties which expressly address matters only as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such date), except, in each case, to the extent such failure of the representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, has not had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the representations and warranties of Company set forth in Section 3.1 (Organization and Good Standing), Section 3.2 (Authority and Validity), Section 3.3 (Enforceability), Section 3.4 (Capitalization) (other than the last sentence of Section

66

3.4(b)), Section 3.6(a) through 3.6(i) (Subsidiaries; Equity Investments) and 3.11 (Brokers or Finders) shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, as if made at and as of such date (except for those representations and warranties which expressly address matters only as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such date). Buyer shall have received a certificate of Company to that effect signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer thereof.

7.2 Company Performance. The covenants and obligations that Company and the other Company Entities are required to perform or to comply with pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to the Closing shall have been performed and complied with in all material respects and Buyer shall have received a certificate of Company to that effect signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer thereof.

7.3 No Order. No Legal Requirement shall have been adopted or promulgated, and no Governmental Authority shall have issued any Order that is in effect, which has the effect of making illegal or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.4 Governmental Authorizations. All requisite Governmental Authorizations or waiting periods following governmental filings set forth on Schedule 7.4 shall have been obtained or expired (including expiration of the applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act), without imposition of any conditions which would reasonably be likely to, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or be reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business.

7.5 No Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 2009, there has not been any event, circumstance, development, change or effect that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

7.6 Dissenters’ Rights. No more than 10% of the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (on an as converted basis) shall have demanded, asserted or exercised appraisal rights.

ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATION OF COMPANY

The obligation of Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived in writing by the Company, in whole or in part):

8.1 Accuracy of Representations. The representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Article IV shall be true and correct in all respects (without giving effect to Qualifications contained therein) at and as of the date of this Agreement, except, to the extent such failure of the representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, has not had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, and the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Article IV shall be true and correct in all respects (without giving effect to Qualifications contained therein) at and as of the Closing Date as if made at and as of such date (except for those representations and warranties which expressly address matters only as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such date), except, in each case, to the extent such failure of the representations and warranties to be so true and

67

correct, individually or in the aggregate, has not had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the representations and warranties of Company set forth in Section 4.1 (Organization and Good Standing), Section 4.2 (Authority and Validity) and 4.5 (Brokers or Finders) shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, as if made at and as of such date (except for those representations and warranties which expressly address matters only as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such date). Company shall have received a certificate of Buyer to that effect signed by duly authorized officer thereof.

8.2 Buyer’s Performance. The covenants and obligations that Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub are required to perform or to comply with pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to the Closing shall have been performed and complied with in all material respects, and Company shall have received a certificate from Buyer to such effect signed by duly authorized officer thereof.

8.3 No Order. No Legal Requirement shall have been adopted or promulgated, and no Governmental Authority shall have issued any Order that is in effect, which has the effect of making illegal or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

8.4 Governmental Authorizations. All requisite Governmental Authorizations or waiting periods following governmental filings set forth on Schedule 7.4 shall have been obtained or expired (including expiration of the applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act), without imposition of any conditions which would reasonably be likely to, individually or in the aggregate, result in, or be reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Entities, or reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Company Entities’ business.

ARTICLE IX

POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

9.1 Access to Books and Records; Confidentiality. Buyer agrees that, after the Closing, it will cooperate with and make reasonably available for review by the Sellers’ Representative, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice at Buyer’s principal place of business in such a manner as to not interfere with the normal operations of the business, all books and records and information and employees relating to the period before the Closing Date that are necessary in connection with any inquiry, audit, investigation, dispute, litigation or other proceeding or similar matter, including the preparation of the Closing Date Balance Sheets and Adjusted Net Working Capital and excluding any privileged documents or information which are the subject of a dispute between or among the Parties. Buyer agrees that it shall preserve and keep all material books and records of the Company Entities for a period expiring on the date that is seven (7) years from the Closing Date.

9.2 General. In case at any time after the Closing any further action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated herein or therein, each of the Parties will take, or cause to be taken, such further action as promptly as practicable (including the execution and delivery of such further instruments and documents) as any other Party reasonably may request, all at the sole cost and expense of the requesting Party (unless the requesting Party is entitled to indemnification therefor under Article XI).

68

9.3 Employee Matters.

(a) Subject to applicable Legal Requirements and to the extent permitted under the relevant plans, Buyer shall, and shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, give the current employees of the Company Entities full credit, for all purposes, under any employee benefit plans or arrangements maintained by Buyer in the United States, the Surviving Corporation and their respective subsidiaries for the service with the Company Entities to the same extent recognized by the Company Entities immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(b) Subject to applicable Legal Requirements and to the extent permitted under the relevant plans, Buyer shall, and shall cause the Company Entities to, (i) waive all limitations as to preexisting conditions, exclusions, actively-at-work requirements and waiting periods applicable to the employees of the Company Entities under any welfare benefit plans in which such employees may be eligible to participate from and after the Effective Time, except to the extent that such waiting periods, pre-existing condition limitations, exclusions and actively-at-work requirements would have been applicable under the comparable benefit plans of the Company Entities immediately prior to the Effective Time, (ii) provide each employee of the Company Entities with credit for any co-payments and deductibles paid prior to the Effective Time in the calendar year in which the Effective Time occurs in satisfying any applicable deductible or out-of-pocket requirements in the calendar year in which the Effective Time occurs, under any welfare plans in which such employee is eligible to participate after the Effective Time, and (iii) cause each employee of the Company Entities to be credited under flexible spending account plans of Buyer or the Company Entities with any amounts contributed but unreimbursed as of the Effective Time under an applicable flexible benefit plan of Company Entities.

(c) Subject to applicable Legal Requirements, for a period of one year immediately following the Effective Time, Buyer shall, or shall cause the Company Entities to, provide to each of the employees of the Company Entities employee benefits (including health, welfare, pension, vacation, savings and severance, but excluding benefits under any defined benefit pension plan or retiree health plan) that are no less favorable in the aggregate than those provided to the employees of the Company Entities prior to the Effective Time. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, following the Effective Time, there shall be no obligation to provide employees of the Company Entities with awards of capital stock of any entity or awards of options or other rights of any kind to acquire capital stock of any entity. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, none of Buyer, the Company Entities nor any of their affiliates shall have any obligation to continue to employ any Employee of the Company Entities other than on an “at will” basis, except as otherwise may be required under any employment agreements.

(d) This Agreement is not intended by the parties to (i) constitute an amendment to a Benefit Plan, (ii) give any third party, including any Employee, any right to enforce the provisions of this Agreement (including this Section 9.3), (iii) obligate Buyer, the Company Entities, or any of their affiliates (including the Surviving Corporation) to maintain any particular compensation or benefit plan, program, policy or arrangement or (iv) create any obligations of the parties with respect to any employee benefit plan of Buyer or Company.

9.4 Tax Matters. The following provisions shall govern the allocation of responsibility as between the Parties for certain Tax matters following the Closing Date:

(a) Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns. Buyer shall timely prepare and file, or shall cause to be prepared and filed all Tax Returns of Company and the Subsidiaries, in each case, at the expense of the Surviving Corporation, and the other Company Entities at the expense of the applicable Company Entity, as applicable, with respect to any taxable year or period that ends on or before the

69

Closing Date and any taxable year or period beginning before and ending after the Closing Date, which are due after the Closing Date; provided, however, that Buyer shall, or shall cause Merger Sub or the Surviving Corporation or the other Company Entities, as applicable, to (A) file a federal income Tax Return of Company for Company’s taxable year ending on the Closing Date pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(c), (B) allocate all items accruing on the Closing Date to Company’s taxable period ending on the Closing Date pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(A)(1) to the extent applicable (and not pursuant to the “next day” rule under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(B) or pursuant to the ratable allocation method under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(b)(2)(ii) or 1.1502-76(b)(2)(iii)), (C) allocate applicable items pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(b)(2)(vi) as if the Company had sold all of its interests in all Clinic Subsidiaries immediately before the end of the Company’s taxable period ending on the Closing Date and apply an interim closing of the books method for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.706-1(c)(2)(ii) (which allocation, for the avoidance of doubt, shall apply in determining Taxes allocable to a Pre-Closing Tax Period for purposes of Section 11.2(a)(iv)), (D) not elect to waive any carryback of net operating losses under Section 172(b)(3) of the IRC on any Tax Return of Company or the Subsidiaries filed in respect of a taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date to the extent such carryback could otherwise give rise to any Tax Refund Consideration, (E) deduct the Compensation Transaction Deductions on Company’s income Tax Returns for the taxable period ending on the Closing Date, unless otherwise required by applicable Tax law, and (F) in the event applicable Tax law prohibits any Compensation Transaction Deductions from being deducted on Company’s income Tax Returns for the taxable period ending on the Closing Date, deduct any such remaining Compensation Transaction Deductions on Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s or the Surviving Corporation’s earliest Tax Return filed in which such Compensation Transaction Deductions may be deducted pursuant to applicable Tax law. Buyer shall prepare such Tax Returns consistent with past practices of Company, including claiming amortization and depreciation deductions to the greatest extent possible under applicable Tax law (unless otherwise required by applicable law or clause (A) through (F) above of this Section 9.4(a)) and shall provide the Sellers’ Representative the right to review and comment on such Tax Returns no later than thirty (30) days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Returns, such comments to be delivered to Buyer by Sellers’ Representative within the next fifteen (15) days following Sellers’ Representative’s receipt of such Tax Returns. Buyer and Sellers agree that Buyer or Company, as applicable and consistent with the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.4(a), shall deduct all Compensation Transaction Deductions for U.S. and state Tax purposes. Additionally, with respect to any items other than the Compensation Transaction Deductions or Other Transaction Deductions (which shall be dealt with as provided by Section 9.4(i)) and without limiting the arbitration provisions contained in this Section 9.4(a), Buyer shall, in good faith, take into account and reflect on such Tax Returns any reasonable comments (including proposed positions, elections, and the treatment of a particular item of income or expense) proposed by Sellers’ Representative, provided that, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.4, Buyer has ultimate control of such Tax Returns. In the event the parties are unable to resolve any dispute with respect to the items set forth in the Seller’s Representative’s comments (the “Disputed Tax Items”) within thirty (30) days after Buyer has received Sellers’ Representative’s written request for changes, Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative shall within ten (10) days thereafter submit the remaining Disputed Tax Items for resolution to the Independent Accounting Firm. The Independent Accounting Firm shall determine the proper treatment of the Disputed Tax Items in accordance with applicable Tax law and this Section 9.4 and the applicable Tax Returns shall be revised to reflect such determination. The Independent Accounting Firm shall be instructed by Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative to determine and report to Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative upon the resolution of such remaining Disputed Tax Items within thirty (30) days after such submission but in any event no later than ten (10) days prior to the due date for the applicable Tax Return. Each of the Buyer and Sellers’ Representative will be afforded the opportunity to present to the Independent Accounting Firm any material such party deems relevant to the Independent Accounting Firm’s determination. Buyer and Sellers’ Representative shall each furnish to the Independent Accounting Firm such work papers and other documents and information relating to the

70

remaining Disputed Tax Items as the Independent Accounting Firm may request. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to its determination of each Disputed Tax Item, the Independent Accounting Firm may only decide in favor of the position presented by either Buyer or Sellers’ Representative, and may not make a determination other than in favor of one of the two positions presented with respect to each such Disputed Tax Item and, accordingly, shall determine which position is more likely to prevail under applicable Tax law. The fees and disbursements of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be allocated between Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative, in the same proportion that the aggregate amount of such remaining Disputed Tax Items so submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm that is unsuccessfully disputed by each such Party (as finally determined by the Independent Accounting Firm) bears to the total amount of such remaining Disputed Tax Items so submitted.

(b) Amended Tax Returns. If the filing of any amended Tax Return could reduce amounts to which the Sellers are entitled to receive hereunder or result in an indemnification obligation of Sellers under this Agreement, neither Buyer, Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation, the Subsidiaries or, to the extent within Buyer’s control, the other Company Entities shall amend any Tax Returns of Company or any of the other Company Entities for any Pre-Closing Tax Period without the prior written consent of the Sellers’ Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, delayed or withheld.

(c) Closing Date Course of Business Indemnity. The indemnity obligations of the Sellers under Section 11.2(a) (including under Section 11.2(a)(iv)) shall not cover Tax liabilities resulting from any transaction of Buyer or any of its Affiliates not in the ordinary course of business (other than the transactions contemplated hereunder) that occurs on the Closing Date but after the Closing and Buyer or any of its Affiliates shall not enter into any such transactions to the extent they would reduce the amounts potentially payable to the Sellers pursuant to this Section 9.4.

(d) End of Tax Year. Buyer, Merger Sub, Surviving Corporation and, to the extent within Buyer’s control, the other Company Entities shall not take any action, or permit any action to be taken, that may prevent the tax year of Company and the other Company Entities from ending for federal and applicable state, local and foreign income tax purposes at the end of the day on the Closing Date. Buyer, Merger Sub and Surviving Corporation will file consolidated U.S. federal income tax returns for all taxable periods after the Closing Date which may include items of expense that would constitute Compensation Transaction Deductions or Other Transaction Deductions, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(e) Filing Dates of Tax Returns. Without limiting the general provisions of Section 9.4(a) (including the review, comment and dispute resolution provisions), Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to prepare and file income Tax Returns for each Tax period ending on the Closing Date no later than one hundred twenty (120) days following the Closing Date. In the case of any Tax Return for a Pre-Closing Tax Period that does not end on the Closing Date (a “Straddle Period”), and for purposes of determining hereunder the amount of Taxes attributable to a Pre-Closing Tax Period or a Post-Closing Tax Period generally, the amount of Taxes attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be deemed to be (i) in the case of Taxes imposed on a periodic basis (such as certain franchise Taxes, real or personal property Taxes), the amount of such Taxes for the entire period (or, in the case of such Taxes determined on an arrears basis, the amount of such Taxes for the immediately preceding period) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days in the Straddle Period ending on and including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire relevant Straddle Period and (ii) in the case of Taxes not described in (i) above (such as Taxes that are based upon or related to income or receipts, based upon occupancy or imposed in connection with any sale or other transfer or assignment of property (real or personal, tangible or intangible)), the amount of any such Taxes shall be determined as if such taxable period and the taxable period of all Company Entities ended of as of the close of business on the Closing Date.

71

(f) Cooperation on Tax Matters. Buyer, Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation, the Company Entities (to the extent within Buyer’s control) and the Sellers’ Representative shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other parties, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns (including any amended Tax Return) for a period prior to (or including) the Closing Date (which amended Tax Return may only be filed pursuant to Section 9.4(b) or 9.4(g)), any Tax audits, Tax proceedings or other Tax-related claims, and allowing the Sellers’ Representative to review Tax Returns to determine or verify the proper amounts payable as Tax Refund Consideration or as Tax Savings Consideration hereunder, and any mechanisms or payment processes reasonably requested by the Sellers’ Representative to pay Tax Refund Consideration or Tax Savings Consideration to the Sellers as provided herein. Such cooperation shall include, upon the Sellers’ Representative’s request, providing records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such matters, making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information, and explaining any materials provided pursuant to this Section 9.4. Buyer, Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation and the Company Entities shall not destroy or dispose of any Tax workpapers, schedules or other materials and documents supporting Tax Returns of Company, the Subsidiaries and, to the extent within Buyer’s control, the other Company Entities for Pre-Closing Tax Periods until the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of the Sellers’ Representative, and before any disposition or destruction of such materials at any time, Buyer shall give thirty (30) days prior written notice of any such proposed disposition or destruction to the Sellers’ Representative, and the Sellers’ Representative shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to take possession of such materials and documents.

(g) Tax Refunds. The Sellers shall be entitled to receive from Buyer, Merger Sub, Surviving Corporation or the Subsidiaries all refunds (or credits for overpayments) of income Taxes from a Pre-Closing Tax Period, including any interest thereon (net of any Tax on such interest); provided, however, Sellers shall not be entitled to receive any refunds (or credits for overpayments) (i) of income Taxes resulting from an adjustment to income Taxes from a Pre-Closing Tax Period after the Survival Date (other than an adjustment arising as a result of claiming a refund with respect to any Compensation Transaction Deduction or Other Transaction Deduction, or any net operating or other loss with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period (e.g., not including any adjustments arising out of an audit or other proceeding with respect to Taxes that are made after the expiration of the Survival Date)) or (ii) that result from a Buyer Transaction Cost. Subject to Section 9.4(i) with respect to Tax refunds attributable to Other Transaction Deductions, promptly upon receipt of any income Tax refund (or credits for overpayment), and in no event later than ten (10) Business Days after receipt by Buyer, Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation or any of the Subsidiaries, Buyer will, and will cause Merger Sub or the Surviving Corporation and/or the Subsidiaries to, deliver and pay over, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, such income Tax refunds (or credits for overpayments), including any interest thereon (net of any Tax on such interest) to the Sellers’ Representative, for payment to each of the Sellers in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.13(g). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sellers shall not be entitled to receive any refunds (or credits for overpayments) of Taxes resulting from the carryback of Tax attributes generated in a Post-Closing Tax Period except to the extent such Tax attributes result from Compensation Transaction Deductions or Other Transaction Deductions actually realized in a Post-Closing Tax Period (determined on a with and without basis). Buyer shall, as soon as is reasonably practicable, cause the Surviving Corporation or the Subsidiaries to file amended income Tax Returns or applications for income Tax refunds in order to obtain any income Tax refund (or credit for overpayment) that the Sellers are entitled to pursuant to this Section 9.4(g), and Buyer, Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation and, to the extent within Buyer’s control, the Company Entities shall execute all other documents, take reasonable additional actions and otherwise reasonably cooperate as may be necessary for Buyer, Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation and the Company Entities to obtain the income Tax refunds contemplated by this

72

Section 9.4(g). In addition, Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to prepare and file IRS Form 1139 in respect of Company’s two taxable periods preceding Company’s tax period ending on the Closing Date no later than thirty (30) days after Company’s U.S. federal income Tax return for Company’s Tax year ending on the Closing Date is filed.

(h) Post-Closing Period Tax Payment. To the extent actually realized by Buyer, Merger Sub, Surviving Corporation, Company or any Subsidiaries, Buyer shall, subject to Section 9.4(i) with respect to Actual Tax Savings attributable to Other Transaction Deductions subject to a Tax Opinion Indemnification, pay to the Sellers’ Representative, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, an amount, in cash, equal to the Actual Tax Savings within ten (10) days of actually realizing such amount, and the Sellers’ Representative shall distribute such amount to each of Sellers in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.13(g). For purposes of this Agreement, “Actual Tax Savings” shall mean the excess of (A) the income Taxes that would have been incurred by Buyer and all the members of its affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a)(1) of the IRC (without taking into account the exceptions under Section 1504(b) of the IRC) in each Post-Closing Tax Period calculated without taking into account both (1) any net operating losses of Company from Pre-Closing Tax Periods and (2) any Compensation Transaction Deductions and Other Transaction Deductions that are deductible in a Post-Closing Tax Period, over (B) the actual income Taxes incurred by Buyer and all the members of its affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a)(1) of the IRC (without taking into account the exceptions under Section 1504(b) of the IRC) in any such Post-Closing Tax Period. For each Post-Closing Tax Period, Buyer will provide to Sellers’ Representative, within thirty (30) days of filing the Tax Return for such period with its calculations of the amount of the Actual Tax Savings, if any. For purposes of this Agreement, “Post-Closing Tax Period” shall mean any taxable period (or portion thereof) that is not a Pre-Closing Tax Period. For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer Transaction Costs shall not be treated as part of any net operating losses of Company from a Pre-Closing Tax Period for purposes of clause (A)(1) of the definition of Actual Tax Savings.

(i) Other Transaction Deductions. The Company shall deduct the Other Transaction Deductions to the extent Sellers’ Representative delivers (and shall not be required to deduct such amounts to the extent the Sellers’ Representative does not deliver) an opinion of the Independent Accounting Firm or, if the Independent Accounting Firm is not a Big Four Accounting Firm, an independent Big Four Accounting Firm mutually agreed upon by Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative (the Independent Accounting Firm or such other firm, the “Tax Opinion Accounting Firm”) that such position is at least “more likely than not” to prevail if challenged by the IRS, which deductions shall be taken consistent with the provisions of Section 9.4(a)(E) and (F); provided, however, if the Sellers’ Representative delivers an opinion other than an unqualified “will” level opinion, the Buyer shall be entitled to receive indemnification with respect to any Losses in respect of such position not prevailing, which indemnification obligation (the “Tax Opinion Indemnification”) shall survive until thirty (30) days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (the “Tax Opinion Indemnification Expiration Date”). Any such indemnification shall be limited to the Indemnification Escrow Amount held pursuant to the Escrow Agreement (including any additional amounts placed in escrow and held pursuant to the Escrow Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.4(i)). For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Sellers’ Representative delivers an unqualified “will” opinion from the Tax Opinion Accounting Firm with respect to all or any part of the Other Transaction Deductions, the Sellers’ Representative shall not be required to provide the Tax Opinion Indemnification with respect to Losses attributable to the deductions covered by such opinion. Any income Tax refunds (or credits for overpayments) or Actual Tax Savings attributable to any Other Transaction Deductions shall be determined on a with and without basis (i.e., as if the Other Transaction Deductions were the last deductions to be taken). With respect to any Other Transaction Deductions subject to the Tax Opinion Indemnification, (i) if and to the extent on or prior to the Survival Date, any Tax refund (or credit for overpayment) or reduction in taxable income is actually received or realized with respect to such deductions or such deductions result in Actual Tax Savings that

73

are payable to the Sellers’ Representative then (x) if all or any portion of the Indemnification Escrow Amount has been used to satisfy Indemnification Claims or has otherwise been reduced pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, a portion of any such Tax refund (or credit for overpayment) or Actual Tax Savings equal to the amount of the Indemnification Escrow Amount used to satisfy Indemnification Claims or otherwise reduced pursuant to the Escrow Agreement (but not in excess of the amount of such Tax refund or Actual Tax Savings) shall be delivered by the Company to the Escrow Agent to be held until the applicable Tax Opinion Indemnification Expiration Date (or such later date required under the Escrow Agreement) in accordance with this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and the balance shall be paid to Sellers’ Representative in accordance with this Agreement and (y) on the Survival Date, an amount equal to 45% of the amount of such Other Transaction Deductions that resulted in such Tax refund (or credit for overpayment), reduction in taxable income or Actual Tax Savings shall be retained by the Escrow Agent and held pursuant to the Escrow Agreement and this Agreement until the applicable Tax Opinion Indemnification Expiration Date (or such later date required under the Escrow Agreement), and (ii) if and to the extent on or prior to the Survival Date such Other Transaction Deductions have not resulted in a Tax refund (or credit for overpayment), reduction in taxable income or Actual Tax Savings that has been actually received or realized then (x) any Tax refund (or credit for overpayment) or Actual Tax Savings with respect to such Other Transaction Deductions that is otherwise payable to the Sellers’ Representative shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent to be held until the applicable Tax Opinion Indemnification Expiration Date (or such later date required under the Escrow Agreement) in accordance with this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and (y) on the Survival Date, an amount equal to 5% multiplied by the amount of such Other Transaction Deductions shall be retained by the Escrow Agent and held pursuant to the Escrow Agreement and this Agreement until the applicable Tax Opinion Indemnification Expiration Date (or such later date required under the Escrow Agreement). To the extent the Escrow Agreement requires any consent, notice or other action of Buyer and/or Sellers’ Representative to effectuate the provisions of this Section 9.4(i), Buyer and/or Sellers’ Representative, as applicable, shall promptly deliver such required consent or notice or take such required action.

(j) No Section 338 Election. Neither Buyer, Merger Sub, Surviving Corporation nor any of their affiliates shall make an election under Section 338 of the IRC with respect to the purchase of Company Shares.

(k) Transfer Taxes. Any and all transfer, sales, use, excise, goods and services, health services, conveyance, recording or any other similar fees or taxes (including, without limitation, title recording or filing fees, mutation taxes and other amounts payable in respect of transfer filings), and all documentary or other stamp taxes, arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be borne equally by the Sellers on the one hand, and Buyer on the other hand; provided, that any stamp or transfer taxes payable to the State of New York or New York City shall be paid by Buyer and Buyer shall be entitled to any rebates or refunds of such State of New York or New York City stamp or transfer taxes. The Parties shall consult with each other in good faith and shall cooperate fully with each other in planning for the reduction or elimination of any such taxes.

(l) Tax Elections and Positions. Buyer covenants and agree that neither it nor Company, nor any of their respective Subsidiaries shall retroactively apply any changes or alterations in the tax positions and elections taken by Company or any of the Subsidiaries on or prior to the Closing Date to any taxable periods prior to the Closing Date in any manner that would give rise to any obligations of Sellers under this Agreement (including Indemnification Claims under Section 11.2).

(m) Section 351 Treatment. The Buyer and the Rollover Stockholders agree to use their reasonable best efforts to treat the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with IRC Section 351 and report the transaction in a manner consistent with such treatment.

74

(n) Additional Matters. The Parties agree and acknowledge that the right of an Optionholder to receive the payments contemplated by Section 2.10(d)(iv) with respect to such Person’s Options (other than Rollover Options) is substantially vested within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-6 and shall be treated as such regardless of whether the Optionholder delivers to Company a fully completed and executed Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement at or prior to the Closing. As a result, the Company shall deduct the amounts payable to the holders of Options (other than Rollover Options) on Company’s income Tax Returns for the taxable period ending on the Closing Date (to the extent such amounts would otherwise have been deductible in such period consistent with Section 9.4(a)) regardless of whether the holders thereof have completed an Option Rollover Election; Cancellation and Payment Acknowledgement.

9.5 Directors’ & Officers’ Indemnification.

(a) For a period of six years after the Effective Time (and such additional period of time as may be necessary to fully and finally resolve any claims for indemnification which have been duly submitted prior to the six year anniversary of the Effective Time), unless otherwise required by applicable Legal Requirements, the Organizational Documents of the Surviving Corporation and the Subsidiaries shall contain provisions no less favorable in the aggregate with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers than are set forth in the Organizational Documents of Company as in effect on the date hereof. The Surviving Corporation shall indemnify, and advance expenses to, each present and former director or officer of Company and each Subsidiary (collectively, the “D&O Indemnified Parties”), in and to the extent of their capacities as such and not as stockholders of Company, in respect of actions, omissions or events through the Effective Time to the to the fullest extent permitted by law. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, if any D&O Indemnified Party becomes involved in any actual or threatened action, suit, claim, proceeding or investigation covered by this Section 9.5(a) after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, promptly advance to such D&O Indemnified Party his or her legal or other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation incurred in connection therewith); provided, that any D&O Indemnified Party to whom expenses are advanced provides a written undertaking to repay such advanced expenses if it is ultimately determined that such D&O Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification.

(b) At or prior to the Closing Date, Company shall purchase and pay in full a “tail” prepaid insurance policy with respect to Company’s existing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for Company’s and the Subsidiaries’ directors and officers that shall provide such directors and officers with coverage for six (6) years following the Effective Time (including with respect to acts or omissions occurring in connection with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby). The cost of the premiums for such “tail” prepaid insurance policy shall be treated as a Company Transaction Expense to the extent it remains unpaid on the Closing Date. Buyer shall, and shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, maintain such policy in full force and effect.

(c) The obligations under this Section 9.5 shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect any D&O Indemnified Party to whom this Section 9.5 applies without the consent of such D&O Indemnified Party (it being expressly agreed that the D&O Indemnified Parties to whom this Section 9.5 applies shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 9.5 and shall be entitled to enforce the covenants contained herein). The obligations under this Section 9.5 shall be in addition to any other contractual or other rights of indemnification for the benefit of any D&O Indemnified Parties.

75

ARTICLE X

TERMINATION

10.1 Termination Events. This Agreement may be terminated, by written notice given prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual written consent of Company and Buyer;

(b) by Company or Buyer if the transactions contemplated hereunder shall not have been consummated by 5:30 p.m. New York City time on June 21, 2010 (the “Initial End Date”); provided, that if (i) the obligation of the lenders under the Debt Commitment Letter to provide the Debt Financing pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Debt Commitment Letter has been extended (provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein creates an obligation of Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub to extend such Debt Commitment Letter) and (ii) on the Initial End Date any of the conditions set forth in Article VII shall not have been satisfied or waived, then Buyer may extend the Initial End Date to 5:30 p.m., New York City time, on a date no later than the date that the Debt Financing had been extended (but in any event, no later than July 20, 2010), by providing notice to Company prior to 5:30 p.m. New York City time on the Initial End Date (as used in this Agreement, the term “End Date” shall mean the Initial End Date, unless the Initial End Date has been extended pursuant to this proviso, in which case, the term “End Date” shall mean the date to which the Initial End Date has been so extended (unless the failure of the Party seeking to terminate this Agreement to perform any obligation required to be performed by such Party at or prior to the Closing was the cause of or resulted in the failure to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder on or before the End Date);

(c) by written notice from Buyer following a breach of any covenant or agreement of Company contained in this Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of Company contained in this Agreement shall be or shall have become inaccurate, in either case such that any of the conditions set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 would not be satisfied as of the time of such breach or as of the time of such representation or warranty was or shall have become inaccurate and such breach or inaccuracy shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice of such breach from Buyer is received by Company; provided, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10.1(c) shall not be available to Buyer if it is then in breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement that would result in any of the conditions set forth in Section 8.1 or 8.2 not being satisfied;

(d) by written notice from Company following a breach of any covenant or agreement of Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub contained in this Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub contained in this Agreement shall be or shall have become inaccurate, in either such case such that any of the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 would not be satisfied as of the time of such breach or as of the time such representation or warranty was or shall have become inaccurate and such breach or inaccuracy shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice of such breach from Company is received by Buyer and Merger Sub; provided, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10.1(d) shall not be available to Company if it is then in breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement that would result in any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 or 7.2 not being satisfied; or

(e) by written notice from Company if all of the conditions set forth in Article VII have been satisfied (other than those conditions that (i) by their nature are to be satisfied by actions taken at the Closing or (ii) are not satisfied solely as a result of the breach by Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub of its obligations under this Agreement), and Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub fail to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement within two (2) Business Days following the date the Closing should have occurred pursuant to Section 2.12 and Company stood ready

76

and willing to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement during such period; provided, that during such period of two (2) Business Days following the date the Closing should have occurred pursuant to Section 2.12, no party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1.

10.2 Effect of Termination.

(a) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 10.1, this Agreement shall become null and void and of no effect with no liability to any Person on the part of any Party hereto (or any of its Representatives or Affiliates) and all further obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall terminate, except for Section 6.2, this Article X and Article XII; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein and subject to Sections 10.2(b) and 10.2(c), the liability of any Party for any breach by such Party of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of such Party set forth in this Agreement occurring prior to the termination of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and, in addition, in the event of any termination of this Agreement and a related action for breach of contract, the prevailing Party shall be reimbursed by the other Parties to the action for reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action, and in no event shall any Party be liable for punitive damages.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event this Agreement is terminated by Company pursuant to Section 10.1(d) or Section 10.1(e), then Buyer shall within three (3) Business Days of such termination make a payment in cash to Company in an amount equal to $15,000,000 (the “Buyer Fee”). The Parties acknowledge and agree that in the event this Agreement is terminated by Company pursuant to Section 10.1(d) or Section 10.1(e) Buyer shall not be responsible for paying Company or its Affiliates any amounts in excess of an amount equal to the Buyer Fee (and the expenses, if any, contemplated by the second sentence in Section 10.2(c)).

(c) The parties acknowledge that the agreements contained in this Section 10.2 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and that, without these agreements, the parties would not enter into this Agreement. Accordingly, if Buyer fails to promptly pay the amount due pursuant to Section 10.2(b) and, in order to obtain such payment, Company commences a suit that results in a judgment against Buyer for the amount set forth in Section 10.2 or any portion thereof, Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub shall pay to Company (i) its documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with such suit and (ii) interest on such amount or portion thereof at the prime rate of Bank of America N.A. in effect on the date such payment was required to be made through the date of payment, which aggregate amount pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), and, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 10.2(a), shall not be greater than $2,000,000. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) Company’s receipt of the Buyer Fee (and the expenses, if any, contemplated by the previous sentence) from Buyer pursuant to Section 10.2(b) (or from the Investor pursuant to the Limited Guarantee), or any settlement (with the consent of Company and the Sellers’ Representative) thereof, shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Company and its Affiliates against Buyer, Intermediate Holdings, Merger Sub, the Investor, the former, current and future equity holders, controlling persons, directors, officers, employees, agents, Affiliates, members, managers, general or limited partners or assignees of Buyer, Intermediate Holdings, Merger Sub, the Investor or the Financing Parties or any former, current or future stockholder, controlling person, director, officer, employee, general or limited partner, member, manager, Affiliate, agent or assignee of any of the foregoing (each a “Related Person” and collectively, the “Related Persons”) for any loss suffered in connection with this Agreement (except in the case of an order of specific performance as and only to the extent expressly permitted by Section 12.10(b), in which case the Buyer Fee shall not be payable if the Closing occurs), (ii) in the event the Closing does not occur, in no event shall Buyer, Intermediate Holdings, Merger Sub, the Financing Parties or any Related Person thereof be subject to (nor shall

77

Company or any of its Affiliates seek to recover) monetary damages in excess of the amount of the Buyer Fee (inclusive of any amounts owing under the Limited Guarantee) and the expenses, if any, contemplated by the previous sentence for all losses suffered in connection with this Agreement, or arising from, relating to, or as a result of, any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement by Buyer or arising from any claim or cause of action Company or any of its Affiliates may have (including for a breach of Article II hereof as a result of the Debt Financing not being available to be drawn down or otherwise arising from the Debt Commitment Letter) or the failure of the Merger to be consummated and (iii) in no event shall Company or any of its Affiliates seek to recover monetary damages from any of Intermediate Holdings, Merger Sub, the Financing Parties or any Related Person thereof (other than Buyer), or any of its representatives (other than as provided in the Limited Guarantee). In no event shall the Company be entitled to seek the remedy of specific performance of this Agreement other than solely under the specific circumstances and as specifically set forth in Section 12.10(b). For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances (1) will Company be entitled to monetary damages in excess of the amount of the Buyer Fee plus the amount of expenses, if any, contemplated by the second sentence of this Section 10.2(c) and, (2) shall Company be permitted or entitled to receive both a grant of specific performance and any money damages, including all or any portion of the Buyer Fee (and/or the amount of the expenses, if any, contemplated by the second sentence of this Section 10.2(c)).

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

11.1 Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Parties contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Party, and shall expire on the Survival Date; provided, that all covenants and agreements of the Parties set forth in this Agreement to be performed after the Closing (including the Tax Opinion Indemnification) (collectively, the “Post-Closing Obligations”) shall survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect indefinitely, unless otherwise terminated by their express terms; provided, that if an Indemnitee delivers an Indemnification Notice to an Indemnitor before the Survival Date or the applicable Tax Opinion Indemnification Expiration Date, then the applicable representation, warranty, covenant and agreement shall survive until, but only for purposes of, the resolution of the matter covered by such Indemnification Notice.

11.2 Indemnification by Sellers.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article XI and except as set forth on Schedule 11.2, from and after the Effective Time, Sellers shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless, solely out of the Indemnification Escrow Amount, Buyer and Buyer’s Affiliates (including without limitation the Company Entities after the Closing), directors, officers, employees, agents, and stockholders and successors and assigns (collectively, “Buyer Indemnitees”) from any and all Losses incurred by such Persons arising out of or relating to or resulting from: (i) any inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty of Company contained in this Agreement or any certificate delivered by or on behalf of Company pursuant to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 (A) on and as of the date of this Agreement with the same effect as though made on and as of the date of this Agreement (other than any such representation or warranty that speaks as of a specific date or time other than the date of this Agreement), (B) on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than any such representation or warranty that speaks as of a specific date or time other than the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date), or (C) on and as of the date or time when made, in the case of any representation or warranty that speaks as of a specific date or time other than the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date, (ii) any breach by Company of any covenant or agreement to be performed by it (or any other Company Entity) pursuant to this Agreement, other than Post-Closing Obligations, (iii) any breach by Sellers and/or the Sellers’ Representative after the Closing, of any of their respective

78

Post-Closing Obligations, (iv) any and all income Taxes imposed on any Company Entity attributable to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, (v) any and all Taxes imposed on any Company Entity attributable to any position subject to a Tax Opinion Indemnification, and (vi) the matters set forth on Schedule 11.2(a)(vi) (subject to the limitations set forth therein).

(b) From and after the Closing, the rights of Buyer Indemnitees to indemnification under this Article XI shall constitute the sole and exclusive remedy of Buyer Indemnitees for any breach by any of the Company Entities of any provision of this Agreement, and no claim may be asserted nor any action commenced against Company under Section 11.2(a) unless an Indemnification Notice has been delivered to the Sellers’ Representative by Buyer (on behalf of Buyer Indemnitees) on or prior to the date on which the representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on which such claim or action is based ceases to survive as set forth in Section 11.1, regardless of whether the subject matter of such claim or action shall have occurred before such date; provided, however, that Buyer Indemnitees may pursue specific performance and other equitable remedies for any matter that is indemnifiable under Section 11.2(a)(iii).

(c) Subject to the limitations contained herein, any Losses incurred as a result of any matter for which indemnification is required under this Section 11.2 shall be limited to the Indemnification Escrow Amount then remaining in the Escrow Account and not previously distributed pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement and no indemnification pursuant to Section 11.2 shall be payable other than from the then remaining Indemnification Escrow Amount. From and after the Closing, the Indemnification Escrow Amount held pursuant to the Escrow Agreement shall constitute the sole and exclusive remedy and source of payment for all Buyer Indemnitees’ Losses and claims related to this Agreement, including any amounts payable by the Sellers’ Representative pursuant to Section 2.13, other than for fraud.

(d) Buyer shall not be entitled to indemnification under Section 11.2(a) in respect of the amount of any liabilities or assets of any of the Company Entities to the extent that the amount of such liabilities or assets are included and reflected with reasonable specificity in the calculation of the final Adjusted Net Working Capital as finally determined under the procedures set forth in Section 2.13 or are specifically excluded pursuant to clause (g) of the definition of Corporate Adjusted Current Liabilities

11.3 Indemnification by Buyer.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article XI, from and after the Effective Time, Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Sellers and their respective Affiliates (other than the Company Entities), directors, officers, employees, agents, and stockholders and successors and assigns (collectively, “Seller Indemnitees”) from any and all Losses incurred by such Persons arising out of or relating to or resulting from: (i) any inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer contained in Article IV or any certificate delivered by or on behalf of Buyer pursuant to Sections 8.1 and 8.2 (A) on and as of the date of this Agreement with the same effect as though made on and as of the date of this Agreement (other than any such representation or warranty that speaks as of a specific date or time other than the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date), (B) on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than any such representation or warranty that speaks as of a specific date or time other than the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date) or (C) on and as of the date or time when made, in the case of any representation or warranty that speaks as of a specific date or time other than the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date, (ii) any breach by Buyer of the covenants and agreements to be performed by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, other than Post-Closing Obligations and (iii) any breach by Buyer, after the Closing, of any of Buyer’s Post-Closing Obligations.

79

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement the rights of Seller Indemnitees to indemnification under this Article XI shall constitute the only and exclusive remedy of Seller Indemnitees for any breach by Buyer of any provision of this Agreement and any breach of the Companies of any Post Closing Obligation, and (ii) no claim may be asserted nor any action commenced against Buyer for indemnification under Section 11.3(a) unless an Indemnification Notice has been delivered to Buyer by the Sellers’ Representative (on behalf of Seller Indemnitees) on or prior to the date on which the representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on which such claim or action is based ceases to survive as set forth in Section 11.1, regardless of whether the subject matter of such claim or action shall have occurred before or after such date; provided, however, that the Sellers’ Representative on behalf of Seller Indemnitees may pursue specific performance and other equitable remedies for any matter that is indemnifiable under clause (iii) of Section 11.3(a).

11.4 Limitations on Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary:

(i) for purposes of Section 11.2(a), with respect to each representation or warranty contained in this Agreement that is Qualified, no such Qualification shall be permitted for the purpose of determining whether an inaccuracy or breach of such representation or warranty has occurred or the amount of any Loss that is the subject of indemnification hereunder, and all Losses shall be calculated without regard to any Qualification;

(ii) no individual claim (or series of related claims) by an Indemnitee may be asserted (and no Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification with respect to any such claim or series of related claims) with respect to Section 11.2(a)(i) (excluding any inaccuracy or breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.4(e)) unless the aggregate amount of Losses that would be payable with respect to such claim (or series of related claims) exceeds an amount equal to $50,000 (it being understood that any such individual claim (or series of related claims) for amounts less than $50,000 shall be ignored for purposes of determining whether the Threshold has been exceeded);

(iii) the right of any Indemnitee to indemnification pursuant to Sections 11.2(a)(i) (excluding any inaccuracy or breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.4(e)) shall not be effective until the aggregate dollar amount of all Losses that would otherwise be indemnifiable pursuant thereto exceeds $1,500,000 (the “Threshold Amount”) and then only to the extent such aggregate amount exceeds the Threshold Amount;

(iv) except as increased pursuant to Section 9.4(i) solely for purposes of any Tax Opinion Indemnification, the right of any Indemnitee to indemnification pursuant to Section 11.2(a) shall be limited to $27,500,000 in the aggregate and no indemnification pursuant to such provisions shall be payable thereafter;

(v) the right of any Seller Indemnitee to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the Purchase Price and no indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be payable thereafter; and

(vi) Buyer Indemnities, on the one hand, and Seller Indemnitees on the other hand, shall only be entitled to recover the full amount of a Loss once with respect to any item giving rise to a Loss.

80

(b) For purposes of determining the amount of any and all Taxes for which the Buyer Indemnities are entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 11.2(a)(iv), the Taxes imposed on any Company Entity (other than the Company, the Subsidiaries and the Cluster Subsidiary Holding Companies) that are attributable to any Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be limited to the applicable ARA Ownership Percentage of such Taxes.

(c) Any amounts deposited and held under the Escrow Agreement pursuant to Section 9.4(i) and any amounts retained in and held under the Escrow Agreement pursuant to Section 9.4(i) shall only be used to satisfy Losses attributable to any position subject to a Tax Opinion Indemnification.

11.5 Notice of Potential Claims for Indemnification.

(a) An indemnified party (the “Indemnitee”) shall give the indemnifying party or parties (the “Indemnitor”) reasonably prompt written notice (an “Indemnification Notice”) of any claim for indemnification by the Indemnitor under this Article XI (an “Indemnification Claim”), including but not limited to any Third Party Claim. The Sellers’ Representative shall be deemed to be the Indemnitor for purposes of this Section 11.5 and Section 11.6. Each Indemnification Notice shall specify the basis on which indemnification is sought and, to the extent known or reasonably calculable, the Indemnitee’s good faith estimate of the amount of its Losses and, in the case of a Third Party Claim, contain (by attachment or otherwise) such other relevant information as such Indemnitee may have concerning such Third Party Claim. The Indemnitee shall provide written notice as soon as reasonably practicable to the Indemnitor of all material developments relating to the related Indemnification Claim and any material changes in Indemnitee’s good faith estimate of the amount of its Losses. The Indemnitee shall provide the Indemnitor with reasonable access, upon reasonable prior written notice and during normal business hours, in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere in any material respect with the normal business operations, to its books and records, properties and personnel relating to the Indemnification Claim. The Indemnitee will not be entitled to indemnification for Losses of the Indemnitee to the extent that any delay in providing an Indemnification Notice actually prejudices the Indemnitor’s ability to defend a Third Party Claim.

(b) If the Indemnification Claim involves a Third Party Claim, the provisions set forth in Section 11.6 shall be applicable.

11.6 Third Party Claims. The obligations and liabilities of the Parties hereunder with respect to a Third Party Claim for which an Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article XI shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) The Indemnitor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to defend against and to direct the defense of any such Third Party Claim and any related Proceeding, in its name or in the name of the Indemnitee at the Indemnitor’s expense and with counsel of the Indemnitor’s own choosing, which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, by providing written notice to the Indemnitee within fifteen (15) days following receipt of the Indemnification Notice; provided, that (i) the Indemnitee shall be entitled to direct the defense for only so long as the Indemnitor conducts the defense in an active and diligent manner, (ii) the Indemnification Claim is not in respect of any matter involving criminal liability and (iii) in the event the Third Party Claim is in respect of an Indemnification Claim by Buyer Indemnitees, the remaining Indemnification Escrow Amount exceeds the amount of the Third Party Claim and the amount of all other pending Indemnification Claims made by all Buyer Indemnitees, in each case, calculated based on the amount that could reasonably be expected to be paid with respect to such claims; provided, further, that the Indemnitee is hereby authorized (upon reasonable prior written notice to the

81

Indemnitor), and at the cost and expense of the Indemnitor, prior to the Indemnitor’s delivery of a written election to the Indemnitee of its agreement to defend any Third Party Claim, to file any motion, answer or other pleading that it shall reasonably deem necessary to protect its interests or those of the Indemnitor. If the Indemnitor elects to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim pursuant to, and in accordance with, the first sentence of this Section 11.6(a), the Indemnitee may participate in such defense with counsel of its own choosing, at its own expense. The Indemnitor shall not, as long as it actively and diligently conducts the defense of any Proceeding on behalf of the Indemnitee, be liable to the Indemnitee under this Article XI for any fees of other counsel or any other expenses with respect to the defense of such Proceeding incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnitor shall pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees of the Indemnitee if (x) the Indemnitee’s counsel shall have reasonably concluded and advised that there are defenses available to such Indemnitee that are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnitor, or (y) the Indemnitee’s counsel shall have advised the Indemnitee that there is a conflict of interest that could make it inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct to have common counsel for the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee. No settlement of, or payment in respect of, any Third Party Claim under this Article XI whereby the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the Indemnitor or from the remaining Indemnification Escrow Amount, as the case may be, shall be made by or on behalf of the Indemnitor without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). No settlement of, or payment in respect of, any Third Party Claim (i) where monetary damages are in excess of the remaining Indemnification Escrow Amount, (ii) that seeks non-monetary damages or other equitable remedies and/or (iii) that involves criminal liability, shall be made by or on behalf of the Indemnitor without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

(b) If, however, the Indemnitor fails or refuses to undertake the defense of such Third Party Claim within fifteen (15) days after the Indemnification Notice has been given to the Indemnitor by the Indemnitee, pursuant to, and in accordance with, the first sentence of Section 11.6(a), or if the Indemnitor later fails to conduct the defense in an active and diligent manner or withdraws from such defense, the Indemnitee shall have the right to undertake the defense of such claim with counsel of its own choosing, with Indemnitor responsible for the reasonable costs and expenses of such defense if and to the extent that such claim is finally determined to be a valid Indemnification Claim hereunder. No settlement of, or payment in respect of, any Third Party Claim involving liability of the Indemnitor under this Section 11.6(b) shall be made by or on behalf of the Indemnitee without the prior written consent of the Indemnitor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(c) Any entitlement of the Buyer Indemnities to be reimbursed for legal fees or related expenses in connection with a Third Party Claim shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.4 and the Sellers shall have no liability therefore except pursuant to the Indemnification Escrow.

11.7 Subrogation. Upon payment in full of any Indemnification Claim or the payment of any judgment or settlement with respect to a Third Party Claim, the Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to the rights of the Indemnitee against any Person with respect to the subject matter of such Indemnification Claim or Third Party Claim. The Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the Indemnitor to pursue any claims against, or otherwise recover amounts from, any Person liable or responsible for any Losses for which indemnification has been received pursuant to this Agreement.

82

11.8 Tax Effect, Mitigation, Insurance and Other Recoveries.

(a) All indemnification payments payable hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of insurance proceeds actually received by the Indemnitee as a result of the Loss for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification. Each Party agrees to promptly make a claim against any applicable insurance with respect to any Loss that would otherwise be payable pursuant to Section 11.2 or 11.3. Indemnification payments in Sections 11.2 and 11.3 shall be paid by the Indemnitor after reduction for any tax benefits actually realized by the Indemnitee as a result of the deductibility of any payment or accrual of the Loss in respect of such indemnification claim and shall be increased by the amount of any Tax detriment resulting from such indemnification claim (any such Tax benefit or Tax detriment being determined on a with and without basis). Any indemnification payment made hereunder shall be treated by the Parties, to the greatest extent allowed by applicable Legal Requirements, as an adjustment to the Purchase Price.

(b) Each Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its Losses upon and after becoming aware of any event that could reasonably be expected to give rise to Losses that may be indemnifiable under this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Expenses. Each Party shall bear its own fees, costs and expenses incurred in the pursuant of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the fees and expenses of its respective counsel, financial advisors and accountants; provided, that Buyer shall pay, or cause to be paid, any Company’s Transaction Expenses that are unpaid as of the Closing as set forth in Section 2.12 to the extent that the amount of such expenses are included and expressly specified in the calculation of the Purchase Price; provided, further, that the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm, if any, shall be allocated as provided in Section 2.13. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Surviving Corporation may reimburse Buyer and Investor for the reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by Buyer and Investor in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the reasonable fees and expenses of Buyer’s counsel, financial advisors, accountants and consultants and any transaction fee paid by Buyer to Investor or one of its Affiliates. Buyer shall pay all HSR Act filings fees and fifty percent (50%) of the fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent.

12.2 Public Announcements.

(a) Company and Buyer shall jointly prepare and, on the second (2^nd) Business Day following the date of this Agreement, issue, an initial joint press release relating to this Agreement and the transaction contemplated hereby. Each of the Sellers’ Representative and Buyer shall in good faith agree to the text of such initial joint press release and shall not unreasonably delay or fail to take reasonable actions to reach such agreement. Other than the initial joint press release, none of the Parties shall issue any press release or any public statement with respect to the existence of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and, except as may be required by applicable law, will not issue any such press release or make any public statement without obtaining the prior written approval of the Sellers’ Representative and Buyer, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(b) Each Party agrees that the terms of this Agreement shall not be disclosed or otherwise made public and the copies of this Agreement shall not be publicly filed or otherwise made available to the public, except where such disclosure, availability or filing is required by applicable law and only to the extent required by such law. In the event that such disclosure, availability or filing is required by applicable law, then to the extent “confidential treatment” would be available, each of the Parties agrees to use its reasonable commercial efforts to obtain “confidential treatment” of this

83

Agreement and to redact such terms of this Agreement the other Party shall request. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 12.2, Buyer, Intermediate Holdings and Merger Sub shall be permitted to disclose this Agreement and the terms thereof, to the extent required by any forms, reports and other documents that are required to be filed by any of them under the Securities Act or Exchange Act.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Sellers may make any press release or other public announcement concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to the extent that such release or announcement contains solely information previously disclosed in accordance with this Section 12.2, (b) WCP Fund I and the Investor may make disclosures to their limited partners to the extent such information is customarily provided to current or prospective limited partners in private equity funds and (c) the parties may make disclosures to their attorneys, accountants and financial advisors in connection with their compliance with tax or legal reporting requirements, in each case, subject to Section 12.2(a) and Section 12.2(b).

12.3 Notices. All notices, consents, waivers and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given: (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or facsimile device) to the number set out below if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (c) the day following the day (except if not a Business Day then the next Business Day) on which the same has been delivered prepaid to a reputable national overnight air courier service, or (d) the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), in each case to the appropriate addresses set forth below (or to such other addresses as a Party may designate by notice to the other Parties):

(i) If to any of the Sellers’ Representative, Company or the Sellers:

Wachovia Capital Partners

301 South College Street, 12^th Floor

Mail Code NC0732

Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0732

Attn:    Scott B. Perper

    D. Neal Morrison

    Facsimile: (704) 374-6711

and

American Renal Holdings Inc.

66 Cherry Hill Drive

Beverly, MA 01915

Attn:    Joseph A. Carlucci

    Facsimile: (978) 232-4015

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Alston & Bird LLP

Bank of America Plaza

101 South Tryon Street, Suite 4000

Charlotte, North Carolina 28280-4000

Attn:    C. Mark Kelly, Esq.

    Lee R. Rimler, Esq.

    Facsimile: (704) 444-1111

84

(ii) If to Buyer, the Surviving Corporation or any of the Companies after the Closing:

C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

c/o Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

375 Park Avenue, 12th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attn:    Steven M. Silver

    Jared S. Hendricks

    Facsimile: (212) 672-5001

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attn:    Caroline B. Gottschalk, Esq.

    Facsimile: (212) 455-3523

12.4 Waiver. Except with respect to any provision contained herein that provides for a specific time period to exercise a right, power or privilege, neither the failure nor any delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement, the Transaction Documents or the documents referred to herein or therein shall operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any such right, power, or privilege shall preclude any other or further exercise of such right, power, or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (a) no waiver that may be given by a Party shall be applicable except in the specific instance for which it is given; and (b) no notice to or demand on one Party shall be deemed to be a waiver of any right of the Party giving such notice or demand to take further action without notice or demand.

12.5 Entire Agreement; Amendment. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Agreement (including the Disclosure Schedules and the Exhibits hereto) and the other Transaction Documents supersede all prior written or oral agreements between the Parties, with respect to its subject matter and constitute a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreements between the Parties with respect to their subject matter. This Agreement may not be amended except by a written agreement executed by Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative.

12.6 Assignments. This Agreement, and the rights, interests and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned by any Party hereto by operation of law or otherwise without the express written consent of the other Parties; provided, that Buyer shall be permitted to assign this Agreement to any Affiliate of Buyer (provided, that Buyer shall remain liable for all of its obligations hereunder following such assignment). All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12.7 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is determined to be partially or wholly invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any Legal Requirement or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a determination that any term or other provision is partially or wholly invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the

85

Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

12.8 Section Headings; Rules of Construction.

Interpretation of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents shall be governed by the following rules of construction: (a) words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa, and words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires; (b) references to “Article,” “Section,” “Sections”, “paragraphs” or “Exhibits” refer to the corresponding Article, Section, Sections, paragraphs or Exhibits of this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (c) the terms “hereof”, “herein”, “hereby”, “hereto”, and derivative or similar words refer to the agreement (or Disclosure Schedule) in which such word is used; (d) references to “$” shall mean U.S. dollars; (e) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement and the Transaction Documents shall mean “including without limitation,” unless otherwise specified; (f) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (g) references to “written” or “in writing” include in electronic form; (h) the headings contained in the Transaction Documents are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of the Transaction Documents; (i) Company and Buyer have each participated in the negotiation and drafting of the Transaction Documents and if an ambiguity or question of interpretation should arise, the Transaction Documents shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties thereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or burdening either party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions in any of the Transaction Documents; (j) any reference to “days” means calendar days unless Business Days are expressly specified, (k) when calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded, if the last day of such period is not a Business Day, the period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day and (l) any capitalized terms used in the Disclosure Schedule or any Exhibit attached hereto and not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings set forth in this Agreement.

12.9 Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws, provisions or rules that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. Any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought solely in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware; provided, that if (and only after) such courts determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware; provided, further, that if (and only after) both the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not bring or support any action, cause of action, claim, cross-claim or third-party claim of any kind or description, whether in law or in equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Financing Parties in any way relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to any dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Debt Commitment Letter or the performance

86

thereof, in any forum other than the federal and New York State courts located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (and appellate courts thereof). By executing and delivering this Agreement, the parties irrevocably: (i) accept generally and unconditionally the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of these courts; (ii) waive any objections which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement brought in the courts referred to in clause (i) above and hereby further irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that such action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum; (iii) agree that service of all process in any such action in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with Section 12.3; and (iv) agree that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such action in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect.

(c) Waiver of Jury Trial.

(i) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE TRANSACTIONS.

(ii) THE SCOPE OF THIS SECTION 12.9, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECTION 12.9, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, ARE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS TRANSACTION, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS SECTION 12.9, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS SECTION 12.9, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS SECTION 12.9, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

12.10 Specific Enforcement.

(a) Subject to Section 12.10(b), each Party acknowledges and agrees that the other Parties would be irreparably damaged if any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms and that any breach of this Agreement by the Parties could not be adequately compensated in all cases by monetary damages alone. Accordingly, subject to Section 12.10(b), in addition to any other right or remedy to which any Party may be entitled under this Agreement, at law or in equity, each Party shall be entitled to enforce any provision of this Agreement by

87

a decree of specific performance and to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of any of the provisions of this Agreement, without posting any bond or other undertaking.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is explicitly agreed that Company shall only be entitled to seek specific performance of the obligations of Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub (other than Post-Closing Obligations) (i) to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of, and to prevent breaches of the covenants set forth in, Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 and (ii) to (x) enforce specifically the terms and provisions of, and to prevent breaches of the covenants, agreements and mechanics set forth in Article II necessary or required to effectuate the Merger and the Closing and (y) cause the Equity Financing to be funded to fund the Merger; provided, that in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (x) and (y), only in the event that (A) all conditions in Article VII have been satisfied (other than those conditions that (1) by their nature are to be satisfied by actions taken at the Closing or (2) are not satisfied solely as a result of a breach by Buyer, Intermediate Holdings or Merger Sub of their obligations under this Agreement) or, with respect to certificates to be delivered at the Closing, are capable of being satisfied upon the Closing) at the time when the Closing would have occurred but for the failure of the Equity Financing to be funded, (B) the financing provided for by the Debt Commitment Letter (or, if alternative financing is being used in accordance with Section 6.3, pursuant to the commitments with respect thereto) has been funded or will be funded at the Closing if the Equity Financing is funded at the Closing, and (C) the Company has irrevocably confirmed in writing to Buyer and Intermediate Holdings that if specific performance is granted and the Equity Financing and Debt Financing are funded, then the Closing pursuant to 2.12 will occur.

(c) Each of the parties agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief, on the terms set forth herein, on the basis that the other parties have an adequate remedy at law or an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity. Any party seeking an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with any such order or injunction.

12.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

12.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as specifically set forth in Section 9.5, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable benefit, claim, cause of action, remedy or right of any kind; provided, that except that the Financing Parties shall be express third party beneficiaries of Sections 10.2(c), 12.9(b) and 12.9(c).

[Signatures Appear on Next Page]

88

In Witness Whereof, the Parties have caused this Merger Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the date first written above.

COMPANY:
American Renal Holdings Inc.
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
Title:	Chief Executive Officer

[Signatures Continue on Following Page(s)]

SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIVE:
Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC
By:	/s/ D. Neal Morrison
Name:	D. Neal Morrison
Title:	Partner

[Signatures Continue on Following Page(s)]

BUYER:
C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
Title:	Co-President
INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS:
C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
Title:	Co-President
MERGER SUB:
C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
Title:	Vice President

[Signatures Continue on Following Page(s)]

ROLLOVER STOCKHOLDERS:

/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci

Joseph A. Carlucci

/s/ Syed T. Kamal

Syed T. Kamal

/s/ John Mcdonough

John McDonough

Christopher T. Ford 2005 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust

By:	/s/ Dale B. Demyanick
Name:	Dale B. Demyanick
Title:	Trustee

Christopher T. Ford 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust

By:	/s/ Dale B. Demyanick
Name:	Dale B. Demyanick
Title:	Trustee

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

ARTICLES OF MERGER

OF

C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP.

(a Delaware corporation)

WITH AND INTO

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Pursuant to Section 251 of the General

Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

American Renal Holdings Inc. (“ARH”), a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST: The name and state of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations of the merger (collectively, the “Constituent Corporations”) are as follows:

Name	State of Incorporation
C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp.	Delaware
American Renal Holdings Inc.	Delaware

SECOND: The Contribution and Merger Agreement, among ARH, C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings LLC, C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., certain stockholders of ARH and Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, dated as of March 22, 2010, (the “Merger Agreement”), has been approved, adopted, executed and acknowledged by each of the Constituent Corporations in accordance with the provisions of Section 251 (and Section 228) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

THIRD: ARH shall be the surviving corporation of the merger and the name of the surviving corporation shall be “American Renal Holdings Inc.”

FOURTH: The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Renal Holdings Inc. (as amended) shall be amended in its entirety to read as set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

FIFTH: The merger shall be effective at the date and time of filing of this Certificate of Merger.

SIXTH: The executed Merger Agreement is on file at 66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, MA 01915, which is an office of the surviving corporation.

SEVENTH: A copy of the Merger Agreement shall be furnished by the surviving corporation on request, without cost, to any stockholder of the Constituent Corporations.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said surviving corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by an authorized officer, the 7^th day of May, 2010.

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ Joseph Carlucci
	Name: Joseph Carlucci
	Title: CEO

Exhibit A

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.

FIRST: The name of the corporation is American Renal Holdings Inc. (the “Company”).

SECOND: The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, in the County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Company is authorized to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, par value 0.01 dollars ($0.01) per share.

FIFTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of the Company shall be authorized to make, alter, or repeal the By-Laws of the Company as and to the extent permitted therein.

SIXTH: The number of directors of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by a bylaw or amendment thereof duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or by the stockholders. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Company so provide.

SEVENTH: No director of the Company shall be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders; (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL; or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL.

Any repeal or modification of this Article Seventh shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of or any limitation on the liability of a director of the Company existing at, or arising out of the facts or incidents occurring prior to, the effective date of such repeal or modification.

For purposes of this Article Seventh, “fiduciary duty as a director” also shall include any fiduciary duty arising out of serving at the Company’s request as a director of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other enterprise, and “liable to the Company or its stockholders” also shall include any liability to such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and any liability to the Company in its capacity as a security holder, joint venturer, partner, member, beneficiary, creditor or investor of or in any such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

EIGHTH:

A. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is or was involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter, a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or in any other capacity while serving as a director, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred to suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in the following paragraph of this Article Eighth with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Company shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company. The right to indemnification conferred in this section shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Company the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director in his or her capacity as a director (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director, including without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of any undertaking by or on behalf of such director, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director is not entitled to be indemnified under this paragraph or otherwise.

B. If a claim under the preceding paragraph of this Article Eighth is not paid in full by the Company within thirty (30) days after a written claim has been received by the Company, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Company) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL for the Company to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or stockholder) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

C. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article Eighth shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw of the Company, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

D. Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provision of this Article Eighth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Company with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO THE

BYLAWS

OF

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.

(f/k/a AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC.)

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE BYLAWS OF AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. (f/k/a AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC.) is effective as of December tk, 2005

RECITALS:

In connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by that certain Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) dated the date hereof by and among American Renal Holdings LLC, American Renal Associates Inc., the Series X Investors, the Trusts and the Management Members (as such terms are defined in the Purchase Agreement), American Renal Associates Inc. changed its name to “American Renal Holdings Inc.” in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

NOW, THEREFORE, the following amendments shall be made to the Bylaws of American Renal Associates Inc.:

1. All references to “American Renal Associates Inc.” shall be deleted and replaced with American Renal Holdings Inc.”.

Section 3.18 shall be deleted in its entirety.

CONFIDENTIAL

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC.

BY-LAWS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Article I. - General			1
	1.1.	Offices	1
	1.2.	Seal	1
	1.3.	Fiscal Year	1
Article II. - Stockholders			1
	2.1.	Place of Meetings	1
	2.2.	Annual Meeting	1
	2.3.	Quorum	1
	2.4.	Right to Vote; Proxies	2
	2.5.	Voting	2
	2.6.	Notice of Annual Meetings	3
	2.7.	Stockholders’ List	3
	2.8.	Special Meetings	3
	2.9.	Notice of Special Meetings	3
	2.10.	Inspectors	3
	2.11.	Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting	4
Article III. - Directors			4
	3.1.	Number of Directors	4
	3.2.	Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies	5
	3.3.	Resignation	5
	3.4.	Removal	5
	3.5.	Place of Meetings and Books	5
	3.6.	General Powers	5
	3.7.	Executive Committee	6
	3.8.	Other Committees	6
	3.9.	Powers Denied to Committees	6
	3.10.	Substitute Committee Member	7
	3.11.	Compensation of Directors	7
	3.12.	Annual Meeting	7
	3.13.	Regular Meetings	7
	3.14.	Special Meetings	7
	3.15.	Quorum	7
	3.16.	Telephonic Participation in Meetings	8
	3.17.	Action by Consent	8
Article IV. - Officers			11
	4.1.	Selection; Statutory Officers	11
	4.2.	Time of Election	11
	4.3.	Additional Officers	11

CONFIDENTIAL

	4.4.	Terms of Office	11
	4.5.	Compensation of Officers	11
	4.6.	Chairman of the Board	11
	4.7.	President	11
	4.8.	Vice-Presidents	12
	4.9.	Treasurer	12
	4.10.	Secretary	12
	4.11.	Assistant Secretary	13
	4.12.	Assistant Treasurer	13
	4.13.	Subordinate Officers	13
Article V. - Stock			13
	5.1.	Stock	13
	5.2.	Fractional Share Interests	14
	5.3.	Transfers of Stock	14
	5.4.	Record Date	14
	5.5.	Transfer Agent and Registrar	15
	5.6.	Dividends	15
	5.7.	Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates	16
	5.8.	Inspection of Books	16
Article VI. - Miscellaneous Management Provisions			16
	6.1.	Checks, Drafts and Notes	16
	6.2.	Notices	16
	6.3.	Conflict of Interest	17
	6.4.	Voting of Securities owned by this Corporation	17
Article VII. - Indemnification			18
	7.1.	Right to Indemnification	18
	7.2.	Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit	18
	7.3.	Non-Exclusivity of Rights	19
	7.4.	Insurance	19
	7.5.	Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation	20
Article VIII. - Amendments			20
	8.1.	Amendments	20

CONFIDENTIAL

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC

BY-LAWS

Article I. - General.

1.1. Offices. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

1.2. Seal. The seal of the Corporation, if any, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.

1.3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the period from January 1 through December 31.

Article II. - Stockholders

2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the office of the Corporation in Lynnfield, MA except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.

2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held in the month of May each year on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors may determine. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these by-laws.

2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these by-laws. If, however, such

CONFIDENTIAL

majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.

2.4. Right to Vote: Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. A proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 212 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Delaware GCL”).

2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, (i) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (ii) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.

-2-

CONFIDENTIAL

2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least ten (10) days (and not more than sixty (60) days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.

2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and filed either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least ten days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.

2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors,, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or any Vice President.

2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof, or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.

2.10. Inspectors.

1. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.

-3-

CONFIDENTIAL

2. At any time at which the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is (i) listed on a national securities exchange, (ii) authorized for quotation on an inter-dealer quotation system of a registered national securities association, or (iii) held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, the provisions of Section 231 of the Delaware GCL with respect to inspectors of election and voting procedures shall apply, in lieu of the provisions of paragraph (1) of this §2.10.

2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this §2.11 to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

Article III. - Directors.

3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these by-laws, the property and business of the

-4-

CONFIDENTIAL

Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than one nor more than thirteen directors. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of Delaware or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.

3.2. Change in Number of Directors: Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.

3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation outside the State of Delaware, at such places as they may from time to time determine.

3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all

-5-

CONFIDENTIAL

such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.7. Executive Committee. There may be an executive committee of one or more directors designated by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board. The act of a majority of the members of such committee shall be the act of the committee. Said committee may meet at stated times or on notice to all by any of their own number, and shall have and may exercise those powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business affairs of the Company as are provided by law and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Vacancies in the membership of the committee shall be filled by the Board of Directors at a regular meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose.

3.8. Other Committees. The Board of Directors may also designate one or more committees in addition to the executive committee, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board; such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

3.9. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the Certificate of Incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares adopted by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the Delaware GCL, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series), adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to

-6-

CONFIDENTIAL

authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware GCL, unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.

3.10. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.

3.11. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

3.12. Annual Meeting. The newly elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

3.13. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

3.14. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President, on two (2) days notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of. the directors so notified; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.

3.15. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute

-7-

CONFIDENTIAL

a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these bylaws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.

3.16. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

3.17. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

3.18. Special Provisions. Until the sooner to occur of (i) the failure of American Renal Holdings LLC to hold at least 50% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation or (ii) the ‘closing of an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock of the Corporation the aggregate proceeds of which equal or exceed $25,000,000, the following additional provisions shall have effect:

(a) The Board of Directors shall meet not less frequently than once a month.

(b) The Corporation shall provide monthly financial statements to the members of the Board of Directors and to the members of the Board of Directors of American Renal Holdings LLC.

-8-

CONFIDENTIAL

(c) The following actions may be taken only with specific authorization by the Board of Directors:

(i) except for emergency situations (and except as may be approved by the Board of Directors of American Renal Holdings LLC pursuant to §4.3(g) of its Operating Agreement), any incurrence of any unbudgeted capital expenditure or entering into any unbudgeted capital commitment in excess of $100,000 in each case;

(ii) any borrowings and/or obtaining of credit in a principal amount in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time (after giving effect to any proposed borrowing or credit facility), other than to the extent any such borrowing or credit facility is expressly contemplated in a budget or project theretofore approved by the Board or as may be approved by the Board of Directors of American Renal Holdings LLC pursuant to §4.3(g) of its Operating Agreement;

(iii) the creation of any security interest, lien, fixed or floating charge, or other encumbrance on the whole or any part of the property or assets of the Corporation, other than (A) any of the same created or arising in the ordinary course of the Corporation’s business (as carried on in compliance with the provisions of the Operating Agreement of American Renal Holdings LLC) or (B) any of the same created or granted to secure loans or credit facilities theretofore approved by the Board;

(iv) any loan, advance or donation by the Corporation in excess of $100,000 for any single transaction, or in excess of $100,000 in aggregate amount approved during any single fiscal year of the Corporation (provided that the limits specified in this clause (iv) shall be subject to annual review and revision by the Board of Directors), other than any such loans, advances or donations by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business (as carried on in compliance with the provisions of the Operating Agreement of American Renal Holdings LLC);

(v) any guaranty or indemnity by the Corporation to support the liabilities or obligations of any person (other than a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other business entity of which shares or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other management of such entity is at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, by the Corporation);

(vi) the appointment, and any removal, of the independent accountants of the Corporation;

-9-

CONFIDENTIAL

(vii) the merger, consolidation, reorganization or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Corporation;

(viii) any purchase or sale of the capital stock or of a substantial portion of the assets or business of another business entity; or

(ix) engaging in any business other than planning, opening, staffing and operating kidney dialysis centers and providing other renal care and related medical services and related or incidental activities.

(d) Any one of Christopher T. Ford, Joseph A. Carlucci, Patrick K. Moriarty, Howard Bilow or Syed Kamal (the “Founders”) who may be serving on the Board of the Corporation shall not be permitted to vote on any proposed amendment of the terms of the Employment Agreement between the Corporation and such Founder for the initial five-year term thereof, and the Board of Directors shall determine any such matter on the majority vote of the other Directors. Any single Founder serving on the Board of Directors shall abstain from voting on the following matters, which shall be decided by a majority vote of the other Directors:

(i) the appointment (or removal) of such Founder as an officer of the Corporation;

(ii) the grant of bonuses or other compensation arrangements for such Founder (not specifically provided in such Founder’s Employment Agreement); or

(iii) any other transaction or arrangement in which such Founder, or any spouse, child, father, mother, brother, sister, nephew, niece of such Founder or any trust established for the benefit of any of them, has a direct financial interest (other than a 1% or less interest in the equity of any publicly traded corporation).

(e) Any Director serving on the Board of the Corporation as a designee of the Class B Members of American Renal Holdings LLC shall abstain from voting on any transaction or arrangement in which such Director, or any spouse, child, father, mother, brother, sister, nephew, niece of such Director or any trust established for the benefit of any of them, has a direct financial interest (other than (A) a 1% or less interest in the equity of any publicly traded corporation or (B) an indirect interest, through an interest in a Class B Member of American Renal Holdings LLC, in a portfolio company of a venture capital entity with respect to which such Class B Member is employed), and the Board of Directors shall determine any matters relating thereto on the majority vote of the other Directors.

-10-

CONFIDENTIAL

Article IV. - Officers.

4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director.

4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors.

4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.

4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.

4.7. President. Unless the. Board of Directors otherwise determine the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of the executive committee, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of the executive committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on

-11-

CONFIDENTIAL

the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or the executive committee.

4.8. Vice-Presidents. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or the executive committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of the executive committee.

4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository as the Board of Directors or the executive committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or the executive committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to the executive committee as often as the board or the committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of the executive committee. He shall when requested, pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or the executive committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.

4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders; he shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or the executive committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge

-12-

CONFIDENTIAL

of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors or the executive committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of the executive committee.

4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors or any two of the officers of the Corporation acting jointly may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the executive committee or the Board of Directors or the President or the Executive Vice-President or the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.

4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors or any two of the officers of the Corporation acting jointly may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the executive committee or the Board of Directors or the President or the Executive Vice-President or the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.

4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.

Article V. - Stock.

5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (i) either the President or a Vice-President, and (ii) any one of the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and may, but need not, be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of

-13-

CONFIDENTIAL

death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (i) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (ii) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (iii) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be cancelled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by the laws of Delaware.

5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other

-14-

CONFIDENTIAL

distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

5.6. Dividends.

1. Power to Declare. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the laws of Delaware.

2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

-15-

CONFIDENTIAL

5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

5.8. Inspection of Books. The stockholders of the Corporation, by a majority vote at any meeting of stockholders duly called, or in case the stockholders shall fail to act, the Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors or by a resolution of the stockholders.

Article VI. - Miscellaneous Management Provisions

6.1. Checks, Drafts and Notes. All checks, drafts or orders for the payment of money, and all notes and acceptances of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents as the Board of Directors may designate.

6.2. Notices.

1. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person.

2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

-16-

CONFIDENTIAL

6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if (i) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction as specifically approved in good faith by vote of such stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

6.4. Voting of Securities owned by this Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (i) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President of this Corporation if he is present at such meeting, or in his absence by the Treasurer of this Corporation if he is present at such meeting, and (ii) whenever, in the judgment of the President, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer, provided that if the President is unable to execute such proxy or consent by reason of sickness, absence from the United States or other similar cause, the Treasurer may execute such proxy or consent. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.

-17-

CONFIDENTIAL

Article VII. - - Indemnification.

7.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the Corporation or serving or having served at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action or failure to act in an official capacity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto) (as used in this Article 7, the “Delaware Law”), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in §7.2 hereof with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article 7 shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “Advancement of Expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware Law so requires, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an “Undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “Final Adjudication”) that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article 7 or otherwise.

7.2. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under §7.1 hereof is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for

-18-

CONFIDENTIAL

an Advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a Final Adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of Expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement of Expenses, under this Article 7 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

7.3. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Article 7 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.4. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under this Article 7 or under the Delaware Law.

-19-

CONFIDENTIAL

7.5. Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the Advancement of Expenses, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article 7 with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of Expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

Article VIII. - Amendments.

8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and of the laws of Delaware.

-20-

EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC

This Certificate of Formation of C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC (the “LLC”), dated as of March 18, 2010, is being duly executed and filed by the undersigned, as an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101 et seq.).

FIRST. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC.

SECOND. The registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware shall be located at c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent of the LLC for service of process on the LLC in the State of Delaware shall be The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the date first above written.

/s/ David Cooke                        

David Cooke

Authorized Person

EX-3.4

Exhibit 3.4

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC

The undersigned is executing this Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Agreement”) as of March 18, 2010, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company (the “Company”) pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101 et seq., as amended from time to time (the “Act”), and does hereby agree as follows:

1. Formation. A certificate of formation of the Company (the “Certificate”) was executed and filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 18, 2010.

2. Name. The name of the limited liability company shall be “C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC”, or such other name as the Member may from time to time hereafter designate.

3. Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth therefor in Section 18-101 of the Act.

4. Purpose. The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful business permitted by the Act or the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company may do business. The Company shall have the power to engage in all activities and transactions which the Member deems necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing.

5. Offices. The principal place of business and office of the Company shall be located at, and the Company’s business shall be conducted from, such place or places as the Member may designate from time to time.

The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be located at c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware shall be The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The Member may from time to time change the registered agent or office by an amendment to the certificate of formation of the Company.

6. Member. C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. is the sole member of the Company (the “Member”). The business or residence address of the Member is c/o Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., 375 Park Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10152.

7. Term. The term of the Company shall commence on the date of filing of the Certificate in accordance with the Act and shall continue until the Company is dissolved and its affairs are wound up in accordance with Section 16 of this Agreement and a certificate of cancellation is filed in accordance with the Act.

8. Officers. The Member may, from time to time as it deems advisable, designate natural persons as officers of the Company (the “Officers”) or successor Officers of the Company and assign titles to any such person. Unless the Member decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 8 may be revoked at any time by the Member. An Officer may be removed with or without cause at any time by the Member.

The following persons are designated as the initial Officers of the Company (“Authorized Officers”), holding the offices set forth opposite their names, and are duly authorized to act on behalf of the Company in their capacity as Officers of the Company:

Name	Office
Jared S. Hendricks	Co-President and Secretary
Steven M. Silver	Co-President and Treasurer

In addition to, and not in limitation of, what is stated above in this Article 8, the Authorized Officer will have, and is hereby granted, the power and authority to act on behalf of and bind the Company, and to execute, file and deliver any and all certificates, agreements, power of attorneys, contracts and any other instruments, or take any other action for and on behalf of the Company, as the Authorized Officer may deem desirable.

9. Powers. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Member in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The Member shall have the power to do any and all acts necessary or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes described herein, including all powers, statutory or otherwise, possessed by any member under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each of the Member and Officers is hereby designated as an authorized person, within the meaning of the Act, to execute, deliver and file any amendments and/or restatements of the Certificate and any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business. The execution by one Officer or by the Member of any of the foregoing certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) shall be sufficient.

10. Management. The Member shall have the exclusive right to manage the business and affairs of the Company and may delegate such management rights, powers, duties and responsibilities to one or more Officers or such other person or persons designated by them as they may determine, provided that such delegation by the Member shall not cause the Member to cease being a member of the Company. Pursuant to its discretion to do so under this Section 10, the Member hereby delegates to each of the Officers the nonexclusive power and authority to act as an agent of the Company and, in such capacity, to bind the Company in the ordinary course of the Company’s business and to execute any and all documents to be signed by the Company.

2

11. Capital Contributions. The Member shall make capital contributions to the Company from time to time in the sole discretion of the Member, which amounts shall be set forth in the books and records of the Company.

12. Transfers of Member Interest. The Member may sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer or encumber (collectively, a “Transfer”) any of its Limited Liability Company Interest in the Company to any Person so long as such Transfer is in writing.

13. Resignation. The Member shall have the right to resign from the Company so long as such resignation is in writing. The provisions hereof with respect to distributions upon resignation are exclusive and no Member shall be entitled to claim any further or different distribution upon resignation under Section 18-604 of the Act or otherwise.

14. Allocations and Distributions. Distributions of cash or other assets of the Company shall be made at such times and in such amounts as the Member may determine. Distributions shall be made to (and profits and losses of the Company shall be allocated among) the Member.

15. Return of Capital. The Member has the right to receive any distributions which include a return of all or any part of such Member’s capital contribution, provided that upon the dissolution and winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company shall be distributed as provided in Section 18-804 of the Act.

16. Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up upon the occurrence of an event causing a dissolution of the Company under Section 18-801 of the Act, except the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an event that terminates the continued membership of a Member if (i) at the time of the occurrence of such event there are at least two members of the Company, or (ii) within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such event, all remaining members of the Company agree in writing to continue the business of the Company and to the appointment, effective as of the date of such event, of one or more additional Members. In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

17. Other Business. The Member may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of every kind and description, independently or with others. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

18. Limited Liability. The Member shall not have any liability for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided by the Act.

3

19. Exculpation; Indemnification. Neither the Member, the Officers nor any of their respective affiliates or agents (collectively, “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person or entity who has an interest in the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Member or Officer, as applicable, by this Agreement. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Member or Officer, as applicable, by this Agreement; provided, however, that any indemnity under this Section 19 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and neither the Member nor the Officer, as applicable, nor any other Covered Person, shall have personal liability on account thereof.

20. Banking Matters. The Member and each Officer and any agent or employee of the Company, or other person designated by such Member or Officer is hereby authorized and empowered (A) to (i) establish one or more domestic or international accounts (including but not limited to, depository, checking, disbursement, custodian, or investment accounts, and other accounts as deemed necessary or expeditious for business purposes of the Company) (“Accounts”), in the name of the Company with any bank, trust company, savings and loan institution, brokerage firm or other financial institution which said Member or Officer shall from time to time designate as a depository of funds, securities or other property of the Company, for any purpose and on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by such person on behalf of the Company; and (ii) close Accounts of the Company now or hereafter established; and (B) to assign, limit or revoke any and all authority of any agent or employee of the Company, or other person designated by such Member or Officer to (i) sign checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money drawn on the Company’s Accounts, and all notes of the Company and all acceptances and endorsements of the Company; (ii) execute or initiate electronic fund transfers; (iii) execute or initiate foreign currency exchange transactions; (iv) execute or initiate the investment of monies; and (v) initiate requests for information for any Account of the Company.

21. Tax Status. The Member intends for the Company to be treated as a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes and no election to the contrary shall be made.

22. Authorized Person. David Cooke is hereby designated as an “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, David Cooke’s powers as an “authorized person” ceased.

23. Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended by a writing duly signed by the Member.

24. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law rules.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name: Jared S. Hendricks
	Title: Authorized Person

EX-3.5

Exhibit 3.5

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 02:21 PM 11/03/2005

FILED 02:05 PM 11/03/2005

SRV 050900001 – 4055521 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ARA SUBSIDIARY CORP.

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of this corporation is ARA Subsidiary Corp. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT; INCORPORATOR

A. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent for service of process in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

B. The name and mailing address of the incorporator (the “Incorporator”) is Lisa M. DeBarber, c/o Alston & Bird LLP, Bank of America Plaza, 101 S. Tryon Street, Suite 4000, Charlotte, NC 28280-4000.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSES AND POWERS

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law”). The Corporation shall have all powers that may now or hereafter be lawful for a corporation to exercise under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

The Corporation is authorized to issue one class of stock to be designated “Common Stock” with a par value of $0,001 per share (“Common Stock”). The total number of shares the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is one thousand (l,000).

ARTICLE V

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized and empowered to make, adopt, alter, amend and rescind the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

DIRECTORS

The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by a bylaw or amendment thereof duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or by the stockholders. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended Delaware General Corporation Law.

Any repeal or modification of this Article VII shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of, or any limitation on the liability of a director of the Corporation existing at, or arising out of the facts or incidents occurring prior to, the effective date of such repeal or modification.

For purposes of this Article VII, “fiduciary duty as a director” also shall include any fiduciary duty arising out of serving at the Corporation’s request as a director of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other enterprise, and “liable to the Corporation or its stockholders” also shall include any liability to such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and any liability to the Corporation in its capacity as a security holder, joint venturer, partner, member, beneficiary, creditor or investor of or in any such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

2

ARTICLE VIII

RESERVATION OF RIGHT TO AMEND CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences, and privileges of any nature conferred upon stockholders, directors, or any other persons by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this Article 8.

ARTICLE IX

SEVERABILITY

In the event that any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any provision within a single Article, paragraph or sentence) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions are severable and shall remain enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the Incorporator hereinabove named for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, hereby certifies that the facts hereinabove stated are truly set forth, and accordingly executes this Certificate of Incorporation this 3^rd day of November, 2005.

Lisa M. DeBarber

Lisa M. DeBarber

Incorporator

3

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 12:38 PM 12/16/2005

FILED 12:38 PM 12/16/2005

SRV 051030218 – 4055521 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ARA SUBSIDIARY CORP.

ARA Subsidiary Corp., a corporation duly organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”) does hereby certify that:

I.

The amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation set forth below was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 and has been consented to in writing by the shareholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

II.

Article First of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of this Corporation is American Renal Associates Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be executed by the undersigned on December 16,2005.

By: /s/ Christopher T. Ford

Name:	Christopher T. Ford
Its:	President

CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION

CONVERTING

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC.

a Delaware Corporation

TO

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC

a Delaware Limited Liability Company

1. The name of the corporation is American Renal Associates Inc. (the “Corporation”).

2. The date on which the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State is November 3,2005. The name under which the corporation was incorporated is ASA Subsidiary Corp.

3. The name of the limited liability company into which the Corporation is herein being converted is American Renal Associates LLC.

4. The conversion has been approved in accordance with the provisions of Section 266 of the General Corporation Law and Section 18-214 of the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware.

5. This Certificate of Conversion shall be effective on December 31, 2007.

By:	/s/ Christopher L. Ford
Title:	Christopher L. Ford
Its:	Authorized Person

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 09:34 AM 12/31/2007

FILED 09:03 AM 12/31/2007

SRV 071375334 – 4055521 FILE

CERTIFICATION OF FORMATION

OF

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC

The undersigned authorized person, desiring to form a limited liability company pursuant to Section 18-201 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Delaware Code, Chapter 18, docs hereby certify as follow:

I.

The name of the limited liability company is American Renal Associates LLC (the “LLC”),

II.

The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle. The name of the LLC’s registered agent for service of process in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company,

III.

The Certificate of Formation shall be effective on December 31,2007.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of American Renal Associates LLC on December 31,2007.

By:	/s/ Lisa DeBarber Simmons
	Lisa DeBarber Simmons
	Authorized Person

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 09:34 AM 12/31/2007

FILED 09:03 AM 12/31/2007

SRV 071375334 – 4055521 FILE

EX-3.6

Exhibit 3.6

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OF THE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

ARTICLE I	FORMATION	1
SECTION 1.1. FORMATION; GENERAL TERMS		1
SECTION 1.2. NAME		1
SECTION 1.3. PURPOSES		1
SECTION 1.4. REGISTERED AGENT; REGISTERED OFFICE		1
SECTION 1.5. COMMENCEMENT AND TERM		1
SECTION 1.6. TAX CLASSIFICATION; REQUIREMENT OF SEPARATE BOOKS AND RECORDS AND SEGREGATION ASSETS AND LIABILITIES		1
ARTICLE II	CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS	2
SECTION 2.1. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS		2
SECTION 2.2. LIABILITY OF MEMBERS		2
ARTICLE III	DISTRIBUTIONS	2
SECTION 3.1. DISTRIBUTIONS		2
SECTION 3.2. ITERIM DISTRIBUTIONS		2
ARTICLE IV	MANAGEMENT	2
SECTION 4.1. MANAGEMENT		2
SECTION 4.2. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY		2
ARTICLE V	TRANSFER OF INTERESTS	3
SECTION 5.1. TRANSFER OF INTERESTS		3
SECTION 5.2. PLEDGE OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS		3
ARTICLE VI	DISSOLUTION, WINDING UP AND LIQUIDATING DISTRIBUTIONS	4
SECTION 6.1. DISSOLUTION TRIGGERS		4
SECTION 6.2. WINDING UP		4
SECTION 6.3. LIQUIDATING DISTRIBUTIONS		4
ARTICLE VII	BOOKS AND RECORDS	4
SECTION 7.1. BOOKS AND RECORDS		4
ARTICLE IX	MISCELLANEOUS	4
SECTION 8.1. BINDING EFFECT		4
SECTION 8.2. CONSTRUCTION		4
SECTION 8.3. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO ORAL LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENTS		4
SECTION 8.4. HEADINGS		4
SECTION 8.5. SEVERABILITY		4
SECTION 8.6. VARIATION OF PRONOUNS		5
SECTION 8.7. GOVERNING LAW		5
SECTION 8.8. FACSIMILE EXECUTION		5
SECTION 8.9. TIME OF THE ESSENCE		5
SECTION 8.10. UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE		5
SECTION 8.11. EXHIBITS		5
EXHIBIT A: Glossary of Terms.
EXHIBIT B: Certificate of Formation.

i

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC

A Delaware limited liability company

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT is made by American Renal Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, effective on December 31, 2007 (the “Effective Date”). Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized words and phrases in this Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) shall have the meanings set forth in the Glossary of Terms attached hereto as Exhibit A.

ARTICLE I

FORMATION

SECTION 1.1. Formation; General Terms. The LLC was formed upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Delaware Secretary of State a copy of which is attached as Exhibit B. The terms and conditions of the LLC shall be governed by the Act and this Agreement, including all the Exhibits to this Agreement. To the extent the Act and this Agreement are inconsistent with respect to any subject matter covered in this Agreement, this Agreement shall govern, but only to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 1.2. Name. The name of the LLC shall be “American Renal Associates LLC.”

SECTION 1.3. Purposes. The purposes of the LLC shall be (i) to enter into and consummate the transactions contemplated by the Plan of Entity Conversion dated December     , 2007 regarding the conversion of American Renal Associates Inc., a Delaware corporation, into the LLC (the “Plan of Conversion”), (ii) to engage in any lawful business permitted by the Act, (iii) to incur indebtedness or obligations in furtherance of the activities described in clauses (1) and (ii) above, and (iv) to conduct such other activities as may be necessary or incidental to the foregoing, all on the terms and conditions and subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement.

SECTION 1.4. Registered Agent; Registered Office. The LLC’s registered agent and registered office are as set forth in the Certificate of Formation.

SECTION 1.5. Commencement and Term. The term of the LLC commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation. The term of the LLC shall continue until it is dissolved, its affairs are wound up and final liquidating distributions are made pursuant to this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, the LLC shall have perpetual existence.

SECTION 1.6. Tax Classification; Requirement of Separate Books and Records and Segregation of Assets and Liabilities. The Member acknowledges that because the LLC will have a single member pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 301.7701-3, the LLC shall be disregarded as an entity separate from the Member for federal income tax purposes until the effective date of any election it may make to change its classification for federal income tax purposes to that of a corporation by filing IRS Form 8832, Entity Classification Election, or until the LLC has more than one member in which case it would be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (provided that the LLC has not elected on Form 8832 to be treated as a corporation). In all events, however, the LLC shall keep books and records separate from those of its Member and shall at all times segregate and account for all of its assets and liabilities separately from those of its Member.

ARTICLE II

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 2.1. Capital Contributions. The Member shall make such contributions to the capital of the LLC, in cash or property, in such amounts and at such times as it deems necessary or appropriate.

SECTION 2.2. Liability of Members. The debts, obligations and liabilities of the LLC, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the LLC, and the Member, its members and their respective affiliates and equity owners shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the LLC. The failure of the LLC, its officers or agents, if any, to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of the LLC’s powers or management of the LLC’s business or affairs under this Agreement or the Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Member, its members or their respective affiliates or equity owners, for liabilities of the LLC.

ARTICLE III

DISTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 3.1. Tax Distributions. The LLC shall distribute cash to the Member in such amounts as are sufficient (as reasonably determined by the Member) to permit the Member to pay professional fees, taxes, tax preparation fees, audit fees and other ordinary course of business operating expenses incurred by the Member.

SECTION 3.2. Interim Distributions. Subject only to (i) any and all other contractual restrictions agreed to by the LLC or its Member in writing or (ii) as otherwise required by law, the Member shall have the authority to cause the LLC to make such other distributions in cash or property to the Member, in such amounts, at such times and as of such record dates as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE IV

MANAGEMENT

SECTION 4.1. Management. The LLC shall be managed by its Member, who shall have complete authority and exclusive control over the business and affairs of the LLC. No Person shall have the actual or apparent authority to cause the LLC to become bound to any contract, agreement or obligation, and no Person shall take any action purporting to be on behalf of the LLC unless such action has received the prior approval, vote or consent of the Member as required pursuant to the Member’s LLC Agreement.

SECTION 4.2. Limitation of Liability.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Member and its directors and stockholders shall not be liable, responsible, or accountable in damages or otherwise to the LLC or to the Member for any loss, damage, cost, liability, or expense incurred by reason of or caused by any act or omission performed or omitted by such Person, whether alleged to be based upon or arising from errors in judgment, negligence, gross negligence or breach of any fiduciary duty (including alleged breach of any duty of care or duty of loyalty or other fiduciary duty), except with

2

respect to any actions or omissions of such Person undertaken in bad faith without a reasonable belief that such action or omission was in the best interests of the LLC, or that constitute criminal activity, willful misconduct, fraud, deceit or a knowing violation or breach of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, no such Person shall in any event be liable for (A) the failure to take any action not specifically required to be taken by such Person under the terms of this Agreement or (B) any action or omission taken or suffered by any other Person.

(b) Any such Person may consult with legal counsel selected by it, and any act or omission suffered or taken by such Person on behalf of the LLC or in furtherance of the interests of the LLC in good faith reliance upon and in accordance with the prior written advice of such counsel shall be full justification for any such act or omission, and such Person shall be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act, provided that if it is ultimately determined that such action was a breach of this Agreement or results in the improper receipt, directly or indirectly, of personal benefit to such Person then, such Person shall be accountable to the LLC and the Member for such action or omission notwithstanding such prior legal advice.

ARTICLE V

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

SECTION 5.1. Transfer of Interests. The Member may transfer its Interest at such time, in such amount and pursuant to such terms, in whole or in part, as the Member shall in its sole discretion determine.

SECTION 5.2. Pledge of Membership Interests. Any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement notwithstanding, the limited liability company interests issued hereunder or covered hereby may be pledged to any lender or lenders as collateral for the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the LLC and/or any of its subsidiaries to such lender or lenders, and any such pledged limited liability company interests shall be subject to such lender’s or lenders’ rights under any collateral documentation governing or pertaining to such pledge. The pledge of such limited liability company interests shall not, except as otherwise provided in such collateral documentation, cause the Member to cease to be a Member or to have the power to exercise any rights or powers of a Member and, except as provided in such collateral documentation, such lender or lenders shall not have any liability solely as a result of such pledge. Without limiting the foregoing, the right of such lender or lenders to enforce their rights and remedies under such collateral documentation hereby is acknowledged and any such action taken in accordance therewith shall be valid and effective for all purposes under this Agreement (regardless of any restrictions herein contained) and any assignment, sale or other disposition of the limited liability company interests by such lender or lenders pursuant to any such collateral documentation in connection with the exercise of any such lender’s or lenders’ rights and powers shall be valid and effective for all purposes, including, without limitation, under Sections 18-702 and 18-704 of the Act and this Agreement, to transfer all right, title and interest of the Member hereunder to itself or themselves, any other lender or any other person (each an “Assignee”) in accordance with such collateral documentation and applicable law (including, without limitation, in accordance with such collateral documentation and applicable law, the rights to participate in the management of the business and the business affairs of the LLC, to share profits and losses, to receive distributions and to receive allocation of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit or similar item) and such Assignee shall be a Member of the LLC with all rights and powers of a Member. Such assignment shall not constitute an event of dissolution under Article VI hereunder. Further, no lender or any such Assignee shall be liable for the obligations of the Member assignor to make contributions. The Member approves all of the foregoing and agrees that no further approval shall be required for the exercise of any rights or remedies under such collateral documentation.

3

ARTICLE VI

DISSOLUTION, WINDING UP AND LIQUIDATING DISTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 6.1. Dissolution Triggers. The LLC shall dissolve only upon the first to occur of any of the following events:

(a) The determination by the Member that the LLC should be dissolved.

(b) The entry of a decree of judicial or administrative dissolution under the Act.

SECTION 6.2. Winding Up. Upon a dissolution of the LLC, the Member, or, if there is no Member, a court appointed liquidating trustee, shall take full account of the LLC’s assets and liabilities and wind up the affairs of the LLC.

SECTION 6.3. Liquidating Distributions. Following the dissolution of the LLC, the assets of the LLC shall first be applied to satisfy claims of creditors and then shall be distributed to the Member in liquidation by the Persons charged with winding up the affairs of the LLC.

ARTICLE VII

BOOKS AND RECORDS

SECTION 7.1. Books and Records. The LLC shall keep books and records at its principal place of business, which shall set forth an accurate account of all transactions of the LLC and which shall enable the LLC to comply with the requirement under Section 1.6 above that it segregate and account for its assets and liabilities separately from those of the Member.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.1. Binding Effect. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, every covenant, term and provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Member and its successors, transferees and assigns.

SECTION 8.2. Construction. Every covenant, term and provision of this Agreement shall be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any Person.

SECTION 8.3. Entire Agreement; No Oral Limited Liability Company Agreements. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the affairs of the LLC and the conduct of its business, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether oral or written. The LLC shall have no oral limited liability company agreements.

SECTION 8.4. Headings. Section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

SECTION 8.5. Severability. Every provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any term or provision hereof is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity or legality of the remainder of this Agreement.

4

SECTION 8.6. Variation of Pronouns. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the Person or Persons may require.

SECTION 8.7. Governing Law. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction and interpretation of its terms and organization and internal affairs of the LLC and the limited liability of the Member.

SECTION 8.8. Facsimile Execution. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and such facsimile execution shall have the full force and effect of an original signature.

SECTION 8.9. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to each and every term and provision of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.10. Uniform Commercial Code. For purposes of this Agreement, all Interests and the certificates representing the same shall be deemed a security or securities governed by Article VIII of the Uniform Commercial Code.

SECTION 8.11. Exhibits. The Exhibits to this Agreement, each of which is incorporated by reference, are:

EXHIBIT A: Glossary of Terms.

EXHIBIT B: Certificate of Formation.

5

EXECUTION PAGE

TO THE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC

A Delaware limited liability company

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Member has executed this Agreement to be effective as set forth above.

MEMBER:
American Renal Holdings, Inc.
By:	/s/ Christopher T. Ford
Name: Christopher T. Ford
Title: Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT A

TO THE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC

A Delaware limited liability company

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

“Act” shall mean the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (as amended from time to time).

“Agreement” shall mean this Limited Liability Company Agreement as amended from time to time.

“Certificate of Formation” shall mean the certificate of formation required to be filed by the LLC pursuant to the Act together with any amendments thereto a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal revenue law.

“Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Interest” shall mean all of the rights, privileges, preferences and obligations of a Member with respect to the LLC created under this Agreement or under the Act.

“LLC” shall mean the limited liability company formed pursuant to this Agreement.

“Member” shall mean American Renal Holdings Inc.

“Person” shall mean any natural person, partnership, trust, estate, association, limited liability company, corporation, custodian, nominee, governmental instrumentality or agency, body politic or any other entity in its own or any representative capacity.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS INTENTIONALLY BEEN LEFT BLANK]

A-1

EX-3.7

Exhibit 3.7

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 09:00 AM 04/24/2000

001205451 – 3216695

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

TEXAS-ARA LLC

This Certificate of Formation of TEXAS-ARA LLC (the “LLC”), dated April 20, 2000, is being duly executed and filed by Lawrence I. Silverstein, as an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. §18-101, et seq.).

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is:

Texas-ARA LLC

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the LLC at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

/s/ Lawrence I. Silverstein

Lawrence I. Silverstein,

Authorized Person

EX-3.8

Exhibit 3.8

TEXAS-ARA LLC

Operating Agreement

This Operating Agreement is made and entered into as of the 24th day of April, 2000, by American Renal Associates, Inc. being the sole initial Member of Texas-ARA LLC (the “Company”) and provides as follows:

1. Name. The name of the Company is Texas-ARA LLC.

2. Registered Office. The address of the office of the Company required to be maintained in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

3. Agent for Service of Process. The Company’s agent for service of process in the State of Delaware shall be The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

4. Latest Date of Dissolution. The latest date upon which the Company is to dissolve is December 31, 2050.

5. Managing Member. The name and the address of the Managing Member of the Company is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc.

5 Cherry Hill Drive

Danvers, MA 01923

All decisions to be made or actions to be taken on behalf of the Company shall be made or taken by the Managing Member. Every agreement, instrument, or other document to be executed or delivered by the Company shall require the signature of a Managing Member to be effective.

6. Members. The Members of the Company are the parties listed on Exhibit A hereto.

7. Capital. The initial capital contributions of the Members are as set forth on Exhibit A hereto. No Member shall be required to make any additional capital contributions to the Company except as shown on Exhibit A hereto.

8. Profits and Losses; Distributions. The percentage interest of the Members in profits and losses and distributions is in accordance with their respective capital contributions as set for on Exhibit A hereto, as amended from time to time. All distributions shall be made at such times as the Managing Member may determine.

9. Additional Members. No Additional Members may be admitted without the written approval of a majority in interest of the Members which shall include approval of the capital contribution, interest in profits and losses and other terms applicable to such admission.

10. General Character of Business. The purposes of the Company are to establish, develop, own and operate, either directly or indirectly, renal care facilities located in the State of Texas.

11. Management. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed exclusively by the Managing Member. So long as there is a sole Member, such Member shall be the Managing Member. The Managing Member, if there is more than one, may act by a vote of a majority thereof. Any document signed by a Managing Member then serving shall be deemed approved. The Managing Member shall be reimbursed for its costs in running the operations of the Company.

12. Resignation of a Managing Member. A Managing Member may resign at any time, such resignation to be reflected by an Amended Certificate of Formation signed by such Managing Member. A replacement Managing Member may be selected by all of the Members or, if one is not designated within thirty days of such resignation, the Company may be dissolved.

13. Restrictions on Transfer. No Member may transfer his interest in the Company without the consent of the Managing Member, which may be withheld in his discretion.

14. Amendments. This agreement may only be amended by a written document signed by all of the Members.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Operating Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC.
By:	/s/ Christopher T. Ford
	Christopher T. Ford, President

-2-

Exhibit A

TEXAS-ARA LLC

Members	Contributions	Initial Capital		Additional Capital Contributions		Percentage Interest
American Renal Associates Inc. 5 Cherry Hill Drive Danvers, MA 01923		$	100		N/A		100	%

EX-3.9

Exhibit 3.9

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

JKC HOLDING LLC

1. The name of the limited liability company is JKC Holding LLC.

2. The address of its registered agent in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of JKC Holding LLC this 12^th day of April 2005.

/s/ Christopher T. Ford

Christopher T. Ford

Authorized Signatory

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 05:43 PM 04/12/2005

FILED 05:43 PM 04/12/2005

SRV 050296175 – 3955059 FILE

EX-3.10

Exhibit 3.10

JKC HOLDING LLC

OPERATING AGREEMENT

This OPERATING AGREEMENT of JKC Holding LLC (the “Company”) is being duly executed by American Renal Associates Inc. as initial member, to form a limited liability company under the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “LLC Act”).

1. Name. The name of the Company is JKC Holding LLC.

2. Registered Office. The address of the office of the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware. The resident agent for service of process on the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be Corporation Trust Company at such address.

3. Term and Events of Dissolution. The Company shall continue until dissolved upon the happening of any of the following events: (a) the occurrence of any event specified under the LLC Act as one effecting dissolution; or (b) the unanimous election by the members to dissolve the Company.

4. Members. The sole initial member of the Company is American Renal Associates Inc., a Delaware corporation.

5. Capital. The initial capital contribution of the member is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. $ 10

6. Profits and Losses; Distributions. The percentage interest of the members in profits and losses and distributions is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. 100 % 

7. Additional Members. Additional members may be admitted from time to time with the unanimous vote or written consent of the Company’s members who shall specify the capital contribution, interest in profits and losses and other terms applicable to such admission.

8. General Character of Business. The purposes of the Company are to engage in any lawful activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act, including, but not limited to the establishment and ownership of a company which will operate a renal dialysis facility located in the State of Florida, and such other activities or transactions necessary or appropriate in connection with or to effectuate the foregoing.

9. Management. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by American Renal Associates Inc., the sole Member of the Company.

10. Amendments. This agreement may only be amended by a written document signed by all of the members. Any document signed by all of the members after the date hereof and indicating it is the Operating Agreement of JKC Holding LLC shall be deemed a restatement of this agreement whether or not it specifies it is a restatement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Operating Agreement as of April 12, 2005.

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC.
By:	/s/ Christopher T. Ford
	Christopher T. Ford
	President & CEO

-2-

EX-3.11

Exhibit 3.11

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC

1. The name of the limited liability company is ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC.

2. The address of its registered agent in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC this 22nd day of March 2004.

/s/ Christopher T. Ford

Christopher T. Ford

Authorized Person

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 06:51 PM 03/22/2004

FILED 05:03 PM 03/22/2004

SRV 040210561 – 3780279 FILE

EX-3.12

Exhibit 3.12

ARA-RHODE ISLAND DIALYSIS II LLC

Operating Agreement

Dated as of March 22, 2004

This OPERATING AGREEMENT of ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC (the “Company”) is being duly executed by American Renal Associates Inc. as initial member, to form a limited liability company under the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “LLC Act”).

1. Name. The name of the Company is ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC.

2. Registered Office. The address of the office of the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware. The resident agent for service of process on the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be Corporation Trust Company at such address.

3. Term and Events of Dissolution. The Company shall continue until dissolved upon the happening of any of the following events: (a) the occurrence of any event specified under the LLC Act as one effecting dissolution; or (b) the unanimous election by the members to dissolve the Company.

4. Manager. The name and the address of the initial manager of the Company is as follows: American Renal Associates Inc., 5 Cherry Hill Drive, Danvers, MA 01923. Every agreement, instrument, or other document to be executed or delivered by the Company shall require the signature of the above-named manager to be effective.

5. Members. The sole initial member of the Company is American Renal Associates Inc., a Delaware corporation.

6. Capital. The initial capital contribution of the member is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. $ 10

7. Profits and Losses; Distributions. The percentage interest of the members in profits and losses and distributions is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. 100 % 

8. Additional Members. Additional members may be admitted from time to time with the written approval of the then manager who shall specify the capital contribution, interest in profits and losses and other terms applicable to such admission.

9. General Character of Business. The purposes of the Company are to engage in any lawful activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act, including, but not limited to: (i) the direct or indirect ownership of renal dialysis facilities to be located in the areas of East Providence, Cranston, and Johnston, Rhode Island; and (ii) such other activities or transactions necessary or appropriate in connection with or to effectuate the foregoing.

10. Management. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed exclusively by the manager. Any document signed by the manager then serving shall be deemed approved.

11. Restrictions on Transfer. No member may transfer its interest in the Company without the consent of the other members, which may be withheld in their discretion.

12. Amendments. This agreement may only be amended by a written document signed by all of the members. Any document signed by all of the members after the date hereof and indicating it is the Operating Agreement of ARA-Rhode Islande Dialysis II LLC shall be deemed a restatement of this agreement whether or not it specifies it is a restatement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Operating Agreement as of March 22, 2004.

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC.
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Chief Operating Officer

-2-

CONSENT OF

ARA-RHODE ISLAND DIALYSIS II LLC

AS THE SOLE MEMBER OF

ARA-EAST PROVIDENCE DIALYSIS LLC,

ARA-CRANSTON DIALYSIS LLC, AND

ARA-JOHNSTON DIALYSIS LLC

The undersigned, being the sole member of ARA-East Providence Dialysis LLC, ARA-Cranston Dialysis LLC, and ARA-Johnston Dialysis LLC (the “Companies”), hereby consents to the adoption of the following resolutions:

RESOLVED: That the distribution by ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC (“ARA”) of its Membership Interests in each of the Companies to its sole shareholder, American Renal Associates Inc., be and it hereby is authorized and approved.

Adopted the 3^rd day of June, 2004.

ARA-RHODE ISLAND DIALYSIS II LLC
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Chief Operating Officer

EX-3.13

Exhibit 3.13

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ARA-OHIO HOLDINGS LLC

1. The name of the limited liability company is ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC.

2. The address of its registered agent in the State Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC this 8th day of December 2003.

/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci

Joseph A. Carlucci

Authorized Signatory

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 09:22 PM 12/08/2003

FILED 05:43 PM 12/08/2003

SRV 030786642 – 3736877 FILE

EX-3.14

Exhibit 3.14

ARA-OHIO HOLDINGS LLC

Operating Agreement

Dated as of December 8, 2003

This OPERATING AGREEMENT of ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC (the “Company”) is being duly executed by American Renal Associates Inc. as initial member, to form a limited liability company under the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “LLC Act”).

1. Name. The name of the Company is ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC.

2. Rmistered Office. The address of the office of the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware. The resident agent for service of process on the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be Corporation Trust Company at such address.

3. Term and Events of Dissolution. The Company shall continue until dissolved upon the happening of any of the following events: (a) the occurrence of any event specified under the LLC Act as one effecting dissolution; or (b) the unanimous election by the members to dissolve the Company.

4. Members. The sole initial member of the Company is American Renal Associates Inc., a Delaware corporation.

5. Capital. The initial capital contribution of the member is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. $ 10

6. Profits and Losses; Distributions. The percentage interest of the members in profits and losses and distributions is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. 100 % 

7. Additional Members. Additional members may be admitted from time to time with the unanimous vote or written consent of the Company’s members who shall specify the capital contribution, interest in profits and losses and other terms applicable to such admission.

8. General Character of Business. The purposes of the Company are to engage in any lawful activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act, including, but not limited to: (i) the construction and ownership of renal dialysis facilities to be located in the State of Ohio; (ii) the leasing of renal dialysis facilities owned by the Company to the operators of such facilities, and (iii) such other activities or transactions necessary or appropriate in connection with or to effectuate the foregoing.

9. Management. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by American Renal Associates Inc., the sole Member of the Company.

10. Amendments. This agreement may only be amended by a written document signed by all of the members. Any document signed by all of the members after the date hereof and indicating it is the Operating Agreement of ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC shall be deemed a restatement of this agreement whether or not it specifies it is a restatement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Operating Agreement as of December 8, 2003.

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC.
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:	COO

-2-

EX-3.15

Exhibit 3.15

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC

1. The name of the limited liability company is ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC.

2. The address of its registered agent in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC this 18^th day of October 2004.

/s/ Christopher T. Ford

Christopher T. Ford

Authorized Signatory

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 04:06 PM 10/18/2004

FILED 03:12 PM 10/18/2004

SRV 040750173 – 3868887 FILE

EX-3.16

Exhibit 3.16

ARA-BOCA RATON HOLDING LLC

Operating Agreement

Dated as of October 18, 2004

This OPERATING AGREEMENT of ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC (the “Company”) is being duly executed by American Renal Associates Inc. as initial member, to form a limited liability company under the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “LLC Act”).

1. Name. The name of the Company is ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC.

2. Registered Office. The address of the office of the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware. The resident agent for service of process on the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be Corporation Trust Company at such address.

3. Term and Events of Dissolution. The Company shall continue until dissolved upon the happening of any of the following events: (a) the occurrence of any event specified under the LLC Act as one effecting dissolution; or (b) the unanimous election by the members to dissolve the Company.

4. Members. The sole initial member of the Company is American Renal Associates Inc., a Delaware corporation.

5. Capital. The initial capital contribution of the member is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. $ 10

6. Profits and Losses; Distributions. The percentage interest of the members in profits and losses and distributions is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. 100 % 

7. Additional Members. Additional members may be admitted from time to time with the unanimous vote or written consent of the Company’s members who shall specify the capital contribution, interest in profits and losses and other terms applicable to such admission.

8. General Character of Business. The purposes of the Company are to engage in any lawful activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act, including, but not limited to the ownership of companies that construct and own renal dialysis facilities to be located in the State of Florida and such other activities or transactions necessary or appropriate in connection with or to effectuate the foregoing.

9. Management. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by American Renal Associates Inc., the sole Member of the Company.

10. Amendments. This agreement may only be amended by a written document signed by all of the members. Any document signed by all of the members after the date hereof and indicating it is the Operating Agreement of ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC shall be deemed a restatement of this agreement whether or not it specifies it is a restatement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Operating Agreement as of October 18, 2004.

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC.
By:	/s/ Christopher Ford
	Name:	Christopher Ford
	Title:	President

-2-

EX-3.17

Exhibit 3.17

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 02:00 PM 01/26/2000

001042062 – 3166202

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC

This Certificate of Formation of AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC (the “LLC”), dated January 25, 2000, is being duly executed and filed by Lawrence I. Silverstein, as an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. §18-101, et seq.),

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is:

American Renal Management LLC

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the LLC at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The latest date upon which the LLC is to dissolve is December 31, 2050.

/s/ Lawrence I. Silverstein

Lawrence I. Silverstein,

Authorized Person

EX-3.18

Exhibit 3.18

AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC

Operating Agreement

This Operating Agreement is made and entered into as of the 25th day of January, 2000, by American Renal Associates, Inc. being the sole initial Member of American Renal Management LLC (the “Company”) and provides as follows:

1. Name. The name of the Company is American Renal Management LLC.

2. Registered Office. The address of the office of the Company required to be maintained in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

3. Agent for Service of Process. The Company’s agent for service of process in the State of Delaware shall be The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

4. Latest Date of Dissolution. The latest date upon which the Company is to dissolve is December 31, 2050.

5. Managing Member. The name and the address of the Managing Member of the Company is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc.

5 Cherry Hill Drive

Danvers, MA 01923

All decisions to be made or actions to be taken on behalf of the Company shall be made or taken by the Managing Member. Every agreement, instrument, or other document to be executed or delivered by the Company shall require the signature of a Managing Member to be effective.

6. Members. The Members of the Company are the parties listed on Exhibit A hereto.

7. Capital. The initial capital contributions of the Members are as set forth on Exhibit A hereto. No Member shall be required to make any additional capital contributions to the Company except as shown on Exhibit A hereto.

8. Profits and Losses; Distributions. The percentage interest of the Members in profits and losses and distributions is in accordance with their respective capital contributions as set for on Exhibit A hereto, as amended from

time to time. All distributions shall be made at such times as the Managing Member may determine.

9. Additional Members. No Additional Members may be admitted without the written approval of a majority in interest of the Members which shall include approval of the capital contribution, interest in profits and losses and other terms applicable to such admission.

10. General Character of Business. The purposes of the Company are to provide management and administration services, including without limitation recordkeeping, processing and collection of accounts receivable, processing of payables, and human resources services, to renal care facilities, to engage in activities and perform services ancillary thereto, and to engage in any other business activity permitted by applicable law.

11. Management. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed exclusively by the Managing Member. So long as there is a sole Member, such Member shall be the Managing Member. The Managing Member, if there is more than one, may act by a vote of a majority thereof. Any document signed by a Managing Member then serving shall be deemed approved. The Managing Member shall be reimbursed for its costs in running the operations of the Company.

12. Resignation of a Managing Member. A Managing Member may resign at any time, such resignation to be reflected by an Amended Certificate of Formation signed by such Managing Member. A replacement Managing Member may be selected by all of the Members or, if one is not designated within thirty days of such resignation, the Company may be dissolved.

13. Restrictions on Transfer. No Member may transfer his interest in the Company without the consent of the Managing Member, which may be withheld in his discretion.

14. Amendments. This agreement may only be amended by a written document signed by all of the Members.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Operating Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC
By:	/s/ Christopher T. Ford
	Christopher T. Ford, President

-2-

Exhibit A

AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC

Members	Initial Capital Contributions		Additional Capital Contributions		Percentage Interest
American Renal Associates Inc.	$	100		N/A		100	%
5 Cherry Hill Drive
Danvers, MA 01923

EX-3.19

Exhibit 3.19

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

AKC HOLDING LLC

1. The name of the limited liability company is AKC Holding LLC.

2. The address of its registered agent in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801, The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of AKC Holding LLC this 12^th day of April 2005.

/s/ Christopher T. Ford

Christopher T. Ford

Authorized Signatory

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 05:43 PM 04/12/2005

FILED 05:10 PM 04/12/2005

SRV 050296138 – 3953963 FILE

EX-3.20

Exhibit 3.20

AKC HOLDING LLC

OPERATING AGREEMENT

This OPERATING AGREEMENT of AKC Holding LLC (the “Company”) is being duly executed by American Renal Associates Inc. as initial member, to form a limited liability company under the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “LLC Act”).

1. Name. The name of the Company is AKC Holding LLC.

2. Registered Office. The address of the office of the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware. The resident agent for service of process on the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be Corporation Trust Company at such address.

3. Term and Events of Dissolution. The Company shall continue until dissolved upon the happening of any of the following events: (a) the occurrence of any event specified under the LLC Act as one effecting dissolution; or (b) the unanimous election by the members to dissolve the Company.

4. Members. The sole initial member of the Company is American Renal Associates Inc., a Delaware corporation.

5. Capital. The initial capital contribution of the member is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. $ 10

6. Profits and Losses; Distributions. The percentage interest of the members in profits and losses and distributions is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. 100 % 

7. Additional Members. Additional members may be admitted from time to time with the unanimous vote or written consent of the Company’s members who shall specify the capital contribution, interest in profits and losses and other terms applicable to such admission.

8. General Character of Business. The purposes of the Company are to engage in any lawful activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act, including, but no limited to the establishment and ownership of a company which will operate a renal^. dialysis facility located in the State of Florida, and such other activities or transactions necessary or appropriate in connection with or to effectuate the foregoing.

9, Management. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by American Renal Associates Inc., the sole Member of the Company.

10. Amendments. This agreement may only be amended by a written document signed by all of the members. Any document signed by all of the members after the date hereof and indicating it is the Operating Agreement of AKC Holding 1,LC shall be deemed a restatement of this agreement whether or not it specifies it is a restatement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Operating Agreement as of April 12, 2005.

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC.
By:	/s/ Christopher T. Ford
	Christopher T. Ford
	President & CEO

EX-3.21

Exhibit 3.21

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 11:07 AM 09/28/2007

FILED 11:04 AM 09/28/2007

SRV 071064031 – 4431280 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ACUTE DIALYSIS SERVICES – ARA LLC

1. The name of the limited liability company is Acute Dialysis Services – ARA LLC.

2. The address of its registered agent in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed the Certificate of Formation of Acute Dialysis Services-ARA LLC this 28^th day of September 2007.

/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci

Joseph A. Carlucci

Authorized Signatory

EX-3.22

Exhibit 3.22

ACUTE DIALYSIS SERVICES - ARA LLC

Operating Agreement

Dated as of September 28, 2007

This OPERATING AGREEMENT of Acute Dialysis Services — ARA LLC (the “Company”) is being duly executed by American Renal Associates Inc. as initial member, to form a limited liability company under the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “LLC Act”).

1. Name. The name of the Company is Acute Dialysis Services — ARA LLC.

2. Registered Office. The address of the office of the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware. The resident agent for service of process on the Company required to be maintained pursuant to the LLC Act shall be Corporation Trust Company at such address.

3. Term and Events of Dissolution. The Company shall continue until dissolved upon the happening of any of the following events: (a) the occurrence of any event specified under the LLC Act as one effecting dissolution; or (b) the unanimous election by the members to dissolve the Company.

4. Members. The sole initial member of the Company is American Renal Associates Inc., a Delaware corporation.

5. Capital. The initial capital contribution of the member is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. $ 10

6. Profits and Losses; Distributions. The percentage interest of the members in profits and losses and distributions is as follows:

American Renal Associates Inc. 100 % 

7. Additional Members. Additional members may be admitted from time to time with the unanimous vote or written consent of the Company’s members who shall specify the capital contribution, interest in profits and losses and other terms applicable to such admission.

8. General Character of Business. The purposes of the Company are to engage in any lawful activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act, including, but not limited to, the ownership and operation of renal dialysis facilities, including the provision of acute dialysis services; and such other activities or transactions necessary or appropriate in connection with or to effectuate the foregoing.

9. Management. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by American Renal Associates Inc., the sole Member of the Company.

10. Amendments. This agreement may only be amended by a written document signed by all of the members. Any document signed by all of the members after the date hereof and indicating it is the Operating Agreement of Acute Dialysis services — ARA LLC shall be deemed a restatement of this agreement whether or not it specifies it is a restatement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Operating Agreement as of September 28, 2007.

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES INC.
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:	CEO

-2-

EX-3.23

Exhibit 3.23

  Office of the Secretary of State Corporations Section P.O. Box 13697 Austin, Texas 78711-3697 FILED In the Office of the Secretary of State of Texas APR 24 2000 Corporations Section  

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

1.	The name of the limited partnership is	American Renal Texas L.P.
2.	The street address of its proposed registered office in Texas is (a P.O. Box is not sufficient)
	c/o CT Corporation System, 811 Dallas Avenue, Houston, Texas 77002

and the name of its proposed registered agent in Texas at such address is

C T Corporation System

3.	The address of the principal office in the United States where records of the  partnership are to be kept or made available is
	c/o American Renal Associates Inc, 70 Walnut Street, Wellesley, MA 02481
4.	The name, the mailing address, and the street address of the business or residence of each general partner is as follows:

NAME	MAILING ADDRESS (include city, state, zip code)	STREET ADDRESS (include city, state, zip code)
Texas-ARA LLC	c/o American Renal Associates Inc.	c/o American Renal Associates Inc.
	70 Walnut Street	70 Walnut Street
	Wellesley, MA 02481	Wellesley, MA 02481

Date Signed: April 20, 2000	General Partner:
	TEXAS-ARA LLC
	BY:	American Renal Associates Inc.,
			its Managing member
		By:
			Title:	CFO

  Office of the Secretary of State Corporations Section P.O. Box 13697 Austin, Texas 78711-3697   FILED in the Office of the Secretary of State of Texas JUN 20 2000 Corporations Section  

STATEMENT OF CHANGE OF

ADDRESS OF REGISTERED AGENT

1.       The name of the entity represented is     American Renal Texas , L.P.

	The entity’s file number is
2.	The address at which the registered agent has maintained the registered office address for such entity is: (Please provide street address, city, state and zip code presently shown in the record of the secretary of state.)
	811 Dallas Avenue, Houston, Texas 77002
3.	The address at which the registered agent will hereafter maintain the registered office address for such entity is: (Please provide street address, city, state and zip code. The address must be in Texas.)
	1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002
4.	Notice of the change of address has been given to said entity in writing at least 10 business days prior to the submission of this filing.
Date:	June 16, 2000

            C T CORPORATION SYSTEM

            Name of registered agent

            /s/ Kenneth Uva

            Signature of registered agent

IF THE ENTITY REPRESENTED IS A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IS NOT REQUIRED IF THE ENTITY IS A CORPORATION, FINANCIAL INSTITUTION OR A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY.

State of       New York         §

County of   New York         §

This instrument was acknowledged before me on             June 16, 2000                         by

                                                                              (date)

            Theresa Alfieri

(name of person acknowledging)

            (Notary Seal)

THERESA ALFIERI	/s/ Theresa Alfieri
Notary Public, State of New York	Signature of Notary
No 4703696	Notary Public, State of New York
Qualified in Kings County
Commission Expires, Dec 31, 2001

  Office of the Secretary of State Corporations Section P.O. Box 13697 Austin, Texas 78711-3697 (Form 408)   Filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of Texas Filing #: 13407410 12/27/2007 Document #: 197728295092 Image Generated Electronically  

STATEMENT OF CHANGE OF

ADDRESS OF REGISTERED AGENT

1.	The name of the entity represented is
	AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS L.P.
	The entity’s filing number is 13407410
2.	The address at which the registered agent has maintained the registered office address for such entity is: (Please provide street address, city, state and zip code presently shown in the records of the Secretary of State.)
	1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, TX 77002
3.	The address at which the registered agent will hereafter maintain the registered office address for such entity is: (Please provide street address, city, state and zip code. The address must be in Texas.)
	350 N. St. Paul Street, Dallas, TX 75201
4.	Notice of the change of address has been given to said entity in writing at least 10 business days prior to the submission of this filing.

Date: 12/27/2007

CT Corporation System

Name of Registered Agent

Marie Hauer

Signature of Registered Agent

FILING OFFICE COPY

  Office of the Secretary of State Corporations Section P.O. Box 13697 Austin, Texas 78711-3697 (Form 408)   Filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of Texas Filing #: 13407410 04/19/2010 Document #: 304508736617 Image Generated Electronically  

STATEMENT OF CHANGE OF

ADDRESS OF REGISTERED AGENT

1.	The name of the entity represented is
	AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS L.P.
	The entity’s filing number is 13407410
2.	The address at which the registered agent has maintained the registered office address for such entity is: (Please provide street address, city, state and zip code presently shown in the records of the Secretary of State.)
	350 N. St. Paul St., Dallas, TX 75201
3.	The address at which the registered agent will hereafter maintain the registered office address for such entity is: (Please provide street address, city, state and zip code. The address must be in Texas.)
	350 N. St. Paul St., Ste. 2900, Dallas, TX 75201-4234
4.	Notice of the change of address has been given to said entity in writing at least 10 business days prior to the submission of this filing.

Date: 04/19/2010

CT Corporation System

Name of Registered Agent

Kenneth Uva, Vice President

Signature of Registered Agent

FILING OFFICE COPY

EX-3.24

Exhibit 3.24

AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS L.P.

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP is entered into as of April 20, 2000 by Texas-ARA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner (the “General Partner”), and American Renal Associates Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Limited Partner (the “Limited Partner”; the General Partner and the Limited Partners being herein referred to collectively as the “Partners”).

Whereas, the General Partner and the Limited Partner desire to form a limited partnership pursuant to this Agreement and the Revised Limited Partnership Act of the State of Texas (Texas Revised Civil Statutes, Article 6132a-1) (the “Partnership Act”);

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. The name of the Partnership (the “Partnership”) is American Renal Texas

2. The Partnership shall carry on the business of developing, owning and operating renal care facilities to be located in the State of Texas, and such other business activities as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the foregoing.

3. The address of the office of the Partnership at which shall be kept the records and Partnership documents of the Partnership shall be c/o American Renal Associates Inc., 5 Cherry Hill Drive, Danvers, Massachusetts 01923. The agent for service of process for the Partnership shall be CT Corporation System, 811 Dallas Avenue, Houston, Texas 77002.

4. The name and business address of each Partner, and the initial capital contribution of each of the Partners is as set forth on Schedule A annexed

5. Profits, losses, credits and items thereof of the Partnership shall be allocated, cash shall be distributed, in accordance with the following percentages of interest of the

General Partner	0.5	%
Limited Partners	99.5	%

6. Additional capital contributions shall be required to be made by the

7. No partnership interest in the Partnership may be transferred or assigned except pursuant to a merger or reorganization of a Partner or as otherwise approved in advance by the General Partner.

8. No Partner shall have a right to withdraw from the Partnership during its existence, except with the consent of the General Partner and upon terms agreed to at the time of withdrawal.

9. No Partner has the right to a return of capital from, or a right to an distributions by, the Partnership except to the extent the General Partner determines to make distributions in accordance with Section 5 hereof.

10. The Partnership shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up upon the first to occur of the following events: the unanimous consent of the Partners to such dissolution, or the sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s properties and assets; or any circumstances or event otherwise causing the dissolution of the Partnership under the Partnership Act.

11. The General Partner shall have and may exercise all rights and powers granted by the Partnership Act as from time to time in effect.

12. The General Partner may appoint, and may remove, one or more officers of the Partnership from time to time, and may assign to any such officer such duties and powers as the General Partner may deem appropriate.

13. The General Partner shall be entitled to such fees and reimbursements as may be determined by agreement of the Partners.

14. The General Partner shall have the right to propose the transfer or some or all of its partnership interests to a new or additional General Partner, subject to the prior unanimous written consent of all of the Partners.

15. Each of the Partners hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner irrevocably as such Partner’s true and lawful attorney to execute, swear to and file all such certificates, instruments and other documents with the Texas Secretary of State and with other governmental authorities as the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate in accordance with applicable law.

16. No person dealing with the Partnership, or its assets, shall be required to investigate the authority of the General Partner, acting singly, purporting to act on behalf of the Partnership in selling, assigning or conveying an Partnership assets, or otherwise entering into any agreements or consummating any transactions for the Partnership; nor shall any such person be required to inquire as to whether the approval of the Partners for any such sale, assignment, transfer, agreement or transaction has first been obtained. Any such person shall be conclusively protected in relying upon a certificate of authority of, or in accepting any instrument signed by the General Partner in the name and on behalf of, the Partnership.

17. The Partnership shall, to the extent provided below, indemnify each person who is, was or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding because such person is or was a General Partner, or an officer or employee of the Partnership. The indemnification required by this Section 17 shall be provided so long as the person seeking indemnification (a) acted in good faith, (b) reasonably believed (i) in the case of conduct such person’s official capacity as General Partner, office or employee, that such person’s conduct was in the best interests of the Partnership and (ii) in all other cases that such person’s conduct was at least no opposed to the Partnership’s best interests, and (c) in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct giving rise to the claim for which indemnification is sought was unlawful.

18. The General Partner shall have the authority to employ such agents, employees, managers, accountants, attorneys, consultants and other persons necessary or appropriate to carry out the business and affairs of the Partnership, including itself and its affiliates and whether or not any such persons so employed are Partners or affiliates of Partners, and to pay such fees, expenses, salaries, wages and other compensation such persons as it shall, in its sole discretion, determine.

19. This Agreement may be amended with the unanimous consent of the Partners. This Agreement may be executed in multiple and separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

In WitnessWhereof, the Partners have executed this Agreement with effect as of the date first set forth above.

General Partner:
Texas-ARA LLC
By: American Renal Associates Inc. its sole Member
By:	/s/ Christopher T. Ford
	Christopher T. Ford, President
Limited Partner:
By: American Renal Associates Inc.
By:	/s/ Christopher T. Ford
	Christopher T. Ford, President

EX-3.25

Exhibit 3.25

Form 207 (revised 9/05)   Return in Duplicate to: Secretary of State P.O. Box 13697 Austin, TX 78711-3697 FAX: 512/463-5709   Filing Fee: $750 Certificate of Limited Partnership Pursuant to Article 6132a-1 This space reserved for office use.   FILED In the Office of the Secretary of State of Texas OCT 06 2005   Corporations Section

1. Name of Limited Partnership
The name of the limited partnership is as set forth below:
American Renal Texas II, L.P.
The name must contain the words “Limited Partnership,” or “Limited,” or the abbreviation “L.P.,” “LP,” or “Ltd.” is the last words or letters of its name. The name must not be the name as, deceptively similar to or similar to that of an existing corporate, limited liability company, or limited partnership name on file with the secretary of state. A preliminary check for “name availability” is recommended.
2. Principal Office
The address of the principal office in the United States where records of the partnership are to be kept or made available is set forth below:
Street Address    5 Cherry Hill Drive
City	State		Zip Code	Country
Danvers	MA		01923	USA
3. Registered Agent and Registered Office
x A. The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be partnership named above) by the name of:
CT Corporation System
OR
¨ B. The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:
First Name	M.I.	Last Name		Suffix
C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:
Street Address	City		State	Zip Code
1021 Main Street, Suite 1150	Houston		TX	77002
4. General Partner Information
The name, mailing address, and the street address of the business or residence of each general partner is as follows:
General Partner 1
Legal Entity: The general partner is a legal entity named:
Texas-ARA LLC

1

Individual: The general partner is an individual whose name is set forth below:

First Name	M.I.	Last Name	Suffix
MAILING ADDRESS OF GENERAL PARTNER 1
Mailing Address	City	State	Zip Code
5 Cherry Hill Drive	Danvers	MA	01923
STREET ADDRESS OF GENERAL PARTNER 1
Street Address	City	State	Zip Code
5 Cherry Hill Drive	Danvers	MA	01923
General Partner 2
Legal Entity: The general partner is a legal entity named:
Individual: The general partner is an individual whose name is set forth below:
Partner 2-First Name	M.I.	Last Name	Suffix
MAILING ADDRESS OF GENERAL PARTNER 2
Mailing Address	City	State	Zip Code
STREET ADDRESS OF GENERAL PARTNER 2
Street Address	City	State	Zip Code
5. Supplemental Information
Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]
Effectiveness of Filing
x A. This document will become effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.
OR
¨ B. This document will become effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of its filing by the secretary of state. The delayed effective date is
Execution
The undersigned sign this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a false or fraudulent document.
Texas-ARA LLC, by American Renal Associates, Inc., its Managing Member, by Christopher T. Ford, Chief Executive Officer
Name of General Partner 1		Name of General Partner 2
/s/ Christopher T. Ford
Signature of General Partner 1		Signature of General Partner 2

2

	Office of the Secretary of State	Filed in the Office of the
	Corporations Section	Secretary of State of Texas
	P.O. Box 13697	Filing #: 800556055 12/27/2007
	Austin, Texas 78711-3697	Document #: 197728294693
	(Form 408)	Image Generated Electronically

STATEMENT OF CHANGE OF

ADDRESS OF REGISTERED AGENT

1. The name of the entity represented is

    American Renal Texas II L.P.

The entity’s filing number is 800556055

2. The address at which the registered agent has maintained the registered office address for such entity is: (Please provide street address, city, state and zip code presently shown in the records of the Secretary of State.)

1021 Main Street Suite 1150. Houston. TX 77002

3. The address at which the registered agent will hereafter maintain the registered office address for such entity is: (Please provide street address, city, state and zip code. The address must be in Texas.)

350 N. St. Paul Street. Dallas. TX 75201

4. Notice of the change of address has been given to said entity in writing at least 10 business days prior to the submission of this filing.

Date: 12/27/2007

CT Corporation System

    Name of Registered Agent

Marie Hauer

    Signature of Registered Agent

FILING OFFICE COPY

	Office of the Secretary of State	Filed in the Office of the
	Corporations Section	Secretary of State of Texas
	P.O. Box 13697	Filing #: 800556055 04/19/2010
	Austin, Texas 78711-3697	Document #: 304508732516
	(Form 408)	Image Generated Electronically

STATEMENT OF CHANGE OF

ADDRESS OF REGISTERED AGENT

1. The name of the entity represented is

    American Renal Texas II, L.P.

The entity’s filing number is 800556055

2. The address at which the registered agent has maintained the registered office address for such entity is: (Please provide street address, city, state and zip code presently shown in the records of the Secretary of State.)

350 N. St. Paul St. Dallas. TX 75201

3. The address at which the registered agent will hereafter maintain the registered office address for such entity is: (Please provide street address, city, state and zip code. The address must be in Texas.)

350 N. St. Paul St. Ste. 2900- Dallas. TX 75201-4234

4. Notice of the change of address has been given to said entity in writing at least 10 business days prior to the submission of this filing.

Date: 04/19/2010

CT Corporation System

    Name of Registered Agent

Kenneth Uva. Vice President

    Signature of Registered Agent

FILING OFFICE COPY

EX-3.26

Exhibit 3.26

AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS II, L.P.

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP is entered into as of October 2005, by Texas-ARA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner (the General Partner), and American Renal Associates Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Limited Partner (the Limited Partner); the General Partner and the Limited Partner being herein referred to collectively as the Partners).

Whereas, the General Partner and the Limited Partner desire to form a limited partnership pursuant to this Agreement and the Revised Limited partnership act of the State of Texas (Texas Revised Civil Statutes, Article 6132a-1) (the Partnership Act);

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. The name of the Partnership (the Partnership) is American Renal Texas II, L.P.

2. The Partnership shall carry on the business of developing, owning and operating renal care facilities to be located in the State of Texas, and such other business activities as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the foregoing.

3. The General Partner shall cause a certificate of limited partnership meeting the requirements of the Partnership Act, and any amendments thereto which are required under the Partnership Act, to be filed when and as required.

4. The address of the Partnership at which shall be keep the records and Partnership documents of the Partnership shall be c/o American Renal Associates Inc., 5 Cherry Hill Drive, Danvers, Massachusetts 01923. The agent for service of process for the Partnership shall be CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002.

5. The name and business address of each Partner, and the initial capital contribution of each of the Partners is as set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto.

6. Profits, losses, credits and items thereof of the Partnership shall be allocated, and cash shall be distributed, in accordance with the following percentages of interest of the Partners:

General Partner	0.5	%
Limited Partners	99.5	%

7. Additional capital contributions shall be required to be made by the Partners.

8. No Limited Partner shall be bound by or individually liable for the expenses, liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or any losses thereof beyond the amount of such Limited Partner’s Capital Contribution.

9. No partnership interest in the Partnership may be transferred or assigned except pursuant to a merger or reorganization of a Partner or as otherwise approved in advance by the General Partner.

10. No Partner shall have a right to withdraw from the Partnership during its existence, except with the consent of the General Partner and upon terms agreed to at the time of withdrawal.

l 1. No Partner has the right to a return of capital from, or a right to and distributions by, the Partnership except to the extent the General Partner determines to make distributions in accordance with Section 5 hereof.

12. The Partnership shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up upon the first to occur of the following events: the unanimous consent of the Partners to such dissolution, or the sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s properties and assets; or any circumstances or event otherwise causing the dissolution of the Partnership under the Partnership Act.

13. The General Partner shall have and may exercise all rights and powers granted by the Partnership Act as from time to time in effect.

14. The General Partner shall manage and control all activities of the Partnership and make all decisions regarding the investments, business, assets and affairs of the Partnership. The General Partner shall have the exclusive power to delegate such authority, as it deems necessary or advisable. No Limited Partner shall take any part in or interfere in any mannei with the management, conduct or control of the investments, business, assets and affairs of the Partnership or have any right or authority to act for or by the Partnership. It is understood and agreed that any document executed or other action taken by the General Partner or officer of the General Partner, while acting on behalf and in the name of the Partnership, shall be deemed to be the action of the Partnership.

15. The General Partner may appoint, and may remove, one or more officers of the Partnership from time to time, and may assign to any such officer such duties and powers as the General partner may deem appropriate.

16. The General Partner shall be entitled to such fees and reimbursements as may be determined by agreement of the Partners.

17. The General Partner shall have the right to propose the transfer of some or all of its partnership interests to a new or additional General Partner, subject to the prior unanimous written consent of all of the Partners.

18. Each of the Partners hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner irrevocably as such Partner’s true and lawful attorney to execute, swear to and file all such certificates, instruments and other documents with the Texas Secretary of State and with other governmental authorities as the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate in accordance with applicable law.

19. No person dealing with the Partnership, or its assets, shall be required to investigate the authority of the General Partner, acting singly, purporting to act on behalf of the Partnership in selling, assigning or conveying any Partnership assets, or otherwise entering into any agreements or consummating any transactions for the Partnership; nor shall any such person be required to inquire as to whether the approval of the partners for any such sale, assignment, transfer, agreement or transaction has first been obtained. Any such person shall be conclusively protected in relying upon a certificate of authority of, or in accepting any instrument signed by the General Partner in the name and on behalf of, the Partnership.

20. The Partnership shall, to the extent provided below, indemnify each person who is, was or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding because such person is or was a General Partner, or an officer or employee of the Partnership. The indemnification required by this Section 17 shall be provided so long as the person seeking indemnification (a) acted in good faith, (b) reasonably believed (i) in the case of conduct such person’s official capacity as General Partner, officer or employee, that such person’s conduct was in the best interests of the Partnership and (ii) in all other cases that such person’s conduct was at least not opposed to the Partnership’s best interests, and (c) in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct giving rise to the claim for which indemnification is sought was unlawful.

21, It is contemplated that the Partnership may enter into contracts with one or more Partners, affiliates of Partners or entities in which any Partner may own an interest, for the performance of services or furnishing of facilities, goods or services necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Partnership.

22. The General Partner shall have the authority to employ such agents, employees, managers, accountants, attorneys, consultants and other persons necessary or appropriate to carry out the business and affairs of the Partnership, including itself and its affiliates and whether or not any such persons so employed are Partners or affiliates of Partners, and to pay such fees, expenses, salaries, wages and other compensation such persons as it shall, in its sole discretion, determine.

23. This Agreement may be amended with the unanimous consent of the Partners. This Agreement may be executed in multiple and separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

In Witness Whereof, the Partners have executed this Agreement with effect as of the date first set forth above.

General Partner:
Texas-ARA LLC
By American Renal Associates Inc., its Sole Member
By:	/s/ Christopher T. Ford
	Christopher T. Ford, President
Limited Partner:
American Renal Associates Inc.
By:	/s/ Christopher T. Ford
	Christopher T. Ford, President

Schedule A

MEMBERS AND INTERESTS

Partners and Addresses	Initial Capital Contribution		Partnership Interest
General Partner:	$	5.00		0.5	%
Texas-ARA LLC
5 Cherry Hill Drive
Danvers, MA 01923
Limited Partners:	$	995.00		99.5	%
American Renal Associates Inc.
5 Cherry Hill Drive
Danvers, MA 01923

EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.,

as Issuer

and the Guarantors party hereto

8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 7, 2010

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,

as Trustee

and

as Collateral Agent

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

TIA Section		Indenture Section
303		1.4
310	(a)(1)	7.9
	(a)(2)	7.9
	(a)(3)	N.A.
	(a)(4)	N.A.
	(a)(5)	7.9
	(b)	7.9
	(c)	N.A.
311	(a)	7.11
	(b)	7.11
	(c)	N.A.
312	(a)	2.5
	(b)	12.18
	(c)	12.18
313	(a)	7.12
	(b)	7.12
	(b)(1)	7.12
	(b)(2)	7.6; 7.12
	(c)	7.12; 12.1
	(d)	7.12
314	(a)	5.3; 12.3
	(a)(1)	6.2
	(a)(4)	3.12; 12.3
	(b)	11.5
	(c)(1)	12.2
	(c)(2)	12.2
	(c)(3)	N.A.
	(d)	11.5
	(e)	12.2; 12.3
	(f)	N.A.
315	(a)	7.1(b); 7.2
	(b)	7.5; 12.1
	(c)	7.1(a)
	(d)	7.1(c)
	(e)	6.11
316	(a) (last sentence)	2.16
	(a)(1)(A)	6.5
	(a)(1)(B)	6.4
	(a)(2)	N.A.
	(b)	6.7
	(c)	2.14
317	(a)(1)	6.8
	(a)(2)	6.9
	(b)	2.4
318	(a)	12.17
	(c)	12.17

N.A. means Not Applicable.

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part hereof.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
SECTION 1.1.	Definitions		1
SECTION 1.2.	Other Definitions		33
SECTION 1.3.	Rules of Construction		34
SECTION 1.4.	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act		35
ARTICLE II
The Notes
SECTION 2.1.	Form and Dating		35
SECTION 2.2.	Form of Execution and Authentication		38
SECTION 2.3.	Registrar and Paying Agent		39
SECTION 2.4.	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust		39
SECTION 2.5.	Lists of Holders of the Notes		39
SECTION 2.6.	Transfer and Exchange		39
SECTION 2.7.	Replacement Notes		49
SECTION 2.8.	Outstanding Notes		50
SECTION 2.9.	Treasury Notes		50
SECTION 2.10.	Temporary Notes		50
SECTION 2.11.	Cancellation		50
SECTION 2.12.	Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest		51
SECTION 2.13.	CUSIP Numbers		52
SECTION 2.14.	Record Date		52
ARTICLE III
Covenants
SECTION 3.1.	Payment of Notes		52
SECTION 3.2.	Reports		52
SECTION 3.3.	Limitation on Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock		55
SECTION 3.4.	Limitation on Restricted Payments		60
SECTION 3.5.	Limitation on Liens		65
SECTION 3.6.	Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries		65
SECTION 3.7.	Limitation on Sales of Assets		67
SECTION 3.8.	Limitation on Affiliate Transactions		69
SECTION 3.9.	Change of Control		71
SECTION 3.10.	Maintenance of Properties; Insurance		73
SECTION 3.11.	Additional Guarantors		73
SECTION 3.12.	Limitation on Line of Business		74
SECTION 3.13.	Compliance Certificate		74
SECTION 3.14.	Statement by Officers as to Default		74

-i-

		Page
SECTION 3.15.	Further Assurance; After-Acquired Collateral		74
SECTION 3.16.	No Layering of Debt		75
SECTION 3.17.	Distributions by Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries		75
SECTION 3.18.	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries		76
SECTION 3.19.	Payments for Consent		76
SECTION 3.20.	Intercompany Loan Refinancing		77
SECTION 3.21.	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws		77
ARTICLE IV
Merger; Consolidation or Sale of Assets
SECTION 4.1.	When the Issuer or Holdings May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets		78
ARTICLE V
Redemption of Notes
SECTION 5.1.	Optional Redemption		80
SECTION 5.2.	Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee of Optional and Mandatory Redemptions		81
SECTION 5.3.	Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed		81
SECTION 5.4.	Notice of Redemption		82
SECTION 5.5.	Deposit of Redemption Price		83
SECTION 5.6.	Notes Payable on Redemption Date		83
SECTION 5.7.	Notes Redeemed in Part		83
SECTION 5.8.	Offer to Repurchase		83
ARTICLE VI
Defaults and Remedies
SECTION 6.1.	Events of Default		85
SECTION 6.2.	Acceleration		87
SECTION 6.3.	Other Remedies		87
SECTION 6.4.	Waiver of Past Defaults		87
SECTION 6.5.	Control by Majority		88
SECTION 6.6.	Limitation on Suits		88
SECTION 6.7.	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment		88
SECTION 6.8.	Collection Suit by Trustee		88
SECTION 6.9.	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim		88
SECTION 6.10.	Priorities		89
SECTION 6.11.	Undertaking for Costs		89
ARTICLE VII
Trustee
SECTION 7.1.	Duties of Trustee and Collateral Agent		89
SECTION 7.2.	Rights of Trustee and Collateral Agent		91

-ii-

		Page
SECTION 7.3.	Individual Rights of Trustee and Collateral Agent		94
SECTION 7.4.	Disclaimer		94
SECTION 7.5.	Notice of Defaults		94
SECTION 7.6.	Compensation and Indemnity		94
SECTION 7.7.	Replacement of Trustee		95
SECTION 7.8.	Successor Trustee or Successor Collateral Agent by Merger		96
SECTION 7.9.	Eligibility; Disqualification		96
SECTION 7.10.	Limitation on Duty of Trustee and Collateral Agent in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification		97
SECTION 7.11.	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer		97
SECTION 7.12.	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes		97
ARTICLE VIII
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
SECTION 8.1.	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance		97
SECTION 8.2.	Conditions to Defeasance		99
SECTION 8.3.	Application of Trust Money		100
SECTION 8.4.	Repayment to Issuer		100
SECTION 8.5.	Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations		100
SECTION 8.6.	Reinstatement		100
ARTICLE IX
Amendments
SECTION 9.1.	Without Consent of Holders		101
SECTION 9.2.	With Consent of Holders		101
SECTION 9.3.	Effect of Consents and Waivers		103
SECTION 9.4.	Notation on or Exchange of Notes		103
SECTION 9.5.	Trustee and Collateral Agent To Sign Amendments		103
SECTION 9.6.	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act		103
ARTICLE X
Guarantees
SECTION 10.1.	Guarantees		104
SECTION 10.2.	Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge		105
SECTION 10.3.	Right of Contribution		106
SECTION 10.4.	No Subrogation		106
SECTION 10.5.	Limitations on Merger		107
ARTICLE XI
Collateral and Security
SECTION 11.1.	The Collateral		107
SECTION 11.2.	[Reserved]		108

-iii-

		Page
SECTION 11.3.	Release of Liens on the Collateral		108
SECTION 11.4.	Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents		109
SECTION 11.5.	Recording, Registration and Opinions		110
ARTICLE XII
Miscellaneous
SECTION 12.1.	Notices		111
SECTION 12.2.	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent		112
SECTION 12.3.	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion		112
SECTION 12.4.	When Notes Disregarded		112
SECTION 12.5.	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar		113
SECTION 12.6.	Days Other than Business Days		113
SECTION 12.7.	Governing Law		113
SECTION 12.8.	Waiver of Jury Trial		113
SECTION 12.9.	No Recourse Against Others		113
SECTION 12.10.	Successors		113
SECTION 12.11.	Multiple Originals		113
SECTION 12.12.	Variable Provisions		113
SECTION 12.13.	Table of Contents; Headings		113
SECTION 12.14.	Direction by Holders to Enter into Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement		113
SECTION 12.15.	Force Majeure		113
SECTION 12.16.	USA Patriot Act		114
SECTION 12.17.	Trust Indenture Act Controls		114
SECTION 12.18.	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes		114

EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A	Form of Note
EXHIBIT B	Form of Certificate of Transfer
EXHIBIT C	Form of Certificate of Exchange
EXHIBIT D	Form of Guaranty

-iv-

INDENTURE, dated as of May 7, 2010 (this “Indenture”), among AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”), C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuer from time to time parties hereto (the “Subsidiary Guarantors” and together with Holdings, the “Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust FSB, a federal savings bank, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

Recitals of the Issuer

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

“144A Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. No Person in whom a Receivables Subsidiary makes an Investment in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction will be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment.

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Make-Whole Redemption Date, the greater of:

(i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

(ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Make-Whole Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note at May 15, 2013 as set forth in Section 5.1(c) (exclusive of accrued interest), plus (2) all scheduled interest payments due on such Note from the Make-Whole Redemption Date through May 15, 2013, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such Make-Whole Redemption Date, plus 50 basis points over (B) the principal amount of such Note.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange.

“Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, lease (other than operating leases), conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights outside of the ordinary course of business (including any Event of Loss); provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Sections 3.9 and 4.1 and not Section 3.7; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying Equity Interests or Equity Interests required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary).

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $5.0 million;

(2) a transfer of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or of a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to Strategic Investors in connection with the start-up of such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) the sale or lease of products, services or accounts receivable (including at a discount) in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out, negligible, surplus or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;

(5) the sale or other disposition of Cash Equivalents;

(6) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 3.4 or a Permitted Investment;

-2-

(7) the sale or disposition of any assets or property received as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on any secured Investment or any other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) the licensing of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business or in accordance with industry practice;

(9) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(10) leases or subleases to third persons in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(11) transfers of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(12) any sale or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Permitted Liens (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Permitted Lien);

(13) any disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; and

(14) any Intercompany Loan Refinancing if and to the extent the proceeds thereof are utilized as described in Section 3.20.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Broker-Dealer” means any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

-3-

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars or, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary, any other currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state, or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank that has capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million;

(5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than one year for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and, in each case, maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition; and

-4-

(7) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition or money market funds that comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

“CFC” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation (as such term is defined in Section 957(a) of the Code).

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than Permitted Holders; or

(2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above), other than Permitted Holders, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; provided, however, for purposes of this clause (2), each Person will be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of another Person held by one or more of its Subsidiaries.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Collateral” means all property and assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in which Liens are, from time to time, purported to be granted to secure the Notes and the Guarantees pursuant to the Security Documents.

“Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust FSB, acting in its capacity as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor thereto.

“Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by any Officer.

“Consolidated Adjusted Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Adjusted Secured Net Debt as of such date after giving effect to all incurrences and repayments or discharges of Indebtedness and Liens to occur on such date to (2) the Issuer’s Consolidated EBITDA for the Measurement Period calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

“Consolidated Adjusted Secured Net Debt” means, as of any date, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the type specified in clauses (a), (b) and (g) of the definition thereof of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date determined on a consolidated basis, if such Indebtedness is (x) secured by a Lien or (y) owing by a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, minus (b) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, minus (c) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, up to the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary included in clause (a) of this definition and (y) the amount of such unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary times the percentage of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

-5-

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such Person for such period plus

(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:

(i) consolidated interest expense (and solely for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, other Fixed Charges) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, increased by payments made in respect of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, minus any payments received in respect of such Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments,

(ii) consolidated tax expense of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period,

(iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization expense of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,

(iv) any Non-Cash Charges for such period,

(v) costs associated with the Transactions made or incurred by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions for such period that are paid, accrued or reserved for within 365 days of the consummation of the Transactions,

(vi) any restructuring charges (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and to closure or consolidation of facilities) for such period and any “Specified Payments” as defined in Schedule 11.2(a)(vi) to the Merger Agreement made during such period,

(vii) any unusual or nonrecurring fees, cash charges and other cash expenses for such period (A) made or incurred by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any acquisition or investment not prohibited by this Indenture, including severance, relocation and facilities closing costs, including any earnout payments, whether or not accounted for as such, that are paid, accrued or reserved for within 365 days of such transaction, or (B) incurred in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests or Indebtedness,

(viii) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with an acquisition not prohibited by this Indenture to the extent that such expenses are reimbursed in cash during such period pursuant to indemnification provisions of any agreement relating to such transaction,

(ix) periodic management fees that are permitted by Section 3.8(b)(xiii)(ii),

-6-

(x) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with extraordinary casualty events to the extent such expenses are reimbursed in cash by insurance during such period, and

(xi) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Restricted Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Indebtedness owed by such Restricted Subsidiary is included in the Indebtedness of the Issuer; minus

(b) without duplication and, in the case of clause (ii) below, to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income,

(i) any cash payments made during such period in respect of Non-Cash Charges described in clause (a)(iv) taken in a prior period or taken in such period,

(ii) any non-cash items of income for such period (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business);

provided that (I) in no event shall any charge, expense or loss relating to write-downs, write-offs or reserves with respect to current assets be added back and (II) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to clauses (vi) and (vii) shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated before giving effect to such clauses) for any period.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Net Debt as of such date after giving effect to all incurrences and repayments of Indebtedness to occur on such date to (2) the Issuer’s Consolidated EBITDA for the Measurement Period calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

“Consolidated Net Debt” means, as of any date, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the type specified in clauses (a), (b) and (g) of the definition thereof of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date determined on a consolidated basis or is owing by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, minus (b) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, minus (c) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, up to, the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary included in clause (a) of this definition and (y) the amount of such unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary times the percentage of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income attributable to such specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the Net Income (and net loss) of any other Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest will be excluded, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received in cash by the Issuer or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions in respect of such period;

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

-7-

(3) the amortization of any premiums, fees or expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or any amounts required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinions No. 16 (including non-cash write-ups and non-cash charges relating to inventory and fixed assets, in each case arising in connection with the Transactions) and No. 17 (including non-cash charges relating to intangibles and goodwill), in each case in connection with the Transactions, will be excluded;

(4) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business (it being understood that a sale of assets comprising discontinued operations shall be deemed a sale of assets out of the ordinary course of business); or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will be excluded;

(5) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss, will be excluded;

(6) income or losses attributable to discontinued operations (including without limitation, operations disposed during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued) will be excluded;

(7) any non-cash charges (i) attributable to applying the purchase method of accounting in accordance with GAAP, (ii) resulting from the application of FAS 142 or FAS 144, and (iii) relating to the amortization of intangibles resulting from the application of FAS 141, will be excluded;

(8) all non-cash charges relating to employee benefit or other management or stock compensation plans of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense incurred in a prior period) will be excluded to the extent that such non-cash charges are deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; provided, further, that if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer makes a cash payment in respect of such non-cash charge in any period, such cash payment will (without duplication) be deducted from the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for such period;

(9) all unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FAS 52 shall be excluded;

(10) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, except to the extent such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; and

(11) Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by the amount of any payments described in clause (2) of the definition of “Permitted Payments to Parent.”

-8-

“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Issuer after the date hereof from the sale of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or as a contribution to its common equity capital (in each case, other than to or from a Subsidiary of the Issuer); provided that such Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 180 days after the sale of such Equity Interests or the making of such capital contribution and (b) is designated as “Contribution Indebtedness” pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee within one business day of the date of its incurrence. Any sale of Equity Interests or capital contribution that forms the basis for an incurrence of Contribution Indebtedness will not be considered to be a sale of Capital Stock and will be disregarded for purposes of Section 3.4 and will not be considered to be an Equity Offering for purposes of Section 5.1.

“Corporate Trust Office” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.1 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Issuer or Holders pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 12.1.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated on or about the Issue Date, by and among C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. (which as of the Issue Date shall be merged with and into the Issuer), as borrower, Holdings and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and various lenders from time to time party thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced from time to time.

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, notes, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or any other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities and including any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement or refinancing that increases the amount borrowed thereunder or extends the maturity thereof) in whole or in part from time to time.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.6 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Issuer.

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means any non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable,

-9-

pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (x) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Issuer or the Subsidiary that issued such Capital Stock to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer may not repurchase such Capital Stock unless the Issuer would be permitted to do so in compliance with Section 3.4, (y) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely as a result of any redemption feature that is conditioned upon, and subject to, compliance with Section 3.4 will not constitute Disqualified Stock and (z) any Capital Stock issued to any plan for the benefit of employees will not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or the Subsidiary that issued such Capital Stock in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means a public or private offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, other than:

(1) a public offering with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s Qualified Capital Stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

(3) any such public or private offering that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

“Event of Loss” means, with respect to any property or asset (tangible or intangible, real or personal) constituting Collateral, any of the following:

(i) any loss, destruction or damage of such property or asset;

(ii) any institution of any proceeding for the condemnation or seizure of such property or asset or for the exercise of any right of eminent domain;

(iii) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise of such property or asset, or confiscation of such property or asset or the requisition of the use of such property or asset; or

(iv) any settlement in lieu of clauses (ii) or (iii) above.

“Euroclear” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

-10-

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Exchange Notes” means the notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Excluded Contributions” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from (i) contributions to its equity capital (other than Disqualified Stock) or (ii) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, that are excluded from any calculation set forth in Section 3.4.

“Excluded Deposit Accounts” means (1) any deposit accounts specially and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s employees, (2) any deposit account of the Issuer or any Guarantor into which proceeds from any receivables in respect of participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare or Medicaid programs, are paid into, so long as the balance of such deposit account is swept at the end of each business day into a deposit account subject to a control agreement and (3) any deposit account specially and exclusively used to hold cash deposits required to be held in escrow, (which escrow is not prohibited by this Indenture) and which by terms of the agreement creating the escrow obligations shall not be subject to any other Liens.

“Excluded Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is (a) an Immaterial Subsidiary so long as such Subsidiary remains an Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary so long as such Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (c) an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as such Subsidiary remains an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (d) a Receivables Subsidiary so long as such Subsidiary remains a Receivables Subsidiary or (e) a CFC so long as such Subsidiary remains a CFC.

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), existing on the Issue Date.

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Issuer (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture).

“First Lien Obligations” means Priority Payment Lien Obligations, the Notes Obligations and Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person at any date of determination, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the Measurement Period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for the Measurement Period, in each case, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees,

-11-

repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock or Disqualified Stock subsequent to the commencement of the Measurement Period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Measurement Period.

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, net of interest income, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all cash payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates, and excluding (v) amortization of deferred financing costs, (w) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (x) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) to the extent included in Fixed Charges, the portion of consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to Fixed Charges incurred in connection with the acquisition of discontinued operations; plus

(2) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

(3) the product of (A) all cash dividends paid on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to the Issuer or any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary), in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries expressed as a decimal.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(b) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.1 or 2.6 hereof.

-12-

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

“guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party or applicant in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation, provided that the term “guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any guarantee of any guarantor shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which the guarantee is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guarantor may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such guarantee.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

“Guarantee Agreement” means a supplemental indenture or a notation of guarantee, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, pursuant to which a Guarantor guarantees the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes on the terms provided for in this Indenture.

“Guarantors” means Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

“Holder” means any registered holder, from time to time, of the Notes.

“Holdings” means C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Issuer that accounts for less than 1.0% of the Issuer’s consolidated revenues and less than 1.0% of the Issuer’s Net Income for the Measurement Period and has less than $10,000 of assets; provided that at no time shall Immaterial Subsidiaries in the aggregate account for more than 3.0% of the Issuer’s consolidated revenues or more than 3.0% of the Issuer’s Net Income for any Measurement Period.

-13-

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all obligations of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, but limited, in the event such secured obligations are nonrecourse to such Person, to the fair value of such property, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of the Indebtedness of any other Person, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all reimbursement obligations of such Person as an account party or applicant in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (j) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For the avoidance of doubt, any right of Strategic Investors in an Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to require the Issuer or any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to repurchase the Equity Interests in such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary held by such Strategic Investors does not constitute Indebtedness.

“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“Initial Notes” means the $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 of the Issuer issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

“Initial Purchasers” means, with respect to the Initial Notes, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

“Interest Payment Date” means May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing, in the case of the Initial Notes, on November 15, 2010 and ending at the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 3.4(c). The acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will not be deemed to be an Investment by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third

-14-

Person, unless such third Person’s Investment was made in contemplation of the acquisition by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in which case it shall be an Investment in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 3.4(c). The outstanding amount of any Investment shall be the original cost thereof, reduced by all returns on such Investment (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal and profits on sale).

“Issue Date” means the date the Notes are first issued under this Indenture.

“Issuer” means American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

“Management Agreements” means the management, service or similar agreements pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries manages the assets and businesses of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Material Real Property” means owned real properties owned by Holdings, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors with a cost or book value (whichever is greater) in excess of $2.0 million.

“Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, the period of four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date.

“Merger Agreement” means the Contribution and Merger Agreement by and among, inter alia, C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., Holdings, C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., Pamlico Capital I, L.P. (formerly known as Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC) and certain shareholders of the Issuer named therein, dated as of March 22, 2010, as amended or modified from time to time prior to the Issue Date.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) attributable to such Person (which shall exclude, for the avoidance of doubt, the income (loss) attributable to minority interests), determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale and, in the case of an Event of Loss, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damages awarded by any judgment), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, including taxes resulting from the transfer of the proceeds of such Asset Sale to the Issuer, in each case, after taking into account:

(1) any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;

-15-

(2) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP;

(3) any reserve for adjustment in respect of any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof;

(4) any distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale; and

(5) in the event that a Restricted Subsidiary consummates an Asset Sale and makes a pro rata payment of dividends to all of its stockholders from any cash proceeds of such Asset Sale, the amount of dividends paid to any stockholder other than the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any net proceeds of an Asset Sale by a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on repatriation to the Issuer will not be considered Net Proceeds for so long as such proceeds are subject to such restrictions, provided, however, that any such contractual restrictions on repatriation were not entered into in contemplation of such Asset Sale.

“Non-Cash Charges” means (a) losses on asset sales, disposals or abandonments, (b) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down related to intangible assets, goodwill, long-lived assets, and investments in debt and equity securities pursuant to GAAP, (c) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method, (d) stock-based awards compensation expense, and (e) other non-cash charges (provided that if any non-cash charges, expenses and write-downs referred to in this clause (e) represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period).

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or (c) otherwise constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of such other Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

-16-

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing or have agreed in writing (in the agreement relating thereto or otherwise) that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Notes” means the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes, treated as a single class of securities.

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

“Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect of the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Offering Memorandum” means the confidential Offering Memorandum dated April 27, 2010, used in connection with the offering of the Initial Notes.

“Officer” means any of the following of the Issuer: the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

“Original Issue Discount Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) to be placed on any Note issued under this Indenture that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

“Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness” means Obligations with respect to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Sections 3.3 and 3.5 and under the Credit Agreement which is by its terms intended to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Liens securing the Notes; provided such Lien is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and the Credit Agreement and such Indebtedness has a stated maturity that is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary.

“Permanent Regulation S Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

“Permitted Business” means (i) any business engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, and (ii) any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date.

-17-

“Permitted Collateral Liens” means (a) in the case of Collateral other than mortgaged real property and any pledged securities, Permitted Liens, (b) in the case of mortgaged real property, “Permitted Collateral Liens” means the Liens described in clauses (1), (7), (8), (9), (10), (16), (17), (18), (25) and (28) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and (c) in the case of Collateral consisting of pledged securities, means the Liens described in clauses (10), (18), (25) and (28) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

“Permitted Holder” means the Sponsor and its Affiliates (other than portfolio companies or holding companies of other portfolio companies).

“Permitted Investments” means:

(1) (a) any Investment in the Issuer, in a Subsidiary Guarantor or in a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and (b) any loans or advances to any Restricted Subsidiary that meets the requirements of clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of “Qualified Restricted Subsidiary”;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that is engaged as its primary business in a Permitted Business, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer, or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(4) any Investment received in connection with a disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any parent of the Issuer;

(6) any Investments received in compromise, settlement or resolution of (A) obligations of trade debtors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade debtor or customer, (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations entered into to protect against fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and commodity prices;

-18-

(8) any Investment in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover business-related travel expenses, moving expenses or other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(9) Investments in receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(10) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;

(11) obligations of one or more officers or other employees of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such officer’s or employee’s acquisition of shares of Capital Stock of the Issuer or Capital Stock of Holdings (or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) so long as no cash or other assets are paid by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to such officers or employees in connection with the acquisition of any such obligations;

(12) loans or advances to and guarantees provided for the benefit of employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(13) Investments existing as of the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing as of the Issue Date (excluding any such extension, modification or renewal involving additional advances, contributions or other investments of cash or property or other increases thereof unless it is a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or payment-in-kind pursuant to the terms, as of the Issue Date, of the original Investment so extended, modified or renewed) and pursuant to any binding commitment outstanding as of the Issue Date;

(14) repurchases of the Notes;

(15) the acquisition by a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction of Equity Interests of a trust or other Person established by such Receivables Subsidiary to effect such Qualified Receivables Transaction; and any other Investment by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction customary for such transactions;

(16) Investments not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses in an amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause, not to exceed, in the aggregate at any time outstanding, the greater of (i) $20.0 million and (ii) 3.75% of Total Assets at the time of any Investment pursuant to this clause;

(17) Investments consisting of amounts potentially due from a seller of property in an acquisition that (i) relate to customary post-closing adjustments with respect to accounts receivable, accounts payable and similar items typically subject to post-closing adjustments in similar transactions and (ii) are outstanding for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days or less following the closing of such acquisition;

-19-

(18) good faith deposits in connection with any acquisition, joint venture or acquisition of assets and escrowed money in connection with Asset Sales, acquisitions or joint ventures;

(19) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acquired after the Issue Date or of a Person merged into, amalgamated with or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a transaction that is not prohibited by Article IV after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such merger, acquisition, amalgamation or consolidation;

(20) any investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Transaction or any related indebtedness; and

(21) guarantees of obligations (other than Indebtedness) incurred by Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

provided that any Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor which is made in the form of loans or advances shall be secured by substantially all assets of such Restricted Subsidiary and evidenced by an intercompany note that is pledged as part of the Collateral.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(2) Liens on property or assets of a Person, existing at the time such Person is merged with or into, consolidated with or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, and were not incurred in contemplation of, such merger, consolidation or acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into, consolidated with or acquired by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, plus renewals and extensions of such Liens on the same assets;

(3) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition, and were not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition, plus renewals and extensions of such Liens on the same assets;

(4) Liens (including deposits and pledges) to secure the performance of public or statutory obligations, progress payments, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(5) Liens to secure Purchase Money Indebtedness permitted by clause (xviii) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” covering only the assets acquired, constructed or improved with or financed by such Indebtedness;

-20-

(6) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders under the Credit Agreement), plus renewals and extensions of such Liens on the same assets;

(7) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

(8) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, materialmen’s, laborers’, employees’, suppliers’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(9) survey exceptions, title defects, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(10) Liens securing the Notes Obligations relating to Notes (and the Guarantees) issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes (and the Guarantees) issued pursuant to an Exchange Offer;

(11) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Indebtedness (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof);

(12) Liens securing Indebtedness that does not exceed $2.5 million at any one time outstanding, and Obligations in respect thereof;

(13) Liens on assets of any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary incurred under clause (xv) or (xvi) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” and Obligations in respect thereof;

(14) security for the payment of workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, other social security benefits or other insurance-related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(15) deposits or pledges in connection with bids, tenders, leases and contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(16) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, provisions, encroachments, encumbrances, protrusion permits, servitudes, covenants, conditions, waivers, restrictions on the use of property or minor irregularities of title (and with respect to leasehold interests, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of the leased property, with or without consent of the lessee), in each case, not materially interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

-21-

(17) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses to third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(18) Liens securing Hedging Obligations entered into to protect against fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and commodity prices permitted under this Indenture; provided that the holders of such Obligations (or their representative) are party to, such Liens are subject to, the Intercreditor Agreement;

(19) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards (to the extent not constituting an Event of Default) in respect of which the Issuer shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(20) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(21) Liens securing Treasury Management Obligations; provided that the holders of such Obligations (or their representative) are party to, and such Liens are subject to, the Intercreditor Agreement;

(22) any Liens arising from the precautionary filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of banking institution encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(24) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(25) Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; provided that the holders of such Indebtedness (or their representative) are party to, and such Liens are subject to, the Intercreditor Agreement;

(26) Liens created or deemed to exist by the establishment of trusts for the purpose of satisfying government reimbursement program costs and other actions or claims pertaining to the same or related matters or other medical reimbursement programs;

(27) Liens solely on any cash earned money deposits made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(28) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) permitted to be incurred pursuant to the “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” covenant if the Consolidated Adjusted Secured Debt Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be greater than 4.50 to 1.00; provided that (a) an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have executed (i) a joinder to the Intercreditor Agreement (in the form attached thereto) as a holder of Pari Passu

-22-

Lien Indebtedness or (ii) another intercreditor agreement pursuant to which such representative shall agree with the Trustee and other representatives of First Lien Obligations that the Liens securing such Indebtedness are subordinated to the Liens securing the First Lien Obligations and (b) the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness which is to be secured by a Lien permitted by this clause (28) as being Incurred at the time the Lien is Incurred and any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time; and

(29) Liens incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction (which, in the case of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Receivables Subsidiaries), shall be limited to receivables and related assets referred to in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction”).

“Permitted Payment Restriction” means, with respect to any Subsidiary, any restriction that (i) becomes effective only upon the occurrence of (x) specified events under its charter or (y) a default by such Subsidiary in the payment of principal of or interest, a bankruptcy default, a default on any financial covenant or any other material event of default, in each case on Indebtedness that was incurred by such Subsidiary in compliance with Section 3.3 and (ii) does not materially impair the Issuer’s ability to make scheduled payments of cash interest and fees and to make required principal payments on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

“Permitted Payments to Parent” means

(1) payments, directly or indirectly, to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (including C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.) to be used by Holdings (or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) to pay (x) consolidated, combined or similar Federal, state and local taxes payable by Holdings (or such parent company) and directly attributable to (or arising as a result of) the operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and (y) franchise or similar taxes and fees of Holdings (or such parent company) required to maintain Holdings’ (or such parent company’s) corporate or other existence; provided that:

(a) the amount of such dividends, distributions or advances paid shall not exceed the amount (x) that would be due with respect to a consolidated, combined or similar federal, state or local tax return for the Issuer and its Subsidiaries if the Issuer were the parent of such group for federal, state and local tax purposes plus (y) the actual amount of such franchise or similar taxes and fees of Holdings (or such parent company) required to maintain Holdings’ (or such parent company’s) corporate or other existence, each as applicable; and

(b) such payments are used by Holdings (or such parent company) for such purposes within 90 days of the receipt of such payments;

(2) payments, directly or indirectly, to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer if the proceeds thereof are used to pay general corporate and overhead expenses (including salaries and other compensation of employees) incurred in the ordinary course of its business or of the business of Holdings or such other parent company of the Issuer as a direct or indirect holding company for the Issuer or used to pay fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) relating to any unsuccessful debt or equity financing, in each case, only to the extent directly attributable to the operations of Holdings, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

-23-

(3) so long as no Default exists at the time of such payment or would result therefrom, payments, directly or indirectly, to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer if the proceeds thereof are used to pay amounts payable to the Permitted Holders to the extent permitted by Section 3.8(b)(xiii), solely to the extent such amounts are not paid directly by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that any accelerated payment of periodic management fees under the Sponsor Management Agreement (other than upon termination thereof upon an initial public offering of common stock, or change of control, of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) shall constitute a Restricted Payment (whether or not such payment is made by the Issuer directly or through a dividend or distribution to Holdings) not permitted by this clause (3) and shall be permitted only if the Issuer would be permitted to make a Restricted Payment under another exception under Section 3.4.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees, commissions, discounts and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

(2) either (a) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged or (b) all scheduled payments on or in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (other than interest payments) shall be at least 91 days following the final scheduled maturity of the Notes;

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(4) such Indebtedness is incurred

(a) by the Issuer or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(b) by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor if the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

(c) by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary if the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; and

-24-

(5) such Indebtedness is only secured if and to the extent and with the priority the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is secured.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, governmental authority or other entity.

“principal” of a Note means the principal of such Note, plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.

“Priority Payment Lien Obligations” means (i) Obligations secured by Liens permitted by clause (25) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and (ii) to the extent secured equally and ratably with the Obligations referred to in the foregoing clause (i), Obligations secured by Liens permitted by clause (18) or clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(c) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions hereof.

“Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to any calculation for any Measurement Period:

(1) Investments, acquisitions, mergers, consolidations and dispositions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by, merged or consolidated with the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during such Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date for which the calculation is being made (the “Calculation Date”) will be given pro forma effect, including giving effect to Pro Forma Cost Savings, as if they had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period;

(2) for purposes of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

(3) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such Measurement Period;

(4) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such Measurement Period; and

(5) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire Measurement Period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness).

The calculations above shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and shall take into account any Hedging Obligations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest

-25-

implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

“Pro Forma Cost Savings” means, with respect to any period, the reduction in net costs and related adjustments that were directly attributable to an acquisition, merger, consolidation or disposition that (i) occurred during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to the four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date of determination and calculated on a basis that is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect and applied as of the date hereof, (ii) were actually implemented within 12 months after the date of the acquisition, merger, consolidation or disposition and prior to the date of determination that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records of such business or (iii) the Issuer reasonably determines are probable based upon specifically identifiable actions to be taken within 12 months of the date of the acquisition, merger, consolidation or disposition and, in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), are described, as provided below, in an Officers’ Certificate, as if all such reductions in costs had been effected as of the beginning of such period. Pro Forma Cost Savings described above shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee from the chief financial officer of the Issuer that outlines the actions taken or to be taken, the net cost savings achieved or to be achieved from such actions and that, in the case of clause (iii) above, such savings have been determined to be probable.

“Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness, including Capital Lease Obligations, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of assets used in the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the cost of installation, construction or improvement thereof; provided, however, that (1) the amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed such purchase price or cost and (2) such Indebtedness shall be incurred within 90 days after such acquisition of such asset by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or such installation, construction or improvement.

“QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A).

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock.

“Qualified Proceeds” means any of the following or any combination of the following:

(1) cash or Cash Equivalents;

(2) the Fair Market Value of assets that are used or useful in the Permitted Business; and

(3) the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of any Person engaged primarily in a Permitted Business if, in connection with the receipt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of such Capital Stock, such Person becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary or such Person is merged or consolidated into the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary;

-26-

provided that (i) for purposes of Section 3.4(a)(iii), Qualified Proceeds shall not include Excluded Contributions and (ii) the amount of Qualified Proceeds shall be reduced by the amount of payments made in respect of the applicable transaction which are permitted under Section 3.8(b)(xiii)(i).

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers, or grants a security interest, to:

(1) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, which transfer may be effected through the Issuer or one or more of its Subsidiaries); and

(2) if applicable, any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary),

in each case, in any accounts receivable (including health care insurance receivables), instruments, chattel paper, general intangibles and similar assets (whether now existing or arising in the future, the “Receivables”) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts, contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Receivables, proceeds of such Receivables and any other assets, which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with receivables financings and asset securitization transactions of such type, together with any related transactions customarily entered into in receivables financings and asset securitizations, including servicing arrangements. All determinations under this Indenture as to whether a particular provision in respect of a receivables transaction is customary shall be made by the Issuer in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive).

“Qualified Restricted Subsidiary” means a majority-owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that satisfies each of the following requirements: (1) except for Permitted Payment Restrictions, there are no consensual encumbrances or restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its equity interest to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) make any loans or advances to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; (2) the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary are owned by the Issuer and/or one or more of its Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries (without giving effect to the proviso in this definition) and, if it is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, one or more of (A) Strategic Investors, (B) directors of such Restricted Subsidiary (only to the extent holding directors’ qualifying shares) and (C) any other Person to the extent ownership by such other Person is required as a result of changes in law occurring after the Issue Date; and (3) the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Permitted Business; provided that, so long as the laws or regulations of the State of New York require that membership interests in limited liability companies that own dialysis clinics in the State of New York be owned by individuals, a Restricted Subsidiary that operates one or more clinics located only in the State of New York shall be deemed a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary if (i) the requirements of clause (1) and (3) of this definition are satisfied, (ii) a majority of its Equity Interests are owned by an officer of the Issuer who is party to a written contract with the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to which the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have the right to repurchase all of such Equity Interests owned by such officer for a nominal amount, (iii) the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor receives dividends and distributions from such Restricted Subsidiary as if it owned all of the Equity Interests owned by such officer and (iv) such officer pledges such Equity Interests as part of the Collateral to the extent such Equity Interests would have been pledged if they were owned by the Issuer or a Guarantor.

-27-

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Receivables Transaction.

“Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Transaction to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

“Receivables Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Issuer which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable and in businesses related or ancillary thereto and that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary (A) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

(1) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(2) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

(3) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than accounts receivable and related assets as provided in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; and

(B) with which neither the Issuer nor any Subsidiary of the Issuer has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer, other than as may be customary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction including for fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable; and (C) with which neither the Issuer nor any Subsidiary of the Issuer has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or cause such Subsidiary to achieve certain levels of operating results other than pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

“Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means May 1 and November 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering after the Issue Date.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

-28-

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable.

“Replacement Preferred Stock” means any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to redeem, refund, refinance, replace or discharge any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Disqualified Stock); provided that such Replacement Preferred Stock (i) is issued by the Issuer or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the Issuer of the Disqualified Stock being redeemed, refunded, refinanced, replaced or discharged, (ii) does not have an initial liquidation preference in excess of the liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends on the Disqualified Stock being redeemed, refunded, refinanced, replaced or discharged and (iii) does not require redemption, repurchase or discharge at any time prior to the date on which the Disqualified Stock being redeemed, refunded, refinanced, replaced or discharged is required to be redeemed, repurchased or discharged.

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Period” means, in relation to the Initial Notes, the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (A) the day on which the Initial Notes are offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and (B) the Issue Date; and, in relation to any Additional Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unless otherwise specified, references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall refer to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Parties” means (i) the Holders, (ii) the Trustee, (iii) the Collateral Agent and (iv) any successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns of each of the foregoing.

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Security Agreement” means the security agreement by and between the Issuer and the Collateral Agent, dated as of the Issue Date, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

-29-

“Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, each mortgage and any other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to this Indenture or any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which Collateral is pledged, assigned or granted to or on behalf of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w)(1) or (2) of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. For purposes of determining whether an Event of Default has occurred, if any group of Restricted Subsidiaries as to which a particular event has occurred and is continuing at any time would be, taken as a whole, a “Significant Subsidiary” then such event shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to a Significant Subsidiary.

“Sponsor” means Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement between the Issuer and the Sponsor dated as of the Issue Date.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Strategic Investors” means physicians, hospitals, health systems, other healthcare providers, other healthcare companies and other similar strategic joint venture partners which joint venture partners are, directly or indirectly, actively involved in the day-to-day operations of providing dialysis-related services, or, in the case of physicians, that have retired therefrom, individuals who are former owners or employees of dialysis clinics purchased by the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and consulting firms that receive common stock solely as consideration for consulting services performed.

“subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date.

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Issuer.

“Subsidiary Guarantors” means the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that have executed and delivered a Guarantee of the Notes and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

-30-

“Temporary Regulation S Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereof bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend, and the Temporary Regulation S Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903.

“Temporary Regulation S Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(e).

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the Issue Date, except as provided in Section 9.6 hereof.

“Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the other related transactions described in the Offering Memorandum.

“Treasury Management Obligations” means obligations under any agreement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Make-Whole Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such Make-Whole Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Make-Whole Redemption Date to May 15, 2013; provided, however, that if the period from such Make-Whole Redemption Date to May 15, 2013 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such Make-Whole Redemption Date to May 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

“Trust Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

“Trustee” means Wilmington Trust FSB until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

-31-

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

(1) such designation complies with Section 3.4;

(2) each of (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(3) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those permitted under Section 3.8;

(4) is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(5) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

Except as described pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof, whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Issuer has complied with any covenant in this Indenture or a Default has occurred and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount shall be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable at the issuer’s option.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act.

-32-

“Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interest of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at that time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any specified Person means a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interest of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at that time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions.

Term	Defined in Section
“actual knowledge”	7.2(g)
“Additional Notes”	2.2
“Affiliate Transaction”	3.8(a)
“Agent Member”	2.1(c)
“Asset Sale Offer”	3.7
“Bankruptcy Law”	6.1
“Change of Control Offer”	3.9
“Change of Control Payment”	3.9
“Change of Control Payment Date”	3.9
“Covenant Defeasance”	8.1(b)
“Custodian”	6.1
“Defaulted Interest”	2.12
“DTC”	2.1(b)
“Event of Default”	6.1(a)
“Excess Proceeds”	3.7(c)
“Exchange Offer Filing Date”	3.2(a)
“Guarantor Obligations”	10.1
“incur”	3.3(a)
“Intercompany Loan Refinancing”	3.3(b)(xvi)
“Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer”	3.20(a)(ii)
“Make-Whole Redemption Date”	5.1(d)
“Legal Defeasance”	8.1(b)

-33-

Term	Defined in Section
“Offer Amount”	5.8
“Offer Period”	5.8
“Pari Passu Debt”	3.7(d)(ii)
“Paying Agent”	2.3
“Payment Default”	6.1(a)(v)(1)
“Permitted Debt”	3.3(b)
“Permitted Parties”	3.2(a)
“Proceeds Amount”	3.20(a)
“Purchase Date”	5.8
“Redemption Date”	5.4
“Registrar”	2.3
“Required Information”	3.2(a)
“Restricted Payments”	3.4(a)
“Special Interest Payment Date”	2.12(a)
“Special Record Date”	2.12(a)
“Successor”	4.1(a)(i)
“Successor Holdings”	4.1(c)(i)

SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) “including” means including without limitation;

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(i) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and any other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision; and

(j) any requirement to pay interest on the Notes shall include all Additional Interest required pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or Section 6.1.

-34-

SECTION 1.4. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part hereof.

The following TIA term used in this Indenture has the following meanings:

“obligor” on the Notes means each of the Issuer and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by reference to another statute or defined by the SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

ARTICLE II

The Notes

SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating.

(a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, the terms of which are incorporated in and made a part hereof. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements approved as to form by the Issuer, and required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer is subject or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(b) The Notes shall initially be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes and The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), its nominees, and their respective successors, shall act as the Depositary with respect thereto. Each Global Note (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions, and (iii) shall bear a Global Note Legend in substantially the following form:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE

-35-

DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

(c) Except as permitted by Section 2.6(g), any Note not registered under the Securities Act shall bear the following Private Placement Legend on the face thereof:

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.

-36-

(d) Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall bear an Original Issue Discount Legend in substantially the following form on the face thereof:

FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES, THIS DEBT INSTRUMENT BEARS ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. INFORMATION INCLUDING THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER UPON REQUEST TO THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF THE ISSUER AT AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC., 66 CHERRY HILL DRIVE, BEVERLY, MA 01915-1072, FACSIMILE: (978) 232-4060.

(e) The Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON-U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED (I) TO THE ISSUERS, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (III) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE.

AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE ONLY IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A AND (2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO A PERSON WHO THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, (B) TO A PERSON WHO IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, AND (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE

-37-

40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE).

Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian and the Depository may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever, including but not limited to notices and payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. Any notice to be delivered to DTC (including, but not limited to, a notice of redemption) may be delivered electronically by the Trustee in accordance with applicable procedures of DTC.

SECTION 2.2. Form of Execution and Authentication. An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature of the Trustee shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000, (ii) pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Notes from time to time for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes and (iii) subject to compliance with Sections 3.3 and 3.5, one or more series of Notes (“Additional Notes”) for original issue after the Issue Date (such Notes to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A) in an unlimited amount (and if issued with a Private Placement Legend, the same principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor upon consummation of an Exchange Offer for such Additional Notes), in each case upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, which Officers’ Certificate shall, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes, certify that such issuance is in compliance with Sections 3.3 and 3.5, together with an enforceability opinion that contains customary exceptions. In addition, each such Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the securities are to be Initial Notes, Exchange Notes or Additional Notes and the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding on the date of authentication, and shall further specify the amount of such Notes to be issued as Global Notes or Definitive Notes. Such Notes shall initially be in the form of one or more Global Notes, which (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Notes to be issued, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instruction. All Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and no series of Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer.

-38-

SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (including any co-registrar, the “Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without prior notice to any Holder of a Note. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing and the Trustee shall notify the Holders of the Notes of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Issuer may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions hereof that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.11.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes.

SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by such Paying Agent to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. If the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes all money held by it as Paying Agent.

SECTION 2.5. Lists of Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders of the Notes and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders of the Notes, including the aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by each thereof, and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes, subject to any applicable laws, only (i) if the Issuer delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that (A) the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or (B) the Depositary is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the Issuer fails to appoint a successor Depositary after the date of such notice from

-39-

the Depositary, (ii) upon request of the Trustee or Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes or (iii) if the Issuer notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes. In any such case, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing that, upon surrender by the Participants and Indirect Participants of their interests in such Global Note, certificated Notes shall be issued to each Person that such Participants, Indirect Participants and DTC jointly identify as being the beneficial owner of the related Notes. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.7 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.6 or Section 2.7 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.6. However, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.6(b), (c) or (i) below.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth in this Indenture to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with the applicable subparagraphs below.

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, no transfer of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser) unless permitted by applicable law and made in compliance with Sections 2.6(b)(ii) and (iii) below. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.6(b)(i) unless specifically stated above.

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.6(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase, or (B) (1) if Definitive Notes are at such time permitted to be issued pursuant to this Indenture, a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.6(i) below, the requirements of this Section 2.6(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes (or delivered in accordance with Applicable

-40-

Procedures). Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.6(m) below.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.6(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.6(b)(ii) above, and

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement and such Broker-Dealer complies with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(y) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(z) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (4) thereof;

-41-

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.6(a), if any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.6(m) below, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the certificate a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.6(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.6(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

-42-

(ii) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.6(a), a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and such Broker-Dealer complies with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(y) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(z) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (4) thereof,

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.6(a), if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.6(b)(ii) above, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.6(m) below, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the certificate a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.6(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct

-43-

the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.6(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(i) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement and such Broker-Dealer complies with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement; or

-44-

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(y) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(z) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.6(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Transfer and Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from an Unrestricted Definitive Note or a Restricted Definitive Note, as the case may be, to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to Section 2.6(d)(ii)(B), (d)(ii)(D) or (d)(iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes, as the case may be, so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.6(e).

(f) Transfer of Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

-45-

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including, if the Issuer so requests, a certification and/or Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.

(g) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement and such Broker-Dealer complies with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(y) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(z) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(h) Transfer of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in

-46-

the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(i) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that make the certifications in the applicable Letters of Transmittal required by Section 2(a) of the Registration Rights Agreement, and accepted for exchange in an Exchange Offer and (ii) subject to Section 2.6(a) Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in an Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Restricted Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amounts.

(j) Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

(1) Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

(2) During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may only be sold, pledged or transferred (i) to the Issuer, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S (other than a transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note) or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States; and beneficial interests in a 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable).

(3) The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:

(A) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Temporary Regulation S Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(j) hereof); and

(B) an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer.

-47-

(4) Within a reasonable period after expiration or termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in each Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note upon delivery to DTC of the certification of compliance and the transfer of applicable Notes pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the corresponding Permanent Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the corresponding Temporary Regulation S Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of a Temporary Regulation S Global Note and a Permanent Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sections 2.6, a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(k) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note (other than an Unrestricted Global Note) and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the Private Placement Legend.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.6 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(l) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear the Global Note Legend.

(m) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(n) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Issuer’s order in accordance with Section 2.2 or at the Registrar’s request.

-48-

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.10, 3.7, 3.9 and 5.7).

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits hereof, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business on a Business Day 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2.

(viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.6 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(ix) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or Indirect Participants) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(x) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

SECTION 2.7. Replacement Notes. If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon the written order of the Issuer signed by two Officers of the Issuer, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements for replacements of Notes are met. The Holder must supply indemnity or security sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee (with respect to the Trustee) and the Issuer (with respect to the Issuer) to protect the Issuer, the Trustee,

-49-

any Agent or any authenticating agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge for their fees and expenses in replacing a Note including amounts to cover any tax, assessment, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto.

Every replacement Note is an obligation of the Issuer.

SECTION 2.8. Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 3.1 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue.

Subject to Section 2.9, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

SECTION 2.9. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, any Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer actually knows to be owned by the Issuer, any Subsidiary of the Issuer, or any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as not outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Issuer, any Subsidiary of the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer pursuant to an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer until legal title to such Notes passes to the Issuer, such Subsidiary or such Affiliate, as the case may be. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall promptly furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Issuer to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above-described persons, and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall upon written order of the Issuer signed by two Officers of the Issuer authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer and the Trustee consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of the written order of the Issuer signed by two Officers of the Issuer, shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of all canceled Notes in its customary manner (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act), and upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall deliver copies of such canceled Notes to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

-50-

SECTION 2.12. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3.

Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

(a) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 12.1, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).

(b) The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (b), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such Interest Payment Date (other than an Interest Payment Date at maturity) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, then the Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next succeeding Business Day (except if that Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, then interest shall be paid on the immediately preceding Business Day). If

-51-

the maturity date of the Notes is a day that is not a Business Day, all payments to be made on such day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on the maturity date. In either of such cases, no additional interest shall be payable as a result of such delay in payment.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use). The Trustee shall not be responsible for the use of CUSIP numbers, and the Trustee makes no representation as to their correctness as printed on any Note or notice to Holders. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

SECTION 2.14. Record Date. The Record Date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of the Notes entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA § 316(c).

ARTICLE III

Covenants

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuer may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

SECTION 3.2. Reports.

(a) Prior to the Exchange Offer Filing Date. Prior to the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement (the “Exchange Offer Filing Date”): (1) Whether or not required by the SEC, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee and to Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, and the holders of Notes:

(i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, substantially all annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 10-K if the Issuer were required to file this Form (but only to the extent similar information is included in the Offering Memorandum and the financial statements included herein) and shall include a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants;

-52-

(ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (other than for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2010, which may be delivered no later than June 15, 2010), substantially all interim quarterly financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 10-Q if the Issuer were required to file this Form (but only to the extent similar information is included in the Offering Memorandum and the financial statements included herein) and shall include a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”; and

(iii) within 5 business days after the occurrence of each event that would have been required to be reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file this Form, current reports containing substantially all of the information that would be required to be filed in a Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to Sections 1, 2 and 4 and Items 3.03 (with respect to the Notes), 5.01, 5.02 and 5.03 (other than compensation information) of Form 8-K if the Issuer had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no such current report shall be required to be furnished if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to holders of the Notes or the business, assets, operations or financial positions of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(2) Notwithstanding Section 3.02(a)(1), in no event: (A) shall the Issuer be required to comply with Section 302, 404 or 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Item 301 (with respect to any period prior to January 1, 2007) or 302 of Regulation S-K or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein), in each case, as in effect on the date of this Indenture, or (B) shall any reports be required to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors, Subsidiaries whose securities are pledged to secure the Notes or acquired businesses as contemplated by Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

(3) The Issuer shall either (A) maintain a website (which may be non-public, but shall not restrict the recipients of such information from trading in securities) to which holders of Notes, prospective investors, securities analysts and market makers that, prior to the Exchange Offer Filing Date, certify that they are qualified institutional buyers (collectively, “Permitted Parties”) are given access and to which the information required by the preceding paragraphs (the “Required Information”) is posted; or (B) distribute via electronic mail the Required Information to beneficial owners of the Notes and prospective investors that certify that they are Permitted Parties who request to receive such distributions.

(b) From and After the Exchange Offer Filing Date. From and after the Exchange Offer Filing Date: (1) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee and to Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, and the holders of Notes, within the time periods that are applicable to the Issuer (or, if not applicable, would be if the Issuer were required to file such reports under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as a non-accelerated filer):

(i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, if the Issuer were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the Issuer’s consolidated financial condition and results of operation and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Issuer’s independent registered public accountants but not any assessment, attestation or audit of internal controls pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

-53-

(ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports.

(2) The Issuer shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 3.2(b) with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for a company required to file reports under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Issuer agrees that it shall not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept such filings for any reason, the Issuer shall post the reports specified in the preceding sentence on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Issuer were required to file those reports with the SEC.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (A) by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum, to the extent filed within the times specified above, or (B) by posting reports that would be required to be filed substantially in the form required by the SEC (subject to the limitations set forth above) on the Issuer’s website (or that of any of its parent companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the financial information (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation”) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum, to the extent filed within the times specified above.

(c) Before and After the Exchange Offer Filing Date. For so long as any Notes are outstanding, (1) The Issuer shall:

(i) beginning with the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2010, within 15 business days after filing with the Trustee or filing with the SEC the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to the above, hold a conference call for Permitted Parties to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

(ii) issue a press release to any U.S. nationally recognized wire service or employ other means commercially reasonably expected to reach Permitted Parties no fewer than three business days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (i) above, announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Permitted Parties to contact the appropriate person at the Issuer to obtain such information;

provided that, after an initial public offering of common stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, no separate press release or conference call shall be required to comply with the foregoing if the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer conducts customary earnings conference calls and issues press releases in connection therewith.

(2) The Issuer shall furnish to any beneficial owner of Notes or to any prospective purchaser of Notes in connection with any sale thereof, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Issuer shall also comply with the provisions of Section 314(a) of the TIA.

-54-

SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Issuer shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Issuer or any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.00 to 1.00.

(b) The provisions of Section 3.3(a) shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or the issuance of any of the following items of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(i) the incurrence by the Issuer and/or any Guarantor of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (i) not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of any incurrence under this clause (i), less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary applied since the Issue Date to repay any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility pursuant to Section 3.7, less the aggregate amount of term loans prepaid or revolving commitments reduced pursuant to Section 3.20;

(ii) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors of the Existing Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date;

(iii) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes to be issued on the Issue Date, the Guarantees of all of the Notes and the Exchange Notes, and the Exchange Notes to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(iv) (1) Acquired Debt or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of any Person that is acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or that consolidates or merges with or into a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that (i) such Acquired Debt, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock existed prior to such acquisition, consolidation or merger and was not incurred or issued in connection therewith, or in contemplation thereof; and (ii) after giving effect thereto, the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 3.3(a); or

(2) Acquired Debt or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of any Person that consolidates or merges into the Issuer or any Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that (i) such Acquired Debt, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock existed prior to such consolidation or merger and was not incurred or issued in connection therewith, or in contemplation thereof; and (ii) after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Debt, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock;

-55-

(v) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or Replacement Preferred Stock in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) or any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 3.3(a) and clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 3.3(b) and this clause (v);

(vi) the incurrence by the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary that meets the requirements of clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of “Qualified Restricted Subsidiary” of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor and any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

(1) if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Issuer or the Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor, except to the extent such subordination would violate any applicable law, rule or regulation; and

(2) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being owed to a Person other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute a new incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which new incurrence is not permitted by this clause (vi);

(vii) the issuance by any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or to any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, and

(2) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer,

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute a new issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary which new issuance is not permitted by this clause (vii);

(viii) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations for the purpose of limiting interest rate, currency or commodity risk;

(ix) the guarantee:

(1) by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Notes, then the guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

-56-

(2) (i) by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is not a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is not a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary; and

(3) by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary incurred pursuant to clause (xv) or (xvi) of this Section 3.3(b) (up to the indirect or indirect proportionate ownership interest in such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary by the Issuer);

(x) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, performance bonds, surety bonds, appeal bonds or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, so long as such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days;

(xii) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, holdback, contingency payment obligations or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xiii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xiv) the incurrence of Indebtedness resulting from endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business;

(xv) the incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock by Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount not to exceed (net of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held by any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary not included in the calculation under clause (xvi) of this Section 3.3(b), up to the amount of Indebtedness of such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary under this clause (xv)) at any time outstanding, the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of any incurrence under this clause (xv);

(xvi) if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be greater than 4.50 to 1.00, (a) the incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or Replacement Preferred Stock by Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to refinance Indebtedness owed, or Disqualified Stock issued, to the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with clause (vi) of this Section 3.3(b), or (b) the sale to any Person that is not Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness owed, or Disqualified Stock issued, by a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with clause (vi) of this Section 3.3(b)

-57-

(either clause (a) or (b), an “Intercompany Loan Refinancing”), in an aggregate principal amount under this clause (xvi) not to exceed (net of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held by any Qualified Restricted Subsidiary not included in the calculation under clause (xv) of this Section 3.3(b), up to the amount of Indebtedness of such Qualified Restricted Subsidiary under this clause (xvi)) at any time outstanding, the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, for the most recently ended of four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of any incurrence under this clause (xvi);

(xvii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of netting services, overdraft protection and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts; provided that such Indebtedness remains outstanding for ten business days or less;

(xviii) Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and refinancings thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $15.0 million;

(xix) the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value or liquidation preference, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and all Replacement Preferred Stock incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (xix), not to exceed $15.0 million;

(xx) Indebtedness in respect of promissory notes issued to Strategic Investors in connection with repurchases of Equity Interests permitted by Section 3.4(b)(vii);

(xxi) Indebtedness owed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to future, current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in Section 3.4(b)(viii);

(xxii) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiv) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, or property, casualty or liability insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(xxv) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are substantially concurrent with the incurrence thereof deposited and used to defease the Notes as provided for under Section 8.1;

-58-

(xxvi) incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Contribution Indebtedness;

(xxvii) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance or surety bonds or obligations of a similar nature issued for the account of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid, performance or surety obligations (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed);

(xxviii) Indebtedness in the form of earn-outs, contingent payments, seller notes, indemnification, incentive, non-compete, consulting or similar arrangements in connection with Permitted Investments or in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Equity Interests for the purpose of financing or in contemplation of any such acquisition; provided that (a) any amount of such obligations included on the face of the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be permitted under this clause (xxviii) and (b) in the case of a disposition, the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such obligations outstanding under this clause (xxviii) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; or

(xxix) Standard Securitization Undertakings incurred in a Qualified Receivables Transaction permitted under this Indenture.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.3, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section 3.3, the Issuer shall be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant except that Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been incurred in reliance on the exception provided by Section 3.3(b)(i). The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Issuer as accrued (other than the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles).

(d) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:

(i) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(ii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

(iii) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(1) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

-59-

(2) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer);

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer) any Equity Interests of the Issuer, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer;

(iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except (i) a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof or (ii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any such subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or payment at final maturity, in each case within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the Measurement Period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 3.3(a); and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i) and (xiv) of Section 3.4(b), but excluding all other clauses of Section 3.4(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

-60-

(b) 100% of the aggregate Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer since the Issue Date as a contribution to its equity capital (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock and Excluded Contributions) or from the issue or sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(c) an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries resulting from (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date and (B) repurchases, redemptions and repayments of such Restricted Investments and the receipt of any dividends or distributions from such Restricted Investments (other than, in each case, to the extent such Investment was made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to clause (xv) or (xviii) of Section 3.4(b) and such amounts received have been applied to increase availability under either such clause); plus

(d) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer designated as such after the Issue Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s interest in such Subsidiary immediately prior to such redesignation and (B) the aggregate amount of the Issuer’s Investments in such Subsidiary that was previously treated as a Restricted Payment (other than, in each case, to the extent such Investment was made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to clause (xv) or (xviii) of Section 3.4(b) and such amounts received have been applied to increase availability under either such clause); plus

(e) in the event the Issuer and/or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer makes any Investment in a Person that, as a result of or in connection with such Investment, becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, an amount equal to the existing Investment of the Issuer and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person that was previously treated as a Restricted Payment (other than to the extent such Investment was made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to clause (xv) or (xviii) of Section 3.4(b) and such amounts received have been applied to increase availability under either such clause).

(b) The provisions of Section 3.4(a) shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution

-61-

of equity capital to the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall be excluded from Section 3.4(a)(3)(b);

(iii) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, or from the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of equity capital to the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall be excluded from Section 3.4(a)(3)(b);

(iv) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which Disqualified Stock was issued after the Issue Date in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3;

(v) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Replacement Preferred Stock that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 3.3;

(vi) the payment of any dividend (or any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the holders of its Equity Interests, including payments to non-Affiliates on a pro rata basis;

(vii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary owned by a Strategic Investor if such repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value is made for consideration not in excess of the Fair Market Value of such Equity Interests (a) pursuant to any repurchase obligation to such Strategic Investor or (b) if no Default exists or would result therefrom;

(viii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any dividend payment or other distribution by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent holding company of the Issuer utilized for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Holdings or such other direct or indirect parent holding company held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings or such other parent holding company, in each case, pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement or benefit plan or other agreement of any kind; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year (it being understood, however, that unused amounts permitted to be paid pursuant to this proviso are available to be carried over to subsequent fiscal years but in no event shall the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests exceed $10.0 million in any year); provided further that such amount in any fiscal year may be further increased by an amount not to exceed:

(1) the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer as equity capital (other than Disqualified Stock), Equity Interests of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 3.4(a)(3)(b) (and, to the extent utilized pursuant to this clause (viii), such amount shall be excluded from Section 3.4(a)(3)(b)), and excluding Excluded Contributions, plus

-62-

(2) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, less

(3) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of this clause (viii);

and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture;

(ix) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, rights or warrants to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those options, rights or warrants;

(x) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Guarantee with any Excess Proceeds that remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer;

(xi) after the occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days after the completion of the offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to Section 3.9 (including the purchase of the Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Guarantee required pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control at a purchase or redemption price not to exceed 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest;

(xii) cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issuable as dividends on preferred stock or upon the conversion of any preferred stock or convertible debt securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xiii) Permitted Payments to Parent;

(xiv) the payment:

(1) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, which payment is used by the Person receiving such payment, following the first initial public offering of common Equity Interests by such Person,

-63-

to pay dividends of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by such Person in such public offering (or any subsequent public offering of common Equity Interests of such Person) that are contributed to the Issuer as equity capital (other than Disqualified Stock), or

(2) by the Issuer, following the first initial public offering of common Equity Interests by the Issuer, to pay dividends of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in such public offering (or any subsequent public offering of common Equity Interests by the Issuer)

(excluding, in the case of both clause (1) and clause (2), public offerings of common Equity Interests registered on Form S-8 and any other public sale to the extent the proceeds thereof are Excluded Contributions);

(xv) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(xvi) payment of fees and reimbursement of other expenses to the Permitted Holders in connection with the Transactions as described in the Offering Memorandum under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” or dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund such payments;

(xvii) all payments to be made under the Merger Agreement and all other payments made or to be made in connection with the Transactions (including payments made to C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. to permit it to make such payments) as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, including payments to stockholders, and holders of options and warrants for common stock, of the merger consideration (or, in the case of options and warrants, the merger consideration less the exercise price thereof), and all payments made to former stockholders of the Issuer who have validly exercised appraisal rights, in connection with the Transactions;

(xviii) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xviii) not to exceed the greater of (a) $15.0 million and (b) 3.0% of Total Assets at the time made; and

(xix) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation and distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and any other payments, in each case, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

provided that in the case of clause (iv), (x), (xi), (xiv) or (xviii) of this Section 3.4(b) no Default shall exist or result therefrom.

(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant shall, if the Fair Market Value thereof exceeds $15.0 million, be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee.

For purposes of determining compliance with the provisions set forth in this Section 3.4, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Restricted Payments described in Section 3.4(b), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may order and classify, and from time to time may reorder and reclassify, such Restricted Payment if it would have been permitted at the time such Restricted Payment was made and at the time of any such reclassification.

-64-

SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Liens. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind, on or with respect to the Collateral except Permitted Collateral Liens. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The restrictions in Section 3.6(a) shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(i) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(ii) this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement;

(iii) applicable law, rule, regulation or order, including any requirement of any governmental healthcare programs;

(iv) any instrument or agreement governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or any of its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person or any of its Subsidiaries, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

(v) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

-65-

(vi) customary restrictions in leases (including capital leases), security agreements or mortgages or other purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in Section 3.6(a)(iii);

(vii) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(viii) any instrument or agreement governing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained therein are not materially more restrictive (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(ix) Liens permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 3.5 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(x) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) customary provisions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials;

(xii) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xiii) contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in any manner material to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(xiv) restrictions on the transfer of property or assets required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any of their businesses;

(xv) any instrument or agreement governing Indebtedness or preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is incurred or issued subsequent to the Issue Date and not in violation of Section 3.4; provided that the Issuer’s Board of Directors determines in good faith that restrictions are not reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on the Issuer’s and/or Guarantors’ ability to make principal and interest payments on the Notes;

(xvi) customary provisions in joint venture and other similar agreements, including agreements related to the ownership and operation of dialysis clinics, relating solely to such joint venture or facilities or the Persons who own Equity Interests therein;

(xvii) any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the Indebtedness, preferred stock, Liens, agreements, contracts, licenses, leases, subleases, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iv) and (xv) of this Section 3.6(b); provided, however, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, (as determined by the Issuer in good faith) than those

-66-

restrictions contained in the Indebtedness, preferred stock, Liens, agreements, contracts, licenses, leases, subleases, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iv) and (xv) of this Section 3.6(b), as applicable prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing;

(xviii) customary provisions in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

(xix) restrictions in Management Agreements that require the payment of management fees to the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to payment of dividends or distributions.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.6, (i) the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to other Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Sales of Assets.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Issuer (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(ii) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Collateral, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has complied with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents; and

(iii) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash. For purposes of this Section 3.7(a)(iii), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(1) Cash Equivalents;

(2) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s most recent consolidated balance sheet) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to an agreement that releases the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

(3) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of receipt, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;

(4)(i) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (x) any such Designated Noncash Consideration

-67-

that is converted into Cash Equivalents shall be treated as Net Proceeds in the manner set forth below and (y) in the event such Designated Noncash Consideration is an Investment, such Designated Noncash Consideration shall reduce amounts available under clause (16) of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” as determined by the Issuer, and (ii) any Designated Noncash Consideration the Fair Market Value of which, when taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this subclause (ii) (and not subsequently converted into Cash Equivalents that are treated as Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale), does not exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 3% of Total Assets at the time of receipt since the Issue Date, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and

(5) any Capital Stock, Investments or assets permitted by clause (ii) or (iv) of Section 3.7(b).

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale the Issuer (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:

(i) to repay or prepay any (x) Priority Payment Lien Obligations; provided that if the Priority Payment Lien Obligation is revolving credit Indebtedness, the Issuer shall effect a corresponding reduction of commitments with respect thereto or (y) Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien on the assets sold whose prepayment is required by its terms upon such Asset Sale;

(ii) to (x) acquire Capital Stock of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect thereto, such Person is or becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or (y) make Investments pursuant to clause (16) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(iii) to make capital expenditures; or

(iv) to acquire assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business;

provided that (a) the requirements of clauses (ii) through (iv) of this Section 3.7(b) shall be deemed to be satisfied if an agreement (including a lease, whether a capital lease or an operating lease) committing to make the acquisitions or expenditures referred to in any of clauses (ii) through (iv) of this Section 3.7(b) is entered into by the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary within 365 days after the receipt of such Net Proceeds with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment in accordance with such agreement within 180 days of such commitment and if such Net Proceeds are not so applied within such 180-day period, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds (as defined below), and (b) the requirement of clause (ii)(x) of this Section 3.7(b) shall be deemed to be satisfied with respect to any Net Proceeds from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to the extent an amount equal to such Net Proceeds was used as described in clause (ii)(x) of this Section 3.7(b) within 365 days prior to the receipt of such Net Proceeds. In addition, to the extent that the assets that were the subject of the Asset Sale constituted Collateral, the assets acquired with the proceeds pursuant to any of clauses (ii) through (iv) of this Section 3.7(b) or acquired as consideration for such Assets Sale shall constitute Collateral.

-68-

(c) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

(d) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the third paragraph of this covenant shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, within ten business days thereof, the Issuer shall make an offer (“Asset Sale Offer”) to:

(i) in the case of Net Proceeds from Collateral, all holders of First Lien Obligations, and

(ii) in the case of any other Net Proceeds, all holders of First Lien Obligations and all holders of other Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (“Pari Passu Debt”).

(e) The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of First Lien Obligations (in the case of Net Proceeds from Collateral) or First Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Debt (in the case of any other Net Proceeds) tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes, and the representative(s) for the holders of other First Lien Obligations and/or, if applicable, Pari Passu Debt shall select such other First Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Debt to be purchased and prepaid, on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(f) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.5 million (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

-69-

(ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee (i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, together with a certified copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction or Affiliate Transactions; and (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

(b) The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 3.8(a):

(i) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto;

(ii) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iii) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that is an Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the Issuer owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(iv) payment of reasonable directors’ fees;

(v) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to Affiliates of the Issuer;

(vi) Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of Section 3.4;

(vii) payment of fees and the reimbursement of other expenses to the Permitted Holders in connection with the Transactions as described in the Offering Memorandum under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”;

(viii) loans (or cancellation of loans) or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) transactions with joint ventures, Unrestricted Subsidiaries, customers, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners (including, without limitation, physicians) or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case which are in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, pursuant to joint venture agreements) and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, and which are fair to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(x) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of their obligations, if any, or obligations of Holdings under the terms of, any subscription, registration rights or stockholders agreement, partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement

-70-

or similar agreement to which Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the entering into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement, taken as a whole, are not materially disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Issuer;

(xi) the Transactions, including all payments made or to be made in connection with the Transactions as described in the Offering Memorandum;

(xii) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and any Permitted Payments to Parent;

(xiii) (i) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor and/or any of its Affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by the majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith in an aggregate amount for all such fees for any transaction not to exceed 2.00% of the aggregate value of such transaction and (ii) fees payable pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as amended in a manner not adverse in any material respect to the holders of Notes;

(xiv) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for compensation purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(xv) any lease or sublease entered into between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Issuer, as lessor or sublessor, which is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(xvi) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;

(xvii) Existing Indebtedness and any other obligations pursuant to an agreement existing on the Issue Date as described in the Offering Memorandum, including any amendment thereto (so long as such amendment is not adverse to the holders of the Notes in any material respect);

(xviii) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view and which are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith; and

(xix) customary transactions pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transactions.

SECTION 3.9. Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in this Section 3.9.

-71-

(b) In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall offer a change of control payment (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes purchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes purchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(c) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (the “Change of Control Offer”) stating:

(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date);

(2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control;

(3) the purchase date, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); and

(4) the instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 3.9, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased.

(d) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

(e) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount at maturity of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his selection to have such Note purchased.

(f) On the Change of Control Payment Date, all Notes purchased by the Issuer under this Section 3.9 shall be delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Holders entitled thereto. With respect to any Note purchased in part, the Issuer will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal at maturity to the unpurchased portion of the original Note in the name of the holder upon cancellation of the original Note.

-72-

(g) The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(h) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Additionally, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer or purchase the Notes as described under this Section 3.9 to the extent that the Issuer has mailed a notice to exercise its right to redeem all Notes pursuant to Article V at any time prior to the time by which consummation of a Change of Control Offer is required, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(i) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 3.9, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.9 by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations.

SECTION 3.10. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.

(a) The Issuer shall cause all properties owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or used or held for use in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Issuer may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Issuer from discontinuing the maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Issuer, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) The Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Issuer, insurance with respect to its properties (including the Collateral) and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing for not less than 30 days’ prior notice to the Collateral Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance. The Collateral Agent shall be named as an additional insured on all liability insurance policies of the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries and the Trustee will be named as loss payee and mortgagee (if applicable) on all property and casualty insurance policies of each such Person.

SECTION 3.11. Additional Guarantors. If, after the Issue Date, (a) the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, create a Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), (b) any Person shall become a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not an Excluded Subsidiary (including by way of acquisition of Equity Interests of such Person by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or redesignation of any Unrestricted

-73-

Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary) or (c) the Issuer otherwise elects to have any Restricted Subsidiary become a Guarantor, then, in each such case, and, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), within 30 days of the creation of such Subsidiary or such Person becoming a Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary, the Issuer shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee Agreement and any joinders to the Security Documents and/or additional Security Documents and effect all filings and other actions, in each case, necessary to grant valid and perfected security interests in the Collateral of such Restricted Subsidiary to secure the First Lien Obligations,

(ii) deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee that such Guarantee Agreement and Security Documents (x) have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and (y) constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms, and

(iii) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates, if any, representing all of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary, together with appropriate instruments of transfer executed and in delivered in blank.

SECTION 3.12. Limitation on Line of Business.

(a) Business Activities. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(b) Activities of Holdings. Holdings may not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than (i) the issuance of its Equity Interests to its shareholders, (ii) the incurrence of Indebtedness as a guarantor of the Notes, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the Issuer under Section 3.3; provided that the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by the Issuer as primary obligor and not retained by Holdings, and (iii) activities incidental thereto. Neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall engage in any transactions with Holdings in violation of the immediately preceding sentence.

SECTION 3.13. Compliance Certificate. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010) an Officers’ Certificate stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 3.14. Statement by Officers as to Default. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the knowledge thereof if such event is still continuing, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Event of Default or any event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.1, which shall include their status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof.

SECTION 3.15. Further Assurance; After-Acquired Collateral.

(a) Upon the acquisition by the Issuer or any Guarantor after the Issue Date of (1) any after-acquired assets, including, but not limited to, any after-acquired Material Real Property or any equipment or fixtures which constitute accretions, additions or technological upgrades to the equipment

-74-

or fixtures or any working capital assets that, in any such case, form part of the Collateral, or (2) any replacement assets in compliance with Section 3.7 the Issuer or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver, (i) with regard to any Material Real Property, a mortgage and supporting documentation specified in this Indenture within 90 days of the date of acquisition, and (ii) to the extent required by the Security Documents, any information, documentation, financing statements or other certificates and Opinions of Counsel as may be necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, in such after-acquired property (other than Excluded Property (as defined in the Security Agreement)) and to have such after-acquired property added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such after-acquired property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

(b) The Issuer and the Guarantors shall, at their expense, duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further agreements, financing statements, documents and instruments, and do or cause to be done such further acts as may be necessary or proper, or which the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, to evidence, perfect, maintain and enforce the lien in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent and the priority thereof and benefits intended to be conferred as contemplated by, and to otherwise effectuate the provisions or purposes of, this Indenture and the Security Documents.

SECTION 3.16. No Layering of Debt. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or of such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantors solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior priority Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

SECTION 3.17. Distributions by Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) Except to the extent restricted pursuant to any Permitted Payment Restrictions, the Issuer shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, cause each Qualified Restricted Subsidiary to declare and pay regular monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual dividends or distributions to the holders of its Capital Stock in an amount equal to substantially all of the available cash flow of such Restricted Subsidiary for such period as determined in good faith by the board of directors, board of governors or such other individuals performing similar functions, subject to fiduciary duties applicable to such board or individual and such ordinary and customary reserves and other amounts as, in the good faith judgment of such individuals, may be necessary so that the business of such Restricted Subsidiary may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times, including amounts necessary for operations, capital expenditures, debt service and other needs.

(b) If, at any time, any Restricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements set forth in the definition of “Qualified Restricted Subsidiary,” it will thereafter cease to be a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture governing the Notes and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary

-75-

as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date pursuant to Section 3.4, the Issuer will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary not to be a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 3.4, and (2) no Default would be in existence following such designation. In the event (x) a Restricted Subsidiary fails to meet the requirements to be a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary or (y) the Board of Directors designates a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary not to be a Qualified Restricted Subsidiary, then all Investments in such Subsidiary since the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been acquired and consequently reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.6 or the amount available for Restricted Investments under clause (16) of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” as determined by the Issuer. As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries are Qualified Restricted Subsidiaries.

SECTION 3.18. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 3.4 or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Issuer. That designation shall only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted pursuant to Section 3.4. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 3.3, the Issuer will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness and Liens by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness and Liens of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness and Liens are permitted under Sections 3.3 and 3.5 and (2) such designation would not cause a Default.

SECTION 3.19. Payments for Consent. Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

-76-

SECTION 3.20. Intercompany Loan Refinancing.

(a) Subject to the following proviso, promptly following receipt of Net Proceeds from any Intercompany Loan Refinancing, the Issuer shall, to the extent thereof:

(i) prepay, or make an offer to prepay term loans that are Priority Payment Lien Obligations, and prepay such term loans to the extent the lenders thereof shall accept such offer in accordance with the terms of the applicable credit agreement, or reduce, or make an offer to reduce, the commitments under any revolving credit facility that is a Priority Payment Lien Obligation (and prepay any borrowings thereunder to the extent that the aggregate amount of credit exposures thereunder exceeds the aggregate amount of commitments) and, in the case of an offer to reduce, reduce the commitments of the lenders that accept such offer (and prepay such borrowings); and/or

(ii) make an offer to purchase the Notes at a price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase and if applicable, to make an offer to purchase or prepay to the holders of other First Lien Obligations that by their terms require the Issuer to make an offer to purchase or prepay such First Lien Obligations upon an Intercompany Loan Refinancing (the “Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer”), and to purchase or prepay such First Lien Obligations on a pro rata basis with the Notes;

provided that the Issuer is not required to prepay, reduce commitments, make offers to prepay, reduce commitments or purchase Notes pursuant to clauses (i) and/or (ii) of this Section 3.20(a) until the aggregate amount of proceeds received from one or more Intercompany Loan Refinancings (“Proceeds Amount”) exceeds $4.0 million.

(b) Pending the final application of any such proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If any such proceeds remain after consummation of the offer(s), as applicable, referred to above, the Issuer may use those proceeds for any purposes not prohibited by this Indenture and the Proceeds Amount shall be reset at zero.

(c) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to an Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

SECTION 3.21. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

-77-

ARTICLE IV

Merger; Consolidation or Sale of Assets

SECTION 4.1. When the Issuer or Holdings May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets.

(a) The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(i) either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made (collectively, the “Successor”) is a corporation or a limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

(ii) the Successor assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture and other agreements to effectuate such assumption; provided, however, that at all times, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia must be a co-issuer or the issuer of the Notes if such surviving Person is not a corporation;

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(iv) the Issuer or the Successor would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period:

(1) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 3.3(a); or

(2) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that is greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction;

(v) the Successor promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Liens of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor, together with such financing statements as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant states;

(vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel (in a customary form including customary qualifications) stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture and that such supplemental indenture, amendments, supplements or other instruments relating to the applicable Security Documents, if any, comply with this Indenture and to the effect that such amendments, supplements or other instruments are enforceable;

-78-

(vii) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor shall:

(1) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents,

(2) be subject to the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the holders of the First Lien Obligations, and

(3) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens; and

(viii) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types that would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after acquired property and the Successor shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

(b) Clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 4.1(a) shall not apply to:

(i) a merger of the Issuer with an Affiliate for the sole purpose and effect of reincorporating the Issuer in another jurisdiction;

(ii) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors; and

(iii) the consolidation or merger, or sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or part of its assets, by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

(c) Holdings shall not, directly or indirectly: (a) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Holdings is the surviving Person); or (b) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(i) either: (a) Holdings is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made (collectively, the “Successor Holdings”) is a corporation or a limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

(ii) the Successor Holdings assumes all the obligations of Holdings under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture and other agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

-79-

(iv) the Successor Holdings promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Liens of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Holdings, together with such financing statements as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant states;

(v) Holdings shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel (in a customary form including customary qualifications) stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such amendments, supplements or other instruments, if any, comply with this Indenture and that such amendments, supplements or other instruments, relating to the applicable Security Documents, if any, comply with this Indenture and to the effect that such amendments, supplements or other instruments are enforceable;

(vi) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Holdings shall:

(1) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents,

(2) be subject to the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the holders of the First Lien Obligations, and

(3) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens; and

(vii) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Holdings, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types that would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after acquired property and the Successor Holdings shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture.

ARTICLE V

Redemption of Notes

SECTION 5.1. Optional Redemption.

(a) Prior to May 15, 2013, not more than once in each twelve-month period, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption.

(b) At any time prior to May 15, 2013, the Issuer may, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 108.375% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer or a cash contribution to the equity capital of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) from the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided that:

(i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Issuer and its Affiliates) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

-80-

(ii) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

(c) On or after May 15, 2013, the Issuer may, on one or more occasions, redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed, to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Year	Percentage
2013		104.188	%
2014		102.094	%
2015 and thereafter		100.000	%

(d) Before May 15, 2013, the Issuer may, on one or more occasions, redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the date of redemption (a “Make-Whole Redemption Date”).

(e) Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest and Additional Interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

SECTION 5.2. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee of Optional and Mandatory Redemptions. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5.1, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days for Global Notes and 10 calendar days for Definitive Notes before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 5.4, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (a) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (b) the Redemption Date, (c) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (d) the redemption price. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.3.

SECTION 5.3. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis unless otherwise required by law, the Depositary or applicable stock exchange requirements; provided, however, that no Notes in an unauthorized denomination shall be redeemed in part. No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note in accordance with Section 5.7.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

-81-

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 5.4. Notice of Redemption. The Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to a date fixed for redemption (a “Redemption Date”), to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed. The Trustee may give notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided, however, that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(a) the Redemption Date,

(b) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.6, if any,

(c) if less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption,

(d) in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder shall receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

(e) that on the Redemption Date the redemption price (and accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.6) shall become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on Notes called for redemption (or the portion thereof) shall cease to accrue on and after said date,

(f) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price and accrued interest, if any,

(g) the name and address of the Paying Agent,

(h) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price,

(i) the CUSIP number, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and

(j) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

-82-

SECTION 5.5. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 5.6. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Issuer at the redemption price, together with accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes.

If a Redemption Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders whose Notes shall be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

SECTION 5.7. Notes Redeemed in Part. Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 (with, if the Issuer so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Issuer, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered, provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 5.8. Offer to Repurchase. In the event that, pursuant to Section 3.7 or 3.20, the Issuer is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase the Notes (an “Offer to Repurchase”), it shall follow the procedures specified below.

(a) The Offer to Repurchase shall remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds or Proceeds Amount, as applicable (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes, other First Lien Obligations and such other Pari Passu Debt, if any, (in each instance, on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Offer to Repurchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made pursuant to Section 3.1.

-83-

(b) If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Repurchase.

(c) Upon the commencement of an Offer to Repurchase, the Issuer shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Repurchase. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Offer to Repurchase, shall state:

(i) that the Offer to Repurchase is being made pursuant to this Section 5.8 and Section 3.7 or 3.20, as applicable, and the length of time the Offer to Repurchase shall remain open;

(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Repurchase shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Offer to Repurchase may elect to have Notes purchased in a minimum amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof only;

(vi) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Offer to Repurchase shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than on the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes, other First Lien Obligations and, if applicable, other Pari Passu Debt, if any, surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes, and the representative(s) for the holders of other First Lien Obligations and, if applicable, other Pari Passu Debt shall select such other First Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Debt to be purchased or prepaid, on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes, other First Lien Obligations and other Pari Passu Debt, if any, surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

-84-

(d) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer to Repurchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.8. The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Offer to Repurchase on the Purchase Date.

ARTICLE VI

Defaults and Remedies

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default.

(a) Each of the following is an Event of Default:

(i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to, the Notes;

(ii) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

(iii) failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions pursuant to Section 4.1;

(iv) failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Issuer by the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with any of the other agreements or covenants in this Indenture or the Security Documents;

(v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default;

(1) is caused by a failure to pay principal at the final Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

(2) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity;

-85-

and, in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more;

(vi) with respect to any judgment or decree for the payment of money (net of any amount covered by insurance issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurer that has not contested coverage or reserved rights with respect to an underlying claim) in excess of $10.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, the failure by the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary, as applicable, to pay such judgment or decree, which judgment or decree has remained outstanding for a period of 60 days after such judgment or decree became final and nonappealable without being paid, discharged, waived or stayed;

(vii) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary is declared to be unenforceable or invalid by any final and nonappealable judgment or decree or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days after receipt of the notice specified in this Indenture;

(viii) Holdings, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(1) commences a voluntary case;

(2) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in any voluntary case;

(3) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(4) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

(ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(1) is for relief against Holdings, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(2) appoints a Custodian of Holdings, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or

(3) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary;

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

(x) any written repudiation or disaffirmation by the Issuer or any Guarantor of any of its obligations under the Security Documents or the Issuer or any Guarantor asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any security interest in the Collateral is invalid and unenforceable; and

-86-

(xi) with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $3.0 million, individually or in the aggregate:

(1) the security interest under the Security Documents, at any time, ceases to be in full force and effect for any reason other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, or

(2) any security interest created thereunder or under this Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction.

The foregoing shall constitute Event of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(a)(viii) or (ix) above with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee to declare the principal of, premium and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be due and payable immediately. In the case of an Event of Default arising from Section 6.1(a)(viii) or (ix) above with respect to Holdings, the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture (including sums owed to the Trustee and Collateral Agent and their agents and counsel), the Guarantees, Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences (except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on a Note) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium or interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

-87-

SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Noteholders or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any holders of Notes unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, when due, no holder of a note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(ii) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(v) holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.6.

SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable

-88-

regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders (pursuant to the written direction of holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes) in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, the Trustee shall pay out any money or property received by it, whether pursuant to the foreclosure or other remedial provisions contained in the Security Documents or otherwise, in the following order:

First: to the Trustee and Collateral Agent for amounts due to each of them under Section 7.6 and under the Security Documents;

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee receives any amount for any Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

ARTICLE VII

Trustee

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee and Collateral Agent.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, as the case may be, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the

-89-

Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent indemnity, security or prefunding satisfactory to the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, as applicable, against any loss, liability or expense it may incur.

(b) The Collateral Agent, and except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which a responsible officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge, the Trustee:

(i) each undertake to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture, any Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement against the Trustee or the Collateral Agent; and

(ii) in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith on its part, each may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee or Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee shall not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct and the Collateral Agent shall not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this Section 7.1(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.1(b);

(ii) neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer or Trust Officers unless it is proved that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5.

(iv) The Collateral Agent shall not have any fiduciary or other implied duties of any kind or nature to any person, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(d) The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be liable for interest on any money received by either of them except as the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may agree in writing with the Issuer.

(e) Money held in trust by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

-90-

(f) No provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement shall require the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

(h) The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, security, prefunding or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee and Collateral Agent.

(a) Each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond or any other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person or Persons. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee or the Collateral Agent acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) Each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may act through its attorneys, custodians, nominees and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of or for the supervision of any agent, custodians, nominees or attorney appointed with due care.

(d) Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith (in the case of the Trustee) which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence or that the Collateral Agent’s conduct constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(e) Each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into any statement, warranty or representation, or the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond or other paper or document made or in connection with this Indenture, any other Security Document or the Intercreditor

-91-

Agreement; moreover, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into (i) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, in any other Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) the occurrence of any default, or the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Indenture, any other Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, (iii) the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (iv) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in any Security Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent or (vi) the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability with respect to any action or inaction taken by or with respect to any Sub-Collateral Agent (as defined in the Security Agreement).

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default of which a Trust Officer shall have (x) received written notification at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture or (y) obtained “actual knowledge.” “Actual knowledge” shall mean the actual fact or statement of knowing by a Trust Officer without independent investigation with respect thereto.

(h) In no event shall the Trustee or the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee or the Collateral Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, the Collateral Agent, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder and under the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

(j) The Trustee and the Collateral Agent may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

(k) Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty (A) to see to any recording, filing, or depositing of this Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any rerecording, re-filing or redepositing of any thereof, (B) to see to any insurance, or (C) to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied against, any part of the Collateral.

(l) The right of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture, any other Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement shall not be construed as a duty.

-92-

(m) The Collateral Agent shall have no duty to act, consent or request any action of the Grantors or any other Person in connection with this Indenture, any other Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement unless the Collateral Agent shall have received written direction from the Trustee, acting on behalf of the applicable Noteholders.

(n) The Trustee and the Holders each hereby designate and appoint Wilmington Trust FSB to act as the Collateral Agent under this Indenture, any other Security Document to which it is a party and the Intercreditor Agreement, and hereby authorize the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf under the provisions of this Indenture, any other Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Indenture, any other Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement.

(o) The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall each be authorized to, but shall not be responsible for, filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting any security interest in the Collateral. It is expressly agreed, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, that the Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for (i) monitoring the perfection, continuation of perfection or the sufficiency or validity of any security interest in or related to the Collateral, (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral or (iii) taking any action to protect against any diminution in value of the Collateral.

(p) The Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Indenture, any other Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement (i) if such action would, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, in good faith (which may be based on the advice or opinion of counsel), be contrary to applicable law, this Indenture, any other Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) if such action is not provided for in this Indenture, any other Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) if, in connection with the taking of any such action hereunder, under any other Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement that would constitute an exercise of remedies, it shall not first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Trustee and/or Holders against any and all risk of nonpayment, liability and expense that may be incurred by it, its agents or its counsel by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action, or (iv) if the Collateral Agent would be required to make payments on behalf of the Issuer, Holders or the Grantors, in any case pursuant to its obligations as Collateral Agent hereunder, it does not first receive from the Trustee, the Holders, the Issuer or the Grantors sufficient funds for such payment.

(q) The Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action under this Indenture, any other Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise if taking such action (i) would subject the Collateral Agent to a tax in any jurisdiction where it is not then subject to a tax, or (ii) would require the Collateral Agent to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified; provided however, that in any such event, the Collateral Agent shall provide the Issuer with prior written notice of such event and shall confer in good faith with the Issuer in order to find a reasonable solution, including, without limitation, hiring a sub-agent to perform such action.

(r) Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note hereunder, represents to each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or any other Person, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Issuer and the Guarantors. Each Holder also represents that each will, independently and without reliance upon the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or any other Person, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to

-93-

make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Indenture, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Issuer and the Guarantors. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Holders by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent hereunder, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Holder with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of the Issuer and Guarantors which may come into the possession of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or any of their officers, directors, employees, agents or attorneys-in-fact.

(s) Neither the Collateral Agent nor its respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of the Issuer, the Holders or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect the Collateral Agent’s, the Trustee’s and the Holders’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee or the Holders for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee and Collateral Agent. Subject to the TIA each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or Collateral Agent, respectively. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.9. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

SECTION 7.4. Disclaimer. Each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the Notes or the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication or for the use or application of any funds received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing of which a Trust Officer shall have received written notification at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or obtained actual knowledge of, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Collateral Agent, notice of the Default within 90 days after the Trustee obtains such notice or actual knowledge. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of Trust Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent from time to time such compensation for their services as the parties

-94-

shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders and reasonable costs of counsel, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer shall indemnify the Collateral Agent, any predecessor Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including Paying Agent, and Registrar), and each of their officers, directors, employees, counsel and agents, against any and all loss, liability or expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of their duties hereunder and under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.6), the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or otherwise). The Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Collateral Agent and the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Collateral Agent and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by (i) the Trustee as a result of its own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith or (ii) the Collateral Agent as a result of its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. The right of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.6 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Issuer.

The Issuer’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section and any lien arising hereunder shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee or Collateral Agent. When the Trustee or Collateral Agent incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(vii) or (viii) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Pursuant to Section 10.1, the obligations of the Issuer hereunder are jointly and severally guaranteed by the Guarantors.

SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee or Collateral Agent may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

-95-

If the Trustee or Collateral Agent resigns or is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or Collateral Agent for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable.

A successor Trustee or Collateral Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Collateral Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Collateral Agent shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or Collateral Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or Collateral Agent under this Indenture. The successor Trustee or Collateral Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee or Collateral Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Collateral Agent to the successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.6. All costs reasonably incurred in connection with any resignation or removal hereunder shall be borne by the Issuer.

If a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Collateral Agent resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Collateral Agent or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Issuer’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee or Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee or Successor Collateral Agent by Merger. If the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent filed annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

-96-

SECTION 7.10. Limitation on Duty of Trustee and Collateral Agent in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification.

(a) Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty as to any Collateral in their possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for monitoring or filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in their possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which they accord similar property held for the benefit of third parties and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent in good faith.

Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement by the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any other Person.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

SECTION 7.12. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. Within 60 days after each May 1, beginning with May 1, 2011, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which any Notes are listed. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

ARTICLE VIII

Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.

(a) Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture and the Security Documents and related Liens will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when:

(i) either:

(1) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

-97-

(2) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

(iii) the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture including without limitation, any accrued and unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (and their respective agents and counsels); and

(iv) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to sub-clause (2) of clause (i) of this Section 8.1(a), the provisions of Sections 12.3 and 8.4 shall survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 8.1(a) shall be deemed to discharge any provisions of this Indenture, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(b) Legal Defeasance. The Issuer may at any time, subjection to Section 8.2, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Guarantees (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:

(i) the rights of holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(ii) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and Collateral Agent, and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

-98-

(iv) this Article VIII.

Upon the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes shall not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. The Issuer may exercise the Legal Defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of the Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Section 8.1(c).

(c) Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may at its option and at any time, subject to Section 8.2, elect to have the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors released (“Covenant Defeasance”) from the Security Documents (whereupon the Collateral shall be automatically released) and Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.15, 3.16, 3.17, 3.18, 3.19, 3.20, 3.21 and 4.1(a)(iv), (v), (vii) and (viii) and (b)(iv) of this Indenture and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, Section 6.1(a)(iii) (only with respect to Section 4.1(a)(iv), (v), (vii) and (viii) and (b)(iv) only), Sections 6.1(a)(viii) through (ix) (to the extent relating to a Significant Subsidiary) and Sections 6.1(a)(v), (vi), (vii), (x) and (xi) will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance. The Issuer may exercise its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option only if:

(i) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest), in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular Redemption Date;

(ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(iv) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

-99-

(v) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or others; and

(vi) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Notes at a future date in accordance with Article V.

SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes.

SECTION 8.4. Repayment to Issuer. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon Company Order any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article VIII which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, provided that the Trustee shall not be required to liquidate any U.S. Government Obligations in order to comply with the provisions of this Section 8.4.

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors.

SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Issuer and each Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Security Documents shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if the Issuer or the Guarantors has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

-100-

ARTICLE IX

Amendments

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders. Notwithstanding Section 9.2 hereof, this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement may be amended by the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent without notice to or consent of any Holder:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(iii) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to holders of Notes and Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(iv) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such holder;

(v) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(vi) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum;

(vii) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

(viii) to add to the Collateral securing the Notes, to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with this Indenture;

(ix) to release Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents where permitted by this Indenture and by the Security Documents; or

(x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment of a successor trustee or a successor collateral agent with respect to the Collateral in favor of the holders of Notes, in accordance with this Indenture and the Security Documents.

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders.

(a) This Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that such amendments may not, without the consent

-101-

of the holders of 75% in principal amount of the Notes outstanding, release all or substantially all of the Collateral other than in accordance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents. However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment or waiver may:

(i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the optional redemption of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.1 (other than provisions relating to the notice period for consummating an optional redemption of the Notes);

(iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(v) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(vi) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes;

(vii) make the Notes or the Guarantees subordinated in right of payment to any other obligations or subordinate the Lien securing the Notes Obligations to any other obligations;

(viii) release Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture, except as permitted by this Indenture;

(ix) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions; or

(x) after the obligation to make an Asset Sale Offer, Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer or Change of Control Offer, as applicable, arises, amend, change or modify the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with Section 3.7, obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate an Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer with respect to any Intercompany Loan Refinancing in accordance with Section 3.20 or obligation of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.9 including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto.

(b) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(c) After an amendment under this Indenture, the Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders of the Notes, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.2.

-102-

SECTION 9.3. Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder unless it makes a change described in clauses (i) through (x) of Section 9.2(a), in which case the amendment or waiver or other action shall bind each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Notes. An amendment or waiver made pursuant to Section 9.2 shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents.

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.

SECTION 9.4. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

SECTION 9.5. Trustee and Collateral Agent To Sign Amendments. The Trustee and Collateral Agent shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not, in the sole determination of the Trustee or Collateral Agent, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or Collateral Agent. If it does, the Trustee or Collateral Agent may but need not sign it. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver pursuant to this Article IX, the Trustee or Collateral Agent shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by or complies with this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, that all conditions precedent to such amendment required by this Indenture have been complied with and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required for the Trustee or Collateral Agent to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture.

SECTION 9.6. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture and the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

-103-

ARTICLE X

Guarantees

SECTION 10.1. Guarantees.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.6) and the Security Documents (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guarantor Obligations”). Each Guarantor agrees (to the extent lawful) that the Guarantor Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guarantor Obligation.

(b) Each Guarantor waives (to the extent lawful) presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guarantor Obligations and also waives (to the extent lawful) notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives (to the extent lawful) notice of any default under the Notes or the Guarantor Obligations.

(c) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guarantor Obligations.

(d) Except as set forth in Section 10.2 and Article VIII, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guarantor Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not (to the extent lawful) be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guarantor Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not (to the extent lawful) be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Collateral Agent for the Guarantor Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership of the Issuer; (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guarantor Obligations; or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(e) Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guarantor Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 4.1, Section 10.2 and Article VIII. Each Guarantor further agrees that its

-104-

Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Guarantor Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

(f) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any of the Guarantor Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Trustee or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding).

(g) Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guarantor Obligations, such Guarantor Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

(h) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

(i) Neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof and any such notation shall not be a condition to the validity of any Guarantee.

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge.

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b) A Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and each Subsidiary Guarantor and its obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture shall be released and discharged:

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the provisions of this Indenture;

-105-

(2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Issuer or a Guarantor after which the Guarantor whose Capital Stock is sold or otherwise disposed of is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the provisions of this Indenture;

(3) if the Issuer designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(4) upon payment in full, legal defeasance, covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Section 8.1; or

(5) upon such Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary in a transaction not prohibited by this Indenture.

(c) If any Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its Guarantee, any of its Subsidiaries that are Guarantors will be released from their Guarantors, if any, and it and any of its Subsidiaries will be released from their obligations under the Security Documents.

(d) In the case of this Section 10.2(b), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(e) The release of a Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee and its obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.2 shall not preclude the future applications of Section 3.11 to such Person.

SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Issuer or any other Subsidiary Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuer or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guarantor Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuer or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuer on account of the Guarantor Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guarantor Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guarantor Obligations.

-106-

SECTION 10.5. Limitations on Merger. A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, unless:

(1) the Person (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor) acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person (if other than the Issuer of a Subsidiary Guarantor) formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under its Guarantee, this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture and other agreements to effectuate such assumption; or

(2) such transaction does not violate the provisions of this Indenture and the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with Section 3.7; and

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

ARTICLE XI

Collateral and Security

SECTION 11.1. The Collateral.

(a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the Guarantees thereof when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, interest on the overdue principal of and interest (to the extent lawful), if any, on the Notes and the Guarantees thereof and performance of all other obligations under this Indenture, including, without limitation, the obligations of the Issuer set forth in Section 7.6 and Section 8.6 herein, and the Notes and the Guarantees thereof and the Security Documents, shall be secured by Liens as provided in the Security Documents which the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, have entered into simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture and shall be secured by all Security Documents hereafter delivered as required or permitted by this Indenture.

(b) The Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree that the Collateral Agent shall hold the Collateral for the benefit of all of the Holders, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, and the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

(c) Each Holder, by its acceptance of any Notes and the Guarantees thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure) and the Intercreditor Agreement, as the same may be in effect or as may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

(d) The Trustee and each Holder, by accepting the Notes and the Guarantees thereof, acknowledges that, as more fully set forth in the Security Documents, the Collateral as now or hereafter constituted shall be held for the benefit of all the Holders and the Trustee, and that the Lien of this Indenture

-107-

and the Security Documents in respect of the Trustee and the Holders is subject to and qualified and limited in all respects by the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and actions that may be taken thereunder. The Issuer shall, and shall cause the Guarantors to, and each Guarantor shall, make all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to financing statements that may be necessary to continue the effectiveness of such financing statements) or recordings and take all other actions as are necessary or required by the Security Documents to maintain (at the sole cost and expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries) the security interest created by the Security Documents in the Collateral (other than with respect to any Collateral the security interest in which is not required to be perfected under the Security Documents) as a perfected first priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens.

SECTION 11.2. [Reserved].

SECTION 11.3. Release of Liens on the Collateral.

(a) The Liens on the Collateral shall automatically and without any need for any further action by any Person be released:

(i) in whole or in part, as applicable, as to all or any portion of property subject to such Liens which has been taken by eminent domain, condemnation or other similar circumstances;

(ii) in whole upon:

(1) satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as set forth in Section 8.1(a); or

(2) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of this Indenture as set forth in Section 8.1(b) and (c);

(iii) in part, as to any property that (a) is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Issuer or any Guarantor (other than to the Issuer or another Guarantor) in a transaction not prohibited by this Indenture at the time of such sale, transfer or disposition or (b) is owned or at any time acquired by a Guarantor that has been released from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, concurrently with the release of such Guarantee (including in connection with the designation of a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary);

(iv) as set forth in Section 9.2(a), as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral, with the consent of holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding (or, in the case of a release of all or substantially all of the Collateral, with the consent of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding), including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes; and

(v) in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) The release of any Collateral from the terms of the Security Documents shall not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent such Collateral is released pursuant to this Indenture or upon termination of this Indenture. The Trustee and each of the Holders each acknowledge that a release of Collateral or a Lien in accordance with the terms of any Collateral Document and this Article XI shall not be deemed for any purpose to be an impairment of the Lien on the Collateral in contravention of the terms of this Indenture.

-108-

(c) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, as and when requested by the Issuer or any Guarantor in writing, the Trustee shall instruct the Collateral Agent to authorize the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statement amendments or releases (which shall be prepared by the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor and shall be attached to such request as an exhibit) solely to the extent necessary to delete or release Liens on property or assets not required to be subject to a Lien under the Security Documents from the description of assets in any previously filed financing statements. If requested in writing by the Issuer or any Guarantor, the Trustee shall instruct the Collateral Agent to execute such documents, instruments or statements reasonably requested of it (which shall be prepared by the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor and shall be attached to such request as an exhibit) and to take such other action as the Issuer may request to evidence or confirm that such property or assets not required to be subject to a Lien under the Security Documents described in the immediately preceding sentence has been released from the Liens of each of the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver such documents, instruments and statements promptly upon receipt of such instructions from the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee.

(d) In no event shall the Trustee or Collateral Agent be obligated to execute or deliver any document evidencing any release or reconveyance without receipt of an Opinion of Counsel and Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such release complies with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, and conforming to the requirements of Section 12.2 and Section 12.3 hereof. To the extent applicable, the Issuer shall cause TIA § 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA § 314(d), relating to the release of property or securities from the lien and security interest of this Indenture and relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the lien and security interest of this Indenture, to be complied with.

SECTION 11.4. Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents.

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other provisions of this Indenture, each of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to (i) enforce any of its rights or any of the rights of the Holders under the Security Documents and (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Collateral in respect of the obligations of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder and thereunder. Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall have the power (but not the obligation) to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interest and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee).

(b) The Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission

-109-

to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee or gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Collateral Agent, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Issuer to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. The Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for recording, filing, re-recording or refiling any financing statement, continuation statement, document, instrument or other notice in any public office at any time or times or to otherwise take any action to perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest granted to it under the Security Documents or otherwise.

(c) Where any provision of the Security Documents requires that additional property or assets be added to the Collateral, the Issuer shall, or shall cause the applicable Subsidiary Guarantors to, take any and all actions reasonably required to cause such additional property or assets to be added to the Collateral and to create and maintain a valid and enforceable perfected first-priority security interest on a pari passu basis with the Liens securing any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness in such property or assets (subject to Permitted Liens) in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders, in each case in accordance with and to the extent required under the Security Documents.

(d) The Trustee or the Collateral Agent, in taking any action under the Security Documents, shall be entitled to receive, if requested, as a condition to take any action, an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such action does not violate this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement and the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be fully protected relying thereon.

(e) In acting under the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall have all the protections, rights, indemnities and immunities given to them under this Indenture.

SECTION 11.5. Recording, Registration and Opinions.

(a) The Issuer shall comply with the provisions of TIA Sections 314(b) and 314(d), in each case following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the TIA, except to the extent that it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that such actions are not required, as set forth in any SEC regulation or interpretation or guidance (including any no-action letter or exemptive order issued by the Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Issuer or any other Person). Following such qualification, to the extent the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to TIA § 314(b)(2), the Issuer shall furnish such opinion not more than 60 but not less than 30 days prior to each May 1.

(b) Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 11.3 shall be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any person that is required to deliver any certificate or opinion pursuant to Section 314(d) of the TIA shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. The Trustee shall accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such certificate or opinion.

(c) If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Indenture or any Security Document, the Issuer shall determine whether it has delivered all documentation required by TIA Section 314(d) in connection with such release.

-110-

ARTICLE XII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 12.1. Notices. Notices given by publication shall be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made, and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed given five calendar days after mailing. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person, by facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

if to the Issuer or any Guarantor:

American Renal Holdings Inc.

66 Cherry Hill Drive

Beverly, MA 01915-1072

Facsimile:  (978) 232-4060

Attention:  Michael Costa

if to the Trustee or Collateral Agent:

Wilmington Trust FSB

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Facsimile:  (612) 217-5651

Attention:  American Renal Holdings Administrator

The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed or delivered to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

Each of the Trustee and Collateral Agent agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee or Collateral Agent e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee or Collateral Agent in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s or Collateral Agent’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s or Collateral Agent’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee or Collateral Agent, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee or Collateral Agent acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

-111-

SECTION 12.2. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture (except in connection with the original issuance of Notes on the date hereof), the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

(i) an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with;

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with; and

(iii) if required by the TIA, an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable requirements therein.

SECTION 12.3. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and also shall include:

(i) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officers’ Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

SECTION 12.4. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. Upon the reasonable request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee promptly one or more Officer’s Certificates listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Issuer to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above-described persons, and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

-112-

SECTION 12.5. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 12.6. Days Other than Business Days. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular Record Date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall not be affected.

SECTION 12.7. Governing Law. This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 12.8. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 12.9. No Recourse Against Others. An incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

SECTION 12.10. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee and Collateral Agent in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 12.11. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

SECTION 12.12. Variable Provisions. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar and custodian with respect to any Global Notes.

SECTION 12.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 12.14. Direction by Holders to Enter into Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. By accepting a Note, each Holder is deemed to have authorized and directed the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to enter into the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 12.15. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee or the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer

-113-

(software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

SECTION 12.16. USA Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act the Trustee and the Trust Officers, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they shall provide the Trustee and the Trust Officers with such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

SECTION 12.17. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 12.18. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. Holders of the Notes may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders of Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

[Signature Pages Follow]

-114-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
	By:	AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC
AKC HOLDING LLC JKC HOLDING LLC ARA-BOCA RATON HOLDING LLC
ARA-RHODE ISLAND DIALYSIS II LLC ARA-OHIO HOLDINGS LLC TEXAS-ARA LLC
ACUTE DIALYSIS SERVICES-ARA LLC
	By:	AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS L.P.
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS II, L.P.
	By:	TEXAS-ARA LLC

[Signature Page to Indenture]

By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
	C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President

[Signature Page to Indenture]

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Trustee
By:	/s/ Jane Schweiger
	Name:	Jane Schweiger
	Title:	Vice President
WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Collateral Agent
By:	/s/ Jane Schweiger
	Name:	Jane Schweiger
	Title:	Vice President

[Signature Page to Indenture]

EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

Global Note Legend, if applicable

Private Placement Legend, if applicable

Original Issue Discount Legend, if applicable

Temporary Regulation S Legend, if applicable

A-1

No. [    ]	Principal Amount $[                                         ],
	as revised by the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto

CUSIP NO.                             

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.

8.375% Senior Secured Note due 2018

American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [                                        ], or registered assigns, the initial principal amount set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, as revised by the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, on May 15, 2018.

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15.

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1.

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

A-2

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:
	Name:
	Title:

A-3

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
WILMINGTON TRUST FSB as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
By:
	Authorized Signatory	Date:

A-4

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

8.375% Senior Secured Note due 2018

1. Interest

American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, with the first interest payment to be made on November 15, 2010.¹ Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from May 7, 2010.² The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at 2% per annum in excess of the above rate and shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at such higher rate to the extent lawful.

2. Method of Payment

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Issuer shall pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 and November 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date unless Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wilmington Trust FSB, duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America and having a corporate trust office at 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544, Attention: American Renal Holdings Administrator (“Trustee”), shall act as Paying

¹ With respect to the Initial Notes.

² With respect to the Initial Notes.

A-5

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 7, 2010 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Securities Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 issued under the Indenture on May 7, 2010 (herein called “Initial Notes”), (ii) pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Notes from time to time for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes and (iii) if and when issued, additional 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 of the Issuer that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to May 7, 2010 (herein called “Additional Notes”). The Indenture contains the terms and restrictions set forth in the Indenture or made a part of the Indenture pursuant to the requirements of the TIA. The Indenture, among other things, imposes certain covenants with respect to the following matters: the Incurrence of Indebtedness by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the payment of dividends and other distributions on the Capital Stock of the Issuer, the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Issuer, the sale or transfer of assets and Capital Stock of Subsidiaries, the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, the incurrence of certain Liens, future Subsidiary Guarantors, the business activities and investments of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and transactions with Affiliates. In addition, the Indenture limits the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into agreements that restrict distributions and dividends from Subsidiaries. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information. The Indenture also contains certain exceptions to the foregoing, and this description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Indenture.

5. Guarantee

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors have unconditionally Guaranteed (and future guarantors shall unconditionally Guarantee), jointly and severally, such obligations on a senior, secured basis on a pari passu basis with the Liens securing any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

6. Security

The Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and Additional Notes, if any, are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture and shall be secured by first-priority Liens and security interests, subject to Permitted Liens, in the Collateral on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the

A-6

Security Documents. The Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the Security Documents. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms, the Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.

7. Redemption

(a) Prior to May 15, 2013, not more than once in each twelve-month period, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption.

(b) At any time prior to May 15, 2013, the Issuer may, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 108.375% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer or a cash contribution to the equity capital of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) from the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided that:

(i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Issuer and its Affiliates) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(ii) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

(c) On or after May 15, 2013, the Issuer may, on one or more occasions, redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed, to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Year	Percentage
2013		104.188	%
2014		102.094	%
2015 and thereafter		100.000	%

(d) Before May 15, 2013, the Issuer may, on one or more occasions, redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the date of redemption (a “Make-Whole Redemption Date”).

(e) Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest and Additional Interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

A-7

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Article V of the Indenture.

[8. Registration Rights Agreement.

The Notes are entitled to the benefit of the Registration Rights Agreement.]³

9. Change of Control; Asset Sales

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes under Section 5.1 of the Indenture, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no Note may be tendered in part if the remaining principal amount would be less than $2,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

(b) In the event of an Asset Sale Offer or Intercompany Loan Refinancing that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to Section 3.7(d) or 3.20 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall be required to make an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes in accordance with Section 3.7(d), 3.20 and 5.8 of the Indenture at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on any Record Date to receive payments of interest on the related Interest Payment Date). Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase shall receive an Asset Sale Offer or Intercompany Loan Refinancing Offer, as applicable, from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Note purchased pursuant to such offer by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” attached hereto, or transferring its interest in such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days before the Purchase Date.

10. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period beginning 15 Business Days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date.

11. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

³ To be included in Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend.

A-8

12. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment.

13. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

14. Amendment, Waiver

The Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents may be amended or waived as set forth in Article IX of the Indenture.

15. Defaults and Remedies

Events of Default shall be as set forth in Article VI of the Indenture.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes then outstanding may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer are Events of Default which shall result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless each receives indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

16. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

17. No Recourse Against Others

A director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

A-9

18. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

19. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

20. CUSIP Numbers

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Note Identification Procedures the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

21. Successor Entity

When a successor entity assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default or Event of Default exists and all other conditions of the Indenture are satisfied, the predecessor entity shall be released from those obligations.

22. Governing Law

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to:

American Renal Holdings Inc.

66 Cherry Hill Drive

Beverly, MA 01915-1072

Facsimile: (978) 232-4060

Attention: General Counsel

A-10

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: Your Signature:

Signature Guarantee:
	(Signature must be guaranteed)

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

A-11

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The initial principal amount of the Note shall be $ [                                         ]. The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

Date of Exchange Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note Principal Amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease or
increase Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

A-12

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.7, 3.9 or 3.20 of the Indenture, check the box:

¨	¨	¨
3.7	3.9	3.20

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.7, 3.9 or 3.20 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): $

Date:	Your Signature:
		(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

Signature Guarantee:
	(Signature must be guaranteed)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

A-13

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

American Renal Holdings Inc.

66 Cherry Hill Drive

Beverly, MA 01915-1072

Facsimile: (978) 232-4060

Attention: Michael Costa

Wilmington Trust FSB

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651

Attention: American Renal Holdings Administrator

Re: 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among American Renal Holdings Inc., as Issuer (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust FSB, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                          (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1.	¨	Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
2.	¨	Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act

B-1

		and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
3.	¨	Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
		(a)	¨	such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
				or
		(b)	¨	or such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;
				or
		(c)	¨	such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
4.	¨	Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.
		(a)	¨	Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject

B-2

		to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(b)	¨	Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(c)	¨	Check if Transfer is pursuant to other exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Dated:                     

B-3

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
	(a)	¨	a beneficial interest in the:
		(i)	¨	144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or
		(ii)	¨	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ])), or
	(b)	¨	a Restricted Definitive Note.
2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
	(a)	¨	a beneficial interest in the:
		(i)	¨	144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or
		(ii)	¨	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or
		(iii)	¨	Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or
	(b)	¨	a Restricted Definitive Note; or
	(c)	¨	an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
	in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

American Renal Holdings Inc.

66 Cherry Hill Drive

Beverly, MA 01915-1072

Facsimile: (978) 232-4060

Attention: Michael Costa

Wilmington Trust FSB

[                                 ]

[                                 ]

Facsimile:   [                             ]

Attention:   [                             ]

Re: 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

(CUSIP [            ])

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among American Renal Holdings Inc., as Issuer (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee and collateral agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                              (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1.         Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.

(a)        ¨         Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b)        ¨         Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture

C-1

and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c)        ¨        Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d)        ¨         Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2.        Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.

(a)        ¨         Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b)        ¨         Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]      144A Global Note,      Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-2

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

		[Insert Name of Transferor]
	By:
		Name:
		Title:
Dated:

C-3

EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF GUARANTY]

Pursuant to the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of May 7, 2010 among American Renal Holdings Inc. (“Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto (each a “Guarantor” and collectively the “Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and as collateral agent, each Guarantor, subject to the provisions of Article X of the Indenture, hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees on a pari passu basis with the Liens securing any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes (including without limitation interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.6 of the Indenture) and the Security Documents (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guarantor Obligations”). Each Guarantor agrees (to the extent lawful) that the Guarantor Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Guaranty notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guarantor Obligation.

The Guarantor Obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the Guaranty and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guaranty.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty.

[Name of Guarantor]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

D-1

EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

American Renal Holdings Inc.,

Guarantors Party Hereto

and

Banc of America Securities LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC,

as Representatives of the several Initial Purchasers

Dated as of May 7, 2010

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 7, 2010, by and among American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the guarantors party hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as Representatives of the several initial purchasers (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers” named on Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company’s 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Initial Notes”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). The Initial Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “Initial Securities.”

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated April 27, 2010 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Initial Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Securities, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Interest Payment Date: With respect to the Initial Securities, each Interest Payment Date.

Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies located in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed.

Closing Date: The date of this Agreement.

Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Offer: The registration by the Company under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Company offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

Exchange Securities: The 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018, of the same series under the Indenture as the Initial Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2010, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Purchaser: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Initial Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Company of the Initial Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

Initial Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Indenture and the Securities.

Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.

Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

-2-

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial Security, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Security is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Initial Security is distributed to the public by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein).

Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement.

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.

(b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.

SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer.

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later than 180 days after the Closing Date (or if such 180th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer, (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than 210 days after the Closing Date (or if such 210th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), (iii) in connection with the

-3-

foregoing, file (A) all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Initial Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof.

(b) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event later than 240 days after the Closing Date (or if such 240th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

(c) The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Initial Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement.

Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the

-4-

requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities.

The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.

SECTION 4. Shelf Registration.

(a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated within 240 days after the Closing Date (or if such 240th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), or (iii) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Securities acquired directly from the Company or one of its affiliates, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall

(x) use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) as soon as practicable but in any event on or prior to 240 days after the Closing Date (or if such 240th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (such date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and

(y) use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before the 30th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline (or if such 30th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at least two years following the effective date of such Shelf

-5-

Registration Statement (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Initial Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement).

(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.

SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If (i) any of the Registration Statements required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such filing in this Agreement, (ii) any of such Registration Statements has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the “Effectiveness Target Date”), (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated within 240 days after the Closing Date or (iv) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself immediately declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 180-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.50% per annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Transfer Restricted Securities, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full.

-6-

SECTION 6. Registration Procedures.

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions:

(i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Initial Securities. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such submission.

(ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company.

(b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto each of the Company and the Guarantors will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.

-7-

(c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Initial Securities by Broker-Dealers), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(i) use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its reasonable best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

(iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding

-8-

for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;

(iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an Initial Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission;

(v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Company’s and the Guarantors’ representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request;

(vi) make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the managing underwriter(s), if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent reasonably requested by the managing underwriter(s), if any;

-9-

(vii) if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(viii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any;

(ix) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);

(x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

(xi) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(A) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriter(s) in primary underwritten offerings, upon the date of the Consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:

(1) a certificate, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request;

-10-

(2) an opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, covering the matters set forth in Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matter as such parties may reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company and the Guarantors, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company and the Guarantors, representatives of the underwriter(s), if any, and counsel to the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and have considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the applicable Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, and, in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date and, in the case of the opinion dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and

(3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the Company’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily

-11-

requested to be covered in comfort letters by underwriter(s) in connection with primary underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Purchase Agreement, without exception;

(B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and

(C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with Section 6(c)(xi)(A) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6(c)(xi), if any.

If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contemplated in Section 6(c)(xi)(A)(1) hereof cease to be true and correct, the Company or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;

(xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that none of the Company or the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(xiii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation;

(xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s);

-12-

(xv) use its best efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof;

(xvi) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading;

(xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

(xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA;

(xix) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriter(s) in a firm commitment or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriter(s) in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement;

(xx) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use its best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xxi) cause all Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities or the managing underwriter(s), if any; and

-13-

(xxii) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act.

Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Company’s option to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5 hereof.

SECTION 7. Registration Expenses.

(a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).

-14-

Each of the Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.

SECTION 8. Indemnification.

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or any of the Guarantors may otherwise have.

In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or the Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any of the Company or the Guarantors of its obligations pursuant to this

-15-

Agreement. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Company and the Guarantors (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Company and the Guarantors shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The Company and the Guarantors shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and each of the Company and the Guarantors agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding.

(b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and the respective directors and officers of the Company and the Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company, the Guarantors or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Company and the Guarantors, and the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph.

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds to the Company and the Guarantors

-16-

from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments actions or expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.

The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount received by such Holder with respect to the Initial Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint.

SECTION 9. Rule 144A and Rule 144. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding and (a) during any period in which the Company or such Guarantor is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and (b) during any period in which the Company or such Guarantor is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make all filings required thereby in a timely manner in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144.

-17-

SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

SECTION 11. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

SECTION 12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Remedies. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Company and the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

(c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.

(d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer

-18-

and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.

(e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and

(ii) if to the Company:

American Renal Holdings Inc.

66 Cherry Hill Drive

Beverly, MA 01915-1072

Telecopier No.: (978) 232-4060

Attention: Michael Costa

With copies to:

Centerbridge Partners LP

375 Park Avenue, 12^th Floor

New York, NY 10152

Telecopier No.: (212) 672-5001

Attention: Jared S. Hendricks

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Telecopier No.: (212) 455-2502

Attention: Stephan J. Feder

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.

-19-

(f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder.

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

(j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

(k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

-20-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
	By:	AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC
AKC HOLDING LLC
JKC HOLDING LLC
ARA-BOCA RATON HOLDING LLC
ARA-RHODE ISLAND DIALYSIS II LLC
ARA-OHIO HOLDINGS LLC
TEXAS-ARA LLC
ACUTE DIALYSIS SERVICES-ARA LLC
	By:	AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS L.P.
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS II, L.P.
	By:	TEXAS-ARA LLC
By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer

-21-

C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President

The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
By:	/s/ John M. Rote
	Name:	John M. Rote
	Title:	Managing Director
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
By:	/s/ Chris McCoy
	Name:	Chris McCoy
	Title:	Director
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
By:	/s/ John Skrobe
	Name:	John Skrobe
	Title:	Managing Director

-22-

EX-4.4

Exhibit 4.4

EXECUTION

SECURITY AGREEMENT

By

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.,

as Issuer

and

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

and

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,

as Collateral Agent

Dated as of May 7, 2010

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PREAMBLE			1
RECITALS			1
AGREEMENT			2
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
SECTION 1.1.	Definitions		2
SECTION 1.2.	Construction		9
ARTICLE II
GRANT OF SECURITY AND OBLIGATIONS
SECTION 2.1.	Grant of Security Interest		9
SECTION 2.2.	Filings		10
ARTICLE III
PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;
USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL
SECTION 3.1.	Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral		11
SECTION 3.2.	Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral		12
SECTION 3.3.	Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest		12
SECTION 3.4.	Other Actions		12
SECTION 3.5.	Joinder of Additional Guarantors		15
SECTION 3.6.	Supplements; Further Assurances		15
SECTION 3.7.	Information Regarding Collateral		16
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
SECTION 4.1.	Title		17
SECTION 4.2.	Validity of Security Interest		17
SECTION 4.3.	Defense of Claims; Transferability of Pledged Collateral		17
SECTION 4.4.	Other Financing Statements		17
SECTION 4.5.	Location of Inventory and Equipment		18

-i-

		Page
SECTION 4.6.	Due Authorization and Issuance		18
SECTION 4.7.	Consents, etc.		18
SECTION 4.8.	Pledged Collateral		18
SECTION 4.9.	Insurance		18
ARTICLE V
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL
SECTION 5.1.	Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral		18
SECTION 5.2.	Voting Rights; Distributions; etc.		19
SECTION 5.3.	Certain Agreements of Pledgors as Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests		20
ARTICLE VI
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY COLLATERAL
SECTION 6.1.	Grant of Intellectual Property License		21
SECTION 6.2.	Protection of Collateral Agent’s Security		21
SECTION 6.3.	After-Acquired Property		22
SECTION 6.4.	Litigation		22
SECTION 6.5.	Permitted Disposal of Intellectual Property Collateral		22
ARTICLE VII
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING RECEIVABLES
SECTION 7.1.	Maintenance of Records		23
SECTION 7.2.	Legend		23
ARTICLE VIII
TRANSFERS
SECTION 8.1.	Transfers of Pledged Collateral		23
ARTICLE IX
REMEDIES
SECTION 9.1.	Remedies		23
SECTION 9.2.	Notice of Sale		25
SECTION 9.3.	Waiver of Notice and Claims		25
SECTION 9.4.	Certain Sales of Pledged Collateral		26
SECTION 9.5.	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies		27

-ii-

		Page
SECTION 9.6.	Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property		28
ARTICLE X
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
SECTION 10.1.	Application of Proceeds		28
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 11.1.	Concerning Collateral Agent		28
SECTION 11.2.	Intercreditor Agreement		30
SECTION 11.3.	Collateral Agent May Perform; Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact		30
SECTION 11.4.	Continuing Security Interest; Assignment		31
SECTION 11.5.	Termination; Release		31
SECTION 11.6.	Modification in Writing		31
SECTION 11.7.	Notices		32
SECTION 11.8.	Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury trial		32
SECTION 11.9.	Severability of Provisions		32
SECTION 11.10.	Execution in Counterparts		32
SECTION 11.11.	Business Days		32
SECTION 11.12.	No Credit for Payment of Taxes or Imposition		32
SECTION 11.13.	No Claims Against Collateral Agent		32
SECTION 11.14.	No Release		33
SECTION 11.15.	Obligations Absolute		33
SIGNATURES			S-1

-iii-

EXHIBIT 1	Form of Issuer’s Acknowledgment
EXHIBIT 2	Form of Securities Pledge Amendment
EXHIBIT 3	Form of Security Agreement Supplement
EXHIBIT 4	Form of Copyright Security Agreement
EXHIBIT 5	Form of Patent Security Agreement
EXHIBIT 6	Form of Trademark Security Agreement

-iv-

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Indenture (as defined below), this “Agreement”) made by AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and the Guarantors from to time to time party hereto (the “Guarantors”), as pledgors, assignors and debtors (the Issuer, together with the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “Pledgors,” and each, a “Pledgor”), in favor of WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture, as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “Collateral Agent”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee to the Indenture (as defined below) have, in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, entered into that certain indenture, dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

B. Each Guarantor has, pursuant to the guarantee provisions under the Indenture, unconditionally guaranteed the Obligations.

C. The Issuer and each Guarantor will receive substantial benefits from the proceeds of the Senior Secured Notes (as hereinafter defined) issued by the Issuer and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement.

D. This Agreement is given by each Pledgor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations.

E. In order to secure the obligations under the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Pledgors have also granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the holders of the obligations under the Credit Agreement, a first priority security interest (subject to certain priorities upon realization of any value from the Pledged Collateral as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement).

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Pledgor and the Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Indenture, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC; provided that in any event, the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC:

“Accounts”; “Bank”; “Chattel Paper”; “Commercial Tort Claim”; “Commodity Account”; “Commodity Contract”; “Commodity Intermediary”; “Documents”; “Electronic Chattel Paper”; “Entitlement Order”; “Equipment”; “Financial Asset”; “Fixtures”; “General Intangibles”; “Goods”; “Inventory”; “Letter-of-Credit Rights”; “Letters of Credit”; “Money”; “Payment Intangibles”; “Proceeds”; “Records”; “Securities Account”; “Securities Intermediary”; “Security Entitlement”; “Supporting Obligations”; and “Tangible Chattel Paper.”

(b) Terms used but not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Account Debtor” shall mean each person who is obligated on a Receivable or Supporting Obligation related thereto.

“Administrative Agent” shall mean Bank of America, N.A, as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement.

“Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Collateral Support” shall mean all property (real or personal) assigned, hypothecated or otherwise securing any Pledged Collateral and shall include any security agreement or other agreement granting a lien or security interest in such real or personal property.

“Commodity Account Control Agreement” shall mean a control agreement in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent establishing the Collateral Agent’s Control with respect to any Commodity Account.

“Contracts” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, the Related Documents, all sale, service, performance, equipment or property lease contracts, agreements

-2-

and grants and all other contracts, agreements or grants (in each case, whether written or oral, or third party or intercompany), between such Pledgor and any third party, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof.

“Control” shall mean (i) in the case of each Deposit Account, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC, (ii) in the case of any Security Entitlement, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 8-106 of the UCC, and (iii) in the case of any Commodity Contract, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-106 of the UCC.

“Control Agreements” shall mean, collectively, the Deposit Account Control Agreements, the Securities Account Control Agreements and the Commodity Account Control Agreements.

“Copyright Security Agreement” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 4 hereto.

“Copyrights” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all copyrights (whether statutory or common law, whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished) and all copyright registrations and applications made by such Pledgor, in each case, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by or assigned to such Pledgor, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of such copyrights, (ii) reissues, renewals, continuations and extensions thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

“Credit Agreement” shall mean that certain credit agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, by and among C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into the Issuer, as borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, and various lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).

“Credit Agreement Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Credit Agreement Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Deposit Account Control Agreement” shall mean a control agreement in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent establishing the Collateral Agent’s Control with respect to any Deposit Account.

“Deposit Accounts” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all “deposit accounts” as such term is defined in the UCC and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition.

-3-

“Discharge” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Distributions” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all dividends, cash, options, warrants, rights, instruments, distributions, returns of capital or principal, income, interest, profits and other property, interests (debt or equity) or proceeds, including as a result of a split, revision, reclassification or other like change of the Pledged Securities, from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed to such Pledgor in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes.

“Excluded Deposit Accounts” means (1) any deposit accounts specially and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s employees, (2) any Deposit Account of any Pledgor into which proceeds from any receivables in respect of participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare or Medicaid programs, are paid into, so long as the balance of such Deposit Account is swept at the end of each Business Day into a Deposit Account subject to a Control Agreement and (3) any deposit account specially and exclusively used to hold cash deposits required to be held in escrow, and which by terms of the agreement creating the escrow obligations shall not be subject to any other Liens.

“Excluded Property” means:

(i) any rights or interests in any permit, license, lease or contract entered into by the Issuer or any Guarantor (A) that prohibits, or requires the consent of any Person other than the Issuer and its Affiliates which has not been obtained as a condition to, the creation by the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor of a Lien on any right, title or interest in such permit, license, lease or contract or (B) to the extent that any requirement of law applicable thereto prohibits the creation of a Lien thereon, but only, with respect to the prohibition in clauses (A) and (B), to the extent, and for as long as, such prohibition is not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the Uniform Commercial Code, any other requirement of law or principles of equity;

(ii) the Equity Interests of and other assets of Persons that are not Wholly Owned Subsidiaries to the extent and for so long as the granting of security interests in such Equity Interests and assets would be prohibited by a shareholders agreement or similar contract governing such Persons to the extent, and for as long as, such prohibition is not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the Uniform Commercial Code, any other requirement of law or principles of equity;

(iii) property owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor that is subject to a Lien permitted by clause (5) of the definition of Permitted Liens in the Indenture if the contractual obligation pursuant to which such Lien is granted (or in the document providing for such Lien) prohibits or requires the consent of any Person other than the Issuer and its Affiliates which has not been obtained as a condition to the creation of any other Lien on such item of property;

-4-

(iv) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title to the extent a Lien thereon cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the grantor’s jurisdiction of organization;

(v) any Equity Interests consisting of voting stock in any CFC directly owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor in excess of 66% of the outstanding voting stock of such CFC;

(vi) any “intent-to-use” application for registration of a trademark filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1051, prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect thereto, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law;

(vii) Excluded Deposit Accounts; and

(viii) those assets as to which both (x) the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement determines that the cost of obtaining such a security interest or perfection thereof is excessive in relation to the benefit to the lenders under the Credit Agreement of the security to be afforded thereby and (y) the Issuer reasonably and in good faith determines that the cost of obtaining such a security interest or perfection thereof is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Secured Parties under the Indenture of the security to be afforded thereby, such determinations to be certified in a Officers’ Certificate delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee;

provided, however, that Excluded Property shall not include any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Property referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Property referred to in clauses (i) through (viii)).

“Goodwill” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, the goodwill connected with such Pledgor’s business including all goodwill connected with (i) the use of and symbolized by any Trademark owned by such Pledgor and (ii) all know-how, trade secrets, customer and supplier lists, proprietary information, inventions, methods, procedures, formulae, descriptions, compositions, technical data, drawings, specifications, nameplates, catalogs, confidential information and the right to limit the use or disclosure thereof by any person, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and proposals and such other assets which relate to such goodwill.

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

-5-

“Indenture” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Instruments” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all “instruments,” as such term is defined in Article 9, rather than Article 3, of the UCC, and shall include all promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange or acceptances.

“Intellectual Property Collateral” shall mean, collectively, the Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses and Goodwill.

“Intellectual Property Licenses” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all written license agreements with, and covenants not to sue, any other party with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright or any other patent, trademark or copyright, whether such Pledgor is a licensor or licensee under any such license agreement, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or violations thereof and (iv) other rights to use, exploit or practice any or all of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights or any other patent, trademark or copyright.

“Intercompany Notes” shall mean, with respect to each Pledgor, all intercompany notes described in Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate and intercompany notes hereafter acquired by such Pledgor and all certificates, instruments or agreements evidencing such intercompany notes, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms hereof, and in each case, required to be pledged hereunder.

“Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain intercreditor agreement dated the Closing Date (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and the Indenture), among the Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent, and acknowledged by the Pledgors.

“Investment Property” shall mean a security, whether certificated or uncertificated, Security Entitlement, Securities Account, Commodity Contract or Commodity Account, excluding, however, the Securities Collateral.

“Issuer” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Material Intellectual Property Collateral” shall mean any Intellectual Property Collateral that is material (i) to the use and operation of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or (ii) to the business, results of operations or financial condition of any Pledgor.

“Mortgaged Property” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Mortgages.

“Notes Documents” means the Notes, the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

-6-

“Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Notes Obligations” in the Indenture.

“Patent Security Agreement” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 5 hereto.

“Patents” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all patents issued or assigned to, and all patent applications and registrations made by, such Pledgor (whether established or registered or recorded in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of any patents, (ii) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

“Perfection Certificate” shall mean that certain perfection certificate dated May 7, 2010, executed and delivered by each Pledgor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and each other Perfection Certificate executed and delivered by the applicable Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of each Security Agreement Supplement executed in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof, in each case, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Pledge Amendment” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1 hereof.

“Pledged Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1 hereof.

“Pledged Securities” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each issuer set forth on Schedules 7(a) and 7(b) to the Perfection Certificate as being owned by such Pledgor and all options, warrants, rights, agreements and additional Equity Interests of whatever class of any such issuer acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance), together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such Equity Interests in each such issuer or under any Organization Document of each such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, (ii) all Equity Interests of any issuer, which Equity Interests are hereafter acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance) and all options, warrants, rights, agreements and additional Equity Interests of whatever class of any such issuer acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance), together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such Equity Interests or under any Organization

-7-

Document of any such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, from time to time acquired by such Pledgor in any manner, and (iii) all Equity Interests issued in respect of the Equity Interests referred to in clause (i) or (ii) upon any consolidation or merger of any issuer of such Equity Interests, and in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), required to be pledged hereunder.

“Pledgor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Receivables” shall mean all (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Payment Intangibles, (iv) General Intangibles, (v) Instruments and (vi) all other rights to payment, whether or not earned by performance, for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, or services rendered or to be rendered, regardless of how classified under the UCC together with all of Pledgors’ rights, if any, in any goods or other property giving rise to such right to payment and all Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations related thereto and all Records relating thereto.

“Securities Account Control Agreement” shall mean a control agreement in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent establishing the Collateral Agent’s Control with respect to any Securities Account.

“Securities Collateral” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Securities, the Intercompany Notes and the Distributions.

“Security Agreement Supplement” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto.

“Trademark Security Agreement” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 6 hereto.

“Trademarks” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all trademarks (including service marks), slogans, logos, certification marks, trade dress, uniform resource locators (URLs), domain names, corporate names and trade names, whether registered or unregistered, owned by or assigned to such Pledgor and all registrations and applications for the foregoing (whether statutory or common law and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of any trademarks, (ii) reissues, continuations, extensions and renewals thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in any item or portion of the Pledged Collateral is governed by

-8-

the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Voting Equity Interests” of any Person shall mean all classes of Equity Interests of such Person entitled to vote.

SECTION 1.2. Construction. The rules of construction specified in the Indenture (including Section 1.3 thereof) shall be applicable to this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF SECURITY AND OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.1. Grant of Security Interest. As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all the Obligations, each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in all of the right, title and interest of such Pledgor in, to and under the following property, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time (collectively, the “Pledged Collateral”):

(i) all Accounts;

(ii) all Equipment, Goods, Inventory and Fixtures;

(iii) all Documents, Instruments and Chattel Paper;

(iv) all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(v) all Securities Collateral;

(vi) all Investment Property;

(vii) all Intellectual Property Collateral;

(viii) the Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate;

(ix) all General Intangibles;

(x) all Money and all Deposit Accounts;

(xi) all Supporting Obligations;

(xii) all books and records relating to the Pledged Collateral; and

-9-

(xiii) to the extent not covered by clauses (i) through (xii) of this sentence, all other personal property of such Pledgor, whether tangible or intangible, and all Proceeds and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of, each of the foregoing, and any and all Proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to such Pledgor from time to time with respect to any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (i) through (xiii) above, the security interest created by this Agreement shall not extend to, and the term “Pledged Collateral” shall not include, any Excluded Property, and from and after the Closing Date, no Pledgor shall permit to become effective in any document creating, governing or providing for any permit, license or agreement a provision that would prohibit the creation of a Lien on such permit, license or agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent unless such Pledgor believes, in its reasonable judgment, that such prohibition is usual and customary in transactions of such type.

In addition, in the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (as amended or modified from time to time) is interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Issuer due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock secures the Notes, then the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Collateral but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement (the “Rule 3-16 Exception”). In such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent on the shares of Capital Stock that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Collateral. In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (as amended or modified from time to time) is interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to secure the Notes in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part of the Collateral but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement requirement.

SECTION 2.2. Filings.

(a) The Collateral Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Pledgor (but shall not be obligated) at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Pledged Collateral, including (i) whether such Pledgor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Pledgor, (ii) any financing or continuation statements or other documents without the signature of such Pledgor where permitted by law, including the filing of a financing statement describing the Pledged Collateral

-10-

as “all assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Pledgor or in which Pledgor otherwise has rights” and (iii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Pledged Collateral relates. Each Pledgor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Collateral Agent promptly upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent.

(b) Each Pledgor hereby ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements relating to the Pledged Collateral if filed prior to the date hereof.

(c) The Collateral Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Pledgor (but shall not be obligated) to make filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office), including this Agreement, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement, or other documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by such Pledgor hereunder in Intellectual Property Collateral that is registered, or whose registration has been applied for, with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office), and naming such Pledgor, as debtor, and the Collateral Agent, as secured party.

ARTICLE III

PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;

USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.1. Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral. Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Securities Collateral in existence on the date hereof have been delivered to the Collateral Agent in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank and that the Collateral Agent will have a perfected first priority security interest therein upon completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 4 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Pledgor hereby agrees that all certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Collateral acquired by such Pledgor after the date hereof shall promptly (but in any event within fifteen days after receipt thereof by such Pledgor, or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree to in its sole discretion) be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto. All certificated Securities Collateral shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank. The Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to endorse, assign or otherwise transfer to or to register in the name of the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees or endorse for negotiation any or all of the Securities Collateral, without any indication that such Securities Collateral is subject to the security interest hereunder. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates representing or evidencing Securities Collateral for certificates of smaller or larger denominations; provided that performance under this Section 3.1 shall be subject at all times to the second paragraph of Section 11.2 herein.

-11-

SECTION 3.2. Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral. Each Pledgor represents and warrants that the Collateral Agent has a perfected first priority security interest in all uncertificated Pledged Securities pledged by it hereunder that are in existence on the date hereof. Each Pledgor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Securities of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that constitute “Securities” as defined in Section 8-102(a)(15) of the UCC are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Pledgor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, cause the issuer to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent an acknowledgment of the pledge of such Pledged Securities substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto or such other form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 3.3. Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest. Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all financing statements, agreements, instruments and other documents necessary to perfect the security interest granted by it to the Collateral Agent on the date hereof in respect of the Pledged Collateral have been delivered, subject to the second paragraph of Section 11.2, to the Collateral Agent in completed and duly executed form for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule 4 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Pledgor agrees that at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, such Pledgor will maintain the security interest created by this Agreement in the Pledged Collateral as a perfected first priority security interest subject only to Liens permitted under the definition of Permitted Liens.

SECTION 3.4. Other Actions. In order to further ensure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Collateral, each Pledgor represents and warrants (as to itself) as follows and agrees, in each case at such Pledgor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Pledged Collateral:

(a) Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper. As of the date hereof, no amounts payable in excess of $500,000 (or solely with respect to intercompany Indebtedness of the Pledgors, no amounts payable) under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral are evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, other than such Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Instrument and each item of Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate has been properly endorsed, assigned and delivered to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank. If any amount then payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, and such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper not previously delivered to the Collateral Agent, exceeds $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors (provided that solely with respect to intercompany Indebtedness of the Pledgors, such minimum threshold shall not apply), the Pledgor acquiring such Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper shall promptly (but in any event within 15 days after receipt thereof or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree to in its sole discretion) endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

-12-

(b) Deposit Accounts. As of the date hereof, no Pledgor has any Deposit Accounts other than Excluded Deposit Accounts and those accounts listed in Schedule 11 to the Perfection Certificate. The Collateral Agent has a security interest in each such Deposit Account (other than Excluded Deposit Accounts), which security interest, when required by Section 6.17 of the Credit Agreement, will be perfected by Control. No Pledgor shall hereafter establish and maintain any Deposit Account unless (1) it shall have given the Collateral Agent 10 days’ prior written notice of its intention to establish such new Deposit Account with a Bank and (2) such Bank and such Pledgor shall have duly executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent a Deposit Account Control Agreement with respect to such Deposit Account. The Collateral Agent agrees with each Pledgor that the Collateral Agent shall not give any instructions directing the disposition of funds from time to time credited to any Deposit Account or withhold any withdrawal rights from such Pledgor with respect to funds from time to time credited to any Deposit Account unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and notice shall have been given by the Collateral Agent to the Issuer of its intent to exercise such rights. Each Pledgor agrees that once the Collateral Agent sends an instruction or notice to a Bank exercising its Control over any Deposit Account (other than Excluded Deposit Accounts) (with a copy of such instruction or notice to the Issuer) such Pledgor shall not give any instructions or orders with respect to such Deposit Account including, without limitation, instructions for distribution or transfer of any funds in such Deposit Account. No Pledgor shall grant Control of any Deposit Account to any person other than the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent.

(c) Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts. (i) As of the date hereof, no Pledgor has any Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts other than those listed in Schedule 11 to the Perfection Certificate. The Collateral Agent has a security interest in each such Securities Account and Commodity Account, which security interest, when required by Section 6.17 of the Credit Agreement, is perfected by Control. No Pledgor shall hereafter establish and maintain any Securities Account or Commodity Account with any Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary unless (1) it shall have given the Collateral Agent 10 days’ prior written notice of its intention to establish such new Securities Account or Commodity Account with such Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary and (2) such Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, as the case may be, and such Pledgor shall have duly executed and delivered a Control Agreement with respect to such Securities Account or Commodity Account, as the case may be. Each Pledgor shall accept any cash and Investment Property in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and within one (1) Business Day of actual receipt thereof, deposit any and all cash and Investment Property received by it into a Deposit Account or Securities Account subject to Collateral Agent’s Control. The Collateral Agent agrees with each Pledgor that the Collateral Agent shall not give any Entitlement Orders or instructions or directions to any issuer of uncertificated securities, Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by such Pledgor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or, after giving effect to any such investment and withdrawal rights, would occur, and notice shall have been given by the Collateral Agent to the Issuer of its intent to exercise such rights. Each Pledgor agrees that once the

-13-

Collateral Agent sends an instruction or notice to a Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary exercising its Control over any Securities Account and Commodity Account (with a copy of such instruction or notice to the Issuer) such Pledgor shall not give any instructions or orders with respect to such Securities Account and Commodity Account including, without limitation, instructions for investment, distribution or transfer of any Investment Property or Financial Asset maintained in such Securities Account or Commodity Account. No Pledgor shall grant Control over any Investment Property to any person other than the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent.

(ii) As between the Collateral Agent and the Pledgors, the Pledgors shall bear the investment risk with respect to the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, and the risk of loss of, damage to, or the destruction of the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, whether in the possession of, or maintained as a Security Entitlement or deposit by, or subject to the Control of, the Collateral Agent, a Securities Intermediary, a Commodity Intermediary, any Pledgor or any other person.

(d) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records. As of the date hereof, no amount under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral is evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record” (as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction) other than such Electronic Chattel Paper and transferable records (i) listed in Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate or (ii) whose value does not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record, the Pledgor acquiring such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and shall take such action to vest in the Collateral Agent control of such Electronic Chattel Paper under Section 9-105 of the UCC or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, or such transferable record. The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record in which the Collateral Agent has not been vested control within the meaning of the statutes described in the immediately preceding sentence, does not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors. The Collateral Agent agrees with such Pledgor that the Collateral Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Collateral Agent’s loss of control, for the Pledgor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under Section 9-105 of the UCC or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Pledgor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

-14-

(e) Letter-of-Credit Rights. If any Pledgor is at any time a beneficiary under a Letter of Credit now or hereafter issued in favor of such Pledgor that is not a Supporting Obligation, such Pledgor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and such Pledgor shall, pursuant to an agreement (which shall be, prior to the Discharge of the Credit Agreement Obligations, substantially identical to the form delivered under the Credit Agreement Documents), either (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such Letter of Credit to consent to an assignment to the Collateral Agent of the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit or (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, with the Collateral Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit are to be paid to the applicable Pledgor unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The actions in the preceding sentence shall not be required to the extent that the amount of any such Letter of Credit, together with the aggregate amount of all other Letters of Credit for which the actions described above in clauses (i) and (ii) have not been taken, does not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims. As of the date hereof, each Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that it holds no Commercial Tort Claims other than those listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate. If any Pledgor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim, such Pledgor shall promptly (but in any event within 15 days or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree, in its sole discretion) notify the Collateral Agent in writing signed by such Pledgor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Collateral Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement (with such writing to be, prior to the Discharge of the Credit Agreement Obligations, in a form substantially identical to the form delivered under the Credit Agreement Documents). The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the amount of such Commercial Tort Claim, together with the amount of all other Commercial Tort Claims held by any Pledgor in which the Collateral Agent does not have a security interest, does not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors.

SECTION 3.5. Joinder of Additional Guarantors. The Pledgors shall cause each Subsidiary of the Issuer which, from time to time, after the date hereof shall be required to pledge any assets to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto, within thirty (30) days of the date on which it was acquired or created and, upon such execution and delivery, such Subsidiary shall constitute a “Guarantor” and a “Pledgor” for all purposes hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor and Pledgor herein. The execution and delivery of such Joinder Agreement shall not require the consent of any Pledgor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor and Pledgor as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 3.6. Supplements; Further Assurances. Each Pledgor shall take such further actions, and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent such additional financing

-15-

statements, amendments, assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments, as may be necessary or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to create, perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in the Pledged Collateral as provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder, to carry into effect the purposes hereof or better to assure and confirm the validity, enforceability and priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Collateral or permit the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder with respect to any Pledged Collateral, including the filing of financing statements, continuation statements and other documents (including this Agreement) under the Uniform Commercial Code (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and the execution and delivery of Control Agreements, in such offices (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office) wherever required by law to perfect, continue and maintain the validity, enforceability and priority of the security interest in the Pledged Collateral as provided herein and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder, as against third parties, with respect to the Pledged Collateral (each of which shall be, prior to the Discharge of the Credit Agreement Obligations, in a form substantially identical to the form delivered or performed under the Credit Agreement Documents). If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent may institute and maintain, in its own name or in the name of any Pledgor, such suits and proceedings as the Collateral Agent may be advised by counsel shall be necessary or expedient to prevent any impairment of the security interest in or the perfection thereof in the Pledged Collateral. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors.

SECTION 3.7. Information Regarding Collateral. Each Pledgor shall provide to the Collateral Agent not less than 30 days’ prior written notice (in the form of a certificate of a Responsible Officer), or such lesser notice period agreed to by the Collateral Agent, of its intention so to do, describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, before effecting any change (i) in any Pledgor’s legal name, (ii) in the location of any Pledgor’s chief executive office, (iii) in any Pledgor’s identity or organizational structure, (iv) in any Pledgor’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number, if any, or (v) in any Pledgor’s jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction), it being understood that the Issuer shall take, and the Issuer shall cause each applicable Pledgor to take, all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Pledged Collateral, if applicable. The Issuer agrees to promptly provide the Collateral Agent with certified Organizational Documents reflecting any of the changes described in the preceding sentence.

-16-

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Each Pledgor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

SECTION 4.1. Title. Except for the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and Permitted Liens, such Pledgor owns and has rights in each item of Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes or where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, no Liens or claims exist on the Securities Collateral, other than Permitted Collateral Liens.

SECTION 4.2. Validity of Security Interest. The security interest in and Lien on the Pledged Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties hereunder constitutes (a) a legal and valid security interest in all the Pledged Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations, and (b) upon completion of the filings and other actions described in Schedule 4 to the Perfection Certificate (to the extent required to be listed on the schedules to the Perfection Certificate as of the date this representation is made or deemed made), (i) will constitute a perfected security interest in all the Pledged Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected in the United States by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the UCC or other applicable law in such jurisdictions and (ii) will constitute a perfected security interest in all Pledged Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected in the United States upon the timely receipt and recording of the Patent Security Agreement, Copyright Security Agreement or Trademark Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable. The security interest and Lien granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement in and on the Pledged Collateral is and shall be prior to all other Liens on the Pledged Collateral except for Permitted Liens.

SECTION 4.3. Defense of Claims; Transferability of Pledged Collateral. Each Pledgor shall, at its own cost and expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder and the security interest therein and Lien thereon granted to the Collateral Agent except with respect to such Pledged Collateral that such Pledgor determines in its reasonable business judgment is no longer necessary or beneficial to the conduct of such Pledgor’s business, and the priority thereof against any Lien other than Permitted Liens, at its own cost and expense, subject to the rights of such Pledgor under Sections 10.2 and 11.3 of the Indenture and corresponding provisions of the Notes Documents to obtain a release of the Liens created under the Notes Documents.

SECTION 4.4. Other Financing Statements. It has not filed, nor authorized any third party to file, any valid or effective financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public notice under the law of any jurisdiction) covering or purporting to cover any interest of any kind in the Pledged Collateral, except such as have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or in favor of any holder of a Permitted Lien with respect to such Permitted Lien. No Pledgor shall execute, authorize or permit to be filed in any public office any financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public notice under the law of any jurisdiction) relating to any Pledged Collateral, except financing statements and other statements and instruments filed or to be filed in respect of and covering the security interests granted by such Pledgor to the holder of the Permitted Liens.

-17-

SECTION 4.5. Location of Inventory and Equipment. It shall not move any Equipment or Inventory (other than Equipment or Inventory sold, leased or disposed of in accordance with the Indenture) to any location, other than any location that is listed in the relevant Schedules to the Perfection Certificate or at such other locations as such Pledgor may determine from time to time, provided that such Pledgor shall give written notice to the Collateral Agent (in the form of a certificate of a Responsible Officer) specifying any such other location within 30 days after the date on which any Equipment or Inventory is moved to such location; provided that in no event shall any Equipment or Inventory be moved to any location outside of the continental United States.

SECTION 4.6. Due Authorization and Issuance. All of the Pledged Securities existing on the date hereof have been, and to the extent any Pledged Securities are hereafter issued, such Pledged Securities will be, upon such issuance, duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable to the extent applicable.

SECTION 4.7. Consents, etc. In the event that the Collateral Agent desires to exercise any remedies, voting or consensual rights or attorney-in-fact powers set forth in this Agreement and determines it necessary to obtain any approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority or any other person therefor, then, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, such Pledgor agrees to use its best efforts to assist and aid the Collateral Agent to obtain as soon as practicable any necessary approvals or consents for the exercise of any such remedies, rights and powers.

SECTION 4.8. Pledged Collateral. All information set forth herein, including the schedules hereto, and all information contained in any documents, schedules and lists heretofore delivered to any Secured Party, including the Perfection Certificate and the schedules thereto, in connection with this Agreement, in each case, relating to the Pledged Collateral, is accurate and complete in all material respects.

SECTION 4.9. Insurance. In the event that the proceeds of any insurance claim are paid to any Pledgor after the Collateral Agent has exercised its right to foreclose after an Event of Default and after notice thereof is given to the Pledgors by the Collateral Agent, such proceeds shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and promptly after receipt thereof shall be paid to the Collateral Agent upon demand for application in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

ARTICLE V

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL

SECTION 5.1. Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral. Each Pledgor shall, upon obtaining any Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes of any person which are to be pledged pursuant to this Agreement, accept the same in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and promptly (but in any event within fifteen days after receipt thereof, or such longer

-18-

period as the Collateral Agent may agree to in its sole discretion) deliver to the Collateral Agent a pledge amendment, duly executed by such Pledgor, in substantially the form of Exhibit 2 hereto (each, a “Pledge Amendment”), and the certificates and other documents required under Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 hereof in respect of the additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes which are to be pledged pursuant to this Agreement, and confirming the attachment of the Lien hereby created on and in respect of such additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes. Each Pledgor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to attach each Pledge Amendment to this Agreement and agrees that all Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes listed on any Pledge Amendment delivered to the Collateral Agent shall for all purposes hereunder be considered Pledged Collateral.

SECTION 5.2. Voting Rights; Distributions; etc.

(a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Pledgors that their rights under this Section 5.2(a) are being suspended:

(i) Each Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Securities Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms or purposes hereof, the Indenture or any other document evidencing the Obligations; provided, however, that no Pledgor shall in any event exercise such rights in any manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) Each Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain, and to utilize free and clear of the Lien hereof, any and all Distributions, but only if and to the extent made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, the other Notes Documents and applicable law; provided, however, that any and all such Distributions consisting of rights or interests in the form of securities shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent to hold as Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by any Pledgor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Pledgor and be promptly delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

(iii) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed without further action or formality to have granted to each Pledgor all necessary consents relating to voting rights and shall, if necessary, upon written request of any Pledgor and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, from time to time execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Pledgor all such instruments as such Pledgor may reasonably request in order to permit such Pledgor to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i) hereof and to receive the Distributions which it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof.

-19-

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Pledgors of the suspension of their rights under Section 5.2(a):

(i) All rights of each Pledgor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i) hereof shall immediately cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights.

(ii) All rights of each Pledgor to receive Distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof shall immediately cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Pledged Collateral such Distributions.

(c) Each Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, from time to time execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent instruments as may be necessary or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to permit the Collateral Agent to exercise the voting and other rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i) hereof and to receive all Distributions which it may be entitled to receive under Section 5.2(b)(ii) hereof.

(d) All Distributions which are received by any Pledgor contrary to the provisions of Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Pledgor and shall forthwith be delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

SECTION 5.3. Certain Agreements of Pledgors as Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests.

(a) In the case of each Pledgor which is an issuer of Securities Collateral, such Pledgor agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Securities Collateral issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it.

(b) In the case of each Pledgor which is a partner, shareholder or member, as the case may be, in a partnership, limited liability company or other entity, such Pledgor hereby consents to the extent required by the applicable Organization Document to the pledge by each other Pledgor, pursuant to the terms hereof, of the Pledged Securities in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to the transfer of such Pledged Securities to the Collateral Agent or its nominee and to the substitution of the Collateral Agent or its nominee as a substituted partner, shareholder or member in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity with all the rights, powers and duties of a general partner, limited partner, shareholder or member, as the case may be.

-20-

ARTICLE VI

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL

PROPERTY COLLATERAL

SECTION 6.1. Grant of Intellectual Property License. For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies under Article IX hereof at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Pledgor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, to the extent assignable, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Pledgor, wherever the same may be located. Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof. Nothing in this Section 6.1 shall require Pledgors to grant any license that is prohibited by any requirement of law, or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of or gives rise to any right of acceleration, modification or cancellation under any Contract (for as long as, such prohibition is not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the Uniform Commercial Code, any other requirement of law or principles of equity); provided, further, that such licenses to be granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used sufficient to preserve the validity of such Trademarks.

SECTION 6.2. Protection of Collateral Agent’s Security. Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, on a continuing basis, each Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, (i) promptly following its becoming aware thereof, notify the Collateral Agent of any adverse determination in any proceeding in any federal, state or local court or administrative body or in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office regarding any Material Intellectual Property Collateral, such Pledgor’s right to register such Material Intellectual Property Collateral or its right to keep and maintain such registration in full force and effect, (ii) maintain all Material Intellectual Property Collateral as presently used and operated, (iii) not permit to lapse or become abandoned any Material Intellectual Property Collateral, and not settle or compromise any pending or future litigation or administrative proceeding with respect to any such Material Intellectual Property Collateral, in either case except as shall be consistent with commercially reasonable business judgment, (iv) following such Pledgor obtaining knowledge thereof, promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any event which may be reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the value or utility of any Material Intellectual Property Collateral or the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent in relation thereto including a levy or threat of levy or any legal process against any Material Intellectual Property Collateral, (v) not license any Intellectual Property Collateral other than licenses entered into by such Pledgor in, or incidental to, the ordinary course of business, or amend or permit the amendment of any of the licenses in a manner that materially and adversely affects the right to receive payments thereunder, or in any manner that would materially impair the value of any Intellectual Property Collateral or the Lien on and security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral created therein hereby, without the consent of the Collateral Agent,

-21-

(vi) diligently keep adequate records respecting all Intellectual Property Collateral and (vii) furnish to the Collateral Agent from time to time upon the Collateral Agent’s reasonable request therefor, reasonably detailed statements and amended schedules further identifying and describing the United States federal registered and applied for Intellectual Property Collateral and such other materials evidencing or reports pertaining to any Intellectual Property Collateral.

SECTION 6.3. After-Acquired Property. If any Pledgor shall at any time after the date hereof (i) obtain any rights to any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or (ii) become entitled to the benefit of any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or any renewal or extension thereof, including any reissue, division, continuation, or continuation-in-part of any Intellectual Property Collateral, or any improvement on any Intellectual Property Collateral, or if any intent-to use trademark application is no longer subject to clause (vi) of the definition of “Excluded Property,” the provisions hereof shall automatically apply thereto and any such item enumerated in the preceding clause (i) or (ii) shall automatically constitute Intellectual Property Collateral as if such would have constituted Intellectual Property Collateral at the time of execution hereof and be subject to the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement without further action by any party. Each Pledgor shall promptly provide to the Collateral Agent written notice of any of the foregoing and confirm the attachment of the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement to any rights described in clauses (i) and (ii) above by execution of an instrument and the filing of any instruments or statements as shall be reasonably necessary to create, preserve, protect or perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Intellectual Property Collateral (each of which shall be, prior to the Discharge of the Credit Agreement Obligations, in a form substantially identical to the form delivered under the Credit Agreement Documents). Further, the Collateral Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Pledgor (but shall not be obligated) to modify this Agreement by amending Schedules 9(a) and 9(b) to the Perfection Certificate to include any Intellectual Property Collateral that is registered, or whose registration has been applied for, with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) of such Pledgor acquired or arising after the date hereof.

SECTION 6.4. Litigation. Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, each Pledgor agrees to take all commercially reasonable actions necessary, whether by suit, proceeding or other action, to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value of or other damage to any of the Material Intellectual Property Collateral owned by such Pledgor.

SECTION 6.5. Permitted Disposal of Intellectual Property Collateral. Nothing in this Agreement prevents any Pledgor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or put into the public domain any of its Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent permitted by the Indenture if such Pledgor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such action is desirable in the conduct of its business.

-22-

ARTICLE VII

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING RECEIVABLES

SECTION 7.1. Maintenance of Records. Each Pledgor shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense complete records of each Receivable, in a manner consistent with prudent business practice, including records of all payments received, all credits granted thereon, all merchandise returned and all other documentation relating thereto. Each Pledgor shall, at such Pledgor’s sole cost and expense, upon the Collateral Agent’s demand made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, deliver all tangible evidence of Receivables, including all documents evidencing Receivables and any books and records relating thereto to the Collateral Agent or to its representatives (copies of which evidence and books and records may be retained by such Pledgor). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may transfer a full and complete copy of any Pledgor’s books, records, credit information, reports, memoranda and all other writings relating to the Receivables to and for the use by any person that has acquired or is contemplating acquisition of an interest in the Receivables or the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein without the consent of any Pledgor.

SECTION 7.2. Legend. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice thereof is given to the Pledgors by the Administrative Agent or by the Collateral Agent (which shall be given at the request of the Holders in accordance with the Indenture), each Pledgor shall legend the Receivables and the other books, records and documents of such Pledgor evidencing or pertaining to the Receivables with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Receivables have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that the Collateral Agent has a security interest therein.

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFERS

SECTION 8.1. Transfers of Pledged Collateral. No Pledgor shall sell, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder except as expressly permitted by the Indenture and the other Notes Documents.

ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

SECTION 9.1. Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may from time to time exercise in respect of the Pledged Collateral, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, the following remedies:

(i) Personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, from any Pledgor or any other person who then

-23-

has possession of any part thereof with or without notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon any Pledgor’s premises where any of the Pledged Collateral is located, remove such Pledged Collateral, remain present at such premises to receive copies of all communications and remittances relating to the Pledged Collateral and use in connection with such removal and possession any and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of any Pledgor;

(ii) Demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Pledged Collateral including instructing the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constituting part of the Pledged Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Collateral Agent, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; provided, however, that in the event that any such payments are made directly to any Pledgor, prior to receipt by any such obligor of such instruction, such Pledgor shall segregate all amounts received pursuant thereto in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and shall promptly (but in no event later than one (1) Business Day after receipt thereof) pay such amounts to the Collateral Agent;

(iii) Sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, or direct any Pledgor to sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, any and all investments made in whole or in part with the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale, assignment, license or liquidation;

(iv) Take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, by directing any Pledgor in writing to deliver the same to the Collateral Agent at any place or places so designated by the Collateral Agent, in which event such Pledgor shall at its own expense: (A) forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places designated by the Collateral Agent and therewith delivered to the Collateral Agent, (B) store and keep any Pledged Collateral so delivered to the Collateral Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Collateral Agent and (C) while the Pledged Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide such security and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition. Each Pledgor’s obligation to deliver the Pledged Collateral as contemplated in this Section 9.1(iv) is of the essence hereof. Upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by any Pledgor of such obligation;

(v) Withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of any Pledgor constituting Pledged Collateral for application to the Obligations as provided in Article X hereof;

(vi) Retain and apply the Distributions to the Obligations as provided in Article X hereof;

-24-

(vii) Exercise any and all rights as beneficial and legal owner of the Pledged Collateral, including perfecting assignment of and exercising any and all voting, consensual and other rights and powers with respect to any Pledged Collateral; and

(viii) Exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the UCC, and the Collateral Agent may also, without notice except as specified in Section 9.2 hereof, sell, assign or grant a license to use the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as may be obtained by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party or any of their respective Affiliates may be the purchaser, licensee, assignee or recipient of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof at any such sale and shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral sold, assigned or licensed at such sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations owed to such person as a credit on account of the purchase price of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof payable by such person at such sale. Each purchaser, assignee, licensee or recipient at any such sale shall acquire the property sold, assigned or licensed absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Pledgor, and each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof may have been sold, assigned or licensed at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Pledged Collateral to more than one offeree.

SECTION 9.2. Notice of Sale. Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof shall be required by law, ten (10) days’ prior notice to such Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters. No notification need be given to any Pledgor if it has signed, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a statement renouncing or modifying any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition.

SECTION 9.3. Waiver of Notice and Claims. Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, notice or judicial hearing in connection with the Collateral Agent’s taking possession or the Collateral Agent’s disposition of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, including any and all prior notice and hearing for any prejudgment remedy or remedies and any such right which such Pledgor would otherwise have under law, and

-25-

each Pledgor hereby further waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) all damages occasioned by such taking of possession, (ii) all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s rights hereunder and (iii) all rights of redemption, appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable law. The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any incorrect or improper payment made pursuant to this Article IX in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Collateral Agent. Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon, any Pledged Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand, either at law or in equity, of the applicable Pledgor therein and thereto, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Pledgor and against any and all persons claiming or attempting to claim the Pledged Collateral so sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through or under such Pledgor.

SECTION 9.4. Certain Sales of Pledged Collateral.

(a) Each Pledgor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in law, rules, regulations or orders of any Governmental Authority, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, to limit purchasers to those who meet the requirements of such Governmental Authority. Each Pledgor acknowledges that any such sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions, and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such restricted sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that, except as may be required by applicable law, the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales.

(b) Each Pledgor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Securities Collateral and Investment Property, to limit purchasers to persons who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Securities Collateral or Investment Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Pledgor acknowledges that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act), and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Securities Collateral or Investment Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Pledgor shall, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, cause any registration, qualification under or compliance with any Federal or state securities law or laws to be effected with respect to all or any part of the Securities Collateral as soon as practicable and at the sole cost and expense of the

-26-

Pledgors. Each Pledgor will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration to be effected (and be kept effective) and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such qualification and compliance to be effected (and be kept effective) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of such Securities Collateral including registration under the Securities Act (or any similar statute then in effect), qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and compliance with all other requirements of any Governmental Authority. Each Pledgor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Collateral Agent to be kept advised in writing as to the progress of each such registration, qualification or compliance and as to the completion thereof, shall furnish to the Collateral Agent such number of prospectuses, offering circulars or other documents incident thereto as the Collateral Agent from time to time may reasonably request (it being understood that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to make such request) and shall indemnify and shall cause the issuer of the Securities Collateral to indemnify the Collateral Agent and all others participating in the distribution of such Securities Collateral against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities caused by any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained therein (or in any related registration statement, notification or the like) or by any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein (or in any related registration statement, notification or the like) a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(d) If the Collateral Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Securities Collateral or Investment Property, upon written request, the applicable Pledgor shall from time to time furnish to the Collateral Agent all such information as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to determine the number of securities included in the Securities Collateral or Investment Property which may be sold by the Collateral Agent as exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

(e) Each Pledgor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 9.4 will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, that the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 9.4 shall be specifically enforceable against such Pledgor, and such Pledgor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 9.5. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

(a) No failure on the part of the Collateral Agent to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay on the part of the Collateral Agent in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, privilege or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy; nor shall the Collateral Agent be required to look first to, enforce or exhaust any other security, collateral or guaranties. All rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law or otherwise available.

-27-

(b) In the event that the Collateral Agent shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power, privilege or remedy under this Agreement or any other Notes Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case, the Pledgors, the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party shall be restored to their respective former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Pledged Collateral, and all rights, remedies, privileges and powers of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall continue as if no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 9.6. Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon the written demand of the Collateral Agent, each Pledgor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent an assignment or assignments of the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights and Goodwill and such other documents as are necessary to carry out the intent and purposes hereof. Within five (5) Business Days of written notice thereafter from the Collateral Agent, each Pledgor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to the Collateral Agent, to the extent within such Pledgor’s power and authority, such personnel in such Pledgor’s employ on the date of the Event of Default as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to permit such Pledgor to continue, directly or indirectly, to produce, advertise and sell the products and services sold by such Pledgor under the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights, and each Pledgor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make such persons available to perform their prior functions on the Collateral Agent’s behalf.

ARTICLE X

APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

SECTION 10.1. Application of Proceeds. The proceeds received by the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its remedies shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.1. Concerning Collateral Agent.

(a) The Collateral Agent has been appointed as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture. The actions of the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Indenture. The Collateral Agent shall have the right hereunder to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking action (including the release or substitution of the Pledged Collateral), in accordance with this Agreement and the Indenture. The Collateral Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection herewith and shall not be liable for any acts or omissions of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith. The Collateral Agent may resign and a successor

-28-

Collateral Agent may be appointed in the manner provided in the Indenture. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Collateral Agent by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent under this Agreement, and the retiring Collateral Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation, the provisions hereof shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement while it was the Collateral Agent.

(b) The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Pledged Collateral in its possession if such Pledged Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Collateral Agent generally accords property consisting of similar instruments or interests held for the benefit of third parties, it being understood that neither the Collateral Agent nor any of the Secured Parties shall have responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Securities Collateral, whether or not the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters or (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any person with respect to any Pledged Collateral.

(c) The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any written notice, statement, certificate, order or other document or any telephone message believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper person, and, with respect to all matters pertaining to this Agreement and its duties hereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it.

(d) If any item of Pledged Collateral also constitutes collateral granted to the Collateral Agent under any other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type, in the event of any conflict between the provisions hereof and the provisions of such other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type in respect of such collateral, the provisions hereof shall control.

(e) The Collateral Agent may rely on a certificate of the Issuer as to whether any or all UCC financing statements of the Pledgors need to be amended as a result of any of the changes (i) in any Obligor’s legal name, (ii) in the location of any Obligor’s chief executive office, (iii) in any Obligor’s identity or organizational structure, (iv) in any Obligor’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number, if any, or (v) in any Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction). If any Pledgor fails to provide information to the Collateral Agent about such changes on a timely basis, the Collateral Agent shall not be liable or responsible to any party for any failure to maintain a perfected security interest in such Pledgor’s property constituting Pledged Collateral, for which the Collateral Agent needed to have information relating to such changes. The Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire about such changes if any Pledgor does not inform the Collateral Agent of such changes, the parties acknowledging and agreeing that it would not be feasible or practical for the Collateral Agent to search for information on such changes if such information is not provided by any Pledgor.

-29-

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the same rights, protections, immunities and indemnities as set forth in the Indenture as if the provisions setting forth those rights, protections, immunities and indemnities are fully set forth herein.

SECTION 11.2. Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, prior to the Discharge of the Credit Agreement Obligations, all requirements of any Pledgor pursuant to this Agreement to endorse, assign, transfer or otherwise deliver any Pledged Collateral to the Collateral Agent shall be deemed satisfied by endorsement, assignment or delivery of such Pledged Collateral to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement Documents. Any endorsement, assignment, transfer or delivery to or Control by the Administrative Agent shall be deemed an endorsement, assignment, transfer or delivery to or Control by the Collateral Agent for all purposes hereunder.

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MAY 7, 2010 (AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME), AMONG C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP. (TO BE MERGED WITH AND INTO AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.), THE GRANTORS PARTY THERETO, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS CREDIT AGREEMENT ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, AS SENIOR SECURED NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT AND EACH ADDITIONAL NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY THERETO.

SECTION 11.3. Collateral Agent May Perform; Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. If any Pledgor shall fail to perform any covenants contained in this Agreement or if any representation or warranty on the part of any Pledgor contained herein shall be breached, the Collateral Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) do the same or cause it to be done or remedy any such breach, and may expend funds for such purpose; provided, however, that the Collateral Agent shall in no event be bound to inquire into the validity of any tax, Lien, imposition or other obligation which such Pledgor fails to pay or perform as and when required hereby and which such Pledgor does not contest in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Any and all amounts so expended by the Collateral Agent shall be paid by the Pledgors in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.6 of the Indenture. Neither the provisions of this Section 11.3 nor any action taken by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section 11.3 shall prevent any such failure to observe any covenant contained in this Agreement nor any breach of representation or warranty from constituting an Event of Default. Each Pledgor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full power

-30-

and authority in the place and stead of such Pledgor and in the name of such Pledgor, or otherwise, from time to time to take any action and to execute any instrument consistent with the terms of the Indenture, this Agreement and the other Security Documents which the Collateral Agent may deem necessary to accomplish the purposes hereof (but the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to and shall have no liability to such Pledgor or any third party for failure to so do or take action). The foregoing grant of authority is a power of attorney coupled with an interest and such appointment shall be irrevocable for the term hereof. Each Pledgor hereby ratifies all that such attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

SECTION 11.4. Continuing Security Interest; Assignment. This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Pledged Collateral and shall (i) be binding upon the Pledgors, their respective successors and assigns and (ii) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns. No other persons (including any other creditor of any Pledgor) shall have any interest herein or any right or benefit with respect hereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (ii), any Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer any indebtedness held by it secured by this Agreement to any other person, and such other person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party, herein or otherwise, subject however, to the provisions of the Indenture. Each of the Pledgors agrees that its obligations hereunder and the security interest created hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as applicable, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of all or any part of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Pledgor or otherwise.

SECTION 11.5. Termination; Release. When all the Obligations have been paid in full in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, this Agreement shall terminate. The Liens securing the Notes Obligations, will, automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person be released, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 8.1 of the Indenture. Upon termination of this Agreement the Pledged Collateral shall be released from the Lien of this Agreement. Upon such release or any release of Pledged Collateral or any part thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture or the other Notes Documents, the Collateral Agent shall, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, assign, transfer and deliver to Pledgor, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent except as to the fact that the Collateral Agent has not encumbered the released assets, such of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof to be released (in the case of a release) as may be in possession of the Collateral Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Pledged Collateral, proper documents and instruments (including UCC-3 termination financing statements or releases) acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Pledged Collateral, as the case may be.

SECTION 11.6. Modification in Writing. No amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of or to any provision hereof, nor consent to any departure by any Pledgor therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent. Any

-31-

amendment, modification or supplement of or to any provision hereof, any waiver of any provision hereof and any consent to any departure by any Pledgor from the terms of any provision hereof in each case shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given. Except where notice is specifically required by this Agreement or any other document evidencing the Obligations, no notice to or demand on any Pledgor in any case shall entitle any Pledgor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 11.7. Notices. Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Indenture, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given in the manner and become effective as set forth in the Indenture, as to any Pledgor, addressed to it at the address of the Issuer set forth in the Indenture and as to the Collateral Agent, addressed to it at the address set forth in the Indenture, or in each case at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 11.7.

SECTION 11.8. Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury trial. Sections 12.7 and 12.8 of the Indenture are incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis, as if a part hereof.

SECTION 11.9. Severability of Provisions. Any provision hereof which is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 11.10. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 11.11. Business Days. In the event any time period or any date provided in this Agreement ends or falls on a day other than a Business Day, then such time period shall be deemed to end and such date shall be deemed to fall on the next succeeding Business Day, and performance herein may be made on such Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on such other day.

SECTION 11.12. No Credit for Payment of Taxes or Imposition. Such Pledgor shall not be entitled to any credit against the principal, premium, if any, or interest payable under the Indenture, and such Pledgor shall not be entitled to any credit against any other sums which may become payable under the terms thereof or hereof, by reason of the payment of any Tax on the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof.

SECTION 11.13. No Claims Against Collateral Agent. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute any consent or request by the Collateral Agent, express or implied, for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other

-32-

property in respect of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, nor as giving any Pledgor any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in such fashion as would permit the making of any claim against the Collateral Agent in respect thereof or any claim that any Lien based on the performance of such labor or services or the furnishing of any such materials or other property is prior to the Lien hereof.

SECTION 11.14. No Release. Nothing set forth in this Agreement or any other Notes Document, nor the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of the rights or remedies hereunder, shall relieve any Pledgor from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor’s part to be performed or observed under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral or from any liability to any person under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral or shall impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor’s part to be so performed or observed or shall impose any liability on the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for any act or omission on the part of such Pledgor relating thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Pledgor contained in this Agreement, the Indenture or the other Notes Documents, or under or in respect of the Pledged Collateral or made in connection herewith or therewith. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any contracts, agreements and other documents included in the Pledged Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Pledgor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any such contract, agreement or other document included in the Pledged Collateral hereunder. The obligations of each Pledgor contained in this Section 11.14 shall survive the termination hereof and the discharge of such Pledgor’s other obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Notes Documents.

SECTION 11.15. Obligations Absolute. All obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any other Pledgor;

(ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Indenture, any other Notes Document, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Indenture, any other Notes Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iv) any pledge, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations;

-33-

(v) any exercise, non-exercise or waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof, the Indenture, any other Notes Document except as specifically set forth in a waiver granted pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.4 hereof; or

(vi) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense (other than a defense of payment in full of the Obligations) available to, or a discharge of, any Pledgor.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

-34-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Pledgor and the Collateral Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
	By: AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC
AKC HOLDING LLC
JKC HOLDING LLC
ARA-BOCA RATON HOLDING LLC
ARA-RHODE ISLAND DIALYSIS II LLC
ARA-OHIO HOLDINGS LLC
TEXAS-ARA LLC
ACUTE DIALYSIS SERVICES-ARA LLC
	By: AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS L.P.
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS II, L.P.
	By: TEXAS-ARA LLC

S-1

By:	/s/ John McDonough
	Name:	John McDonough
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President

S-2

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Collateral Agent
By:	/s/ Jane Schweiger
	Name:	Jane Schweiger
	Title:	Vice President

S-3

EXHIBIT 1

[Form of]

ISSUER’S ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The undersigned hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of the Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of May 7, 2010, made by American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto and WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as collateral agent (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”), (ii) agrees promptly to note on its books the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent and confirmed under the Security Agreement, (iii) agrees that it will comply with instructions of the Collateral Agent with respect to the applicable Securities Collateral (including all Equity Interests of the undersigned) without further consent by the applicable Pledgor, (iv) agrees to notify the Collateral Agent upon obtaining knowledge of any interest in favor of any person in the applicable Securities Collateral that is adverse to the interest of the Collateral Agent therein and (v) waives any right or requirement at any time hereafter to receive a copy of the Security Agreement in connection with the registration of any Securities Collateral thereunder in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee or the exercise of voting rights by the Collateral Agent or its nominee.

[                                                                          ]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

EXHIBIT 2

[Form of]

SECURITIES PLEDGE AMENDMENT

This Securities Pledge Amendment, dated as of May 7, 2010, is delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of May 7, 2010, made by American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto and WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Collateral Agent (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”). The undersigned hereby agrees that this Securities Pledge Amendment may be attached to the Security Agreement and that the Pledged Securities and/or Intercompany Notes listed on this Securities Pledge Amendment shall be deemed to be and shall become part of the Pledged Collateral and shall secure all Obligations.

PLEDGED SECURITIES

ISSUER CLASS OF STOCK OR INTERESTS PAR
VALUE CERTIFICATE
NO(S). NUMBER OF
SHARES
OR
INTERESTS PERCENTAGE OF
ALL ISSUED CAPITAL
OR OTHER EQUITY
INTERESTS OF ISSUER

INTERCOMPANY NOTES

ISSUER PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT DATE OF
ISSUANCE INTEREST
RATE MATURITY
DATE

[                                                                                      ],
as Pledgor
By:
	Name:
	Title:

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Collateral Agent
By:
	Name:
	Title:

-2-

EXHIBIT 3

[Form of]

SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

[Name of New Pledgor]

[Address of New Pledgor]

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of May 7, 2010, made by AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto and WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Collateral Agent (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

This Security Agreement Supplement supplements the Security Agreement and is delivered by the undersigned, [                                        ] (the “New Pledgor”), pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Security Agreement. The New Pledgor hereby agrees to be bound as a Guarantor and as a Pledgor party to the Security Agreement by all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Security Agreement to the same extent that it would have been bound if it had been a signatory to the Security Agreement on the date of the Security Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the New Pledgor hereby grants and pledges to the Collateral Agent, as collateral security for the full, prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations, a Lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Pledged Collateral and expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor and Pledgor thereunder. The New Pledgor hereby makes each of the representations and warranties and agrees to each of the covenants applicable to the Pledgors contained in the Security Agreement.

Annexed hereto are supplements to schedules 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 2, 3, 5, 6(a), 6(b), 7(a), 7(b), 8(a), 8(b), 8(c), 9, 10, 11 and 12 to the Perfection Certificate with respect to the New Pledgor. Such supplements shall be deemed to be part of the Security Agreement.

This Security Agreement Supplement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

-2-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Pledgor has caused this Security Agreement Supplement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

[NEW PLEDGOR]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,
as Collateral Agent
By:
	Name:
	Title:

[Schedules to be attached]

-3-

EXHIBIT 4

[Form of]

Copyright Security Agreement

Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of [    ], 20[    ], by [INSERT NAME OF PLEDGOR THAT OWNS ANY REGISTERED COPYRIGHTS] (“Pledgor”), in favor of WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Pledgor is party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgor is required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Pledgor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Copyright Collateral. Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor:

(a) Copyright registrations of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

(b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement. The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.

SECTION 4. Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

SECTION 5. Termination. Upon the payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Copyrights under this Copyright Security Agreement.

SECTION 6. Counterparts. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Copyright Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Copyright Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Copyright Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]

-2-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pledgor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

Very truly yours,
[PLEDGOR]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Accepted and Agreed:
WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Collateral Agent
By:
	Name:
	Title:

-3-

SCHEDULE I

to

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

UNITED STATES COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND COPYRIGHT

APPLICATIONS

Copyright Registrations:

OWNER REGISTRATION
NUMBER TITLE

Copyright Applications:

OWNER TITLE

-4-

EXHIBIT 5

[Form of]

Patent Security Agreement

Patent Security Agreement, dated as of [    ], 20[    ], by [INSERT NAME OF PLEDGOR THAT OWNS ANY PATENTS] (“Pledgor”), in favor of WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Pledgor is party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgor is required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Pledgor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral. Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor:

(a) Patents and patent applications of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

(b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement. The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.

SECTION 4. Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

SECTION 5. Termination. Upon the payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Patents under this Patent Security Agreement.

SECTION 6. Counterparts. This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Patent Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Patent Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]

-2-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pledgor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

Very truly yours,
[PLEDGOR]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Accepted and Agreed:
WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Collateral Agent
By:
	Name:
	Title:

-3-

SCHEDULE I

to

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

UNITED STATES PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

Patents:

OWNER REGISTRATION
NUMBER NAME

Patent Applications:

OWNER APPLICATION
NUMBER NAME

-4-

EXHIBIT 6

[Form of]

Trademark Security Agreement

Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of [    ], 20[    ], by [INSERT NAME OF PLEDGOR THAT OWNS ANY REGISTERED OR APPLIED FOR TRADEMARKS] (“Pledgor”), in favor of WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Pledgor is party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgor is required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Pledgor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral. Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor:

(a) Trademark registrations and applications of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto;

(b) all Goodwill associated with such Trademarks; and

(c) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement. The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.

SECTION 4. Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

SECTION 5. Termination. Upon the payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Trademarks under this Trademark Security Agreement.

SECTION 6. Counterparts. This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Trademark Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Trademark Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]

-2-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pledgor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

[PLEDGOR]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Accepted and Agreed:
WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Collateral Agent
By:
	Name:
	Title:

-3-

SCHEDULE I

to

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

UNITED STATES TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND TRADEMARK

APPLICATIONS

Trademark Registrations:

OWNER REGISTRATION
NUMBER TRADEMARK

Trademark Applications:

OWNER APPLICATION
NUMBER TRADEMARK

-4-

EX-4.5

Exhibit 4.5

EXECUTION

Trademark Security Agreement

Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, by AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC (“Pledgor”), in favor of WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Pledgor is party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgor is required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, to enter into the Indenture, the Pledgor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral. Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor:

(a) Trademark registrations and applications of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto;

(b) all Goodwill associated with such Trademarks; and

(c) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement. The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.

SECTION 4. Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

SECTION 5. Termination. Upon the payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Trademarks under this Trademark Security Agreement.

SECTION 6. Counterparts. This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Trademark Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Trademark Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pledgor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
By:		/s/ Joseph Carlucci
	Name:	Joseph Carlucci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

Accepted and Agreed:
WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,
as Collateral Agent
By:		/s/ Jane Schweiger
	Name:	Jane Schweiger
	Title:	Vice President

SCHEDULE I

to

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

UNITED STATES TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND TRADEMARK

APPLICATIONS

Registrations:

Trademark	Reg. #		Appl. #		Owner
ARA		3,711,453		77673941	AmericanRenal Associates LLC
AMERICANRENAL ASSOCIATES		3,774,101		77673955	AmericanRenal Associates LLC
A		3,774,100		77673947	AmericanRenal Associates LLC
AMERICANRENAL		3,776,872		77673890	AmericanRenal Associates LLC

Applications:

None.

EX-4.6

Exhibit 4.6

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

dated as of May 7, 2010,

among

C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP.

(to be merged with and into AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.),

the other GRANTORS party hereto,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Credit Agreement Administrative Agent,

and

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,

as Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent,

and

each ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL AGENT from time to time party hereto,

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), among C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), with the Company surviving such merger as the borrower, the “Borrower”), the other GRANTORS (as defined below) party hereto, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent for the Credit Agreement Secured Parties (as defined below) (in such capacity, the “Credit Agreement Administrative Agent”), WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as collateral agent for the Senior Secured Notes Secured Parties (as defined below) (in such capacity, the “Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent”) and each ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL AGENT from time to time party hereto as collateral agent for any First Lien Obligations (as defined below) of any other Class (as defined below).

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

“Additional Collateral Agent” has the meaning assigned to the term in Article VII.

“Additional First Lien Obligations” means all obligations of the Borrower and the other Grantors that shall have been designated as such pursuant to Article VII.

“Additional First Lien Obligations Documents” means the indentures or other agreements under which Additional First Lien Obligations of any Series are issued or incurred and all other instruments, agreements and other documents evidencing or governing Additional First Lien Obligations of such Series or providing any guarantee, Lien or other right in respect thereof.

“Additional Secured Parties” means the holders of any Additional First Lien Obligations.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

“Amend” means, in respect of any agreement, to amend, restate, supplement, waive or otherwise modify such agreement, in whole or in part. The terms “Amended” and “Amendment” shall have correlative meanings.

“Authorized Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, any vice president, treasurer, general counsel, secretary or another executive officer of such Person.

“Bailee Collateral Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

“Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

“Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

“Class”, when used in reference to (a) any First Lien Obligations, refers to whether such First Lien Obligations are the Credit Agreement Obligations, the Senior Secured Notes Obligations or the Additional First Lien Obligations of any Series, (b) any Collateral Agent, refers to whether such Collateral Agent is the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent, the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent or the Additional Collateral Agent with respect to the Additional First Lien Obligations of any Series, (c) any Bailee Collateral Agent, refers to whether such Bailee Collateral Agent is the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent, the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent or the Additional Collateral Agent with respect to the Additional First Lien Obligations of any Series, (d) any Secured Parties, refers to whether such Secured Parties are the Credit Agreement Secured Parties, the Senior Secured Notes Secured Parties or the holders of the Additional First Lien Obligations of any Series, (e) any Secured Credit Documents, refers to whether such Secured Credit Documents are the Credit Agreement Documents, the Senior Secured Notes Documents or the Additional First Lien Obligations Documents with respect to Additional First Lien Obligations of any Series, and (f) any Security Documents, refers to whether such Security Documents are part of the Credit Agreement Documents, the Senior Secured Notes Documents or the Additional First Lien Obligations Documents with respect to Additional First Lien Obligations of any Series.

“Collateral” means all assets of the Borrower or any of the Grantors now or hereafter subject to a Lien securing any First Lien Obligation.

“Collateral Agent Joinder Agreement” means a supplement to this Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I.

“Collateral Agents” means the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent, the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent and each Additional Collateral Agent.

-2-

“Control” has the meaning assigned thereto in the definition of “Affiliate”.

“Controlled Shared Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and one or more other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing, consolidating or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under any such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders and whether or not increasing the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred thereunder; provided that any such amendment, supplement, modification, refinancing, consolidating or restructuring of Indebtedness under such agreement may only provide for the making of revolving loans and/or issuance of letters of credit; provided further that the collateral agent for any such other financing arrangement or agreement becomes a party hereto by executing and delivering a Collateral Agent Joinder Agreement.

“Credit Agreement Administrative Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

“Credit Agreement Collateral Agreement” has the meaning assigned to the term “Security Agreement” in the Credit Agreement.

“Credit Agreement Documents” has the meaning assigned to the term “Loan Documents” in the Credit Agreement.

“Credit Agreement Obligations” has the meaning assigned to the term “Obligations” in the Credit Agreement.

“Credit Agreement Secured Parties” has the meaning assigned to the term “Secured Parties” in the Credit Agreement.

“Discharge” means, with respect to First Lien Obligations of any Class, (a) payment in full in cash of the principal of and interest on (including interest accruing during the pendency of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), and premium, if any, on, all Indebtedness outstanding under Secured Credit Documents of such Class, (b) payment in full of all other First Lien Obligations of such Class that are due and payable or otherwise accrued and owing at or prior to the time such principal and interest are paid, (c) in the case of the Credit Agreement Obligations, cancellation of or the entry into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent and each applicable issuing lender with respect to all letters of credit issued and outstanding under the Credit Agreement Documents and (d) termination or expiration of all commitments to lend under the Credit Agreement Documents.

-3-

“Event of Default” means an “Event of Default” (or similar event, however denominated) as defined in any Secured Credit Document.

“First Lien Obligations” means (a) all the Credit Agreement Obligations, (b) all the Senior Secured Notes Obligations and (c) all the Additional First Lien Obligations.

“Grantor Joinder Agreement” means a supplement to this Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit II.

“Grantors” means, at any time, Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary that, at such time, pursuant to Security Documents of any Class have granted a Lien on any of its assets to secure any First Lien Obligations of such Class.

“Holdings” means C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Indebtedness” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture or in the Credit Agreement, as applicable.

“Impairment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02.

“Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means:

(a) any case commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Grantor under any Bankruptcy Law, any other proceeding for the reorganization, receivership, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Borrower or any other Grantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Borrower or any other Grantor or its assets or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Borrower or any other Grantor or its creditors or its assets, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(b) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities, assignment for the benefit of creditors or other winding up of or relating to the Borrower or any other Grantor or its assets, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency and whether or not in a court supervised proceeding; or

(c) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Borrower or any other Grantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

“Intervening Creditor” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02.

“Intervening Lien” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset.

-4-

“Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, governmental authority or other entity.

“Priority Payment Lien Obligations” shall mean (a) Credit Agreement Obligations secured by Liens permitted by clause (25) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture as in effect on the date hereof (or analogous clause of a successor or amended agreement permitted by the Credit Agreement) and (b) to the extent secured equally and ratably with the Credit Agreement Obligations referred to in the foregoing clause (a), Credit Agreement Obligations secured by Liens permitted by clause (18) or clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture as in effect on the date hereof (or analogous clauses of a successor or amended agreement permitted by the Credit Agreement).

“Proceeds” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(b).

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease, retire, restructure or replace, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness, in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

“Related Secured Credit Documents” means, with respect to the Collateral Agent or Secured Parties of any Class, the Secured Credit Documents of such Class.

“Related Secured Parties” means, with respect to the Collateral Agent of any Class, the Secured Parties of such Class.

“Secured Credit Documents” means, collectively, (a) the Credit Agreement Documents, (b) the Senior Secured Notes Documents and (c) the Additional First Lien Obligations Documents.

“Secured Parties” means (a) the Credit Agreement Secured Parties, (b) the Senior Secured Notes Secured Parties and (c) the Additional Secured Parties.

“Security Documents” means (a) the Credit Agreement Collateral Agreement and the other Collateral Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), (b) the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agreement and the other Senior Secured Notes Documents and (c) any other agreement entered into in favor of the Collateral Agent of any other Class for the purpose of securing the First Lien Obligations of such Class.

“Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

“Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agreement” has the meaning assigned to the term “Security Agreement” in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

-5-

“Senior Secured Notes Documents” means the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agreement and all other instruments, agreements and other documents evidencing or governing the Senior Secured Notes Obligations or providing any Guarantee (as defined in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture), Lien (including any mortgage) or other right in respect thereof.

“Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2010, among the Borrower, the other Grantors party thereto, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee and collateral agent, governing the Borrower’s 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing, consolidating or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such Senior Secured Notes Indenture or any successor or replacement Senior Secured Notes Indenture and whether by the same or any other Senior Secured Notes Trustee and whether or not increasing the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred thereunder; provided that the collateral agent for any such other financing arrangement or Senior Secured Notes Indenture becomes a party hereto by executing and delivering a Collateral Agent Joinder Agreement.

“Senior Secured Notes Obligations” has the meaning assigned to the term “Notes Obligations” in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

“Senior Secured Notes Secured Parties” has the meaning assigned to the term “Secured Parties” in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

“Senior Secured Notes Trustee” means the trustee under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

“Series”, when used in reference to Additional First Lien Obligations, refers to such Additional First Lien Obligations as shall have been issued or incurred pursuant to the same indentures or other agreements and with respect to which the same Person acts as the Additional Collateral Agent.

“Shared Collateral” means, at any time, Collateral on which Collateral Agents or Secured Parties of any two or more Classes have at such time a valid and perfected Lien (including as a result of the agreements set forth in Section 4.01). If First Lien Obligations of more than two Classes are outstanding at any time, then any Collateral shall constitute Shared Collateral with respect to First Lien Obligations of any Class only if the Collateral Agent or Secured Parties of such Class have at such time a valid and perfected Lien on such Collateral.

“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply

-6-

equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, but shall not be deemed to include the subsidiaries of such Person unless express reference is made to such subsidiaries, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections and Exhibits shall be construed to refer to Articles, and Sections of, and Exhibits to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.03. Concerning the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent, the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent and Each Additional Collateral Agent.

(a) Each acknowledgement, agreement, consent and waiver (whether express or implied) in this Agreement made by the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent, whether on behalf of itself or any of its Related Secured Parties, is made in reliance on the authority granted to the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent pursuant to the authorization thereof under the Credit Agreement. It is understood and agreed that the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into whether any of its Related Secured Parties is in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, and no party hereto or any other Secured Party shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent for any failure of any of its Related Secured Parties to comply with the terms hereof or for any of its Related Secured Parties taking any action contrary to the terms hereof.

(b) Each acknowledgement, agreement, consent and waiver (whether express or implied) in this Agreement made by the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent, whether on behalf of itself or any of its Related Secured Parties, is made in reliance on the authority granted to the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the authorization thereof under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture. It is understood and agreed that the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into whether any of its Related Secured Parties is in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, and no party hereto or any other Secured Party shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent for any failure of any of its Related Secured Parties to comply with the terms hereof or for any of its Related Secured Parties taking any action contrary to the terms hereof.

(c) Each acknowledgement, agreement, consent and waiver (whether express or implied) in this Agreement made by any Additional Collateral Agent, whether on behalf of itself or any of its Related Secured Parties, is made in reliance on the authority granted to such

-7-

Additional Collateral Agent pursuant to the authorization thereof under the Additional First Lien Obligations Documents relating to such Class of First Lien Obligations. It is understood and agreed that no Additional Collateral Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into whether any of its Related Secured Parties is in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, and no party hereto or any other Secured Party shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Additional Collateral Agent for any failure of any of its Related Secured Parties to comply with the terms hereof or for any of its Related Secured Parties taking any action contrary to the terms hereof.

ARTICLE II

Lien Priorities; Proceeds

SECTION 2.01. Relative Priorities.

(a) Notwithstanding the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any Lien on any Shared Collateral securing any First Lien Obligation, and notwithstanding any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction, any other applicable law or any Secured Credit Document, or any other circumstance whatsoever (but, in each case, subject to Section 2.01(b) and Section 2.02), each Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of its Related Secured Parties, agrees that valid and perfected Liens on any Shared Collateral securing First Lien Obligations of any Class shall be of equal priority.

(b) Each Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of its Related Secured Parties, agrees that, notwithstanding (x) any provision of any Secured Credit Document to the contrary (but subject to Section 2.02) and (y) the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any Lien on any Shared Collateral securing any First Lien Obligation, and notwithstanding any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction, any other applicable law or any Secured Credit Document, or any other circumstance whatsoever (but, in each case, subject to Section 2.02), if (i) such Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties takes any action to enforce rights or exercise remedies in respect of any Shared Collateral (including any such action referred to in Section 3.01(a)), (ii) any distribution is made in respect of any Shared Collateral in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding of the Borrower or any other Grantor or (iii) such Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties receives any payment with respect to any Shared Collateral pursuant to any intercreditor agreement (other than this Agreement), then the proceeds of any sale, collection or other liquidation of any Shared Collateral obtained by such Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties on account of such enforcement of rights or exercise of remedies, and any such distributions or payments received by such Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties (all such proceeds, distributions and payments being collectively referred to as “Proceeds”), shall be applied as follows:

(i) FIRST, to the payment of all amounts owing to and all costs and expenses incurred by any Collateral Agent, the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent and the Senior Secured Notes Trustee (in their capacities as such), pursuant to the terms of any Secured Credit Document or in connection with any enforcement of rights or exercise of

-8-

remedies pursuant thereto, including all court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of agents and legal counsel and, in each case, including all costs and expenses incurred in enforcing its rights to obtain such payment;

(ii) SECOND, to the payment in full of any Priority Payment Lien Obligations (including any post-petition interest with respect thereto, whether or not allowable in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding) and the termination of any commitments thereunder;

(iii) THIRD, to the payment in full of all other First Lien Obligations of each Class secured by a valid and perfected Lien on such Shared Collateral at the time due and payable (the amounts so applied to be distributed, as among such Classes of First Lien Obligations, ratably in accordance with the amounts of the First Lien Obligations of each such Class on the date of such application); provided that amounts applied under this clause THIRD during any period when the First Lien Obligations of any such Class shall not be due and payable in full (other than contingent obligations not then due) shall be allocated to the First Lien Obligations of such Class as if such First Lien Obligations were at the time due and payable in full, and any amounts allocated to the payment of the First Lien Obligations of such Class that are not yet due and payable shall be transferred to, and held by, the Collateral Agent of such Class solely as collateral for the First Lien Obligations of such Class (and shall not constitute Shared Collateral for purposes hereof) until the date on which the First Lien Obligations of such Class shall have become due and payable in full (at which time such amounts shall be applied to the payment thereof); and

(iv) FOURTH, after payment in full of all the First Lien Obligations, to the Borrower and the other Grantors or their successors or assigns, as their interests may appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, any amounts to be distributed pursuant to this Section 2.01 shall be distributed by the applicable Collateral Agent to the following agents for further distribution to its Related Secured Parties: (i) in the case of any amount representing payment with respect to a Priority Payment Lien Obligation, to the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent, (ii) in the case of any amount representing payment with respect to a Credit Agreement Obligation, to the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent, (iii) in the case of any amount representing payment with respect to a Senior Secured Notes Obligation, to the Senior Secured Notes Trustee, (iv) in the case of any amount representing payment with respect to any Additional First Lien Obligation, to the applicable Additional Collateral Agent for the corresponding Additional First Lien Obligation Documents.

SECTION 2.02. Impairments. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Secured Parties of any given Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness (and not the Secured Parties of any other Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness) bear the risk of any determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that (i) any First Lien Obligations of such Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness are unenforceable under applicable law or are subordinated to any other obligations (other than to any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness), (ii) the Secured Parties of such Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness do not have a valid and perfected Lien on any of the Collateral securing

-9-

any First Lien Obligations of any other Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and/or (iii) any Person (other than any Collateral Agent or Secured Party) has a Lien on any Shared Collateral that is senior in priority to the Lien on such Shared Collateral securing First Lien Obligations of such Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, but junior to the Lien on such Shared Collateral securing any other class of Priority Payment Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness (any such Lien being referred to as an “Intervening Lien”, and any such Person being referred to as an “Intervening Creditor”) (any condition with respect to First Lien Obligations of such Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness being referred to as an “Impairment” of such Class). In the event an Impairment exists with respect to First Lien Obligations of any Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, the results of such Impairment shall be borne solely by the Secured Parties of such Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, and the rights of the Secured Parties of such Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness (including the right to receive distributions in respect of First Lien Obligations of such Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.01(b)) set forth herein shall be modified to the extent necessary so that the results of such Impairment are borne solely by the Secured Parties of such Class. In furtherance of the foregoing, in the event First Lien Obligations of any Class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness shall be subject to an Impairment in the form of an Intervening Lien of any Intervening Creditor, the value of any Shared Collateral or Proceeds that are allocated to such Intervening Creditor shall be deducted solely from the Shared Collateral or Proceeds to be distributed in respect of First Lien Obligations of such Class.

SECTION 2.03. Payment Over. Each Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and its Related Secured Parties, agrees that if such Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties shall at any time obtain possession of any Shared Collateral or receive any Proceeds (other than as a result of any application of Proceeds pursuant to Section 2.01(b)), (i) such Collateral Agent or its Related Secured Party, as the case may be, shall promptly inform each other Collateral Agent thereof, (ii) such Collateral Agent or its Related Secured Party shall hold such Shared Collateral or Proceeds in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties of any Class entitled thereto pursuant to Section 2.01(b) and, with respect to any Shared Collateral constituting Controlled Shared Collateral, such Collateral Agent shall comply with the provisions of Section 4.01 and (iii) in the case of any such Proceeds, such Proceeds shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.01(b) as promptly as practicable.

SECTION 2.04. Determinations with Respect to Amounts of Obligations and Liens. Whenever the Collateral Agent of any Class shall be required, in connection with the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations hereunder, to determine the existence or amount of any First Lien Obligations of any other Class, or the Shared Collateral subject to any Lien securing the First Lien Obligations of any other Class (and whether such Lien constitutes a valid and perfected Lien), it may request that such information be furnished to it in writing by the Collateral Agent of such other Class and shall be entitled to make such determination on the basis of the information so furnished; provided that if, notwithstanding the request of the Collateral Agent of such Class, the Collateral Agent of such other Class shall fail or refuse reasonably promptly to provide the requested information, the Collateral Agent of such Class shall be entitled to make any such determination by such method as it may, in the exercise of its good faith judgment, determine, including by reliance upon a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower. Each Collateral Agent may rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any determination made by it in accordance with the provisions of the

-10-

preceding sentence (or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction) and shall have no liability to any Grantor, any Secured Party or any other Person as a result of such determination or any action taken or not taken pursuant thereto.

ARTICLE III

Rights and Remedies; Matters Relating to Shared Collateral

SECTION 3.01. Exercise of Rights and Remedies.

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) of this Section and Section 4.01(a), nothing in this Agreement shall affect the ability of any Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties (i) to enforce any rights and exercise any remedies with respect to any Shared Collateral available under any Related Secured Credit Documents or applicable law, including any right of set-off and any determinations regarding the release of Liens on, or any sale, transfer or other disposition of, any Shared Collateral, or any other rights or remedies available to a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction, the Bankruptcy Code or any other Bankruptcy Law, or (ii) to commence any action or proceeding with respect to such rights or remedies (including any foreclosure action or proceeding or any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding). Subject to paragraph (b) of this Section and Section 4.01(a), any such exercise of rights and remedies by any Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties may be made in such order and in such manner as such Collateral Agent or its Related Secured Parties may, subject to the provisions of their Related Secured Credit Documents, determine in their sole discretion.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Section:

(i) each Collateral Agent and its Related Secured Parties shall remain subject to, and bound by, all covenants or agreements made herein by or on behalf of such Collateral Agent or its Related Secured Parties;

(ii) each Collateral Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and its Related Secured Parties, that, prior to the commencement of any enforcement of rights or any exercise of remedies with respect to any Shared Collateral by such Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties, such Collateral Agent or its Related Secured Party, as the case may be, shall provide prior written notice thereof to each other Collateral Agent, such notice to be provided as far in advance of such commencement as reasonably practicable, and shall regularly inform each other Collateral Agent of developments in connection with such enforcement or exercise; and

(iii) subject to the terms and conditions of each Collateral Agent’s Related Secured Credit Documents, each Collateral Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and its Related Secured Parties, that such Collateral Agent and its Related Secured Parties, to the extent requested by the other Collateral Agent, shall cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner with each other Collateral Agent and its Related Secured Parties in any enforcement of rights or any exercise of remedies with respect to any Shared Collateral; provided however that nothing in this section shall require any Collateral Agent to cooperate with any other Collateral Agent if it has not received the appropriate or necessary consents, waivers, direction or indemnity from its Related Secured Parties.

-11-

SECTION 3.02. Prohibition on Contesting Liens. Each Collateral Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and its Related Secured Parties, that neither such Collateral Agent nor any of its Related Secured Parties will, and each hereby waives any right to, contest or support any other Person in contesting, in any proceeding (including any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), the perfection, priority, validity, attachment or enforceability of a Lien held by or on behalf of any other Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties in all or any part of the Shared Collateral; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of any Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties to enforce this Agreement.

SECTION 3.03. Prohibition on Challenging this Agreement. Each Collateral Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and its Related Secured Parties, that neither such Collateral Agent nor any of its Related Secured Parties will attempt, directly or indirectly, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to challenge the enforceability of any provision of this Agreement; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of any Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties to enforce this Agreement.

SECTION 3.04. Release of Liens. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that the release of Liens on any Shared Collateral securing First Lien Obligations of any Class, whether in connection with a sale, transfer or other disposition of such Shared Collateral or otherwise, shall be governed by and subject to the Secured Credit Documents of such Class, and that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to amend or affect the terms of the Secured Credit Documents of such Class with respect thereto.

SECTION 3.05. Insurance and Condemnation Awards. So long as the Discharge of the Credit Agreement Obligations has not occurred, the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent and its Related Secured Parties shall have the exclusive right, subject to the rights of the Grantors under and solely to the extent provided in the Credit Agreement Documents, to settle and adjust claims in respect of Shared Collateral under policies of insurance covering Shared Collateral and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding, or any deed in lieu of condemnation, in respect of the Shared Collateral; provided that any Proceeds arising therefrom shall be subject to Article II.

ARTICLE IV

Collateral

SECTION 4.01. Bailment for Perfection of Security Interests.

(a) Each Collateral Agent agrees that if it shall at any time hold a Lien on any Shared Collateral that can be perfected by the possession or control of such Shared Collateral or of any deposit, securities or other account in which such Shared Collateral is held, and if such Shared Collateral or any such account is in fact in the possession or under the control of such Collateral Agent, or of agents or bailees of such Collateral Agent (such Shared Collateral being

-12-

referred to herein as the “Controlled Shared Collateral”), such Collateral Agent shall, solely for the purpose of perfecting the Liens of any other Collateral Agent granted on such Shared Collateral under its Related Secured Credit Documents and subject to the terms and conditions of this Article, also hold such Controlled Shared Collateral as gratuitous bailee and sub-agent for each such other Collateral Agent (any Collateral Agent that shall be holding any Controlled Shared Collateral as gratuitous bailee and sub-agent being referred to herein as the “Bailee Collateral Agent”). In furtherance of the foregoing, each Collateral Agent appoints each Bailee Collateral Agent as such Collateral Agent’s gratuitous bailee and sub-agent hereunder with respect to any Controlled Shared Collateral that such Bailee Collateral Agent possesses or controls at any time solely for the purpose of perfecting a Lien on such Controlled Shared Collateral. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is understood and agreed that as of the date hereof and until such time as the Credit Agreement Obligations are Discharged, the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent shall have the sole right to give any instructions, directions and entitlement orders (including any blockage or withdrawal instructions) with respect to any deposit, securities or other accounts, or any funds or property contained thereinto and to exercise any other remedies under any control agreement entered into with respect to a deposit account, a securities account or any other account (whether or not the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent is also a party thereto); provided that any amounts withdrawn therefrom shall be subject to Article II. It is further understood and agreed that as of the date hereof and until such time as the Credit Agreement Obligations are Discharged, the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent shall be granted possession of all possessory Controlled Shared Collateral and, thereafter, possession shall be determined by Section 4.01(d).

(b) In furtherance of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby grants a security interest in the Controlled Shared Collateral to each Collateral Agent that possesses or controls Controlled Shared Collateral as permitted in Section 4.01(a) for the benefit of the Secured Parties under any other Class of First Lien Obligations which have been granted a Lien on the Controlled Shared Collateral possessed or controlled by such Collateral Agent.

(c) Subject to Section 4.01(a), for purposes of this Section, the Bailee Collateral Agent shall be entitled to deal with the applicable Controlled Shared Collateral in accordance with the terms of its Related Secured Credit Documents as if the Liens thereon of the Collateral Agent or Secured Parties of any other Class (and the agreements set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section) did not exist; provided that any Proceeds arising from any such Controlled Shared Collateral shall be subject to Article II. The obligations and responsibilities of any Bailee Collateral Agent to any other Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties under this Article shall be limited solely to holding or controlling the applicable Controlled Shared Collateral as gratuitous bailee and sub-agent in accordance with this Article. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) no Bailee Collateral Agent shall have any obligation or responsibility to ensure that any Controlled Shared Collateral is genuine or owned by any of the Grantors, (ii) no Bailee Collateral Agent shall, by reason of this Agreement, any other Security Document or any other document, have a fiduciary relationship or other implied duties in respect of any other Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party and (iii) without affecting the agreement of any Bailee Collateral Agent to act as a gratuitous bailee and sub-agent solely for the purpose set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section or the right of any other Collateral Agent to enforce the rights and exercise the remedies (in each case other than through such Bailee Collateral Agent) as set forth in Section 3.01 and subject to the proviso in Section 4.01(a), each Collateral Agent agrees that

-13-

such Collateral Agent shall not issue any instructions to any Bailee Collateral Agent, in its capacity as a gratuitous bailee and sub-agent of such Collateral Agent, with respect to the Controlled Shared Collateral or otherwise seek to exercise control over any Bailee Collateral Agent.

(d) The Bailee Collateral Agent of any Class shall, upon the Discharge of the First Lien Obligations of such Class, transfer the possession and control of the applicable Controlled Shared Collateral, together with any necessary endorsements but without recourse or warranty, (i) if First Lien Obligations of any other Class are outstanding at such time, to the Collateral Agent of such other Class (or, if First Lien Obligations of more than one other Class are outstanding at such time, to the Collateral Agent of the same Class as the Class of the First Lien Obligations the aggregate principal amount of which outstanding at such time exceeds the aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Obligations of any other Class outstanding at such time) and (ii) if no First Lien Obligations are outstanding at such time, to the applicable Grantor or as directed by a court of competent jurisdiction, in each case so as to allow such Person to obtain possession and control of such Controlled Shared Collateral. In connection with any transfer under clause (i) above by any Bailee Collateral Agent, such Bailee Collateral Agent agrees to take all actions in its power as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the transferee Collateral Agent to permit the transferee Collateral Agent to obtain, for the benefit of its Related Secured Parties, a first priority security interest in the applicable Controlled Shared Collateral.

SECTION 4.02. Delivery of Documents. Promptly after the execution and delivery to any Collateral Agent by any Grantor of any Security Document (other than (a) any Security Document in effect on the date hereof and (b) any Additional First Lien Obligations Document referred to in paragraph (b) of Article VII, but including any amendment, amendment and restatement, waiver or other modification of any such Security Document or Additional First Lien Obligations Document), the Borrower shall deliver to each Collateral Agent party hereto at such time a copy of such Security Document.

ARTICLE V

Other Agreements

SECTION 5.01. Concerning Secured Credit Documents and Collateral.

(a) The Secured Credit Documents of any Class may be Amended, in whole or in part, in accordance with their terms, in each case without notice to or the consent of the Collateral Agent or any Secured Parties of any other Class; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall affect any limitation on any such Amendment that is set forth in the Secured Credit Documents of any such other Class.

(b) The Grantors agree that each Security Document (other than any Credit Agreement Document executed and delivered prior to the date hereof, without limitation of the applicability of this Agreement thereto) creating a Lien on any Shared Collateral securing any First Lien Obligations (i) shall contain a legend substantially in the form of Annex I, or similar provisions approved by the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent, which approval shall not be

-14-

unreasonably withheld, and (ii) shall provide that all powers, rights and remedies under such Security Document with respect to Shared Collateral may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent of the applicable Class on behalf of the Secured Parties of such Class in accordance with the terms thereof, and that no other Secured Party of the applicable Class shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Liens on Shared Collateral granted thereunder to secure First Lien Obligations of such Class.

(c) The Grantors agree that they shall not grant to any Person any Lien on any Shared Collateral securing First Lien Obligations of any Class other than through the Collateral Agent of such Class (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit grants of set-off rights to Secured Parties of any Class); provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit the granting of any Liens permitted by the terms of the Secured Credit Documents.

(d) The Grantors agree that they shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, grant or permit or suffer to exist any additional Liens on any asset or property to secure any Class of First Lien Obligations unless it has granted a Lien on such asset or property to secure each other Class of First Lien Obligations; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) any class of First Lien Obligations from being secured by Equity Interests (as defined in the Credit Agreement) that do not secure any other class of First Lien Obligations due to the Rule 3-16 Exception (as defined in the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agreement) or (ii) the granting of any Liens permitted by the terms of the Secured Credit Documents.

SECTION 5.02. Refinancings. The First Lien Obligations of any Class may be Refinanced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent of the Collateral Agent or Secured Party of any other Class, all without affecting the priorities provided for herein (including, without limitation, the priority in right of payment of the Priority Payment Lien Obligations) or the other provisions hereof; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall affect any limitation on any such Refinancing that is set forth in the Secured Credit Documents of any such other Class; and provided further that, if any obligations of the Grantors in respect of such Refinancing indebtedness shall be secured by Liens on any Shared Collateral, such obligations and the holders thereof shall be subject to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement and, if not already, the collateral agent under such obligations shall become a party hereto by executing and delivering a Collateral Agent Joinder Agreement.

SECTION 5.03. Reinstatement. If, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise, all or part of any payment with respect to the First Lien Obligations of any Class previously made shall be rescinded for any reason whatsoever (including an order or judgment for disgorgement of a preference under the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar law), then the terms and conditions of Article II shall be fully applicable thereto until all the First Lien Obligations of such Class shall again have been paid in full in cash.

SECTION 5.04. Reorganization Modifications. In the event the First Lien Obligations of any Class are modified pursuant to applicable law, including Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, any reference to the First Lien Obligations of such Class or the Secured Credit Documents of such Class shall refer to such obligations or such documents as so modified.

SECTION 5.05. Further Assurances. Each of the Collateral Agents and the

-15-

Grantors agrees that it will execute, or will cause to be executed, such reasonable further documents, agreements and instruments, and take all such reasonable further actions, as may be required under any applicable law, or which any Collateral Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

No Reliance; No Liability

SECTION 6.01. No Reliance; Information. Each Collateral Agent, on behalf of its Related Secured Parties, acknowledges that (a) its Related Secured Parties have, independently and without reliance upon any Collateral Agent or any Related Secured Parties, and based on such documents and information as they have deemed appropriate, made their own credit analysis and decision to enter into the Secured Credit Documents to which they are party and (b) its Related Secured Parties will, independently and without reliance upon any Collateral Agent or any of its Related Secured Parties, and based on such documents and information as they shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make their own credit decision in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement or any other Secured Credit Document. The Collateral Agent or Secured Parties of any Class shall have no duty to disclose to any Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any other Class any information relating to the Borrower or any of the Grantors or their Subsidiaries, or any other circumstance bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any of the First Lien Obligations, that is known or becomes known to any of them or any of their Affiliates. If the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any Class, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such information to, as the case may be, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any other Class, it shall be under no obligation (i) to make, and shall not be deemed to have made, any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the accuracy, completeness, truthfulness or validity of the information so provided, (ii) to provide any additional information or to provide any such information on any subsequent occasion or (iii) to undertake any investigation.

SECTION 6.02. No Warranties or Liability.

(a) Each Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of its Related Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that no Collateral Agent or Secured Party of any other Class has made any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectability or enforceability of any of the Secured Credit Documents, the ownership of any Shared Collateral or the perfection or priority of any Liens thereon. The Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties of any Class will be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and other extensions of credit in the manner set forth in their Related Secured Credit Documents. No Collateral Agent shall, by reason of this Agreement, any other Security Document or any other document, have a fiduciary relationship or other implied duties in respect of any other Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party.

(b) No Collateral Agent or Secured Parties of any Class shall have any express or implied duty to the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any other Class to act or refrain from acting in a manner that allows, or results in, the occurrence or continuance of a default or an Event of Default under any Secured Credit Document (other than, in each case, this Agreement), regardless of any knowledge thereof that they may have or be charged with.

-16-

SECTION 6.03. Rights of Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the same rights, protections, immunities and indemnities as set forth in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture as if the provisions setting forth those rights, protections, immunities and indemnities are fully set forth herein.

ARTICLE VII

Additional First Lien Obligations

The Borrower may from time to time, subject to any limitations contained in any Secured Credit Documents in effect at such time, designate additional indebtedness and related obligations that are, or are to be, secured by Liens on any assets of the Borrower or any of the Grantors that would, if such Liens were granted, constitute Shared Collateral as Additional First Lien Obligations by delivering to each Collateral Agent party hereto at such time a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower:

(a) describing the indebtedness and other obligations being designated as Additional First Lien Obligations, and including a statement of the maximum aggregate outstanding principal amount of such indebtedness as of the date of such certificate;

(b) setting forth the Additional First Lien Obligations Documents under which such Additional First Lien Obligations are issued or incurred or the Guarantees of or Liens securing such Additional First Lien Obligations are, or are to be, granted or created, and attaching copies of such Additional First Lien Obligations Documents as each Grantor has executed and delivered to the Person that serves as the collateral agent, collateral trustee or a similar representative for the holders of such Additional First Lien Obligations (such Person being referred to as the “Additional Collateral Agent”) with respect to such Additional First Lien Obligations on the closing date of such Additional First Lien Obligations, certified as being true and complete by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower;

(c) identifying the Person that serves as the Additional Collateral Agent;

(d) certifying that the incurrence of such Additional First Lien Obligations, the creation of the Liens securing such Additional First Lien Obligations and the designation of such Additional First Lien Obligations as “Additional First Lien Obligations” hereunder do not violate or result in a default under any provision of any Secured Credit Document of any Class in effect at such time;

(e) identifying such Additional First Lien Obligations as either Priority Payment Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, and if identified as Priority Payment Lien Obligations, certifying that the designation of such Additional First Lien Obligations as Priority Payment Lien Obligations does not violate or result in a default under any provision of any Secured Credit Document of any Class in effect at such time;

-17-

(f) certifying that the Additional First Lien Obligations Documents (A) meet the requirements of Section 5.01(b) and (B) authorize the Additional Collateral Agent to become a party hereto by executing and delivering a Collateral Agent Joinder Agreement and provide that, upon such execution and delivery, such Additional First Lien Obligations and the holders thereof shall become subject to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement; and

(g) attaching a fully completed Collateral Agent Joinder Agreement executed and delivered by the Additional Collateral Agent.

Upon the delivery of such certificate and the related attachments as provided above and as so long as the statements made therein are true and correct as of the date of such certificate, the obligations designated in such notice shall become Additional First Lien Obligations for all purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, each Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on such certificate delivered by the Borrower, and upon its receipt of such certificate, each Collateral Agent shall execute the Collateral Agent Joinder Agreement evidencing its acknowledgment thereof, and shall incur no liability to any Person for such execution.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 8.01. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile, as follows:

(a) if to any Grantor, to it (or, in the case of any Grantor other than the Borrower, to it in care of the Borrower) at American Renal Holdings Inc., 66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly, MA 01915 (fax: (978) 232-4060); Attention: General Counsel;

(b) if to the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent, to it at Bank of America, N.A., 101 N. Tryon St., NC1-001-04-39, Charlotte, NC 28255-0001 (fax: 704-409-0857); Attention: Agency Management;

(c) if to the Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent, to it at 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 (fax: (612) 217-5651); Attention: American Renal Holdings Administrator; and

(d) if to any Additional Collateral Agent, to it at the address set forth in the applicable Collateral Agent Joinder Agreement.

Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement

-18-

shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt (if a Business Day) and on the next Business Day thereafter (in all other cases) if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by facsimile or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section. As agreed to in writing by any party hereto from time to time, notices and other communications to such party may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of such party provided from time to time by such party.

SECTION 8.02. Waivers; Amendment; Joinder Agreements.

(a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereto are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or otherwise modified except as contemplated by the Secured Credit Documents and then pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each Collateral Agent then party hereto; provided that no such agreement shall by its terms amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or obligations of any Grantor without the Borrower’s prior written consent; provided further that (i) (A) this Agreement may be supplemented by a Collateral Agent Joinder Agreement, and an Additional Collateral Agent may become a party hereto, in accordance with Article VII and (B) this Agreement may be supplemented by a Grantor Joinder Agreement, and a Subsidiary may become a party hereto, in accordance with Section 8.12, and (ii) in connection with any Refinancing of First Lien Obligations of any Class, the Collateral Agents then party hereto shall enter (and are hereby authorized to enter without the consent of any other Secured Party), at the request of any Collateral Agent or the Borrower, into such amendments or modifications of this Agreement as are reasonably necessary to reflect such Refinancing and are reasonably satisfactory to each such Collateral Agent; provided that such Collateral Agent shall not be required to enter into such amendments or modifications unless it shall have received a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, in form reasonably satisfactory to such Collateral Agent, certifying that such Refinancing and such amendment or modification are permitted hereunder.

SECTION 8.03. Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, as well as the other Secured Parties, all of whom are intended to be bound by, and to be third party beneficiaries of, this Agreement. No other Person shall have or be entitled to assert rights or benefits hereunder.

-19-

SECTION 8.04. Effectiveness; Survival. This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by the parties hereto. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any party in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries.

SECTION 8.05. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.06. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 8.07. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(b) Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each party hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party hereto or any Secured Party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any party hereto or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

-20-

(d) Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 8.01, such service to be effective upon receipt. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto or any Secured Party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 8.08. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 8.09. Headings. Article and Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 8.10. Conflicts. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other Secured Credit Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

SECTION 8.11. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights. The provisions of this Agreement are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Secured Parties in relation to one another. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, none of the Borrower, any other Grantor, any other Subsidiary or any other creditor of any of the foregoing shall have any rights or obligations hereunder, and none of the Borrower, any other Grantor or any other Subsidiary may rely on the terms hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall impair the obligations of the Borrower or any other Grantor, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the First Lien Obligations as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute a waiver or an amendment of any covenant of the Borrower or any other Grantor contained in any Secured Credit Document, which restricts the incurrence of any Indebtedness or the grant of any Lien.

SECTION 8.12. Additional Grantors. In the event any Subsidiary shall have granted a Lien on any of its assets to secure any First Lien Obligations, the Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary, if not already a party hereto, to become a party hereto as a “Grantor”. Upon the execution and delivery by any Subsidiary of a Grantor Joinder Agreement, any such Subsidiary shall become a party hereto and a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as such herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other party hereto. The rights and obligations of each party hereto shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

-21-

SECTION 8.13. Specific Performance. Each Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and its Related Secured Parties, may demand specific performance of this Agreement. Each Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and its Related Secured Parties, hereby irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law and any other defense that might be asserted to bar the remedy of specific performance in any action which may be brought by the Secured Parties.

SECTION 8.14. Integration. This Agreement, together with the other Secured Credit Documents, represents the agreement of each of the Grantors and the Secured Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Grantor, any Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Secured Credit Documents.

[signature page follows]

-22-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP.
(which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. with AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. surviving such merger as the Borrower)
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Vice President
C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President
AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
By:	AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer
AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC AKC HOLDING LLC JKC HOLDING LLC ARA-BOCA RATON HOLDING LLC ARA-OHIO HOLDINGS LLC ARA-RHODE ISLAND DIALYSIS II LLC TEXAS-ARA LLC ACUTE DIALYSIS SERVICES-ARA LLC
By:	AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS L.P. AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS II, L.P.
By:	TEXAS-ARA LLC
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Credit Agreement Administrative Agent
By:	/s/ Mollie S. Canup
	Name:	Mollie S. Canup
	Title:	Vice President
WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent
By:	/s/ Jane Schweiger
	Name:	Jane Schweiger
	Title:	Vice President

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

November 4, 2010

American Renal Holdings Inc.

66 Cherry Hill Drive

Beverly, Massachusetts 01915

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings (the “Parent Guarantor”) and certain subsidiaries of the Company named on Annex I hereto (together with the Parent Guarantor, the “Guarantors”) in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company and the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the issuance by the Company of $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Exchange Securities”) and the issuance by the Guarantors of guarantees (the “Guarantees”) with respect to the Exchange Securities. The Exchange Securities and the Guarantees will be issued under an indenture dated as of May 7, 2010 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Exchange Securities will be offered by the Company in exchange for $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Existing Notes” and, together with the Exchange Securities, the “Notes”).

We have examined the Registration Statement and the Indenture, which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also have examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such corporate and other records, agreements, documents and other instruments and have made such other investigations as we

have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company and the Guarantors.

In rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. We also have assumed that the Indenture is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Trustee.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. When the Exchange Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture upon the exchange, the Exchange Securities will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

2. When (a) the Exchange Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture upon the exchange and (b) the Guarantees have been duly issued, the Guarantees will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors, enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.

Our opinions set forth above are subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

-2-

We express no opinion as to the validity, legally binding effect or enforceability of any provisions of the Indenture or the Notes that requires or relates to payment of any interest at a rate or in an amount that a court would determine in the circumstances under applicable law to be commercially unreasonable or a penalty or a forfeiture. We express no opinion as to the validity, legally binding effect or enforceability of the waiver of rights and defenses contained in Sections 3.21, 10.1, 12.8 and 12.9 of the Indenture.

Insofar as the opinions expressed herein relate to or are dependent upon matters governed by the law of the State of Texas, we have relied upon the opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP, dated the date hereof.

We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the law of the State of New York, the federal law of the United States, the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and the Delaware General Corporation Law (including the statutory provisions, all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing) and, to the extent set forth herein, the law of the State of Texas.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

-3-

Annex I

Guarantors

Name of Guarantor	Jurisdiction of Incorporation/Formation
C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC	Delaware
American Renal Associates LLC	Delaware
American Renal Management LLC	Delaware
ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC	Delaware
ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC	Delaware
ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC	Delaware
AKC Holding LLC	Delaware
JKC Holding LLC	Delaware
Texas-ARA LLC	Delaware
American Renal Texas L.P.	Texas
American Renal Texas II, L.P.	Texas
Acute Dialysis Services-ARA LLC	Delaware

EX-5.2

Exhibit 5.2

[GT Letterhead]

November 4, 2010

American Renal Holdings, Inc.

66 Cherry Hill Dr.

Beverly, MA 01915

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This firm has acted as special counsel to those limited partnerships that are subsidiaries of American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“American Renal Holdings”), that are listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto as the Texas Limited Partnership Guarantors (the “Texas Guarantors”) in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”), filed by American Renal Holdings and its subsidiaries listed in the Registration Statement, including the Texas Guarantors, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the proposed public offering of up to $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of American Renal Holdings’ 8.375% Senior Secured Exchange Notes due 2018 (the “Exchange Notes”) in exchange for up to $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of American Renal Holdings’ outstanding 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018, and the related joint and several, full and unconditional guarantees of payment of the principal and interest on the Exchange Notes on a senior secured basis included in Article X of that certain Indenture (as defined below) by the guarantors party thereto (including the Texas Guarantors) (the “Guarantees”). The Exchange Notes and the Guarantees will be issued under an indenture, dated as of May 7, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among American Renal Holdings, the guarantors party thereto (including the Texas Guarantors), and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee and notes collateral agent. This opinion letter is furnished to you at your request to enable American Renal Holdings and the Texas Guarantors to fulfill the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K, 17 C.F.R. §229.601(b)(5), in connection with the Registration Statement.

For purposes of this opinion letter, we have examined copies of such agreements, instruments and documents as we have deemed an appropriate basis on which to render the opinions hereinafter expressed. In our examination of the aforesaid documents, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the accuracy and completeness of all documents submitted to us, the authenticity of all original documents, and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies (including telecopies). As to all matters of fact, we have relied on the representations and statements of fact made in the documents so reviewed, and we have not independently established the facts so relied on. We have also assumed the validity and constitutionality of each statute covered by this opinion letter. This opinion letter is given, and all statements herein are made, in the context of the foregoing.

This opinion letter is based as to matters of law solely on applicable provisions of the Texas Business Organizations Code, as amended (the “TBOC”). For the purposes of this paragraph, such laws shall include the statutory provisions contained in the TBOC, all applicable provisions of the Texas Constitution and the reported judicial decisions interpreting these laws. We express no opinion herein as to any other laws, statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations.

Based upon, subject to and limited by the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

(a) Each of the Texas Guarantors is validly existing as a limited partnership and in good standing as of November 3, 2010 under the laws of the State of Texas.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by each of the Texas Guarantors of the Indenture and the Guarantees have been duly authorized by all necessary limited partnership action of each of the Texas Guarantors, and the Indenture has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each of the Texas Guarantors.

(c) The performance on the date hereof by each of the Texas Guarantors of the Indenture and the Guarantees does not violate (i) the Certificate of Limited Partnership, as amended, or Agreement of Limited Partnership of either of the Texas Guarantors or (ii) the TBOC.

This opinion letter has been prepared for use in connection with the Registration Statement. We assume no obligation to advise you of any changes in the foregoing subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are an “expert” within the meaning of the Securities Act. We further consent to the reliance by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP on our opinions in rendering its opinions to American Renal Holdings on the date hereof, it being understood that our opinion speaks only as of the date hereof and that no such reliance will have any effect on the scope, phrasing or originally intended use of our opinion.

Sincerely,

/s/ GREENBERG TRAURIG LLP

GREENBERG TRAURIG LLP

2

SCHEDULE 1

Texas Limited Partnership Guarantors

1. American Renal Texas L.P.

2. American Renal Texas II, L.P.

3

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

Published CUSIP Number:                     

$25,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of May 7, 2010

among

C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP. (to be merged

with and into American Renal Holdings Inc.),

as the Borrower,

C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC,

as Holdings,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and

L/C Issuer,

and

The Other Lenders Party Hereto

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,

BARCLAYS CAPITAL and

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Book Managers

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section		Page
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
1.01.	Defined Terms		1
1.02.	Other Interpretive Provisions		30
1.03.	Accounting Terms		30
1.04.	Rounding		31
1.05.	Times of Day		31
1.06.	Letter of Credit Amounts		31
1.07.	Currency Equivalents Generally		31
ARTICLE II
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
2.01.	The Loans		31
2.02.	Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans		31
2.03.	Letters of Credit		33
2.04.	Swing Line Loans		39
2.05.	Prepayments		41
2.06.	Termination or Reduction of Commitments		41
2.07.	Repayment of Loans		43
2.08.	Interest		43
2.09.	Fees		44
2.10.	Computation of Interest and Fees		44
2.11.	Evidence of Debt		44
2.12.	Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback		45
2.13.	Sharing of Payments by Lenders		46
2.14.	Cash Collateral		47
2.15.	Defaulting Lenders		48
ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
3.01.	Taxes		49
3.02.	Illegality		51
3.03.	Inability to Determine Rates		52
3.04.	Increased Costs		52
3.05.	Compensation for Losses		53
3.06.	Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders		54
3.07.	Survival		54
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
4.01.	Conditions of Initial Credit Extension		54
4.02.	Conditions to All Credit Extensions		56
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
5.01.	Existence, Qualification and Power		57

-i-

		Page
5.02.	Authorization; No Contravention		57
5.03.	Governmental Authorization; Other Consents		57
5.04.	Binding Effect		57
5.05.	Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect		58
5.06.	Litigation		58
5.07.	Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments		58
5.08.	Environmental Compliance		59
5.09.	Insurance		59
5.10.	Taxes		59
5.11.	ERISA Compliance		59
5.12.	Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties		60
5.13.	Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act		60
5.14.	Disclosure		60
5.15.	Compliance with Laws		60
5.16.	Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc		61
5.17.	Solvency		61
5.18.	Labor Matters		61
5.19.	Collateral Documents		61
5.20.	Use of Proceeds		61
5.21.	Status as Senior Debt		61
ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
6.01.	Financial Statements		61
6.02.	Certificates; Other Information		62
6.03.	Notices		64
6.04.	Payment of Taxes		64
6.05.	Preservation of Existence, Etc		64
6.06.	Maintenance of Properties		64
6.07.	Maintenance of Insurance		64
6.08.	Compliance with Laws		64
6.09.	Books and Records		65
6.10.	Inspection Rights		65
6.11.	ERISA Compliance		65
6.12.	Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security		65
6.13.	Compliance with Environmental Laws		67
6.14.	Further Assurances		67
6.15.	Material Contracts		67
6.16.	Qualified Subsidiaries		67
6.17.	Post-Closing Deliverables		68
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
7.01.	Liens		68
7.02.	Indebtedness		70
7.03.	Investments		73
7.04.	Fundamental Changes		76
7.05.	Dispositions		76
7.06.	Restricted Payments		78
7.07.	Change in Nature of Business		79
7.08.	Transactions with Affiliates		80
7.09.	Burdensome Agreements		81
7.10.	Financial Covenants		83

-ii-

		Page
7.11.	Sale and Leaseback Transactions		83
7.12.	Amendments of Organization Documents		83
7.13.	Fiscal Year		83
7.14.	Prepayments, etc. of Indebtedness		83
7.15.	Holding Company		83
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
8.01.	Events of Default		84
8.02.	Remedies upon Event of Default		85
8.03.	Application of Funds		86
ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.01.	Appointment and Authority		87
9.02.	Rights as a Lender		87
9.03.	Exculpatory Provisions		87
9.04.	Reliance by Administrative Agent		88
9.05.	Delegation of Duties		88
9.06.	Resignation of Administrative Agent		88
9.07.	Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders		89
9.08.	No Other Duties, Etc		89
9.09.	Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim		89
9.10.	Collateral and Guaranty Matters		90
9.11.	Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements		91
ARTICLE X
CONTINUING GUARANTY
10.01.	Guaranty		91
10.02.	Rights of Lenders		92
10.03.	Certain Waivers		92
10.04.	Obligations Independent		92
10.05.	Subrogation		92
10.06.	Termination; Reinstatement		92
10.07.	Subordination		92
10.08.	Stay of Acceleration		93
10.09.	Condition of Borrower		93
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
11.01.	Amendments, Etc		93
11.02.	Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications		94
11.03.	Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders		96
11.04.	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement		96
11.05.	Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver		96
11.06.	Payments Set Aside		98
11.07.	Successors and Assigns		98
11.08.	Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality		101
11.09.	Right of Setoff		102
11.10.	Interest Rate Limitation		102
11.11.	Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness		102

-iii-

		Page
11.12.	Survival of Representations and Warranties		102
11.13.	Severability		103
11.14.	Replacement of Lenders		103
11.15.	Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc		103
11.16.	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL		104
11.17.	No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility		104
11.18.	Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents		105
11.19.	USA PATRIOT Act		105

-iv-

SCHEDULES
2.01	Commitments and Applicable Percentages
5.03	Certain Authorizations
5.06	Litigation
5.07(b)	Existing Liens
5.07(c)	Material Real Property
5.12	Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments; Loan Parties
5.16	Intellectual Property Matters
5.19	Collateral Documents
6.12	Guarantors
6.17	Post-Closing Deliverables
7.02	Existing Indebtedness
7.03	Existing Investments
7.08	Affiliate Transactions
11.02	Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
EXHIBITS
Form of
A	Committed Loan Notice
B	Swing Line Loan Notice
C	Note
D	Compliance Certificate
E	Assignment and Assumption
F	Guaranty
G	Security Agreement
H	Tax Status Certificates
I	Perfection Certificate
J-1	Opinion Matters – Counsel to Loan Parties
J-2	Opinion Matters – Local Counsel to Loan Parties
K	Solvency Certificate
L	Intercreditor Agreement

-v-

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (as amended, modified, waived, amended and restated, or otherwise changed, in each case in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of May 7, 2010, among C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (“MergerCo” or the “Borrower”), which shall be merged with and into AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. (the “Company”) on the Closing Date, upon and following which the Borrower shall be the Company, C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

Sponsor has established C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), which has established Holdings, and MergerCo was organized by Holdings to acquire the Company.

Pursuant to the contribution and merger agreement (together with all exhibits, schedules and disclosure letters thereto) dated March 22, 2010 (the “Purchase Agreement”) among Holdings, Parent, MergerCo, the Company, certain shareholders of the Company party thereto and Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, MergerCo shall consummate a merger (the “Merger”) with and into the Company, and the Company shall be the surviving corporation and thereafter the Borrower hereunder.

MergerCo has requested that (a) on the Closing Date, the Lenders lend to the Borrower up to $5,000,000 in order to finance costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transaction and (b) from time to time, the Lenders make revolving credit loans to the Borrower and the L/C Issuer issue letters of credit for the account of the Borrower.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend and the L/C Issuer has indicated its willingness to issue letters of credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Acquisition Consideration” means the purchase consideration for any Investment made pursuant to Section 7.03(g) and all other payments by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for, or as part of, or in connection with, such Investment, whether in cash or non cash (including by exchange of Equity Interests or of properties or otherwise) and whether payable at or prior to the consummation of such Investment or deferred for payment at any future time, whether or not any such future payment is subject to the occurrence of any contingency, and includes any and all payments representing the purchase price (including the amount of any deferred purchase price obligations) and any assumptions of Indebtedness, “earn-outs” and other agreements to make any payment the

amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of any person or business; provided that any such future payment that is subject to a contingency shall be considered Acquisition Consideration only to the extent of the reserve, if any, required under GAAP at the time of such sale to be established in respect thereof by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Act” means the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

“Administrative Agent” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, or any successor administrative agent.

“Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 11.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. No Person in whom a Receivables Subsidiary makes an Investment in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction will be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment.

“Agent Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(c).

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Applicable Fee Rate” means, at any time, 0.75% per annum.

“Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Facility represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.15. If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, or if the Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of the Facility shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender in respect of the Facility most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of the Facility is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

“Applicable Rate” means (i) from the Closing Date to the date on which the Administrative Agent receives a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(b) for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2010, 3.50% per annum for Base Rate Loans and 4.50% per annum for Eurodollar Rate Loans and Letter of Credit Fees and (ii) thereafter, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below determined by reference to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(b):

Applicable Rate
Pricing Level	Consolidated Leverage Ratio	Eurodollar Rate Loans (Letter of Credit Fees)	Base Rate Loans
1	³4.00:1	4.50%	3.50%
2	<4.00:1 but ³3.50:1	4.00%	3.00%
3	<3.50:1	3.50%	2.50%

-2-

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b); provided, however, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then, upon the request of the Required Lenders, Pricing Level 1 shall apply, in each case as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and in each case shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered.

If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Borrower or for any other reason, the Borrower or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under Section 2.03(c)(iii), 2.03(h) or 2.08(b) or under Article VIII. The Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

“Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E-1 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal years of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

“Auto-Extension Letter of Credit” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

“Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iv).

“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date of termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, and (iii) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.

“Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

“Barclays” has the meaning specified in Section 11.17.

“Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus  ¹/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for an Interest Period of one month beginning on such day plus 1.00%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point

-3-

for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

“Base Rate Loan” means a Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

“Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Borrower Financial Advisor” has the meaning specified in Section 11.17.

“Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

“Borrowing” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan or any Base Rate Loan bearing interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day.

“Calculation Date” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis.”

“Capitalized Leases” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

“Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender (as applicable) and the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations, Obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans, or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of either thereof (as the context may require), cash or deposit account balances or, if the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender benefiting from such collateral shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender (as applicable). “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types of investments, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Collateral Documents and other Liens permitted hereunder):

(a) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof;

(b) direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state, or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(c) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a Lender or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) of this definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

-4-

(d) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States and rated at least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “A-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case with maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(e) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than one year for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (a) and (c) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above; and

(f) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (d) of this definition or money market funds that comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

“Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.

“Cash Management Bank” means any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.

“CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.

“CERCLIS” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

“CFC” means a Person that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Code.

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.

“Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which:

(a) at any time prior to the creation of a Public Market, the Permitted Holders shall cease to own and control legally and beneficially (free and clear of all Liens), either directly or indirectly, equity securities in Holdings representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of all of equity securities entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of Holdings on a fully diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that the Permitted Holders have the right to acquire pursuant to any option right (as defined in clause (b) below)); or

(b) at any time upon or after the creation of a Public Market, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan, unless such plan is part of a group) other than the Permitted Holders becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “option right”)), directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the equity securities of Holdings entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of Holdings on a fully diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such “person” or “group” has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right); or

-5-

(c) Holdings shall cease, directly or indirectly, to own and control legally and beneficially all of the Equity Interests in the Borrower; or

(d) a “change of control” or any comparable term under, and as defined in, the Senior Secured Notes Indenture or other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b) shall have occurred.

“Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 11.01.

“Closing Date Material Adverse Change” means any event, circumstance, development, change or effect that individually or in the aggregate, with all other events, circumstances, developments, changes and effects, has had or would reasonably be expected have, a material adverse effect on (i) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, or results of operations of the Company Entities, taken as a whole, other than any event, circumstance, development, change or effect resulting from any of the following: (A) changes, after the date hereof, in general economic, financial or securities market conditions in the United States or global economy, including changes in interest or exchange rates, (B) general changes or developments, after the date hereof, in the industries in which the Company Entities operate, including general changes, after the date hereof, in any Legal Requirement of any Governmental Authority of general applicability to companies in the industries in which the Company Entities operate, (C) the impact of the announcement or consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement on the Company Entities’ customers, suppliers or payers (provided that, to the extent applicable, the exceptions in this clause (C) shall be disregarded in determining whether there is a breach of the representations or warranties contained in Section 3.5, 3.8(b)(iv), 3.16(a) or 3.18(b) of the Purchase Agreement), (D) changes, after the date hereof, in GAAP, (E) actions taken or omissions by the Company Entities with the prior written consent of Buyer (which consent was approved by the Lead Arrangers) or expressly required by the Purchase Agreement, (F) any hostilities, act of war, sabotage, terrorism or military actions, or any escalation or worsening of any such hostilities, act of war, sabotage, terrorism or military actions, in each case, generally affecting the industries in which the Company Entities operate, (G) the failure of the Company Entities, in and of itself, to meet internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earning predictions for any period (provided that the underlying causes of such failure shall be considered in determining whether there is a Closing Date Material Adverse Change), or (H) changes, after the date hereof, in any Legal Requirement affecting the validity, enforceability or legality of the Intercompany Loans, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (A), (B), (D) or (F), to the extent such events, circumstances, developments, changes or effects referred to therein have or would reasonably be expected to have a materially disproportionate impact on the Company Entities, taken as a whole, as compared to other companies in the industry in which any of the Company Entities operate or (ii) the ability of the Company Entities to perform their respective obligations under the Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby on a timely basis. Capitalized terms within the preceding sentence have the meanings given to them in the Purchase Agreement.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and rules and regulations related thereto.

“Collateral” means all of the “Collateral” and “Mortgaged Property” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Mortgages, each Account Control Agreement (as referred to in the Security Agreement), each Securities Account Control Agreement (as referred to in the Security Agreement), each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements and other instruments and agreements pursuant to which Liens are granted to the Administrative Agent as security for the Obligations pursuant to Section 4.01, 6.12 or otherwise.

“Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth

-6-

opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

“Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

“Company” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

“Consolidated Adjusted Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Adjusted Secured Net Debt as of such date after giving effect to all incurrences and repayments or discharges of Indebtedness and Liens to occur on such date to (2) the Borrower’s Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01.

“Consolidated Adjusted Secured Net Debt” means, as of any date, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the type specified in clauses (a), (b) and (g) of the definition thereof of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date determined on a consolidated basis, if such Indebtedness is (x) secured by a Lien or (y) owing by a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, minus (b) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, minus (c) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, up to the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor included in clause (a) of this definition and (y) the amount of such cash and Cash Equivalents of such Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor times the percentage of such Subsidiary owned directly or indirectly by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means Consolidated Net Income for any period plus

(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:

(i) consolidated interest expense (and solely for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, other Fixed Charges) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, increased by payments made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, minus the sum of (x) any payments received in respect of such hedging obligations or other derivative instruments and (y) for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio only, interest income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries),

(ii) consolidated tax expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period,

(iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period,

(iv) any Non- Cash Charges of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period,

(v) costs associated with the Transactions made or incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions for such period that are paid, accrued or reserved for within 365 days of the consummation of the Transactions,

-7-

(vi) without duplication of any Pro Forma Cost Savings, any restructuring charges (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions pursuant to Section 7.03(g) or (i) and to closure or consolidation of facilities) for such period and any “Specified Payments” as defined in Schedule 11.2(a)(vi) to the Purchase Agreement made during such period,

(vii) without duplication of any Pro Forma Cost Savings, any unusual or nonrecurring fees, cash charges and other cash expenses for such period (A) made or incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with any Investment pursuant to Section 7.03(g) or (i), including severance, relocation and facilities closing costs, including any earnout payments, whether or not accounted for as such, that are paid, accrued or reserved for within 365 days of such Investment or (B) incurred in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests or Indebtedness by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,

(viii) cash expenses incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period in connection with an acquisition pursuant to Section 7.03(g) or (i) to the extent that such expenses are reimbursed in cash during such period pursuant to indemnification provisions of any agreement relating to such acquisition,

(ix) annual management fees paid by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are permitted to be paid to the Sponsor under Section 7.08(b)(ii),

(x) cash expenses incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period in connection with extraordinary casualty events to the extent such expenses are reimbursed in cash to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by insurance during such period, and

(xi) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority Equity Interests of third parties in any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to the extent (and not to exceed the amount of) Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary is included in the Indebtedness of the Borrower; minus

(b) without duplication and, in the case of clause (ii) below, to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income,

(i) any cash payments made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period in respect of Non-Cash Charges described in clause (a)(iv) taken in a prior period or taken in such period, and

(ii) any non-cash items of income of to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business);

provided that (I) in no event shall any charge, expense or loss relating to write-downs, write-offs or reserves with respect to current assets be added back to Net Income for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA and (II) the aggregate amount added back to Net Income for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clauses (a)(vi) and (vii) shall not exceed 8% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated before giving effect to such clauses) for any period. Consolidated EBITDA shall be determined on a Pro Forma Basis.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means as of any date (a) Consolidated Net Debt as of such date to (b) the Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on such date.

“Consolidated Net Debt” means, as of any date, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the type specified in clauses (a), (b) and (g) of the definition thereof of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date determined on a consolidated basis, minus (b) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, minus (c) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held, on such date, by any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, up to the greater of (x)

-8-

the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary included in clause (a) of this definition and (y) the amount of such unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of such Subsidiary times the percentage of outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiary owned by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the Net Income (and net loss) of any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest will be excluded, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received in cash by the Borrower or a Qualified Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions in respect of such period;

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

(3) the amortization of any premiums, fees or expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or any amounts required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinions Nos. 16 (including non-cash write-ups and Non-Cash Charges relating to inventory and fixed assets, in each case arising in connection with the Transactions) and 17 (including Non-Cash Charges relating to intangibles and goodwill), in each case in connection with the Transactions, will be excluded;

(4) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business (it being understood that a sale of assets comprising discontinued operations shall be deemed a sale of assets out of the ordinary course of business); or (b) the disposition of any securities by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries will be excluded;

(5) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss, will be excluded;

(6) income or losses attributable to discontinued operations (including without limitation, operations disposed during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued) will be excluded;

(7) any Non-Cash Charges (i) attributable to applying the purchase method of accounting in accordance with GAAP, (ii) resulting from the application of FAS 142 or FAS 144, and (iii) relating to the amortization of intangibles resulting from the application of FAS 141 will be excluded;

(8) all Non-Cash Charges relating to employee benefit or other management or stock compensation plans of the Borrower or a Subsidiary (excluding any such Non-Cash Charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense incurred in a prior period) will be excluded to the extent that such Non-Cash Charges are deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; provided, further, that if the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower makes a cash payment in respect of such Non-Cash Charge in any period, such cash payment will (without duplication) be deducted from the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for such period;

(9) all unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FAS 52 shall be excluded;

(10) the Net Income for such period of any Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders, except to the extent such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; and

-9-

(11) Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by the amount of any dividends or distributions made to Parent for ordinary course holding company operating expenses.

“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds contributed to the Borrower after the Closing Date from the sale of the Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or as a contribution to the Borrower’s common equity capital (in each case, other than to or from a Subsidiary of the Borrower); provided that such Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 180 days after the sale of such Equity Interests or the making of such capital contribution and (b) is designated as “Contribution Indebtedness” pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent within one Business Day of the date of its incurrence. Any sale of Equity Interests or capital contribution that forms the basis for an incurrence of Contribution Indebtedness will not be considered to be a sale of Equity Interests or a capital contribution and will be disregarded for purposes of Sections 7.06(f) and (m).

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Declined Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 2.06(b).

“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Facility plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.

“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.15(b), any Lender that, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans or participations in respect of Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans, within three Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect, in each case with respect to its funding obligations (x) hereunder or (y) under other agreements generally in which it commits to extend credit (unless in the case of this clause (y), such obligation is the subject of a good faith dispute), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with its funding obligations, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such

-10-

proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority.

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means any non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in connection with a Material Disposition that is designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer.

“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of any property by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith or any sale, transfer or disposition of Equity Interests.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Equity Interest), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Equity Interest, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (x) any Equity Interest that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of such Equity Interest have the right to require the Borrower or the Subsidiary that issued such Equity Interest to repurchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Equity Interest provide that the Borrower may not repurchase such Equity Interest unless the Borrower would be permitted to do so in compliance with Section 7.06 (y) any Equity Interest that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely as a result of any redemption feature that is conditioned upon, and subject to, compliance with Section 7.06 will not constitute Disqualified Stock and (z) any Equity Interest issued to any plan for the benefit of employees will not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings, the Borrower or the Subsidiary that issued such Equity Interest in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

“Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

“Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Sections 11.07(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.07(b)(iii)).

“Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any harmful or deleterious materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

-11-

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower and is treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) with respect to any Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (c) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (d) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Multiemployer Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (f) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status, within the meaning of Section 303(i)(4)(A) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4)(A) of the Code; or (i) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

“Eurodollar Base Rate” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate.”

“Eurodollar Rate” means for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following formula:

Eurodollar Rate	=	Eurodollar Base Rate
		1.00 – Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

Where “Eurodollar Base Rate” means, for such Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Base Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that the Eurodollar Rate shall never be deemed to be less than 2.0% per annum.

-12-

“Eurodollar Rate Loan” means a Revolving Credit Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”). The Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan and for each outstanding Base Rate Loan bearing interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

“Excluded Contributions” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by Holdings (to the extent contributed to the Borrower) from (i) contributions to its equity capital (other than Disqualified Stock) or (ii) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be. Net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds resulting from Excluded Contributions shall not be considered net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds for purposes of Sections 7.06(f) and (m).

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or any other Loan Document, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by its net income (however denominated), and franchise Taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by any jurisdiction as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such other recipient and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such Tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein other than a connection deemed to arise solely from such person having executed, delivered, become a party to, or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced and/or engaged in any other transactions pursuant to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document), (b) any Tax similar to the branch profits tax under Section 884(a) of the Code imposed by any jurisdiction described in (a), (c) any withholding Tax that is attributable to such recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e), (d) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by Borrower under Section 11.14), any United States federal withholding Tax imposed on any amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to the Laws in force at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from Borrower with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a), (e) United States federal withholding taxes that would not have been imposed but for a failure by a Lender or such other recipient (or any financial institution through which any payment is made to such Lender) to comply with any procedures, certifications, information reporting, disclosure, or other related requirements of Sections 1471-1474 of the Code (and any applicable regulations or official interpretations thereof) that could establish an exemption from or reduction in withholding thereunder and (f) any United States federal backup withholding Taxes under Section 3406 of the Code,

“Facility” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments at such time.

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the board of directors, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Borrower (unless otherwise provided in this Agreement).

“FASB ASC” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds

-13-

brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

“Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated March 22, 2010, among Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, Banc of America Securities LLC, Banc of America Bridge LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and WF Investment Holdings, LLC.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on or prior to such date at the end of which financial statements have been or were required to be delivered under Section 6.01(a) or (b) to (b) the Fixed Charges of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period.

“Fixed Charges” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (1) the consolidated interest expense of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, net of interest income, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of all payments associated with Capitalized Leases, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all cash payments made or received pursuant to hedging obligations in respect of interest rates, and excluding (v) amortization of deferred financing costs, (w) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (x) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) to the extent included in Fixed Charges, the portion of consolidated interest expenses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries attributable to Indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition of discontinued operations; plus (2) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) that is Guaranteed by the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, but only to the extent such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus (3) the product of (A) all cash dividends paid on any series of preferred stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than to the Borrower or any Qualified Subsidiary), in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries expressed as a decimal. Fixed Charges shall be determined on a Pro Forma Basis.

“Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is not a United States person within the meaning of section 7701(a)(3) of the Code.

“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swing Line Loans other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and

-14-

statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party or applicant in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation, provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee of any guarantor shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which the Guarantee is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guarantor may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument.

“Guarantors” means, collectively, Holdings, the Subsidiaries of Holdings listed on Schedule 6.12 and each other Subsidiary of Holdings that shall be required to execute and deliver a Guaranty Supplement pursuant to Section 6.12 (such Subsidiaries, collectively, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”).

“Guaranty” means, collectively, the Guaranty made by Holdings under Article X in favor of the Secured Parties and the Guaranty made by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, together with each Guaranty Supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 (the “Subsidiary Guaranty”).

“Guaranty Supplement” has the meaning specified in Section 11 of the Subsidiary Guaranty.

“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other harmful or deleterious substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Hedge Bank” means any Person that, at the time it enters into a Swap Contract permitted under Article VII, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Swap Contract.

“Holdings” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Honor Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c).

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all obligations of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, but limited, in the event such secured obligations are nonrecourse to

-15-

such Person, to the fair value of such property, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of the Indebtedness of any other Person, (g) all Capitalized Leases of such Person, (h) all reimbursement obligations of such Person as an account party or applicant in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (j) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For the avoidance of doubt, any right of Strategic Investors in an Qualified Subsidiary to require the Borrower or any Qualified Subsidiary to repurchase the Equity Interests in such Qualified Subsidiary held by such Strategic Investors does not constitute Indebtedness.

“Indemnified Taxes” means all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b).

“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07.

“Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means an intellectual property security agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit 4, 5 or 6 of the Security Agreement (together with each IP Security Agreement Supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12), in each case as amended.

“Intercompany Loan Refinancing” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(d).

“Intercompany Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Security Agreement.

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L, dated the Closing Date, between the Administrative Agent and the trustee for the Senior Secured Notes, and acknowledged by the Loan Parties, as amended, modified, or otherwise changed in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

“Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan or Swing Line Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.

“Interest Period” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months (or, if consented to by all Lenders, nine or twelve months) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of

-16-

assets of another Person that constitute a business unit or all or substantially all of the business of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

“IP Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 5.16.

“IP Security Agreement Supplement” means a supplement to any Intellectual Property Security Agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party party thereto.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

“Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, ordinances, codes, regulations and ordinances of any Governmental Authority.

“L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

“L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing.

“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

“L/C Issuer” means Bank of America in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, any other Lender designated by the Borrower (with the consent (not, in the case of the Administrative Agent, to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of such Lender and the Administrative Agent), as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and any Lender appointed by the Borrower (with the consent (not, in the case of the Administrative Agent, to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Administrative Agent) as such by notice to the Lenders as a replacement for any L/C Issuer who is at the time of such appointment a Defaulting Lender. References herein and in the other Loan Documents to the L/C Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the L/C Issuer in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all L/C Issuers, as the context requires.

“L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

“Lead Arrangers” means Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

“Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender, to the extent such Person has a Commitment hereunder.

-17-

“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

“Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.

“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

“Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(h).

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to $5,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Facility.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

“Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) any agreement creating or perfecting rights in cash collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.14 of this Agreement, (d) the Guaranty, (e) the Collateral Documents, (f) the Fee Letter and (g) each Issuer Document.

“Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantors.

“London Banking Day” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

“Material Acquisition” means the Merger and any other acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitute assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or constitutes all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of a Person and (b) involve the payment of Acquisition Consideration by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of $4,000,000.

“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the material rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its material obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

“Material Contract” means, with respect to any Person, each contract to which such Person is a party that is material to the business, financial condition, operations or properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

“Material Disposition” means any Disposition of a Subsidiary or line of business as a “going concern” that has a Fair Market Value in excess of $4,000,000.

-18-

“Material Real Property” means real properties owned by the Borrower or any Loan Party with a cost or book value (whichever is greater) in excess of $2,000,000.

“Maturity Date” means the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however, that if such anniversary is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

“Maximum Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 11.09.

“Medicaid” means that government-sponsored entitlement program under Title XIX, P.L. 89-979,of the Social Security Act, which provides federal grants to states for medical assistance based on specific eligibility criteria, as set forth at Section 1396, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended, and any statute succeeding thereto.

“Medicare” means that government-sponsored insurance program under Title XVIII, P.L. 89-97, of the Social Security Act, which provides for a health insurance system for eligible elderly and disabled individuals, as set forth at Section 1395, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended, and any statute succeeding thereto.

“Merger” has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements.

“MergerCo” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

“Mortgage” has the meaning specified in Section 6.12(b).

“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Disposition or the issuance of any Indebtedness by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, the sum of the cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such transaction net of the direct costs relating to such Disposition or issuance, including without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, underwriting discounts and commissions, and other reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses, incurred by Holdings or such Subsidiary in connection therewith.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) attributable to such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

“Non-Cash Charges” means (a) losses on asset sales, disposals or abandonments, (b) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down related to intangible assets, goodwill, long- lived assets, and investments in debt and equity securities pursuant to GAAP, (c) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method, (d) stock-based awards compensation expense, and (e) other non-cash charges (provided that if any non-cash charges, expenses and write-downs referred to in this clause (e) represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period).

“Non-Extension Notice Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

“Non-Reinstatement Deadline” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iv).

“Note” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

“NPL” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

-19-

“Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, Letter of Credit, Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

“Offer Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2.06(b).

“Organization Documents” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, documentary, recording, filing, property, excise or similar Taxes arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, performance, registration, delivery or enforcement of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

“Outstanding Amount” means (a) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.

“Parent” has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements hereto.

“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any successor entity performing similar functions.

“Pension Plan” means any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

“Permitted Business” means (i) any business engaged in by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, and (ii) any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the Closing Date.

“Permitted Collateral Liens” means (i) in the case of Collateral other than real property subject to a Mortgage and any pledged securities, Liens permitted under Section 7.01, (ii) in the case of real property subject to a Mortgage, “Permitted Collateral Liens” means the Liens described in Section 7.01(a), (c), (d), (g), (m), (o), (r) and (t) and (iii) in the case of Collateral consisting of pledged securities, means the Liens described in Section 7.01(a) and (o).

“Permitted Holders” means the Sponsor and its Affiliates (other than portfolio companies or holding companies of portfolio companies (other than a direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower)).

-20-

“Permitted Payment Restriction” means any restriction that (i) becomes effective only upon the occurrence of (x) specified events under its charter or (y) a default by such Subsidiary in the payment of principal of or interest, a bankruptcy default, a default on any financial covenant or any other material event of default, in each case on Indebtedness that was incurred by such Subsidiary in compliance with Section 7.02 and (ii) does not materially impair the Borrower’s ability to make scheduled payments of cash interest and fees and to make required principal payments on the Loans, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Borrower.

“Permitted Payments to Holdings” means

(1) payments, directly or indirectly, to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (including Parent) to be used by Holdings (or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) to pay (x) consolidated, combined or similar federal, state and local taxes payable by Holdings (or such parent company) and directly attributable to (or arising as a result of) the operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (y) franchise or similar taxes and fees of Holdings (or such parent company) required to maintain Holdings’ (or such parent company’s) corporate or other existence and other taxes; provided that:

(a) the amount of such dividends, distributions or advances paid shall not exceed the amount (x) that would be due with respect to a consolidated, combined or similar federal, state or local tax return for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries if the Borrower were the parent of such group for federal, state and local tax purposes plus (y) the actual amount of such franchise or similar taxes and fees of Holdings (or such parent company) required to maintain Holdings’ (or such parent company’s) corporate or other existence and other taxes, each as applicable; and

(b) such payments are used by Holdings (or such parent company) for such purposes within 90 days of the receipt of such payments;

(2) payments, directly or indirectly, to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower if the proceeds thereof are used to pay general corporate and overhead expenses (including salaries and other compensation of employees) incurred in the ordinary course of its business or of the business of Holdings or such other parent company of the Borrower as a direct or indirect holding company for the Borrower or used to pay fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) relating to any unsuccessful debt or equity financing, in each case, only to the extent directly attributable to the operations of Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and

(3) so long as no Default exists at the time of such payment or would result therefrom, payments, directly or indirectly, to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower if the proceeds thereof are used to pay amounts payable to the Permitted Holders pursuant to Section 7.08(b), solely to the extent such amounts are not paid directly by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that any accelerated payment of periodic management fees under the Sponsor Management Agreement (other than upon termination thereof upon an initial public offering of common stock, or Change of Control, of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) shall constitute a Restricted Payment (whether or not such payment is made by the Borrower directly or through a dividend or distribution to Holdings) not permitted by this clause (3) and shall be permitted only if the Borrower would be permitted to make a Restricted Payment under another exception under Section 7.06.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that:

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees, commissions, discounts and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

-21-

(b) either (x) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged or (y) all scheduled payments on or in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (other than interest payments) shall be at least 91 days following the Maturity Date;

(c) if the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(d) such Indebtedness is incurred

(i) by the Borrower or by the Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(ii) by the Borrower or any Guarantor if the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

(iii) by any Qualified Subsidiary if the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is a Qualified Subsidiary; and

(e) such Indebtedness is only secured if and to the extent and with the priority the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is secured.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, governmental authority or other entity.

“Plan” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, established, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

“Pledged Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Security Agreement.

“Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to any calculation for any period:

(a) Material Acquisitions and Material Dispositions that have been made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquired by, merged or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Subsidiaries, during such period or subsequent to the period and on or prior to the date for which the calculation is being made (the “Calculation Date”) will be given pro forma effect, including giving effect to Pro Forma Cost Savings, as if they had occurred on the first day of the period;

(b) for purposes of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

(c) any Person that is a Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Subsidiary at all times during such period;

-22-

(d) any Person that is not a Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Subsidiary at any time during such period; and

(e) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account the effect on such interest rate of any Secured Hedge Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness).

The calculations above shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower. Interest on a Capitalized Lease shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower may designate. For the purposes of Sections 7.01(o), 7.02(d), 7.02(m) and 7.03(g), when calculating compliance with a financial ratio as of any date, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed Charges shall be calculated as of the four quarter period ending on the most date in respect of which a recent balance sheet has been (or was required to be) delivered under Section 6.01(a) or (b).

“Pro Forma Cost Savings” means, with respect to any period, and without duplication of any amounts set forth in clauses (a)(vi) and (vii) of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, the reduction in net costs and related adjustments that (i) were directly attributable to any Material Acquisition or Material Disposition that occurred during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to the four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date of determination and calculated on a basis that is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933 as in effect and applied as of the date of this Agreement, (ii) were actually implemented by the business that was the subject of any such Material Acquisition or Material Disposition within 12 months after the date of the acquisition, merger, consolidation or disposition and prior to the date of determination that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records of such business or (iii) relate to the business that is the subject of any such acquisition, merger, consolidation or disposition and that the Borrower reasonably determines are probable based upon specifically identifiable actions to be taken within 12 months of the date of the acquisition, merger, consolidation or disposition and, in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii), are described, as provided below, in a certificate of a Responsible Officer, as if all such reductions in costs had been effected as of the beginning of such period. Pro Forma Cost Savings described above shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent from the chief financial officer of the Borrower that outlines the actions taken or to be taken, the net cost savings achieved or to be achieved from such actions and that, in the case of clause (iii) above, such savings have been determined to be probable.

“Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

“Public Market” shall exist if (a) a Public Offering has been consummated and (b) any Equity Interests of Holdings have been distributed by means of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.

“Public Offering” means a public offering of the Equity Interests of Holdings pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.

“Purchase Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements.

“Qualified Proceeds” means any of the following or any combination of the following:

(1) cash or Cash Equivalents;

(2) the Fair Market Value of assets that are used or useful in the Permitted Business; and

-23-

(3) the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of any Person engaged primarily in a Permitted Business if, in connection with the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of such Equity Interests, such Person becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Subsidiary or such Person is merged or consolidated into the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Subsidiary;

provided that the amount of Qualified Proceeds shall be reduced by the amount of payments made in respect of the applicable transaction which are permitted under Section 7.08(b)(i).

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers, or grants a security interest, to:

(1) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which transfer may be effected through the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries); and

(2) if applicable, any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary),

in each case, in any accounts receivable (including health care insurance receivables), instruments, chattel paper, general intangibles and similar assets (whether now existing or arising in the future, the “Receivables”) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts, contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Receivables, proceeds of such Receivables and any other assets, which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with receivables financings and asset securitization transactions of such type, together with any related transactions customarily entered into in receivables financings and asset securitizations, including servicing arrangements. All determinations under this Agreement as to whether a particular provision in respect of a receivables transaction is customary shall be made by the Borrower in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive).

“Qualified Subsidiary” means a majority-owned Subsidiary or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that satisfies each of the following requirements: (1) except for Permitted Payment Restrictions, there are no consensual encumbrances or restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the ability of such Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests to the Borrower or a Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Subsidiary or (b) make any loans or advances to the Borrower or a Subsidiary; (2) the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary are owned by the Borrower and/or one or more of its Qualified Subsidiaries (without giving effect to the proviso in this definition) and, if it is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, one or more of (A) Strategic Investors, (B) directors of such Subsidiary (only to the extent holding directors’ qualifying shares) and (C) any other Person to the extent ownership by such other Person is required as a result of changes in law occurring after the Closing Date; and (3) the primary business of such Subsidiary is a Permitted Business; provided that, so long as the laws or regulations of the State of New York require that membership interests in limited liability companies that own dialysis clinics in the State of New York be owned by individuals, a Subsidiary that operates one or more clinics located only in the State of New York shall be deemed a Qualified Subsidiary if (i) the requirements of clause (1) and (3) of this definition are satisfied, (ii) a majority of its Equity Interests are owned by an officer of the Borrower who is party to a written contract with the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to which the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have the right to repurchase all of such Equity Interests owned by such officer for a nominal amount, (iii) the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor receives dividends and distributions from such Subsidiary as if it owned all of the Equity Interests owned by such officer and (iv) such officer pledges such Equity Interests as part of the Collateral to the extent such Equity Interests would have been pledged if they were owned by the Borrower or a Guarantor.

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Receivables Transaction.

“Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Transaction to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or

-24-

covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

“Receivables Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable and in businesses related or ancillary thereto and that is designated by the board of directors of the Borrower (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary (A) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

(1) is guaranteed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(2) is recourse to or obligates the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

(3) subjects any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than accounts receivable and related assets as provided in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; and

(B) with which neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Borrower, other than as may be customary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction including for fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable; and (C) with which neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or cause such Subsidiary to achieve certain levels of operating results other than pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower giving effect to any such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c).

“Reinvestment” means, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, a reinvestment of any Net Cash Proceeds of a Disposition made pursuant to Section 7.05(l), within 365 days of receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, in one or more of the following (w) an acquisition of the Equity Interests of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect thereto, such Person is or becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Subsidiary of the Borrower, (x) Investments pursuant to Section 7.03(i), (y) capital expenditures of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (z) an acquisition of assets (other than Indebtedness and Equity Interests) to be used by the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary in a Permitted Business; provided that (a) in all cases, to the extent the assets that were the subject of such Disposition were Collateral, such Net Cash Proceeds shall be reinvested in Collateral and (b) Borrower shall deliver a notice to the Administrative Agent of its intention to so reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within 10 Business Days of the receipt thereof (a “Reinvestment Notice”).

“Reinvestment Notice” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Reinvestment”.

“Related Documents” means the Purchase Agreement and the annexes, exhibits and disclosure schedules referenced therein.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

-25-

“Replacement Preferred Stock” means any Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to redeem, refund, refinance, replace or discharge any Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock issued by the Borrower or a Subsidiary to the Borrower or another Subsidiary); provided that such Replacement Preferred Stock (i) is issued by the Borrower or by the Subsidiary who is the issuer of the Disqualified Stock being redeemed, refunded, refinanced, replaced or discharged, (ii) does not have an initial liquidation preference in excess of the liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends on the Disqualified Stock being redeemed, refunded, refinanced, replaced or discharged and (iii) does not require redemption, repurchase or discharge at any time prior to the date on which the Disqualified Stock being redeemed, refunded, refinanced, replaced or discharged is required to be redeemed, repurchased or discharged.

“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived with respect to a Pension Plan (other than a Pension Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate that is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code).

“Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

“Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate unused Commitments; provided that the unused Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to any Person’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof), or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such dividend or other distribution or payment.

“Revolving Credit Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

“Revolving Credit Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 7.11.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

-26-

“Secured Cash Management Agreement” means any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and any Cash Management Bank, on the other hand.

“Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Swap Contract permitted under Article VII that is entered into by and between Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and any Hedge Bank, on the other hand.

“Secured Intercompany Note” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(c).

“Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05, and the other Persons the Obligations owing to which are secured by the Collateral under the terms of the Collateral Documents.

“Security Agreement” means a security agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit G (together with each Security Agreement Supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12, in each case as amended, the “Security Agreement”), duly executed by each Loan Party.

“Security Agreement Supplement” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1(c) of the Security Agreement.

“Senior Secured Notes” means the 8.375% senior secured notes of the Borrower due 2018 in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000 issued and sold on the Closing Date pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Documents.

“Senior Secured Notes Documents” means the Senior Secured Notes Indenture and the Senior Secured Notes.

“Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated as of the Closing Date among the Borrower, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee.

“Social Security Act” means the Social Security Act of 1965.

“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (i) the fair value of the property of such Person is not less than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (ii) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (iii) such Person will be able to pay its debts and other liabilities as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured and (iv) such Person is not left with property remaining in its hands constituting “unreasonably small capital” with which to conduct its business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

“Sponsor” means Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement between the Borrower and Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. dated as of the Closing Date and as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Spot Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 1.07.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which the Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

-27-

“Strategic Investors” means physicians, hospitals, health systems, other healthcare providers, other healthcare companies and other similar strategic joint venture partners which joint venture partners are, directly or indirectly, actively involved in the day-to-day operations of providing dialysis-related services, or, in the case of physicians, that have retired therefrom, individuals who are former owners or employees of dialysis clinics purchased by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, and consulting firms that receive common stock solely as consideration for consulting services performed.

“subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date.

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means the Borrower and each Subsidiary that is party to the Guaranty.

“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other similar master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

“Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Swing Line Lender” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

“Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

“Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

“Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $5,000,000 and (b) the Facility. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Facility.

“Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including Sale and Leaseback Transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

-28-

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Threshold Amount” means $10,000,000.

“Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations.

“Transaction” means, collectively, (a) the formation of Parent by the Permitted Holders and the issuance of all Equity Interests therein to the Permitted Holders and certain members of management of the Company, (b) the formation by Parent of Holdings and the formation by Holdings of MergerCo, (c) the consummation of the Merger, (d) the issuance and sale of the Senior Secured Notes, (e) the entering into by the Loan Parties and their applicable Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents, the Senior Secured Notes Documents and the Related Documents to which they are a party (and the acknowledgment by the Loan Parties of the Intercreditor Agreement), (f) the refinancing of all Indebtedness of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date (other than up to $12,000,000 of Indebtedness at certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower that shall not be Guarantors) and the termination of all commitments with respect thereto and (g) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the foregoing.

“Type” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

“U.S. Loan Party” means any Loan Party that is organized under the laws of one of the states of the United States and that is not a CFC.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(a) the sum of the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of such Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any specified Person means a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests or other ownership interest of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at that time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

-29-

1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to the Intercreditor Agreement, this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in the Intercreditor Agreement or such other Loan Document:

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “hereto,” “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement to Articles, Sections, Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules to, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement.

1.03. Accounting Terms.

(a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 and FASB ASC 470-20 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value”, as defined therein.

(b) Changes in GAAP. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be

-30-

computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

1.04. Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.05. Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.06. Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

1.07. Currency Equivalents Generally. Any amount specified in this Agreement (other than in Article II) or any of the other Loan Documents to be in Dollars shall also include the equivalent of such amount in any currency other than Dollars, such equivalent amount thereof in the applicable currency to be determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (as defined below) for the purchase of such currency with Dollars. For purposes of this Section 1.07, the “Spot Rate” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date of such determination; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.

ARTICLE II

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.01. The Loans.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Revolving Credit Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Facility, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment; provided, further, that not more than $5,000,000 of Revolving Credit Loans shall be made on the Closing Date. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01. Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.

(a) Each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing

-31-

of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans; provided, however, that if the Borrower wishes to request Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period,” the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Appropriate Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 11:00 a.m., three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Swing Line Loan may not be converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Revolving Credit Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided, however, that if, on the date a Committed Loan Notice with respect to a Revolving Credit Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Revolving Credit Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second, shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, upon notice from the Required Lenders, Loans will cease to be able to be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

-32-

(e) After giving effect to all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than five (5) Interest Periods in effect.

2.03. Letters of Credit.

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment. (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Facility, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(B) the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders and the L/C Issuer have approved such expiry date.

(iii) The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B) the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000, in the case of a commercial Letter of Credit, or $500,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;

(D) the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or

-33-

(E) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv)) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which the L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion;

(iv) The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(v) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(vi) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit. (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); and (3) the nature of the proposed amendment. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require in accordance with such L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

-34-

(iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a)), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent on their behalf or from the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

(iv) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that permits the automatic reinstatement of all or a portion of the stated amount thereof after any drawing thereunder (each, an “Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit”). Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer to permit such reinstatement. Once an Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit has been issued, except as provided in the following sentence, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to reinstate all or a portion of the stated amount thereof in accordance with the provisions of such Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit permits the L/C Issuer to decline to reinstate all or any portion of the stated amount thereof after a drawing thereunder by giving notice of such non-reinstatement within a specified number of days after such drawing (the “Non-Reinstatement Deadline”), the L/C Issuer shall not permit such reinstatement if it has received a notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Reinstatement Deadline (A) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such reinstatement or (B) from the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent on their behalf or from the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied (treating such reinstatement as an L/C Credit Extension for purposes of this clause) and, in each case, directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such reinstatement.

(v) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations. (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 3:00 p.m. on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer delivers notice of such payment by 11:00 a.m. on such day or, if notice of such payment by the L/C Issuer is delivered after 11:00 a.m., not later than 10:00 a.m. on the next succeeding Business Day (each such date, an “Honor Date”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by the time set forth in the preceding sentence, such L/C Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such failure, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the AdministrativeAgent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

-35-

(ii) Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest (A) at the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans to the date reimbursement is required pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) and (B) thereafter at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

(iv) Until each Lender funds its Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Loans (but not to fund L/C Advances or L/C Borrowings) pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice ). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations. (i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

-36-

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense (other than payment in full of such L/C Borrowing) or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense (other than payment in full of such L/C Borrowing) available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of L/C Issuer. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or

-37-

enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e); provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

(h) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate for Eurodollar Rate Loans times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit; provided, however, any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to the L/C Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, to the other Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective Applicable Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.15(a)(iv), with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the L/C Issuer for its own account. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

(i) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit, at a rate of 0.25% per annum, computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(j) Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

-38-

(k) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

2.04. Swing Line Loans.

(a) The Swing Line Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, may, in its sole discretion, make loans (each such loan, a “Swing Line Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Facility at such time, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender at such time, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations at such time, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans at such time shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment; and provided further that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest only at a rate based on the Base Rate. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of the Required Lenders) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans. (i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Facility and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan

-39-

Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral available with respect to the applicable Swing Line Loan) for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations. (i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

-40-

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender. The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

2.05. Prepayments.

(a) Optional. (i) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.05(a)(i), the Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (1) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (2) one Business Day prior to any date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (B) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; and (C) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s ratable portion of such prepayment (based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage). If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each prepayment of the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

(ii) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (B) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(b) Mandatory. (i) If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Facility, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Borrowings and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (other than the L/C Borrowings) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i) unless after the prepayment in full of the Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans the Total Outstandings exceed the Facility then in effect.

(ii) Prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(i), first, shall be applied ratably to the L/C Borrowings and the Swing Line Loans, second, shall be applied ratably to the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, and, third, shall be used to Cash Collateralize the remaining L/C Obligations. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall be applied (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to reimburse the L/C Issuer or the Lenders, as applicable.

2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Optional. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Facility, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the Facility, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $2,500,000 or any whole multiple of $500,000 in

-41-

excess thereof and (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce (A) the Facility if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Facility, (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, or (C) the Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

(b) Mandatory. (i) If after giving effect to any reduction or termination of Commitments under this Section 2.06, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the Facility at such time, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, as the case may be, shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.

(ii) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing within one Business Day of the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds of any Intercompany Loan Refinancings by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings. Within five Business Days of such receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, Borrower shall (in a written notice (the “Offer Notice”) delivered to the Administrative Agent for further delivery to each Lender) offer to each Lender to reduce its Commitments in an amount equal to the product of (x) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times (y) the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds. Each Lender may accept or decline (such declined Net Cash Proceeds (“Declined Proceeds”) such offer (in whole or in part, but if in part, in increments not less than $100,000) in its sole discretion in writing within five Business Days of the delivery of such Offer Notice, and upon any acceptance of any Offer Notice, the Commitment of such Lender shall be reduced by the amount indicated in such acceptance upon such fifth Business Day (and the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders shall be reduced by the aggregate amount indicated in all such acceptances by all Lenders of all such Offer Notices on such fifth Business Day); provided that the Borrower shall not be required to reduce commitments or make offers to reduce commitments until the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds received from one or more Intercompany Loan Refinancings exceeds $4,000,000. Upon each such reduction, risk participations of the Lenders in Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit and L/C Borrowings shall be re-allocated based upon the Lenders’ Applicable Percentages after giving effect to such reduction. After giving effect thereto and to Section 2.06(b)(i), to the extent that (A) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans exceed such Lender’s Commitment, (B) Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the Facility or (C) the Total Outstandings exceed the Facility, the Borrower, immediately upon such reduction, shall first ratably repay Swing Line Loans, L/C Borrowings and Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations and second, if such excess still exists after giving effect to clause (A), repay the Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender. All parties hereto explicitly agree and acknowledge that the operation of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) may result in a reduction of the Commitments or the repayment of Revolving Credit Loans that is not in accordance with the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders, and agree, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Loan Documents, to any such reduction and repayment.

(iii) Within five Business Days after receipt of Net Cash Proceeds from any Disposition under Section 7.05(l) (whether in a single transaction or series of related transactions) that involve assets having a Fair Market Value of $2,000,000 or more and as to which no Reinvestment Notice shall have been delivered in the time frame specified in clause (b) of the definition of Reinvestment or, as to which a Reinvestment Notice has been so delivered but the Reinvestment referred to therein has not been made by the 366th day after receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrower shall (in an Offer Notice delivered to the Administrative Agent for further delivery to each Lender) offer to each Lender to reduce its Commitments in an amount equal to the product of (x) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times (y) the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds. Each Lender may accept or decline such offer (in whole or in part, but if in part, in increments not less than $100,000) in its sole discretion in writing within five Business Days of the delivery of such Offer Notice, and upon any acceptance of any Offer Notice, the Commitment of such Lender shall be reduced by the amount indicated in such acceptance upon such fifth Business Day (and the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders shall be reduced by the aggregate amount indicated in all such acceptances by all Lenders of all such Offer Notices on such fifth Business Day). Upon each such reduction, risk participations of the Lenders in Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit and L/C Borrowings shall be re-allocated based upon the Lenders’ Applicable Percentages after giving effect to such reduction. After giving effect thereto and to Section 2.06(b)(i), to the extent that (A) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any

-42-

Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans exceed such Lender’s Commitment, (B) Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the Facility or (C) the Total Outstandings exceed the Facility, the Borrower, immediately upon such reduction, shall first ratably repay Swing Line Loans, L/C Borrowings and Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations and second, if such excess still exists after giving effect to clause (A), repay the Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender. All parties hereto explicitly agree and acknowledge that the operation of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) may result in a reduction of the Commitments or the repayment of Revolving Credit Loans that is not in accordance with the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders, and agree, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Loan Documents, to any such reduction and repayment.

(c) Payment of Fees. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Letter of Credit Sublimit, Swing Line Sublimit or the Commitment under Section 2.06(a) or (b)(i). Upon any reduction of the Commitments under Section 2.06(a), the Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees in respect of this Agreement accrued until the effective date of any reduction or termination of Commitments under this Agreement shall be paid on the effective date of such reduction or termination.

2.07. Repayment of Loans.

(a) Revolving Credit Loans. The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.

(b) Swing Line Loans. The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date.

2.08. Interest.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iv) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

-43-

2.09. Fees. In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(h) and (i):

(a) Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Fee Rate times the actual daily amount by which the Facility exceeds the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.15. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV are not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears.

(b) Other Fees. (i) The Borrower shall pay to the Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees (if any) as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans determined by reference to clause (b) of the definition of Base Rate shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

2.11. Evidence of Debt.

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

-44-

2.12. Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.

(a) General. All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected on computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(b) (i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Appropriate Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Appropriate Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

-45-

(d) Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Revolving Credit Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 11.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 11.04(c).

(e) Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(f) Insufficient Funds. If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Borrowings, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, toward payment of principal and L/C Borrowings then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and L/C Borrowings then due to such parties.

2.13. Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) Obligations due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b) Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Parties at such time) of payment on account of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such time then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of Obligations then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be, provided that:

(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.14, or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

-46-

2.14. Cash Collateral.

(a) Certain Credit Support Events. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, immediately upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover all Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Laws, to reimburse the L/C Issuer in respect of the foregoing.

(b) Grant of Security Interest. All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America. The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender, such Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender), and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.14(c). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the applicable Fronting Exposure and other obligations secured thereby, the Borrower or the relevant Defaulting Lender will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.

(c) Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.14 or Section 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.15 or 8.02 in respect of Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, Swing Line Loans, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.

(d) Release. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 11.07(b)(vi))) or (ii) the Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided, however, (x) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default (and, in such case, following application as provided in this Section 2.14 may be otherwise applied in accordance with Section 8.03), and (y) the Person providing Cash Collateral and the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

-47-

2.15. Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments. That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 11.01.

(ii) Reallocation of Payments. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.08), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent or requested by the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, to be held as Cash Collateral for future funding obligations of that Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Swing Line Loan or Letter of Credit; fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans or L/C Borrowings were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Borrowings owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis based on the percentage that the amount of such Loans or L/C Borrowings of such Lender is of the aggregate amount of all such Loans or L/C Borrowings of all Non-Defaulting Lenders) prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Borrowings owed to, that Defaulting Lender. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.15(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees. That Defaulting Lender (x) shall not be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.09(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall (A) be required to pay to each Lender to which the Defaulting Lender’s Commitment to acquire, refinance or fund a participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans has been re-allocated pursuant to Section 2.15(a)(iv) the amount of such fee based on its revised “Applicable Percentage” calculated in accordance with that Section allocable to its Fronting Exposure arising from that Defaulting Lender or, to the extent not so reallocated, to the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (B) not be required to pay the remaining amount of such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender) and (y) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit Fees as provided in Section 2.03(h).

-48-

(iv) Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans pursuant to Sections 2.03 and 2.04, the “Applicable Percentage” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided that (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of that Lender.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv)), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

ARTICLE III

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

3.01. Taxes.

(a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold Payments on Account of Taxes. (i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Laws, be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding of any Taxes. If, however, applicable Laws require the applicable withholding agent to withhold or deduct any Tax (as determined in the good faith discretion of the applicable withholding agent), such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such Laws.

(ii) If the applicable withholding agent shall be required to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) the applicable withholding agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are required, (B) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding and deductions on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes have been made (including withholding and deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01), the applicable Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower and Holdings. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower and Holdings shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws.

(c) Indemnification. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, the Borrower and Holdings shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after a written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or

-49-

Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01) payable by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth the calculation of the amount of any such payment or liability and the reasons for such payment or liability in reasonable detail delivered to the Borrower and Holdings by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by applicable Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation.

(i) Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower, Holdings and to the Administrative Agent, whenever reasonably requested by the Borrower, Holdings or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower, Holdings or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, (A) to determine whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) to determine, if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction and (C) to establish such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender by any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in an applicable jurisdiction (including, in the case of a Lender seeking exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding tax under Sections 1471-1474 of the Code, any documentation necessary to prevent withholding under Sections 1471-1474 of the Code (and any applicable regulations or official interpretations thereof) and to permit the Borrower to determine that such Lender has complied with any requirements under such provisions to avoid or reduce withholding tax).

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(A) any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent executed originals of IRS Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower, Holdings or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and

(B) each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower, Holdings and the Administrative Agent (in such number of signed originals as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter (1) if any documentation previously delivered has expired or become obsolete or invalid or (2) upon the request of the Borrower, Holdings or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(I) IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor thereto) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(II) IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor thereto),

(III) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Sections 881(c) or 871(h) of the Code (the “Portfolio Interest Exemption”), (x) a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1, H-2, H-3 or H-4, as

-50-

applicable (a “Tax Status Certificate”), to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower or Holdings within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and that no interest to be received is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business and (y) duly completed and executed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor thereto),

(IV) where such Lender is a partnership (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or otherwise not a beneficial owner (e.g., where such Lender has sold a typical participation), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto) and all required supporting documentation (including, where one or more of the underlying beneficial owner(s) is claiming the benefits of the Portfolio Interest Exemption, a Tax Status Certificate of such beneficial owner(s) (provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender, the Tax Status Certificate from the beneficial owner(s) may be provided by the Foreign Lender on the beneficial owner(s) behalf)), or

(V) any other form prescribed by applicable Laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws to permit the Borrower, Holdings or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower, Holdings and the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any documentation previously provided.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection 3.01(e), no Lender shall be required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to deliver.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its good faith sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Loan Party under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender agrees to repay the amount paid over to any Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, or such Lender, in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such amount to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in no event will any Lender be required to pay any amount to any Loan Party the payment of which would place such Lender in a less favorable net after Tax position than such Lender would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes had never been paid.

(g) Payment by Administrative Agent. For purposes of this Section 3.01, any payment made by the Administrative Agent to a Lender shall be deemed to be a payment made by the Borrower to such Lender.

3.02. Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on

-51-

which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

3.03. Inability to Determine Rates. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

3.04. Increased Costs.

(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Rate) or the L/C Issuer;

(ii) subject any Lender or the L/C Issuer to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except, in each case, for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer); or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any

-52-

Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

3.05. Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 11.13;

excluding any loss of anticipated profits but including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary and reasonable administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

-53-

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Base Rate used in determining the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

3.06. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a) Designation of Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.05, or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender, the L/C Issuer, or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 (other than pursuant to Section 3.01(b)) or if a Lender gives notice pursuant to Section 3.02, the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 11.14.

3.07. Survival. All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Facility, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder, and resignation of the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

4.01. Conditions of Initial Credit Extension. (a) The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(i) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party (and, in the case of this Agreement, by each Lender), each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date):

(ii) executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guaranty;

(iii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note, with such requests provided to the Company at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

(iv) the Security Agreement, together with:

(A) certificates representing the Pledged Securities (if any) referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing the Intercompany Notes indorsed in blank,

(B) proper Financing Statements in form appropriate for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions that are necessary in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Agreement, covering the Collateral described in the Security Agreement,

-54-

(C) certified copies of UCC, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy and pending lawsuit searches or equivalent reports or searches, each of a recent date listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents that name any Loan Party or Qualified Subsidiary as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which any Loan Party or Qualified Subsidiary is organized or maintains its principal place of business, none of which encumber the Collateral covered or intended to be covered by the Collateral Documents (other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01 or any other Liens acceptable to the Administrative Agent), and

(D) a fully executed Perfection Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I

(v) a Solvency Certificate in the form of Exhibit K shall have been executed and delivered by the chief financial officer of the Borrower;

(vi) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party;

(vii) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in the jurisdiction of its organization;

(viii) a favorable opinion of Simpson, Thacher & Bartlett LLP counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender;

(ix) a favorable opinion of McDermott Will & Emery LLP, local counsel to the Loan Parties in Texas, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender;

(x) the financial statements referenced in Section 5.05(a) and (d);

(xi) the Intercreditor Agreement, fully executed by the trustee for the Senior Secured Notes, the Administrative Agent, and acknowledged by the Loan Parties; and

(xii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower as to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 4.01(e), (f), (g) and (j).

(b) (i) All fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid to the extent then invoiced, with such invoices provided to the Company at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date and (ii) all fees required to be paid to the Lenders on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.

(c) Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall have paid all applicable expenses (including the reasonable and invoiced fees and disbursements of counsel (with such invoices provided to the Company at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date)) that are due pursuant to Section 11.04(a).

(d) The Merger shall have been, or shall simultaneously be, consummated pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and the purchase price thereof shall not be changed without the Lead Arrangers’ prior consent and no other provision thereof shall have been amended or waived or consented to in any manner which is materially adverse to the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Lead Arrangers.

-55-

(e) Since December 31, 2009, there shall have been no change, development or event that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Closing Date Material Adverse Change.

(f) The Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended not less than 45 days prior to the Closing Date shall not be greater than 5.1:1.0 after giving effect to the consummation of the Transaction.

(g) Immediately after giving effect to the Transaction, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has any Indebtedness for borrowed money or preferred stock other than (i) the Senior Secured Notes, (ii) up to $12,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Qualified Subsidiaries and (iii) Indebtedness in respect of the Revolving Credit Loans not in excess of $5,000,000.

(h) The Borrower shall have received $250,000,000 in gross proceeds from the sale of the Senior Secured Notes; Holdings shall have received cash proceeds equal to at least 40% of the total pro forma consolidated debt (based on the principal amount thereof in the case of debt issued at a discount to its initial principal amount) and equity capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transaction from a capital contribution to its equity and Holdings shall have contributed such cash proceeds to the capital of the Borrower.

(i) The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received the information required under Section 11.18 not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

(j) (i) The representations made by Borrower in the Purchase Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that Holdings or MergerCo has the right to terminate its obligations under the Purchase Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations in the Purchase Agreement shall be true and correct and (ii) the representations contained in Sections 5.01, 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 5.13, 5.15(a) (with respect to the Act) 5.17, 5.19 and 5.21 (with the representations under Section 5.01(b)(ii), 5.02, 5.03 and 5.04 limited to representations in such sections with respect to the Loan Documents) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary “pay-off” letter and UCC-3 termination statements with respect to all Liens to be terminated upon the Closing Date, and such other customary releases with respect to Liens to be terminated at the Closing Date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.03, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

4.02. Conditions to All Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) Other than with respect to the initial Credit Extension to be made on the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true

-56-

and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date.

(b) Other than with respect to the initial Credit Extension to be made on the Closing Date, no Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement, the Loan Documents and Related Documents to which it is a party and consummate the Transaction, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.02. Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Intercreditor Agreement, each Loan Document and Related Document to which such Person is or is to be a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law, except in each case referred to in clause (b) or (c), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.03. Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Related Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, or for the consummation of the Transaction, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents or (c) the perfection of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the first priority nature thereof), except for the authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings listed on Schedule 5.03, all of which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect.

5.04. Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, each other Loan Document and the Intercreditor Agreement, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party

-57-

thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document and the Intercreditor Agreement when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the periods covered thereby in accordance with GAAP, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Since December 31, 2009, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) The consolidated pro forma balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2009 and the related consolidated pro forma statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the twelve months then ended, certified by the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent, fairly present the consolidated pro forma financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the consolidated pro forma results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, in each case giving effect to the Transaction.

(e) The financial projections concerning Holdings and its Subsidiaries delivered to the Lenders, the Lead Arrangers or the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the date hereof have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made and at the time made available to such Lenders, Joint Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent.

5.06. Litigation. Other than as set forth on Schedule 5.06, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Related Document, the Intercreditor Agreement or the consummation of the Transaction, or (b) either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.07. Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments.

(a) Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Schedule 5.07(b) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Liens on the property or assets of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries, showing as of the date hereof the lienholder thereof, the principal amount of the obligations secured thereby and the property or assets of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary subject thereto. The property of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens set forth on Schedule 5.07(b), and as otherwise permitted by Section 7.01.

(c) As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party owns any Material Real Property. Schedule 5.07(c) lists, as of the Closing Date, each parcel of Material Real Property owned by any Subsidiary of a Loan Party, showing as of the date hereof the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, record owner and book and Fair Market

-58-

Value thereof. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good, marketable and insurable fee simple title to the Material Real Property owned by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens created or permitted by the Loan Documents.

5.08. Environmental Compliance.

(a) (i) None of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is adjacent to any such property; (ii) none of the Loan Parties has used any Hazardous Materials and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, there are no, and never have been any, underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) none of the Loan Parties has used, and to the knowledge of the Borrower, there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) none of the Loan Parties has released, discharged or disposed of Hazardous Materials and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, Hazardous Materials have not otherwise been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, other than any exceptions to any of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv) that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law or (ii) has generated, used, treated, handled or stored any Hazardous Materials at, or has transported any Hazardous Materials to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, other than exceptions to any of the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.09. Insurance. The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.

5.10. Taxes. Except as would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party and each of its respective Subsidiaries has timely filed all Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and has timely paid all Taxes levied or imposed upon it or its property, income or assets or otherwise due and payable (whether or not shown on any Tax return), including in its capacity as a withholding agent, except such of those Taxes which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP (provided such contest suspends enforcement or collection of the Tax in question). Each Loan Party and its respective Subsidiaries has made adequate provisions in accordance with GAAP for all material Taxes not yet due and payable. There is no current, proposed or pending audit, assessment, deficiency or other claim relating to Taxes against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Loan Parties nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has “participated” in a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.6011-4, except as would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.11. ERISA Compliance.

(a) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state laws.

-59-

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no ERISA Event has occurred; (ii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to a Pension Plan (other than for the payment of premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; and (v) no Pension Plan has been terminated by the plan administrator thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan.

5.12. Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by a Loan Party as specified on Part (a) of Schedule 5.12 free and clear of all Liens except those created or permitted under the Collateral Documents. No Loan Party has any equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of Schedule 5.12. All of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by Holdings free and clear of all Liens except those created or permitted under the Collateral Documents.

5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.

(b) None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

5.14. Disclosure. No report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (in writing) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder, under any other Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement (in each case as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

5.15. Compliance with Laws.

(a) Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws (including the Act and the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended) and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (ii) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries which maintains health care facilities or provides health care services has procured and maintains (i) all required licenses and permits for all of its (if any) health care facilities and (ii) eligibility for reimbursement or payment under the Medicare, Medicaid and comparable

-60-

programs, including successor programs, except where a failure to procure or maintain such license, permit or eligibility for reimbursement or payment, as applicable, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.16. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, and Schedule 5.16 sets forth a complete and accurate list as of the date hereof of registered and applied for IP Rights owned by each Loan Party; and (ii) no written claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened.

5.17. Solvency. The Borrower, together with its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, is Solvent.

5.18. Labor Matters. There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other labor difficulty within the last five years that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.19. Collateral Documents. The provisions of the Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01) on all right, title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings described on Schedule 5.19, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect or protect such Liens.

5.20. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans (i) after the Closing Date, to finance the working capital needs of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (ii) after the Closing Date, for general corporate purposes and (iii) on and after the Closing Date, to pay costs and expenses in connection with the Transaction.

5.21. Status as Senior Debt. The Obligations are “Priority Payment Lien Obligations,” within the meaning of the Senior Secured Notes Documents.

ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, each of Holdings and the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.03 and 6.11) cause each Subsidiary to:

6.01. Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010), a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Grant Thornton LLP or another independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

-61-

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days (or, in the case of financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2010, on or before June 15, 2010) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2010), a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; and

(c) as soon as available, but in any event at least 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, an annual business plan and budget of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for such fiscal year.

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 6.02(d), the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under Section 6.01(a) or (b) above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in Sections 6.01(a) and (b) above at the times specified therein.

6.02. Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) (commencing with the delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010), a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default under Section 7.10 or, if any such Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event;

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b) (commencing with the delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2010, (i) a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower (which delivery may be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes); and (ii) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to such financial statements;

(c) promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, or any audit of any of them;

(d) promptly after the same are available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(e) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any notice of default, acceleration or material breach with respect to (a) any Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, to the extent such Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount or (b) any Related Document;

(f) promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof;

-62-

(g) provide not less than 30 days’ prior written notice (in the form of a certificate of a Responsible Officer), or such lesser notice period agreed to by the Administrative Agent, of its intention so to do, describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, before effecting any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name, (ii) in the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office, (iii) in any Loan Party’s identity or organizational structure, (iv) in any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number, if any, or (v) in any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction), it being understood that the Borrower shall take, and the Borrower shall cause each applicable Loan Party to take, all action reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral, if applicable. The Borrower agrees to promptly provide the Administrative Agent with certified Organizational Documents reflecting any of the changes described in the preceding sentence. The Borrower also agrees to promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in the location of any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it;

(h) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial, legal or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request;

(i) promptly after learning of the assertion or occurrence thereof, notice of any action or proceeding against or of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any applicable Environmental Law or Environmental Permit that could (i) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) reasonably be expected to cause any material property described in any Mortgage to be subject to any material restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any applicable Environmental Law.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon request, the Borrower shall deliver paper or electronic (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request by a Lender for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Lead Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders

-63-

and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.”

6.03. Notices. Promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

6.04. Payment of Taxes. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable all material Taxes upon it or its property, income or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05; provided, however, that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may consummate the Merger and any other merger or consolidation permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its IP Rights, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06. Maintenance of Properties. (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.07. Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing for not less than 30 days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance.

6.08. Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-64-

6.09. Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and material matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

6.10. Inspection Rights. Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the expense of the Borrower (subject to clause (i) of the following proviso) and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided, however, that (i) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the Administrative Agent for only one such visit and inspection in each fiscal year by the Administrative Agent (any additional visits and inspections shall be at the expense of the applicable Lender), (ii) all visits or inspections by a Lender shall be coordinated by the Administrative Agent and (iii) when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

6.11. ERISA Compliance.

Furnish to the Administrative Agent as soon as practicable after request by the Administrative Agent, (x) copies of (i) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Plan; (ii) the most recent actuarial valuation report for each Plan; (iii) such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Plan as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request and (y) with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, (i) any documents described in Section 101(k) of ERISA that the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate may request and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(1) of ERISA that the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate may request; provided that if the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, the Borrower, Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof.

6.12. Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security.

(a) Upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary or at any time that a Subsidiary that was not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall become a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than any CFC or a Subsidiary that is held directly or indirectly by a CFC) by any Loan Party or any property by any Loan Party not otherwise subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, then the Borrower shall, at the Borrower’s expense:

(i) within 30 days (or such longer notice period agreed to by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, in writing) after such formation or acquisition, (i) cause such Wholly Owned Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Guaranty Supplement, guaranteeing the other Loan Parties’ obligations under the Loan Documents, a Security Agreement Supplement, an IP Security Agreement Supplement and other security and pledge agreements required under the Loan Documents securing payment of the Obligations of such Subsidiary, and (ii) cause each parent of such Subsidiary which is a Loan Party to take all action necessary to cause the Equity Interests in such Subsidiary to be pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to such Loan Party’s Security Agreement,

(ii) within 60 days (or such longer notice period agreed to by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, in writing) after the formation or acquisition of any Wholly Owned Subsidiary or after acquisition by any Loan Party of any Material Real Property, cause the Loan Party which owns such Material Real Property to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a deed of trust or mortgage thereon, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, securing payment of all the Obligations of such Loan Party (each, a “Mortgage”),

-65-

(iii) within 30 days with respect to Liens created pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 6.12 and 60 days after such formation or acquisition with respect to Liens created pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 6.12 (or, in either case, such longer notice period agreed to by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, in writing), cause such Wholly Owned Subsidiary and each direct and indirect parent of such Wholly Owned Subsidiary (if it has not already done so) to take whatever action (including without limitation the recording of Mortgages and the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements,) may be necessary to perfect the Liens created pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 6.12 and to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid and perfected Liens on such property, enforceable against all third parties, subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.01,

(iv) within 60 days (or such longer notice period agreed to by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, in writing) after such formation or acquisition, deliver to the Administrative Agent, upon the request of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, a signed copy of a favorable opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the matters contained in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above,

(v) upon the request of the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, deliver to the Administrative Agent with respect to each Material Real Property, title reports, surveys, engineering, soils and other reports, and environmental assessment reports, each in scope, form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, provided, however, that to the extent that any Loan Party shall have otherwise received any of the foregoing items with respect to such Material Real Property, such items shall, promptly after the receipt thereof, be delivered to the Administrative Agent, and

(vi) upon the request of the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, with respect to each Material Real Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time require, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Material Property is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time.

(b) Upon the acquisition of any property by any Loan Party that is intended to be subject to the Lien created by the Collateral Documents but that is not already subject to a perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, then the Borrower shall, at the Borrower’s expense, within 30 days (or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, in writing) after such acquisition cause the applicable Loan Party to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, leasehold mortgages, leasehold deeds of trust, security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements and other security and pledge agreements, as specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, securing payment of all the Obligations of the applicable Loan Party under the Loan Documents and constituting Liens on all such properties.

(c) At any time upon the request of the Administrative Agent, promptly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take all other actions as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in obtaining the full benefits of, or (as applicable) in perfecting and preserving the Liens on, the Collateral.

(d) Upon request by the Administrative Agent, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors will exercise their rights and remedies under any and all Secured Intercompany Notes.

-66-

6.13. Compliance with Environmental Laws. Comply, and take commercially reasonable steps to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, as required by any applicable Environmental Laws; provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any of the obligations above to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP, or where the failure to undertake such obligation would not reasonably be expect to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

6.14. Further Assurances. Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, (a) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (i) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject any Loan Party’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties, assets, rights or interests to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder and (iv) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to be a party, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so.

6.15. Material Contracts. Perform and observe all the terms and provisions of each Material Contract to be performed or observed by it, maintain each such Material Contract in full force and effect (including, without limitation, any lease constituting a Material Contract), except, in any case, where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.16. Qualified Subsidiaries.

(a) Except to the extent restricted pursuant to any Permitted Payment Restrictions, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, cause each Qualified Subsidiary to declare and pay regular monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual dividends or distributions to the holders of its Equity Interests in an amount equal to substantially all of the available cash flow of such Subsidiary for such period as determined in good faith by the board of directors, board of governors or such other individuals performing similar functions, subject to fiduciary duties applicable to such board or individual and such ordinary and customary reserves and other amounts as, in the good faith judgment of such individuals, may be necessary so that the business of such Subsidiary may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times, including amounts necessary for operations, capital expenditures, debt service and other needs.

(b) If, at any time, any Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements set forth in the definition of “Qualified Subsidiary,” it will thereafter cease to be a Qualified Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Subsidiary that is not a Qualified Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to exist as of such date under Section 7.02, the existence of such Indebtedness shall constitute a Default under Section 7.02. The board of directors of the Borrower may at any time designate any Subsidiary not to be a Qualified Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by such Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (A) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 7.02 and (B) no Default would be in existence following such designation. In the event (x) a Subsidiary fails to meet the requirements to be a Qualified Subsidiary or (y) the board of directors of the Borrower designates a Qualified Subsidiary not to be a Qualified Subsidiary, then all Investments in such Subsidiary since the Closing Date shall be deemed to have been acquired and consequently reduce the amount available for Investments under Section 7.03(i).

-67-

6.17. Post-Closing Deliverables. Deliver each item set forth on Schedule 6.17 to the Administrative Agent on or before the date set forth in such Schedule opposite such item.

ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, and solely in the case of Section 7.15, Holdings shall not:

7.01. Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens existing on the date hereof (other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01(m)) and listed on Schedule 5.07(b) and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except as contemplated by Section 7.02(g), (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.02(g);

(c) inchoate Liens for ad valorem property taxes not yet due or Liens for Taxes which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business;

(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) survey exceptions, title defects, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encumbrances, or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property or minor irregularities of title, in each case, which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(i); provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;

(j) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time (x) of acquisition of the property by the Borrower or the any Subsidiary of the Borrower or (y) such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or Investment and do not extend to any assets other than those of the property acquired or Person merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or such Subsidiary or acquired by the Borrower or such Subsidiary or such Person’s Subsidiaries, and the applicable Indebtedness secured by such Lien is permitted under Section 7.02(j);

-68-

(k) other Liens securing Indebtedness outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,500,000;

(l) Liens created or deemed to exist by the establishment of trusts for the purpose of satisfying government reimbursement program costs and other actions or claims pertaining to the same or related matters or other medical reimbursement programs;

(m) Liens on Collateral securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b), so long as all such Liens are subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the obligations secured by such Collateral constitute First Lien Obligations (other than Priority Payment Lien Obligations (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)) or are subject to an intercreditor agreement that is as favorable to the Secured Parties as the Intercreditor Agreement;

(n) Liens on assets of any Qualified Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Qualified Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(c) or (d);

(o) Liens on Collateral securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.02 (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof); provided that (i) after giving effect to such Lien and the incurrence of Indebtedness, if any, secured by such Lien, the Consolidated Adjusted Secured Debt Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis shall not be greater than 4.25:1.00 and (ii) such Liens are subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the obligations secured by such Collateral constitute First Lien Obligations (other than Priority Payment Lien Obligations (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)) or are subject to an intercreditor agreement that is as favorable to the Secured Parties as the Intercreditor Agreement;

(p) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking institution encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(q) Liens in favor of the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender on Cash Collateral securing the obligations of a Defaulting Lender to fund risk participations hereunder;

(r) Leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business and any Liens arising from the precautionary filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;

(s) Liens incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction (which, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than Receivables Subsidiaries), shall be limited to receivables and related assets referred to in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction”);

(t) Liens on Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents securing Obligations under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement; provided that the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks party to such agreement, and such Liens, are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement;

(u) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

(v) Liens solely on any cash earned money deposits made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

-69-

provided that, in addition to the foregoing, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind, on or with respect to the Collateral except Permitted Collateral Liens.

7.02. Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) obligations (contingent or otherwise) existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates and not for speculative purposes;

(b) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor evidenced by the Senior Secured Notes, and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(c) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case issued by Qualified Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount not to exceed (net of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held by any Qualified Subsidiary not included in the calculation under Section 7.02(d), up to the amount of Indebtedness of such Qualified Subsidiary under this Section 7.02(c)) at the time outstanding under this Section 7.02(c), the greater of (i) $25,000,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01;

(d) if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would not be greater than 4.25 to 1.00, (x) the incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or Replacement Preferred Stock, in each case, by Qualified Subsidiaries incurred to refinance Indebtedness owed, or Disqualified Stock issued, to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Section 7.02(e), or (y) the sale to any Person that is not Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness owed, or Disqualified Stock issued, by a Qualified Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Section 7.02(e) (either clause (x) or (y), an “Intercompany Loan Refinancing”), in an aggregate principal amount under this Section 7.02(d) not to exceed (net of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held by any Qualified Subsidiary not included in the calculation under Section 7.02(c), up to the amount of Indebtedness of such Qualified Subsidiary under this Section 7.02(d)) at any time outstanding, the greater of (i) $25,000,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 immediately preceding the date of any incurrence under this clause (d);

(e) Indebtedness of the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any Qualified Subsidiary or any Subsidiary that meets the requirements of clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of Qualified Subsidiary owing to the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor and any Qualified Subsidiary or any Subsidiary that meets the definition of (1), (2) and (3) of Qualified Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(i) if the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations in respect of the Loans and L/C Obligations, except to the extent such subordination would violate any applicable law, rule or regulation ; and

(ii) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being owed to a Person other than the Borrower, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Subsidiary of the Borrower and any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Borrower, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Subsidiary of the Borrower, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute a new incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, which new incurrence is not permitted by this clause (e);

-70-

(f) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

(g) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.02 and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(h) the Guarantee:

(i) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another clause of this Section 7.02; provided that if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Loans or any other Obligations, then such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness so Guaranteed;

(ii) (x) by any Qualified Subsidiary of Indebtedness of another Qualified Subsidiary and (y) by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or Qualified Subsidiary of Indebtedness of any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or a Qualified Subsidiary; and

(iii) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of any Qualified Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(c) or (d) (up to the indirect or indirect proportionate ownership interest in such Qualified Subsidiary by the Borrower);

(i) Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 7.01(i); provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $15,000,000;

(j) (x) Acquired Debt or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of any Person that is acquired by the Borrower or a Subsidiary or that consolidates or merges with or into a Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents; provided, however, that (i) such Acquired Debt, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock existed prior to such acquisition, consolidation or merger and was not incurred or issued in connection therewith, or in contemplation thereof; and (ii) after giving effect thereto, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis shall not be less than 2.0:1.0; or

(y) Acquired Debt or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of any Person that consolidates or merges into the Borrower or any Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents; provided, however, that (i) such Acquired Debt, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock existed prior to such consolidation or merger and was not incurred or issued in connection therewith, or in contemplation thereof; and (ii) after giving effect thereto, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Borrower is equal to or greater than immediately prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Debt, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock;

(k) Indebtedness of the Borrower in respect of promissory notes issued to Strategic Investors in connection with repurchases of Equity Interests permitted under Section 7.06(d);

(l) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(m) (i) other Indebtedness of Loan Parties so long as (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (y) after giving effect to the issuance, incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis shall not be less than 2.0:1.00 and (ii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

-71-

(n) Indebtedness owed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor to future, current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent described in Section 7.06(f);

(o) Standard Securitization Undertakings incurred in a Qualified Receivables Transaction permitted under this Agreement;

(p) Contribution Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries;

(q) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, performance bonds, surety bonds, appeal bonds or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business;

(r) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, so long as such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days;

(s) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, holdback, contingency payment obligations or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(t) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

(u) the incurrence of Indebtedness resulting from endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Subsidiary in respect of netting services, overdraft protection and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts; provided that such Indebtedness remains outstanding for ten Business Days or less;

(w) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(y) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit (other than Letters of Credit) issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, or property, casualty or liability insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(z) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof deposited and used to defease the Senior Secured Notes pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Documents;

(aa) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance or surety bonds or obligations of a similar nature issued for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

-72-

including guarantees or obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid, performance or surety obligations (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed); and

(bb) Indebtedness in the form of earn-outs, contingent payments, seller notes, indemnification, incentive, non-compete, consulting or similar arrangements in connection with Investments permitted by Section 7.03 or in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Equity Interests for the purpose of financing or in contemplation of any such acquisition; provided that (a) any amount of such obligations included on the face of the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall not be permitted under this Section 7.02(bb) and (b) in the case of a disposition, the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such obligations outstanding under this Section 7.02(bb) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition.

7.03. Investments. Make or hold any Investments, except:

(a) Investments held by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the form of Cash Equivalents;

(b) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(c) (i) Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof, (ii) additional Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in Loan Parties (other than Holdings); provided, that notwithstanding this clause (ii), intercompany loans to Holdings will be permitted to the extent Restricted Payments to Holdings would be permitted under Section 7.06 (so long as such intercompany loan is counted as a Restricted Payment for purposes of Section 7.06), (iii) additional Investments by Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties or Qualified Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties or Qualified Subsidiaries, (iv) Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in Qualified Subsidiaries and (v) any loans or advances to any Subsidiary that meets the requirements of clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of Qualified Subsidiary; provided that to the extent such Investment referred to in clause (iv) or (v) constitutes Indebtedness or advances of or to any Qualified Subsidiary or a Subsidiary meeting the requirements of clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of Qualified Subsidiary from the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by a promissory note to the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, secured by substantially all assets of such Qualified Subsidiary or such Subsidiary meeting the requirements of clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of Qualified Subsidiary (such note as so secured, a “Secured Intercompany Note”), which Secured Intercompany Note shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement; provided that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reasonably request that the payee on such intercompany note take such actions or request such items (similar to those set forth in Section 6.12) as the Administrative Agent reasonably believes is necessary to perfect the security interest of the payee in any such Secured Intercompany Note.

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(e) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.02(h) and guarantees of obligations incurred by Qualified Subsidiaries not constituting Indebtedness entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(f) Investments existing on the date hereof (other than those referred to in Section 7.03(c)(i)) and set forth on Schedule 7.03 or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any

-73-

Investment existing as of the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.03 (excluding any such extension, modification or renewal involving additional advances, contributions or other investments of cash or property or other increases thereof unless it is a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or payment-in-kind pursuant to the terms, as of the date hereof, of the original Investment so extended, modified or renewed) and pursuant to any binding commitment outstanding as of the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.03;

(g) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests in any Person (which, upon such acquisition, shall become a Qualified Subsidiary), or all or substantially all of the property of, any Person the assets of which, upon the consummation thereof, will be owned by the Borrower, one or more Subsidiary Guarantors or one or more Qualified Subsidiaries; provided that, with respect to each purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.03(g):

(i) no Default shall have occurred or be continuing either before or after such purchase or acquisition;

(ii) Section 6.12 shall be complied with with respect to such newly acquired Subsidiary and property;

(iii) the lines of business of the Person to be (or the property of which is to be) so purchased or otherwise acquired shall be substantially the same lines of business as one or more of the principal businesses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(iv) with respect to any transaction involving Acquisition Consideration of more than $10,000,000, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree, the Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent with (A) historical financial statements for the last three fiscal years (or, if less, the number of years since formation) of the person or business to be acquired (audited if available without undue cost or delay) and unaudited financial statements thereof for the most recent interim period which are available, and (B) any such other information and data relating to such transaction or the Person or assets to be acquired as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent;

(v) immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with all of the covenants set forth in Section 7.10 as of the most recent quarter end date (it being understood that if such most recent quarter end date is prior to September 30, 2010, the covenant levels set forth in Section 7.10 for September 30, 2010 shall apply for such purpose); and

(vi) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, at least five Business Days prior to the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this clause (g) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition; and

(h) obligations of one or more officers or other employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such officer’s or employee’s acquisition of Equity Interests of the Borrower or Holdings (or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) so long as no cash or other assets are paid by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to such officers or employees in connection with the acquisition of any such obligations;

(i) other Investments not exceeding, in the aggregate at any time outstanding, the greater of (i) $35,000,000 and (ii) 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of any Investment pursuant to this clause;

-74-

(j) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover business-related travel expenses, moving expenses or other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(k) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Transaction or any related indebtedness;

(l) the acquisition by a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction of Equity Interests of a trust or other Person established by such Receivables Subsidiary to effect such Qualified Receivables Transaction; and any other Investment by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction customary for such transactions;

(m) any Investment received in connection with a disposition of assets not constituting a Material Disposition;

(n) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any parent of Holdings;

(o) any Investments received in compromise, settlement or resolution of (A) obligations of trade debtors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade debtor or customer, (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(p) Investments represented by Obligations under any Secured Hedge Agreement entered into to protect against fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and commodity prices;

(q) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;

(r) repurchases of the Senior Secured Notes to the extent permitted by Section 7.14;

(s) Investments consisting of amounts potentially due from a seller of property in an acquisition that (i) relate to customary post-closing adjustments with respect to accounts receivable, accounts payable and similar items typically subject to post-closing adjustments in similar transactions and (ii) are outstanding for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days or less following the closing of such acquisition;

(t) good faith deposits in connection with any acquisition, joint venture or acquisition of assets and escrowed money in connection with Material Dispositions, acquisitions or joint ventures;

(u) Investments of a Subsidiary of the Borrower acquired after the Closing Date or of a Person merged into, amalgamated with or consolidated with a Subsidiary of the Borrower in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such merger, acquisition, amalgamation or consolidation;

(v) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions; and

-75-

(w) Investments in receivables owing to the Borrower or any Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Borrower or any such Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances.

7.04. Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a) any Subsidiary may merge with (i) the Borrower, provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries; provided that when any Loan Party (other than Holdings) is merging with another Subsidiary that is not a Qualified Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person; provided further, that when any Subsidiary Guarantor is merging with a Qualified Subsidiary, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person, unless such Subsidiary Guarantor holds no assets other than de minimis assets or Equity Interests of a Qualified Subsidiary, in which event either such Subsidiary Guarantor or Qualified Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person; provided further, that when any Qualified Subsidiary is merging with another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, a Qualified Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) any Loan Party may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower, to another Loan Party (other than Holdings) or to a Qualified Subsidiary;

(c) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may dispose of all or substantially all its assets (including any Disposition that is in the nature of a liquidation) to (i) another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (ii) to a Loan Party;

(d) the Borrower may consummate the Merger; and

(e) in connection with any acquisition permitted under Section 7.03, any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it; provided that (i) the Person surviving such merger shall be the Borrower, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Qualified Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of any such merger to which any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) or Qualified Subsidiary is a party, such Loan Party or Qualified Subsidiary is the surviving Person.

7.05. Dispositions. Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

(a) Dispositions of damaged, negligible, surplus, obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(c) leases or subleases to third persons in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(d) the sale or other Disposition of Cash Equivalents;

(e) Dispositions of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

-76-

(f) Dispositions of products, services or accounts receivables (including at a discount) in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(h) Dispositions of property by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Borrower, a Subsidiary Guarantor or Qualified Subsidiary;

(i) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.04;

(j) licensing of IP Rights in the ordinary course of business or in accordance with industry practice;

(k) Dispositions of assets as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary on any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; and

(l) Dispositions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05; provided that at the time of such Disposition, (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) not less than 75% of the purchase price for such asset shall be paid to the Borrower or such Subsidiary in cash, (ii) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this Section 7.05(l) in any fiscal year of the Borrower shall not exceed $10,000,000 (provided that any amount so unused in any such fiscal year may be carried forward to any succeeding fiscal year so long as the aggregate Fair Market Value of any assets so Disposed in any such fiscal year pursuant to this Section 7.05(l) after giving effect to such carryover shall not exceed $20,000,000) and (iii) the Net Cash Proceeds thereof are applied in accordance with Section 2.06(b)(iii); provided that each of the following shall be deemed to be cash for the purposes of clause (ii) above:

(i) Cash Equivalents;

(ii) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s most recent consolidated balance sheet) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to any of the Obligations) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to an agreement that releases the Borrower or such Subsidiary from further liability;

(iii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of receipt, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and

(iv) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Borrower or a Subsidiary, and (ii) any Designated Noncash Consideration the Fair Market Value of which, when taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (ii) does not exceed the greater of $10,000,000 and 2% of Total Assets at the time of receipt since the Closing Date, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value;

(m) Dispositions of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or of a Qualified Subsidiary to Strategic Investors in connection with the start-up of such Qualified Subsidiary;

(n) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any Disposition of Equity Interests held by Borrower or a Subsidiary in a Qualified Subsidiary in exchange for cash, Cash Equivalents or Equity Interests in another Qualified Subsidiary, so long as any such cash or Cash Equivalents received in such exchange are used within 365 days of such Disposition to acquire Equity Interests in a Qualified Subsidiary; provided that the requirement to so acquire such Equity Interests of a Qualified Subsidiary shall be deemed to be satisfied with respect to any Net Cash Proceeds from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of a Qualified Subsidiary to the extent an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds was used to purchase Equity Interests in a Qualified Subsidiary within 365 days prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds;

-77-

(o) any Intercompany Loan Refinancing if and to the extent the proceeds thereof are applied in accordance with Section 2.06(b)(ii);

(p) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(q) any sale or Disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Lien pursuant to Section 7.01 (but not the sale or other Disposition of the property subject to such Lien).

7.06. Restricted Payments. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:

(a) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower, any Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are Guarantors or Qualified Subsidiaries and any other Person that owns a direct Equity Interest in such Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;

(b) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower) of, Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of equity capital to the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock);

(c) Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) to Holdings;

(d) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of shares of Equity Interests of a Qualified Subsidiary owned by a Strategic Investor if such purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value is made for consideration not in excess of the Fair Market Value of such Equity Interests (a) pursuant to any repurchase obligation to such Strategic Investor or (b) if no Default exists or would result therefrom;

(e) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may make Permitted Payments to Holdings;

(f) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any dividend payment or other distribution by the Borrower or a Subsidiary to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent holding company of the Borrower utilized for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Holdings or such other direct or indirect parent holding company held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Holdings or such other parent holding company, in each case, pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement or benefit plan or other agreement of any kind; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5,000,000 in any fiscal year (it being understood, however, that unused amounts permitted to be paid pursuant to this proviso are available to be carried over to subsequent fiscal years but in no event shall the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests exceed $10,000,000 in any year); provided further that such amount in any fiscal year may be further increased by an amount not to exceed:

(i) the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower as equity capital (other than Disqualified

-78-

Stock), Equity Interests of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower that occurs after the Closing Date, plus

(ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, minus

(iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.06(f);

and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or any Subsidiary from members of management of the Borrower, any of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 7.06 or any other provision of this Agreement;

(g) all payments to be made under the Purchase Agreement and all other payments made or to be made in connection with the Transactions (including payments made to Parent to permit it to make such payments) as set forth in the Offering Memorandum for the Senior Secured Notes, including payments to stockholders, and holders of options and warrants for common stock, of the merger consideration (or, in the case of options and warrants, the merger consideration less the exercise price thereof), and all payments made to former stockholders of the Borrower who have validly exercised appraisal rights, in connection with the Transactions;

(h) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation and distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and any other payments, in each case, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(i) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which Disqualified Stock was issued after the Closing Date in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.02;

(j) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, rights or warrants to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those options, rights or warrants;

(k) payment of fees and reimbursement of other expenses to the Permitted Holders in connection with the Transactions as described in the Offering Memorandum for the Senior Secured Notes under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” or dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to fund such payments;

(l) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have otherwise been permitted pursuant to this Section 7.06;

(m) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Replacement Preferred Stock that is permitted pursuant to Section 7.02; and

(n) cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issuable as dividends on preferred stock or upon the conversion of any preferred stock or convertible debt securities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7.07. Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

-79-

7.08. Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower involving an aggregate consideration in excess of $2,500,000, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on terms, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time with a Person other than an Affiliate; provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to:

(a) transactions between or among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Qualified Subsidiaries;

(b) (i) payments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Permitted Holders for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by the majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith in an aggregate amount for all such fees for any transaction not to exceed 2.00% of the aggregate value of such transaction, and (ii) fees payable pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date or as amended in a manner not adverse in any material respect to the Lenders;

(c) any lease or sublease entered into between the Borrower or any Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Borrower, as lessor or sublessor, which is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith;

(d) existing Indebtedness and any other obligations pursuant to an agreement existing on the Closing Date as set forth on Schedule 7.02, as such agreement may be amended pursuant to Section 7.02(g);

(e) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto;

(f) payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(g);

(g) payment of reasonable directors’ fees;

(h) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings to Affiliates of the Borrower;

(i) Investments made pursuant to Section 7.03(b), (c), (e), (h), (j), (k), or (n) or Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06;

(j) payment of fees and the reimbursement of other expenses to the Permitted Holders in connection with the Transactions;

(k) loans (or cancellation of loans) or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(l) transactions with joint ventures, customers, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners (including, without limitation, physicians) or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case which are in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, pursuant to joint venture agreements) and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, and which are fair to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(m) the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of their obligations, if any, or obligations of Holdings under the terms of, any subscription, registration rights or stockholders agreement, partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement or similar agreement to which Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party as of the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.08 and any similar agreements which the

-80-

Borrower, any Subsidiary, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the entering into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the performance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date will only be permitted by this clause to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement, taken as a whole, are not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders, as determined in good faith by the board of directors, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Borrower;

(n) the Transactions, including all payments made or to be made in connection with the Transactions as described in the Offering Memorandum for the Senior Secured Notes;

(o) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and any Permitted Payments to Holdings;

(p) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) in Holdings or any Subsidiary for compensation purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(q) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;

(r) transactions in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Subsidiary from a financial point of view and which are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith; and

(s) customary transactions pursuant to Qualified Receivables Transactions.

7.09. Burdensome Agreements. Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Guarantor or to otherwise transfer property to or invest in the Borrower or any Guarantor; provided that nothing in this Section 7.09 shall prohibit any limitation, restriction or prohibition contained in the Senior Secured Notes or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, to the extent such limitations, restrictions and prohibitions are not, when taken as a whole, materially more burdensome to the Borrower and the Guarantors than those in effect on the Closing Date, and provided, further, that the restrictions of this Section 7.09 shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing or by reason of:

(a) agreements governing (x) Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness under this Agreement and Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), existing on the Closing Date and (y) this Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(b) the Senior Secured Notes Documents and all other agreements, instruments and other documents pursuant to which the Senior Secured Notes have been or will be issued or otherwise setting forth the terms of the Senior Secured Notes and the Intercreditor Agreement;

(c) applicable law, rule, regulation or order, including any requirement of any governmental healthcare programs;

(d) any instrument or agreement governing Indebtedness or the Equity Interests of a Subsidiary acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Equity Interests were incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or any of its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person or any of its Subsidiaries, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by this Agreement;

-81-

(e) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(f) customary restrictions in leases (including capital leases), security agreements or mortgages or other purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(g) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the Equity Interests or the assets of a Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(h) Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 7.01 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(i) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(j) customary provisions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials;

(k) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(l) contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in any manner material to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(m) restrictions on the transfer of property or assets required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of their businesses;

(n) any instrument or agreement governing Indebtedness or preferred stock of any Subsidiary that is incurred or issued subsequent to the Closing Date and not in violation of Section 7.02; provided that the Borrower’s board of directors determines in good faith that restrictions are not reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on the Borrower’s and/or Guarantors’ ability to make principal and interest payments under this Agreement;

(o) customary provisions in joint venture and other similar agreements, including agreements related to the ownership and operation of dialysis clinics, relating solely to such joint venture or facilities or the Persons who own Equity Interests therein;

(p) any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the Indebtedness, preferred stock, Liens, agreements, contracts, licenses, leases, subleases, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a), (b), (d) and (o) above; provided, however, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) than those restrictions contained in the Indebtedness, preferred stock, Liens, agreements, contracts, licenses, leases, subleases, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a), (b), (d) and (o) above, as applicable prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing;

(q) customary provisions in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

(r) restrictions in the Management Agreement that require the payment of management fees to the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries prior to payment of dividends or distributions.

-82-

7.10. Financial Covenants.

(a) Consolidated Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite the period in which the last day of such fiscal quarter falls:

Period	Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio
September 30, 2010 through September 30, 2011	5.75:1.00
December 31, 2011 through September 30, 2012	5.50:1.00
December 31, 2012 through September 30, 2013	5.00:1.00
December 31, 2013 through September 30, 2014	4.75:1.00
December 31, 2014 and thereafter	4.25:1.00

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite the period in which the last day of such fiscal quarter falls:

Period	Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
September 30, 2010 through September 30, 2011	1.80:1.00
December 31, 2011 through September 30, 2012	1.80:1.00
December 31, 2012 through September 30, 2013	2.00:1.00
December 31, 2013 through September 30, 2014	2.25:1.00
December 31, 2014 and thereafter	2.50:1.00

7.11. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a “Sale and Leaseback Transaction”) unless (i) the sale of such property is permitted by Section 7.05 and (ii) any Liens arising in connection with its use of such property are permitted by Section 7.01.

7.12. Amendments of Organization Documents. Amend any of its Organization Documents in any manner adverse to the Lenders.

7.13. Fiscal Year. Make any change in its fiscal year.

7.14. Prepayments, etc. of Indebtedness. Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner, or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms thereof or any subordination agreement affecting, (i) any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to any of the Obligations, (ii) the Senior Secured Notes or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof, other than with any Declined Proceeds in accordance with Section 2.06(b)(ii), (iii) any Indebtedness which is unsecured or (iv) any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, the Senior Secured Notes) secured by a Lien on any Collateral, which Lien is junior to, or in any manner has a lower priority in right of payment than, the Liens securing the Obligations; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing (A) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, in each year up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes (or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) may be prepaid, redeemed, purchased, defeased or satisfied prior to their scheduled maturity and (B) any such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction may be made to the extent constituting a refinancing of Indebtedness with the proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(b), (d), (g) or (m).

7.15. Holding Company. In the case of Holdings, hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than (a) the issuance of its Equity Interests to its shareholders, (b the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder (and the acknowledgment of the Intercreditor Agreement), (c) the execution and delivery of the Senior Secured Notes Documents (and any documents relating to any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Secured Notes) to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder, (d) the incurrence of Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the Borrower under Section 7.02; provided that the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are promptly received by the Borrower (and Borrower becomes the primary obligor thereon) and not retained by Holdings and (e) activities incidental thereto.

-83-

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

8.01. Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Non-Payment. The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to (i) pay when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation or deposit any funds as Cash Collateral in respect of L/C Obligations, or (ii) pay within three days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) pay within five days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants. The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.03(a), 6.05(a) (with respect to preservation of corporate existence of the Borrower) or Article VII; or

(c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent; or

(d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation and warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default. (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

-84-

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or substantially all of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), and (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(i) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement. Any provision of any Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or

(k) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

(l) Collateral Documents. With respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $3,000,000, individually or in the aggregate (i) the security interest under the Collateral Documents, at any time, ceases to be in full force and effect for any reason other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, or (ii) any security interest created thereunder or under the Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction.

8.02. Remedies upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

-85-

(d) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under the Loan Documents;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

8.03. Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.14 and 2.15, be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuer arising under the Loan Documents and, if necessary, one local counsel and one regulatory counsel in any jurisdiction, and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, L/C Borrowings and Obligations then owing under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements, ratably among the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrower pursuant to Sections 2.05(b)(ii) and 2.14; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Sections 2.03(c) and 2.14, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be. Each Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank not a party to the Credit Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding

-86-

sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article IX hereof for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

9.01. Appointment and Authority.

(a) Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder, under the other Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Hedge Bank and a potential Cash Management Bank) and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and the L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article XI (including Section 11.04(c), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

9.02. Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

9.03. Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein, in the other Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby, by the other Loan Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein, in the other Loan Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement or applicable law;

-87-

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein, in the other Loan Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(d) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the L/C Issuer; and

(e) shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Intercreditor Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

9.04. Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

9.05. Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder, under any other Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement by or through any one or more co-agents, sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

9.06. Resignation of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. If the Lender acting as Administrative Agent is replaced pursuant to Section 11.14, then such Lender shall be deemed to have submitted its resignation as Administrative Agent concurrent with such replacement. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States; provided that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall have the right to

-88-

approve (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) such successor (it being understood that such approval shall be deemed given if Borrower shall have not responded to a request for such approval within 15 days after notice is given to the Borrower of the name of the successor the Required Lenders intend to appoint). If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer and in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder, under the other Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder, under the other Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, under the other Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of this Article and Section 11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (ii) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

9.07. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Intercreditor Agreement or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

9.08. No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Book Managers or Lead Arrangers listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.

9.09. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

-89-

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be reasonably necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(h) and (i), 2.09 and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the L/C Issuer or in any such proceeding.

9.10. Collateral and Guaranty Matters. Each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank) and the L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Facility and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer shall have been made), (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 11.01;

(b) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and

(c) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(k).

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10. In each case as specified in this Section 9.10, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10.

-90-

9.11. Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements. No Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 8.03, the Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of the Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder, under any other Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements upon termination of the Facility.

9.12. Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equal to any applicable withholding tax. If the IRS or any Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from any amount paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower or Holdings and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrower and Holdings to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties, additions to tax or interest thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.12. The agreements in this Section 9.12 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Facility and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations. Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender.

ARTICLE X

CONTINUING GUARANTY

10.01. Guaranty. Holdings hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, as a guaranty of payment and performance and not merely as a guaranty of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all of the Obligations, whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, damages, costs, expenses or otherwise, of the Borrower to the Secured Parties, and whether arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document, any Secured Cash Management Agreement or any Secured Hedge Agreement (including all renewals, extensions, amendments, refinancings and other modifications thereof and all costs, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Secured Parties in connection with the collection or enforcement thereof). The Administrative Agent’s books and records showing the amount of the Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon Holdings, and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Obligations. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Obligations or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of Holdings under this Guaranty, and Holdings hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any or all of the foregoing.

-91-

10.02. Rights of Lenders. Holdings consents and agrees that the Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew, compromise, discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Obligations or any part thereof; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Obligations; (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders in their sole discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other guarantors of any of the Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holdings consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of Holdings under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of Holdings.

10.03. Certain Waivers. Holdings waives (a) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever (including any act or omission of any Secured Party) of the liability of the Borrower; (b) any defense based on any claim that Holdings’ obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower; (c) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Holdings’ liability hereunder; (d) any right to proceed against the Borrower, proceed against or exhaust any security for the Obligations, or pursue any other remedy in the power of any Secured Party whatsoever; (e) any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by any Secured Party; and (f) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all other defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable law limiting the liability of or exonerating guarantors or sureties. Holdings expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Obligations.

10.04. Obligations Independent. The obligations of Holdings hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Obligations and the obligations of any other guarantor, and a separate action may be brought against Holdings to enforce this Guaranty whether or not the Borrower or any other person or entity is joined as a party.

10.05. Subrogation. Holdings shall not exercise any right of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until all of the Obligations and any amounts payable under this Guaranty (other than obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements) have been paid and performed in full in cash and the Commitments and the Facility is terminated. If any amounts are paid to Holdings in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Secured Parties to reduce the amount of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

10.06. Termination; Reinstatement. This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until all Obligations and any other amounts payable under this Guaranty (other than obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements) are paid in full in cash and the Commitments are terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or Holdings is made, or any of the Secured Parties exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by any of the Secured Parties in their discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not the Secured Parties are in possession of or have released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of Holdings under this paragraph shall survive termination of this Guaranty.

10.07. Subordination. Holdings hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of the Borrower owing to Holdings, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation of the Borrower to Holdings as subrogee of the Secured Parties or resulting from Holdings’ performance

-92-

under this Guaranty, to the payment in full in cash of all Obligations (other than obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements). If the Secured Parties so request, any such obligation or indebtedness of the Borrower to Holdings shall be enforced and performance received by Holdings as trustee for the Secured Parties and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the Secured Parties on account of the Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Holdings under this Guaranty.

10.08. Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Obligations is stayed, in connection with any case commenced by or against Holdings or the Borrower under any Debtor Relief Laws, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by Holdings immediately upon demand by the Secured Parties.

10.09. Condition of Borrower. Holdings acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from the Borrower and any other guarantor such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower and any such other guarantor as Holdings requires, and that none of the Secured Parties has any duty, and Holdings is not relying on the Secured Parties at any time, to disclose to Holdings any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower or any other guarantor (Holdings waiving any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information and any defense relating to the failure to provide the same).

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.01. Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Article IV or of any Default is not considered an extension or increase in Commitments of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest or fees due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under such other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment;

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section 11.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

(d) change Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(e) change any provision of this Section 11.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

-93-

(f) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender; or

(g) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Subsidiary from the Guaranty is permitted pursuant to Section 9.10 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone);

and provided, further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement; (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto; and (v) any amendment, waiver or consent of the Intercreditor Agreement shall only require the consent of any Loan Party to the extent required pursuant to the terms thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

If any Lender (other than any Lender who was a Lender on the Closing Date or any Lender who is an Affiliate of such a Lender) does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement that requires the consent of each Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may replace such non-consenting Lender in accordance with Section 11.13; provided that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph).

11.02. Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications.

(a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 11.02; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall

-94-

be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc. Each of Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

-95-

11.03. Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

11.04. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement. No failure by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, under any other Loan Document or the Intercreditor Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document and the Intercreditor Agreement, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuer; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 11.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

11.05. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable and invoiced fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof; provided that under this Section 11.05(a) the Borrower shall not be required to reimburse the expenses of more than one firm of counsel to the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, plus, if necessary, one firm of local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and one regulatory counsel in each applicable jurisdiction, (ii) all reasonable and invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable and invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer (including the reasonable and invoiced fees, charges and disbursements of any one counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, taken as a whole, and, if necessary, of one local counsel in any jurisdiction and one regulatory counsel in any jurisdiction), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

-96-

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Intercreditor Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of the Borrower’s or such Loan Party’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d).

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Intercreditor Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than 30 Business Days after demand therefor.

-97-

(f) Survival. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Facility and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

11.06. Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

11.07. Successors and Assigns.

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.07(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.07(d), or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 11.07(f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 11.07(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts.

(A) In the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Revolving Credit Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) In any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Revolving Credit Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $1,000,000, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.

-98-

(ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans.

(iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender;

(C) the consent of the L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding).

(iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or (C) to a natural person.

(vi) Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption,

-99-

have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05 and 11.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 11.07(d).

(c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Registrar information regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a Defaulting Lender. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 11.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections, including the documentation requirements of Section 3.01(e)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its participating interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.07(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower and Holdings (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and interest amounts) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

(f) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender,

-100-

including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender After Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 11.07(b), Bank of America may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

11.08. Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Loan Document, the Intercreditor Agreement or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.

-101-

The Schedules to this Agreement shall be provided to the Administrative Agent and may be viewed by any other Secured Party at the offices of the Administrative Agent upon request.

11.09. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or Holdings against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or Holdings now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, such obligations of the Borrower or Holdings are due and payable, but irrespective of whether they are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.09, if at any time any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates maintains one or more deposit accounts for the Borrower or any other Loan Party into which Medicare and/or Medicaid receivables are deposited, such Person shall waive the right of setoff set forth herein.

11.10. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

11.11. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

11.12. Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

-102-

11.13. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.13, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

11.14. Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 or 3.05, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives any notice under Section 3.02, or a Lender (a “Non-Consenting Lender”) does not consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document that has been approved by the Required Lenders as provided in Section 11.01 but requires unanimous consent of all Lenders or all Lenders directly affected thereby (as applicable) or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.07), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received the assignment fee specified in Section 11.07(b);

(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and

(e) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Non-Consenting Lender’s failure to consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document, the applicable replacement bank, financial institution or Fund consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination; provided that the failure by such Non-Consenting Lender to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption shall not impair the validity of the removal of such Non-Consenting Lender and the mandatory assignment of such Non-Consenting Lender’s Commitments and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 11.14 shall nevertheless be effective without the execution by such Non-Consenting Lender of an Assignment and Assumption.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

11.15. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

-103-

(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND HOLDINGS IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR HOLDINGS OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(c) WAIVER OF VENUE. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND HOLDINGS IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

11.16. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

11.17. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Borrower and Holdings acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers, are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers, on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrower and Holdings has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Borrower and Holdings is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers each is and has been acting

-104-

solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lead Arrangers has any obligation to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lead Arrangers has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and Holdings hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers and the other Lead Arranger(s) with respect to any breach or alleged breach (in each case, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct) of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby. Holdings acknowledges that one or more Affiliates of Barclays Capital (“Barclays”), the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC has been retained by Holdings as a buy-side financial advisor (in such capacity, the “Borrower Financial Advisor”) in connection with the Transaction. Each of the Borrower and Holdings agrees not to assert any claim it might allege based on any actual or potential conflict of interest that might be asserted to arise or result from, on the one hand, the engagement of the Borrower Financial Advisor and, on the other hand, Barclays’ or its Affiliates’ relationship with Holdings as described and referred to herein. Nothing in this Section or elsewhere in this Agreement is intended to, or shall, diminish the obligations or liabilities of the parties under the engagement letter agreement among the Sponsor and one or more Affiliates and one or more Affiliates of Barclays Capital as a buy-side financial advisor in connection with the Transaction.

11.18. Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.19. USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

-105-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP. (which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. with AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. surviving such merger as the Borrower)
By:	/s/ Jared S Hendricks
Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
Title:	Vice President
C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:	/s/ Jared S Hendricks
Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
Title:	Vice President

S-1

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By:	Mollie S. Canup
Name:	Mollie S. Canup
Title:	Vice President

S-2

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender
By:	/s/ David H. Strickett
Name:	David H. Strickett
Title:	Senior Vice President

S-3

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Diane Rolfe
Name:	Diane Rolfe
Title:	Director

S-4

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Dana D. Cagle
Name:	Dana D. Cagle
Title:	Director

S-5

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

GUARANTY

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of credit and/or financial accommodation heretofore or hereafter from time to time made or granted to C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP. (the “Borrower”) which shall be merged with and into AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. (the “Company”) on the Closing Date by BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (the “Administrative Agent”) and the other Secured Parties, the undersigned Guarantors (whether one or more the “Guarantor”, and if more than one jointly and severally) hereby furnishes its guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations (as hereinafter defined) as set forth below.

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among the Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”) and the other parties thereto. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein (including, without limitation, the term “Obligations”, as used in Section 1 and elsewhere herein) are used with the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

1. Guaranty. The Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, as a guaranty of payment and performance and not merely as a guaranty of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all of the Obligations whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, damages, costs, expenses or otherwise, of the Borrower to the Secured Parties, and whether arising under the Credit Agreement or under any other Loan Document, or under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or any Secured Hedge Agreement (including all renewals, extensions, amendments, refinancings and other modifications thereof and all costs, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Secured Parties in connection with the collection or enforcement thereof), and whether recovery upon such indebtedness and liabilities may be or hereafter become unenforceable or shall be an allowed or disallowed claim under any proceeding or case commenced by or against the Guarantor or the Borrower under the Debtor Relief Laws, and including interest that accrues after the commencement by or against the Borrower of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Administrative Agent’s books and records showing the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon the Guarantor for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations and conclusive absent manifest error. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Guaranteed Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Guaranteed Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense (other than a defense of payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations) to the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any or all of the foregoing.

2. Rights of Lenders. The Guarantor consents and agrees that the Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew, compromise, discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Guaranteed Obligations; (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders in their sole discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other guarantors of any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of the Guarantor under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of the Guarantor.

3. Certain Waivers. The Guarantor waives (a) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever (including any act or omission of any Secured Party) of the liability of the Borrower; (b) any defense based on any claim that the Guarantor’s obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower; (c) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the Guarantor’s liability hereunder; (d) any right to proceed against the Borrower, proceed against or exhaust any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, or pursue any other remedy in the power of any Secured Party whatsoever; (e) any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by any Secured Party; and (f) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all other defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable law limiting the liability of or exonerating guarantors or sureties. The Guarantor expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Guaranteed Obligations.

4. Obligations Independent. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations and the obligations of any other guarantor, and a separate action may be brought against the Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty whether or not the Borrower or any other person or entity is joined as a party.

5. Subrogation. The Guarantor shall not exercise any right of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and any amounts payable under this Guaranty (other than obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements) have been paid and performed in full in cash and the Commitments and the Facility are terminated. If any amounts are paid to the Guarantor in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Secured Parties to reduce the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

6. Termination; Reinstatement. This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all Guaranteed Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until all Guaranteed Obligations and any other amounts payable under this Guaranty (other than obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements) are paid in full in cash and the Commitments are terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Guarantor is made, or any of the Secured Parties exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by any of the Secured Parties in their discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not the Secured Parties are in possession of or have released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of the Guarantor under this paragraph shall survive termination of this Guaranty.

7. Subordination. The Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of the Borrower owing to the Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation of the Borrower to the Guarantor as subrogee of the Secured Parties or resulting from the Guarantor’s performance under this Guaranty, to the payment in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements). If the Secured Parties so request, any such obligation or indebtedness of the Borrower to the Guarantor shall be enforced and performance received by the Guarantor as trustee for the Secured Parties and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the Secured Parties on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty.

8. Stay of Acceleration. In the event that acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed, in connection with any case commenced by or against the Guarantor or the Borrower under any Debtor Relief Laws, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by the Guarantor immediately upon demand by the Secured Parties.

9. Expenses. The Guarantor shall pay all reasonable and invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer (including the reasonable and invoiced fees, charges and disbursements of any one counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, taken as a whole, and, if necessary, of one local counsel in any jurisdiction and one regulatory counsel in any jurisdiction), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights under this Guaranty. The agreements in this paragraph shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Guaranty and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Guaranteed Obligations

10. Miscellaneous. No provision of this Guaranty may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified, except by a written instrument executed by the Administrative Agent

and the Guarantor (with the consent of the Lenders or the Required Lenders if required under the Credit Agreement). No failure by Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, remedy or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law or in equity. The unenforceability or invalidity of any provision of this Guaranty shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision herein. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Guarantor in writing, this Guaranty is not intended to supersede or otherwise affect any other guaranty now or hereafter given by the Guarantor for the benefit of the Secured Parties or any term or provision thereof.

11. Guarantor Supplements. Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a Guaranty Supplement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (a “Guarantor Supplement”), (a) such Person shall be referred to as an “Additional Guarantor” and shall become and be a Guarantor hereunder, and each reference in this Guaranty to a “Guarantor” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “Guarantor” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and (b) each reference herein to “this Guaranty”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, and each reference in any other Loan Document to the “Guaranty”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, shall mean and be a reference to this Guaranty as supplemented by such Guaranty Supplement.

12. Other Guarantors. To the extent that any Guarantor shall be required hereunder to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations exceeding the greater of (a) the amount of the economic benefit actually received by such Guarantor from the Loans and (b) the amount such Guarantor would otherwise have paid if such Guarantor had paid the aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations (excluding the amount thereof repaid by the Borrower) in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s net worth at the date enforcement is sought hereunder bears to the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors (taken together with the aggregate net worth of all other “Guarantors” (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) obligated with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations (the “Other Guarantors”)) at the date of enforcement is sought hereunder, then each Other Guarantor shall reimburse such other Guarantors for the amount of such excess, pro rata, based on the respective net worths of such Other Guarantors at the date enforcement hereunder is sought.

13. Condition of Borrower. The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from the Borrower and any other guarantor such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower and any such other guarantor as the Guarantor requires, and that none of the Secured Parties has any duty, and the Guarantor is not relying on the Secured Parties at any time, to disclose to the Guarantor any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower or any other guarantor (the Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information and any defense relating to the failure to provide the same).

14. Setoff. If and to the extent any payment is not made when due hereunder, the Administrative Agent may setoff and charge from time to time any amount so due against any or all of the Guarantor’s accounts or deposits with the Administrative Agent.

15. Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations set forth in Credit Agreement set forth in Sections 5.01, 5.02, 5.03 and 5.04 of the Credit Agreement, insofar as they relate directly to any Guarantor, are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

16. Indemnification and Survival. Without limitation on any other obligations of the Guarantor or remedies of the Administrative Agent under this Guaranty, the Guarantor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify, defend and save and hold harmless the Secured Parties from and against, and shall pay on demand, any and all damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the allocated cost and disbursements of internal legal counsel) that may be suffered or incurred by the Secured Parties in connection with or as a result of any failure of any Guaranteed Obligations to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms. The obligations of the Guarantor under this paragraph shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and termination of this Guaranty.

17. GOVERNING LAW. THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

18. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. THE GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS GUARANTY SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY AGAINST THE GUARANTOR OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

19. WAIVER OF VENUE. THE GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY

APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN SECTION 18. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

20. SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. NOTHING IN THIS GUARANTY WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

21. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS GUARANTY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Executed as of the date first written above.

AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
	By: AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:    Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:      Chief Executive Officer
AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC
AKC HOLDING LLC
JKC HOLDING LLC
ARA-BOCA RATON HOLDING LLC
ARA-RHODE ISLAND DIALYSIS II LLC
ARA-OHIO HOLDINGS LLC
TEXAS-ARA LLC
ACUTE DIALYSIS SERVICES-ARA LLC,
	By: AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:    Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:      Chief Executive Officer
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS L.P.
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS II, L.P.
	By: TEXAS-ARA LLC
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:    Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:      Chief Executive Officer

Accepted and Agreed:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A, as Administrative Agent
By:	/s/ Willam S. Cessna
	Name:        William S. Cessna
	Title:          Vice President

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

SECURITY AGREEMENT

By

C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP.

(to be merged with and into AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.),

as Borrower

and

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

Dated as of May 7, 2010

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PREAMBLE			1
RECITALS			1
AGREEMENT			2
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
SECTION 1.1.	Definitions		2
SECTION 1.2.	Interpretation		8
ARTICLE II GRANT OF SECURITY AND OBLIGATIONS
SECTION 2.1.	Grant of Security Interest		8
SECTION 2.2.	Filings		10
ARTICLE III PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES; USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL
SECTION 3.1.	Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral		10
SECTION 3.2.	Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral		11
SECTION 3.3.	Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest		11
SECTION 3.4.	Other Actions		11
SECTION 3.5.	Joinder of Additional Guarantors		15
SECTION 3.6.	Supplements; Further Assurances		15
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
SECTION 4.1.	Title		15
SECTION 4.2.	Validity of Security Interest		16
SECTION 4.3.	Defense of Claims; Transferability of Pledged Collateral		16
SECTION 4.4.	Other Financing Statements		16
SECTION 4.5.	Location of Inventory and Equipment.		17
SECTION 4.6.	Due Authorization and Issuance		17

-i-

		Page
SECTION 4.7.	Consents, etc.		17
SECTION 4.8.	Pledged Collateral		17
SECTION 4.9.	Insurance		17
ARTICLE V CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL
SECTION 5.1.	Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral		17
SECTION 5.2.	Voting Rights; Distributions; etc.		18
SECTION 5.3.	Certain Agreements of Pledgors as Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests		19
ARTICLE VI CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL
SECTION 6.1.	Grant of Intellectual Property License		20
SECTION 6.2.	Protection of Administrative Agent’s Security		20
SECTION 6.3.	After-Acquired Property		21
SECTION 6.4.	Litigation		21
SECTION 6.5.	Permitted Disposal of Intellectual Property Collateral		21
ARTICLE VII CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING RECEIVABLES
SECTION 7.1.	Maintenance of Records		22
SECTION 7.2.	Legend		22
ARTICLE VIII TRANSFERS
SECTION 8.1.	Transfers of Pledged Collateral		22
ARTICLE IX REMEDIES
SECTION 9.1.	Remedies		22
SECTION 9.2.	Notice of Sale		24
SECTION 9.3.	Waiver of Notice and Claims		24
SECTION 9.4.	Certain Sales of Pledged Collateral		25
SECTION 9.5.	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies		26
SECTION 9.6.	Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property		27

-ii-

		Page
ARTICLE X APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
SECTION 10.1.	Application of Proceeds		27
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 11.1.	Concerning Administrative Agent		27
SECTION 11.2.	Intercreditor Agreement		29
SECTION 11.3.	Administrative Agent May Perform; Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact		29
SECTION 11.4.	Continuing Security Interest; Assignment		29
SECTION 11.5.	Termination; Release		30
SECTION 11.6.	Modification in Writing		30
SECTION 11.7.	Notices		31
SECTION 11.8.	Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial		31
SECTION 11.9.	Severability of Provisions		31
SECTION 11.10.	Execution in Counterparts		31
SECTION 11.11.	Business Days		31
SECTION 11.12.	No Credit for Payment of Taxes or Imposition		31
SECTION 11.13.	No Claims Against Administrative Agent		31
SECTION 11.14.	No Release		32
SECTION 11.15.	Obligations Absolute		32
SIGNATURES			S-1

-iii-

EXHIBIT 1 EXHIBIT 2 EXHIBIT 3 EXHIBIT 4 EXHIBIT 5 EXHIBIT 6 Form of Issuer’s Acknowledgment Form of Securities Pledge Amendment Form of Security Agreement Supplement Form of Copyright Security Agreement Form of Patent Security Agreement Form of Trademark Security Agreement

-iv-

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Credit Agreement (as defined below), this “Agreement”) made by C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), with the Company surviving such merger as the borrower, the “Borrower”), and the Guarantors from to time to time party hereto (the “Guarantors”), as pledgors, assignors and debtors (the Borrower, together with the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “Pledgors,” and each, a “Pledgor”), in favor of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement, as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. The Borrower, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and the lending institutions party to the Credit Agreement (as defined below) have, in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, entered into that certain credit agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

B. Each Guarantor has, pursuant to the Guaranty, unconditionally guaranteed the Obligations.

C. The Borrower and each Guarantor will receive substantial benefits from the extensions of credit to be made to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement.

D. This Agreement is given by each Pledgor in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations.

E. It is a condition to (i) the obligations of the Lenders to make the Loans under the Credit Agreement, (ii) the obligations of the L/C Issuer to issue Letters of Credit and (iii) the performance of the obligations of the Secured Parties under Secured Hedging Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements that each Pledgor execute and deliver the applicable Loan Documents, including this Agreement.

F. In order to secure the obligations under the Senior Secured Notes (as hereinafter defined), the Pledgors have granted to the Notes Collateral Agent (as hereinafter defined) for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Secured Notes and certain other secured parties, a first priority security interest (subject to certain priorities upon realization of any value from the Pledged Collateral as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement).

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Pledgor and the Administrative Agent hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC; provided that in any event, the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC:

“Accounts”; “Bank”; “Chattel Paper”; “Commercial Tort Claim”; “Commodity Account”; “Commodity Contract”; “Commodity Intermediary”; “Documents”; “Electronic Chattel Paper”; “Entitlement Order”; “Equipment”; “Financial Asset”; “Fixtures”; “General Intangibles”, “Goods”, “Inventory”; “Letter-of-Credit Rights”; “Letters of Credit”; “Money”; “Payment Intangibles”; “Proceeds”; “ Records”; “Securities Account”; “Securities Intermediary”; “Security Entitlement”; “Supporting Obligations”; and “Tangible Chattel Paper.”

(b) Terms used but not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Account Debtor” shall mean each person who is obligated on a Receivable or Supporting Obligation related thereto.

“Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Borrower” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Collateral Support” shall mean all property (real or personal) assigned, hypothecated or otherwise securing any Pledged Collateral and shall include any security agreement or other agreement granting a lien or security interest in such real or personal property.

“Commodity Account Control Agreement” shall mean a control agreement in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent establishing the Administrative Agent’s Control with respect to any Commodity Account.

-2-

“Contracts” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, the Related Documents, all sale, service, performance, equipment or property lease contracts, agreements and grants and all other contracts, agreements or grants (in each case, whether written or oral, or third party or intercompany), between such Pledgor and any third party, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof.

“Control” shall mean (i) in the case of each Deposit Account, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC, (ii) in the case of any Security Entitlement, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 8-106 of the UCC, and (iii) in the case of any Commodity Contract, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-106 of the UCC.

“Control Agreements” shall mean, collectively, the Deposit Account Control Agreements, the Securities Account Control Agreements and the Commodity Account Control Agreements.

“Copyright Security Agreement” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 4 hereto.

“Copyrights” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all copyrights (whether statutory or common law, whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished) and all copyright registrations and applications made by such Pledgor, in each case, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by or assigned to such Pledgor, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of such copyrights, (ii) reissues, renewals, continuations and extensions thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

“Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Recital A hereof.

“Deposit Account Control Agreement” shall mean a control agreement in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent establishing the Administrative Agent’s Control with respect to any Deposit Account.

“Deposit Accounts” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all “deposit accounts” as such term is defined in the UCC and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition.

“Distributions” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all dividends, cash, options, warrants, rights, instruments, distributions, returns of capital or principal, income, interest, profits and other property, interests (debt or equity) or proceeds, including as a result of a split, revision, reclassification or other like change of the Pledged Securities, from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed to such Pledgor in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes.

-3-

“Excluded Deposit Accounts” means (1) any deposit accounts specially and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s employees, (2) any Deposit Account of any Pledgor into which proceeds from any receivables in respect of participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare or Medicaid programs, are paid into, so long as the balance of such Deposit Account is swept at the end of each Business Day into a Deposit Account subject to a Control Agreement and (3) any deposit account specially and exclusively used to hold cash deposits required to be held in escrow, and which by terms of the agreement creating the escrow obligations shall not be subject to any other Liens.

“Excluded Property” means:

(i) any rights or interests in any permit, license, lease or contract entered into by the Borrower or any Guarantor (A) that prohibits, or requires the consent of any Person other than the Borrower and its Affiliates which has not been obtained as a condition to, the creation by the Borrower or the applicable Guarantor of a Lien on any right, title or interest in such permit, license, lease or contract or (B) to the extent that any requirement of law applicable thereto prohibits the creation of a Lien thereon, but only, with respect to the prohibition in clauses (A) and (B), to the extent, and for as long as, such prohibition is not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the Uniform Commercial Code, any other requirement of law or principles of equity;

(ii) the Equity Interests of and other assets of Persons that are not Wholly Owned Subsidiaries to the extent and for so long as the granting of security interests in such Equity Interests and assets would be prohibited by a shareholders agreement or similar contract governing such Persons to the extent, and for as long as, such prohibition is not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the Uniform Commercial Code, any other requirement of law or principles of equity;

(iii) property owned by the Borrower or any Guarantor that is subject to a Lien permitted by Section 7.01(i) of the Credit Agreement if the contractual obligation pursuant to which such Lien is granted (or in the document providing for such Lien) prohibits or requires the consent of any Person other than the Borrower and its Affiliates which has not been obtained as a condition to the creation of any other Lien on such item of property;

(iv) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title to the extent a Lien thereon cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the grantor’s jurisdiction of organization;

(v) any Equity Interests consisting of voting stock in any CFC directly owned by the Borrower or any Guarantor in excess of 66% of the outstanding voting stock of such CFC;

-4-

(vi) any “intent-to-use” application for registration of a trademark filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1051, prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect thereto, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law;

(vii) Excluded Deposit Accounts; and

(viii) those assets as to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower reasonably agree that the cost of obtaining such a security interest or perfection thereof is excessive in relation to the benefit to the lenders under the Credit Agreement of the security to be afforded thereby.

;provided, however, that Excluded Property shall not include any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Property referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Property referred to in clauses (i) through (viii)).

“Goodwill” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, the goodwill connected with such Pledgor’s business including all goodwill connected with (i) the use of and symbolized by any Trademark owned by such Pledgor and (ii) all know-how, trade secrets, customer and supplier lists, proprietary information, inventions, methods, procedures, formulae, descriptions, compositions, technical data, drawings, specifications, nameplates, catalogs, confidential information and the right to limit the use or disclosure thereof by any person, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and proposals and such other assets which relate to such goodwill.

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Instruments” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all “instruments,” as such term is defined in Article 9, rather than Article 3, of the UCC, and shall include all promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange or acceptances.

“Intellectual Property Collateral” shall mean, collectively, the Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses and Goodwill.

“Intellectual Property Licenses” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all written license agreements with, and covenants not to sue, any other party with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright or any other patent, trademark or copyright, whether such Pledgor is a licensor or licensee under any such license agreement, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or violations thereof and (iv) other rights to use, exploit or practice any or all of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights or any other patent, trademark or copyright.

-5-

“Intercompany Notes” shall mean, with respect to each Pledgor, all intercompany notes described in Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate and intercompany notes hereafter acquired by such Pledgor and all certificates, instruments or agreements evidencing such intercompany notes, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms hereof, and in each case, required to be pledged hereunder.

“Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain intercreditor agreement dated the Closing Date (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and the Credit Agreement), among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent, and acknowledged by the Pledgors.

“Investment Property” shall mean a security, whether certificated or uncertificated, Security Entitlement, Securities Account, Commodity Contract or Commodity Account, excluding, however, the Securities Collateral.

“Material Intellectual Property Collateral” shall mean any Intellectual Property Collateral that is material (i) to the use and operation of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or (ii) to the business, results of operations or financial condition of any Pledgor.

“Mortgaged Property” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Mortgages.

“Notes Collateral Agent” shall mean Wilmington Trust FSB, as collateral agent with respect to the obligations under the Senior Secured Notes.

“Patent Security Agreement” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 5 hereto.

“Patents” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all patents issued or assigned to, and all patent applications and registrations made by, such Pledgor (whether established or registered or recorded in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of any patents, (ii) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

“Perfection Certificate” shall mean that certain perfection certificate dated May 7, 2010, executed and delivered by each Pledgor in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and each other Perfection Certificate (which shall be in form and

-6-

substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) executed and delivered by the applicable Guarantor in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of each Security Agreement Supplement executed in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof, in each case, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.3 hereof.

“Pledge Amendment” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1 hereof.

“Pledged Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1 hereof.

“Pledged Securities” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each issuer set forth on Schedules 7(a) and 7(b) to the Perfection Certificate as being owned by such Pledgor and all options, warrants, rights, agreements and additional Equity Interests of whatever class of any such issuer acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance), together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such Equity Interests in each such issuer or under any Organization Document of each such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, (ii) all Equity Interests of any issuer, which Equity Interests are hereafter acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance) and all options, warrants, rights, agreements and additional Equity Interests of whatever class of any such issuer acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance), together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such Equity Interests or under any Organization Document of any such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, from time to time acquired by such Pledgor in any manner, and (iii) all Equity Interests issued in respect of the Equity Interests referred to in clause (i) or (ii) upon any consolidation or merger of any issuer of such Equity Interests, and in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), required to be pledged hereunder.

“Pledgor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

“Receivables” shall mean all (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Payment Intangibles, (iv) General Intangibles, (v) Instruments and (vi) all other rights to payment, whether or not earned by performance, for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, or services rendered or to be rendered, regardless of how classified under the UCC together with all of Pledgors’ rights, if any, in any goods or other property giving rise to such right to payment and all Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations related thereto and all Records relating thereto.

-7-

“Securities Account Control Agreement” shall mean a control agreement in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent establishing the Administrative Agent’s Control with respect to any Securities Account.

“Securities Collateral” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Securities, the Intercompany Notes and the Distributions.

“Security Agreement Supplement” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto.

“Trademark Security Agreement” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 6 hereto.

“Trademarks” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all trademarks (including service marks), slogans, logos, certification marks, trade dress, uniform resource locators (URLs), domain names, corporate names and trade names, whether registered or unregistered, owned by or assigned to such Pledgor and all registrations and applications for the foregoing (whether statutory or common law and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of any trademarks, (ii) reissues, continuations, extensions and renewals thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in any item or portion of the Pledged Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Voting Equity Interests” of any Person shall mean all classes of Equity Interests of such Person entitled to vote.

SECTION 1.2. Interpretation. The rules of interpretation specified in the Credit Agreement (including Section 1.02 thereof) shall be applicable to this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF SECURITY AND OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.1. Grant of Security Interest. As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all the Obligations, each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants

-8-

to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in all of the right, title and interest of such Pledgor in, to and under the following property, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time (collectively, the “Pledged Collateral”):

(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) (xi) (xii)

all Accounts; all Equipment, Goods, Inventory and Fixtures; all Documents, Instruments and Chattel Paper; all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights; all Securities Collateral; all Investment Property; all Intellectual Property Collateral; the Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate; all General Intangibles; all Money and all Deposit Accounts; all Supporting Obligations; all books and records relating to the Pledged Collateral; and

(xiii)

to the extent not covered by clauses (i) through (xii) of this sentence, all other personal property of such Pledgor, whether tangible or intangible, and all Proceeds and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of, each of the foregoing, and any and all Proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to such Pledgor from time to time with respect to any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (i) through (xiii) above, the security interest created by this Agreement shall not extend to, and the term “Pledged Collateral” shall not include, any Excluded Property, and from and after the Closing Date, no Pledgor shall permit to become effective in any document creating, governing or providing for any permit, license or agreement a provision that would prohibit the creation of a Lien on such permit, license or agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent unless such Pledgor believes, in its reasonable judgment, that such prohibition is usual and customary in transactions of such type.

-9-

SECTION 2.2. Filings.

(a) Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Pledged Collateral, including (i) whether such Pledgor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Pledgor, (ii) any financing or continuation statements or other documents without the signature of such Pledgor where permitted by law, including the filing of a financing statement describing the Pledged Collateral as “all assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Pledgor or in which Pledgor otherwise has rights” and (iii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Pledged Collateral relates. Each Pledgor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Administrative Agent promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Each Pledgor hereby ratifies its authorization for the Administrative Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements relating to the Pledged Collateral if filed prior to the date hereof.

(c) Each Pledgor hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent to make filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office), including this Agreement, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement, or other documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by such Pledgor hereunder in Intellectual Property Collateral that is registered, or whose registration has been applied for, with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office), and naming such Pledgor, as debtor, and the Administrative Agent, as secured party.

ARTICLE III

PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;

USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.1. Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral. Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Securities Collateral in existence on the date hereof have been delivered to the Administrative Agent in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank and that the Administrative Agent will have a perfected first priority security interest therein upon completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 4 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Pledgor hereby agrees that all certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Collateral acquired by such Pledgor after the date hereof shall promptly (but in any event within fifteen days after receipt thereof by such Pledgor, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree to in its sole discretion) be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto. All

-10-

certificated Securities Collateral shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to endorse, assign or otherwise transfer to or to register in the name of the Administrative Agent or any of its nominees or endorse for negotiation any or all of the Securities Collateral, without any indication that such Securities Collateral is subject to the security interest hereunder. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates representing or evidencing Securities Collateral for certificates of smaller or larger denominations.

SECTION 3.2. Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral. Each Pledgor represents and warrants that the Administrative Agent has a perfected first priority security interest in all uncertificated Pledged Securities pledged by it hereunder that are in existence on the date hereof. Each Pledgor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Securities of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that constitute “Securities” as defined in Section 8-102(a)(15) of the UCC are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Pledgor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, cause the issuer to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an acknowledgment of the pledge of such Pledged Securities substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto or such other form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 3.3. Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest. Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all financing statements, agreements, instruments and other documents necessary to perfect the security interest granted by it to the Administrative Agent on the date hereof in respect of the Pledged Collateral have been delivered to the Administrative Agent in completed and duly executed form for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule 4 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Pledgor agrees that at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, such Pledgor will, at the request of the Admninistrative Agent, maintain the security interest created by this Agreement in the Pledged Collateral as a perfected first priority security interest subject only to Liens permitted under Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement (“Permitted Liens”).

SECTION 3.4. Other Actions. In order to further ensure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Collateral, each Pledgor represents and warrants (as to itself) as follows and agrees, in each case at such Pledgor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Pledged Collateral:

(a) Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper. As of the date hereof, no amounts payable in excess of $500,000 (or solely with respect to intercompany Indebtedness of the Pledgors, no amounts payable) under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral are evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, other than such Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Instrument and each item of Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 8

-11-

to the Perfection Certificate has been properly endorsed, assigned and delivered to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank. If any amount then payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, and such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper not previously delivered to the Administrative Agent, exceeds $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors (provided that solely with respect to intercompany Indebtedness of the Pledgors, such minimum threshold shall not apply), the Pledgor acquiring such Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper shall promptly (but in any event within 15 days after receipt thereof or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree to in its sole discretion) endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(b) Deposit Accounts. As of the date hereof, no Pledgor has any Deposit Accounts other than Excluded Deposit Accounts and those accounts listed in Schedule 11 to the Perfection Certificate. The Administrative Agent has a security interest in each such Deposit Account (other than Excluded Deposit Accounts), which security interest, when required by Section 6.17 of the Credit Agreement, will be perfected by Control. No Pledgor shall hereafter establish and maintain any Deposit Account unless (1) it shall have given the Administrative Agent 10 days’ prior written notice of its intention to establish such new Deposit Account with a Bank and (2) such Bank and such Pledgor shall have duly executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Deposit Account Control Agreement with respect to such Deposit Account. The Administrative Agent agrees with each Pledgor that the Administrative Agent shall not give any instructions directing the disposition of funds from time to time credited to any Deposit Account or withhold any withdrawal rights from such Pledgor with respect to funds from time to time credited to any Deposit Account unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and notice shall have been given by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights. Each Pledgor agrees that once the Administrative Agent sends an instruction or notice to a Bank exercising its Control over any Deposit Account (other than Excluded Deposit Accounts) (with a copy of such instruction or notice to the Borrower) such Pledgor shall not give any instructions or orders with respect to such Deposit Account including, without limitation, instructions for distribution or transfer of any funds in such Deposit Account. No Pledgor shall grant Control of any Deposit Account to any person other than the Administrative Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent.

(c) Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts. (i) As of the date hereof, no Pledgor has any Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts other than those listed in Schedule 11 to the Perfection Certificate. The Administrative Agent has a security interest in each such Securities Account and Commodity Account, which security interest, when required by Section 6.17 of the Credit Agreement, will be perfected by Control. No Pledgor shall hereafter establish and maintain any Securities Account or Commodity Account with any Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary unless (1) it shall have given the Administrative Agent 10 days’ prior written notice of its

-12-

intention to establish such new Securities Account or Commodity Account with such Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary and (2) such Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, as the case may be, and such Pledgor shall have duly executed and delivered a Control Agreement with respect to such Securities Account or Commodity Account, as the case may be. Each Pledgor shall accept any cash and Investment Property in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and within one (1) Business Day of actual receipt thereof, deposit any and all cash and Investment Property received by it into a Deposit Account or Securities Account subject to Administrative Agent’s Control. The Administrative Agent agrees with each Pledgor that the Administrative Agent shall not give any Entitlement Orders or instructions or directions to any issuer of uncertificated securities, Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by such Pledgor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or, after giving effect to any such investment and withdrawal rights, would occur, and notice shall have been given by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights. Each Pledgor agrees that once the Administrative Agent sends an instruction or notice to a Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary exercising its Control over any Securities Account and Commodity Account (with a copy of such instruction or notice to the Borrower) such Pledgor shall not give any instructions or orders with respect to such Securities Account and Commodity Account including, without limitation, instructions for investment, distribution or transfer of any Investment Property or Financial Asset maintained in such Securities Account or Commodity Account. No Pledgor shall grant Control over any Investment Property to any person other than the Administrative Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent.

(ii) As between the Administrative Agent and the Pledgors, the Pledgors shall bear the investment risk with respect to the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, and the risk of loss of, damage to, or the destruction of the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, whether in the possession of, or maintained as a Security Entitlement or deposit by, or subject to the Control of, the Administrative Agent, a Securities Intermediary, a Commodity Intermediary, any Pledgor or any other person.

(d) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records. As of the date hereof, no amount under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral is evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record” (as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction) other than such Electronic Chattel Paper and transferable records, (i) listed in Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate or (ii) whose value does not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record, the Pledgor acquiring such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and shall take such action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Administrative Agent control of such Electronic Chattel Paper under Section 9-105 of the UCC or control under

-13-

Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, or such transferable record. The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record in which the Administrative Agent has not been vested control within the meaning of the statutes described in the immediately preceding sentence, does not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors. The Administrative Agent agrees with such Pledgor that the Administrative Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Administrative Agent’s loss of control, for the Pledgor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under Section 9-105 of the UCC or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Pledgor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

(e) Letter-of-Credit Rights. If any Pledgor is at any time a beneficiary under a Letter of Credit now or hereafter issued in favor of such Pledgor that is not a Supporting Obligation, such Pledgor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and such Pledgor shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, either (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such Letter of Credit to consent to an assignment to the Administrative Agent of the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit or (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the Administrative Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, with the Administrative Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit are to be paid to the applicable Pledgor unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The actions in the preceding sentence shall not be required to the extent that the amount of any such Letter of Credit, together with the aggregate amount of all other Letters of Credit for which the actions described above in clauses (i) and (ii) have not been taken, does not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims. As of the date hereof, each Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that it holds no Commercial Tort Claims other than those listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate. If any Pledgor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim, such Pledgor shall promptly (but in any event within 15 days or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree, in its sole discretion) notify the Administrative Agent in writing signed by such Pledgor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Administrative Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the amount of such Commercial Tort Claim, together with the amount of all other Commercial Tort Claims held by any Pledgor in which the Administrative Agent does not have a security interest, does not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors.

-14-

SECTION 3.5. Joinder of Additional Guarantors. The Pledgors shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower which, from time to time, after the date hereof shall be required to pledge any assets to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto, within thirty (30) days of the date on which it was acquired or created and, upon such execution and delivery, such Subsidiary shall constitute a “Guarantor” and a “Pledgor” for all purposes hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor and Pledgor herein. The execution and delivery of such Joinder Agreement shall not require the consent of any Pledgor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor and Pledgor as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 3.6. Supplements; Further Assurances. Each Pledgor shall take such further actions, and execute and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent such additional financing statements, amendments, assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments, as may be necessary or as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to create, perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in the Pledged Collateral as provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder, to carry into effect the purposes hereof or better to assure and confirm the validity, enforceability and priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Collateral or permit the Administrative Agent to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder with respect to any Pledged Collateral, including the filing of financing statements, continuation statements and other documents (including this Agreement) under the Uniform Commercial Code (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and the execution and delivery of Control Agreements, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in such offices (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office) wherever required by law to perfect, continue and maintain the validity, enforceability and priority of the security interest in the Pledged Collateral as provided herein and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder, as against third parties, with respect to the Pledged Collateral. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may institute and maintain, in its own name or in the name of any Pledgor, such suits and proceedings as the Administrative Agent may be advised by counsel shall be necessary or expedient to prevent any impairment of the security interest in or the perfection thereof in the Pledged Collateral. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Each Pledgor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

SECTION 4.1. Title. Except for the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and

-15-

Permitted Liens, such Pledgor owns and has rights in each item of Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes or where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, no Liens or claims exist on the Securities Collateral, other than Permitted Collateral Liens.

SECTION 4.2. Validity of Security Interest. The security interest in and Lien on the Pledged Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties hereunder constitutes (a) a legal and valid security interest in all the Pledged Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations, and (b) upon completion of the filings and other actions described in Schedule 4 to the Perfection Certificate (to the extent required to be listed on the schedules to the Perfection Certificate as of the date this representation is made or deemed made), (i) will constitute a perfected security interest in all the Pledged Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected in the United States by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the UCC or other applicable law in such jurisdictions and (ii) will constitute a perfected security interest in all Pledged Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected in the United States upon the timely receipt and recording of the Patent Security Agreement, Copyright Security Agreement or Trademark Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable. The security interest and Lien granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement in and on the Pledged Collateral is and shall be prior to all other Liens on the Pledged Collateral except for Permitted Liens.

SECTION 4.3. Defense of Claims; Transferability of Pledged Collateral. Each Pledgor shall, at its own cost and expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder and the security interest therein and Lien thereon granted to the Administrative Agent except with respect to such Pledged Collateral that such Pledgor determines in its reasonable business judgment is no longer necessary or beneficial to the conduct of such Pledgor’s business, and the priority thereof against any Lien not other than Permitted Liens, at its own cost and expense, subject to the rights of such Pledgor under Section 9.10 of the Credit Agreement and corresponding provisions of the Loan Documents to obtain a release of the Liens created under the Loan Documents.

SECTION 4.4. Other Financing Statements. It has not filed, nor authorized any third party to file, any valid or effective financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public notice under the law of any jurisdiction) covering or purporting to cover any interest of any kind in the Pledged Collateral, except such as have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement or in favor of any holder of a Permitted Lien with respect to such Permitted Lien. No Pledgor shall execute, authorize or permit to be filed in any public office any financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public notice under the law of any jurisdiction) relating to any Pledged Collateral, except financing statements and other statements and instruments filed or to be filed in respect of and covering the security interests granted by such Pledgor to the holder of the Permitted Liens.

-16-

SECTION 4.5. Location of Inventory and Equipment. It shall not move any Equipment or Inventory (other than Equipment or Inventory sold, leased or disposed of in accordance with the Credit Agreement) to any location, other than any location that is listed in the relevant Schedules to the Perfection Certificate or at such other locations as such Pledgor may determine from time to time, provided that such Pledgor shall give written notice to the Administrative Agent (in the form of a certificate of a Responsible Officer) specifying any such other location within 30 days after the date on which any Equipment or Inventory is moved to such location; provided that in no event shall any Equipment or Inventory be moved to any location outside of the continental United States.

SECTION 4.6. Due Authorization and Issuance. All of the Pledged Securities existing on the date hereof have been, and to the extent any Pledged Securities are hereafter issued, such Pledged Securities will be, upon such issuance, duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable to the extent applicable.

SECTION 4.7. Consents, etc. In the event that the Administrative Agent desires to exercise any remedies, voting or consensual rights or attorney-in-fact powers set forth in this Agreement and determines it necessary to obtain any approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority or any other person therefor, then, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, such Pledgor agrees to use its best efforts to assist and aid the Administrative Agent to obtain as soon as practicable any necessary approvals or consents for the exercise of any such remedies, rights and powers.

SECTION 4.8. Pledged Collateral. All information set forth herein, including the schedules hereto, and all information contained in any documents, schedules and lists heretofore delivered to any Secured Party, including the Perfection Certificate and the schedules thereto, in connection with this Agreement, in each case, relating to the Pledged Collateral, is accurate and complete in all material respects.

SECTION 4.9. Insurance. In the event that the proceeds of any insurance claim are paid to any Pledgor after the Administrative Agent has exercised its right to foreclose after an Event of Default and after notice thereof is given to the Pledgors by the Administrative Agent, such proceeds shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and promptly after receipt thereof shall be paid to the Administrative Agent upon demand for application in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE V

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL

SECTION 5.1. Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral. Each Pledgor shall, upon obtaining any Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes of any person which are to be pledged pursuant to this Agreement, accept the same in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and promptly (but in any event within fifteen days after receipt thereof, or

-17-

such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree to in its sole discretion) deliver to the Administrative Agent a pledge amendment, duly executed by such Pledgor, in substantially the form of Exhibit 2 hereto (each, a “Pledge Amendment”), and the certificates and other documents required under Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 hereof in respect of the additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes which are to be pledged pursuant to this Agreement, and confirming the attachment of the Lien hereby created on and in respect of such additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes. Each Pledgor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to attach each Pledge Amendment to this Agreement and agrees that all Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes listed on any Pledge Amendment delivered to the Administrative Agent shall for all purposes hereunder be considered Pledged Collateral.

SECTION 5.2. Voting Rights; Distributions; etc.

(a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Pledgors that their rights under this Section 5.2(a) are being suspended:

(i) Each Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Securities Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms or purposes hereof, the Credit Agreement or any other document evidencing the Obligations; provided, however, that no Pledgor shall in any event exercise such rights in any manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) Each Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain, and to utilize free and clear of the Lien hereof, any and all Distributions, but only if and to the extent made in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law; provided, however, that any and all such Distributions consisting of rights or interests in the form of securities shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent to hold as Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by any Pledgor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Pledgor and be promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

(iii) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall be deemed without further action or formality to have granted to each Pledgor all necessary consents relating to voting rights and shall, if necessary, upon written request of any Pledgor and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, from time to time execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Pledgor all such instruments as such Pledgor may reasonably request in order to permit such Pledgor to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i) hereof and to receive the Distributions which it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof.

-18-

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Pledgors of the suspension of their rights under Section 5.2(a):

(i) All rights of each Pledgor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i) hereof shall immediately cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights.

(ii) All rights of each Pledgor to receive Distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof shall immediately cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Pledged Collateral such Distributions.

(c) Each Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, from time to time execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to permit the Administrative Agent to exercise the voting and other rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i) hereof and to receive all Distributions which it may be entitled to receive under Section 5.2(b)(ii) hereof.

(d) All Distributions which are received by any Pledgor contrary to the provisions of Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Pledgor and shall forthwith be delivered to the Administrative Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

SECTION 5.3. Certain Agreements of Pledgors as Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests.

(a) In the case of each Pledgor which is an issuer of Securities Collateral, such Pledgor agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Securities Collateral issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it.

(b) In the case of each Pledgor which is a partner, shareholder or member, as the case may be, in a partnership, limited liability company or other entity, such Pledgor hereby consents to the extent required by the applicable Organization Document to the pledge by each other Pledgor, pursuant to the terms hereof, of the Pledged Securities in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to the transfer of such Pledged Securities to the Administrative Agent or its nominee and to the substitution of the Administrative Agent or its nominee as a substituted partner, shareholder or member in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity with all the rights, powers and duties of a general partner, limited partner, shareholder or member, as the case may be.

-19-

ARTICLE VI

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL

PROPERTY COLLATERAL

SECTION 6.1. Grant of Intellectual Property License. For the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies under Article IX hereof at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Pledgor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, to the extent assignable, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Pledgor, wherever the same may be located. Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof. Nothing in this Section 6.1 shall require Pledgors to grant any license that is prohibited by any requirement of law, or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of or gives rise to any right of acceleration, modification or cancellation under any Contract (for as long as, such prohibition is not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the Uniform Commercial Code, any other requirement of law or principles of equity); provided, further, that such licenses to be granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used sufficient to preserve the validity of such Trademarks.

SECTION 6.2. Protection of Administrative Agent’s Security. Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, on a continuing basis, each Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, (i) promptly following its becoming aware thereof, notify the Administrative Agent of any adverse determination in any proceeding in any federal, state or local court or administrative body or in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office regarding any Material Intellectual Property Collateral, such Pledgor’s right to register such Material Intellectual Property Collateral or its right to keep and maintain such registration in full force and effect, (ii) maintain all Material Intellectual Property Collateral as presently used and operated, (iii) not permit to lapse or become abandoned any Material Intellectual Property Collateral, and not settle or compromise any pending or future litigation or administrative proceeding with respect to any such Material Intellectual Property Collateral, in either case except as shall be consistent with commercially reasonable business judgment, (iv) following such Pledgor obtaining knowledge thereof, promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any event which may be reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the value or utility of any Material Intellectual Property Collateral or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent in relation thereto including a levy or threat of levy or any legal process against any Material Intellectual Property Collateral, (v) not license any Intellectual Property Collateral other than licenses entered into by such Pledgor in, or incidental to, the ordinary course of business, or amend or permit the amendment of any of the licenses in a manner that materially and adversely affects the right to receive payments thereunder, or in any manner that would materially impair the value of any Intellectual Property Collateral or the Lien on and security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral created therein hereby, without the consent

-20-

of the Administrative Agent, (vi) diligently keep adequate records respecting all Intellectual Property Collateral and (vii) furnish to the Administrative Agent from time to time upon the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request therefor, reasonably detailed statements and amended schedules further identifying and describing the United States federal registered and applied for Intellectual Property Collateral and such other materials evidencing or reports pertaining to any Intellectual Property Collateral.

SECTION 6.3. After-Acquired Property. If any Pledgor shall at any time after the date hereof (i) obtain any rights to any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or (ii) become entitled to the benefit of any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or any renewal or extension thereof, including any reissue, division, continuation, or continuation-in-part of any Intellectual Property Collateral, or any improvement on any Intellectual Property Collateral, or if any intent-to use trademark application is no longer subject to clause (vi) of the definition of “Excluded Property,” the provisions hereof shall automatically apply thereto and any such item enumerated in the preceding clause (i) or (ii) shall automatically constitute Intellectual Property Collateral as if such would have constituted Intellectual Property Collateral at the time of execution hereof and be subject to the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement without further action by any party. Each Pledgor shall promptly provide to the Administrative Agent written notice of any of the foregoing and confirm the attachment of the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement to any rights described in clauses (i) and (ii) above by execution of an instrument in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the filing of any instruments or statements as shall be reasonably necessary to create, preserve, protect or perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Intellectual Property Collateral. Further, each Pledgor authorizes the Administrative Agent to modify this Agreement by amending Schedules 9(a) and 9(b) to the Perfection Certificate to include any Intellectual Property Collateral that is registered, or whose registration has been applied for, with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) of such Pledgor acquired or arising after the date hereof.

SECTION 6.4. Litigation. Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, each Pledgor agrees to take all commercially reasonable actions necessary, whether by suit, proceeding or other action, to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value of or other damage to any of the Material Intellectual Property Collateral owned by such Pledgor.

SECTION 6.5. Permitted Disposal of Intellectual Property Collateral. Nothing in this Agreement prevents any Pledgor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or put into the public domain any of its Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement if such Pledgor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such action is desirable in the conduct of its business.

-21-

ARTICLE VII

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING RECEIVABLES

SECTION 7.1. Maintenance of Records. Each Pledgor shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense complete records of each Receivable, in a manner consistent with prudent business practice, including records of all payments received, all credits granted thereon, all merchandise returned and all other documentation relating thereto. Each Pledgor shall, at such Pledgor’s sole cost and expense, upon the Administrative Agent’s demand made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, deliver all tangible evidence of Receivables, including all documents evidencing Receivables and any books and records relating thereto to the Administrative Agent or to its representatives (copies of which evidence and books and records may be retained by such Pledgor). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may transfer a full and complete copy of any Pledgor’s books, records, credit information, reports, memoranda and all other writings relating to the Receivables to and for the use by any person that has acquired or is contemplating acquisition of an interest in the Receivables or the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein without the consent of any Pledgor.

SECTION 7.2. Legend. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon the Administrative Agent’s request, each Pledgor shall legend, at the request of the Administrative Agent and in form and manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Receivables and the other books, records and documents of such Pledgor evidencing or pertaining to the Receivables with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Receivables have been assigned to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that the Administrative Agent has a security interest therein.

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFERS

SECTION 8.1. Transfers of Pledged Collateral. No Pledgor shall sell, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder except as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

SECTION 9.1. Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may from time to time exercise in respect of the Pledged Collateral, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, the following remedies:

(i) Personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, from any Pledgor or any other person who then

-22-

has possession of any part thereof with or without notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon any Pledgor’s premises where any of the Pledged Collateral is located, remove such Pledged Collateral, remain present at such premises to receive copies of all communications and remittances relating to the Pledged Collateral and use in connection with such removal and possession any and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of any Pledgor;

(ii) Demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Pledged Collateral including instructing the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constituting part of the Pledged Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Administrative Agent, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; provided, however, that in the event that any such payments are made directly to any Pledgor, prior to receipt by any such obligor of such instruction, such Pledgor shall segregate all amounts received pursuant thereto in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and shall promptly (but in no event later than one (1) Business Day after receipt thereof) pay such amounts to the Administrative Agent;

(iii) Sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, or direct any Pledgor to sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, any and all investments made in whole or in part with the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale, assignment, license or liquidation;

(iv) Take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, by directing any Pledgor in writing to deliver the same to the Administrative Agent at any place or places so designated by the Administrative Agent, in which event such Pledgor shall at its own expense: (A) forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places designated by the Administrative Agent and therewith delivered to the Administrative Agent, (B) store and keep any Pledged Collateral so delivered to the Administrative Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Administrative Agent and (C) while the Pledged Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide such security and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition. Each Pledgor’s obligation to deliver the Pledged Collateral as contemplated in this Section 9.1(iv) is of the essence hereof. Upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by any Pledgor of such obligation;

(v) Withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of any Pledgor constituting Pledged Collateral for application to the Obligations as provided in Article X hereof;

(vi) Retain and apply the Distributions to the Obligations as provided in Article X hereof;

-23-

(vii) Exercise any and all rights as beneficial and legal owner of the Pledged Collateral, including perfecting assignment of and exercising any and all voting, consensual and other rights and powers with respect to any Pledged Collateral; and

(viii) Exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the UCC, and the Administrative Agent may also, without notice except as specified in Section 9.2 hereof, sell, assign or grant a license to use the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Administrative Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Administrative Agent may deem commercially reasonable. The Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party or any of their respective Affiliates may be the purchaser, licensee, assignee or recipient of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof at any such sale and shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral sold, assigned or licensed at such sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations owed to such person as a credit on account of the purchase price of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof payable by such person at such sale. Each purchaser, assignee, licensee or recipient at any such sale shall acquire the property sold, assigned or licensed absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Pledgor, and each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims against the Administrative Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof may have been sold, assigned or licensed at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Administrative Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Pledged Collateral to more than one offeree.

SECTION 9.2. Notice of Sale. Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof shall be required by law, ten (10) days’ prior notice to such Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters. No notification need be given to any Pledgor if it has signed, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a statement renouncing or modifying any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition.

SECTION 9.3. Waiver of Notice and Claims. Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, notice or judicial hearing in connection with the Administrative Agent’s taking possession or the Administrative Agent’s disposition of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, including any and all prior notice and hearing for any

-24-

prejudgment remedy or remedies and any such right which such Pledgor would otherwise have under law, and each Pledgor hereby further waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) all damages occasioned by such taking of possession, (ii) all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Administrative Agent’s rights hereunder and (iii) all rights of redemption, appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable law. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any incorrect or improper payment made pursuant to this Article IX in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Administrative Agent. Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon, any Pledged Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand, either at law or in equity, of the applicable Pledgor therein and thereto, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Pledgor and against any and all persons claiming or attempting to claim the Pledged Collateral so sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through or under such Pledgor.

SECTION 9.4. Certain Sales of Pledged Collateral.

(a) Each Pledgor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in law, rules, regulations or orders of any Governmental Authority, the Administrative Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, to limit purchasers to those who meet the requirements of such Governmental Authority. Each Pledgor acknowledges that any such sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Administrative Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions, and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such restricted sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that, except as may be required by applicable law, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales.

(b) Each Pledgor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws, the Administrative Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Securities Collateral and Investment Property, to limit purchasers to persons who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Securities Collateral or Investment Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Pledgor acknowledges that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Administrative Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act), and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Securities Collateral or Investment Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Pledgor shall, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, cause any registration,

-25-

qualification under or compliance with any Federal or state securities law or laws to be effected with respect to all or any part of the Securities Collateral as soon as practicable and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors. Each Pledgor will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration to be effected (and be kept effective) and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such qualification and compliance to be effected (and be kept effective) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of such Securities Collateral including registration under the Securities Act (or any similar statute then in effect), qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and compliance with all other requirements of any Governmental Authority. Each Pledgor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Administrative Agent to be kept advised in writing as to the progress of each such registration, qualification or compliance and as to the completion thereof, shall furnish to the Administrative Agent such number of prospectuses, offering circulars or other documents incident thereto as the Administrative Agent from time to time may reasonably request, and shall indemnify and shall cause the issuer of the Securities Collateral to indemnify the Administrative Agent and all others participating in the distribution of such Securities Collateral against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities caused by any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained therein (or in any related registration statement, notification or the like) or by any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein (or in any related registration statement, notification or the like) a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(d) If the Administrative Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Securities Collateral or Investment Property, upon written request, the applicable Pledgor shall from time to time furnish to the Administrative Agent all such information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to determine the number of securities included in the Securities Collateral or Investment Property which may be sold by the Administrative Agent as exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

(e) Each Pledgor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 9.4 will cause irreparable injury to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, that the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 9.4 shall be specifically enforceable against such Pledgor, and such Pledgor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 9.5. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

(a) No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay on the part of the Administrative Agent in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, privilege or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy; nor shall the Administrative Agent be required to look first to, enforce or exhaust any other security, collateral or guaranties. All rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law or otherwise available.

-26-

(b) In the event that the Administrative Agent shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power, privilege or remedy under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Administrative Agent, then and in every such case, the Pledgors, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party shall be restored to their respective former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Pledged Collateral, and all rights, remedies, privileges and powers of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall continue as if no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 9.6. Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon the written demand of the Administrative Agent, each Pledgor shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment or assignments of the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights and Goodwill and such other documents as are necessary to carry out the intent and purposes hereof. Within five (5) Business Days of written notice thereafter from the Administrative Agent, each Pledgor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to the Administrative Agent, to the extent within such Pledgor’s power and authority, such personnel in such Pledgor’s employ on the date of the Event of Default as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to permit such Pledgor to continue, directly or indirectly, to produce, advertise and sell the products and services sold by such Pledgor under the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights, and each Pledgor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make such persons available to perform their prior functions on the Administrative Agent’s behalf.

ARTICLE X

APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

SECTION 10.1. Application of Proceeds. The proceeds received by the Administrative Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to the exercise by the Administrative Agent of its remedies shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement, in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.1. Concerning Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent has been appointed as Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement. The actions of the Administrative Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have the right hereunder to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights,

-27-

and to take or refrain from taking action (including the release or substitution of the Pledged Collateral), in accordance with this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. The Administrative Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection herewith and shall not be liable for any acts or omissions of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith. The Administrative Agent may resign and a successor Administrative Agent may be appointed in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent under this Agreement, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation, the provisions hereof shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement while it was the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Pledged Collateral in its possession if such Pledged Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Administrative Agent, in its individual capacity, generally accords its own property consisting of similar instruments or interests, it being understood that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of the Secured Parties shall have responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Securities Collateral, whether or not the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters or (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any person with respect to any Pledged Collateral.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any written notice, statement, certificate, order or other document or any telephone message believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper person, and, with respect to all matters pertaining to this Agreement and its duties hereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it.

(d) If any item of Pledged Collateral also constitutes collateral granted to the Administrative Agent under any other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type, in the event of any conflict between the provisions hereof and the provisions of such other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type in respect of such collateral, the provisions hereof shall control.

(e) The Administrative Agent may rely on advice of counsel as to whether any or all UCC financing statements of the Pledgors need to be amended as a result of any of the changes described in Section 6.02(g) of the Credit Agreement. If any Pledgor fails to provide information to the Administrative Agent about such changes on a timely basis, the Administrative Agent shall not be liable or responsible to any party for any failure to maintain a perfected security interest in such Pledgor’s property constituting Pledged Collateral, for which the Administrative Agent needed to have information relating to such changes. The Administrative Agent shall have no duty to inquire about such changes if any Pledgor does not inform the Administrative Agent of such changes, the parties acknowledging and agreeing that it would not be feasible or practical for the Administrative Agent to search for information on such changes if such information is not provided by any Pledgor.

-28-

SECTION 11.2. Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent hereunder are subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MAY 7, 2010 (AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME), AMONG C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP. (TO BE MERGED WITH AND INTO AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.), THE GRANTORS PARTY THERETO, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS CREDIT AGREEMENT ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, AS SENIOR SECURED NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT AND EACH ADDITIONAL NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY THERETO.

SECTION 11.3. Administrative Agent May Perform; Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. If any Pledgor shall fail to perform any covenants contained in this Agreement or if any representation or warranty on the part of any Pledgor contained herein shall be breached, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) do the same or cause it to be done or remedy any such breach, and may expend funds for such purpose; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent shall in no event be bound to inquire into the validity of any tax, Lien, imposition or other obligation which such Pledgor fails to pay or perform as and when required hereby and which such Pledgor does not contest in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. Any and all amounts so expended by the Administrative Agent shall be paid by the Pledgors in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.05 of the Credit Agreement. Neither the provisions of this Section 11.3 nor any action taken by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section 11.3 shall prevent any such failure to observe any covenant contained in this Agreement nor any breach of representation or warranty from constituting an Event of Default. Each Pledgor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in the place and stead of such Pledgor and in the name of such Pledgor, or otherwise, from time to time to take any action and to execute any instrument consistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement, this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents which the Administrative Agent may deem necessary to accomplish the purposes hereof (but the Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to and shall have no liability to such Pledgor or any third party for failure to so do or take action). The foregoing grant of authority is a power of attorney coupled with an interest and such appointment shall be irrevocable for the term hereof. Each Pledgor hereby ratifies all that such attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

SECTION 11.4. Continuing Security Interest; Assignment. This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Pledged Collateral and shall (i) be binding upon

-29-

the Pledgors, their respective successors and assigns and (ii) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns. No other persons (including any other creditor of any Pledgor) shall have any interest herein or any right or benefit with respect hereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (ii), any Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer any indebtedness held by it secured by this Agreement to any other person, and such other person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party, herein or otherwise, subject however, to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and, in the case of a Secured Party that is a party to a Secured Hedging Agreement or a Secured Cash Management Agreements, such Secured Hedging Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, as applicable. Each of the Pledgors agrees that its obligations hereunder and the security interest created hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as applicable, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of all or any part of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Pledgor or otherwise.

SECTION 11.5. Termination; Release. When all the Obligations have been paid in full and the Commitments of the Lenders to make any Loan or to issue any Letter of Credit under the Credit Agreement shall have expired or been sooner terminated and all Letters of Credit have been terminated or cash collateralized in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate. Upon termination of this Agreement the Pledged Collateral shall be released from the Lien of this Agreement. Upon such release or any release of Pledged Collateral or any part thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, assign, transfer and deliver to Pledgor, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent except as to the fact that the Administrative Agent has not encumbered the released assets, such of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof to be released (in the case of a release) as may be in possession of the Administrative Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Pledged Collateral, proper documents and instruments (including UCC-3 termination financing statements or releases) acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Pledged Collateral, as the case may be.

SECTION 11.6. Modification in Writing. No amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of or to any provision hereof, nor consent to any departure by any Pledgor therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent. Any amendment, modification or supplement of or to any provision hereof, any waiver of any provision hereof and any consent to any departure by any Pledgor from the terms of any provision hereof in each case shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given. Except where notice is specifically required by this Agreement or any other document evidencing the Obligations, no notice to or demand on any Pledgor in any case shall entitle any Pledgor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

-30-

SECTION 11.7. Notices. Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Credit Agreement, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given in the manner and become effective as set forth in the Credit Agreement, as to any Pledgor, addressed to it at the address of the Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement and as to the Administrative Agent, addressed to it at the address set forth in the Credit Agreement, or in each case at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 11.7.

SECTION 11.8. Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial. Sections 11.15 and 11.16 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis, as if a part hereof.

SECTION 11.9. Severability of Provisions. Any provision hereof which is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 11.10. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 11.11. Business Days. In the event any time period or any date provided in this Agreement ends or falls on a day other than a Business Day, then such time period shall be deemed to end and such date shall be deemed to fall on the next succeeding Business Day, and performance herein may be made on such Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on such other day.

SECTION 11.12. No Credit for Payment of Taxes or Imposition. Such Pledgor shall not be entitled to any credit against the principal, premium, if any, or interest payable under the Credit Agreement, and such Pledgor shall not be entitled to any credit against any other sums which may become payable under the terms thereof or hereof, by reason of the payment of any Tax on the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof.

SECTION 11.13. No Claims Against Administrative Agent. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute any consent or request by the Administrative Agent, express or implied, for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, nor as giving any Pledgor any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in such fashion as would permit the making of any claim against the Administrative Agent in respect thereof or any claim that any Lien based on the performance of such labor or services or the furnishing of any such materials or other property is prior to the Lien hereof.

-31-

SECTION 11.14. No Release. Nothing set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any of the rights or remedies hereunder, shall relieve any Pledgor from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor’s part to be performed or observed under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral or from any liability to any person under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral or shall impose any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor’s part to be so performed or observed or shall impose any liability on the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for any act or omission on the part of such Pledgor relating thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Pledgor contained in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or under or in respect of the Pledged Collateral or made in connection herewith or therewith. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any contracts, agreements and other documents included in the Pledged Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Pledgor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any such contract, agreement or other document included in the Pledged Collateral hereunder. The obligations of each Pledgor contained in this Section 11.14 shall survive the termination hereof and the discharge of such Pledgor’s other obligations under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 11.15. Obligations Absolute. All obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any other Pledgor;

(ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any Secured Hedging Agreement, any Secured Cash Management Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any Secured Hedging Agreement, Secured Cash Management Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iv) any pledge, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations;

(v) any exercise, non-exercise or waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof, the Credit Agreement, any Secured Hedging Agreement, any Secured Cash Management Agreement or any other Loan Document except as specifically set forth in a waiver granted pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.4 hereof; or

-32-

(vi) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense (other than a defense of payment in full of the Obligations) available to, or a discharge of, any Pledgor.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

-33-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Pledgor and the Administrative Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

C.P. ATLAS ACQUISITION CORP. (which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. with AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC. surviving such merger), as Pledgor
By:		/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Vice President
AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC., as Pledgor
By:		/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer
AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC, as Pledgor
	By: AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:		/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC
AKC HOLDING LLC
JKC HOLDING LLC
ARA-BOCA RATON HOLDING LLC
ARA-RHODE ISLAND DIALYSIS II LLC
ARA-OHIO HOLDINGS LLC
TEXAS-ARA LLC
ACUTE DIALYSIS SERVICES-ARA LLC, as Pledgors
	By: AMERICAN RENAL ASSOCIATES LLC
By:		/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS L.P.
AMERICAN RENAL TEXAS II, L.P., as Pledgors
	By: TEXAS-ARA LLC
By:		/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer
C.P. ATLAS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC, as Pledgor
By:		/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Vice President

-2-

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
By:		/s/ Mollie S. Canup
	Name:	Mollie S. Canup
	Title:	Vice President

-3-

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ARH”), and Christopher T. Ford, a resident of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “Executive”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Executive has been employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of an employment agreement, dated August 25, 2004, as amended on December 16, 2005, March 1, 2007, and February 1, 2010 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company, ARH, certain of their respective affiliates, and other individuals named therein are entering into a Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Merger Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Merger”), the Company and the Executive each desires Executive’s employment under this Agreement to be governed by this Agreement effective upon the Closing (as defined in the Merger Agreement and referred to herein as the “Effective Date”); and

WHEREAS, subject to the occurrence of the Closing and the Executive’s continuing to be employed by the Company through the Closing, the Parties desire to have as of the Effective Date, the Prior Agreement terminate and to enter into this Agreement in substitution therefor, as applicable to the Executive’s employment from and after the Effective Date; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

POSITION

During the term of this Agreement, the Company will employ the Executive, and the Executive will serve the Company in the capacity of the Chairman of the Board on a part-time basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Executive’s position as Chairman of the Board is subject to the discretion of the Board. In the event that the Executive is for any reason removed as Chairman of the Board, such change in status shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

DUTIES

The Executive will perform duties that are executive in nature, consistent with his title and as delegated by the Board of Directors of ARH (the “Board”), on such part-time basis as shall be mutually agreed upon between the Company and the Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Executive’s level of services to the Company decrease to a level that would cause the Executive to (i) become ineligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k) and group medical and dental plans, if any, or (ii) incur a “separation from service,” as such term is defined in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h)(1). The Executive’s duties shall include, but are not limited to, attendance and participation at all meetings of the Board; representation of the Company at all Kidney Care Council Meetings (“KCC Meetings”); summarization and reporting of the findings of the KCC Meetings to senior management of the Company; and such other duties as the Board may request from time to time. The Executive shall report only to the Board and shall also serve as a member of the Board without additional compensation.

ARTICLE 3

SERVICE

The Executive will devote substantially all his working time and efforts (on a part-time basis) to the business and affairs of the Company and the other members of the ARH Group, except during vacation time, any periods of illness and leaves of absence that have been duly authorized by the Board. Subject to Article 8 hereof, the foregoing shall not, however, preclude the Executive from (i) engaging in appropriate civic, charitable or religious activities, (ii) devoting a reasonable amount of time to private investment activities, or (iii) providing incidental assistance to family members on matters of family business and in times of family emergencies, so long as the foregoing activities and service do not conflict with or materially detract from the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities to the Company.

ARTICLE 4

TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT

The Executive’s employment shall commence and this Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a term of two (2) years thereafter, unless earlier terminated as provided in Article 6 of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”). The Initial Term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods (each, a “Renewal Term” and together with the Initial Term, the “Term”) unless the Company or the Executive has given written notice to the other of its intent not to renew this Agreement (a “Non-Renewal Notice”) at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as the case may be. During any Renewal Term, the terms, conditions and provisions set forth in this Agreement shall remain in effect unless modified in accordance with Section 9.7.

ARTICLE 5

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

5.1. Base Salary. During the period commencing on the Effective Date, the Company agrees to pay the Executive a base salary at an annual rate equal to $175,000. The Executive will be entitled to periodic review of base salary and to such increases, if any, as may be determined from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board (the base salary as in effect from time to time is defined as the “Base Salary”). The Executive’s Base Salary will be payable as earned in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practice and shall be subject to customary withholding. During the Term, the Company shall not reduce the Executive’s salary below the Base Salary.

5.2. Bonus. The Executive shall not be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus award or participate in a bonus pool or any other similar plan or program that the Company has adopted or may adopt.

5.3. Additional Benefits. In addition to the benefits and entitlements otherwise set forth herein, the Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s benefit plans of general application as they may be established and modified from time to time, including plans relating to pension, thrift, profit sharing, life, health, disability, accident and dental insurance, education or other retirement programs, and any other similar plans or programs that the Company has adopted or may adopt for the benefit of its executive officers, in accordance with the rules established for individual participation in any such plan (including, but not limited to, the rules governing eligibility for such participation) (“Benefits”). The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to (i) reasonable holidays and illness days in accordance with the Company’s policies as may be established and modified from time to time

- 2 -

and (ii) reasonable paid vacation; provided that (A) the Executive shall be entitled to earn and use paid time off (“PTO”) as a regular part-time employee, and he shall earn prorated PTO at fifty percent (50%) of the accrual rate that a regular full-time employee is entitled to based on the length of his active service with the Company pursuant to the Company’s PTO policy, as may be established and modified from time to time, and (B) the Executive shall schedule the timing and duration of vacations in a reasonable manner taking into account the needs of the business of the ARH Group. The Executive shall also be entitled to an automobile for use during the Term of this Agreement and the Company shall pay all expenses (including insurance, taxes and fuel) in connection therewith; provided that, the aggregate expenditure by the Company pursuant to this sentence for any fiscal year shall not exceed $12,000 plus all costs for insurance and fuel.

5.4. Expenses. The Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the business of the ARH Group (“Expenses”), provided that such expense reimbursements are in accordance with applicable policies of the Company in effect from time to time and are properly documented and accounted.

5.5. Insurance; Indemnification. Throughout the Term of this Agreement and for a period of 12 months following the effective date of the Executive’s termination from the Company’s employment, the Company or ARH agrees to maintain director and officer liability insurance for the benefit of the Executive in scope and amounts reasonably acceptable to the Board. Executive shall be entitled to indemnification under ARH’s charter and bylaws or other indemnification agreement as they exist from time to time, but always on a basis consistent with the terms applicable from time to time for members of the Board.

5.6. Company’s Life Insurance. The Company, in its sole discretion, may apply for and procure in its own name (whether or not for its own benefit) policies of insurance insuring the life of Executive in such amounts as Company may deem advisable. Executive shall have no right, title or interest in any such policies of insurance, except to the extent his estate or other persons are specifically named as beneficiaries thereof. Executive agrees to submit to any medical or other examination and to execute and deliver any applications or other instrument in writing, reasonably necessary to effectuate such insurance.

ARTICLE 6

TERMINATION

6.1. Events of Termination. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate upon any of the following:

(i) the effective date of a written notice by the Company to the Executive stating the Board’s reasonable, good faith determination to terminate the Executive for Cause (as defined in Section 6.2) (“Termination For Cause”);

(ii) the effective date of a written notice by the Company to the Executive stating the Board’s reasonable, good faith determination, on the bases of advice by a physician appointed by the Board, that due to a mental or physical condition that the Company is not required to accommodate or cannot reasonably accommodate, the Executive has been unable and failed to substantially render the services to be provided by the Executive to the Company for a period of not less than 180 days in any consecutive 12-month period (“Termination for Disability”);

(iii) the Executive’s death (“Termination Upon Death”);

- 3 -

(iv) the effective date of a notice to the Executive stating that the Board is terminating his employment, without Cause, which notice can be given by the Company at any time at the Company’s sole discretion, for any reason or for no reason (“Termination without Cause”);

(v) the effective date of a notice from the Executive to the Company stating that the Executive is terminating his employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined in Section 6.2) (“Resignation for Good Reason”); or

(vi) the 60^th day following the date the Executive delivers a notice to the Company stating that the Executive is electing to terminate his employment with the Company, whether by voluntary resignation without Good Reason (“Resignation without Good Reason”).

6.2. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement,

“ARH” shall mean American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as American Renal Associates Inc.

“ARH Group” shall mean ARH and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

“Cause” shall mean any of the following: (a) the Executive’s being convicted of, or having pled guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime if as a result the Executive’s continued association with the Company it is likely to be injurious to its business or reputation; (b) the Executive’s breach of duty of loyalty which is detrimental to the Company involving personal profit to the Executive; (c) the Executive’s willful failure to perform or adhere to explicitly stated duties or guidelines of employment or to follow the directives of the Board (which are not unlawful to perform or to adhere to or follow and which do not constitute Good Reason) following a written warning that if such failure continues it will be deemed a basis for dismissal for Cause; or (d) the Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the Executive’s duties.

“Change in Control” shall mean (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) (taken as a whole) to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. (the “Sponsor”) or its affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of the Securities Act of 1933) or (ii) any person or group, other than the Sponsor or its affiliates, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise and the Sponsor ceases to control the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, no event that occurs prior to the Effective Date shall constitute a Change in Control.

“Company” shall mean American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Good Reason” shall mean any of the following: any substantial diminution of or substantial detrimental change in the Executive’s responsibilities, salary or benefits (other than a change in benefits generally applicable to all eligible employees), or re-location of the Executive’s principal office from the metropolitan Boston area provided that none of these events shall constitute Good Reason unless the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from Executive of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; provided, further, that “Good Reason” shall cease to exist for an event on the 60^th day following the later of its occurrence or Executive’s knowledge thereof, unless Executive has given the Company written notice thereof prior to such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute “Good Reason” for purposes of this Agreement: (i) the Executive’s removal from the position of Chairman of the Board for any reason or (ii) the Executive’s removal from, or failure to be re-elected to, the Board.

- 4 -

ARTICLE 7

EFFECT OF TERMINATION

7.1. Termination for Cause; Resignation without Good Reason. In the event of any termination of the Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 6.1(i) (Termination for Cause) or Section 6.1(vi) (Resignation without Good Reason):

(i) the Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination.

(ii) the Executive’s rights to Benefits under the Company’s benefit plans of general application shall be determined under the provisions of those plans.

7.2. Termination without Cause; Resignation with Good Reason. In the event of termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(iv) (Termination without Cause) or Section 6.1(v) (Resignation with Good Reason), conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants under Article 8 and the Executive executing and delivering a valid general release (that is no longer subject to revocation under applicable law) in a form consistent with the Company’s standard form of general release for departing executives in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (“General Release”) (which shall be provided by the Company to the Executive no later than 10 days after the date of Executive’s termination of employment) within 52 days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment:

(i) Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination, as well as any Bonus amount earned, but not yet paid in accordance with Section 5.2 for any prior fiscal year.

(ii) Without derogation of any other rights and claims which the Executive may have hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to severance compensation in an amount equal to 200% of Base Salary, payable in equal monthly installments over the twenty-four month period following the effective date of his termination, in accordance with the Company’s usual executive salary payment practice and subject to all withholding obligations.

(iii) Executive and his eligible dependants shall continue to be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s group health, life, and disability plans on the same terms and conditions as active employees of the Company until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the twenty-four month period following the effective date of his termination or (B) the date the Executive is or becomes eligible for comparable coverage under health, life and disability plans of another employer.

7.3. Termination for Death; Disability. In the event of termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(ii) (Termination for Disability) or Section 6.1(iii) (Termination upon Death), conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants under Article 8 and the Executive (solely to the extent practicable in light of the applicable Disability in the event of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(ii) (Termination for Disability)) executing and delivering a valid General Release (that is no longer subject to revocation under applicable law) in a form consistent with the General Release (which shall be provided by the Company to the Executive no later than 10 days after the date of Executive’s termination of employment) within 52 days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment:

(i) Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination, as well as any Bonus amount earned, but not yet paid in accordance with Section 5.2 for any prior fiscal year.

- 5 -

(ii) Without derogation of any other rights and claims which the Executive may have hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to severance compensation in an amount equal to 100% of the Base Salary, payable in equal monthly installments over a twelve month period following the effective date of his termination, in accordance with the Company’s usual executive salary payment practice and subject to all withholding obligations.

(iii) Executive and his eligible dependants shall continue to be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s group health, life, and disability plans on the same terms and conditions as active employees of the Company until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the twelve month period following the effective date of his termination or (B) the date the Executive is or becomes eligible for comparable coverage under health, life and disability plans of another employer.

ARTICLE 8

NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1. Restrictive Covenants.

8.1.1. The Executive acknowledges that (a) the ARH Group has at considerable expense purchased and developed valuable goodwill, going concern value, customer and client relationships and confidential information that are valuable property rights of the ARH Group, (b) the Merger Agreement would not have been entered into by the parties thereto without the agreement and covenants of Executive contained herein, and (c) the Executive’s position with the ARH Group is and has been such that the Executive has had and will continue to have access to and knowledge concerning such rights, which if used other than for the benefit of the ARH Group could significantly injure the ARH Group. Accordingly, and in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and in order to protect the goodwill and going concern value of the ARH Group, the Executive agrees to the covenants set forth below. As used herein, “Restrictive Period” means the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the third (3^rd) anniversary of the effective date of the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, however such termination may occur; provided, however, that, solely in the case of a Change in Control, “Restrictive Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the later of (i) the third (3^rd) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination; provided further that, solely in the case of a Change in Control, the Company shall have the right to extend the Restrictive Period by delivery of written notice to the Executive (the “Election Notice”) until the later of (i) the fifth (5^th) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination. The Election Notice shall be delivered no later than ten (10) business days after the effective date of the Change in Control and shall state that the Company has elected to extend the Restrictive Period until the later of (i) the fifth (5^th) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination. In the event that the Company elects to extend the Restrictive Period by delivery of the Election Notice, it shall pay the Executive an amount equal to 300% of Executive’s Base Salary. Such amount shall be due and payable by the Company to the Executive in a single installment on the date of delivery of the Election Notice.

8.1.2. The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that certain assets of the ARH Group constitute Confidential Information. The term “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement shall mean all information which is known only to the Executive or the ARH Group, other employees or others in a confidential relationship with the ARH Group (including but not limited to any entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with the ARH Group (each, an “Affiliate”) and their

- 6 -

respective employees and officers), and relating to the ARH Group’s or any Affiliate’s business (including, without limitation, information regarding clients, customers, pricing policies, methods of operation, proprietary computer programs, sales, products, profits, costs, markets, key personnel, formulae, product applications, technical processes, and trade secrets), as such information may exist from time to time, which the Executive acquired or obtained by virtue of work performed for the ARH Group, or which the Executive may acquire or may have acquired knowledge of during the performance of said work. The Executive agrees that at all times during his employment and thereafter (including periods after the term of this Agreement), he will keep and maintain all Confidential Information and all of the affairs of the ARH Group and its Affiliates confidential, and will not, except (i) as necessary for the performance of his responsibilities hereunder or (ii) as required by judicial process and after prior notice to the Company (as early as practicable, and in any event not less than three (3) days prior to any such required disclosure), unless required earlier by a court order or a legal requirement, disclose to any person for any reason or purpose whatsoever, directly or indirectly, all or any part of the Confidential Information of the ARH Group and its Affiliates. The Executive is not bound by the restrictions in this paragraph with respect to any information that becomes public other than as a consequence of the breach by the Executive of his confidentiality obligations hereunder or is disclosed without an obligation of confidentiality. The Executive can disclose all information to his personal advisors, in the context of seeking advice regarding employment hereunder, subject to becoming liable for any violation by them of the Executive’s confidentiality obligations. The Executive agrees that on the termination of his employment, however such termination may occur, the Executive will promptly return to the Company all materials and other property from time to time held by the Executive and proprietary to the ARH Group including without limitation any documents incorporating, reflecting or reproducing in whole or in part any Confidential Information, credit cards, and the like.

8.1.3. During the Restrictive Period, the Executive shall not, and shall not cause any entity or business enterprise of which he is an employee, officer, promoter, director, shareholder, partner, trustee or consultant to, (i) persuade or attempt to persuade any employee or contracting physician of the Company and/or its Affiliates to terminate his relationship with the Company and/or its Affiliates, or (ii) employ in any capacity any person who was at any time during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company employed in any capacity by the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided, the Executive shall have the right to employ certain independent contractor professionals used by the Company or its Affiliates, such as lawyers, accountants or engineers, if the Executive’s retention of such persons or entities would not impede or interfere with any continuing relationship between such person or entity and the Company and/or its Affiliates.

8.1.4. During the Restrictive Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, compete with the Company and/or its Affiliates as an owner, partner, member, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, director or co-venturer of any business (i) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities within 10 miles of any such facility owned and operated by the ARH Group, (ii) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities where the Executive is involved in a program to establish joint ventures with nephrologists in the United States of America, and (iii) in the case of a termination of employment that occurs on or before the third anniversary of the Effective Date or which occurs after a Change in Control, engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities in the United States of America. In addition to the foregoing, the Executive will not during the Restrictive Period represent any other entity or business enterprise in conducting substantial negotiations with any nephrologists with whom such Executive had conducted substantial negotiations on behalf of the ARH Group during the one (1) year period immediately prior to the termination of such Executive’s employment with the Company, however such termination may occur, for the purpose of establishing a business relationship between such nephrologists and such other entity or business enterprise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8.1.4 is not intended to prohibit or restrict the Executive from (i) holding a direct or indirect equity interest in ARH, or (ii) owning up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of a publicly held corporation that competes with the ARH Group.

- 7 -

8.2. Inventions and Patents. The Executive acknowledges that all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the ARH Group’s actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by the Executive while employed by the Company (“Work Product”) belong to the ARH Group. The Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the term of this Agreement) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

8.3. Enforcement; Remedies. The Executive covenants, agrees and recognizes that because the breach or threatened breach of the covenants, or any of them, contained in Section 8.1 hereof will result in immediate and irreparable injury to the ARH Group, the ARH Group shall be entitled to an injunction restraining the Executive from any violation of Section 8.1 to the fullest extent allowed by law. The Executive further covenants and agrees that in the event of a violation of any of the respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof, (i) the ARH Group shall be entitled to receive all such amounts to which the ARH Group would be entitled as damages under law or at equity and (ii) upon the ARH Group obtaining a judgment or an injunction from a court of competent jurisdiction, the obligations of the ARH Group to make any further payments to Executive pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be suspended until Executive shall cease violating or breaching his respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof and the ARH Group shall have received reasonable assurances from Executive that he will no longer engage in the same at which time the previously suspended payments shall be made to Executive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the ARH Group from pursuing any other legal or equitable remedies that may be available to it for any such breach, including the recovery of damages from the Executive. The prevailing party in any action relating to a violation or alleged violation of any on the of the respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof shall be entitled to receive for the other party, and such other party shall pay to the prevailing party, its reasonable and documented costs and expenses associated with such action.

8.4. Construction. The Executive hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees as follows:

(i) the covenants set forth in Article 8 are reasonable in all respects and are necessary to protect the legitimate business and competitive interests of the ARH Group in connection with their business which the Executive agrees, pursuant to this Agreement, to assist in maintaining and developing; and

(ii) each of the covenants set forth in Article 8 is separately and independently given, and each such covenant is intended to be enforceable separately and independently of the other such covenants, including without limitation, enforcement by injunction, and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any respect shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement in any other respect.

In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction by reason of the geographic or business scope or the duration thereof of any such covenant, or for any other reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to the particular aspect of such provision found invalid or unenforceable as applied and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision. This Agreement shall be construed as if the geographic or business scope or the duration of such provision or other basis on which such provisions has been challenged had been more narrowly drafted so as not to be invalid or unenforceable. The provisions under Article 8 shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

- 8 -

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1. Arbitration. Except with respect to controversies or claims arising under Article 8 hereof, the Executive and the Company shall submit to mandatory binding arbitration in any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any breach hereof. Such arbitration shall be conducted in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the employment rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time such arbitration is conducted, and judgment upon the determination or award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator is hereby authorized to award to the prevailing party the costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of any such arbitration.

9.2. Absence of Conflicting Agreements and Obligations. The Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to or bound by any other agreement or understanding of any type, whether written or oral, or by any statutory or common law duty or obligation which, in any case, would in any way restrict his ability to be employed by the Company, or his ability to compete freely with any other Person.

9.3. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then the parties hereby waive such provision to the extent that it is found to be invalid or unenforceable and to the extent that to do so would not deprive one of the parties of the substantial benefit of its bargain. Such provision shall, to the extent allowable by law and the preceding sentence, be modified by such arbitrator or court so that it becomes enforceable and, as modified, shall be enforced as any other provision hereof, all the other provisions continuing in full force and effect.

9.4. No Waiver. The failure by either party at any time to require performance or compliance by the other of any of its obligations or agreements shall in no way affect the right to require such performance or compliance at any time thereafter. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision hereof shall not be taken or held to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of such provision or as a waiver of the provision itself. No waiver of any kind shall be effective or binding, unless it is in writing and is signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced.

9.5. Assignment. This Agreement and all rights hereunder are personal to the Executive and may not be transferred or assigned by the Executive at any time. The Company may assign its rights, together with its obligations hereunder, to any parent, subsidiary, affiliate or successor, or in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company (whether by merger or otherwise), provided, however, that any such assignee assumes the Company’s obligations hereunder.

9.6. Entire Agreement. As of the Effective Date, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the employment of the Executive with the Company, and this Agreement supersedes and cancels any and all previous contracts, arrangements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect thereto (including the Prior Employment Agreement). If the Merger Agreement terminates for any reason, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect and the Prior Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

9.7. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended only by an agreement in writing executed by both parties hereto.

- 9 -

9.8. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and hand delivered, sent by telecopier, sent by registered first class mail, postage prepaid return receipt requested, or sent by nationally recognized express courier service. Such notices and other communications shall be effective upon receipt, to the following addresses, or such other addresses as any party shall notify the other parties:

If to the Company:

American Renal Management LLC

5 Cherry Hill Drive

Danvers, Massachusetts 01993

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (978) 750-4740

with a copy to:

Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

375 Park Avenue, 12^th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Facsimile:	(212) 672-5001
Attention:	Steven M. Silver
	Jared S. Hendricks

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Facsimile:	(212) 455-2502
Attention:	Gregory Grogan, Esq.

If to the Executive:

Christopher T. Ford

4 Durham Drive

Lynnfield, MA 01940

with a copy to:

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

3290 Northside Parkway

Suite 400

Atlanta, Georgia 30327

Facsimile:	(678) 553-2120
Attention:	Gary E. Snyder, Esq.

9.9. Binding Nature. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors and personal representatives of the respective parties hereto.

9.10. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall in no way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

- 10 -

9.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which, taken together, constitute one and the same agreement.

9.12. Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.

9.13. Compliance with IRC Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Executive) until the date that is six months following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code without any accelerated or additional tax) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to Executive hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board, that is reasonably expected not to cause such an accelerated or additional tax. Any payment or benefit delayed by reason of the prior sentence shall be paid out or provided in a single lump sum at the end of such required delay period in order to catch up to the original payment schedule.

(b) For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, any series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments, and references herein to Executive’s “termination of employment” shall refer to Executive’s separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(c) (i) Any reimbursements by the Company to the Executive of any eligible expenses under this Agreement that are not excludable from the Executive’s income for Federal income tax purposes (the “Taxable Reimbursements”) shall be made by no later than the earlier of the date on which they would be paid under the Company’s normal policies and the last day of the taxable year of the Executive following the year in which the expense was incurred.

(ii) The amount of any Taxable Reimbursements, and the value of any in-kind benefits to be provided to the Executive, during any taxable year of the Executive shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year of the Executive (except for any life-term or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses).

(iii) The right to Taxable Reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement to which the Company and the Executive are parties to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

- 11 -

9.14. MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL REGARDING ARTICLE 8. BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON, THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT ANY CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING UNDER ARTICLE 8 HEREOF BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING APPLICABLE LAWS. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO ARTICLE 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT.

9.15. Construction of Terms. In this Agreement, the singular includes the plural, the plural includes the singular, and the masculine gender includes both male and female references.

************

- 12 -

Signature Page to the Employment Agreement between American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and Christopher T. Ford

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first set forth above.

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
Title:	Chief Executive Officer
AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
Title:	Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Christopher T. Ford
Christopher T. Ford

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

This Release and Waiver of Claims (“Release”) is entered into as of this [ — ] day of                     , 20[—], by Christopher T. Ford (the “Executive”).

The Executive agrees as follows:

1. The employment relationship between the Executive and American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, [will terminate][terminated] on the [ — ] day of                     , 20[—] (the “Termination Date”) pursuant to Section [6.1(ii)/(iv)/(v)] of the Employment Agreement between the Company, American Renal Holdings, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company and the Executive dated March 22, 2010 (the “Employment Agreement”). The Executive [has resigned or] hereby resigns from all positions as an officer, director or otherwise for the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates.

2. In consideration of the payments, rights and benefits provided for in Section [7.2/7.3] of the Employment Agreement (“Separation Terms”) and this Release, the sufficiency of which the Executive hereby acknowledges, the Executive, on behalf of the Executive and the Executive’s agents, representatives, attorneys, administrators, heirs, executors and assigns (collectively, the “Employee Releasing Parties”), but subject to Section 4 hereof, hereby releases and forever discharges the Company Released Parties (as defined below), from all claims, charges, causes of action, obligations, expenses, damages of any kind (including attorneys fees and costs actually incurred) or demands, in law or in equity, whether known or unknown, which may have existed or which may now exist from the beginning of time to the date of this Release, arising from or relating to the Executive’s employment or termination from employment with the Company or otherwise, including a release of any rights or claims the Executive may have under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ADEA”); the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1866; Section 1985(3) of the Civil Rights Act of 1871; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Fair Labor Standards Act; any other federal, state or local laws against discrimination; or any other federal, state, or local statute, regulation or common law relating to employment, wages, hours, or any other terms and conditions of employment. This includes a release of any and all claims or rights arising under contract (whether written or oral, express or implied), covenant, public policy, tort or otherwise. For purposes hereof, “Company Released Parties” shall mean the Company, any of its direct or indirect stockholders holding a beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the Company’s voting stock and any of its and their respective divisions, parents, members, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, successors (and any of its and their respective past, current and future employees, agents, insurers, attorneys, administrators, officials, directors, direct or indirect shareholders, employee benefit plans, and the sponsors, fiduciaries, or administrators of such employee benefit plans in their individual or representative capacities).

3. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive is waiving and releasing rights that the Executive may have under the ADEA and other federal, state and local statutes contract and the common law and that this Release is knowing and voluntary. The Executive agrees that this Release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date of execution by the Executive of this Release. The Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this Release is in addition to anything of value to which the Executive is already entitled. The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive has been advised by this writing that: (i) the Executive should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release; (ii) the Executive has up to twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Release, although the Executive may, at the Executive’s discretion, sign and return this Release at an earlier time, in which case the Executive waives all rights to the balance of this twenty-one (21) day review period;

and (iii) for a period of 7 days following the execution of this Release (the “Revocation Period”) in duplicate originals, the Executive may revoke this Release in a writing delivered to                     , and this Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the Revocation Period has expired.

4. This Release does not release the Company Released Parties from (i) any obligations due to the Executive under the Separation Terms or under this Release, (ii) any rights the Executive has to indemnification by the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof) and to directors and officers liability insurance coverage under the Employment Agreement or otherwise, (iii) any vested rights the Executive has under the Company’s employee pension benefit plans or any other tax-qualified employee benefit plans as a result of the Executive’s actual service with the Company, or (iv) any rights of the Executive as a shareholder or optionholder of the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof), in the Executive’s sole capacity as such (including, without limitation, any rights to proceeds from the sale or other action with respect to any stock or options of the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof).

5. The Executive represents and warrants that he has not filed any action, complaint, charge, grievance, arbitration or similar proceeding against the Company Released Parties.

6. This Release is not an admission by the Company Released Parties or the Employee Releasing Parties of any wrongdoing, liability or violation of law.

7. The Executive waives any right to reinstatement or future employment with the Company following the Executive’s separation from the Company on the Termination Date.

8. The Executive shall continue to be bound by the restrictive covenants contained in the Employment Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or its affiliates, in accordance with their terms.

9. This Release shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

10. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Release shall be resolved by binding confidential arbitration by a single arbitrator who is licensed to practice law in a State in the United States, to be held in Boston, Massachusetts, in accordance with the Employee Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association (or its successor rules). The arbitrator shall have the discretionary authority to award attorneys’ and arbitrator’s reasonable fees and expenses and the costs of arbitration to the prevailing party. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator’s decision shall be in writing and shall include the findings of fact and a statement of law on which the decision is based.

11. This Release represents the complete agreement between the Executive and the Company concerning the subject matter in this Release and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, with respect solely to the subject matter hereof. For avoidance of doubt, this Release does not supersede that certain Stockholders Agreement dated as of March 22, 2010 among the Company’s affiliates and their stockholders, including the Executive, or any option award agreement to which the Executive is a party. This Release may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

12. Each of the sections contained in this Release shall be enforceable independently of every other section in this Release, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any section shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other section contained in this Release.

- 2 -

13. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has carefully read and understands this Release, that the Executive has the right to consult an attorney with respect to its provisions and that this Release has been entered into knowingly and voluntarily. The Executive acknowledges that no representation, statement, promise, inducement, threat or suggestion has been made by any of the Company Released Parties to influence the Executive to sign this Release except such statements as are expressly set forth herein or in the Employment Agreement.

The parties to this Release have executed this Release as of the day and year first written above.

Christopher T. Ford

By:

Title:

- 3 -

EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ARH”), and Syed T. Kamal, a resident of the State of Florida (the “Executive”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Executive has been employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of an employment agreement, dated August 25, 2004 as amended on December 16, 2005, and March 1, 2007 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company, ARH, certain of their respective affiliates, and other individuals named therein are entering into a Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Merger Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Merger”), the Company and the Executive each desires Executive’s employment under this Agreement to be governed by this Agreement effective upon the Closing (as defined in the Merger Agreement and referred to herein as the “Effective Date”); and

WHEREAS, subject to the occurrence of the Closing and the Executive’s continuing to be employed by the Company through the Closing, the Parties desire to have as of the Effective Date, the Prior Agreement terminate and to enter into this Agreement in substitution therefor, as applicable to the Executive’s employment from and after the Effective Date; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

POSITION

During the term of this Agreement, the Company will employ the Executive, and the Executive will serve the Company in the capacity of the President of the Company.

ARTICLE 2

DUTIES

The Executive will perform duties that are executive in nature, consistent with his title and as delegated by the Board of Directors of ARH (the “Board”). The Executive shall report only to the Board and shall also serve as a member of the Board without additional compensation.

ARTICLE 3

SERVICE

The Executive will devote substantially all his working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and the other members of the ARH Group, except during vacation time, any periods of illness and leaves of absence that have been duly authorized by the Board. Subject to Article 8 hereof, the foregoing shall not, however, preclude the Executive from (i) engaging in appropriate civic, charitable or religious activities, (ii) devoting a reasonable amount of time to private investment activities, or (iii) providing incidental assistance to family members on matters of family business and in times of family emergencies, so long as the foregoing activities and service do not conflict with or materially detract from the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities to the Company.

ARTICLE 4

TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT

The Executive’s employment shall commence and this Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a term of three (3) years thereafter, unless earlier terminated as provided in Article 6 of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”). The Initial Term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods (each, a “Renewal Term” and together with the Initial Term, the “Term”) unless the Company or the Executive has given written notice to the other of its intent not to renew this Agreement (a “Non-Renewal Notice”) at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as the case may be. During any Renewal Term, the terms, conditions and provisions set forth in this Agreement shall remain in effect unless modified in accordance with Section 9.7.

ARTICLE 5

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

5.1. Base Salary. During the period commencing on the Effective Date, the Company agrees to pay the Executive a base salary at an annual rate equal to $525,360. The Executive will be entitled to periodic review of base salary and to such increases, if any, as may be determined from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board (the base salary as in effect from time to time is defined as the “Base Salary”). The Executive’s Base Salary will be payable as earned in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practice and shall be subject to customary withholding. During the Term, the Company shall not reduce the Executive’s salary below the Base Salary.

5.2. Bonus.

(a) (a) In addition to the Base Salary, with respect to each full fiscal year during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus award (a “Bonus”) with a minimum threshold of 37.5% of Base Salary, a target Bonus of 75% of Base Salary and a maximum Bonus amount of 150% of Base Salary (the “Maximum Bonus”) based on the ARH Group’s achievement of annual, fiscal year Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Exhibit B) performance goals to be established by the Company’s compensation committee of the Board (the “Committee”), or the Board acting as the Committee within 90 days after the beginning of the period of service to which the performance goal(s) relate in connection with the annual budgetary process and shall be set forth in the ARH Group’s budget (the “Performance Goals”). If ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA for a particular calendar year is equal to 90% of the budgeted Consolidated EBITDA for that calendar year, Executive shall receive a bonus amount of 37.5% of Base Salary; if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA is between 90%-100% of the budgeted EBITDA for that calendar year, for each full percentage point that Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 90%, the Bonus amount shall increase by 3.75% of Base Salary; if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA is between 100%-110% of the budgeted Consolidated EBITDA for that calendar year, for each full percentage point that Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 100%, the Bonus amount shall increase by 2% of Base Salary; and if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA is between 110%-128.00% of the budgeted Consolidated EBITDA for that calendar year, for each full percentage point that Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 110%, the Bonus amount shall increase by 3% of Base Salary (and an additional 1% of Base Salary if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 128% by at least 0.33%) .

(b) One-half of the Bonus (less applicable withholding taxes) shall be paid no later than thirty days following the completion of the applicable fiscal year based on estimated Consolidated EBITDA (the “First Installment”) and the remaining half shall be paid no later than thirty days following

- 2 -

the completion by management of the audited financial statements of the Company and Holding (the “Second Installment”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, solely for fiscal year 2010, the full estimated Bonus (less applicable withholding taxes) shall be paid on December 31, 2010; provided further that, if the ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA, as reflected, without duplication, in the audited financial statements of the ARH Group differs from the ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA, as reflected in the unaudited, internal financial statements used to determine the First Installment, then the Bonus shall be recalculated and the Company or the Executive, as the case may be, shall pay to the other any amounts that are required to reflect the actual amount of the Bonus based upon the ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA, as reflected in the audited financial statements of the ARH Group.

(c) No Bonus shall be paid for any period after the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however, a Pro-Rated Bonus (as defined below) shall be payable to the Executive for the year of termination through the date of termination to the extent set forth in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 below.

5.3. Additional Benefits. In addition to the benefits and entitlements otherwise set forth herein, the Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s benefit plans of general application as they may be established and modified from time to time, including plans relating to pension, thrift, profit sharing, life, health, disability, accident and dental insurance, education or other retirement programs, and any other similar plans or programs that the Company has adopted or may adopt for the benefit of its executive officers, in accordance with the rules established for individual participation in any such plan (including, but not limited to, the rules governing eligibility for such participation) (“Benefits”). The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to (i) reasonable holidays and illness days in accordance with the Company’s policies as may be established and modified from time to time and (ii) reasonable paid vacation; provided that the Executive shall schedule the timing and duration of vacations in a reasonable manner taking into account the needs of the business of the ARH Group. The Executive shall also be entitled to an automobile for use during the Term of this Agreement and the Company shall pay all expenses (including insurance, taxes and fuel) in connection therewith; provided that, the aggregate expenditure by the Company pursuant to this sentence for any fiscal year shall not exceed $12,000 plus all costs for insurance and fuel.

5.4. Expenses. The Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the business of the ARH Group (“Expenses”), provided that such expense reimbursements are in accordance with applicable policies of the Company in effect from time to time and are properly documented and accounted.

5.5. Insurance; Indemnification. Throughout the Term of this Agreement and for a period of 12 months following the effective date of the Executive’s termination from the Company’s employment, the Company or ARH agrees to maintain director and officer liability insurance for the benefit of the Executive in scope and amounts reasonably acceptable to the Board. Executive shall be entitled to indemnification under ARH’s charter and bylaws or other indemnification agreement as they exist from time to time, but always on a basis consistent with the terms applicable from time to time for members of the Board.

5.6. Company’s Life Insurance. The Company, in its sole discretion, may apply for and procure in its own name (whether or not for its own benefit) policies of insurance insuring the life of Executive in such amounts as Company may deem advisable. Executive shall have no right, title or interest in any such policies of insurance, except to the extent his estate or other persons are specifically named as beneficiaries thereof. Executive agrees to submit to any medical or other examination and to execute and deliver any applications or other instrument in writing, reasonably necessary to effectuate such insurance.

- 3 -

ARTICLE 6

TERMINATION

6.1. Events of Termination. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate upon any of the following:

(i) the effective date of a written notice by the Company to the Executive stating the Board’s reasonable, good faith determination to terminate the Executive for Cause (as defined in Section 6.2) (“Termination For Cause”);

(ii) the effective date of a written notice by the Company to the Executive stating the Board’s reasonable, good faith determination, on the bases of advice by a physician appointed by the Board, that due to a mental or physical condition that the Company is not required to accommodate or cannot reasonably accommodate, the Executive has been unable and failed to substantially render the services to be provided by the Executive to the Company for a period of not less than 180 days in any consecutive 12-month period (“Termination for Disability”);

(iii) the Executive’s death (“Termination Upon Death”);

(iv) the effective date of a notice to the Executive stating that the Board is terminating his employment, without Cause, which notice can be given by the Company at any time at the Company’s sole discretion, for any reason or for no reason (“Termination without Cause”);

(v) the effective date of a notice from the Executive to the Company stating that the Executive is terminating his employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined in Section 6.2) (“Resignation for Good Reason”); or

(vi) the 60^th day following the date the Executive delivers a notice to the Company stating that the Executive is electing to terminate his employment with the Company, whether by voluntary resignation without Good Reason (“Resignation without Good Reason”).

6.2. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement,

“ARH” shall mean American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as American Renal Associates Inc.

“ARH Group” shall mean ARH and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

“Cause” shall mean any of the following: (a) the Executive’s being convicted of, or having pled guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime if as a result the Executive’s continued association with the Company it is likely to be injurious to its business or reputation; (b) the Executive’s breach of duty of loyalty which is detrimental to the Company involving personal profit to the Executive; (c) the Executive’s willful failure to perform or adhere to explicitly stated duties or guidelines of employment or to follow the directives of the Board (which are not unlawful to perform or to adhere to or follow and which do not constitute Good Reason) following a written warning that if such failure continues it will be deemed a basis for dismissal for Cause; or (d) the Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the Executive’s duties.

“Change in Control” shall mean (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) (taken as a whole) to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Centerbridge Capital Partners,

- 4 -

L.P. (the “Sponsor”) or its affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of the Securities Act of 1933) or (ii) any person or group, other than the Sponsor or its affiliates, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise and the Sponsor ceases to control the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, no event that occurs prior to the Effective Date shall constitute a Change in Control.

“Company” shall mean American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Good Reason” shall mean any of the following: any substantial diminution of or substantial detrimental change in the Executive’s responsibilities, salary or benefits (other than a change in benefits generally applicable to all eligible employees), or re-location of the Executive’s principal office from the metropolitan Boston area provided that none of these events shall constitute Good Reason unless the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from Executive of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; provided, further, that “Good Reason” shall cease to exist for an event on the 60^th day following the later of its occurrence or Executive’s knowledge thereof, unless Executive has given the Company written notice thereof prior to such date.

ARTICLE 7

EFFECT OF TERMINATION

7.1. Termination for Cause; Resignation without Good Reason. In the event of any termination of the Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 6.1(i) (Termination for Cause) or Section 6.1(vi) (Resignation without Good Reason):

(i) the Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination.

(ii) the Executive’s rights to Benefits under the Company’s benefit plans of general application shall be determined under the provisions of those plans.

(iii) the Executive shall not be entitled to a Pro-Rated Bonus for the fiscal year of termination but shall be entitled to any Bonus earned for any fiscal year prior to the year of termination, which Bonus shall be paid as set forth in Section 5.2.

7.2. Termination without Cause; Resignation with Good Reason. In the event of termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(iv) (Termination without Cause) or Section 6.1(v) (Resignation with Good Reason), conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants under Article 8 and the Executive executing and delivering a valid general release (that is no longer subject to revocation under applicable law) in a form consistent with the Company’s standard form of general release for departing executives in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (“General Release”) (which shall be provided by the Company to the Executive no later than 10 days after the date of Executive’s termination of employment) within 52 days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment:

(i) Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination, as well as any Bonus amount earned, but not yet paid in accordance with Section 5.2 for any prior fiscal year.

(ii) Without derogation of any other rights and claims which the Executive may have hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to severance compensation in an amount equal to 200% of Base

- 5 -

Salary, payable in equal monthly installments over the twenty-four month period following the effective date of his termination, in accordance with the Company’s usual executive salary payment practice and subject to all withholding obligations.

(iii) Executive and his eligible dependants shall continue to be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s group health, life, and disability plans on the same terms and conditions as active employees of the Company until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the twenty-four month period following the effective date of his termination or (B) the date the Executive is or becomes eligible for comparable coverage under health, life and disability plans of another employer.

(iv) Executive shall be entitled to a Bonus for the year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs, equal to the product of (1) Executive’s Bonus for the year of termination based on actual results for the full fiscal year and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the fiscal year up to and including the date of termination of Executive’s employment and the denominator of which is 365 (the “Pro-Rated Bonus”), payable when annual bonuses in respect of the year of termination are generally paid to senior executives of the Company. If the Board has not established the Performance Goals as of the date of termination, but Performance Goals are ultimately approved by the Board that would apply to other senior level executive employees for the period prior to termination, then such goals shall apply for purposes of determining the Pro-Rated Bonus hereunder.

7.3. Termination for Death; Disability. In the event of termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(ii) (Termination for Disability) or Section 6.1(iii) (Termination upon Death), conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants under Article 8 and the Executive (solely to the extent practicable in light of the applicable Disability in the event of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(ii) (Termination for Disability)) executing and delivering a valid General Release (that is no longer subject to revocation under applicable law) in a form consistent with the General Release (which shall be provided by the Company to the Executive no later than 10 days after the date of Executive’s termination of employment) within 52 days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment:

(i) Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination, as well as any Bonus amount earned, but not yet paid in accordance with Section 5.2 for any prior fiscal year.

(ii) Without derogation of any other rights and claims which the Executive may have hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to severance compensation in an amount equal to 100% of the Base Salary, payable in equal monthly installments over a twelve month period following the effective date of his termination, in accordance with the Company’s usual executive salary payment practice and subject to all withholding obligations.

(iii) Executive and his eligible dependants shall continue to be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s group health, life, and disability plans on the same terms and conditions as active employees of the Company until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the twelve month period following the effective date of his termination or (B) the date the Executive is or becomes eligible for comparable coverage under health, life and disability plans of another employer.

(iv) Executive shall be entitled to the Pro-Rated Bonus. If the Board has not established the Performance Goals as of the date of termination, but Performance Goals are ultimately approved by the Board that would apply to other senior level executive employees for the period prior to termination, then such goals shall apply for purposes of determining the pro-rated Bonus hereunder. Any payment of Bonus pursuant to this clause shall be paid at the time and in the manner described in Section 7.2(iv) of this Agreement.

- 6 -

ARTICLE 8

NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1. Restrictive Covenants.

8.1.1. The Executive acknowledges that (a) the ARH Group has at considerable expense purchased and developed valuable goodwill, going concern value, customer and client relationships and confidential information that are valuable property rights of the ARH Group, (b) the Merger Agreement would not have been entered into by the parties thereto without the agreement and covenants of Executive contained herein, and (c) the Executive’s position with the ARH Group is and has been such that the Executive has had and will continue to have access to and knowledge concerning such rights, which if used other than for the benefit of the ARH Group could significantly injure the ARH Group. Accordingly, and in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and in order to protect the goodwill and going concern value of the ARH Group, the Executive agrees to the covenants set forth below. As used herein, “Restrictive Period” means the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the third (3^rd) anniversary of the effective date of the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, however such termination may occur; provided, however, that, solely in the case of a Change in Control, “Restrictive Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the later of (i) the third (3^rd) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination; provided further that, solely in the case of a Change in Control, the Company shall have the right to extend the Restrictive Period by delivery of written notice to the Executive (the “Election Notice”) until the later of (i) the fifth (5^th) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination. The Election Notice shall be delivered no later than ten (10) business days after the effective date of the Change in Control and shall state that the Company has elected to extend the Restrictive Period until the later of (i) the fifth (5^th) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination. In the event that the Company elects to extend the Restrictive Period by delivery of the Election Notice, it shall pay the Executive an amount equal to 300% of Executive’s Base Salary. Such amount shall be due and payable by the Company to the Executive in a single installment on the date of delivery of the Election Notice.

8.1.2. The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that certain assets of the ARH Group constitute Confidential Information. The term “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement shall mean all information which is known only to the Executive or the ARH Group, other employees or others in a confidential relationship with the ARH Group (including but not limited to any entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with the ARH Group (each, an “Affiliate”) and their respective employees and officers), and relating to the ARH Group’s or any Affiliate’s business (including, without limitation, information regarding clients, customers, pricing policies, methods of operation, proprietary computer programs, sales, products, profits, costs, markets, key personnel, formulae, product applications, technical processes, and trade secrets), as such information may exist from time to time, which the Executive acquired or obtained by virtue of work performed for the ARH Group, or which the Executive may acquire or may have acquired knowledge of during the performance of said work. The Executive agrees that at all times during his employment and thereafter (including periods after the term of this Agreement), he will keep and maintain all Confidential Information and all of the affairs of the ARH Group and its Affiliates confidential, and will not, except (i) as necessary for the performance of his responsibilities hereunder or (ii) as required by judicial process and after prior notice to the Company (as early as practicable, and in any event not less than three (3) days prior to any such required disclosure), unless required earlier by a court order or a legal requirement, disclose to any person for any reason or purpose whatsoever, directly or indirectly, all or any part of the Confidential

- 7 -

Information of the ARH Group and its Affiliates. The Executive is not bound by the restrictions in this paragraph with respect to any information that becomes public other than as a consequence of the breach by the Executive of his confidentiality obligations hereunder or is disclosed without an obligation of confidentiality. The Executive can disclose all information to his personal advisors, in the context of seeking advice regarding employment hereunder, subject to becoming liable for any violation by them of the Executive’s confidentiality obligations. The Executive agrees that on the termination of his employment, however such termination may occur, the Executive will promptly return to the Company all materials and other property from time to time held by the Executive and proprietary to the ARH Group including without limitation any documents incorporating, reflecting or reproducing in whole or in part any Confidential Information, credit cards, and the like.

8.1.3. During the Restrictive Period, the Executive shall not, and shall not cause any entity or business enterprise of which he is an employee, officer, promoter, director, shareholder, partner, trustee or consultant to, (i) persuade or attempt to persuade any employee or contracting physician of the Company and/or its Affiliates to terminate his relationship with the Company and/or its Affiliates, or (ii) employ in any capacity any person who was at any time during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company employed in any capacity by the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided, the Executive shall have the right to employ certain independent contractor professionals used by the Company or its Affiliates, such as lawyers, accountants or engineers, if the Executive’s retention of such persons or entities would not impede or interfere with any continuing relationship between such person or entity and the Company and/or its Affiliates.

8.1.4. During the Restrictive Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, compete with the Company and/or its Affiliates as an owner, partner, member, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, director or co-venturer of any business (i) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities within 10 miles of any such facility owned and operated by the ARH Group, (ii) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities where the Executive is involved in a program to establish joint ventures with nephrologists in the United States of America, and (iii) in the case of a termination of employment that occurs on or before the third anniversary of the Effective Date or which occurs after a Change in Control, engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities in the United States of America. In addition to the foregoing, the Executive will not during the Restrictive Period represent any other entity or business enterprise in conducting substantial negotiations with any nephrologists with whom such Executive had conducted substantial negotiations on behalf of the ARH Group during the one (1) year period immediately prior to the termination of such Executive’s employment with the Company, however such termination may occur, for the purpose of establishing a business relationship between such nephrologists and such other entity or business enterprise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8.1.4 is not intended to prohibit or restrict the Executive from (i) holding a direct or indirect equity interest in ARH, or (ii) owning up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of a publicly held corporation that competes with the ARH Group.

8.2. Inventions and Patents. The Executive acknowledges that all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the ARH Group’s actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by the Executive while employed by the Company (“Work Product”) belong to the ARH Group. The Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the term of this Agreement) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

- 8 -

8.3. Enforcement; Remedies. The Executive covenants, agrees and recognizes that because the breach or threatened breach of the covenants, or any of them, contained in Section 8.1 hereof will result in immediate and irreparable injury to the ARH Group, the ARH Group shall be entitled to an injunction restraining the Executive from any violation of Section 8.1 to the fullest extent allowed by law. The Executive further covenants and agrees that in the event of a violation of any of the respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof, (i) the ARH Group shall be entitled to receive all such amounts to which the ARH Group would be entitled as damages under law or at equity and (ii) upon the ARH Group obtaining a judgment or an injunction from a court of competent jurisdiction, the obligations of the ARH Group to make any further payments to Executive pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be suspended until Executive shall cease violating or breaching his respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof and the ARH Group shall have received reasonable assurances from Executive that he will no longer engage in the same at which time the previously suspended payments shall be made to Executive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the ARH Group from pursuing any other legal or equitable remedies that may be available to it for any such breach, including the recovery of damages from the Executive. The prevailing party in any action relating to a violation or alleged violation of any on the of the respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof shall be entitled to receive for the other party, and such other party shall pay to the prevailing party, its reasonable and documented costs and expenses associated with such action.

8.4. Construction. The Executive hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees as follows:

(i) the covenants set forth in Article 8 are reasonable in all respects and are necessary to protect the legitimate business and competitive interests of the ARH Group in connection with their business which the Executive agrees, pursuant to this Agreement, to assist in maintaining and developing; and

(ii) each of the covenants set forth in Article 8 is separately and independently given, and each such covenant is intended to be enforceable separately and independently of the other such covenants, including without limitation, enforcement by injunction, and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any respect shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement in any other respect.

In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction by reason of the geographic or business scope or the duration thereof of any such covenant, or for any other reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to the particular aspect of such provision found invalid or unenforceable as applied and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision. This Agreement shall be construed as if the geographic or business scope or the duration of such provision or other basis on which such provisions has been challenged had been more narrowly drafted so as not to be invalid or unenforceable. The provisions under Article 8 shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1. Arbitration. Except with respect to controversies or claims arising under Article 8 hereof, the Executive and the Company shall submit to mandatory binding arbitration in any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any breach hereof. Such arbitration shall be conducted in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the employment rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time such arbitration is conducted, and judgment upon the determination or award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator is hereby authorized to award to the prevailing party the costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of any such arbitration.

- 9 -

9.2. Absence of Conflicting Agreements and Obligations. The Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to or bound by any other agreement or understanding of any type, whether written or oral, or by any statutory or common law duty or obligation which, in any case, would in any way restrict his ability to be employed by the Company, or his ability to compete freely with any other Person.

9.3. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then the parties hereby waive such provision to the extent that it is found to be invalid or unenforceable and to the extent that to do so would not deprive one of the parties of the substantial benefit of its bargain. Such provision shall, to the extent allowable by law and the preceding sentence, be modified by such arbitrator or court so that it becomes enforceable and, as modified, shall be enforced as any other provision hereof, all the other provisions continuing in full force and effect.

9.4. No Waiver. The failure by either party at any time to require performance or compliance by the other of any of its obligations or agreements shall in no way affect the right to require such performance or compliance at any time thereafter. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision hereof shall not be taken or held to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of such provision or as a waiver of the provision itself. No waiver of any kind shall be effective or binding, unless it is in writing and is signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced.

9.5. Assignment. This Agreement and all rights hereunder are personal to the Executive and may not be transferred or assigned by the Executive at any time. The Company may assign its rights, together with its obligations hereunder, to any parent, subsidiary, affiliate or successor, or in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company (whether by merger or otherwise), provided, however, that any such assignee assumes the Company’s obligations hereunder.

9.6. Entire Agreement. As of the Effective Date, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the employment of the Executive with the Company, and this Agreement supersedes and cancels any and all previous contracts, arrangements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect thereto (including the Prior Employment Agreement). If the Merger Agreement terminates for any reason, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect and the Prior Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

9.7. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended only by an agreement in writing executed by both parties hereto.

- 10 -

9.8. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and hand delivered, sent by telecopier, sent by registered first class mail, postage prepaid return receipt requested, or sent by nationally recognized express courier service. Such notices and other communications shall be effective upon receipt, to the following addresses, or such other addresses as any party shall notify the other parties:

If to the Company:

American Renal Management LLC 5 Cherry Hill Drive Danvers, Massachusetts 01993
Attn: Chief Executive Officer
Facsimile:	(978) 750-4740
with a copy to:
Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. 375 Park Avenue, 12th Floor New York, New York 10152
Facsimile:	(212) 672-5001
Attention:	Steven M. Silver Jared S. Hendricks
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 425 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10017
Facsimile:	(212) 455-2502
Attention:	Gregory Grogan, Esq.

If to the Executive:

Syed T. Kamal 17925 Cachet Isle Drive Tampa, FL 33647
with a copy to:
Greenberg Traurig, LLP 3290 Northside Parkway Suite 400 Atlanta, Georgia 30327
Facsimile:	(678) 553-2120
Attention:	Gary E. Snyder, Esq.

9.9. Binding Nature. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors and personal representatives of the respective parties hereto.

9.10. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall in no way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

9.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which, taken together, constitute one and the same agreement.

9.12. Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.

- 11 -

9.13. Compliance with IRC Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Executive) until the date that is six months following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code without any accelerated or additional tax) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to Executive hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board, that is reasonably expected not to cause such an accelerated or additional tax. Any payment or benefit delayed by reason of the prior sentence shall be paid out or provided in a single lump sum at the end of such required delay period in order to catch up to the original payment schedule.

(b) For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, any series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments, and references herein to Executive’s “termination of employment” shall refer to Executive’s separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(c) (i) Any reimbursements by the Company to the Executive of any eligible expenses under this Agreement that are not excludable from the Executive’s income for Federal income tax purposes (the “Taxable Reimbursements”) shall be made by no later than the earlier of the date on which they would be paid under the Company’s normal policies and the last day of the taxable year of the Executive following the year in which the expense was incurred.

(ii) The amount of any Taxable Reimbursements, and the value of any in-kind benefits to be provided to the Executive, during any taxable year of the Executive shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year of the Executive (except for any life-term or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses).

(iii) The right to Taxable Reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement to which the Company and the Executive are parties to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

9.14. MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL REGARDING ARTICLE 8. BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON, THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT ANY CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING UNDER ARTICLE 8 HEREOF BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING APPLICABLE LAWS. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY

- 12 -

ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO ARTICLE 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT.

9.15. Construction of Terms. In this Agreement, the singular includes the plural, the plural includes the singular, and the masculine gender includes both male and female references.

************

- 13 -

Signature Page to the Employment Agreement between American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and Syed T. Kamal

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first set forth above.

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
Title:	Chief Executive Officer
AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
Title:	Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Syed T. Kamal
Syed T. Kamal

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

This Release and Waiver of Claims (“Release”) is entered into as of this [ — ] day of                     , 20[—], by Syed T. Kamal (the “Executive”).

The Executive agrees as follows:

1. The employment relationship between the Executive and American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, [will terminate][terminated] on the [ — ] day of                     , 20[-] (the “Termination Date”) pursuant to Section [6.1(ii)/(iv)/(v)] of the Employment Agreement between the Company, American Renal Holdings, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company and the Executive dated March 22, 2010 (the “Employment Agreement”). The Executive [has resigned or] hereby resigns from all positions as an officer, director or otherwise for the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates.

2. In consideration of the payments, rights and benefits provided for in Section [7.2/7.3] of the Employment Agreement (“Separation Terms”) and this Release, the sufficiency of which the Executive hereby acknowledges, the Executive, on behalf of the Executive and the Executive’s agents, representatives, attorneys, administrators, heirs, executors and assigns (collectively, the “Employee Releasing Parties”), but subject to Section 4 hereof, hereby releases and forever discharges the Company Released Parties (as defined below), from all claims, charges, causes of action, obligations, expenses, damages of any kind (including attorneys fees and costs actually incurred) or demands, in law or in equity, whether known or unknown, which may have existed or which may now exist from the beginning of time to the date of this Release, arising from or relating to the Executive’s employment or termination from employment with the Company or otherwise, including a release of any rights or claims the Executive may have under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ADEA”); the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1866; Section 1985(3) of the Civil Rights Act of 1871; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Fair Labor Standards Act; any other federal, state or local laws against discrimination; or any other federal, state, or local statute, regulation or common law relating to employment, wages, hours, or any other terms and conditions of employment. This includes a release of any and all claims or rights arising under contract (whether written or oral, express or implied), covenant, public policy, tort or otherwise. For purposes hereof, “Company Released Parties” shall mean the Company, any of its direct or indirect stockholders holding a beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the Company’s voting stock and any of its and their respective divisions, parents, members, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, successors (and any of its and their respective past, current and future employees, agents, insurers, attorneys, administrators, officials, directors, direct or indirect shareholders, employee benefit plans, and the sponsors, fiduciaries, or administrators of such employee benefit plans in their individual or representative capacities).

3. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive is waiving and releasing rights that the Executive may have under the ADEA and other federal, state and local statutes contract and the common law and that this Release is knowing and voluntary. The Executive agrees that this Release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date of execution by the Executive of this Release. The Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this Release is in addition to anything of value to which the Executive is already entitled. The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive has been advised by this writing that: (i) the Executive should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release; (ii) the Executive has up to twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Release, although the Executive may, at the Executive’s discretion, sign and return this Release at an earlier time, in which case the Executive waives all rights to the balance of this twenty-one (21) day review period;

and (iii) for a period of 7 days following the execution of this Release (the “Revocation Period”) in duplicate originals, the Executive may revoke this Release in a writing delivered to                     , and this Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the Revocation Period has expired.

4. This Release does not release the Company Released Parties from (i) any obligations due to the Executive under the Separation Terms or under this Release, (ii) any rights the Executive has to indemnification by the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof) and to directors and officers liability insurance coverage under the Employment Agreement or otherwise, (iii) any vested rights the Executive has under the Company’s employee pension benefit plans or any other tax-qualified employee benefit plans as a result of the Executive’s actual service with the Company, or (iv) any rights of the Executive as a shareholder or optionholder of the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof), in the Executive’s sole capacity as such (including, without limitation, any rights to proceeds from the sale or other action with respect to any stock or options of the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof).

5. The Executive represents and warrants that he has not filed any action, complaint, charge, grievance, arbitration or similar proceeding against the Company Released Parties.

6. This Release is not an admission by the Company Released Parties or the Employee Releasing Parties of any wrongdoing, liability or violation of law.

7. The Executive waives any right to reinstatement or future employment with the Company following the Executive’s separation from the Company on the Termination Date.

8. The Executive shall continue to be bound by the restrictive covenants contained in the Employment Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or its affiliates, in accordance with their terms.

9. This Release shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

10. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Release shall be resolved by binding confidential arbitration by a single arbitrator who is licensed to practice law in a State in the United States, to be held in Boston, Massachusetts, in accordance with the Employee Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association (or its successor rules). The arbitrator shall have the discretionary authority to award attorneys’ and arbitrator’s reasonable fees and expenses and the costs of arbitration to the prevailing party. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator’s decision shall be in writing and shall include the findings of fact and a statement of law on which the decision is based.

11. This Release represents the complete agreement between the Executive and the Company concerning the subject matter in this Release and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, with respect solely to the subject matter hereof. For avoidance of doubt, this Release does not supersede that certain Stockholders Agreement dated as of March 22, 2010 among the Company’s affiliates and their stockholders, including the Executive, or any option award agreement to which the Executive is a party. This Release may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

12. Each of the sections contained in this Release shall be enforceable independently of every other section in this Release, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any section shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other section contained in this Release.

- 2 -

13. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has carefully read and understands this Release, that the Executive has the right to consult an attorney with respect to its provisions and that this Release has been entered into knowingly and voluntarily. The Executive acknowledges that no representation, statement, promise, inducement, threat or suggestion has been made by any of the Company Released Parties to influence the Executive to sign this Release except such statements as are expressly set forth herein or in the Employment Agreement.

The parties to this Release have executed this Release as of the day and year first written above.

Syed T. Kamal

By:

Title:

- 3 -

EXHIBIT B

CONSOLIDATED EBITDA DEFINITION

Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this Exhibit B shall have the meaning given to them in the Credit Agreement entered into in connection with the Merger.

The Board shall calculate “Consolidated EBITDA” in good faith in its reasonable discretion by reference to definitions included herein. The Board shall adjust budgeted Consolidated EBITDA, from time to time, in good faith to make such adjustments to the budgeted Cumulative EBITDA as is necessary to ensure that Executive’s rights are neither enlarged or diminished as a result of any acquisitions, divestitures, mergers and similar corporate transactions, including acquisitions and divestitures of interests in clinics.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such Person for such period plus

(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:

(i) consolidated interest expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, increased by payments made in respect of hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, minus any payments received in respect of such hedging obligations or other derivative instruments,

(ii) consolidated tax expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period,

(iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period,

(iv) any Non- Cash Charges for such period (approved by the Board),

(v) costs associated with the Transaction made or incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions for such period that are paid, accrued or reserved for within 365 days of the consummation of the Transactions,

(vi) any restructuring charges (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Closing Date and to closure or consolidation of facilities) for such period (approved by the Board),

(viii) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with an acquisition permitted by the Revolving Credit Documentation to the extent that such expenses are reimbursed in cash during such period pursuant to indemnification provisions of any agreement relating to such transaction,

(ix) annual management and transaction fees that are permitted to be paid to the Sponsor or any affiliate of the Sponsor,

(x) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with extraordinary casualty events to the extent such expenses are reimbursed in cash by insurance during such period,

(xi) extraordinary expenses and losses related to litigation as approved by the Board of Directors, minus

(b) without duplication and, in the case of clause (ii) below, to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income,

(i) any cash payments made during such period in respect of Non-Cash Charges described in clause (a)(iv) taken in a prior period or taken in such period,

(ii) any non-cash items of income for such period (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business)

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income attributable to such specified Person and its subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the Net Income (and net loss) of any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest will be excluded, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received in cash by the Borrower or a Qualified Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions in respect of such period;

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

(3) the amortization of any premiums, fees or expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or any amounts required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinions Nos. 16 (including non- cash write- ups and non- cash charges relating to inventory and fixed assets, in each case arising in connection with the Transactions) and (including non-cash charges relating to intangibles and goodwill), in each case in connection with the Transactions, will be excluded;

(4) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business (it being understood that a sale of assets comprising discontinued operations shall be deemed a sale of assets out of the ordinary course of business); or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries will be excluded;

(5) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss, will be excluded;

(6) income or losses attributable to discontinued operations (including without limitation, operations disposed during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued) will be excluded;

(7) any non- cash charges (i) attributable to applying the purchase method of accounting in accordance with GAAP, (ii) resulting from the application of FAS 142 or FAS 144, and (iii) relating to the amortization of intangibles resulting from the application of FAS 141, will be excluded;

(8) all non- cash charges relating to employee benefit or other management or stock compensation plans of the Borrower or a Subsidiary (excluding any such non- cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense incurred in a prior period) will be excluded to the extent that such non- cash charges are deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; provided, further, that if the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower makes a cash payment in respect of such non- cash charge in any period, such cash payment will (without duplication) be deducted from the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for such period; and

(9) all unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark- to- market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FAS 52 shall be excluded.

- 2 -

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ARH”), and Joseph A. Carlucci, a resident of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “Executive”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Executive has been employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of an employment agreement, dated August 25, 2004 as amended on December 16, 2005, and March 1, 2007 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company, ARH, certain of their respective affiliates, and other individuals named therein are entering into a Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Merger Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Merger”), the Company and the Executive each desires Executive’s employment under this Agreement to be governed by this Agreement effective upon the Closing (as defined in the Merger Agreement and referred to herein as the “Effective Date”); and

WHEREAS, subject to the occurrence of the Closing and the Executive’s continuing to be employed by the Company through the Closing, the Parties desire to have as of the Effective Date, the Prior Agreement terminate and to enter into this Agreement in substitution therefor, as applicable to the Executive’s employment from and after the Effective Date; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

POSITION

During the term of this Agreement, the Company will employ the Executive, and the Executive will serve the Company in the capacity of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

ARTICLE 2

DUTIES

The Executive will perform duties that are executive in nature, consistent with his title and as delegated by the Board of Directors of ARH (the “Board”). The Executive shall report only to the Board and shall also serve as a member of the Board without additional compensation.

ARTICLE 3

SERVICE

The Executive will devote substantially all his working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and the other members of the ARH Group, except during vacation time, any periods of illness and leaves of absence that have been duly authorized by the Board. Subject to Article 8 hereof, the foregoing shall not, however, preclude the Executive from (i) engaging in appropriate civic, charitable or religious activities, (ii) devoting a reasonable amount of time to private investment activities, or (iii) providing incidental assistance to family members on matters of family business and in times of family emergencies, so long as the foregoing activities and service do not conflict with or materially detract from the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities to the Company.

ARTICLE 4

TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT

The Executive’s employment shall commence and this Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a term of three (3) years thereafter, unless earlier terminated as provided in Article 6 of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”). The Initial Term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods (each, a “Renewal Term” and together with the Initial Term, the “Term”) unless the Company or the Executive has given written notice to the other of its intent not to renew this Agreement (a “Non-Renewal Notice”) at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as the case may be. During any Renewal Term, the terms, conditions and provisions set forth in this Agreement shall remain in effect unless modified in accordance with Section 9.7.

ARTICLE 5

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

5.1. Base Salary. During the period commencing on the Effective Date, the Company agrees to pay the Executive a base salary at an annual rate equal to $525,360. The Executive will be entitled to periodic review of base salary and to such increases, if any, as may be determined from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board (the base salary as in effect from time to time is defined as the “Base Salary”). The Executive’s Base Salary will be payable as earned in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practice and shall be subject to customary withholding. During the Term, the Company shall not reduce the Executive’s salary below the Base Salary.

5.2. Bonus.

(a) (a) In addition to the Base Salary, with respect to each full fiscal year during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus award (a “Bonus”) with a minimum threshold of 37.5% of Base Salary, a target Bonus of 75% of Base Salary and a maximum Bonus amount of 150% of Base Salary (the “Maximum Bonus”) based on the ARH Group’s achievement of annual, fiscal year Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Exhibit B) performance goals to be established by the Company’s compensation committee of the Board (the “Committee”), or the Board acting as the Committee within 90 days after the beginning of the period of service to which the performance goal(s) relate in connection with the annual budgetary process and shall be set forth in the ARH Group’s budget (the “Performance Goals”). If ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA for a particular calendar year is equal to 90% of the budgeted Consolidated EBITDA for that calendar year, Executive shall receive a bonus amount of 37.5% of Base Salary; if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA is between 90%-100% of the budgeted EBITDA for that calendar year, for each full percentage point that Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 90%, the Bonus amount shall increase by 3.75% of Base Salary; if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA is between 100%-110% of the budgeted Consolidated EBITDA for that calendar year, for each full percentage point that Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 100%, the Bonus amount shall increase by 2% of Base Salary; and if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA is between 110%-128.00% of the budgeted Consolidated EBITDA for that calendar year, for each full percentage point that Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 110%, the Bonus amount shall increase by 3% of Base Salary (and an additional 1% of Base Salary if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 128% by at least 0.33%) .

(b) One-half of the Bonus (less applicable withholding taxes) shall be paid no later than thirty days following the completion of the applicable fiscal year based on estimated Consolidated EBITDA (the “First Installment”) and the remaining half shall be paid no later than thirty days following

- 2 -

the completion by management of the audited financial statements of the Company and Holding (the “Second Installment”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, solely for fiscal year 2010, the full estimated Bonus (less applicable withholding taxes) shall be paid on December 31, 2010; provided further that, if the ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA, as reflected, without duplication, in the audited financial statements of the ARH Group differs from the ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA, as reflected in the unaudited, internal financial statements used to determine the First Installment, then the Bonus shall be recalculated and the Company or the Executive, as the case may be, shall pay to the other any amounts that are required to reflect the actual amount of the Bonus based upon the ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA, as reflected in the audited financial statements of the ARH Group.

(c) No Bonus shall be paid for any period after the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however, a Pro-Rated Bonus (as defined below) shall be payable to the Executive for the year of termination through the date of termination to the extent set forth in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 below.

5.3. Additional Benefits. In addition to the benefits and entitlements otherwise set forth herein, the Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s benefit plans of general application as they may be established and modified from time to time, including plans relating to pension, thrift, profit sharing, life, health, disability, accident and dental insurance, education or other retirement programs, and any other similar plans or programs that the Company has adopted or may adopt for the benefit of its executive officers, in accordance with the rules established for individual participation in any such plan (including, but not limited to, the rules governing eligibility for such participation) (“Benefits”). The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to (i) reasonable holidays and illness days in accordance with the Company’s policies as may be established and modified from time to time and (ii) reasonable paid vacation; provided that the Executive shall schedule the timing and duration of vacations in a reasonable manner taking into account the needs of the business of the ARH Group. The Executive shall also be entitled to an automobile for use during the Term of this Agreement and the Company shall pay all expenses (including insurance, taxes and fuel) in connection therewith; provided that, the aggregate expenditure by the Company pursuant to this sentence for any fiscal year shall not exceed $12,000 plus all costs for insurance and fuel.

5.4. Expenses. The Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the business of the ARH Group (“Expenses”), provided that such expense reimbursements are in accordance with applicable policies of the Company in effect from time to time and are properly documented and accounted.

5.5. Insurance; Indemnification. Throughout the Term of this Agreement and for a period of 12 months following the effective date of the Executive’s termination from the Company’s employment, the Company or ARH agrees to maintain director and officer liability insurance for the benefit of the Executive in scope and amounts reasonably acceptable to the Board. Executive shall be entitled to indemnification under ARH’s charter and bylaws or other indemnification agreement as they exist from time to time, but always on a basis consistent with the terms applicable from time to time for members of the Board.

5.6. Company’s Life Insurance. The Company, in its sole discretion, may apply for and procure in its own name (whether or not for its own benefit) policies of insurance insuring the life of Executive in such amounts as Company may deem advisable. Executive shall have no right, title or interest in any such policies of insurance, except to the extent his estate or other persons are specifically named as beneficiaries thereof. Executive agrees to submit to any medical or other examination and to execute and deliver any applications or other instrument in writing, reasonably necessary to effectuate such insurance.

- 3 -

ARTICLE 6

TERMINATION

6.1. Events of Termination. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate upon any of the following:

(i) the effective date of a written notice by the Company to the Executive stating the Board’s reasonable, good faith determination to terminate the Executive for Cause (as defined in Section 6.2) (“Termination For Cause”);

(ii) the effective date of a written notice by the Company to the Executive stating the Board’s reasonable, good faith determination, on the bases of advice by a physician appointed by the Board, that due to a mental or physical condition that the Company is not required to accommodate or cannot reasonably accommodate, the Executive has been unable and failed to substantially render the services to be provided by the Executive to the Company for a period of not less than 180 days in any consecutive 12-month period (“Termination for Disability”);

(iii) the Executive’s death (“Termination Upon Death”);

(iv) the effective date of a notice to the Executive stating that the Board is terminating his employment, without Cause, which notice can be given by the Company at any time at the Company’s sole discretion, for any reason or for no reason (“Termination without Cause”);

(v) the effective date of a notice from the Executive to the Company stating that the Executive is terminating his employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined in Section 6.2) (“Resignation for Good Reason”); or

(vi) the 60^th day following the date the Executive delivers a notice to the Company stating that the Executive is electing to terminate his employment with the Company, whether by voluntary resignation without Good Reason (“Resignation without Good Reason”).

6.2. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement,

“ARH” shall mean American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as American Renal Associates Inc.

“ARH Group” shall mean ARH and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

“Cause” shall mean any of the following: (a) the Executive’s being convicted of, or having pled guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime if as a result the Executive’s continued association with the Company it is likely to be injurious to its business or reputation; (b) the Executive’s breach of duty of loyalty which is detrimental to the Company involving personal profit to the Executive; (c) the Executive’s willful failure to perform or adhere to explicitly stated duties or guidelines of employment or to follow the directives of the Board (which are not unlawful to perform or to adhere to or follow and which do not constitute Good Reason) following a written warning that if such failure continues it will be deemed a basis for dismissal for Cause; or (d) the Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the Executive’s duties.

“Change in Control” shall mean (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) (taken as a whole) to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Centerbridge Capital Partners,

- 4 -

L.P. (the “Sponsor”) or its affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of the Securities Act of 1933) or (ii) any person or group, other than the Sponsor or its affiliates, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise and the Sponsor ceases to control the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, no event that occurs prior to the Effective Date shall constitute a Change in Control.

“Company” shall mean American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Good Reason” shall mean any of the following: any substantial diminution of or substantial detrimental change in the Executive’s responsibilities, salary or benefits (other than a change in benefits generally applicable to all eligible employees), or re-location of the Executive’s principal office from the metropolitan Boston area provided that none of these events shall constitute Good Reason unless the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from Executive of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; provided, further, that “Good Reason” shall cease to exist for an event on the 60^th day following the later of its occurrence or Executive’s knowledge thereof, unless Executive has given the Company written notice thereof prior to such date.

ARTICLE 7

EFFECT OF TERMINATION

7.1. Termination for Cause; Resignation without Good Reason. In the event of any termination of the Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 6.1(i) (Termination for Cause) or Section 6.1(vi) (Resignation without Good Reason):

(i) the Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination.

(ii) the Executive’s rights to Benefits under the Company’s benefit plans of general application shall be determined under the provisions of those plans.

(iii) the Executive shall not be entitled to a Pro-Rated Bonus for the fiscal year of termination but shall be entitled to any Bonus earned for any fiscal year prior to the year of termination, which Bonus shall be paid as set forth in Section 5.2.

7.2. Termination without Cause; Resignation with Good Reason. In the event of termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(iv) (Termination without Cause) or Section 6.1(v) (Resignation with Good Reason), conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants under Article 8 and the Executive executing and delivering a valid general release (that is no longer subject to revocation under applicable law) in a form consistent with the Company’s standard form of general release for departing executives in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (“General Release”) (which shall be provided by the Company to the Executive no later than 10 days after the date of Executive’s termination of employment) within 52 days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment:

(i) Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination, as well as any Bonus amount earned, but not yet paid in accordance with Section 5.2 for any prior fiscal year.

(ii) Without derogation of any other rights and claims which the Executive may have hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to severance compensation in an amount equal to 200% of Base

- 5 -

Salary, payable in equal monthly installments over the twenty-four month period following the effective date of his termination, in accordance with the Company’s usual executive salary payment practice and subject to all withholding obligations.

(iii) Executive and his eligible dependants shall continue to be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s group health, life, and disability plans on the same terms and conditions as active employees of the Company until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the twenty-four month period following the effective date of his termination or (B) the date the Executive is or becomes eligible for comparable coverage under health, life and disability plans of another employer.

(iv) Executive shall be entitled to a Bonus for the year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs, equal to the product of (1) Executive’s Bonus for the year of termination based on actual results for the full fiscal year and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the fiscal year up to and including the date of termination of Executive’s employment and the denominator of which is 365 (the “Pro-Rated Bonus”), payable when annual bonuses in respect of the year of termination are generally paid to senior executives of the Company. If the Board has not established the Performance Goals as of the date of termination, but Performance Goals are ultimately approved by the Board that would apply to other senior level executive employees for the period prior to termination, then such goals shall apply for purposes of determining the Pro-Rated Bonus hereunder.

7.3. Termination for Death; Disability. In the event of termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(ii) (Termination for Disability) or Section 6.1(iii) (Termination upon Death), conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants under Article 8 and the Executive (solely to the extent practicable in light of the applicable Disability in the event of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(ii) (Termination for Disability)) executing and delivering a valid General Release (that is no longer subject to revocation under applicable law) in a form consistent with the General Release (which shall be provided by the Company to the Executive no later than 10 days after the date of Executive’s termination of employment) within 52 days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment:

(i) Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination, as well as any Bonus amount earned, but not yet paid in accordance with Section 5.2 for any prior fiscal year.

(ii) Without derogation of any other rights and claims which the Executive may have hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to severance compensation in an amount equal to 100% of the Base Salary, payable in equal monthly installments over a twelve month period following the effective date of his termination, in accordance with the Company’s usual executive salary payment practice and subject to all withholding obligations.

(iii) Executive and his eligible dependants shall continue to be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s group health, life, and disability plans on the same terms and conditions as active employees of the Company until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the twelve month period following the effective date of his termination or (B) the date the Executive is or becomes eligible for comparable coverage under health, life and disability plans of another employer.

(iv) Executive shall be entitled to the Pro-Rated Bonus. If the Board has not established the Performance Goals as of the date of termination, but Performance Goals are ultimately approved by the Board that would apply to other senior level executive employees for the period prior to termination, then such goals shall apply for purposes of determining the pro-rated Bonus hereunder. Any payment of Bonus pursuant to this clause shall be paid at the time and in the manner described in Section 7.2(iv) of this Agreement.

- 6 -

ARTICLE 8

NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1. Restrictive Covenants.

8.1.1. The Executive acknowledges that (a) the ARH Group has at considerable expense purchased and developed valuable goodwill, going concern value, customer and client relationships and confidential information that are valuable property rights of the ARH Group, (b) the Merger Agreement would not have been entered into by the parties thereto without the agreement and covenants of Executive contained herein, and (c) the Executive’s position with the ARH Group is and has been such that the Executive has had and will continue to have access to and knowledge concerning such rights, which if used other than for the benefit of the ARH Group could significantly injure the ARH Group. Accordingly, and in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and in order to protect the goodwill and going concern value of the ARH Group, the Executive agrees to the covenants set forth below. As used herein, “Restrictive Period” means the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the third (3^rd) anniversary of the effective date of the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, however such termination may occur; provided, however, that, solely in the case of a Change in Control, “Restrictive Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the later of (i) the third (3^rd) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination; provided further that, solely in the case of a Change in Control, the Company shall have the right to extend the Restrictive Period by delivery of written notice to the Executive (the “Election Notice”) until the later of (i) the fifth (5^th) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination. The Election Notice shall be delivered no later than ten (10) business days after the effective date of the Change in Control and shall state that the Company has elected to extend the Restrictive Period until the later of (i) the fifth (5^th) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination. In the event that the Company elects to extend the Restrictive Period by delivery of the Election Notice, it shall pay the Executive an amount equal to 300% of Executive’s Base Salary. Such amount shall be due and payable by the Company to the Executive in a single installment on the date of delivery of the Election Notice.

8.1.2. The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that certain assets of the ARH Group constitute Confidential Information. The term “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement shall mean all information which is known only to the Executive or the ARH Group, other employees or others in a confidential relationship with the ARH Group (including but not limited to any entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with the ARH Group (each, an “Affiliate”) and their respective employees and officers), and relating to the ARH Group’s or any Affiliate’s business (including, without limitation, information regarding clients, customers, pricing policies, methods of operation, proprietary computer programs, sales, products, profits, costs, markets, key personnel, formulae, product applications, technical processes, and trade secrets), as such information may exist from time to time, which the Executive acquired or obtained by virtue of work performed for the ARH Group, or which the Executive may acquire or may have acquired knowledge of during the performance of said work. The Executive agrees that at all times during his employment and thereafter (including periods after the term of this Agreement), he will keep and maintain all Confidential Information and all of the affairs of the ARH Group and its Affiliates confidential, and will not, except (i) as necessary for the performance of his responsibilities hereunder or (ii) as required by judicial process and after prior notice to the Company (as early as practicable, and in any event not less than three (3) days prior to any such required disclosure), unless required earlier by a court order or a legal requirement, disclose to any person for any reason or purpose whatsoever, directly or indirectly, all or any part of the Confidential

- 7 -

Information of the ARH Group and its Affiliates. The Executive is not bound by the restrictions in this paragraph with respect to any information that becomes public other than as a consequence of the breach by the Executive of his confidentiality obligations hereunder or is disclosed without an obligation of confidentiality. The Executive can disclose all information to his personal advisors, in the context of seeking advice regarding employment hereunder, subject to becoming liable for any violation by them of the Executive’s confidentiality obligations. The Executive agrees that on the termination of his employment, however such termination may occur, the Executive will promptly return to the Company all materials and other property from time to time held by the Executive and proprietary to the ARH Group including without limitation any documents incorporating, reflecting or reproducing in whole or in part any Confidential Information, credit cards, and the like.

8.1.3. During the Restrictive Period, the Executive shall not, and shall not cause any entity or business enterprise of which he is an employee, officer, promoter, director, shareholder, partner, trustee or consultant to, (i) persuade or attempt to persuade any employee or contracting physician of the Company and/or its Affiliates to terminate his relationship with the Company and/or its Affiliates, or (ii) employ in any capacity any person who was at any time during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company employed in any capacity by the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided, the Executive shall have the right to employ certain independent contractor professionals used by the Company or its Affiliates, such as lawyers, accountants or engineers, if the Executive’s retention of such persons or entities would not impede or interfere with any continuing relationship between such person or entity and the Company and/or its Affiliates.

8.1.4. During the Restrictive Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, compete with the Company and/or its Affiliates as an owner, partner, member, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, director or co-venturer of any business (i) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities within 10 miles of any such facility owned and operated by the ARH Group, (ii) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities where the Executive is involved in a program to establish joint ventures with nephrologists in the United States of America, and (iii) in the case of a termination of employment that occurs on or before the third anniversary of the Effective Date or which occurs after a Change in Control, engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities in the United States of America. In addition to the foregoing, the Executive will not during the Restrictive Period represent any other entity or business enterprise in conducting substantial negotiations with any nephrologists with whom such Executive had conducted substantial negotiations on behalf of the ARH Group during the one (1) year period immediately prior to the termination of such Executive’s employment with the Company, however such termination may occur, for the purpose of establishing a business relationship between such nephrologists and such other entity or business enterprise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8.1.4 is not intended to prohibit or restrict the Executive from (i) holding a direct or indirect equity interest in ARH, or (ii) owning up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of a publicly held corporation that competes with the ARH Group.

8.2. Inventions and Patents. The Executive acknowledges that all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the ARH Group’s actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by the Executive while employed by the Company (“Work Product”) belong to the ARH Group. The Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the term of this Agreement) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

- 8 -

8.3. Enforcement; Remedies. The Executive covenants, agrees and recognizes that because the breach or threatened breach of the covenants, or any of them, contained in Section 8.1 hereof will result in immediate and irreparable injury to the ARH Group, the ARH Group shall be entitled to an injunction restraining the Executive from any violation of Section 8.1 to the fullest extent allowed by law. The Executive further covenants and agrees that in the event of a violation of any of the respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof, (i) the ARH Group shall be entitled to receive all such amounts to which the ARH Group would be entitled as damages under law or at equity and (ii) upon the ARH Group obtaining a judgment or an injunction from a court of competent jurisdiction, the obligations of the ARH Group to make any further payments to Executive pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be suspended until Executive shall cease violating or breaching his respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof and the ARH Group shall have received reasonable assurances from Executive that he will no longer engage in the same at which time the previously suspended payments shall be made to Executive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the ARH Group from pursuing any other legal or equitable remedies that may be available to it for any such breach, including the recovery of damages from the Executive. The prevailing party in any action relating to a violation or alleged violation of any on the of the respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof shall be entitled to receive for the other party, and such other party shall pay to the prevailing party, its reasonable and documented costs and expenses associated with such action.

8.4. Construction. The Executive hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees as follows:

(i) the covenants set forth in Article 8 are reasonable in all respects and are necessary to protect the legitimate business and competitive interests of the ARH Group in connection with their business which the Executive agrees, pursuant to this Agreement, to assist in maintaining and developing; and

(ii) each of the covenants set forth in Article 8 is separately and independently given, and each such covenant is intended to be enforceable separately and independently of the other such covenants, including without limitation, enforcement by injunction, and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any respect shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement in any other respect.

In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction by reason of the geographic or business scope or the duration thereof of any such covenant, or for any other reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to the particular aspect of such provision found invalid or unenforceable as applied and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision. This Agreement shall be construed as if the geographic or business scope or the duration of such provision or other basis on which such provisions has been challenged had been more narrowly drafted so as not to be invalid or unenforceable. The provisions under Article 8 shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1. Arbitration. Except with respect to controversies or claims arising under Article 8 hereof, the Executive and the Company shall submit to mandatory binding arbitration in any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any breach hereof. Such arbitration shall be conducted in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the employment rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time such arbitration is conducted, and judgment upon the determination or award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator is hereby authorized to award to the prevailing party the costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of any such arbitration.

- 9 -

9.2. Absence of Conflicting Agreements and Obligations. The Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to or bound by any other agreement or understanding of any type, whether written or oral, or by any statutory or common law duty or obligation which, in any case, would in any way restrict his ability to be employed by the Company, or his ability to compete freely with any other Person.

9.3. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then the parties hereby waive such provision to the extent that it is found to be invalid or unenforceable and to the extent that to do so would not deprive one of the parties of the substantial benefit of its bargain. Such provision shall, to the extent allowable by law and the preceding sentence, be modified by such arbitrator or court so that it becomes enforceable and, as modified, shall be enforced as any other provision hereof, all the other provisions continuing in full force and effect.

9.4. No Waiver. The failure by either party at any time to require performance or compliance by the other of any of its obligations or agreements shall in no way affect the right to require such performance or compliance at any time thereafter. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision hereof shall not be taken or held to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of such provision or as a waiver of the provision itself. No waiver of any kind shall be effective or binding, unless it is in writing and is signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced.

9.5. Assignment. This Agreement and all rights hereunder are personal to the Executive and may not be transferred or assigned by the Executive at any time. The Company may assign its rights, together with its obligations hereunder, to any parent, subsidiary, affiliate or successor, or in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company (whether by merger or otherwise), provided, however, that any such assignee assumes the Company’s obligations hereunder.

9.6. Entire Agreement. As of the Effective Date, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the employment of the Executive with the Company, and this Agreement supersedes and cancels any and all previous contracts, arrangements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect thereto (including the Prior Employment Agreement). If the Merger Agreement terminates for any reason, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect and the Prior Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

9.7. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended only by an agreement in writing executed by both parties hereto.

- 10 -

9.8. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and hand delivered, sent by telecopier, sent by registered first class mail, postage prepaid return receipt requested, or sent by nationally recognized express courier service. Such notices and other communications shall be effective upon receipt, to the following addresses, or such other addresses as any party shall notify the other parties:

If to the Company:
	American Renal Management LLC 5 Cherry Hill Drive Danvers, Massachusetts 01993 Attn: Chief Executive Officer
	Facsimile:	(978) 750-4740
	with a copy to: Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. 375 Park Avenue, 12th Floor New York, New York 10152
	Facsimile:	(212) 672-5001
	Attention:	Steven M. Silver
		Jared S. Hendricks
	Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 425 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10017
	Facsimile:	(212) 455-2502
	Attention:	Gregory Grogan, Esq.
If to the Executive:
	Joseph A. Carlucci 5 Penryn Way Rockport, MA 01966 with a copy to: Greenberg Traurig, LLP 3290 Northside Parkway Suite 400 Atlanta, Georgia 30327
	Facsimile:	(678) 553-2120
	Attention:	Gary E. Snyder, Esq.

9.9. Binding Nature. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors and personal representatives of the respective parties hereto.

9.10. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall in no way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

9.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which, taken together, constitute one and the same agreement.

9.12. Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.

- 11 -

9.13. Compliance with IRC Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Executive) until the date that is six months following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code without any accelerated or additional tax) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to Executive hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board, that is reasonably expected not to cause such an accelerated or additional tax. Any payment or benefit delayed by reason of the prior sentence shall be paid out or provided in a single lump sum at the end of such required delay period in order to catch up to the original payment schedule.

(b) For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, any series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments, and references herein to Executive’s “termination of employment” shall refer to Executive’s separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(c) (i) Any reimbursements by the Company to the Executive of any eligible expenses under this Agreement that are not excludable from the Executive’s income for Federal income tax purposes (the “Taxable Reimbursements”) shall be made by no later than the earlier of the date on which they would be paid under the Company’s normal policies and the last day of the taxable year of the Executive following the year in which the expense was incurred.

(ii) The amount of any Taxable Reimbursements, and the value of any in-kind benefits to be provided to the Executive, during any taxable year of the Executive shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year of the Executive (except for any life-term or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses).

(iii) The right to Taxable Reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement to which the Company and the Executive are parties to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

9.14. MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL REGARDING ARTICLE 8. BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON, THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT ANY CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING UNDER ARTICLE 8 HEREOF BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING APPLICABLE LAWS. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY

- 12 -

ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO ARTICLE 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT.

9.15. Construction of Terms. In this Agreement, the singular includes the plural, the plural includes the singular, and the masculine gender includes both male and female references.

************

- 13 -

Signature Page to the Employment Agreement between American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and Joseph A. Carlucci

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first set forth above.

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ Syed T. Kamal
Name:	Syed T. Kamal
Title:	President
AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC
By:	/s/ Syed T. Kamal
Name:	Syed T. Kamal
Title:	President
/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
Joseph A. Carlucci

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

This Release and Waiver of Claims (“Release”) is entered into as of this [ — ] day of                     , 20[—], by Joseph A. Carlucci (the “Executive”).

The Executive agrees as follows:

1. The employment relationship between the Executive and American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, [will terminate][terminated] on the [ — ] day of                     , 20[-] (the “Termination Date”) pursuant to Section [6.1(ii)/(iv)/(v)] of the Employment Agreement between the Company, American Renal Holdings, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company and the Executive dated March 22, 2010 (the “Employment Agreement”). The Executive [has resigned or] hereby resigns from all positions as an officer, director or otherwise for the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates.

2. In consideration of the payments, rights and benefits provided for in Section [7.2/7.3] of the Employment Agreement (“Separation Terms”) and this Release, the sufficiency of which the Executive hereby acknowledges, the Executive, on behalf of the Executive and the Executive’s agents, representatives, attorneys, administrators, heirs, executors and assigns (collectively, the “Employee Releasing Parties”), but subject to Section 4 hereof, hereby releases and forever discharges the Company Released Parties (as defined below), from all claims, charges, causes of action, obligations, expenses, damages of any kind (including attorneys fees and costs actually incurred) or demands, in law or in equity, whether known or unknown, which may have existed or which may now exist from the beginning of time to the date of this Release, arising from or relating to the Executive’s employment or termination from employment with the Company or otherwise, including a release of any rights or claims the Executive may have under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ADEA”); the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1866; Section 1985(3) of the Civil Rights Act of 1871; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Fair Labor Standards Act; any other federal, state or local laws against discrimination; or any other federal, state, or local statute, regulation or common law relating to employment, wages, hours, or any other terms and conditions of employment. This includes a release of any and all claims or rights arising under contract (whether written or oral, express or implied), covenant, public policy, tort or otherwise. For purposes hereof, “Company Released Parties” shall mean the Company, any of its direct or indirect stockholders holding a beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the Company’s voting stock and any of its and their respective divisions, parents, members, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, successors (and any of its and their respective past, current and future employees, agents, insurers, attorneys, administrators, officials, directors, direct or indirect shareholders, employee benefit plans, and the sponsors, fiduciaries, or administrators of such employee benefit plans in their individual or representative capacities).

3. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive is waiving and releasing rights that the Executive may have under the ADEA and other federal, state and local statutes contract and the common law and that this Release is knowing and voluntary. The Executive agrees that this Release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date of execution by the Executive of this Release. The Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this Release is in addition to anything of value to which the Executive is already entitled. The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive has been advised by this writing that: (i) the Executive should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release; (ii) the Executive has up to twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Release, although the Executive may, at the Executive’s discretion, sign and return this Release at an earlier time, in which case the Executive waives all rights to the balance of this twenty-one (21) day review period;

and (iii) for a period of 7 days following the execution of this Release (the “Revocation Period”) in duplicate originals, the Executive may revoke this Release in a writing delivered to                     , and this Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the Revocation Period has expired.

4. This Release does not release the Company Released Parties from (i) any obligations due to the Executive under the Separation Terms or under this Release, (ii) any rights the Executive has to indemnification by the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof) and to directors and officers liability insurance coverage under the Employment Agreement or otherwise, (iii) any vested rights the Executive has under the Company’s employee pension benefit plans or any other tax-qualified employee benefit plans as a result of the Executive’s actual service with the Company, or (iv) any rights of the Executive as a shareholder or optionholder of the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof), in the Executive’s sole capacity as such (including, without limitation, any rights to proceeds from the sale or other action with respect to any stock or options of the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof).

5. The Executive represents and warrants that he has not filed any action, complaint, charge, grievance, arbitration or similar proceeding against the Company Released Parties.

6. This Release is not an admission by the Company Released Parties or the Employee Releasing Parties of any wrongdoing, liability or violation of law.

7. The Executive waives any right to reinstatement or future employment with the Company following the Executive’s separation from the Company on the Termination Date.

8. The Executive shall continue to be bound by the restrictive covenants contained in the Employment Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or its affiliates, in accordance with their terms.

9. This Release shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

10. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Release shall be resolved by binding confidential arbitration by a single arbitrator who is licensed to practice law in a State in the United States, to be held in Boston, Massachusetts, in accordance with the Employee Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association (or its successor rules). The arbitrator shall have the discretionary authority to award attorneys’ and arbitrator’s reasonable fees and expenses and the costs of arbitration to the prevailing party. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator’s decision shall be in writing and shall include the findings of fact and a statement of law on which the decision is based.

11. This Release represents the complete agreement between the Executive and the Company concerning the subject matter in this Release and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, with respect solely to the subject matter hereof. For avoidance of doubt, this Release does not supersede that certain Stockholders Agreement dated as of March 22, 2010 among the Company’s affiliates and their stockholders, including the Executive, or any option award agreement to which the Executive is a party. This Release may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

12. Each of the sections contained in this Release shall be enforceable independently of every other section in this Release, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any section shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other section contained in this Release.

- 2 -

13. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has carefully read and understands this Release, that the Executive has the right to consult an attorney with respect to its provisions and that this Release has been entered into knowingly and voluntarily. The Executive acknowledges that no representation, statement, promise, inducement, threat or suggestion has been made by any of the Company Released Parties to influence the Executive to sign this Release except such statements as are expressly set forth herein or in the Employment Agreement.

The parties to this Release have executed this Release as of the day and year first written above.

Joseph A. Carlucci

By:

Title:

- 3 -

EXHIBIT B

CONSOLIDATED EBITDA DEFINITION

Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this Exhibit B shall have the meaning given to them in the Credit Agreement entered into in connection with the Merger.

The Board shall calculate “Consolidated EBITDA” in good faith in its reasonable discretion by reference to definitions included herein. The Board shall adjust budgeted Consolidated EBITDA, from time to time, in good faith to make such adjustments to the budgeted Cumulative EBITDA as is necessary to ensure that Executive’s rights are neither enlarged or diminished as a result of any acquisitions, divestitures, mergers and similar corporate transactions, including acquisitions and divestitures of interests in clinics.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such Person for such period plus

(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:

(i) consolidated interest expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, increased by payments made in respect of hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, minus any payments received in respect of such hedging obligations or other derivative instruments,

(ii) consolidated tax expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period,

(iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period,

(iv) any Non- Cash Charges for such period (approved by the Board),

(v) costs associated with the Transaction made or incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions for such period that are paid, accrued or reserved for within 365 days of the consummation of the Transactions,

(vi) any restructuring charges (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Closing Date and to closure or consolidation of facilities) for such period (approved by the Board),

(viii) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with an acquisition permitted by the Revolving Credit Documentation to the extent that such expenses are reimbursed in cash during such period pursuant to indemnification provisions of any agreement relating to such transaction,

(ix) annual management and transaction fees that are permitted to be paid to the Sponsor or any affiliate of the Sponsor,

(x) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with extraordinary casualty events to the extent such expenses are reimbursed in cash by insurance during such period,

(xi) extraordinary expenses and losses related to litigation as approved by the Board of Directors, minus

(b) without duplication and, in the case of clause (ii) below, to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income,

(i) any cash payments made during such period in respect of Non-Cash Charges described in clause (a)(iv) taken in a prior period or taken in such period,

(ii) any non-cash items of income for such period (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business)

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income attributable to such specified Person and its subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the Net Income (and net loss) of any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest will be excluded, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received in cash by the Borrower or a Qualified Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions in respect of such period;

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

(3) the amortization of any premiums, fees or expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or any amounts required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinions Nos. 16 (including non- cash write- ups and non- cash charges relating to inventory and fixed assets, in each case arising in connection with the Transactions) and (including non-cash charges relating to intangibles and goodwill), in each case in connection with the Transactions, will be excluded;

(4) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business (it being understood that a sale of assets comprising discontinued operations shall be deemed a sale of assets out of the ordinary course of business); or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries will be excluded;

(5) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss, will be excluded;

(6) income or losses attributable to discontinued operations (including without limitation, operations disposed during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued) will be excluded;

(7) any non- cash charges (i) attributable to applying the purchase method of accounting in accordance with GAAP, (ii) resulting from the application of FAS 142 or FAS 144, and (iii) relating to the amortization of intangibles resulting from the application of FAS 141, will be excluded;

(8) all non- cash charges relating to employee benefit or other management or stock compensation plans of the Borrower or a Subsidiary (excluding any such non- cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense incurred in a prior period) will be excluded to the extent that such non- cash charges are deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; provided, further, that if the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower makes a cash payment in respect of such non- cash charge in any period, such cash payment will (without duplication) be deducted from the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for such period; and

(9) all unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark- to- market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FAS 52 shall be excluded.

- 2 -

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of March 22, 2010, among American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ARH”), and John J. McDonough, a resident of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “Executive”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Executive has been employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of an employment agreement, dated October 5, 2004 as amended on December 16, 2005 and March 1, 2007 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company, ARH, certain of their respective affiliates, and other individuals named therein are entering into a Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Merger Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Merger”), the Company and the Executive each desires Executive’s employment under this Agreement to be governed by this Agreement effective upon the Closing (as defined in the Merger Agreement and referred to herein as the “Effective Date”); and

WHEREAS, subject to the occurrence of the Closing and the Executive’s continuing to be employed by the Company through the Closing, the Parties desire to have as of the Effective Date, the Prior Agreement terminate and to enter into this Agreement in substitution therefor, as applicable to the Executive’s employment from and after the Effective Date; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

POSITION

During the term of this Agreement, the Company will employ the Executive, and the Executive will serve the Company in the capacity of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

ARTICLE 2

DUTIES

The Executive will perform duties that are executive in nature, consistent with his title and as delegated by the Board of Directors of ARH (the “Board”). The Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Board.

ARTICLE 3

SERVICE

The Executive will devote substantially all his working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and the other members of the ARH Group, except during vacation time, any periods of illness and leaves of absence that have been duly authorized by the Board. Subject to Article 8 hereof, the foregoing shall not, however, preclude the Executive from (i) engaging in appropriate civic, charitable or religious activities, (ii) devoting a reasonable amount of time to private investment activities, or (iii) providing incidental assistance to family members on matters of family business and in times of family emergencies, so long as the foregoing activities and service do not conflict with or materially detract from the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities to the Company.

ARTICLE 4

TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT

The Executive’s employment shall commence and this Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a term of three (3) years thereafter, unless earlier terminated as provided in Article 6 of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”). The Initial Term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods (each, a “Renewal Term” and together with the Initial Term, the “Term”) unless the Company or the Executive has given written notice to the other of its intent not to renew this Agreement (a “Non-Renewal Notice”) at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as the case may be. During any Renewal Term, the terms, conditions and provisions set forth in this Agreement shall remain in effect unless modified in accordance with Section 9.7.

ARTICLE 5

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

5.1. Base Salary. During the period commencing on the Effective Date, the Company agrees to pay the Executive a base salary at an annual rate equal to $440,720. The Executive will be entitled to periodic review of base salary and to such increases, if any, as may be determined from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board (the base salary as in effect from time to time is defined as the “Base Salary”). The Executive’s Base Salary will be payable as earned in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practice and shall be subject to customary withholding. During the Term, the Company shall not reduce the Executive’s salary below the Base Salary.

5.2. Bonus.

(a) In addition to the Base Salary, with respect to each full fiscal year during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus award (a “Bonus”) with a minimum threshold of 37.5% of Base Salary, a target Bonus of 75% of Base Salary and a maximum Bonus amount of 150% of Base Salary (the “Maximum Bonus”) based on the ARH Group’s achievement of annual, fiscal year Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Exhibit B) performance goals to be established by the Company’s compensation committee of the Board (the “Committee”), or the Board acting as the Committee within 90 days after the beginning of the period of service to which the performance goal(s) relate in connection with the annual budgetary process and shall be set forth in the ARH Group’s budget (the “Performance Goals”). If ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA for a particular calendar year is equal to 90% of the budgeted Consolidated EBITDA for that calendar year, Executive shall receive a bonus amount of 37.5% of Base Salary; if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA is between 90%-100% of the budgeted EBITDA for that calendar year, for each full percentage point that Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 90%, the Bonus amount shall increase by 3.75% of Base Salary; if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA is between 100%-110% of the budgeted Consolidated EBITDA for that calendar year, for each full percentage point that Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 100%, the Bonus amount shall increase by 2% of Base Salary; and if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA is between 110%-128.00% of the budgeted Consolidated EBITDA for that calendar year, for each full percentage point that Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 110%, the Bonus amount shall increase by 3% of Base Salary (and an additional 1% of Base Salary if ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 128% by at least 0.33%) .

(b) One-half of the Bonus (less applicable withholding taxes) shall be paid no later than thirty days following the completion of the applicable fiscal year based on estimated Consolidated EBITDA (the “First Installment”) and the remaining half shall be paid no later than thirty days following

- 2 -

the completion by management of the audited financial statements of the Company and Holding (the “Second Installment”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, solely for fiscal year 2010, the full estimated Bonus (less applicable withholding taxes) shall be paid on December 31, 2010; provided further that, if the ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA, as reflected, without duplication, in the audited financial statements of the ARH Group differs from the ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA, as reflected in the unaudited, internal financial statements used to determine the First Installment, then the Bonus shall be recalculated and the Company or the Executive, as the case may be, shall pay to the other any amounts that are required to reflect the actual amount of the Bonus based upon the ARH Group’s Consolidated EBITDA, as reflected in the audited financial statements of the ARH Group.

(c) No Bonus shall be paid for any period after the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however, a Pro-Rated Bonus (as defined below) shall be payable to the Executive for the year of termination through the date of termination to the extent set forth in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 below.

5.3. Additional Benefits. In addition to the benefits and entitlements otherwise set forth herein, the Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s benefit plans of general application as they may be established and modified from time to time, including plans relating to pension, thrift, profit sharing, life, health, disability, accident and dental insurance, education or other retirement programs, and any other similar plans or programs that the Company has adopted or may adopt for the benefit of its executive officers, in accordance with the rules established for individual participation in any such plan (including, but not limited to, the rules governing eligibility for such participation) (“Benefits”). The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to (i) reasonable holidays and illness days in accordance with the Company’s policies as may be established and modified from time to time and (ii) reasonable paid vacation; provided that the Executive shall schedule the timing and duration of vacations in a reasonable manner taking into account the needs of the business of the ARH Group. The Executive shall also be entitled to an automobile for use during the Term of this Agreement and the Company shall pay all expenses (including insurance, taxes and fuel) in connection therewith; provided that, the aggregate expenditure by the Company pursuant to this sentence for any fiscal year shall not exceed $12,000 plus all costs for insurance and fuel.

5.4. Expenses. The Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the business of the ARH Group (“Expenses”), provided that such expense reimbursements are in accordance with applicable policies of the Company in effect from time to time and are properly documented and accounted.

5.5. Insurance; Indemnification. Throughout the Term of this Agreement and for a period of 12 months following the effective date of the Executive’s termination from the Company’s employment, the Company or ARH agrees to maintain director and officer liability insurance for the benefit of the Executive in scope and amounts reasonably acceptable to the Board. Executive shall be entitled to indemnification under ARH’s charter and bylaws or other indemnification agreement as they exist from time to time, but always on a basis consistent with the terms applicable from time to time for members of the Board.

5.6. Company’s Life Insurance. The Company, in its sole discretion, may apply for and procure in its own name (whether or not for its own benefit) policies of insurance insuring the life of Executive in such amounts as Company may deem advisable. Executive shall have no right, title or interest in any such policies of insurance, except to the extent his estate or other persons are specifically named as beneficiaries thereof. Executive agrees to submit to any medical or other examination and to execute and deliver any applications or other instrument in writing, reasonably necessary to effectuate such insurance.

- 3 -

ARTICLE 6

TERMINATION

6.1. Events of Termination. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate upon any of the following:

(i) the effective date of a written notice by the Company to the Executive stating the Board’s reasonable, good faith determination to terminate the Executive for Cause (as defined in Section 6.2) (“Termination For Cause”);

(ii) the effective date of a written notice by the Company to the Executive stating the Board’s reasonable, good faith determination, on the bases of advice by a physician appointed by the Board, that due to a mental or physical condition that the Company is not required to accommodate or cannot reasonably accommodate, the Executive has been unable and failed to substantially render the services to be provided by the Executive to the Company for a period of not less than 180 days in any consecutive 12-month period (“Termination for Disability”);

(iii) the Executive’s death (“Termination Upon Death”);

(iv) the effective date of a notice to the Executive stating that the Board is terminating his employment, without Cause, which notice can be given by the Company at any time at the Company’s sole discretion, for any reason or for no reason (“Termination without Cause”);

(v) the effective date of a notice from the Executive to the Company stating that the Executive is terminating his employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined in Section 6.2) (“Resignation for Good Reason”); or

(vi) the 60^th day following the date the Executive delivers a notice to the Company stating that the Executive is electing to terminate his employment with the Company, whether by voluntary resignation without Good Reason (“Resignation without Good Reason”).

6.2. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement,

“ARH” shall mean American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as American Renal Associates Inc.

“ARH Group” shall mean ARH and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

“Cause” shall mean any of the following: (a) the Executive’s being convicted of, or having pled guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime if as a result the Executive’s continued association with the Company it is likely to be injurious to its business or reputation; (b) the Executive’s breach of duty of loyalty which is detrimental to the Company involving personal profit to the Executive; (c) the Executive’s willful failure to perform or adhere to explicitly stated duties or guidelines of employment or to follow the directives of the Board (which are not unlawful to perform or to adhere to or follow and which do not constitute Good Reason) following a written warning that if such failure continues it will be deemed a basis for dismissal for Cause; or (d) the Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the Executive’s duties.

“Change in Control” shall mean (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) (taken as a whole) to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Centerbridge Capital Partners,

- 4 -

L.P. (the “Sponsor”) or its affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of the Securities Act of 1933) or (ii) any person or group, other than the Sponsor or its affiliates, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise and the Sponsor ceases to control the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, no event that occurs prior to the Effective Date shall constitute a Change in Control.

“Company” shall mean American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Good Reason” shall mean any of the following: any substantial diminution of or substantial detrimental change in the Executive’s responsibilities, salary or benefits (other than a change in benefits generally applicable to all eligible employees), or re-location of the Executive’s principal office from the metropolitan Boston area provided that none of these events shall constitute Good Reason unless the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from Executive of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; provided, further, that “Good Reason” shall cease to exist for an event on the 60^th day following the later of its occurrence or Executive’s knowledge thereof, unless Executive has given the Company written notice thereof prior to such date.

ARTICLE 7

EFFECT OF TERMINATION

7.1. Termination for Cause; Resignation without Good Reason. In the event of any termination of the Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 6.1(i) (Termination for Cause) or Section 6.1(vi) (Resignation without Good Reason):

(i) the Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination.

(ii) the Executive’s rights to Benefits under the Company’s benefit plans of general application shall be determined under the provisions of those plans.

(iii) the Executive shall not be entitled to a Pro-Rated Bonus for the fiscal year of termination but shall be entitled to any Bonus earned for any fiscal year prior to the year of termination, which Bonus shall be paid as set forth in Section 5.2.

7.2. Termination without Cause; Resignation with Good Reason. In the event of termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(iv) (Termination without Cause) or Section 6.1(v) (Resignation with Good Reason), conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants under Article 8 and the Executive executing and delivering a valid general release (that is no longer subject to revocation under applicable law) in a form consistent with the Company’s standard form of general release for departing executives in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (“General Release”) (which shall be provided by the Company to the Executive no later than 10 days after the date of Executive’s termination of employment) within 52 days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment:

(i) Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination, as well as any Bonus amount earned, but not yet paid in accordance with Section 5.2 for any prior fiscal year.

(ii) Without derogation of any other rights and claims which the Executive may have hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to severance compensation in an amount equal to 200% of Base

- 5 -

Salary, payable in equal monthly installments over the twenty-four month period following the effective date of his termination, in accordance with the Company’s usual executive salary payment practice and subject to all withholding obligations.

(iii) Executive and his eligible dependants shall continue to be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s group health, life, and disability plans on the same terms and conditions as active employees of the Company until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the twenty-four month period following the effective date of his termination or (B) the date the Executive is or becomes eligible for comparable coverage under health, life and disability plans of another employer.

(iv) Executive shall be entitled to a Bonus for the year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs, equal to the product of (1) Executive’s Bonus for the year of termination based on actual results for the full fiscal year and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the fiscal year up to and including the date of termination of Executive’s employment and the denominator of which is 365 (the “Pro-Rated Bonus”), payable when annual bonuses in respect of the year of termination are generally paid to senior executives of the Company. If the Board has not established the Performance Goals as of the date of termination, but Performance Goals are ultimately approved by the Board that would apply to other senior level executive employees for the period prior to termination, then such goals shall apply for purposes of determining the Pro-Rated Bonus hereunder.

7.3. Termination for Death; Disability. In the event of termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(ii) (Termination for Disability) or Section 6.1(iii) (Termination upon Death), conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants under Article 8 and the Executive (solely to the extent practicable in light of the applicable Disability in the event of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.1(ii) (Termination for Disability)) executing and delivering a valid General Release (that is no longer subject to revocation under applicable law) in a form consistent with the General Release (which shall be provided by the Company to the Executive no later than 10 days after the date of Executive’s termination of employment) within 52 days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment:

(i) Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary and reimbursement of Expenses for periods through the effective date of his termination, as well as any Bonus amount earned, but not yet paid in accordance with Section 5.2 for any prior fiscal year.

(ii) Without derogation of any other rights and claims which the Executive may have hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to severance compensation in an amount equal to 100% of the Base Salary, payable in equal monthly installments over a twelve month period following the effective date of his termination, in accordance with the Company’s usual executive salary payment practice and subject to all withholding obligations.

(iii) Executive and his eligible dependants shall continue to be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s group health, life, and disability plans on the same terms and conditions as active employees of the Company until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the twelve month period following the effective date of his termination or (B) the date the Executive is or becomes eligible for comparable coverage under health, life and disability plans of another employer.

(iv) Executive shall be entitled to the Pro-Rated Bonus. If the Board has not established the Performance Goals as of the date of termination, but Performance Goals are ultimately approved by the Board that would apply to other senior level executive employees for the period prior to termination, then such goals shall apply for purposes of determining the pro-rated Bonus hereunder. Any payment of Bonus pursuant to this clause shall be paid at the time and in the manner described in Section 7.2(iv) of this Agreement.

- 6 -

ARTICLE 8

NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1. Restrictive Covenants.

8.1.1. The Executive acknowledges that (a) the ARH Group has at considerable expense purchased and developed valuable goodwill, going concern value, customer and client relationships and confidential information that are valuable property rights of the ARH Group, (b) the Merger Agreement would not have been entered into by the parties thereto without the agreement and covenants of Executive contained herein, and (c) the Executive’s position with the ARH Group is and has been such that the Executive has had and will continue to have access to and knowledge concerning such rights, which if used other than for the benefit of the ARH Group could significantly injure the ARH Group. Accordingly, and in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and in order to protect the goodwill and going concern value of the ARH Group, the Executive agrees to the covenants set forth below. As used herein, “Restrictive Period” means the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the third (3^rd) anniversary of the effective date of the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, however such termination may occur; provided, however, that, solely in the case of a Change in Control, “Restrictive Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the later of (i) the third (3^rd) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination; provided further that, solely in the case of a Change in Control, the Company shall have the right to extend the Restrictive Period by delivery of written notice to the Executive (the “Election Notice”) until the later of (i) the fifth (5^th) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination. The Election Notice shall be delivered no later than ten (10) business days after the effective date of the Change in Control and shall state that the Company has elected to extend the Restrictive Period until the later of (i) the fifth (5^th) anniversary of the Change in Control and (ii) the first (1^st) anniversary of the effective date of Executive’s termination. In the event that the Company elects to extend the Restrictive Period by delivery of the Election Notice, it shall pay the Executive an amount equal to 300% of Executive’s Base Salary. Such amount shall be due and payable by the Company to the Executive in a single installment on the date of delivery of the Election Notice.

8.1.2. The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that certain assets of the ARH Group constitute Confidential Information. The term “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement shall mean all information which is known only to the Executive or the ARH Group, other employees or others in a confidential relationship with the ARH Group (including but not limited to any entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with the ARH Group (each, an “Affiliate”) and their respective employees and officers), and relating to the ARH Group’s or any Affiliate’s business (including, without limitation, information regarding clients, customers, pricing policies, methods of operation, proprietary computer programs, sales, products, profits, costs, markets, key personnel, formulae, product applications, technical processes, and trade secrets), as such information may exist from time to time, which the Executive acquired or obtained by virtue of work performed for the ARH Group, or which the Executive may acquire or may have acquired knowledge of during the performance of said work. The Executive agrees that at all times during his employment and thereafter (including periods after the term of this Agreement), he will keep and maintain all Confidential Information and all of the affairs of the ARH Group and its Affiliates confidential, and will not, except (i) as necessary for the performance of his responsibilities hereunder or (ii) as required by judicial process and after prior notice to the Company (as early as practicable, and in any event not less than three (3) days prior to any such required disclosure), unless required earlier by a court order or a legal requirement, disclose to any person for any reason or purpose whatsoever, directly or indirectly, all or any part of the Confidential

- 7 -

Information of the ARH Group and its Affiliates. The Executive is not bound by the restrictions in this paragraph with respect to any information that becomes public other than as a consequence of the breach by the Executive of his confidentiality obligations hereunder or is disclosed without an obligation of confidentiality. The Executive can disclose all information to his personal advisors, in the context of seeking advice regarding employment hereunder, subject to becoming liable for any violation by them of the Executive’s confidentiality obligations. The Executive agrees that on the termination of his employment, however such termination may occur, the Executive will promptly return to the Company all materials and other property from time to time held by the Executive and proprietary to the ARH Group including without limitation any documents incorporating, reflecting or reproducing in whole or in part any Confidential Information, credit cards, and the like.

8.1.3. During the Restrictive Period, the Executive shall not, and shall not cause any entity or business enterprise of which he is an employee, officer, promoter, director, shareholder, partner, trustee or consultant to, (i) persuade or attempt to persuade any employee or contracting physician of the Company and/or its Affiliates to terminate his relationship with the Company and/or its Affiliates, or (ii) employ in any capacity any person who was at any time during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company employed in any capacity by the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided, the Executive shall have the right to employ certain independent contractor professionals used by the Company or its Affiliates, such as lawyers, accountants or engineers, if the Executive’s retention of such persons or entities would not impede or interfere with any continuing relationship between such person or entity and the Company and/or its Affiliates.

8.1.4. During the Restrictive Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, compete with the Company and/or its Affiliates as an owner, partner, member, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, director or co-venturer of any business (i) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities within 10 miles of any such facility owned and operated by the ARH Group, (ii) engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities where the Executive is involved in a program to establish joint ventures with nephrologists in the United States of America, and (iii) in the case of a termination of employment that occurs on or before the third anniversary of the Effective Date or which occurs after a Change in Control, engaged in the kidney dialysis business and/or the operation of kidney dialysis facilities in the United States of America. In addition to the foregoing, the Executive will not during the Restrictive Period represent any other entity or business enterprise in conducting substantial negotiations with any nephrologists with whom such Executive had conducted substantial negotiations on behalf of the ARH Group during the one (1) year period immediately prior to the termination of such Executive’s employment with the Company, however such termination may occur, for the purpose of establishing a business relationship between such nephrologists and such other entity or business enterprise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8.1.4 is not intended to prohibit or restrict the Executive from (i) holding a direct or indirect equity interest in ARH, or (ii) owning up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of a publicly held corporation that competes with the ARH Group.

8.2. Inventions and Patents. The Executive acknowledges that all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the ARH Group’s actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by the Executive while employed by the Company (“Work Product”) belong to the ARH Group. The Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the term of this Agreement) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

- 8 -

8.3. Enforcement; Remedies. The Executive covenants, agrees and recognizes that because the breach or threatened breach of the covenants, or any of them, contained in Section 8.1 hereof will result in immediate and irreparable injury to the ARH Group, the ARH Group shall be entitled to an injunction restraining the Executive from any violation of Section 8.1 to the fullest extent allowed by law. The Executive further covenants and agrees that in the event of a violation of any of the respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof, (i) the ARH Group shall be entitled to receive all such amounts to which the ARH Group would be entitled as damages under law or at equity and (ii) upon the ARH Group obtaining a judgment or an injunction from a court of competent jurisdiction, the obligations of the ARH Group to make any further payments to Executive pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be suspended until Executive shall cease violating or breaching his respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof and the ARH Group shall have received reasonable assurances from Executive that he will no longer engage in the same at which time the previously suspended payments shall be made to Executive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the ARH Group from pursuing any other legal or equitable remedies that may be available to it for any such breach, including the recovery of damages from the Executive. The prevailing party in any action relating to a violation or alleged violation of any on the of the respective covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 hereof shall be entitled to receive for the other party, and such other party shall pay to the prevailing party, its reasonable and documented costs and expenses associated with such action.

8.4. Construction. The Executive hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees as follows:

(i) the covenants set forth in Article 8 are reasonable in all respects and are necessary to protect the legitimate business and competitive interests of the ARH Group in connection with their business which the Executive agrees, pursuant to this Agreement, to assist in maintaining and developing; and

(ii) each of the covenants set forth in Article 8 is separately and independently given, and each such covenant is intended to be enforceable separately and independently of the other such covenants, including without limitation, enforcement by injunction, and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any respect shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement in any other respect.

In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction by reason of the geographic or business scope or the duration thereof of any such covenant, or for any other reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to the particular aspect of such provision found invalid or unenforceable as applied and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision. This Agreement shall be construed as if the geographic or business scope or the duration of such provision or other basis on which such provisions has been challenged had been more narrowly drafted so as not to be invalid or unenforceable. The provisions under Article 8 shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1. Arbitration. Except with respect to controversies or claims arising under Article 8 hereof, the Executive and the Company shall submit to mandatory binding arbitration in any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any breach hereof. Such arbitration shall be conducted in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the employment rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time such arbitration is conducted, and judgment upon the determination or award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator is hereby authorized to award to the prevailing party the costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of any such arbitration.

- 9 -

9.2. Absence of Conflicting Agreements and Obligations. The Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to or bound by any other agreement or understanding of any type, whether written or oral, or by any statutory or common law duty or obligation which, in any case, would in any way restrict his ability to be employed by the Company, or his ability to compete freely with any other Person.

9.3. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then the parties hereby waive such provision to the extent that it is found to be invalid or unenforceable and to the extent that to do so would not deprive one of the parties of the substantial benefit of its bargain. Such provision shall, to the extent allowable by law and the preceding sentence, be modified by such arbitrator or court so that it becomes enforceable and, as modified, shall be enforced as any other provision hereof, all the other provisions continuing in full force and effect.

9.4. No Waiver. The failure by either party at any time to require performance or compliance by the other of any of its obligations or agreements shall in no way affect the right to require such performance or compliance at any time thereafter. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision hereof shall not be taken or held to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of such provision or as a waiver of the provision itself. No waiver of any kind shall be effective or binding, unless it is in writing and is signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced.

9.5. Assignment. This Agreement and all rights hereunder are personal to the Executive and may not be transferred or assigned by the Executive at any time. The Company may assign its rights, together with its obligations hereunder, to any parent, subsidiary, affiliate or successor, or in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company (whether by merger or otherwise), provided, however, that any such assignee assumes the Company’s obligations hereunder.

9.6. Entire Agreement. As of the Effective Date, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the employment of the Executive with the Company, and this Agreement supersedes and cancels any and all previous contracts, arrangements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect thereto (including the Prior Employment Agreement). If the Merger Agreement terminates for any reason, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect and the Prior Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

9.7. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended only by an agreement in writing executed by both parties hereto.

- 10 -

9.8. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and hand delivered, sent by telecopier, sent by registered first class mail, postage prepaid return receipt requested, or sent by nationally recognized express courier service. Such notices and other communications shall be effective upon receipt, to the following addresses, or such other addresses as any party shall notify the other parties:

If to the Company:
	American Renal Management LLC 5 Cherry Hill Drive Danvers, Massachusetts 01993 Attn: Chief Executive Officer
	Facsimile:	(978) 750-4740
	with a copy to:
	Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. 375 Park Avenue, 12th Floor New York, New York 10152
	Facsimile:	(212) 672-5001
	Attention:	Steven M. Silver
		Jared S. Hendricks
	Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 425 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10017
	Facsimile:	(212) 455-2502
	Attention:	Gregory Grogan, Esq.
If to the Executive:
	John J. McDonough
	7 Wabaniki Way
	Andover, MA 01810
	with a copy to:
	Greenberg Traurig, LLP 3290 Northside Parkway Suite 400 Atlanta, Georgia 30327
	Facsimile:	(678) 553-2120
	Attention:	Gary E. Snyder, Esq.

9.9. Binding Nature. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors and personal representatives of the respective parties hereto.

9.10. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall in no way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

9.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which, taken together, constitute one and the same agreement.

9.12. Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.

- 11 -

9.13. Compliance with IRC Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Executive) until the date that is six months following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code without any accelerated or additional tax) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to Executive hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board, that is reasonably expected not to cause such an accelerated or additional tax. Any payment or benefit delayed by reason of the prior sentence shall be paid out or provided in a single lump sum at the end of such required delay period in order to catch up to the original payment schedule.

(b) For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, any series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments, and references herein to Executive’s “termination of employment” shall refer to Executive’s separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(c) (i) Any reimbursements by the Company to the Executive of any eligible expenses under this Agreement that are not excludable from the Executive’s income for Federal income tax purposes (the “Taxable Reimbursements”) shall be made by no later than the earlier of the date on which they would be paid under the Company’s normal policies and the last day of the taxable year of the Executive following the year in which the expense was incurred.

(ii) The amount of any Taxable Reimbursements, and the value of any in-kind benefits to be provided to the Executive, during any taxable year of the Executive shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year of the Executive (except for any life-term or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses).

(iii) The right to Taxable Reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement to which the Company and the Executive are parties to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

9.14. MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL REGARDING ARTICLE 8. BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON, THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT ANY CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING UNDER ARTICLE 8 HEREOF BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING APPLICABLE LAWS. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY

- 12 -

ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO ARTICLE 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT.

9.15. Construction of Terms. In this Agreement, the singular includes the plural, the plural includes the singular, and the masculine gender includes both male and female references.

************

- 13 -

Signature Page to the Employment Agreement between American Renal Management LLC, American Renal Holdings Inc. and John J. McDonough

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first set forth above.

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
Title:	Chief Executive Officer
AMERICAN RENAL MANAGEMENT LLC
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
Title:	Chief Executive Officer
/s/ John J. McDonough
John J. McDonough

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

This Release and Waiver of Claims (“Release”) is entered into as of this [ — ] day of                     , 20[—], by John J. McDonough (the “Executive”).

The Executive agrees as follows:

1. The employment relationship between the Executive and American Renal Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, [will terminate][terminated] on the [ — ] day of                     , 20[-] (the “Termination Date”) pursuant to Section [6.1(ii)/(iv)/(v)] of the Employment Agreement between the Company, American Renal Holdings, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company and the Executive dated March 22, 2010 (the “Employment Agreement”). The Executive [has resigned or] hereby resigns from all positions as an officer, director or otherwise for the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates.

2. In consideration of the payments, rights and benefits provided for in Section [7.2/7.3] of the Employment Agreement (“Separation Terms”) and this Release, the sufficiency of which the Executive hereby acknowledges, the Executive, on behalf of the Executive and the Executive’s agents, representatives, attorneys, administrators, heirs, executors and assigns (collectively, the “Employee Releasing Parties”), but subject to Section 4 hereof, hereby releases and forever discharges the Company Released Parties (as defined below), from all claims, charges, causes of action, obligations, expenses, damages of any kind (including attorneys fees and costs actually incurred) or demands, in law or in equity, whether known or unknown, which may have existed or which may now exist from the beginning of time to the date of this Release, arising from or relating to the Executive’s employment or termination from employment with the Company or otherwise, including a release of any rights or claims the Executive may have under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ADEA”); the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1866; Section 1985(3) of the Civil Rights Act of 1871; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Fair Labor Standards Act; any other federal, state or local laws against discrimination; or any other federal, state, or local statute, regulation or common law relating to employment, wages, hours, or any other terms and conditions of employment. This includes a release of any and all claims or rights arising under contract (whether written or oral, express or implied), covenant, public policy, tort or otherwise. For purposes hereof, “Company Released Parties” shall mean the Company, any of its direct or indirect stockholders holding a beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the Company’s voting stock and any of its and their respective divisions, parents, members, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, successors (and any of its and their respective past, current and future employees, agents, insurers, attorneys, administrators, officials, directors, direct or indirect shareholders, employee benefit plans, and the sponsors, fiduciaries, or administrators of such employee benefit plans in their individual or representative capacities).

3. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive is waiving and releasing rights that the Executive may have under the ADEA and other federal, state and local statutes contract and the common law and that this Release is knowing and voluntary. The Executive agrees that this Release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date of execution by the Executive of this Release. The Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this Release is in addition to anything of value to which the Executive is already entitled. The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive has been advised by this writing that: (i) the Executive should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release; (ii) the Executive has up to twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Release, although the Executive may, at the Executive’s discretion, sign and return this Release at an earlier time, in which case the Executive waives all rights to the balance of this twenty-one (21) day review period;

and (iii) for a period of 7 days following the execution of this Release (the “Revocation Period”) in duplicate originals, the Executive may revoke this Release in a writing delivered to                     , and this Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the Revocation Period has expired.

4. This Release does not release the Company Released Parties from (i) any obligations due to the Executive under the Separation Terms or under this Release, (ii) any rights the Executive has to indemnification by the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof) and to directors and officers liability insurance coverage under the Employment Agreement or otherwise, (iii) any vested rights the Executive has under the Company’s employee pension benefit plans or any other tax-qualified employee benefit plans as a result of the Executive’s actual service with the Company, or (iv) any rights of the Executive as a shareholder or optionholder of the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof), in the Executive’s sole capacity as such (including, without limitation, any rights to proceeds from the sale or other action with respect to any stock or options of the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof).

5. The Executive represents and warrants that he has not filed any action, complaint, charge, grievance, arbitration or similar proceeding against the Company Released Parties.

6. This Release is not an admission by the Company Released Parties or the Employee Releasing Parties of any wrongdoing, liability or violation of law.

7. The Executive waives any right to reinstatement or future employment with the Company following the Executive’s separation from the Company on the Termination Date.

8. The Executive shall continue to be bound by the restrictive covenants contained in the Employment Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or its affiliates, in accordance with their terms.

9. This Release shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

10. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Release shall be resolved by binding confidential arbitration by a single arbitrator who is licensed to practice law in a State in the United States, to be held in Boston, Massachusetts, in accordance with the Employee Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association (or its successor rules). The arbitrator shall have the discretionary authority to award attorneys’ and arbitrator’s reasonable fees and expenses and the costs of arbitration to the prevailing party. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator’s decision shall be in writing and shall include the findings of fact and a statement of law on which the decision is based.

11. This Release represents the complete agreement between the Executive and the Company concerning the subject matter in this Release and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, with respect solely to the subject matter hereof. For avoidance of doubt, this Release does not supersede that certain Stockholders Agreement dated as of March 22, 2010 among the Company’s affiliates and their stockholders, including the Executive, or any option award agreement to which the Executive is a party. This Release may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

12. Each of the sections contained in this Release shall be enforceable independently of every other section in this Release, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any section shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other section contained in this Release.

- 2 -

13. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has carefully read and understands this Release, that the Executive has the right to consult an attorney with respect to its provisions and that this Release has been entered into knowingly and voluntarily. The Executive acknowledges that no representation, statement, promise, inducement, threat or suggestion has been made by any of the Company Released Parties to influence the Executive to sign this Release except such statements as are expressly set forth herein or in the Employment Agreement.

The parties to this Release have executed this Release as of the day and year first written above.

John J. McDonough

By:

Title:

- 3 -

EXHIBIT B

CONSOLIDATED EBITDA DEFINITION

Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this Exhibit B shall have the meaning given to them in the Credit Agreement entered into in connection with the Merger.

The Board shall calculate “Consolidated EBITDA” in good faith in its reasonable discretion by reference to definitions included herein. The Board shall adjust budgeted Consolidated EBITDA, from time to time, in good faith to make such adjustments to the budgeted Cumulative EBITDA as is necessary to ensure that Executive’s rights are neither enlarged or diminished as a result of any acquisitions, divestitures, mergers and similar corporate transactions, including acquisitions and divestitures of interests in clinics.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such Person for such period plus

(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:

(i) consolidated interest expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, increased by payments made in respect of hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, minus any payments received in respect of such hedging obligations or other derivative instruments,

(ii) consolidated tax expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period,

(iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period,

(iv) any Non- Cash Charges for such period (approved by the Board),

(v) costs associated with the Transaction made or incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions for such period that are paid, accrued or reserved for within 365 days of the consummation of the Transactions,

(vi) any restructuring charges (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Closing Date and to closure or consolidation of facilities) for such period (approved by the Board),

(viii) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with an acquisition permitted by the Revolving Credit Documentation to the extent that such expenses are reimbursed in cash during such period pursuant to indemnification provisions of any agreement relating to such transaction,

(ix) annual management and transaction fees that are permitted to be paid to the Sponsor or any affiliate of the Sponsor,

(x) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with extraordinary casualty events to the extent such expenses are reimbursed in cash by insurance during such period,

(xi) extraordinary expenses and losses related to litigation as approved by the Board of Directors, minus

(b) without duplication and, in the case of clause (ii) below, to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income,

(i) any cash payments made during such period in respect of Non-Cash Charges described in clause (a)(iv) taken in a prior period or taken in such period,

(ii) any non-cash items of income for such period (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business)

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income attributable to such specified Person and its subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the Net Income (and net loss) of any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest will be excluded, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received in cash by the Borrower or a Qualified Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions in respect of such period;

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

(3) the amortization of any premiums, fees or expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or any amounts required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinions Nos. 16 (including non- cash write- ups and non- cash charges relating to inventory and fixed assets, in each case arising in connection with the Transactions) and (including non-cash charges relating to intangibles and goodwill), in each case in connection with the Transactions, will be excluded;

(4) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business (it being understood that a sale of assets comprising discontinued operations shall be deemed a sale of assets out of the ordinary course of business); or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries will be excluded;

(5) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss, will be excluded;

(6) income or losses attributable to discontinued operations (including without limitation, operations disposed during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued) will be excluded;

(7) any non- cash charges (i) attributable to applying the purchase method of accounting in accordance with GAAP, (ii) resulting from the application of FAS 142 or FAS 144, and (iii) relating to the amortization of intangibles resulting from the application of FAS 141, will be excluded;

(8) all non- cash charges relating to employee benefit or other management or stock compensation plans of the Borrower or a Subsidiary (excluding any such non- cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense incurred in a prior period) will be excluded to the extent that such non- cash charges are deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; provided, further, that if the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower makes a cash payment in respect of such non- cash charge in any period, such cash payment will (without duplication) be deducted from the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for such period; and

(9) all unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark- to- market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FAS 52 shall be excluded.

- 2 -

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

2010 C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose of the Plan

The purpose of the Plan is to aid the Company and its Affiliates in recruiting and retaining key employees, directors, or other service providers and to motivate such employees, directors, or other service providers to exert their best efforts on behalf of the Company and its Affiliates by providing incentives through the granting of Awards. The Company expects that it will benefit from the added interest which such key employees, directors or consultants will have in the welfare of the Company as a result of their proprietary interest in the Company’s success.

2. Definitions

The following capitalized terms used in the Plan have the respective meanings set forth in this Section:

(a) Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto.

(b) Affiliate: With respect to any specified Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, is Controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. As used herein, the term “Control” (including the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person.

(c) Award: An Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Other Stock-Based Award granted pursuant to the Plan.

(d) Beneficial Owner: A “beneficial owner”, as such term is defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Act (or any successor rule thereto).

(e) Board: The board of directors of the Company.

(f) Change of Control: Change of Control occurs upon (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Person or Group other than Sponsor or its Affiliates or (ii) any Person or Group, other than Sponsor or its Affiliates, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company, including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, and Sponsor ceases to control the Board.

(g) Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

(h) Committee: The Compensation Committee of the Board (or a subcommittee thereof), or such other committee of the Board (including, without limitation, the full Board) to which the Board has delegated power to act under or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, and if no such Committee has been created, the Board.

(i) Company: C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) Disability: The term Disability of a Participant has the same meaning ascribed to such term in any employment or severance agreement then in effect between the Participant and the Company or one of its Affiliates or, if no such agreement containing a definition of “Disability” is then in effect, shall mean the inability of the Participant to perform the essential functions of the Participant’s job, with or without reasonable accommodation, by reason of a physical or mental infirmity, for a period of nine (9) consecutive months or for an aggregate of twelve (12) months in any eighteen (18) consecutive month period. The period of nine (9) months shall be deemed continuous unless the Participant returns to work for at least 30 consecutive business days during such period and performs during such period at the level and competence that existed prior to the beginning of the six-month period. The date of such Disability shall be on the first day of such nine-month period.

(k) Dividend Equivalent Right. The right to receive a payment in respect of one Share (whether or not subject to a Stock Option) equal to the amount of any dividend paid in respect of one Share held by a shareholder in the Company.

(l) Effective Date: The date the Board approves the Plan, or such later date as is designated by the Board.

(m) Employment: The term Employment as used herein refers to (i) a Participant’s employment if the Participant is an employee of any of the Company or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (ii) a Participant’s services as a consultant, if the Participant is a consultant to the Company or its Affiliates and (iii) a Participant’s services as a non-employee director, if the Participant is a non-employee member of the Board.

(n) Fair Market Value: Unless otherwise provided for in the Award Agreement, on a given date (i) if there is a public market for the Shares on such date, the average closing bid price for such shares over the immediately preceding 60 days on the applicable stock exchange on which the shares are principally trading on the date in question or (ii) if there is no public market for the Shares on such date, the fair market value for the Shares as shall be determined in good faith by the Board in its sole discretion.

(o) Group: A “group” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Act (or any successor section thereto).

(p) Option: An option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan.

(q) Option Price: The purchase price per Share of an Option, as determined pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Plan.

(r) Other Stock-Based Awards: Awards granted pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.

(s) Participant: A director, officer, employee, or other service provider of any of the Company or its Affiliates who is selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan.

(t) Person: A “person”, as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Act (or any successor section thereto).

2

(u) Plan: The 2010 C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan.

(v) Shares: Shares of common stock of the Company.

(w) Sponsor: Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

(x) Stock Appreciation Right: A stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.

(y) Subsidiary: A subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code (or any successor section thereto).

3. Shares Subject to the Plan

(a) Subject to Section 9, the total number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan is 1,574,782. The Shares may consist, in whole or in part, of unissued Shares or treasury Shares. The issuance of Shares or the payment of cash upon the exercise of an Award or in consideration of the settlement, cancellation or termination of an Award shall reduce the total number of Shares available under the Plan, as applicable (with any Awards settled in cash reducing the total number of Shares by the number of Shares determined by dividing the cash amount to be paid thereunder by the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of payment). Shares which are subject to Awards which are cancelled, forfeited, terminated or otherwise expired by their terms without the payment of consideration, and Shares which are used to pay the exercise price of any Award, may be granted again subject to Awards under the Plan.

(b) Agreements Evidencing Awards. Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement (the “Award Agreement”) that shall contain such provisions and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate; provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, if there is any conflict between any provision of the Plan and an Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. Unless otherwise provided herein, the Committee may grant Awards in tandem with or in substitution for any other Award or Awards granted under the Plan. By accepting an Award pursuant to the Plan, a Participant thereby agrees that the Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

4. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which may delegate its duties and powers in whole or in part to any subcommittee thereof. Additionally, the Committee may delegate the authority to grant Awards under the Plan to any employee or group of employees of the Company or an Affiliate; provided that such delegation and grants are consistent with applicable law and guidelines established by the Board from time to time. Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by the Company or its Affiliates or a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines. The number of Shares underlying such substitute awards shall be counted against the aggregate number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan. The Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and

3

to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable. Any decision of the Committee in the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned (including, but not limited to, Participants and their beneficiaries and successors). The Committee shall have the full power and authority to establish the terms and conditions of any Award consistent with the provisions of the Plan and to waive any such terms and conditions at any time (including, without limitation, accelerating or waiving any vesting conditions). The Committee shall require payment of any amount it may determine to be necessary to withhold for federal, state, local or other taxes as a result of the exercise, grant or vesting of an Award and the Company or its Affiliates shall have the right and are authorized to withhold any applicable withholding taxes with respect to any Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under or with respect to the Award and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

5. Limitations

No Award may be granted under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

6. Terms and Conditions of Options

Options granted under the Plan shall be non-qualified stock options for federal income tax purposes, as evidenced by the related Award Agreements, and shall be subject to the foregoing and the following terms and conditions and to such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent therewith, as the Committee shall determine:

(a) Option Price. The Option Price per Share shall be determined by the Committee, provided that, for the purposes of an Option granted under the Plan to a Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer, in no event will (i) the Option Price be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date an Option is granted (other than in the case of Options granted in substitution of previously granted awards, as described in Section 4) and (ii) any Option be granted unless the Share on which it is granted constitutes “service recipient stock” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with respect to the applicable Participant.

(b) Exercisability. Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time and upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee, but in no event shall an Option be exercisable more than ten years after the date it is granted.

(c) Exercise of Options. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in an Award Agreement, an Option may be exercised for all, or from time to time any part, of the Shares for which it is then exercisable. For purposes of this Section 6 of the Plan, the exercise date of an Option shall be the later of the date a notice of exercise is received by the Company and, if applicable, the date payment is received by the Company pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) in the following sentence. The purchase price for the Shares as to which an Option is exercised shall be paid to the Company as designated by the Committee, pursuant to one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by check), including, with the consent of the Board, a full-recourse promissory note, (ii) if there is a public market for the Shares at such time, to the extent permitted by the Committee and subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell Shares

4

obtained upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount out of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased, or (iii) with the consent of the Board or to the extent specified in an Award Agreement, using a net settlement mechanism whereby the number of shares delivered upon the exercise of the option will be reduced by a number of shares that has a Fair Market Value equal to the Option Price, provided that, in each case, the Participant tenders cash or its equivalent to pay any applicable withholding taxes. No Participant shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise of the Option, paid in full for such Shares and, if applicable, has satisfied any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.

(d) Attestation. Wherever in this Plan or any agreement evidencing an Award a Participant is permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option or taxes relating to the exercise of an Option by delivering Shares, the Participant may, subject to procedures satisfactory to the Committee, satisfy such delivery requirement by presenting proof of beneficial ownership of such Shares, in which case the Company shall treat the Option as exercised without further payment and/or shall withhold such number of Shares from the Shares acquired by the exercise of the Option, as appropriate.

7. Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) Grants. The Committee may also grant a Stock Appreciation Right.

(b) Terms. The exercise price per Share of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be an amount determined by the Committee but in no event shall such amount be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted (other than in the case of Stock Appreciation Rights granted in substitution of previously granted awards, as described in Section 4). Each Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle a Participant upon exercise to an amount equal to (i) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value on the exercise date of one Share over (B) the exercise price per Share, times (ii) the number of Shares covered by the Stock Appreciation Right. The date a notice of exercise is received by the Company shall be the exercise date. Payment to the Participant shall be made in Shares or in cash, or partly in Shares and partly in cash (any such Shares valued at such Fair Market Value), all as shall be determined by the Committee. Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised from time to time upon actual receipt by the Company of written notice of exercise stating the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. No fractional Shares will be issued in payment for Stock Appreciation Rights, but instead cash will be paid for a fraction or, if the Committee should so determine, the number of Shares will be rounded downward to the next whole Share.

(c) Limitations. The Committee may impose, in its discretion, such conditions upon the exercisability or transferability of Stock Appreciation Rights as it may deem fit, but in no event shall a Stock Appreciation Right be exercisable more than ten years after the date it is granted. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, no Participant shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to any Stock Appreciation Right.

5

8. Other Stock-Based Awards

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant or sell Awards of Shares, Awards of restricted Shares, purchased Shares and Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of, Shares (“Other Stock-Based Awards”). Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive, or vest with respect to, one or more Shares (or the equivalent cash value of such Shares) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine to whom and when Other Stock-Based Awards will be made, the number of Shares to be awarded under (or otherwise related to) such Other Stock-Based Awards; whether such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares; and all other terms and conditions of such Awards (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof and provisions ensuring that all Shares so awarded and issued shall be fully paid and non-assessable). The Committee may also grant Dividend Equivalent Rights in connection with Awards granted hereunder either alone or in connection with the grant of a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right. Each Dividend Equivalent Right shall be subject to such terms as the Committee may determine.

9. Adjustments Upon Certain Events

Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to all Awards granted under the Plan:

(a) Generally. In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares after the Effective Date by reason of any Share dividend or split, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, combination or transaction or exchange of Shares or other corporate exchange, or any distribution to shareholders or any transaction similar to the foregoing, the Committee in its sole discretion and without liability to any person shall make such substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems to be equitable (subject to Section 18), as to (i) the number or kind of Shares or other securities issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan or pursuant to outstanding Awards, (ii) the Option Price or exercise price of any Award, and/or (iii) any other affected terms of such Awards.

(b) Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control after the Effective Date, (i) solely if and to the extent determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise, any outstanding Awards then held by Participants which are unexercisable or otherwise unvested or subject to lapse restrictions shall automatically be deemed exercisable or otherwise vested or no longer subject to lapse restrictions, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to such Change of Control and (ii) the Committee may (subject to Section 18), but shall not be obligated to, (A) accelerate, vest or cause the restrictions to lapse with respect to all or any portion of an Award, (B) cancel such Awards for fair value (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) which, in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, may equal the excess, if any, of value of the consideration to be paid in the Change of Control transaction to holders of the same number of Shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (or, if no consideration is paid in any such transaction, the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights) over the aggregate exercise price of such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, (C) provide for the issuance, assumption, or replacement of such substitute Awards that will substantially preserve the otherwise applicable terms of any affected

6

Awards previously granted hereunder as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion whether by any successor or survivor Person, or a parent or Affiliate thereof, or (D) provide that for a period of at least 15 days prior to the Change of Control, such Awards shall be exercisable, to the extent applicable, as to all Shares subject thereto and the Committee may further provide that upon the occurrence of the Change of Control, such Awards shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

(c) After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 9, the number of Shares subject to each outstanding Award shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

10. No Right to Employment or Awards

The granting of an Award under the Plan shall impose no obligation on the Company or any Affiliate to continue the Employment of a Participant and shall not lessen or affect the Company’s or any Affiliate’s right to terminate the Employment of such Participant. No Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. No Award (or payments or amounts received in respect thereof) shall constitute compensation for purposes of determining any benefits under any benefit plan. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

11. Successors and Assigns

The Plan shall be binding on all successors and assigns of the Company and a Participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate, or any receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or representative of the Participant’s creditors.

12. Nontransferability of Awards

Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or determined by the Committee, an Award shall not be transferable or assignable by the Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An Award exercisable after the death of a Participant may be exercised by the legatees, personal representatives or distributees of the Participant.

13. Amendments or Termination

The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made, (a) without the approval of a majority of the shareholders of the Company, if such action would (except as is provided in Section 9 of the Plan), increase the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of the Plan or (b) without the consent of a Participant, if such action would materially diminish any of the rights of the Participant under any Award theretofore granted to such Participant under the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee may amend the Plan in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the granting of Awards meeting the requirements of the Code or other applicable laws (including, without limitation, to avoid adverse tax consequences to the Company or to Participants).

7

14. International Participants

With respect to Participants who reside or work outside the United States of America, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan or Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or an Affiliate.

15. Choice of Law

The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws.

16. Other Laws; Restrictions on Transfer of Shares

The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or other consideration under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Shares or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Act, as amended, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company or any Affiliates, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of the United States federal and any other applicable securities laws.

17. Effectiveness of the Plan

The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date, but all Awards granted prior to approval of the Plan by a majority of the stockholders of the Company shall be conditioned on approval of the Plan by a majority of the stockholders of the Company.

18. Section 409A of the Code

To the extent applicable, this Plan and Awards issued hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan or any Award agreements issued thereunder, no Award shall be granted, deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out or modified under this Plan in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon a Participant. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments in respect of any Award under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the relevant Award agreement, as the case may be, without causing the Participant holding such Award to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, consistent with the provisions of Section 4 above, the Company may take whatever actions the Committee determines necessary or appropriate to comply with, or exempt the Plan and Award agreement from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and other interpretive materials as may be issued after the Effective Date including, without limitation, (a) adopting such amendments to the Plan and Awards and appropriate policies and procedures, including amendments and policies with retroactive effect, that the Committee determines necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of

8

the benefits provided by the Plan and Awards hereunder and/or (b) taking such other actions as the Committee determines necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, which action may include, but is not limited to, delaying payment to a Participant who is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code until the first day following the six-month period beginning on the date of the Participant’s termination of Employment. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the provisions of this Section 18 in good faith; provided that none of the Company, the Committee, nor any employee, director or representative of the Company or of any of its Affiliates shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 18.

19. Miscellaneous

(a) Transfers and Leaves of Absence. For purposes of the Plan, unless the Committee determines otherwise: (i) a transfer of a Participant’s employment without an intervening period of separation among the Company and any Affiliate shall not be deemed a termination of employment, and (ii) a Participant who is granted in writing a leave of absence or who is entitled to a statutory leave of absence shall be deemed to have remained in the employ of the Company (and Affiliate) during such leave of absence.

(b) Right of Offset. The Company shall have the right to offset against its obligation to deliver Shares (or other property or cash) under the Plan or any Award Agreement any outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans, repayment obligations under any Awards or amounts repayable to the Company pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) that the Participant then owes to the Company and any amounts the Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement; provided, that the Participant is first offered the opportunity to pay cash for such outstanding amounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have no right to offset against its obligation to deliver Shares (or other property or cash) under the Plan, any Award Agreement or any non-qualified deferred compensation amounts if such offset would subject the Participant to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A in respect of an outstanding Award.

(c) Waiver of Claims. Each Participant who receives an Award recognizes and agrees that before being selected by the Committee to receive an Award he or she has no right to any benefits under such Award. Accordingly, in consideration of the Participant’s receipt of any Award hereunder, he or she expressly waives any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of any Award Agreement, any determination, action or omission hereunder or under any Award Agreement by the Committee, the Company or the Board, or any amendment to the Plan or any Award Agreement (other than an amendment to the Plan or an Award Agreement to which his or her consent is expressly required by the express terms of an Award Agreement).

(d) Nature of Payments. Any and all grants of Awards and deliveries of cash, securities or other property under the Plan shall be in consideration of services performed or to be performed for the Company by the Participant. Awards under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made in substitution in whole or in part for cash or other compensation otherwise payable to a Participant. Only whole Shares shall be delivered under the Plan. Awards shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, be aggregated in order to

9

eliminate any fractional shares. Fractional shares may, in the discretion of the Committee, be forfeited or be settled in cash or otherwise as the Committee may determine. All grants and deliveries of Shares, cash, securities or other property under the Plan shall constitute a special discretionary incentive payment to the Participant and shall not be required to be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participant for the purpose of determining any contributions to or any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance, severance or other benefit plan of the Company or under any agreement with the Participant, unless the Company specifically provides otherwise.

(e) Shares Covered by Plan. For purposes of Section 3, a Share will be considered to be “covered by” the Plan if (i) if it is available for issuance pursuant to the Plan but is not subject to an outstanding award or (ii) it is subject to an outstanding Award. For purposes of Section 3, (A) an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that has been granted under the Plan will be considered to be an “outstanding” Award until is it exercised or otherwise terminates or expires by its terms, (B) a Share that has been granted as an Award under the Plan that is subject to vesting conditions will be considered an “outstanding” Award until the vesting conditions have been satisfied or the Award otherwise terminates or expires unvested by its terms and (C) any Award other than an Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Share that is subject to vesting conditions will be considered to be an “outstanding” award until it has been settled.

(f) Non-Uniform Determinations. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan and Award Agreements need not be uniform and any such determinations may be made by it selectively among Persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan (whether or not such Persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations under Award Agreements, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to (i) the Persons to receive Awards, (ii) the terms and provisions of Awards and (iii) whether a Participant’s employment has been terminated for purposes of the Plan.

(g) No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, neither the Plan nor any Award Agreement shall confer on any Person other than the Company and the Participant receiving any Award any rights or remedies thereunder.

(h) Other Payments or Awards. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company from making any award or payment to any Person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect.

(i) Plan Headings. The headings in the Plan are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.

(j) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of the Plan shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but the Plan shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

10

(k) Participant Representations. The Company may require a Plan Participant, as a condition to the grant or exercise of, or acquisition of stock under, any Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (A) to give written representations satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters, and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters, and to give written representations satisfactory to the Company that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Option or Stock Appreciation Right; (B) to give written representations satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring the stock subject to the Option or Stock Appreciation Right for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the stock; and (C) to give such other written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel. The foregoing requirements, and any representations given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of stock under the applicable Option or Stock Appreciation Right has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the stock.

11

EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

Execution Version

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of May 7, 2010 by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Centerbridge”), Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Centerbridge SBS”), Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Centerbridge Strategic” and, collectively with Centerbridge and Centerbridge SBS, the “Centerbridge Purchasers”), AFOS Equity LLC (the “McKinsey Purchaser”), Black Diamond Partners LLC, JJ Bark LLC and Tribeca Investments LLC (the “Boxer Purchasers” and, together with the McKinsey Purchaser and the Centerbridge Purchasers, the “Purchasers”).

WHEREAS, the Company, American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Target”), C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and the other parties thereto have entered into a Contribution and Merger Agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), dated as of March 22, 2010, pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indirectly acquire all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Company;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers desire to subscribe for and purchase, an aggregate of 7,730,600.5467 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (collectively, the “Securities”), on the terms set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the Company is party to a certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010 (the “Stockholders Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Centerbridge Purchasers and the other parties thereto in order to, among other things, set forth certain rights of the holders of Common Stock;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Purchase of the Securities

1.1 Purchase of the Securities. Subject to the terms set forth herein, the Company agrees to sell to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, on the Closing Date (as defined below), the portion of the Securities set forth on the signature page executed by such Purchaser.

1.2 Closing. The sale of the Securities referred to in Section 1.1 (the “Closing”) shall take place at 10:00 A.M. at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Ave., New York, NY 10017, on the date hereof. Such date is herein referred to as the “Closing Date”.

1.3 Total Purchase Price. In full consideration for the purchase by each Purchaser of its portion of the Securities, each Purchaser shall pay to the Company, at the Closing, the amount set forth on the signature page executed by such Purchaser. Such amount shall be payable by wire transfer of funds to an account specified by the Company in writing to each Purchaser not later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date; provided, however, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the purchase price payable by the McKinsey Purchaser shall be paid to the Company by offsetting fees payable to McKinsey & Co. by the Company in the aggregate amount of $500,000.

Section 2. Purchaser Representations and Warranties; Restrictions on Transfer or Sale of the Securities

2.1 Each Purchaser represents and warrants that it is acquiring the Securities for its own account and is not acquiring the Securities with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution of the Securities in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (as amended, the “Securities Act”) or any securities laws applicable to such Purchaser. Each Purchaser understands that the Securities purchased by it pursuant to this Agreement have not been registered or qualified for distribution under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state by reason of specific exemptions under the provisions thereof which depend in part upon the investment intent of such Purchaser and upon the other representations made by such Purchaser in this Agreement. Each Purchaser understands that the Company is relying upon the representations, warranties and agreements made by such Purchaser in this Agreement.

2.2 Each Purchaser understands that it may not sell or transfer any Securities purchased by it pursuant to this Agreement except in accordance with the registration and prospectus requirements of the Securities Act and of any applicable state or province or “blue sky” securities laws or regulations or an exemption from such registration or prospectus requirements or regulations. Each Purchaser further understands that, except as set forth in the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, the Company has no obligation or present intention of so registering the Securities, and that there is no assurance that any exemption from registration under the Securities Act and any applicable state or province or “blue sky” securities laws or regulations will be available, or if available, that such exemption will allow such Purchaser to dispose of or otherwise transfer any or all of the Securities in the amounts or at the times that such Purchaser may propose.

2.3 Each Purchaser understands that any sale or transfer of any Securities purchased by it pursuant to this Agreement is subject to the restrictions on such sale or transfer contained in the Stockholders’ Agreement and that the certificates evidencing the Securities, if any, will bear the restrictive legends provided for in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

2.4 Each Purchaser (a) has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the transactions referred to in Section 1.1 hereof, (b) fully understands the nature, scope and duration of the limitations applicable to the Securities and (c) is able to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Securities.

2

2.5 Each Purchaser represents that it is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act, as provided on Annex I hereto.

2.6 Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, each Purchaser makes no other representation or warranty with respect to itself, and each Purchaser disclaims any other representations or warranties, and the Company hereby acknowledges the foregoing.

Section 3. Company Representations and Warranties

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser as follows:

(a) Incorporation. The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing and is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with all requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted.

(b) Qualification and Good Standing. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the character of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

(c) Authority. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement and the issuance of the Securities have each been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, indemnity, contribution or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether the issue of enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(d) Securities Validly Issued. Upon payment therefor, the Securities will be legally and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(e) No Conflicts. Neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement nor compliance by the Company with the terms and provisions hereof (i) will contravene any provision of any law, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) will conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any lien upon

3

any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, credit agreement or loan agreement, or any other agreement, contract or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets are bound or to which it may be, (iii) will violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iv) require the consent of or filing with any Government Entity except for breaches, conflicts or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Capitalization. After giving effect to the issuance of the Securities hereunder and the issuance of 71,395.4014 shares of Common Stock to certain employees of the Company pursuant to the management equity offering, the authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of 11,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value at $0.01 per share, of which 8,709,458.5671 shares of Common Stock will be issued and outstanding. Other than as provided in the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement and the rights held by certain key members of the management of the Company and its subsidiaries to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Other Stock-Based Award Agreements granted under the 2010 C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, there are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock, agreements or other obligations of the Company to issue Common Stock, other rights to convert any obligation into, or exchange any securities for, or preemptive or other similar rights with respect to, Common Stock.

Exemption from Registration. Assuming the representations and warranties of each Purchaser contained in Section 2 are true and correct, the offer, initial sale and issuance of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement are exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(g) Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, the Company makes no other representation or warranty with respect to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or its business, and the Company disclaims any other representations or warranties, whether made by the Company, any affiliate of the Company or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives, and each Purchaser hereby acknowledges the foregoing, and that such Purchaser is not relying on any representations and warranties other than those expressly set forth herein.

4

Section 4. Purchasers’ Conditions to Closing

The obligations of each Purchaser to purchase and pay for its portion of the Securities to be sold to such Purchaser at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment or waiver, prior to or at the Closing, of the following conditions:

4.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company shall be true and correct in all material respects.

Section 5. Company’s Conditions to Closing

The obligations of the Company to issue and sell the Securities to each Purchaser at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment or waiver, prior to or at the Closing, of the following conditions:

5.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of such Purchaser shall be true and correct in all material respects.

Section 6. Miscellaneous

6.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior arrangements or understandings (whether written or oral) with respect thereto.

6.2 Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties, any number of counterparts of this Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto and each such executed counterpart shall be deemed to be an original instrument.

6.3 Notices. All notices and other communications provided for herein and all legal process in regard hereto shall be validly given, made or served, if in writing and delivered by personal delivery, overnight courier, telecopier or registered or certified mail, return-receipt requested and postage prepaid addressed as follows:

If to the Company, to:

C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

c/o Centerbridge Capital Partners

375 Park Ave. 12^th Flr.

New York, NY 10152

With a copy to:

Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

375 Park Avenue, 12th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Facsimile: (212) 672-5001

Attention: Steven M. Silver

Jared S. Hendricks

5

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Ave.

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Caroline B. Gottschalk, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 455-2502

If to a Purchaser, to the address set forth on the signature page executed by such Purchaser, or if not set forth on such signature page, then to the address contained in the books and records of the Company, or to such other address as any such Purchaser may, from time to time, designate in writing to the Company. Any such communication shall be deemed to be given, made or served as of the date so delivered or, in the case of any communication delivered by mail, as of the date so received.

6.4 Termination; Survival. This Agreement will terminate at the earlier of (a) the Closing Date and (b) the termination of the Merger Agreement.

6.5 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State.

*  *  *

6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and each Purchaser have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name: Jared S. Hendricks
	Title: Co-President

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.
By:	Centerbridge Associates, L.P.,
	its general partner
By:	Centerbridge GP Investors, LLC,
	its general partner
By:	/s/ Steven M. Silver
	Name: Steven M. Silver
	Title: Authorized Person

Securities Purchased	Purchase Price
7,378,602	$	154,950,639.06

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS SBS, L.P.
	By:	Centerbridge Associates, L.P.,
		its general partner
	By:	Centerbridge GP Investors, LLC,
		its general partner
	By:	/s/ Steven M. Silver
		Name: Steven M. Silver
		Title: Authorized Person

Securities Purchased	Purchase Price
86,589	$	1,818,372.10

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS     STRATEGIC, L.P.
By:	Centerbridge Associates, L.P.,
	its general partner
By:	Centerbridge GP Investors, LLC,
	its general partner
By:	/s/ Steven M. Silver
	Name: Steven M. Silver
	Title: Authorized Person

Securities Purchased	Purchase Price
227,314	$	4,773,600.32

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

AFOS EQUITY LLC
By:	/s/ Brian M. Feuer
	Name: Brian M. Feuer
	Title:   Portfolio Manager

Securities Purchased	Purchase Price
23,810	$	500,000

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

BLACK DIAMOND PARTNERS LLC
By:	/s/ Michael Boxer
Name: Michael Boxer
Title: Managing Member

Securities Purchased	Purchase Price
11,905	$	250,000

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

JJ BARK LLC
By:	/s/ Michael Boxer
Name: Michael Boxer
Title: Managing Member

Securities Purchased	Purchase Price
1190	$	25,000

TRIBECA INVESTMENTS LLC
By:	/s/ Michael Boxer
Name: Michael Boxer
Title: Managing Member

Securities Purchased	Purchase Price
1190	$	25,000

EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, dated as March 22, 2010 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and the stockholder named on the signature page hereto (the “Rollover Stockholder”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, Holdings has entered into the Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“Intermediate Holdings”), C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Intermediate Holdings (“Merger Sub”), American Renal Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), certain stockholders of the Company parties thereto and Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder has executed a Joinder to Stockholders Agreement, simultaneously herewith, pursuant to which the Rollover Stockholder will become a party to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. (“Centerbridge”), certain affiliates of Centerbridge, and certain other stockholders parties thereto (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, “Stockholders Agreement”), as an Employee Stockholder (as defined therein);

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder desires to rollover certain shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Preferred Stock”) in exchange for the issuance by Holdings to the Rollover Stockholder of an amount of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdings (“Holdings Common Stock”) as determined in accordance with this Agreement and the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder intend that the contribution of Rollover Shares to Holdings by the Rollover Stockholder and the equity contributions to Holdings by the Investors will be treated as a tax-free contribution to Holdings under IRC Section 351 for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to make certain agreements, representations, warranties and covenants in connection with the contributions contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions as hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

I CONTRIBUTION

1.1. Rollover. Subject to Section 1.3 of this Agreement and Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, at the Rollover Closing (as defined below), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and the Merger Agreement, the Rollover Stockholder hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Rollover Stockholder will not receive any cash consideration at the Effective Time of the Merger

with respect to their shares of Preferred Stock identified in the Merger Agreement with respect to such Rollover Stockholder as Preferred Rollover Shares (the “Rollover Shares”), and instead the Rollover Stockholder will contribute to Holdings its Rollover Shares in exchange and as the total consideration for the issuance by Holdings to such Rollover Stockholder of a number of shares of Holdings Common Stock as calculated pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement (such shares of Holdings Common Stock, the “Holdings Rollover Shares”).

1.2. Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties Hereunder. The obligations of Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Holdings and/or the Company, as applicable, of all of the conditions to the consummation of the Merger as set forth in the Merger Agreement. Upon the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Rollover Closing”) will occur immediately prior to (but subject to the consummation of) the Effective Time.

1.3. Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if, at any time prior to the Rollover Closing, the Merger Agreement shall have been terminated for any reason by any of the parties thereto. In the event of any termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 1.3, this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no further force or effect (except for this Section 1.3 and Article IV) and there shall be no liability on the part of any parties hereto or their respective officers or directors. Upon such termination, if any Rollover Stockholder has already delivered certificates representing Rollover Shares as directed in Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, then Holdings shall cause to be returned immediately to the Rollover Stockholder such certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be relieved from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement.

1.4. Legends. Each outstanding certificate, if any, representing Holdings Rollover Shares shall bear the legends required by the Stockholders Agreement.

II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1. Representations and Warranties of the Rollover Stockholder. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants to Holdings and the Company that:

(a) The Rollover Stockholder is competent to, and has sufficient capacity to, execute and deliver this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and to perform the Rollover Stockholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Rollover Stockholder and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other parties thereto, as applicable, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Rollover Stockholder, enforceable against the Rollover Stockholder in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Rollover Stockholder of this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and the consummation by the Rollover Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby does not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, (i) violate the provisions of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; (ii) violate any judgment, decree, order or award of any court, governmental or quasi-governmental agency or arbitrator applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; or (iii) result in any breach of any terms or conditions, or constitute a default under, any material contract, agreement or instrument to which the Rollover Stockholder is a party or by which the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets are bound.

(c) As of the date hereof and on the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder holds of record and beneficially owns the Rollover Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances. On the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder will not be a party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other contract or commitment (other than this Agreement) that could require, or restrict or impair the ability of, the Rollover Stockholder to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of the Company.

(d) Spousal Consent. To the extent the Rollover Stockholder is married on the date hereof or on the date of Rollover Closing, the spouse of such Rollover Stockholder has executed and delivered to Holdings the Spousal Consent in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1.

(e) Holdings Rollover Shares Unregistered. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and represents that the Rollover Stockholder has been advised by Holdings that:

(i) the offer and exchange of the Holdings Rollover Shares not been registered under the Securities Act;

(ii) Holdings Rollover Shares must be held indefinitely and the Rollover Stockholder must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares unless the offer and sale of such Holdings Rollover Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available;

(iii) there is no established market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares in the foreseeable future; and

(iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of Holdings indicating that the Holdings Rollover Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if Holdings should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Holdings Rollover Shares.

(f) Additional Investment Representations. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that:

(i) the Rollover Stockholder’s financial situation is such that the Rollover Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Holdings Rollover Shares for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for the Rollover Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(ii) the Rollover Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Rollover Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(iii) the Rollover Stockholder understands that the Holdings Rollover Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment therein, there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Holdings

Rollover Shares and, on the date of the Rollover Closing and for an indefinite period following such date, there will be no public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for the Rollover Stockholder to liquidate the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in case of emergency, if at all;

(iv) the Rollover Stockholder has been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, Holdings and its representatives concerning Holdings and its subsidiaries, the Merger, Holdings’ organizational documents and the terms and conditions of the purchase of Holdings Rollover Shares and to obtain any additional information which the Rollover Stockholder deems necessary;

(v) the Rollover Stockholder understands that after consummation of the Rollover Closing and the Effective Time, the consolidated total Indebtedness of Holdings and its subsidiaries (including the Company) will be significantly greater than the consolidated total Indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date; and

(vi) the Rollover Stockholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (unless otherwise indicated on the signature page hereto).

(g) Transaction Fee and Advisory Services Agreement. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that the Rollover Stockholder (i) has been advised by Holdings, that Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. and/or its Affiliates will enter into a transaction fee and advisory services agreement (the “Transaction and Advisory Agreement”) with Holdings and certain of its Affiliates (the “Company Parties”) providing for the payment of certain advisory, monitoring, transactional, oversight and similar fees and expenses to and indemnification of the Advisor (as defined in the Transaction and Advisory Agreement) by the Company Parties and (ii) waives any right such Rollover Stockholder may have to approve, or to claim any damages with respect to, the entry by the Company Parties into the Transaction and Advisory Agreement or the performance by the Company Parties of their obligations thereunder.

III OTHER COVENANTS

3.1. Merger Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that Holdings will have sole discretion with respect to determining whether the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement have been satisfied or waived by the appropriate parties thereto. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that neither Holdings nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives or affiliates will have any liability or obligation to the Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity resulting from or arising out of any termination of the Merger Agreement or any failure to complete the Merger or any breach of the Merger Agreement by Holdings or any other party thereto.

3.2. Agreement to Cooperate; Further Assurances. The Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable and reasonably requested by Holdings to consummate and make effective the contribution of Rollover Shares contemplated hereby.

3.3. Tax Treatment. Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder agree to use their reasonable best efforts to treat the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with IRC Section 351 and report the transaction in a manner consistent with such treatment.

IV MISCELLANEOUS

4.1. Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed given only if delivered to such party personally or sent to such party by pdf or other electronic transmission (promptly followed by a hard-copy) or three days after being sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, addressed as follows to Holdings or the Rollover Stockholder, as applicable, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the parties hereto:

(a) If to Holdings, to it at the following address:

C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

c/o Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

375 Park Avenue, 12^th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attention: Steven M. Silver

                 Jared S. Hendricks

Tel: (212) 672-5000

Fax: (212) 672-5001

with a copy to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Caroline B. Gottschalk

                 Gregory Grogan

Tel: (212) 455-2000

Fax: (212) 455-2502

(b) If to the Rollover Stockholder, to the address for notice set forth on the signature page hereof.

4.2. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws, provisions or rules that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. Any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought solely in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware; provided, that if (and only after) such courts determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware;

provided, further, that if (and only after) both the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not bring or support any action, cause of action, claim, cross-claim or third-party claim of any kind or description, whether in law or in equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Financing Parties in any way relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to any dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Debt Commitment Letter or the performance thereof, in any forum other than the federal and New York State courts located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (and appellate courts thereof). By executing and delivering this Agreement, the parties irrevocably: (i) accept generally and unconditionally the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of these courts; (ii) waive any objections which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement brought in the courts referred to in clause (i) above and hereby further irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that such action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum; (iii) agree that service of all process in any such action in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with this Agreement; and (iv) agree that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such action in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect.

4.3. Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE TRANSACTIONS.

(b) THE SCOPE OF THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, ARE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS TRANSACTION, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

4.4. Successors and Assigns. All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors.

4.5. Limitation on Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto. Any assignment or delegation in derogation of this provision shall be null and void.

4.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or pdf, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.7. Interpretation. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

4.8. Survival. The representations and warranties contained herein will survive the Rollover Closing.

4.9. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, modification or supplement to the Agreement shall be enforced against any party unless such amendment, modification or supplement is in writing and signed by Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein. Any waiver by any party of any term of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other term of this Agreement.

4.10. Integration. This Agreement, the Merger Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to this subject matter. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement.

4.11. Severability. Should any part of this Agreement for any reason be declared invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion, which remaining portion shall remain in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portion thereof eliminated, and it is hereby declared the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including therein any such part or parts which may, for any reason, be hereafter declared invalid.

4.12. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

ROLLOVER STOCKHOLDER

/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci

Name: Joseph A. Carlucci

PREFERRED STOCK	PREFERRED ROLLOVER VALUE		TOTAL ROLLOVER VALUE
	$	6,000,000	$	6,000,000

I am an “accredited investor”

within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

SCHEDULE 1

SPOUSAL CONSENT

In consideration of the execution of the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and Joseph A. Carlucci, an individual (the “Rollover Stockholder”), I, Mary F. Carlucci, the spouse of the Rollover Stockholder, do hereby join with my spouse in executing the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement and do hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and provisions thereof in lieu of all other interests I may have in the Rollover Shares (as defined in the Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement) subject thereto, whether the interest may be community property or otherwise.

Dated as of 3/22/2010	/s/    Mary F. Carlucci
	Name: Mary F. Carlucci

[Spousal Consent to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of March 22, 2010 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and the stockholder named on the signature page hereto (the “Rollover Stockholder”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, Holdings has entered into the Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“Intermediate Holdings”), C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Intermediate Holdings (“Merger Sub”), American Renal Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), certain stockholders of the Company parties thereto and Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder has executed a Joinder to Stockholders Agreement, simultaneously herewith, pursuant to which the Rollover Stockholder will become a party to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. (“Centerbridge”), certain affiliates of Centerbridge, and certain other stockholders parties thereto (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, “Stockholders Agreement”), as an Employee Stockholder (as defined therein);

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder desires to rollover certain shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Preferred Stock”) in exchange for the issuance by Holdings to the Rollover Stockholder of an amount of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdings (“Holdings Common Stock”) as determined in accordance with this Agreement and the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder intend that the contribution of Rollover Shares to Holdings by the Rollover Stockholder and the equity contributions to Holdings by the Investors will be treated as a tax-free contribution to Holdings under IRC Section 351 for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to make certain agreements, representations, warranties and covenants in connection with the contributions contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions as hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

I CONTRIBUTION

1.1. Rollover. Subject to Section 1.3 of this Agreement and Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, at the Rollover Closing (as defined below), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and the Merger Agreement, the Rollover Stockholder hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Rollover Stockholder will not receive any cash consideration at the Effective Time of the Merger

with respect to their shares of Preferred Stock identified in the Merger Agreement with respect to such Rollover Stockholder as Preferred Rollover Shares (the “Rollover Shares”), and instead the Rollover Stockholder will contribute to Holdings its Rollover Shares in exchange and as the total consideration for the issuance by Holdings to such Rollover Stockholder of a number of shares of Holdings Common Stock as calculated pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement (such shares of Holdings Common Stock, the “Holdings Rollover Shares”).

1.2. Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties Hereunder. The obligations of Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Holdings and/or the Company, as applicable, of all of the conditions to the consummation of the Merger as set forth in the Merger Agreement. Upon the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Rollover Closing”) will occur immediately prior to (but subject to the consummation of) the Effective Time.

1.3. Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if, at any time prior to the Rollover Closing, the Merger Agreement shall have been terminated for any reason by any of the parties thereto. In the event of any termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 1.3, this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no further force or effect (except for this Section 1.3 and Article IV) and there shall be no liability on the part of any parties hereto or their respective officers or directors. Upon such termination, if any Rollover Stockholder has already delivered certificates representing Rollover Shares as directed in Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, then Holdings shall cause to be returned immediately to the Rollover Stockholder such certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be relieved from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement.

1.4. Legends. Each outstanding certificate, if any, representing Holdings Rollover Shares shall bear the legends required by the Stockholders Agreement.

II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1. Representations and Warranties of the Rollover Stockholder. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants to Holdings and the Company that:

(a) The Rollover Stockholder is competent to, and has sufficient capacity to, execute and deliver this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and to perform the Rollover Stockholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Rollover Stockholder and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other parties thereto, as applicable, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Rollover Stockholder, enforceable against the Rollover Stockholder in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Rollover Stockholder of this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and the consummation by the Rollover Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby does not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, (i) violate the provisions of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; (ii) violate any judgment, decree, order or award of any court, governmental or quasi-governmental agency or arbitrator applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; or (iii) result in any breach of any terms or conditions, or constitute a default under, any material contract, agreement or instrument to which the Rollover Stockholder is a party or by which the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets are bound.

(c) As of the date hereof and on the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder holds of record and beneficially owns the Rollover Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances. On the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder will not be a party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other contract or commitment (other than this Agreement) that could require, or restrict or impair the ability of, the Rollover Stockholder to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of the Company.

(d) Spousal Consent. To the extent the Rollover Stockholder is married on the date hereof or on the date of Rollover Closing, the spouse of such Rollover Stockholder has executed and delivered to Holdings the Spousal Consent in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1.

(e) Holdings Rollover Shares Unregistered. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and represents that the Rollover Stockholder has been advised by Holdings that:

(i) the offer and exchange of the Holdings Rollover Shares not been registered under the Securities Act;

(ii) Holdings Rollover Shares must be held indefinitely and the Rollover Stockholder must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares unless the offer and sale of such Holdings Rollover Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available;

(iii) there is no established market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares in the foreseeable future; and

(iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of Holdings indicating that the Holdings Rollover Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if Holdings should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Holdings Rollover Shares.

(f) Additional Investment Representations. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that:

(i) the Rollover Stockholder’s financial situation is such that the Rollover Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Holdings Rollover Shares for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for the Rollover Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(ii) the Rollover Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Rollover Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(iii) the Rollover Stockholder understands that the Holdings Rollover Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment therein, there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Holdings

Rollover Shares and, on the date of the Rollover Closing and for an indefinite period following such date, there will be no public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for the Rollover Stockholder to liquidate the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in case of emergency, if at all;

(iv) the Rollover Stockholder has been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, Holdings and its representatives concerning Holdings and its subsidiaries, the Merger, Holdings’ organizational documents and the terms and conditions of the purchase of Holdings Rollover Shares and to obtain any additional information which the Rollover Stockholder deems necessary;

(v) the Rollover Stockholder understands that after consummation of the Rollover Closing and the Effective Time, the consolidated total Indebtedness of Holdings and its subsidiaries (including the Company) will be significantly greater than the consolidated total Indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date; and

(vi) the Rollover Stockholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (unless otherwise indicated on the signature page hereto).

(g) Transaction Fee and Advisory Services Agreement. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that the Rollover Stockholder (i) has been advised by Holdings, that Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. and/or its Affiliates will enter into a transaction fee and advisory services agreement (the “Transaction and Advisory Agreement”) with Holdings and certain of its Affiliates (the “Company Parties”) providing for the payment of certain advisory, monitoring, transactional, oversight and similar fees and expenses to and indemnification of the Advisor (as defined in the Transaction and Advisory Agreement) by the Company Parties and (ii) waives any right such Rollover Stockholder may have to approve, or to claim any damages with respect to, the entry by the Company Parties into the Transaction and Advisory Agreement or the performance by the Company Parties of their obligations thereunder.

III OTHER COVENANTS

3.1. Merger Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that Holdings will have sole discretion with respect to determining whether the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement have been satisfied or waived by the appropriate parties thereto. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that neither Holdings nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives or affiliates will have any liability or obligation to the Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity resulting from or arising out of any termination of the Merger Agreement or any failure to complete the Merger or any breach of the Merger Agreement by Holdings or any other party thereto.

3.2. Agreement to Cooperate; Further Assurances. The Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable and reasonably requested by Holdings to consummate and make effective the contribution of Rollover Shares contemplated hereby.

3.3. Tax Treatment. Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder agree to use their reasonable best efforts to treat the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with IRC Section 351 and report the transaction in a manner consistent with such treatment.

IV MISCELLANEOUS

4.1. Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed given only if delivered to such party personally or sent to such party by pdf or other electronic transmission (promptly followed by a hard-copy) or three days after being sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, addressed as follows to Holdings or the Rollover Stockholder, as applicable, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the parties hereto:

(a) If to Holdings, to it at the following address:

C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

c/o Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

375 Park Avenue, 12^th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attention: Steven M. Silver

                 Jared S. Hendricks

Tel: (212) 672-5000

Fax: (212) 672-5001

with a copy to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Caroline B. Gottschalk

                 Gregory Grogan

Tel: (212) 455-2000

Fax: (212) 455-2502

(b) If to the Rollover Stockholder, to the address for notice set forth on the signature page hereof.

4.2. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws, provisions or rules that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. Any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought solely in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware; provided, that if (and only after) such courts determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware;

provided, further, that if (and only after) both the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not bring or support any action, cause of action, claim, cross-claim or third-party claim of any kind or description, whether in law or in equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Financing Parties in any way relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to any dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Debt Commitment Letter or the performance thereof, in any forum other than the federal and New York State courts located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (and appellate courts thereof). By executing and delivering this Agreement, the parties irrevocably: (i) accept generally and unconditionally the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of these courts; (ii) waive any objections which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement brought in the courts referred to in clause (i) above and hereby further irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that such action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum; (iii) agree that service of all process in any such action in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with this Agreement; and (iv) agree that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such action in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect.

4.3. Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE TRANSACTIONS.

(b) THE SCOPE OF THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, ARE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS TRANSACTION, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

4.4. Successors and Assigns. All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors.

4.5. Limitation on Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto. Any assignment or delegation in derogation of this provision shall be null and void.

4.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or pdf, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.7. Interpretation. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

4.8. Survival. The representations and warranties contained herein will survive the Rollover Closing.

4.9. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, modification or supplement to the Agreement shall be enforced against any party unless such amendment, modification or supplement is in writing and signed by Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein. Any waiver by any party of any term of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other term of this Agreement.

4.10. Integration. This Agreement, the Merger Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to this subject matter. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement.

4.11. Severability. Should any part of this Agreement for any reason be declared invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion, which remaining portion shall remain in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portion thereof eliminated, and it is hereby declared the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including therein any such part or parts which may, for any reason, be hereafter declared invalid.

4.12. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

ROLLOVER STOCKHOLDER

/s/ Dale B. Demyanick

Name: Dale B. Demyanick

PREFERRED STOCK	PREFERRED ROLLOVER VALUE	TOTAL ROLLOVER VALUE
	$6,000,000 minus the Ford Common Rollover Value	$6,000,000 minus the Ford Common Rollover Value

I am an “accredited investor”

within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

SCHEDULE 1

CONSENT AND SPOUSAL CONSENT

In consideration of the execution of the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and each of the Christopher T. Ford 2008 Grantor Retained Authority Trust and Christopher T. Ford 2005 Grantor Retained Authority Trust (collectively, the “Trusts”), I, Christopher T. Ford and I, Debra L. Ford, the spouse of Christopher T. Ford, do hereby join with my spouse in executing the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement and do hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and provisions thereof in lieu of all other interests I may have in the Rollover Shares (as defined in the Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement) subject thereto, whether the interest may be community property or otherwise.

Dated as of 3/21, 2010	/s/ Christopher T. Ford
	Name: Christopher T. Ford

/s/ Debra L. Ford

Name: Debra L. Ford

[Consent and Spousal Consent to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of March 22, 2010 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and the stockholder named on the signature page hereto (the “Rollover Stockholder”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, Holdings has entered into the Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“Intermediate Holdings”), C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Intermediate Holdings (“Merger Sub”), American Renal Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), certain stockholders of the Company parties thereto and Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder has executed a Joinder to Stockholders Agreement, simultaneously herewith, pursuant to which the Rollover Stockholder will become a party to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. (“Centerbridge”), certain affiliates of Centerbridge, and certain other stockholders parties thereto (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, “Stockholders Agreement”), as an Employee Stockholder (as defined therein);

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder desires to rollover certain shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Preferred Stock”) in exchange for the issuance by Holdings to the Rollover Stockholder of an amount of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdings (“Holdings Common Stock”) as determined in accordance with this Agreement and the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder intend that the contribution of Rollover Shares to Holdings by the Rollover Stockholder and the equity contributions to Holdings by the Investors will be treated as a tax-free contribution to Holdings under IRC Section 351 for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to make certain agreements, representations, warranties and covenants in connection with the contributions contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions as hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

I CONTRIBUTION

1.1. Rollover. Subject to Section 1.3 of this Agreement and Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, at the Rollover Closing (as defined below), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and the Merger Agreement, the Rollover Stockholder hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Rollover Stockholder will not receive any cash consideration at the Effective Time of the Merger

with respect to their shares of Preferred Stock identified in the Merger Agreement with respect to such Rollover Stockholder as Preferred Rollover Shares (the “Rollover Shares”), and instead the Rollover Stockholder will contribute to Holdings its Rollover Shares in exchange and as the total consideration for the issuance by Holdings to such Rollover Stockholder of a number of shares of Holdings Common Stock as calculated pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement (such shares of Holdings Common Stock, the “Holdings Rollover Shares”).

1.2. Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties Hereunder. The obligations of Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Holdings and/or the Company, as applicable, of all of the conditions to the consummation of the Merger as set forth in the Merger Agreement. Upon the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Rollover Closing”) will occur immediately prior to (but subject to the consummation of) the Effective Time.

1.3. Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if, at any time prior to the Rollover Closing, the Merger Agreement shall have been terminated for any reason by any of the parties thereto. In the event of any termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 1.3, this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no further force or effect (except for this Section 1.3 and Article IV) and there shall be no liability on the part of any parties hereto or their respective officers or directors. Upon such termination, if any Rollover Stockholder has already delivered certificates representing Rollover Shares as directed in Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, then Holdings shall cause to be returned immediately to the Rollover Stockholder such certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be relieved from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement.

1.4. Legends. Each outstanding certificate, if any, representing Holdings Rollover Shares shall bear the legends required by the Stockholders Agreement.

II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1. Representations and Warranties of the Rollover Stockholder. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants to Holdings and the Company that:

(a) The Rollover Stockholder is competent to, and has sufficient capacity to, execute and deliver this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and to perform the Rollover Stockholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Rollover Stockholder and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other parties thereto, as applicable, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Rollover Stockholder, enforceable against the Rollover Stockholder in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Rollover Stockholder of this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and the consummation by the Rollover Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby does not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, (i) violate the provisions of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; (ii) violate any judgment, decree, order or award of any court, governmental or quasi-governmental agency or arbitrator applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; or (iii) result in any breach of any terms or conditions, or constitute a default under, any material contract, agreement or instrument to which the Rollover Stockholder is a party or by which the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets are bound.

(c) As of the date hereof and on the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder holds of record and beneficially owns the Rollover Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances. On the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder will not be a party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other contract or commitment (other than this Agreement) that could require, or restrict or impair the ability of, the Rollover Stockholder to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of the Company.

(d) Spousal Consent. To the extent the Rollover Stockholder is married on the date hereof or on the date of Rollover Closing, the spouse of such Rollover Stockholder has executed and delivered to Holdings the Spousal Consent in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1.

(e) Holdings Rollover Shares Unregistered. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and represents that the Rollover Stockholder has been advised by Holdings that:

(i) the offer and exchange of the Holdings Rollover Shares not been registered under the Securities Act;

(ii) Holdings Rollover Shares must be held indefinitely and the Rollover Stockholder must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares unless the offer and sale of such Holdings Rollover Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available;

(iii) there is no established market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares in the foreseeable future; and

(iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of Holdings indicating that the Holdings Rollover Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if Holdings should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Holdings Rollover Shares.

(f) Additional Investment Representations. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that:

(i) the Rollover Stockholder’s financial situation is such that the Rollover Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Holdings Rollover Shares for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for the Rollover Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(ii) the Rollover Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Rollover Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(iii) the Rollover Stockholder understands that the Holdings Rollover Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment therein, there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Holdings

Rollover Shares and, on the date of the Rollover Closing and for an indefinite period following such date, there will be no public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for the Rollover Stockholder to liquidate the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in case of emergency, if at all;

(iv) the Rollover Stockholder has been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, Holdings and its representatives concerning Holdings and its subsidiaries, the Merger, Holdings’ organizational documents and the terms and conditions of the purchase of Holdings Rollover Shares and to obtain any additional information which the Rollover Stockholder deems necessary;

(v) the Rollover Stockholder understands that after consummation of the Rollover Closing and the Effective Time, the consolidated total Indebtedness of Holdings and its subsidiaries (including the Company) will be significantly greater than the consolidated total Indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date; and

(vi) the Rollover Stockholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (unless otherwise indicated on the signature page hereto).

(g) Transaction Fee and Advisory Services Agreement. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that the Rollover Stockholder (i) has been advised by Holdings, that Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. and/or its Affiliates will enter into a transaction fee and advisory services agreement (the “Transaction and Advisory Agreement”) with Holdings and certain of its Affiliates (the “Company Parties”) providing for the payment of certain advisory, monitoring, transactional, oversight and similar fees and expenses to and indemnification of the Advisor (as defined in the Transaction and Advisory Agreement) by the Company Parties and (ii) waives any right such Rollover Stockholder may have to approve, or to claim any damages with respect to, the entry by the Company Parties into the Transaction and Advisory Agreement or the performance by the Company Parties of their obligations thereunder.

III OTHER COVENANTS

3.1. Merger Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that Holdings will have sole discretion with respect to determining whether the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement have been satisfied or waived by the appropriate parties thereto. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that neither Holdings nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives or affiliates will have any liability or obligation to the Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity resulting from or arising out of any termination of the Merger Agreement or any failure to complete the Merger or any breach of the Merger Agreement by Holdings or any other party thereto.

3.2. Agreement to Cooperate; Further Assurances. The Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable and reasonably requested by Holdings to consummate and make effective the contribution of Rollover Shares contemplated hereby.

3.3. Tax Treatment. Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder agree to use their reasonable best efforts to treat the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with IRC Section 351 and report the transaction in a manner consistent with such treatment.

IV MISCELLANEOUS

4.1. Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed given only if delivered to such party personally or sent to such party by pdf or other electronic transmission (promptly followed by a hard-copy) or three days after being sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, addressed as follows to Holdings or the Rollover Stockholder, as applicable, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the parties hereto:

(a) If to Holdings, to it at the following address:

C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

c/o Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

375 Park Avenue, 12^th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attention: Steven M. Silver

                 Jared S. Hendricks

Tel: (212) 672-5000

Fax: (212) 672-5001

with a copy to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Caroline B. Gottschalk

                 Gregory Grogan

Tel: (212) 455-2000

Fax: (212) 455-2502

(b) If to the Rollover Stockholder, to the address for notice set forth on the signature page hereof.

4.2. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws, provisions or rules that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. Any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought solely in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware; provided, that if (and only after) such courts determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware;

provided, further, that if (and only after) both the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not bring or support any action, cause of action, claim, cross-claim or third-party claim of any kind or description, whether in law or in equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Financing Parties in any way relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to any dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Debt Commitment Letter or the performance thereof, in any forum other than the federal and New York State courts located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (and appellate courts thereof). By executing and delivering this Agreement, the parties irrevocably: (i) accept generally and unconditionally the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of these courts; (ii) waive any objections which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement brought in the courts referred to in clause (i) above and hereby further irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that such action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum; (iii) agree that service of all process in any such action in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with this Agreement; and (iv) agree that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such action in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect.

4.3. Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE TRANSACTIONS.

(b) THE SCOPE OF THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, ARE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS TRANSACTION, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

4.4. Successors and Assigns. All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors.

4.5. Limitation on Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto. Any assignment or delegation in derogation of this provision shall be null and void.

4.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or pdf, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.7. Interpretation. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

4.8. Survival. The representations and warranties contained herein will survive the Rollover Closing.

4.9. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, modification or supplement to the Agreement shall be enforced against any party unless such amendment, modification or supplement is in writing and signed by Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein. Any waiver by any party of any term of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other term of this Agreement.

4.10. Integration. This Agreement, the Merger Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to this subject matter. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement.

4.11. Severability. Should any part of this Agreement for any reason be declared invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion, which remaining portion shall remain in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portion thereof eliminated, and it is hereby declared the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including therein any such part or parts which may, for any reason, be hereafter declared invalid.

4.12. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

ROLLOVER STOCKHOLDER

/s/ Dale B. Demyanick

Name: Dale B. Demyanick

PREFERRED STOCK	COMMON ROLLOVER VALUE	TOTAL ROLLOVER VALUE
	Ford Common Rollover  Value(1)	Ford Common Rollover Value(1)

(1) Effective immediately prior tot he Closing, the Christopher T. Ford 2005 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust shall exercise all of the Warrants held by it immediately prior to the Effective Time. The “Ford Common Rollover Value” shall equal (i) the Estimated Per Share Price Per Warrant multiplied by (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that issued to Christopher T. Ford 2005 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust upon the exercise of all Warrants held by it immediately prior to the Effective Time as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

I am an “accredited investor”

within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

SCHEDULE 1

CONSENT AND SPOUSAL CONSENT

In consideration of the execution of the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and each of the Christopher T. Ford 2008 Grantor Retained Authority Trust and Christopher T. Ford 2005 Grantor Retained Authority Trust (collectively, the “Trusts”), I, Christopher T. Ford and I, Debra L. Ford, the spouse of Christopher T. Ford, do hereby join with my spouse in executing the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement and do hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and provisions thereof in lieu of all other interests I may have in the Rollover Shares (as defined in the Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement) subject thereto, whether the interest may be community property or otherwise.

Dated as of 3/21, 2010	/s/ Christopher T. Ford
	Name: Christopher T. Ford

/s/ Debra L. Ford

Name: Debra L. Ford

[Consent and Spousal Consent to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of the date on the signature page hereto (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and the stockholder named on the signature page hereto (the “Rollover Stockholder”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, Holdings has entered into the Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“Intermediate Holdings”), C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Intermediate Holdings (“Merger Sub”), American Renal Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), certain stockholders of the Company parties thereto and Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder has executed a Joinder to Stockholders Agreement, simultaneously herewith, pursuant to which the Rollover Stockholder will become a party to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. (“Centerbridge”), certain affiliates of Centerbridge, and certain other stockholders parties thereto (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, “Stockholders Agreement”), as an Employee Stockholder (as defined therein);

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder desires to rollover certain shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Preferred Stock”) in exchange for the issuance by Holdings to the Rollover Stockholder of an amount of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdings (“Holdings Common Stock”) as determined in accordance with this Agreement and the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder intend that the contribution of Rollover Shares to Holdings by the Rollover Stockholder and the equity contributions to Holdings by the Investors will be treated as a tax-free contribution to Holdings under IRC Section 351 for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to make certain agreements, representations, warranties and covenants in connection with the contributions contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions as hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

I CONTRIBUTION

1.1. Rollover. Subject to Section 1.3 of this Agreement and Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, at the Rollover Closing (as defined below), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and the Merger Agreement, the Rollover Stockholder hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Rollover Stockholder will not receive any cash consideration at the Effective Time of the Merger

with respect to their shares of Preferred Stock identified in the Merger Agreement with respect to such Rollover Stockholder as Preferred Rollover Shares (the “Rollover Shares”), and instead the Rollover Stockholder will contribute to Holdings its Rollover Shares in exchange and as the total consideration for the issuance by Holdings to such Rollover Stockholder of a number of shares of Holdings Common Stock as calculated pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement (such shares of Holdings Common Stock, the “Holdings Rollover Shares”).

1.2. Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties Hereunder. The obligations of Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Holdings and/or the Company, as applicable, of all of the conditions to the consummation of the Merger as set forth in the Merger Agreement. Upon the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Rollover Closing”) will occur immediately prior to (but subject to the consummation of) the Effective Time.

1.3. Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if, at any time prior to the Rollover Closing, the Merger Agreement shall have been terminated for any reason by any of the parties thereto. In the event of any termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 1.3, this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no further force or effect (except for this Section 1.3 and Article IV) and there shall be no liability on the part of any parties hereto or their respective officers or directors. Upon such termination, if any Rollover Stockholder has already delivered certificates representing Rollover Shares as directed in Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, then Holdings shall cause to be returned immediately to the Rollover Stockholder such certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be relieved from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement.

1.4. Legends. Each outstanding certificate, if any, representing Holdings Rollover Shares shall bear the legends required by the Stockholders Agreement.

II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1. Representations and Warranties of the Rollover Stockholder. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants to Holdings and the Company that:

(a) The Rollover Stockholder is competent to, and has sufficient capacity to, execute and deliver this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and to perform the Rollover Stockholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Rollover Stockholder and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other parties thereto, as applicable, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Rollover Stockholder, enforceable against the Rollover Stockholder in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Rollover Stockholder of this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and the consummation by the Rollover Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby does not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, (i) violate the provisions of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; (ii) violate any judgment, decree, order or award of any court, governmental or quasi-governmental agency or arbitrator applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; or (iii) result in any breach of any terms or conditions, or constitute a default under, any material contract, agreement or instrument to which the Rollover Stockholder is a party or by which the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets are bound.

(c) As of the date hereof and on the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder holds of record and beneficially owns the Rollover Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances. On the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder will not be a party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other contract or commitment (other than this Agreement) that could require, or restrict or impair the ability of, the Rollover Stockholder to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of the Company.

(d) Spousal Consent. To the extent the Rollover Stockholder is married on the date hereof or on the date of Rollover Closing, the spouse of such Rollover Stockholder has executed and delivered to Holdings the Spousal Consent in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1.

(e) Holdings Rollover Shares Unregistered. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and represents that the Rollover Stockholder has been advised by Holdings that:

(i) the offer and exchange of the Holdings Rollover Shares not been registered under the Securities Act;

(ii) Holdings Rollover Shares must be held indefinitely and the Rollover Stockholder must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares unless the offer and sale of such Holdings Rollover Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available;

(iii) there is no established market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares in the foreseeable future; and

(iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of Holdings indicating that the Holdings Rollover Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if Holdings should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Holdings Rollover Shares.

(f) Additional Investment Representations. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that:

(i) the Rollover Stockholder’s financial situation is such that the Rollover Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Holdings Rollover Shares for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for the Rollover Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(ii) the Rollover Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Rollover Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(iii) the Rollover Stockholder understands that the Holdings Rollover Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment therein, there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Holdings

Rollover Shares and, on the date of the Rollover Closing and for an indefinite period following such date, there will be no public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for the Rollover Stockholder to liquidate the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in case of emergency, if at all;

(iv) the Rollover Stockholder has been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, Holdings and its representatives concerning Holdings and its subsidiaries, the Merger, Holdings’ organizational documents and the terms and conditions of the purchase of Holdings Rollover Shares and to obtain any additional information which the Rollover Stockholder deems necessary;

(v) the Rollover Stockholder understands that after consummation of the Rollover Closing and the Effective Time, the consolidated total Indebtedness of Holdings and its subsidiaries (including the Company) will be significantly greater than the consolidated total Indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date; and

(vi) the Rollover Stockholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (unless otherwise indicated on the signature page hereto).

(g) Transaction Fee and Advisory Services Agreement. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that the Rollover Stockholder (i) has been advised by Holdings, that Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. and/or its Affiliates will enter into a transaction fee and advisory services agreement (the “Transaction and Advisory Agreement”) with Holdings and certain of its Affiliates (the “Company Parties”) providing for the payment of certain advisory, monitoring, transactional, oversight and similar fees and expenses to and indemnification of the Advisor (as defined in the Transaction and Advisory Agreement) by the Company Parties and (ii) waives any right such Rollover Stockholder may have to approve, or to claim any damages with respect to, the entry by the Company Parties into the Transaction and Advisory Agreement or the performance by the Company Parties of their obligations thereunder.

III OTHER COVENANTS

3.1. Merger Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that Holdings will have sole discretion with respect to determining whether the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement have been satisfied or waived by the appropriate parties thereto. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that neither Holdings nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives or affiliates will have any liability or obligation to the Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity resulting from or arising out of any termination of the Merger Agreement or any failure to complete the Merger or any breach of the Merger Agreement by Holdings or any other party thereto.

3.2. Stockholders Agreement. The Rollover Stockholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that contemporaneously herewith such Rollover Stockholder has delivered a Joinder to Stockholders Agreement, and that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Stockholders Agreement, (i) the Rollover Stockholder will be treated as, and deemed to be, for all purposes therein, an “Employee Stockholder” as such term is used in the Stockholders Agreement and (ii) the term “Employment” shall mean, in respect of the Rollover Stockholder, (x) the ownership of equity securities of any subsidiary of Holdings (which subsidiary directly or indirectly provides medical services) or any clinic of the Company or (y) other affiliation as a “Medical Director” of any subsidiary of Holdings (which subsidiary directly or indirectly provides medical services) or any clinic of the Company.

3.3. Agreement to Cooperate; Further Assurances. The Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable and reasonably requested by Holdings to consummate and make effective the contribution of Rollover Shares contemplated hereby.

3.4. Tax Treatment. Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder agree to use their reasonable best efforts to treat the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with IRC Section 351 and report the transaction in a manner consistent with such treatment.

IV MISCELLANEOUS

4.1. Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed given only if delivered to such party personally or sent to such party by pdf or other electronic transmission (promptly followed by a hard-copy) or three days after being sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, addressed as follows to Holdings or the Rollover Stockholder, as applicable, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the parties hereto:

(a) If to Holdings, to it at the following address:

C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

c/o Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

375 Park Avenue, 12^th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attention: Steven M. Silver

                 Jared S. Hendricks

Tel: (212) 672-5000

Fax: (212) 672-5001

with a copy to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Caroline B. Gottschalk

                 Gregory Grogan

Tel: (212) 455-2000

Fax: (212) 455-2502

(b) If to the Rollover Stockholder, to the address for notice set forth on the signature page hereof.

4.2. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws, provisions or rules that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. Any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought solely in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware; provided, that if (and only after) such courts determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware;

provided, further, that if (and only after) both the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not bring or support any action, cause of action, claim, cross-claim or third-party claim of any kind or description, whether in law or in equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Financing Parties in any way relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to any dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Debt Commitment Letter or the performance thereof, in any forum other than the federal and New York State courts located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (and appellate courts thereof). By executing and delivering this Agreement, the parties irrevocably: (i) accept generally and unconditionally the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of these courts; (ii) waive any objections which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement brought in the courts referred to in clause (i) above and hereby further irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that such action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum; (iii) agree that service of all process in any such action in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with this Agreement; and (iv) agree that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such action in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect.

4.3. Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE TRANSACTIONS.

(b) THE SCOPE OF THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, ARE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS TRANSACTION, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

4.4. Successors and Assigns. All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors.

4.5. Limitation on Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto. Any assignment or delegation in derogation of this provision shall be null and void.

4.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or pdf, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.7. Interpretation. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

4.8. Survival. The representations and warranties contained herein will survive the Rollover Closing.

4.9. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, modification or supplement to the Agreement shall be enforced against any party unless such amendment, modification or supplement is in writing and signed by Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein. Any waiver by any party of any term of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other term of this Agreement.

4.10. Integration. This Agreement, the Merger Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to this subject matter. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement.

4.11. Severability. Should any part of this Agreement for any reason be declared invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion, which remaining portion shall remain in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portion thereof eliminated, and it is hereby declared the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including therein any such part or parts which may, for any reason, be hereafter declared invalid.

4.12. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

ROLLOVER STOCKHOLDER

/s/ Wesley V. Forgue

Name: Wesley V. Forgue

Dated as of April 30, 2010

PREFERRED STOCK	PREFERRED ROLLOVER VALUE		TOTAL ROLLOVER VALUE
	$	433,367.93	$	433,367.93

I am an “accredited investor”

within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

SCHEDULE 1

SPOUSAL CONSENT

In consideration of the execution of the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and Wesley V. Forgue, an individual (the “Rollover Stockholder”), I, James L. Forgue, the spouse of the Rollover Stockholder, do hereby join with my spouse in executing the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement and do hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and provisions thereof in lieu of all other interests I may have in the Rollover Shares (as defined in the Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement) subject thereto, whether the interest may be community property or otherwise.

Dated as of May 4, 2010	/s/ James L. Forgue
	Name: James L. Forgue

[Spousal Consent to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of the date on the signature page hereto (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and the stockholder named on the signature page hereto (the “Rollover Stockholder”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, Holdings has entered into the Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“Intermediate Holdings”), C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Intermediate Holdings (“Merger Sub”), American Renal Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), certain stockholders of the Company parties thereto and Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder has executed a Joinder to Stockholders Agreement, simultaneously herewith, pursuant to which the Rollover Stockholder will become a party to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. (“Centerbridge”), certain affiliates of Centerbridge, and certain other stockholders parties thereto (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, “Stockholders Agreement”), as an Employee Stockholder (as defined therein);

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder desires to rollover certain shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Preferred Stock”) in exchange for the issuance by Holdings to the Rollover Stockholder of an amount of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdings (“Holdings Common Stock”) as determined in accordance with this Agreement and the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder intend that the contribution of Rollover Shares to Holdings by the Rollover Stockholder and the equity contributions to Holdings by the Investors will be treated as a tax-free contribution to Holdings under IRC Section 351 for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to make certain agreements, representations, warranties and covenants in connection with the contributions contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions as hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

I CONTRIBUTION

1.1. Rollover. Subject to Section 1.3 of this Agreement and Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, at the Rollover Closing (as defined below), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and the Merger Agreement, the Rollover Stockholder hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Rollover Stockholder will not receive any cash consideration at the Effective Time of the Merger

with respect to their shares of Preferred Stock identified in the Merger Agreement with respect to such Rollover Stockholder as Preferred Rollover Shares (the “Rollover Shares”), and instead the Rollover Stockholder will contribute to Holdings its Rollover Shares in exchange and as the total consideration for the issuance by Holdings to such Rollover Stockholder of a number of shares of Holdings Common Stock as calculated pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement (such shares of Holdings Common Stock, the “Holdings Rollover Shares”).

1.2. Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties Hereunder. The obligations of Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Holdings and/or the Company, as applicable, of all of the conditions to the consummation of the Merger as set forth in the Merger Agreement. Upon the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Rollover Closing”) will occur immediately prior to (but subject to the consummation of) the Effective Time.

1.3. Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if, at any time prior to the Rollover Closing, the Merger Agreement shall have been terminated for any reason by any of the parties thereto. In the event of any termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 1.3, this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no further force or effect (except for this Section 1.3 and Article IV) and there shall be no liability on the part of any parties hereto or their respective officers or directors. Upon such termination, if any Rollover Stockholder has already delivered certificates representing Rollover Shares as directed in Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, then Holdings shall cause to be returned immediately to the Rollover Stockholder such certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be relieved from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement.

1.4. Legends. Each outstanding certificate, if any, representing Holdings Rollover Shares shall bear the legends required by the Stockholders Agreement.

II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1. Representations and Warranties of the Rollover Stockholder. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants to Holdings and the Company that:

(a) The Rollover Stockholder is competent to, and has sufficient capacity to, execute and deliver this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and to perform the Rollover Stockholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Rollover Stockholder and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other parties thereto, as applicable, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Rollover Stockholder, enforceable against the Rollover Stockholder in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Rollover Stockholder of this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and the consummation by the Rollover Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby does not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, (i) violate the provisions of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; (ii) violate any judgment, decree, order or award of any court, governmental or quasi-governmental agency or arbitrator applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; or (iii) result in any breach of any terms or conditions, or constitute a default under, any material contract, agreement or instrument to which the Rollover Stockholder is a party or by which the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets are bound.

(c) As of the date hereof and on the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder holds of record and beneficially owns the Rollover Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances. On the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder will not be a party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other contract or commitment (other than this Agreement) that could require, or restrict or impair the ability of, the Rollover Stockholder to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of the Company.

(d) Spousal Consent. To the extent the Rollover Stockholder is married on the date hereof or on the date of Rollover Closing, the spouse of such Rollover Stockholder has executed and delivered to Holdings the Spousal Consent in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1.

(e) Holdings Rollover Shares Unregistered. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and represents that the Rollover Stockholder has been advised by Holdings that:

(i) the offer and exchange of the Holdings Rollover Shares not been registered under the Securities Act;

(ii) Holdings Rollover Shares must be held indefinitely and the Rollover Stockholder must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares unless the offer and sale of such Holdings Rollover Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available;

(iii) there is no established market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares in the foreseeable future; and

(iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of Holdings indicating that the Holdings Rollover Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if Holdings should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Holdings Rollover Shares.

(f) Additional Investment Representations. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that:

(i) the Rollover Stockholder’s financial situation is such that the Rollover Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Holdings Rollover Shares for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for the Rollover Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(ii) the Rollover Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Rollover Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(iii) the Rollover Stockholder understands that the Holdings Rollover Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment therein, there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Holdings

Rollover Shares and, on the date of the Rollover Closing and for an indefinite period following such date, there will be no public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for the Rollover Stockholder to liquidate the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in case of emergency, if at all;

(iv) the Rollover Stockholder has been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, Holdings and its representatives concerning Holdings and its subsidiaries, the Merger, Holdings’ organizational documents and the terms and conditions of the purchase of Holdings Rollover Shares and to obtain any additional information which the Rollover Stockholder deems necessary;

(v) the Rollover Stockholder understands that after consummation of the Rollover Closing and the Effective Time, the consolidated total Indebtedness of Holdings and its subsidiaries (including the Company) will be significantly greater than the consolidated total Indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date; and

(vi) the Rollover Stockholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (unless otherwise indicated on the signature page hereto).

(g) Transaction Fee and Advisory Services Agreement. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that the Rollover Stockholder (i) has been advised by Holdings, that Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. and/or its Affiliates will enter into a transaction fee and advisory services agreement (the “Transaction and Advisory Agreement”) with Holdings and certain of its Affiliates (the “Company Parties”) providing for the payment of certain advisory, monitoring, transactional, oversight and similar fees and expenses to and indemnification of the Advisor (as defined in the Transaction and Advisory Agreement) by the Company Parties and (ii) waives any right such Rollover Stockholder may have to approve, or to claim any damages with respect to, the entry by the Company Parties into the Transaction and Advisory Agreement or the performance by the Company Parties of their obligations thereunder.

III OTHER COVENANTS

3.1. Merger Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that Holdings will have sole discretion with respect to determining whether the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement have been satisfied or waived by the appropriate parties thereto. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that neither Holdings nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives or affiliates will have any liability or obligation to the Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity resulting from or arising out of any termination of the Merger Agreement or any failure to complete the Merger or any breach of the Merger Agreement by Holdings or any other party thereto.

3.2. Stockholders Agreement. The Rollover Stockholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that contemporaneously herewith such Rollover Stockholder has delivered a Joinder to Stockholders Agreement, and that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Stockholders Agreement, (i) the Rollover Stockholder will be treated as, and deemed to be, for all purposes therein, an “Employee Stockholder” as such term is used in the Stockholders Agreement and (ii) the term “Employment” shall mean, in respect of the Rollover Stockholder, (x) the ownership of equity securities of any subsidiary of Holdings (which subsidiary directly or indirectly provides medical services) or any clinic of the Company or (y) other affiliation as a “Medical Director” of any subsidiary of Holdings (which subsidiary directly or indirectly provides medical services) or any clinic of the Company.

3.3. Agreement to Cooperate; Further Assurances. The Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable and reasonably requested by Holdings to consummate and make effective the contribution of Rollover Shares contemplated hereby.

3.4. Tax Treatment. Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder agree to use their reasonable best efforts to treat the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with IRC Section 351 and report the transaction in a manner consistent with such treatment.

IV MISCELLANEOUS

4.1. Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed given only if delivered to such party personally or sent to such party by pdf or other electronic transmission (promptly followed by a hard-copy) or three days after being sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, addressed as follows to Holdings or the Rollover Stockholder, as applicable, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the parties hereto:

(a) If to Holdings, to it at the following address:

C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

c/o Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

375 Park Avenue, 12^th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attention: Steven M. Silver

                 Jared S. Hendricks

Tel: (212) 672-5000

Fax: (212) 672-5001

with a copy to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Caroline B. Gottschalk

                 Gregory Grogan

Tel: (212) 455-2000

Fax: (212) 455-2502

(b) If to the Rollover Stockholder, to the address for notice set forth on the signature page hereof.

4.2. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws, provisions or rules that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. Any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought solely in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware; provided, that if (and only after) such courts determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware;

provided, further, that if (and only after) both the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not bring or support any action, cause of action, claim, cross-claim or third-party claim of any kind or description, whether in law or in equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Financing Parties in any way relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to any dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Debt Commitment Letter or the performance thereof, in any forum other than the federal and New York State courts located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (and appellate courts thereof). By executing and delivering this Agreement, the parties irrevocably: (i) accept generally and unconditionally the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of these courts; (ii) waive any objections which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement brought in the courts referred to in clause (i) above and hereby further irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that such action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum; (iii) agree that service of all process in any such action in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with this Agreement; and (iv) agree that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such action in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect.

4.3. Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE TRANSACTIONS.

(b) THE SCOPE OF THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, ARE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS TRANSACTION, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

4.4. Successors and Assigns. All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors.

4.5. Limitation on Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto. Any assignment or delegation in derogation of this provision shall be null and void.

4.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or pdf, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.7. Interpretation. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

4.8. Survival. The representations and warranties contained herein will survive the Rollover Closing.

4.9. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, modification or supplement to the Agreement shall be enforced against any party unless such amendment, modification or supplement is in writing and signed by Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein. Any waiver by any party of any term of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other term of this Agreement.

4.10. Integration. This Agreement, the Merger Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to this subject matter. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement.

4.11. Severability. Should any part of this Agreement for any reason be declared invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion, which remaining portion shall remain in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portion thereof eliminated, and it is hereby declared the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including therein any such part or parts which may, for any reason, be hereafter declared invalid.

4.12. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

ROLLOVER STOCKHOLDER

/s/ Syed T. Kamal

Name: Syed T. Kamal

PREFERRED STOCK	PREFERRED ROLLOVER VALUE		TOTAL ROLLOVER VALUE
	$	6,000,000	$	6,000,000

I am an “accredited investor”

within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

SCHEDULE 1

SPOUSAL CONSENT

In consideration of the execution of the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and Syed T. Kamal, an individual (the “Rollover Stockholder”), I, Vizra S. Kamal, the spouse of the Rollover Stockholder, do hereby join with my spouse in executing the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement and do hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and provisions thereof in lieu of all other interests I may have in the Rollover Shares (as defined in the Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement) subject thereto, whether the interest may be community property or otherwise.

Dated as of March 22, 2010	/s/ Vizra S. Kamal
	Name: Vizra S. Kamal

[Spousal Consent to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of March 22, 2010 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and the stockholder named on the signature page hereto (the “Rollover Stockholder”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, Holdings has entered into the Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“Intermediate Holdings”), C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Intermediate Holdings (“Merger Sub”), American Renal Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), certain stockholders of the Company parties thereto and Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder has executed a Joinder to Stockholders Agreement, simultaneously herewith, pursuant to which the Rollover Stockholder will become a party to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. (“Centerbridge”), certain affiliates of Centerbridge, and certain other stockholders parties thereto (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, “Stockholders Agreement”), as an Employee Stockholder (as defined therein);

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder desires to rollover certain shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Preferred Stock”) in exchange for the issuance by Holdings to the Rollover Stockholder of an amount of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdings (“Holdings Common Stock”) as determined in accordance with this Agreement and the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder intend that the contribution of Rollover Shares to Holdings by the Rollover Stockholder and the equity contributions to Holdings by the Investors will be treated as a tax-free contribution to Holdings under IRC Section 351 for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to make certain agreements, representations, warranties and covenants in connection with the contributions contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions as hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

I CONTRIBUTION

1.1. Rollover. Subject to Section 1.3 of this Agreement and Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, at the Rollover Closing (as defined below), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and the Merger Agreement, the Rollover Stockholder hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Rollover Stockholder will not receive any cash consideration at the Effective Time of the Merger

with respect to their shares of Preferred Stock identified in the Merger Agreement with respect to such Rollover Stockholder as Preferred Rollover Shares (the “Rollover Shares”), and instead the Rollover Stockholder will contribute to Holdings its Rollover Shares in exchange and as the total consideration for the issuance by Holdings to such Rollover Stockholder of a number of shares of Holdings Common Stock as calculated pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement (such shares of Holdings Common Stock, the “Holdings Rollover Shares”).

1.2. Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties Hereunder. The obligations of Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Holdings and/or the Company, as applicable, of all of the conditions to the consummation of the Merger as set forth in the Merger Agreement. Upon the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Rollover Closing”) will occur immediately prior to (but subject to the consummation of) the Effective Time.

1.3. Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if, at any time prior to the Rollover Closing, the Merger Agreement shall have been terminated for any reason by any of the parties thereto. In the event of any termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 1.3, this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no further force or effect (except for this Section 1.3 and Article IV) and there shall be no liability on the part of any parties hereto or their respective officers or directors. Upon such termination, if any Rollover Stockholder has already delivered certificates representing Rollover Shares as directed in Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, then Holdings shall cause to be returned immediately to the Rollover Stockholder such certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be relieved from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement.

1.4. Legends. Each outstanding certificate, if any, representing Holdings Rollover Shares shall bear the legends required by the Stockholders Agreement.

II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1. Representations and Warranties of the Rollover Stockholder. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants to Holdings and the Company that:

(a) The Rollover Stockholder is competent to, and has sufficient capacity to, execute and deliver this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and to perform the Rollover Stockholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Rollover Stockholder and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other parties thereto, as applicable, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Rollover Stockholder, enforceable against the Rollover Stockholder in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Rollover Stockholder of this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and the consummation by the Rollover Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby does not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, (i) violate the provisions of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; (ii) violate any judgment, decree, order or award of any court, governmental or quasi-governmental agency or arbitrator applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; or (iii) result in any breach of any terms or conditions, or constitute a default under, any material contract, agreement or instrument to which the Rollover Stockholder is a party or by which the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets are bound.

(c) As of the date hereof and on the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder holds of record and beneficially owns the Rollover Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances. On the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder will not be a party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other contract or commitment (other than this Agreement) that could require, or restrict or impair the ability of, the Rollover Stockholder to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of the Company.

(d) Spousal Consent. To the extent the Rollover Stockholder is married on the date hereof or on the date of Rollover Closing, the spouse of such Rollover Stockholder has executed and delivered to Holdings the Spousal Consent in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1.

(e) Holdings Rollover Shares Unregistered. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and represents that the Rollover Stockholder has been advised by Holdings that:

(i) the offer and exchange of the Holdings Rollover Shares not been registered under the Securities Act;

(ii) Holdings Rollover Shares must be held indefinitely and the Rollover Stockholder must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares unless the offer and sale of such Holdings Rollover Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available;

(iii) there is no established market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares in the foreseeable future; and

(iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of Holdings indicating that the Holdings Rollover Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if Holdings should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Holdings Rollover Shares.

(f) Additional Investment Representations. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that:

(i) the Rollover Stockholder’s financial situation is such that the Rollover Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Holdings Rollover Shares for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for the Rollover Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(ii) the Rollover Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Rollover Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(iii) the Rollover Stockholder understands that the Holdings Rollover Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment therein, there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Holdings

Rollover Shares and, on the date of the Rollover Closing and for an indefinite period following such date, there will be no public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for the Rollover Stockholder to liquidate the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in case of emergency, if at all;

(iv) the Rollover Stockholder has been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, Holdings and its representatives concerning Holdings and its subsidiaries, the Merger, Holdings’ organizational documents and the terms and conditions of the purchase of Holdings Rollover Shares and to obtain any additional information which the Rollover Stockholder deems necessary;

(v) the Rollover Stockholder understands that after consummation of the Rollover Closing and the Effective Time, the consolidated total Indebtedness of Holdings and its subsidiaries (including the Company) will be significantly greater than the consolidated total Indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date; and

(vi) the Rollover Stockholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (unless otherwise indicated on the signature page hereto).

(g) Transaction Fee and Advisory Services Agreement. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that the Rollover Stockholder (i) has been advised by Holdings, that Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. and/or its Affiliates will enter into a transaction fee and advisory services agreement (the “Transaction and Advisory Agreement”) with Holdings and certain of its Affiliates (the “Company Parties”) providing for the payment of certain advisory, monitoring, transactional, oversight and similar fees and expenses to and indemnification of the Advisor (as defined in the Transaction and Advisory Agreement) by the Company Parties and (ii) waives any right such Rollover Stockholder may have to approve, or to claim any damages with respect to, the entry by the Company Parties into the Transaction and Advisory Agreement or the performance by the Company Parties of their obligations thereunder.

III OTHER COVENANTS

3.1. Merger Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that Holdings will have sole discretion with respect to determining whether the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement have been satisfied or waived by the appropriate parties thereto. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that neither Holdings nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives or affiliates will have any liability or obligation to the Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity resulting from or arising out of any termination of the Merger Agreement or any failure to complete the Merger or any breach of the Merger Agreement by Holdings or any other party thereto.

3.2. Agreement to Cooperate; Further Assurances. The Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable and reasonably requested by Holdings to consummate and make effective the contribution of Rollover Shares contemplated hereby.

3.3. Tax Treatment. Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder agree to use their reasonable best efforts to treat the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with IRC Section 351 and report the transaction in a manner consistent with such treatment.

IV MISCELLANEOUS

4.1. Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed given only if delivered to such party personally or sent to such party by pdf or other electronic transmission (promptly followed by a hard-copy) or three days after being sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, addressed as follows to Holdings or the Rollover Stockholder, as applicable, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the parties hereto:

(a) If to Holdings, to it at the following address:

C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

c/o Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

375 Park Avenue, 12^th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attention: Steven M. Silver

                 Jared S. Hendricks

Tel: (212) 672-5000

Fax: (212) 672-5001

with a copy to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Caroline B. Gottschalk

                 Gregory Grogan

Tel: (212) 455-2000

Fax: (212) 455-2502

(b) If to the Rollover Stockholder, to the address for notice set forth on the signature page hereof.

4.2. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws, provisions or rules that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. Any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought solely in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware; provided, that if (and only after) such courts determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware;

provided, further, that if (and only after) both the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not bring or support any action, cause of action, claim, cross-claim or third-party claim of any kind or description, whether in law or in equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Financing Parties in any way relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to any dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Debt Commitment Letter or the performance thereof, in any forum other than the federal and New York State courts located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (and appellate courts thereof). By executing and delivering this Agreement, the parties irrevocably: (i) accept generally and unconditionally the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of these courts; (ii) waive any objections which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement brought in the courts referred to in clause (i) above and hereby further irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that such action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum; (iii) agree that service of all process in any such action in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with this Agreement; and (iv) agree that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such action in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect.

4.3. Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE TRANSACTIONS.

(b) THE SCOPE OF THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, ARE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS TRANSACTION, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

4.4. Successors and Assigns. All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors.

4.5. Limitation on Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto. Any assignment or delegation in derogation of this provision shall be null and void.

4.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or pdf, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.7. Interpretation. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

4.8. Survival. The representations and warranties contained herein will survive the Rollover Closing.

4.9. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, modification or supplement to the Agreement shall be enforced against any party unless such amendment, modification or supplement is in writing and signed by Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein. Any waiver by any party of any term of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other term of this Agreement.

4.10. Integration. This Agreement, the Merger Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to this subject matter. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement.

4.11. Severability. Should any part of this Agreement for any reason be declared invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion, which remaining portion shall remain in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portion thereof eliminated, and it is hereby declared the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including therein any such part or parts which may, for any reason, be hereafter declared invalid.

4.12. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

ROLLOVER STOCKHOLDER

/s/ John McDonough

Name: John McDonough

COMMON STOCK	COMMON ROLLOVER VALUE		TOTAL ROLLOVER VALUE
	$	450,000	$	450,000

I am an “accredited investor”

within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

SCHEDULE 1

SPOUSAL CONSENT

In consideration of the execution of the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and John McDonough, an individual (the “Rollover Stockholder”), I, Patti McDonough, the spouse of the Rollover Stockholder, do hereby join with my spouse in executing the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement and do hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and provisions thereof in lieu of all other interests I may have in the Rollover Shares (as defined in the Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement) subject thereto, whether the interest may be community property or otherwise.

Dated as of March 21, 2010	/s/ Patti McDonough
	Name: Patti McDonough

[Spousal Consent to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

EX-10.16

Exhibit 10.16

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of the date on the signature page hereto (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and the stockholder named on the signature page hereto (the “Rollover Stockholder”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, Holdings has entered into the Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“Intermediate Holdings”), C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Intermediate Holdings (“Merger Sub”), American Renal Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), certain stockholders of the Company parties thereto and Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder has executed a Joinder to Stockholders Agreement, simultaneously herewith, pursuant to which the Rollover Stockholder will become a party to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. (“Centerbridge”), certain affiliates of Centerbridge, and certain other stockholders parties thereto (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, “Stockholders Agreement”), as an Employee Stockholder (as defined therein);

WHEREAS, the Rollover Stockholder desires to rollover certain shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Preferred Stock”) in exchange for the issuance by Holdings to the Rollover Stockholder of an amount of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdings (“Holdings Common Stock”) as determined in accordance with this Agreement and the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder intend that the contribution of Rollover Shares to Holdings by the Rollover Stockholder and the equity contributions to Holdings by the Investors will be treated as a tax-free contribution to Holdings under IRC Section 351 for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to make certain agreements, representations, warranties and covenants in connection with the contributions contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions as hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

I CONTRIBUTION

1.1. Rollover. Subject to Section 1.3 of this Agreement and Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, at the Rollover Closing (as defined below), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and the Merger Agreement, the Rollover Stockholder hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Rollover Stockholder will not receive any cash consideration at the Effective Time of the Merger

with respect to their shares of Preferred Stock identified in the Merger Agreement with respect to such Rollover Stockholder as Preferred Rollover Shares (the “Rollover Shares”), and instead the Rollover Stockholder will contribute to Holdings its Rollover Shares in exchange and as the total consideration for the issuance by Holdings to such Rollover Stockholder of a number of shares of Holdings Common Stock as calculated pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement (such shares of Holdings Common Stock, the “Holdings Rollover Shares”).

1.2. Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties Hereunder. The obligations of Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Holdings and/or the Company, as applicable, of all of the conditions to the consummation of the Merger as set forth in the Merger Agreement. Upon the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Rollover Closing”) will occur immediately prior to (but subject to the consummation of) the Effective Time.

1.3. Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if, at any time prior to the Rollover Closing, the Merger Agreement shall have been terminated for any reason by any of the parties thereto. In the event of any termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 1.3, this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no further force or effect (except for this Section 1.3 and Article IV) and there shall be no liability on the part of any parties hereto or their respective officers or directors. Upon such termination, if any Rollover Stockholder has already delivered certificates representing Rollover Shares as directed in Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, then Holdings shall cause to be returned immediately to the Rollover Stockholder such certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be relieved from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement.

1.4. Legends. Each outstanding certificate, if any, representing Holdings Rollover Shares shall bear the legends required by the Stockholders Agreement.

II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1. Representations and Warranties of the Rollover Stockholder. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants to Holdings and the Company that:

(a) The Rollover Stockholder is competent to, and has sufficient capacity to, execute and deliver this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and to perform the Rollover Stockholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Rollover Stockholder and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other parties thereto, as applicable, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Rollover Stockholder, enforceable against the Rollover Stockholder in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Rollover Stockholder of this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and the consummation by the Rollover Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby does not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, (i) violate the provisions of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; (ii) violate any judgment, decree, order or award of any court, governmental or quasi-governmental agency or arbitrator applicable to the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets; or (iii) result in any breach of any terms or conditions, or constitute a default under, any material contract, agreement or instrument to which the Rollover Stockholder is a party or by which the Rollover Stockholder or his properties or assets are bound.

(c) As of the date hereof and on the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder holds of record and beneficially owns the Rollover Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances. On the date of the Rollover Closing, the Rollover Stockholder will not be a party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other contract or commitment (other than this Agreement) that could require, or restrict or impair the ability of, the Rollover Stockholder to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of the Company.

(d) Spousal Consent. To the extent the Rollover Stockholder is married on the date hereof or on the date of Rollover Closing, the spouse of such Rollover Stockholder has executed and delivered to Holdings the Spousal Consent in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1.

(e) Holdings Rollover Shares Unregistered. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and represents that the Rollover Stockholder has been advised by Holdings that:

(i) the offer and exchange of the Holdings Rollover Shares not been registered under the Securities Act;

(ii) Holdings Rollover Shares must be held indefinitely and the Rollover Stockholder must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares unless the offer and sale of such Holdings Rollover Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available;

(iii) there is no established market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares in the foreseeable future; and

(iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of Holdings indicating that the Holdings Rollover Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if Holdings should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Holdings Rollover Shares.

(f) Additional Investment Representations. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that:

(i) the Rollover Stockholder’s financial situation is such that the Rollover Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Holdings Rollover Shares for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for the Rollover Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(ii) the Rollover Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Rollover Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Holdings Rollover Shares;

(iii) the Rollover Stockholder understands that the Holdings Rollover Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of the Rollover Stockholder’s investment therein, there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Holdings

Rollover Shares and, on the date of the Rollover Closing and for an indefinite period following such date, there will be no public market for the Holdings Rollover Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for the Rollover Stockholder to liquidate the Rollover Stockholder’s investment in case of emergency, if at all;

(iv) the Rollover Stockholder has been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, Holdings and its representatives concerning Holdings and its subsidiaries, the Merger, Holdings’ organizational documents and the terms and conditions of the purchase of Holdings Rollover Shares and to obtain any additional information which the Rollover Stockholder deems necessary;

(v) the Rollover Stockholder understands that after consummation of the Rollover Closing and the Effective Time, the consolidated total Indebtedness of Holdings and its subsidiaries (including the Company) will be significantly greater than the consolidated total Indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date; and

(vi) the Rollover Stockholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (unless otherwise indicated on the signature page hereto).

(g) Transaction Fee and Advisory Services Agreement. The Rollover Stockholder represents and warrants that the Rollover Stockholder (i) has been advised by Holdings, that Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. and/or its Affiliates will enter into a transaction fee and advisory services agreement (the “Transaction and Advisory Agreement”) with Holdings and certain of its Affiliates (the “Company Parties”) providing for the payment of certain advisory, monitoring, transactional, oversight and similar fees and expenses to and indemnification of the Advisor (as defined in the Transaction and Advisory Agreement) by the Company Parties and (ii) waives any right such Rollover Stockholder may have to approve, or to claim any damages with respect to, the entry by the Company Parties into the Transaction and Advisory Agreement or the performance by the Company Parties of their obligations thereunder.

III OTHER COVENANTS

3.1. Merger Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that Holdings will have sole discretion with respect to determining whether the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement have been satisfied or waived by the appropriate parties thereto. The Rollover Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that neither Holdings nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives or affiliates will have any liability or obligation to the Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity resulting from or arising out of any termination of the Merger Agreement or any failure to complete the Merger or any breach of the Merger Agreement by Holdings or any other party thereto.

3.2. Stockholders Agreement. The Rollover Stockholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that contemporaneously herewith such Rollover Stockholder has delivered a Joinder to Stockholders Agreement, and that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Stockholders Agreement, (i) the Rollover Stockholder will be treated as, and deemed to be, for all purposes therein, an “Employee Stockholder” as such term is used in the Stockholders Agreement and (ii) the term “Employment” shall mean, in respect of the Rollover Stockholder, (x) the ownership of equity securities of any subsidiary of Holdings (which subsidiary directly or indirectly provides medical services) or any clinic of the Company or (y) other affiliation as a “Medical Director” of any subsidiary of Holdings (which subsidiary directly or indirectly provides medical services) or any clinic of the Company.

3.3. Agreement to Cooperate; Further Assurances. The Rollover Stockholder solely in such capacity agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable and reasonably requested by Holdings to consummate and make effective the contribution of Rollover Shares contemplated hereby.

3.4. Tax Treatment. Holdings, the Company and the Rollover Stockholder agree to use their reasonable best efforts to treat the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with IRC Section 351 and report the transaction in a manner consistent with such treatment.

IV MISCELLANEOUS

4.1. Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed given only if delivered to such party personally or sent to such party by pdf or other electronic transmission (promptly followed by a hard-copy) or three days after being sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, addressed as follows to Holdings or the Rollover Stockholder, as applicable, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the parties hereto:

(a) If to Holdings, to it at the following address:

C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc.

c/o Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.

375 Park Avenue, 12^th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attention: Steven M. Silver

                 Jared S. Hendricks

Tel: (212) 672-5000

Fax: (212) 672-5001

with a copy to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Caroline B. Gottschalk

                 Gregory Grogan

Tel: (212) 455-2000

Fax: (212) 455-2502

(b) If to the Rollover Stockholder, to the address for notice set forth on the signature page hereof.

4.2. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws, provisions or rules that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. Any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought solely in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware; provided, that if (and only after) such courts determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware;

provided, further, that if (and only after) both the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and the Federal courts of the United States located in the State of Delaware determine that they lack subject matter jurisdiction over any such legal action, suit or proceeding, such legal action, suit or proceeding shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not bring or support any action, cause of action, claim, cross-claim or third-party claim of any kind or description, whether in law or in equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Financing Parties in any way relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to any dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Debt Commitment Letter or the performance thereof, in any forum other than the federal and New York State courts located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (and appellate courts thereof). By executing and delivering this Agreement, the parties irrevocably: (i) accept generally and unconditionally the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of these courts; (ii) waive any objections which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement brought in the courts referred to in clause (i) above and hereby further irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that such action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum; (iii) agree that service of all process in any such action in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with this Agreement; and (iv) agree that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such action in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect.

4.3. Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE TRANSACTIONS.

(b) THE SCOPE OF THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, ARE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS TRANSACTION, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS SECTION 4.3, AND THE WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

4.4. Successors and Assigns. All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors.

4.5. Limitation on Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto. Any assignment or delegation in derogation of this provision shall be null and void.

4.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or pdf, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.7. Interpretation. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

4.8. Survival. The representations and warranties contained herein will survive the Rollover Closing.

4.9. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, modification or supplement to the Agreement shall be enforced against any party unless such amendment, modification or supplement is in writing and signed by Holdings and the Rollover Stockholder. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein. Any waiver by any party of any term of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other term of this Agreement.

4.10. Integration. This Agreement, the Merger Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to this subject matter. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement.

4.11. Severability. Should any part of this Agreement for any reason be declared invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion, which remaining portion shall remain in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portion thereof eliminated, and it is hereby declared the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including therein any such part or parts which may, for any reason, be hereafter declared invalid.

4.12. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

ROLLOVER STOCKHOLDER

/s/ Lakhan Saha

Name: Lakhan Saha

PREFERRED STOCK	PREFERRED ROLLOVER VALUE		TOTAL ROLLOVER VALUE
	$	173,347.17	$	173,347.17

I am an “accredited investor”

within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

[Signature Page to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

SCHEDULE 1

SPOUSAL CONSENT

In consideration of the execution of the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement between C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and Lakhan Saha, an individual (the “Rollover Stockholder”), I, Rina R. Saha, the spouse of the Rollover Stockholder, do hereby join with my spouse in executing the foregoing Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement and do hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and provisions thereof in lieu of all other interests I may have in the Rollover Shares (as defined in the Equity Contribution and Exchange Agreement) subject thereto, whether the interest may be community property or otherwise.

Dated as of April 29, 2010	/s/ Rina R. Saha
	Name: Rina R. Saha

[Spousal Consent to Equity Contribution, Exchange and Subscription Agreement]

EX-10.17

Exhibit 10.17

EXECUTION

TRANSACTION FEE AND ADVISORY SERVICES AGREEMENT

This TRANSACTION FEE AND ADVISORY SERVICES AGREEMENT is dated as of May 7, 2010 (this “Agreement”) and is by and among C.P. Atlas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“Intermediate Holdings”), American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Centerbridge Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor”).

BACKGROUND

1. Holdings has entered into that certain Contribution and Merger Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among Holdings, Intermediate Holdings, C.P. Atlas Acquisition Corp. (“Merger Sub”), the Company, certain stockholders of the Company parties thereto and Wachovia Capital Partners GP I, LLC, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Merger Agreement”).

2. In accordance with the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub is merging with and into the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company surviving the Merger as an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings.

3. Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. (“Centerbridge”) and other funds or entities affiliated with or under common management with it are making an investment in Holdings (the “Equity Financing”) in connection with the Merger.

4. The cash payments arising in connection with the Merger will be financed in part by the Equity Financing, in part by certain Rollover Shares (as defined in the Merger Agreement) held by stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the Merger, and in part by debt financing arranged by the Advisor through Merger Sub and/or the Company (such financings, together with the Merger, the Equity Financing and related transactions are collectively referred to as the “Transactions”).

5. The Advisor has used its expertise to provide substantial financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, corporate strategy, and other advice and assistance in connection with the Transactions, from which the Company is expected to benefit and is the basis upon which the Advisor will be paid a fee in consideration thereof.

6. The Advisor has expertise in the areas of finance, strategy, investment, acquisitions and other matters relevant to the Company and its business.

7. The Company desires to avail itself and its subsidiaries of the Advisor’s expertise in providing financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, corporate strategy, and other advice and assistance, which the Company believes will be beneficial to it and its subsidiaries, and the Advisor wishes to provide the services to the Company as set forth in this Agreement in consideration of the payment of the fees described below.

8. Therefore, in consideration of the premises and agreements contained herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows (capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Stockholders Agreement dated the date hereof (the “Stockholders Agreement”) among Holdings, Centerbridge, Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P. and Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P. and the other holders of Common Stock (as defined below) party thereto):

AGREEMENT

SECTION 1. Transaction Fee. In consideration of the financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, corporate strategy, and other advice and assistance in connection with the Transactions provided by the Advisor and its Advisor Designees (as defined below), on the Closing Date (as defined in the Merger Agreement), the Company will pay the Advisor an aggregate transaction fee in the amount of $4,000,000 (the “Transaction Fee”), together with all Out-of-Pocket Expenses of the Advisor, its affiliates and its Advisor Designees as contemplated by Section 5 incurred by the Advisor, its affiliates and its Advisor Designees prior to the Closing Date for services rendered by the Advisor and its Advisor Designees in connection with the consummation of the Transactions.

SECTION 2. Appointment. The Company hereby engages the Advisor to provide the services described in Section 3 (the “Services”) on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

SECTION 3. Services.

(a) The Advisor agrees that, until the earlier of the Termination Date (as defined below) or the date upon which the Lump Sum Payment (as defined below) is payable, it will provide to the Company, by and through itself, its affiliates and/or such respective officers, employees, representatives and third parties (collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Advisor Designees”) as the Advisor in its sole discretion may designate from time to time, advisory and consulting services in relation to the affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries, including, without limitation:

• advice regarding the structure, terms, conditions and other provisions, distribution and timing of debt and equity offerings and advice regarding relationships with the Company and its subsidiaries’ lenders and bankers,

• advice regarding the strategy of the Company,

• advice regarding dispositions and/or acquisitions, and

• such other advice directly related or ancillary to the above advisory services as may be reasonably requested by the Company;

(b) It is expressly agreed that the services to be performed under this Agreement will not include any investment banking or other financial advisory services which may be provided by the Advisor or any of its affiliates or Advisor Designees in connection with any actual or potential acquisition, divestiture, financing, refinancing, recapitalization or other transaction involving Holdings or any of its subsidiaries. The Advisor or its Advisor Designees may be entitled to receive compensation, in addition to any fees paid under this Agreement, for providing services of the type specified in the preceding sentence by mutual agreement of Holdings or such subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Advisor or its affiliates or Advisor Designees, on the other hand; provided, that (i) the Advisor or any Advisor Designee shall only be entitled to receive such compensation that is reasonable and customary and (ii) all such compensation shall be deemed included as part of any Contingent Fees that are payable pursuant to Section 4(h).

SECTION 4. Fees.

(a) Advisory Services Fee. In consideration of the services contemplated by Section 3, the Company hereby agrees to pay to the Advisor, commencing on the Closing Date, an aggregate per annum advisory services fee in respect of each fiscal year from and including fiscal year 2010 (for which a pro-rated amount shall be assessed as described below) (the “Advisory Services Fee”) equal to:

(I) the greater of:

2

(i) an amount equal to the greater of (x) $550,000 and (y) the most current prior year’s Advisory Services Fee (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 4) (if available); and

(ii) an amount per annum equal to 1.25% of that fiscal year’s EBITDA (as set forth on Annex A), minus

(II) the Personnel Expense Deduction (as defined below), if any.

The Advisory Services Fee shall be payable on the Closing Date in accordance with paragraph (d) below, and thereafter quarterly, beginning on January 1 of each year. Each date on which the Advisory Services Fee is payable (including the Closing Date and the date upon which a Lump Sum Payment (as defined below) but excluding the date of any EBITDA Adjustment Payment (as defined below)) is referred to as a “Payment Date”. The amount payable on each Payment Date in each fiscal year shall be calculated at the beginning of such year based on an assumed Advisory Services Fee of an amount equal to the greater of (x) $550,000 and (y) the most current prior year’s Advisory Services Fee (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 4) (if available), and shall be subject to a true-up adjustment as set forth in Section 4(c) below. On any Payment Date, the aggregate amount of the Advisory Services Fee then payable (calculated for this purpose without regard to clause (II) above) shall be reduced by the amount of Personnel Expense Deduction paid by the Company from and including the immediately preceding Payment Date through the day immediately preceding such Payment Date. The Advisory Services Fee payments shall be non-refundable.

(b) The Advisory Services Fee will accrue and be payable (as described in paragraph (a) above) on a quarterly basis through the last day of the quarter in which the Termination Date occurs.

(c) At the end of each fiscal year (including fiscal year 2010), a determination of EBITDA for such ended fiscal year shall be made following the completion of audited financial statements of the Company (but in any event no later than March 31 of the following fiscal year). Promptly following the determination of EBITDA for such ended fiscal year (as described in the preceding sentence) or promptly following termination of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Advisor a true-up payment so that, after giving effect to such payment, the Advisor is in the same position it would have been in if the payments made by the Company to the Advisor on the Payment Date occurring in the immediately preceding fiscal year was based on the actual EBITDA for such ended fiscal year (any such payment an “EBITDA Adjustment Payment”). Such EBITDA Adjustment Payment will also be made on the Termination Date with respect to the Advisor based on the best information regarding then-current and prior year EBITDA then available.

(d) The Company shall pay to the Advisor on the Closing Date an aggregate amount of $357,500, representing a pro rata portion of $550,000 (in respect of the Advisory Services Fee) for fiscal year 2010 calculated from May 7, 2010 through December 31, 2010. Promptly following the determination of EBITDA for fiscal year 2010, the Company shall pay the Advisor a pro rata portion of any EBITDA Adjustment Payment that may be payable for fiscal year 2010.

(e) “Termination Date” means the earliest of (i) the tenth anniversary of the date hereof, (ii) the first date on which Centerbridge owns less than 20% of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdings (“Common Stock”) and (iii) such date as may be specified in writing by the Advisor.

(f) “Personnel Expense Deduction” means, with respect to a Payment Date, the total amount paid by the Company in respect of the costs of retaining Centerbridge personnel serving in non-director management or similar non-director capacities with respect to the Company as directed by the Advisor. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid any of the foregoing amounts to such personnel and at such times as directed by the Advisor.

3

(g) Contingent Fees. In further consideration for the Services, in connection with any significant acquisition, divestiture, sale of all or part of the business, business combination, financing, refinancing, recapitalization or similar transaction by Holdings or any of its subsidiaries in which the Advisor plays a significant role, the Advisor or its Advisor Designees shall be entitled to receive upon consummation of (i) any such acquisition, disposition, sale, business combination, a fee equal to (x) 1.0% of the aggregate enterprise value of the consideration or proceeds paid, payable, received or receivable in respect of the acquired, divested, sold, combined, financed, refinanced or recapitalized entity (calculated, on a consolidated basis for such entity, as the sum of (1) the market value of its common equity (or the fair market value thereof if not publicly traded), (2) the value of its preferred stock (at liquidation value), (3) the book value of its minority interests and (4) its aggregate long- and short-term debt, less its unrestricted cash), or (y) if such transaction is structured as an asset purchase or sale, 1.0% of the consideration or proceeds paid, payable, received or receivable in respect of the assets acquired, disposed of or combined with plus liabilities assumed and (ii) any such financing, refinancing or recapitalization, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate value of the securities subject to such financing, refinancing or recapitalization (in each such case as described in (i) and (ii), the “Contingent Fee”). All amounts paid by the Company to the Advisor pursuant to this paragraph shall be made by wire transfer in same-day funds on the date of the consummation of the relevant transaction to the respective bank accounts designated by the Advisor, and shall not be refundable under any circumstances. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that both a Contingent Fee and a Lump Sum Payment are payable hereunder, the Company shall pay the Advisor, without duplication, the greater of (x) the Contingent Fee then payable and (y) the Lump Sum Payment (as defined below) then payable and in no event shall both the Contingent Fee and the Lump Sum Payment be payable in connection with the same transaction or related transaction.

(h) Early Termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Centerbridge may elect (i) at any time in connection with a Change of Control or an Initial Public Offering or sale of all or substantially all of the shares of Common Stock of Holdings, or of Holdings’ businesses and assets (or at any time thereafter) (by the delivery of written notice to the Company (such notice, the “Notice” and the date on which such Notice is delivered to the Company, the “Notice Date”)) or (ii) such earlier time as the Company and Centerbridge may mutually agree to cause the Advisor to receive, in lieu of any remaining Advisory Services Fees and Contingent Fees payable by the Company under this Agreement, the Lump Sum Payment (as defined below), such amount to be paid on the date on which the Change of Control or an Initial Public Offering or sale of shares, businesses or assets is consummated, or, if the Notice occurs subsequent to such date, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 30 days subsequent to the Notice Date, or upon such other date as mutually agreed. The “Lump Sum Payment” shall be a single lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of (A) the then present value of all then current and future Advisory Services Fees payable under this Agreement, assuming the Termination Date to be the tenth anniversary hereof (using a discount rate equal to the yield to maturity on the Notice Date of the class of outstanding U.S. government bonds having a final maturity closest to the tenth anniversary of the date hereof (the “Discount Rate”)) and Contingent Fees then payable (if any), and assuming further that each future annual Advisory Services Fee would equal the Advisory Services Fee paid (or payable) in respect of the then current fiscal year. The payments due to the Advisor in respect of the Lump Sum Payment shall be calculated in accordance with Section 4(c) will be payable to the Advisor by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account designated by the Advisor, and shall not be refundable under any circumstances. Following the payment of the Lump Sum Payment, the obligation of the Advisor to provide the Services hereunder, and the corresponding obligations of the Company to pay Advisory Services Fees, shall be terminated, but all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue unaffected. For purposes of this Agreement, (1) “Change of Control” shall have the meaning as defined in the Credit Agreement entered into by Intermediate Holdings on the Closing Date, and (2) an “Initial Public Offering” shall have the meaning set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.

4

(i) Future Services. In consideration for any Services provided to the Company from and after a Lump Sum Payment has been made, the Company shall pay to the Advisor reasonable compensation for such Services as agreed upon by the parties hereto.

(j) Non-Payment. Other than following or in connection with a Change of Control, prior to the date upon which the Lump Sum Payment is payable, with the prior written approval of Centerbridge, the Company may defer the payment of any portion of the Advisory Services Fee, the Contingent Fee or the Lump Sum Payment to the extent necessary in order for the Company to remain in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement. To the extent the Company does not pay any portion of the Advisory Services Fee, the Contingent Fee or the Lump Sum Payment for any reason, including in reliance on the preceding sentence, or by reason of any prohibition on such payment pursuant to the terms of any agreement or indenture governing indebtedness of the Company or its subsidiaries, (x) any accrued but unpaid portion of the Advisory Services Fee, the Contingent Fee or the Lump Sum Payment shall be paid to the Advisor in accordance with Section 4 on the earlier of (i) the first date on which the payment of such unpaid amount is permitted under such requirements or covenants, agreement or indenture, to the extent permitted by such requirements or covenants, agreement or indenture, and (ii) total or partial liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Any portion of the Advisory Services Fee, the Contingent Fee or the Lump Sum Payment not paid on the scheduled due date will bear interest, payable in cash on each scheduled due date, at an annual rate of interest equal to the Non-Payment Rate (as defined below), from the date due until paid. As used in this Agreement, the term “Non-Payment Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the highest interest rate incurred or accrued by the Company and its subsidiaries in respect of any financial indebtedness determined at the date payment was first due and not paid (the “First Date”), subject to adjustment on each one year anniversary of such First Date, any such adjustment to be retroactive to the First Date. The Non-Payment Rate will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year.

(k) Other than as provided herein, it is hereby understood and agreed that the Company shall not be required to pay any other equity holders of the Company any fees substantially similar to the Advisory Services Fee.

SECTION 5. Reimbursements. In addition to the fees payable pursuant to this Agreement, on the date this Agreement first takes effect or on the date on which the closing of the Merger occurs, and thereafter as proper invoices with reasonable detail of services provided are presented, the Company will pay directly or reimburse the Advisor and each of its Advisor Designees for their respective Out-of-Pocket Expenses (as defined below). For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Out-of-Pocket Expenses” means the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor and its respective Advisor Designees solely in connection with the Services provided under this Agreement (including, prior to the Closing Date), including, without limitation and without duplication, (a) reasonable fees and disbursements of any independent professionals and organizations, including independent accountants, financial advisors, outside legal counsel, consultants or other third party advisors, retained by the Advisor or any of its Advisor Designees; (b) costs of any outside services or independent contractors such as couriers, business publications, on-line financial services or similar services, retained or used by the Advisor or any of its respective Advisor Designees, (c) transportation, per diem costs, or any similar expense not associated with the Advisor or its Advisor Designees’ ordinary operations and (d) all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor or its Advisor Designees (including those set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above) in connection with the investigation, consideration, entering into or consummation of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby or incurred by the Advisor or its Advisor Designees for the benefit of Centerbridge in connection with the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. All payments or reimbursements for Out-of-Pocket Expenses will be made by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account designated by the Advisor or its relevant Advisor Designee (if such Out-of-Pocket Expenses were incurred by the Advisor or its Advisor Designees) promptly upon or as soon as practicable following request for reimbursement in accordance with this Agreement, or at the Advisor’s election to the account indicated to the Company by the relevant payee.

5

SECTION 6. Indemnification. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Advisor, its Advisor Designees and its partners (both general and limited), members (both managing and otherwise), stockholders, officers, directors, advisory directors, managing directors, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates (as the term is defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof) (other than Holdings and its subsidiaries) (and partners (both general and limited), members (both managing and otherwise), stockholders, officers, directors, advisory directors, managing directors, employees, agents, representatives and controlling persons thereof) (each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (the “Liabilities”), related to, arising out of or in connection with the Services under this Agreement or the engagement of the Advisor or its Advisor Designees pursuant to, and the performance by the Advisor and its Advisor Designees of the Services under this Agreement, whether or not pending or threatened, whether or not an Indemnified Party is a party, whether or not resulting in any liability and whether or not such action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding is initiated or brought by the Company, except for those Liabilities resulting from, relating to or arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Advisor or any of the Advisor Designees, but in each case, in connection with the provision of Services pursuant to this Agreement. The Company will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all reasonable costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all expenses incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim, and any and all amounts paid in any settlement of any such claim or litigation) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing, defending or assisting in the defense of any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding for which the Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of the previous sentence, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto. The attorneys’ fees and other expenses of an Indemnified Party shall be paid by the Company as they are incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any of the foregoing amounts paid to an Indemnified Party shall be repaid to the Company to the extent it is finally determined that such Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification. Such indemnification obligation shall be in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have to any other such Indemnified Party. The provisions of this Section 6 are intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each Indemnified Party and its respective successors, heirs and representatives.

SECTION 7. Accuracy of Information. The Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Advisor such information as the Advisor or its Advisor Designees believe reasonably appropriate to their advisory and consulting services hereunder and to comply with Securities and Exchange Commission or other applicable legal requirements relating to the beneficial ownership by the Stockholders of equity securities of the Company (all such information so furnished, the “Information”). The Company recognizes and confirms that the Advisor (a) has and will use and rely primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the Services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same, (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information and (c) is entitled to rely upon the Information without independent verification.

SECTION 8. Effective Date. This Agreement will become effective as of the date hereof (the “Effective Date”).

SECTION 9. Term. The obligation to provide Services shall continue through and until the earlier of (i) the Termination Date, or (ii) the date upon which the Lump Sum Payment is payable; provided, however, that the Company’s obligations pursuant to Sections 4, 5, and 6 shall survive any such termination, and its obligation to pay any unpaid amounts that have otherwise become due and payable hereunder shall survive until such payments are made.

6

SECTION 10. Permissible Activities. Nothing herein will in any way preclude the Advisor or its Advisor Designees (other than the Company or its subsidiaries and their respective employees) or its partners (both general and limited), members (both managing and otherwise), officers, directors, employees, affiliates, agents or representatives from engaging in or investing in any business activities or from performing services for its or their own account or for the account of others, including for companies that may be or are in competition with the (or any) business conducted by the Company.

SECTION 11. Miscellaneous.

(a) This may be amended, modified or supplemented only in writing signed by the parties hereto. Any party hereto may on behalf of itself only, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto and/or (ii) waive compliance by any other party with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or future failure. Any amendment, waiver or consent will be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

(b) Any notices, demands, requests, waivers, or other communications required or permitted hereunder under this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be addressed as follows:

To the Company:	American Renal Holdings Inc. 66 Cherry Hill Drive Beverly, MA 01915
	Facsimile: Attention:	(978) 232-4015 Chief Executive Officer
With a copy to:	Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. 375 Park Avenue, 12th Floor New York, NY 10152
	Facsimile: Attention:	(212) 672-5001 Steven M. Silver Jared S. Hendricks
To the Advisor:	Centerbridge Advisors, L.L.C. 375 Park Avenue, 12th Floor New York, NY 10152
	Facsimile: Attention:	(212) 672-5001 Steven M. Silver
With a copy to:	Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 425 Lexington Avenue New York, NY 10019
	Facsimile: Attention:	(212) 455-2000 Caroline B. Gottschalk

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or facsimile device) to the number set out above if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (c) the day following the day (except if not a Business Day then the next Business Day) on which the same has been delivered prepaid to a reputable national overnight air courier service, or (d) the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), in each case to the appropriate addresses set forth above (or to such other addresses as a party may designate by notice to the other parties).

7

(c) This Agreement and the Stockholder Agreement (solely for purposes of paragraph 8 of the “Background” herein) sets forth the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and will supersede all previous oral and written (and all contemporaneous oral) negotiations, commitments, agreements and understandings relating hereto.

(d) This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(e) Each of the parties hereto (i) consents itself to the personal jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Supreme Court of the State of New York, in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby in any court other than the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Supreme Court of the State of New York, in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York. By executing and delivering this Agreement, the parties irrevocably: (a) accept generally and unconditionally the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the aforementioned courts; (b) waive any objections which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement brought in the courts referred to in clause (a) above and hereby further irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that such action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum; (c) agree that service of all process in any such action in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with Section 11(b); and (d) agree that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such action in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect.

(f) The provisions of this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors. Subject to the next sentence, no Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors is intended to be a beneficiary of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Advisor Designees and the respective partners (both general and limited), members (both managing and otherwise), officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives of the Advisor are third-party beneficiaries under Section 6 of this Agreement. The Advisor shall have the absolute right to assign this Agreement to its affiliate or affiliates.

(g) This Agreement may be executed by one or more parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile), and all of said counterparts taken together will be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

(h) Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction will, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Agreement on the date first written above.

C.P. ATLAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Jared S. Hendricks
	Name:	Jared S. Hendricks
	Title:	Co-President
AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Joseph A. Carlucci
	Name:	Joseph A. Carlucci
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer
CENTERBRIDGE ADVISORS, LLC
By:	Centerbridge Partners, L.P., its sole member
By:	Centerbridge Partners Holdings, LLC, its general partner
By:	/s/ Steven M. Silver
	Name:	Steven M. Silver
	Title:	Authorized Person

[Transaction Fee and Advisory Services Agreement Signature Page]

Annex A

Consolidated EBITDA

Capitalized terms used in this Annex A and not defined herein or elsewhere in this Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms in the Indenture dated May 7, 2010, governing the Company’s 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Indenture”).

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such Person for such period plus

(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:

(i) consolidated interest expense (and solely for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, other Fixed Charges) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, increased by payments made in respect of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, minus any payments received in respect of such Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments,

(ii) consolidated tax expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period,

(iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,

(iv) any Non-Cash Charges for such period,

(v) costs associated with the Transactions made or incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions for such period that are paid, accrued or reserved for within 365 days of the consummation of the Transactions,

(vi) any restructuring charges (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and to closure or consolidation of facilities) for such period and any “Specified Payments” as defined in Schedule 11.2(a)(vi) to the Merger Agreement made during such period,

(vii) any unusual or nonrecurring fees, cash charges and other cash expenses for such period (A) made or incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any acquisition or investment not prohibited by the Indenture, including severance, relocation and facilities closing costs, including any earnout payments, whether or not accounted for as such, that are paid, accrued or reserved for within 365 days of such transaction, or (B) incurred in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests or Indebtedness,

(viii) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with an acquisition not prohibited by the Indenture to the extent that such expenses are reimbursed in cash during such period pursuant to indemnification provisions of any agreement relating to such transaction,

(ix) periodic management fees that are permitted by Section 3.8(b)(xiii)(ii) of the Indenture,

(x) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with extraordinary casualty events to the extent such expenses are reimbursed in cash by insurance during such period, and

(xi) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Restricted Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Indebtedness owed by such Restricted Subsidiary is included in the Indebtedness of the Company; minus

(b) without duplication and, in the case of clause (ii) below, to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income,

(i) any cash payments made during such period in respect of Non-Cash Charges described in clause (a)(iv) taken in a prior period or taken in such period,

(ii) any non-cash items of income for such period (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business);

provided that (I) in no event shall any charge, expense or loss relating to write-downs, write-offs or reserves with respect to current assets be added back and (II) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to clauses (vi) and (vii) shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated before giving effect to such clauses) for any period.

A-2

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

	Predecessor Entity																					Successor Entity
	Year Ended December 31,															Six Months Ended June 30, 2009			For the period from January 1, 2010 through May 7, 2010			For the period from May 8, 2010 through June 30, 2010
	2005			2006			2007			2008			2009
Earnings adjusted for fixed charges:
Income from operations before income taxes	$	11,131		$	16,375		$	19,866		$	27,683		$	37,053		$	17,331		$	8,846		$	(13,408	)
Add: Interest expense		4,545			12,845			13,695			13,729			14,948			7,457			5,717			3,320
Add: Estimate of implicit interest in rental expense		1,241			1,628			1,920			2,747			3,051			1,537			1,124			486
Less: Noncontrolling interests		(7,198	)		(11,833	)		(14,706	)		(17,179	)		(22,391	)		(10,067	)		(9,266	)		(4,042	)
Total adjustments		(1,412	)		2,640			909			(703	)		(4,392	)		(1,073	)		(2,425	)		(236	)
Adjusted income from operations	$	9,719		$	19,015		$	20,775		$	26,980		$	32,661		$	16,258		$	6,421		$	(13,644	)
Fixed charges:
Interest expense	$	4,545		$	12,845		$	13,695		$	13,729		$	14,948		$	7,457		$	5,717		$	3,320
Interest portion of rent expense		1,241			1,628			1,920			2,747			3,051			1,537			1,124			486
Total fixed charges	$	5,786		$	14,473		$	15,615		$	16,476		$	17,999		$	8,994		$	6,841		$	3,806
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		1.68			1.31			1.33			1.64			1.81			1.81			0.94			-3.58
Earnings deficiency to cover fixed charges	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(13,408	)

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of American Renal Holdings Inc.

Name	Jurisdiction of Formation
American Renal Associates LLC	DE
American Renal Management LLC	DE
AKC Holding LLC	DE
JKC Holding LLC	DE
ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC	DE
ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC	DE
ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC	DE
Texas-ARA LLC	DE
American Renal Texas L.P.	TX
American Renal Texas II, L.P.	TX
Acute Dialysis Services-ARA LLC	DE
ARA-Yuba City Dialysis LLC	CA
Kidney Center of Arvada LLC	DE
Kidney Center of Lafayette LLC	DE
Kidney Center of Lakewood LLC	DE
Kidney Center of Longmont LLC	DE
Kidney Center of Westminster LLC	DE
Capitol Dialysis, LLC	DC
ARA-Augusta, LLC	GA
ARA-Augusta Clinic LLC	GA
ARA-South Augusta Clinic LLC	GA
Grovetown Dialysis Clinic, LLC	DE
Louisville Dialysis Clinic, LLC	DE
Waynesboro Dialysis Clinic, LLC	DE
Dublin Dialysis Center, LLC	DE
Atlantic Kidney Center LLC	DE
Jupiter Kidney Center LLC	DE

ARA-Aventura LLC	FL
Miami-ARA LLC	FL
ARA-Boca Raton Dialysis LLC	DE
Delray Beach Dialysis Center LLC	DE
ARA-Daytona Beach Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-Naples Dialysis Center LLC	DE
ARA-Naples South Dialysis Center LLC	DE
ARA-Orange Park LLC	FL
ARA-Sebring Dialysis LLC	FL
ARA-Sun City Dialysis LLC	FL
Bradenton Dialysis Center LLC	DE
Palmetto Dialysis Center LLC	DE
ARA-Titusville Dialysis LLC	FL
ARA-West Jacksonville LLC	FL
Middleburg Dialysis LLC	DE
Hilliard Dialysis Center LLC	DE
Dialysis Care Center of Palm Coast LLC	DE
Goldtree Kidney Center LLC	DE
Western Community Dialysis Center, LLC	DE
Southwest Jacksonville Dialysis Center LLC	DE
Northwest Jacksonville Dialysis Center, LLC	DE
Lehigh Acres Dialysis Center, LLC	DE
Florida Dialysis Center of Orlando, LLC	DE
ARA-N.W. Chicago LLC	DE
ARA-Crystal Lake Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-South Barrington Dialysis LLC	DE
Harvard-Woodstock Dialysis Center, LLC	DE
New Orleans Kidney Center LLC	DE

2

Freret Street Kidney Center LLC	DE
ARA-Adelphi LLC	MD
Ellicott City Dialysis Center LLC	DE
Universal Dialysis Center, LLC	DE
Taunton Healthcare Clinic, LLC	DE
Brockton Healthcare Clinic, LLC	DE
ARA-Fall River Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-Springfield Dialysis LLC	MA
ARA-Holyoke Dialysis LLC	DE
Dialysis Center of Western Massachusetts LLC	DE
Heritage Dialysis Center LLC	DE
Waltham Dialysis LLC	DE
Nephrology Center of Detroit, LLC	DE
Metro St. Louis Dialysis – Florissant, LLC	DE
Gateway St. Louis Dialysis, LLC	DE
Woodland Park Dialysis Center, LLC	DE
Mohawk Valley Dialysis Center, LLC	NY
ARA-Columbus, LLC	OH
ARA-Bexley LLC	OH
ARA-North Columbus Dialysis LLC	OH
ARA-South Columbus Dialysis LLC	OH
ARA-South Central Ohio LLC	DE
ARA-Chillicothe Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-Jackson Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-Piketon Dialysis LLC	DE
Pickaway Dialysis Center LLC	DE
Logan Dialysis Center LLC	DE
Fairfield Kidney Center LLC	DE

3

Kidney Care Centers of Zanesville Ohio, LLC	DE
Kidney Care Centers of Cambridge Ohio, LLC	DE
Kidney Care Centers of Coshocton Ohio, LLC	DE
Boardman Dialysis Center LLC	DE
Warren Dialysis Center LLC	DE
Youngstown-Warren Home Dialysis, LLC	DE
ARA-Hazleton LLC	PA
Butler-ARA, LLC	PA
Central Kittanning Dialysis Center LLC	DE
ARA-Kittanning Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-Newcastle Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-Dialysis Unit at Ohio Valley Hospital, LLC	DE
Langhorne Dialysis LLC	DE
Bristol Dialysis LLC	DE
Bensalem Dialysis Center LLC	DE
Woodhaven Dialysis Center, LLC	DE
ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-Providence Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-Pawtucket Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-Tiverton Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-Cranston Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-East Providence Dialysis LLC	DE
ARA-Johnston Dialysis LLC	DE
Dialysis Center of Wakefield LLC	DE
Dialysis Center of Warwick LLC	DE
Dialysis Center of West Warwick LLC	DE
Dialysis Center of Westerly LLC	DE
Dialysis Center of Woonsocket LLC	DE

4

Carolina Dialysis LLC	DE
Spartanburg Dialysis LLC	DE
North East Kidney Center, LLC	DE
North Main Kidney Center, LLC	DE
Beaumont-ARA Dialysis L.L.P.	TX
Jasper-ARA Dialysis L.L.P.	TX
Woodville Dialysis Center LLP	TX
Bay City Dialysis Center, LLP	TX
ARA-Forest Park Dialysis LLC	VA
ARA-Mechanicsville Dialysis LLC	VA
ARA-Richmond Dialysis LLC	VA
ARA-South Laburnum Dialysis LLC	VA
ARA-Milwaukee Dialysis LLC	DE
Kenosha Kidney Dialysis LLC	DE
Comprehensive Dialysis Care, LLC	DE
Brazoria County Dialysis LLP	TX

5

EX-23.3

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated November 4, 2010, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of American Renal Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the captions “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated and Other Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

November 4, 2010

EX-25.1

Exhibit 25.1

File No.            

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE

        PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

Federal Charter	52-1877389
(State of incorporation)	(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

Harborplace Tower, Suite 2620

111 S. Calvert Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

(410) 468-4325

(Address of principal executive offices)

Michael A. DiGregorio

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001

(302) 651-8793

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.¹

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

Delaware	04-3477845
(State of incorporation)	(I.R.S. employer identification no.)
66 Cherry Hill Drive Beverly, Massachusetts	01915
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

Guarantees of 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

(Title of the indenture securities)

¹ SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGORS

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR GUARANTORS

Exact Name of Obligor Guarantor as Specified In its Charter (or Other Organizational Document)	State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization	I.R.S Employer Identification Number	Address and Telephone Number
C.P. Atlas Intermediate Holdings, LLC	Delaware	27-2170865	375 Park Avenue 12th Floor,
			New York, NY 10152,
			(212) 672-5000
American Renal Associates LLC	Delaware	84-1694930	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly,
			Massachusetts 01915,
			(978) 922-3080.
American Renal Management LLC	Delaware	04-3527505	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly,
			Massachusetts 01915,
			(978) 922-3080.
AKC Holding LLC	Delaware	01-0833124	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly,
			Massachusetts 01915,
			(978) 922-3080.
JKC Holding LLC	Delaware	01-0833133	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly,
			Massachusetts 01915,
			(978) 922-3080.
ARA-Boca Raton Holding LLC	Delaware	55-0885438	1905 Clint Moore Road, Boca Raton,
			FL 33496,
			(561) 893-6878
ARA-Ohio Holdings LLC	Delaware	88-0519793	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly,
			Massachusetts 01915,
			(978) 922-3080.
ARA-Rhode Island Dialysis II LLC	Delaware	05-0598781	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly,
			Massachusetts 01915,
			(978) 922-3080.
Texas-ARA LLC	Delaware	04-3537394	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly,
			Massachusetts 01915,
			(978) 922-3080.
American Renal Texas L.P.	Texas	04-3535002	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly,
			Massachusetts 01915,
			(978) 922-3080.
American Renal Texas II, L.P.	Texas	83-0438331	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly,
			Massachusetts 01915,
			(978) 922-3080.
Acute Dialysis Services-ARA LLC	Delaware	26-1148649	66 Cherry Hill Drive, Beverly,
			Massachusetts 01915,
			(978) 922-3080.

Item 1. GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Office of Thrift Supervision

1475 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Atlanta, GA 30309

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

Item 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and upon information furnished by the obligor, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

Item 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS. Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.

  1. A copy of the Federal Stock Savings Bank Charter for Wilmington Trust FSB, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

  2. The authority of Wilmington Trust FSB to commence business was granted under the Federal Stock Savings Bank Charter for Wilmington Trust FSB, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

  3. The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Federal Stock Savings Bank charter, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

  4. A copy of the existing By-Laws of Trustee, as now in effect, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of
form T-1.

  5. Not applicable.

  6. The consent of Trustee as required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 of Form T-1.

  7. Current Report of the Condition of Trustee, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

  8. Not applicable.

  9. Not applicable.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust FSB, a federal savings bank, organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 4^th day of November, 2010.

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB
By:	/s/ Jane Schweiger
Name:	Jane Schweiger
Title:	Vice President

EXHIBIT 1

Charter No. 6012

FEDERAL STOCK SAVINGS BANK CHARTER

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

As existing on June 10, 1994.

FEDERAL STOCK SAVINGS BANK CHARTER

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

SECTION 1. Corporate Title. The full corporate title of the savings bank is Wilmington Trust FSB.

SECTION 2. Office. The home office shall be located in Salisbury, Maryland.

SECTION 3. Duration. The duration of the savings bank is perpetual.

SECTION 4. Purpose and Powers. The purpose of the savings bank is to pursue any or all of the lawful objectives of a Federal savings bank chartered under Section 5 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act and to exercise all of the express, implied, and incidental powers conferred thereby and by all acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, subject to the Constitution and laws of the United States as they are now in effect, or as they may hereafter be amended, and subject to all lawful and applicable rules, regulations, and orders of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”).

SECTION 5. Capital Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of the capital stock which the savings bank has the authority to issue is 10,000,000, all of which shall be common stock of par value of $1.00 per share. The shares may be issued from time to time as authorized by the Board of Directors without the approval of its shareholders, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5 or to the extent that such approval is required by governing law, rule, or regulation. The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their issuance and shall not be less than the par value. Neither promissory notes nor future services shall constitute payment or part payment for the issuance of shares of the savings bank. The consideration for the shares shall be cash, tangible or intangible property (to the extent direct investment in such property would be permitted to the savings bank), labor, or services actually performed for the savings bank, or any combination of the foregoing. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the value of such property, labor, or services, as determined by the Board of Directors of the savings bank, shall be conclusive. Upon payment of such consideration, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable. In the case of a stock dividend, that part of the surplus of the savings bank which is transferred to stated capital upon the issuance of shares of as a share dividend shall be deemed to be the consideration for their issuance.

Except for shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the savings bank from the mutual to stock form of capitalization, no shares of common stock (including shares issuable upon conversion, exchange, or exercise of other securities) shall be issued, directly or indirectly, to officers, directors, or controlling persons of the savings bank other than as part of a general public offering or as qualifying shares to a director, unless the issuance or the plan under which they would be issued has been approved by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast as a legal meeting.

The holders of the common stock shall exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder, except as to the cumulation of votes for the election of directors. Subject to any provision for a liquidation account, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the savings bank, the holders of the common stock shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the savings bank, to receive the remaining assets of the savings bank available for distribution, in cash or in kind. Each share of common stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of common stock.

SECTION 6. Preemptive Rights. Holders of the capital stock of the savings bank shall not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares of the savings bank which may be issued.

SECTION 7. Directors. The savings bank shall be under the direction of a Board of Directors. The authorized number of directors, as stated in the savings bank’s bylaws, shall not be fewer than five nor more than fifteen except when a greater number is approved by the OTS.

SECTION 8. Amendment of Charter. Except as provided in Section 5, no amendment, addition, alteration, change, or repeal of this charter shall be made, unless such is first proposed by the Board of Directors of the savings bank, then preliminarily approved by the OTS, which preliminary approval may be granted by the OTS pursuant to regulations specifying preapproved charter amendments, and thereafter approved by the shareholders by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal. Any amendment, addition, alteration, change, or repeal so acted upon shall be effective upon filing with the OTS in accordance with regulatory procedures or on such other date as the OTS may specify in its preliminary approval.

EXHIBIT 4

BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

As Amended April 28, 2008

ARTICLE I — HOME OFFICES

The home office of this savings bank shall be at 111 South Calvert Street, Suite 2620, Baltimore, Maryland.

ARTICLE II — SHAREHOLDERS

SECTION 1. Place of Meetings. All annual and special meetings of shareholders shall be held at the home office of the savings bank or at such other place in or outside the State in which the principal place of business of the savings bank is located as the board of directors may determine.

SECTION 2. Annual Meeting. A meeting of the shareholders of the savings bank for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other business of the savings bank shall be held annually within 120 days after the end of the savings bank’s fiscal year or at such otherdate and time within at such 120-day period as the board of directors may determine.

SECTION 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, one of the presidents or a majority of the board of directors, and shall be called by the chairman of the board, one of the presidents, or the secretary upon the written request of the holders of not less than one-tenth of all of the outstanding capital stock of the savings bank entitled to vote at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the home office of the savings bank addressed to the chairman of the board, one of the presidents, or the secretary.

SECTION 4. Conduct of Meetings. The board of directors shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the board or one of the presidents to preside at such meetings.

SECTION 5. Notice of Meeting. Written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not fewer than 20 nor more than 50 days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the chairman of the board, one of the presidents, the secretary or the directors calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail, addressed to the shareholder at the address as it appears on the stock transfer books or records of the savings bank as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article II with postage prepaid. When any shareholders’ meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time or place of any meeting adjourned for less than 30 days or of the business to be transacted at the meeting, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

SECTION 6. Fixing of Record Date. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors shall fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders. Such date in any case shall be not more than 60 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not fewer than 10 days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment.

SECTION 7. Voting Lists. At least 20 days before each meeting of the shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the savings bank shall make a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address and the number of shares held by each. This list of shareholders shall be kept on file at the home office of the savings bank and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours for a period of 20 days prior to such meeting. Such list also shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder during the entire time of the meeting. The original stock transfer book shall constitute prima facie evidence of the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

In lieu of making the shareholder list available for inspection by shareholders as provided in the preceding paragraph, the board of directors may elect to follow the procedures prescribed in §552.6(d) of the OTS’s regulations as now or hereafter in effect.

SECTION 8. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding shares of the savings bank entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to constitute less than a quorum.

SECTION 9. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted as directed by the shareholder or, in the absence of such direction, as determined by a majority of the board of directors. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months from the date of its execution except for a proxy coupled with an interest.

SECTION 10. Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More Persons. When ownership stands in the name of two or more persons, in the absence of written directions to the savings bank to the contrary, at any meeting of the shareholders of the savings bank any one or more of such shareholders may cast, in person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled. In the event an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes, in person or by proxy, by the several persons in whose names shares of stock stand, the vote or votes to which those persons are entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such and present in person or by proxy at such meeting, but no votes shall be cast for such stock if a majority cannot agree.

SECTION 11. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by any officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine. Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer into his name if authority to do so is contained in an appropriate order of the court or other public authority by which such receiver was appointed.

A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the savings bank nor shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation are held by the savings bank, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

SECTION 12. Cumulative Voting. Every shareholder entitled to vote at an election for directors shall have the right to vote, in person by proxy, the number of shares owned by the shareholder for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the shareholder has a right to vote, or to cumulate the votes by giving one candidate as many votes as the number of such directors to be elected multiplied by the number of shares shall equal or by distributing such votes on the same principle among any number of candidates.

SECTION 13. Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the board of directors may appoint any persons other than nominees for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one or three. Any such appointment shall not be altered at the meeting. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the chairman of the board or one of the presidents may, or on the request of not fewer than 10 percent of the votes represented at the meeting shall, make such appointment at the meeting. If appointed at the meeting, the majority of the votes present shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment by the board of directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the chairman of the board or one of the presidents.

Unless otherwise prescribed by regulations of the OTS, the duties of such inspectors shall include: determining the number of shares and the voting power of each share, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the rights to vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

SECTION 14. Director Elections. The board of directors may nominate candidates for election as directors. Ballots bearing the names of all persons nominated by the board of directors and by shareholders shall be provided for use at the annual meeting. However, if the board of directors shall fail or refuse to act at least 20 days prior to the annual meeting, nominations for directors may be made at the annual meeting by any shareholder entitled to vote and shall be voted upon.

SECTION 15. New Business. Any new business to be taken up at the annual meeting shall be stated in writing and filed with the secretary of the savings bank at least five days before the annual meeting, and all business so stated, proposed and filed shall be considered at the annual meeting; but no other proposal shall be acted upon at the annual meeting. Any shareholder may make any other proposal at the annual meeting and the same may be discussed and considered, but unless stated in writing and filed with the secretary at least five days before the meeting, such proposal shall be laid over for action at an adjourned, special or annual meeting of the shareholders taking place 30 days or more thereafter. This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at the annual meeting of reports of officers, directors, and committees; but in connection with such reports, no new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated and filed as herein provided.

SECTION 16. Informal Action by Shareholders. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be given by all shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter.

ARTICLE III — BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of this savings bank shall be under the direction of its board of directors. The board of directors shall annually elect a chairman of the board and one or more presidents and shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the board, one of the presidents, an executive vice president, a senior vice president, or a vice president to preside at its meetings.

SECTION 2. Number and Term. The board of directors shall consist of six members. The directors shall be elected annually, and shall serve for the ensuing year and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified.

SECTION 3. Regular and Special Meetings. Regular and special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, one of the presidents or one-third of the directors. The persons authorized to call meetings of the board of directors may fix any place as the place for holding that meeting.

Members of the board of directors may participate in regular or special meetings by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation shall constitute presence in person and, if the board of directors so determines, shall constitute attendance for purpose of entitlement to compensation pursuant to Section 11 of this Article.

SECTION 4. Qualification. Each director shall at all times be the beneficial owner of not less than 100 shares of capital stock of the savings bank unless the savings bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company.

SECTION 5. Notice. Written notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at least two days prior thereto when delivered personally or by telegram or at least five days prior thereto when delivered by mail at the address at which the director is most likely to be reached. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage prepaid if mailed or when delivered to the telegraph company if sent by telegram. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing filed with the secretary. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the board of directors need to be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

SECTION 6. Quorum. A majority of the number of directors fixed by Section 2 of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors; but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time. Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be given in the same manner as prescribed by Section 5 of this Article III.

SECTION 7. Manner of Acting. The act of a majority of the directors present at a duly convened meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, unless a greater number is prescribed by the regulations of the OTS or these bylaws.

SECTION 8. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all of the directors.

SECTION 9. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the home office of the savings bank addressed to the chairman of the board or one of the presidents. Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt by the chairman of the board or one of the presidents. More than three consecutive absences from regular meetings of the board of directors, unless excused by resolution of the board of directors, shall automatically constitute a resignation, effective when such resignation is accepted by the board of directors.

SECTION 10. Vacancies. Any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the board of directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve until the next election of directors by the shareholders. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors for may be filled by election by the board of directors for a term of office continuing only until the next election of directors by the shareholders.

SECTION 11. Compensation. Directors, as such, may receive a stated salary for their services. By resolution of the board of directors, a reasonable fixed sum, and reasonable expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance, whether in person or by telephone, at any regular or special meeting of the Board of directors.

Members of either standing or special committees may be allowed such compensation for attendance, whether in person or by telephone, at committee meetings as the Board of directors may determine from time to time.

SECTION 12. Presumption of Assent. A director of the savings bank who is present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action on any savings bank matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent or abstention shall be entered into the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the savings bank within five days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting is received. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

SECTION 13. Removal of Directors. At a meeting of shareholders called expressly for that purpose, any director may be removed for cause by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. If less than the entire board is to be removed, no one of the directors may be removed if the votes cast against the removal would be sufficient to elect a director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the class of directors of which such director is a part. Whenever the holders of the shares of any class are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the charter or supplemental sections thereto, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.

ARTICLE IV — EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

SECTION 1. Appointment. The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board, may designate an executive committee. The designation of any committee pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors, or any director, of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

SECTION 2. Authority. The executive committee, when the board of directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the board of directors except to the extent, if any, that such authority shall be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also that the executive committee shall not have the authority of the board of directors with reference to: the declaration of dividends; the amendment of the charter or bylaws of the savings bank, or recommending to the stockholders a plan of merger, consolidation or conversion; the sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the savings bank otherwise than in the usual and regular course of its business; a voluntary dissolution of the savings bank; a revocation of any of the foregoing; or the approval of a transaction in which any member of the executive committee, directly or indirectly, has any material beneficial interest.

SECTION 3. Tenure. Subject to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article IV, each member of the executive committee shall hold office until the next regular annual meeting of the board of directors following his or her designation and until a successor is designated as a member of the executive committee.

SECTION 4. Meetings. Regular meetings of the executive committee may be held without notice at such times and places as the executive committee may fix from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may be called by any member thereof upon not less than one day’s notice stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting, which notice may be written or oral. Any member of the executive committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice of any meeting need be given to any member thereof who attends in person. The notice of a meeting of the executive committee need not state the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

SECTION 5. Quorum. A majority of the members of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting thereof, and action of the Executive committee must be authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

SECTION 6. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the executive committee at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the members of the executive committee.

SECTION 7. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the executive committee may be filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.

SECTION 8. Resignations and Removal. Any member of the executive committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors. Any member of the executive committee may resign from the executive committee at any time by giving written notice to the one of the presidents or secretary of the savings bank. Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect upon its receipt; the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 9. Procedure. The executive committee shall elect a presiding officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure which shall not be inconsistent with these bylaws. It shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board of directors for its information at the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred

SECTION 10. Other Committees. The board of directors may by resolution establish an audit, loan or other committee composed of directors as they may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the savings bank and may prescribe the duties, constitution, and procedures thereof.

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

SECTION 1. Positions. The officers of this savings bank shall be one or more presidents, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and a treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the board of directors. The board of directors may also designate the chairman of the board as an officer. One of the presidents shall be the chief executive officer, unless the board of directors designates the chairman of the board as chief executive officer. The offices of secretary and treasurer may be held by the same person and a vice president may also be either the secretary or the treasurer. The board of directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president or senior vice president. The board of directors also may elect or authorize the appointment of such other officers as the business of this savings bank may require. The officers shall have such authority and perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to time authorize or determine. In the absence of action by the board of directors, the officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices.

SECTION 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of this savings bank shall be elected annually at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the election of officers is not held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as possible. Each officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly elected and qualified or until the officer’s death, resignation, or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an officer, employee, or agent shall not of itself create contractual rights. The board of directors may authorize the savings bank to enter into an employment contract with any officer in accordance with regulations of the OTS; but no such contract shall impair the right of the board of directors to remove any officer at any time in accordance with Section 3 of this Article V.

SECTION 3. Removal. Any officer may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the savings bank would be served thereby, but such removal, other than for cause, shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.

SECTION 4. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or otherwise may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

SECTION 5. Remuneration. The remuneration of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI — CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

SECTION 1. Contracts. To the extent permitted by regulations of the OTS, and except as otherwise prescribed by these bylaws with respect to certificates for shares, the board of directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the savings bank to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the savings bank. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

SECTION 2. Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the savings bank and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by the board of directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

SECTION 3. Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the savings bank shall be signed by one or more officers, employees or agents of the savings bank in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

SECTION 4. Deposits. All funds of the savings bank not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the savings bank in any duly authorized depositories as the board of directors may select.

ARTICLE VII — CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

SECTION 1. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of capital stock of the savings bank shall be in such form as shall be determined by the board of directors and approved by the OTS. Such certificates shall be signed by the chief executive officer or by any other officer of the savings bank authorized by the board of directors, attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary, and sealed with the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the savings bank itself or one of its employees. Each certificate for shares of capital stock shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares are issued, the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the savings bank. All certificates surrendered to the savings bank for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares has been surrendered and canceled, except that in the case of a lost or destroyed certificate, a new certificate may be issued upon such terms and indemnity to the savings bank as the board of directors may prescribe.

SECTION 2. Transfer of Shares. Transfer of shares of the capital stock of the savings bank shall be made only on its stock transfer books. Authority for such transfer shall be given only by the holder of record or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority, or by his attorney authorized by a duly executed power of attorney and filed with the savings bank. Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name shares of capital stock stand on the books of the savings bank shall be deemed by the savings bank to be the owner for all purposes.

ARTICLE VIII — FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of this savings bank shall end on the 31^st day of December of each year.

ARTICLE IX — DIVIDENDS

Subject to the terms of the savings bank’s charter and the regulations and orders of the OTS, the board of directors may, from time to time, declare, and the savings bank may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock.

ARTICLE X — CORPORATE SEAL

The board of directors shall approve a savings bank seal which shall be two concentric circles between which shall be the name of the savings bank. The year of incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.

ARTICLE XI — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be amended in a manner consistent with regulations of the OTS at any time by a majority of the full board of directors or by a majority vote of the votes cast by the stockholders of the savings bank at any legal meeting.

EXHIBIT 6

Section 321(b) Consent

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust FSB hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB
Dated: November 4, 2010	By:	/s/ Jane Schweiger
	Name:	Jane Schweiger
	Title:	Vice President

EXHIBIT 7

This form is intended to assist state nonmember banks and savings banks with state publication requirements. It has not been approved by any state banking authorities. Refer to your appropriate state banking authorities for your state publication requirements.

R E P O R T   O F   C O N D I T I O N

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB	of    BALTIMORE
Name of Bank	City

in the State of   Maryland , at the close of business on June 30, 2010:

ASSETS	Thousands of Dollars
Cash, Deposits & Investment Securities:	700,143
Mortgage back Securities:	1,183
Mortgage Loans:	548,963
Non-Mortgage Loans:	524,462
Repossessed Assets:	1,661
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock:	6,236
Office Premises and Equipment:	16,010
Other Assets:	163,794
Total Assets:	1,962,452
LIABILITIES	Thousands of Dollars
Deposits	1,395,302
Escrows	1,042
Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase	137,403
Other Liabilities:	171,487
Total Liabilities	1,705,234
EQUITY CAPITAL	Thousands of Dollars
Common Stock	274,166
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Certain Securities	84
Retained Earnings	(17,032	)
Other Components of Equity Capital	0
Total Equity Capital	257,218
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital	1,962,452

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$250,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 8.375% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 8.375% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2010 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2010.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

By Registered or Certified Mail:	By Regular Mail:	By Overnight Courier or Hand Delivery:
Wilmington Trust FSB c/o Wilmington Trust Company Rodney Square North 1100 North Market Street Wilmington, DE 19890-1626 Attn: Sam Hamed Telephone: (302) 636-6181	Wilmington Trust FSB c/o Wilmington Trust Company Rodney Square North 1100 North Market Street Wilmington, DE 19890-1626 Attn: Sam Hamed Telephone: (302) 636-6181	Wilmington Trust FSB c/o Wilmington Trust Company Rodney Square North 1100 North Market Street Wilmington, DE 19890-1626 Attn: Sam Hamed Telephone: (302) 636-6181
	By Facsimile Transmission (eligible institutions only):
	(302) 636-4139, Attention: Sam Hamed
	Telephone Inquiries: (302) 636-6181

DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

Holders of Outstanding Notes (as defined below) should complete this Letter of Transmittal either if Outstanding Notes are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders of Outstanding Notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Delivery Procedures” and “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” in the Prospectus (as defined below) and an “Agent’s Message” (as defined below) is not delivered. If tender is being made by book-entry transfer, the holder must have an Agent’s Message delivered in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal.

Holders of Outstanding Notes whose certificates for such Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis must tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “holder” for purposes of this Letter of Transmittal means any person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any person whose Outstanding Notes are held of record by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                     , 2010 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) of American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantors”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together constitute the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange up to $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of its outstanding 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Outstanding Notes”). The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this Letter of Transmittal, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offer” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees.

For each Outstanding Note of any series of the Outstanding Notes accepted for exchange, the holder of such Outstanding Note will receive an Exchange Note of the corresponding series of the Exchange Notes having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Outstanding Note. The Exchange Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 8.375% per annum, and payable on November 15 and May 15 of each year.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus.

YOUR BANK OR BROKER CAN ASSIST YOU IN COMPLETING THIS FORM. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT, WHOSE ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER APPEAR ON THE FRONT PAGE OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action that the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS

CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.

2

List below the Outstanding Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and aggregate principal amounts of Outstanding Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

All Tendering Holders Complete Box 1:

Box 1* Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s) (Please fill in, if blank, exactly as name(s) appear(s) on Certificate(s))	Series of Outstanding Notes	Certificate or Registration Number(s) of Outstanding Notes**	Aggregate Principal Amount Represented by Outstanding Notes	Aggregate Principal Amount of Outstanding Notes Being Tendered***
Total:

* If the space provided is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amount of Outstanding Notes on a separate signed schedule and attach the list to this Letter of Transmittal.

** Need not be completed by book-entry holders.

*** The minimum permitted tender is $2,000 in principal amount. All tenders must be in the amount of $2,000 or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Unless otherwise indicated in this column, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount represented by such Outstanding Notes. See instruction 2.

3

Box 2

Book-Entry Transfer

¨CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                         

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                    

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                 

Holders of Outstanding Notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC can execute the tender through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”), for which the transaction will be eligible. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptances to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC. DTC will then send a computer-generated message (an “Agent’s Message”) to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance in which the holder of the Outstanding Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter of Transmittal, and the DTC participant confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Outstanding Notes all provisions of this Letter of Transmittal (including any representations and warranties) applicable to it and such beneficial owner as fully as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent. Each DTC participant transmitting an acceptance of the Exchange Offer through the ATOP procedures will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal. Delivery of an Agent’s Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer as to execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant identified in the Agent’s Message. DTC participants may also accept the Exchange Offer by submitting a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery through ATOP.

Box 3

Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

(See Instruction 1 below)

¨CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):                                                                                                                                                     

Window Ticket Number (if any):                                                                                                                                                      

Name of Eligible Guarantor Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                       

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                               

IF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS TO BE MADE BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER:

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                         

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                    

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                 

4

Box 4

Return of Non-Exchanged Outstanding Notes

Tendered by Book-Entry Transfer

¨CHECK HERE IF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND NON-EXCHANGED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE.

Box 5

Participating Broker-Dealer

¨CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND WISH TO RECEIVE TEN (10) ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                          

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                      

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer may not participate in the Exchange Offer with respect to Outstanding Notes acquired other than as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Any broker-dealer who purchased Outstanding Notes from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act.

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

5

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Outstanding Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including, if the Exchange Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to such Outstanding Notes as are being tendered herewith.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company, in connection with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered Outstanding Notes, with full power of substitution and resubstitution (such power of attorney being deemed an irrevocable power coupled with an interest) to (1) deliver certificates representing such Outstanding Notes, or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, together, in each such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company, (2) present and deliver such Outstanding Notes for transfer on the books of the Company and (3) receive all benefits or otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of beneficial ownership of such Outstanding Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (a) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, (b) when such tendered Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and (c) the Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies when accepted by the Company. The undersigned hereby further represents that any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Outstanding Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, that neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is engaged in or intends to engage in, nor has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of such Exchange Notes, and that neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is an “affiliate,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or any Guarantor. If the undersigned is a person in the United Kingdom, the undersigned represents that its ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business.

The undersigned also acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is being made based on the Company’s understanding of an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, including Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991), Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters, that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by each holder thereof (other than a broker-dealer who acquires such Exchange Notes directly from the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company or the Guarantors within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder’s business and such holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. If a holder of the Outstanding Notes is an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantors, is not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of

6

the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (x) may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive the Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for the Outstanding Notes, it represents that the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company or the Exchange Agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the tendered Outstanding Notes or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility. The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Outstanding Notes by the Company and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Company of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreements, dated May 7, 2010 among American Renal Holdings Inc., the guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Outstanding Notes (the “Registration Rights Agreements”), and that the Company shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder except as provided in Section 6 (indemnification) of such agreements. The undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Company), as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Company may not be required to exchange any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Outstanding Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown above, promptly following the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. In addition, the Company may amend the Exchange Offer at any time prior to the Expiration Date if any of the conditions set forth under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” occur.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned. Tendered Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in the terms of this Letter of Transmittal.

Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” below, please deliver the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of the Outstanding Notes, please credit the account indicated above. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please send the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith.”

THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED HEREWITH” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX.

7

Box 6

SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 4 and 5)

To be completed ONLY if certificates for the Outstanding Notes not tendered and/or certificates for the Exchange Notes are to be issued in the name of someone other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above.

Issue:     ¨         Outstanding Notes not tendered to:

              ¨        Exchange Notes to:

Name(s):                                                                                                                                        

                (Please Print or Type)

Address:                                                                                                                                         

                (Include Zip Code)

Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number.

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:

Box 7

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 4 and 5)

To be completed ONLY if certificates for the Outstanding Notes not tendered and/or certificates for the Exchange Notes are to be sent in the name of someone other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above.

Send:    ¨         Outstanding Notes not tendered to:

              ¨        Exchange Notes to:

Name(s):                                                                                                                                        

                (Please Print or Type)

Address:                                                                                                                                         

                (Include Zip Code)

Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number.

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:

8

Box 8

TENDERING HOLDER(S) SIGN HERE

(Complete accompanying substitute Form W-9 or applicable Form W-8)

Must be signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of the Outstanding Notes exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes hereby tendered or by any person(s) authorized to become the registered holder(s) by properly completed bond powers or endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth the full title of such person. See Instruction 4.

(Signature(s) of Holder(s))

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                        

                Name(s):                                                                                                                                                             

(Please Type or Print)

Capacity (full title):                                                                                                                                                           

                Address:                                                                                                                                                              

(Including Zip Code)

Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                           

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:                                                                                              

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)

(If Required—See Instruction 4)

          Authorized Signature:                                                                                                                                           

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                        

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                      

Title:                                                                                                                                                                                        

Name of Firm:                                                                                                                                                                     

                Address of Firm:                                                                                                                                              

(Include Zip Code)

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                            

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:                                                                                              

9

Box 9 PAYER’S NAME: THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
Substitute Form W-9 Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Payer’s Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)	Part 1—PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.	_______________ Name
		Social Security Number OR
		Employer Identification Number ____________________
		Part 3— Awaiting TIN  ¨
	Part 2—Certification—UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT: (1)The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and (2)I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and (3)I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).
	CERTIFICATE INSTRUCTIONS—You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of under-reporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out such item (2).
	The Internal Revenue Service does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.
	Sign Here: Signature
	Date

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY REPORTABLE PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU

CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate IRS Center or Social Security Administration Office, or (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 28% of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld and, if the Exchange Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, such amounts will be paid over to the IRS.
Signature _____________________________	Date ______________________________

10

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number for the Payee (You) to Give the Payer.—Social security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employee identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer. All “Section” references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “IRS” is the Internal Revenue Service.

For this type of account:		Give the SOCIAL SECURITY number of—
1.	Individual	The individual
2.	Two or more individuals (joint account)	The actual owner of the account or, if combined account fund, the first individual on the account1
3.	Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)	The minor2
4.	a.The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)	The grantor-trustee1
	b.So-called trust that is not a legal or valid trust under state law	The actual owner1
5.	Sole proprietorship or disregarded entity owned by an individual	The owner3
For this type of account:		Give the EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION number of
6.	Disregarded entity not owned by an individual	The owner
7.	A valid trust, estate, or pension trust	The legal entity4
8.	Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832	The corporation
9.	Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization account	The organization
10.	Partnership or multi-member LLC	The partnership
11.	A broker or registered nominee	The broker or nominee
12.	Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments	The public entity

1. List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a social security number, that person’s number must be furnished.

2. Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.

3. You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your social security number or your employer identification number (if you have one).

4. List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the taxpayer identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

NOTE: IF NO NAME IS CIRCLED WHEN THERE IS MORE THAN ONE NAME, THE NUMBER WILL BE CONSIDERED TO BE THAT OF THE FIRST NAME LISTED.

11

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON

SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Obtaining a Number

If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you don’t know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, at the local Social Security Administration office, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, by calling 1 (800) TAX-FORM, and apply for a number.

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding

Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding include:

• An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), an individual retirement account (IRA), or a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7), if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(f)(2).

• The United States or a state thereof, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or a political subdivision or wholly-owned agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing.

• An international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

• A foreign government and any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof.

Payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

• A corporation.

• A financial institution.

• A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.

• A real estate investment trust.

• A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a).

• An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

• A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.

• A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

• A foreign central bank of issue.

• A trust exempt from tax under Section 664 or described in Section 4947.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends generally exempt from backup withholding include:

• Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under Section 1441.

• Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and that have at least one nonresident alien partner.

• Payments of patronage dividends not paid in money.

• Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

• Section 404(k) payments made by an ESOP.

12

Payments of interest generally exempt from backup withholding include:

• Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.

• Payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.

• Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451.

• Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

• Mortgage interest paid to you.

Certain payments, other than payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends, that are exempt from information reporting are also exempt from backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under Sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A and 6050N.

Exempt payees described above must file Form W-9 or a substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” IN PART 2 OF THE FORM, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.

Privacy Act Notice.—Section 6109 requires you to provide your correct taxpayer identification number to payers, who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the number for identification purposes and may also provide this information to various government agencies for tax enforcement or litigation purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to the payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

(1) Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number.—If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) Civil Penalty for False Information with Respect to Withholding.—If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.

(3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information.—Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

13

INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

General

Please do not send certificates for Outstanding Notes directly to the Company. Your certificates for Outstanding Notes, together with your signed and completed Letter of Transmittal and any required supporting documents, should be mailed or otherwise delivered to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof. The method of delivery of Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents is at your sole option and risk and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, or overnight or hand delivery service is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.

1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Certificates; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.

A holder of Outstanding Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) may tender the same by (i) properly completing and signing this Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile hereof (all references in the Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to include a facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the certificate or certificates, if applicable, representing the Outstanding Notes being tendered and any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above on or prior to the Expiration Date, (ii) complying with the procedure for book-entry transfer described below or (iii) complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Holders who wish to tender their Outstanding Notes and (i) whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who cannot comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus and by completing Box 3. Holders may tender their Outstanding Notes if: (i) the tender is made by or through an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined below); (ii) the Exchange Agent receives (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), on or prior to the Expiration Date, a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery in the form provided with this Letter of Transmittal that (a) sets forth the name and address of the holder of Outstanding Notes, if applicable, the certificate number(s) of the Outstanding Notes to be tendered and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered; (b) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (c) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, together with the Outstanding Notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by the Eligible Guarantor Institution with the Exchange Agent; or (iii) the Exchange Agent receives a properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, or facsimile thereof and the certificate(s) representing all tendered Outstanding Notes in proper form or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the appropriate book-entry transfer facility and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

Any Holder who wishes to tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery relating to such Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date. Failure to complete the guaranteed delivery procedures outlined above will not, of itself, affect the validity or effect a revocation of any Letter of Transmittal form properly completed and executed by a holder who attempted to use the guaranteed delivery procedures.

14

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. Each tendering holder, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of the Outstanding Notes for exchange.

2. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals.

Tenders of Outstanding Notes will be accepted only in the principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If less than the entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder(s) must fill in the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered in the column entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith” in Box 1 above. A newly issued certificate for the Outstanding Notes submitted but not tendered will be sent to such holder promptly after the Expiration Date, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal. All Outstanding Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered in full unless otherwise clearly indicated. Outstanding Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date, after which tenders of Outstanding Notes are irrevocable.

To be effective with respect to the tender of Outstanding Notes, a written notice of withdrawal (which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter) must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at the address for the Exchange Agent set forth above before the Company notifies the Exchange Agent that it has accepted the tender of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; (ii) specify the name of the person who tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Outstanding Notes, or, if applicable, the certificate numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing such Outstanding Notes and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented by such certificates); (iv) include a statement that such holder is withdrawing its election to have such Outstanding Notes exchanged; (v) specify the name in which any such Outstanding Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder; and (vi) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter of Transmittal (including any required signature guarantee). The Exchange Agent will return the properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal. If Outstanding Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn Outstanding Notes or otherwise comply with the book-entry transfer facility’s procedures. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of notices of withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by the Company, and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.

Any Outstanding Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Outstanding Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Outstanding Notes will be credited to an account with such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder) promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” in the Prospectus at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

Neither the Issuer, any affiliate or assigns of the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give any notification of any irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give such notification (even if such notice is given to other persons).

3. Beneficial Owner Instructions.

Only a holder of Outstanding Notes (i.e., a person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered on the books of the registrar or, or, in the case of Outstanding Notes held through book-entry, such book-entry transfer

15

facility specified by the holder), or the legal representative or attorney-in-fact of a holder, may execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal. Any beneficial owner of Outstanding Notes who wishes to accept the Exchange Offer must arrange promptly for the appropriate holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf through the execution and delivery to the appropriate holder of the “Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner” form accompanying this Letter of Transmittal.

4. Signature on this Letter of Transmittal; Written Instruments and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificates (or on such security listing) without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

If any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

If a number of Outstanding Notes registered in different names are tendered, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimiles thereof) as there are different registrations of Outstanding Notes.

When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of Outstanding Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) listed and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are required. If, however, this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes listed or the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Outstanding Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, such Outstanding Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by separate written instruments of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Company and duly executed by the registered holder, in each case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes and the signatures on such certificates must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution. If this Letter of Transmittal, any certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Company, in its sole discretion, of such persons’ authority to so act.

Endorsements on certificates for the Outstanding Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 4 must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an “Eligible Guarantor Institution”).

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution, unless Outstanding Notes are tendered: (i) by a registered holder (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter of Transmittal; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Guarantor Institution.

16

5. Special Registration and Delivery Instructions.

Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable Box 6 or Box 7, the name and address in/to which the Exchange Notes and/or certificates for Outstanding Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name(s) and address(es) of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the tax identification number or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. A holder tendering the Outstanding Notes by book-entry transfer may request that the Outstanding Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the book-entry transfer facility as such holder may designate. See Box 4.

If no such instructions are given, the Exchange Notes (and any Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted) will be issued in the name of and sent to the holder signing this Letter of Transmittal or deposited into such holder’s account at the applicable book-entry transfer facility.

6. Transfer Taxes.

The Company shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of the Outstanding Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates representing Outstanding Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of Outstanding Notes tendered, or the Exchange Notes are delivered to or issued in the name of a person other than the registered holder, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Notes to the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Outstanding Notes listed in this Letter of Transmittal.

7. Waiver of Conditions.

The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, in whole or in part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus.

8. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Securities.

Any holder whose Outstanding Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, should promptly contact the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof for further instructions. The holder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the certificate(s). This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing lost, destroyed or stolen certificate(s) have been completed.

9. No Conditional Tenders; No Notice of Irregularities.

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Outstanding Notes for exchange. The Company reserves the right, in its reasonable judgment, to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Outstanding Notes. The Company’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Outstanding Notes must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Outstanding Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any

17

other person is under any obligation to give such notice nor shall they incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Outstanding Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Outstanding Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holder promptly following the Expiration Date.

10. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth on the first page hereof.

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE OR COPY THEREOF (TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES OF OUTSTANDING NOTES OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) OR A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

Under U.S. federal income tax law, a tendering holder whose Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides the Exchange Agent with either (i) such holder’s correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) on the Substitute Form W-9 attached hereto, certifying (A) that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such holder of Outstanding Notes is awaiting a TIN), (B) that the holder of Outstanding Notes is not subject to backup withholding because (x) such holder of Outstanding Notes is exempt from backup withholding, (y) such holder of Outstanding Notes has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (z) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder of Outstanding Notes that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding and (C) that the holder of Outstanding Notes is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien); or (ii) an adequate basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder of Outstanding Notes is an individual, the TIN is such holder’s social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder of Outstanding Notes may also be subject to certain penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and any reportable payments that are made to such holder may be subject to backup withholding (see below).

Certain holders of Outstanding Notes (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign holders) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. However, exempt holders of Outstanding Notes should indicate their exempt status on the Substitute Form W-9. For example, a corporation should complete the Substitute Form W-9, providing its TIN and indicating that it is exempt from backup withholding. In order for a foreign holder to qualify as an exempt recipient, the holder must submit a Form W-8BEN (or other applicable Form W-8), signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that holder’s exempt status. A Form W-8BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) can be obtained from the Exchange Agent. See the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for more instructions. Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are exempt from these backup withholding and reporting requirements.

If backup withholding applies, the Exchange Agent is required to withhold 28% of any reportable payments made to the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service, provided the required information is furnished. The Exchange Agent cannot refund amounts withheld by reason of backup withholding.

18

A holder who does not have a TIN may check the box in Part 3 of the Substitute Form W-9 if the surrendering holder of Outstanding Notes has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If the box in Part 3 is checked, the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee must also complete the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number below in order to avoid backup withholding. Notwithstanding that the box in Part 3 is checked and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number is completed, the Paying Agent will withhold 28% of all reportable payments made prior to the time a properly certified TIN is provided to the Paying Agent and, if the Paying Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, such amounts will be paid over to the Internal Revenue Service. The holder of Outstanding Notes is required to give the Paying Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Outstanding Notes. If the Outstanding Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional guidance on which number to report.

19

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$250,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 8.375% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 8.375% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018

                    , 2010

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,

        Trust Companies and other Nominees:

As described in the enclosed Prospectus, dated                     , 2010 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), American Renal Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) and the parent guarantor and certain subsidiaries of the Company (the “Guarantors”), are offering to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of its 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of its outstanding 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Outstanding Notes”) in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof. The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors, and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this letter, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offer” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees. The Company will accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.

WE URGE YOU TO PROMPTLY CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS FOR WHOM YOU HOLD OUTSTANDING NOTES REGISTERED IN YOUR NAME OR IN THE NAME OF YOUR NOMINEE. PLEASE BRING THE EXCHANGE OFFER TO THEIR ATTENTION AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE.

Enclosed are copies of the following documents:

1. The Prospectus;

2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use in connection with the tender of Outstanding Notes and for the information of your clients, including a Substitute Form W-9 and Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (providing information relating to U.S. federal income tax backup withholding);

3. A form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery; and

4. A form of letter, including a letter of instructions to a registered holder from a beneficial owner, which you may use to correspond with your clients for whose accounts you hold Outstanding Notes that are registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions regarding the Exchange Offer.

Your prompt action is requested. Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2010 (the “Expiration Date”), unless the Company otherwise extends the Exchange Offer.

To participate in the Exchange Offer, certificates for Outstanding Notes, together with a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the account of Wilmington Trust FSB (the “Exchange Agent”), at the book-entry transfer facility, with any required signature guarantees, and any other required documents, must be received by the Exchange Agent by the Expiration Date as indicated in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

The Company will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the Exchange Agent) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. However, the Company will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the tender of the Outstanding Notes to it or its order, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.

If holders of the Outstanding Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them to forward their Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus and in the Letter of Transmittal.

Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer should be addressed to the Exchange Agent at its address and telephone number set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. Additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the Exchange Agent.

Very truly yours,

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.

NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER, OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY CONTAINED THEREIN.

2

EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$250,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 8.375% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 8.375% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018

                    , 2010

To Our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration are a Prospectus, dated                     , 2010 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and a Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by American Renal Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) and the parent guarantor and certain subsidiaries of the Company (the “Guarantors”), to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of its 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of its outstanding 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Outstanding Notes”) in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal. The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors, and the Exchange Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this letter, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offer” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees. The Company will accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.

PLEASE NOTE THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2010 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”), UNLESS THE COMPANY EXTENDS THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

The enclosed materials are being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Outstanding Notes may only be made by us as the registered holder and pursuant to your instructions. Therefore, the Company urges beneficial owners of Outstanding Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such registered holder promptly if such beneficial owners wish to tender their Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all such Outstanding Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. If you wish to have us tender any or all of your Outstanding Notes, please so instruct us by completing, signing and returning to us the “Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner” form that appears below. We urge you to read the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal carefully before instructing us as to whether or not to tender your Outstanding Notes.

The accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and may not be used by you to tender Outstanding Notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit.

If we do not receive written instructions in accordance with the below and the procedures presented in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, we will not tender any of the Outstanding Notes on your account.

2

INSTRUCTIONS TO REGISTERED HOLDER FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER

The undersigned beneficial owner acknowledges receipt of your letter and the accompanying Prospectus dated                     , 2010 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and a Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by American Renal Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) and certain subsidiaries of the Company (the “Guarantors”) to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of its 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of its outstanding 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Outstanding Notes), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

This will instruct you, the registered holder, to tender the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated below held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

Principal Amount Held for Account Holder(s) Principal Amount to be Tendered*

* Unless otherwise indicated, the entire principal amount held for the account of the undersigned will be tendered.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized (a) to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes, including but not limited to the representations that the undersigned (i) is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or the Guarantors, (ii) is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of Exchange Notes, (iii) is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business and (iv) is not a broker-dealer tendering Outstanding Notes acquired for its own account directly from the Company. If a holder of the Outstanding Notes is an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantors, is not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to exemptions from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and must comply with such requirements in connection with any secondary resale transaction.

3

SIGN HERE

Dated:                                                                                                                                                                   , 2010                        

Signature(s):                                                                                                                                                                                           

Print Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                       

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                    

(Please include Zip Code)            

Telephone Number                                                                                                                                                                               

(Please include Area Code)

Tax Identification Number or Social Security Number:                                                                                                         

My Account Number With You:                                                                                                                                                    

4

EX-99.4

Exhibit 99.4

AMERICAN RENAL HOLDINGS INC.

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$250,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 8.375% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 8.375% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018

This form, or one substantially equivalent hereto, must be used to accept the Exchange Offer made by American Renal Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Guarantors, pursuant to the Prospectus, dated                     , 2010 (the “Prospectus”), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), if the certificates for the Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Such form may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery to The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Exchange Agent”) as set forth below. In addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Letter of Transmittal.

The Exchange Agent is:

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

By Registered or Certified Mail:	By Regular Mail:	By Overnight Courier or Hand Delivery:
Wilmington Trust FSB c/o Wilmington Trust Company Rodney Square North 1100 North Market Street Wilmington, DE 19890-1626 Attn: Sam Hamed Telephone: (302) 636-6181	Wilmington Trust FSB c/o Wilmington Trust Company Rodney Square North 1100 North Market Street Wilmington, DE 19890-1626 Attn: Sam Hamed Telephone: (302) 636-6181	Wilmington Trust FSB c/o Wilmington Trust Company Rodney Square North 1100 North Market Street Wilmington, DE 19890-1626 Attn: Sam Hamed Telephone: (302) 636-6181
	By Facsimile Transmission (eligible institutions only):
	(302) 636-4139, Attention: Sam Hamed
	Telephone Inquiries: (302) 636-6181

DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined in the Prospectus), such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space in Box 8 provided on the Letter of Transmittal for Guarantee of Signatures.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Outstanding Notes indicated below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus.

Certificate Number(s) (if known) of Outstanding Notes or
Account Number at Book-Entry Transfer Facility Aggregate Principal
Amount
Represented by
Outstanding Notes Aggregate Principal Amount of
Outstanding Notes Being
Tendered

	PLEASE COMPLETE AND SIGN
	(Signature(s) of Record Holder(s))
	(Please Type or Print Name(s) of Record Holder(s))
	Dated:                                 , 2010
Address:
	(Zip Code)
	(Daytime Area Code and Telephone No.)
¨Check this Box if the Outstanding Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company.
Account Number:

THE ACCOMPANYING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED.

2

GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY
(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature medallion program or an “eligible guarantor institution,” as such term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), hereby (a) represents that the above person(s) “own(s)” the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby within the meaning of Rule 14e-4(b)(2) under the Exchange Act, (b) represents that the tender of those Outstanding Notes complies with Rule 14e-4 under the Exchange Act and (c) guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent, at its address set forth in the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates representing all tendered Outstanding Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation (a confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company), together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within three (3) New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

Name of Firm:                                                                                                                                                                                        

(Authorized Signature)

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                    

(Zip Code)                    

Area Code and Tel. No.:                                                                                                                                                                      

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                         

(Please Type or Print)

Title:                                                                                                                                                                                                           

Dated:                             , 2010

NOTE:DO NOT SEND OUTSTANDING NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. OUTSTANDING NOTES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

3

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

1. Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover page hereof prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the holders and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the holders use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. If such delivery is by mail, it is recommended that the holders use properly insured, registered mail with return receipt requested. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedure, see Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal. No notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be sent to the Company.

2. Signatures on this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes referred to herein, the signatures must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Outstanding Notes listed, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

3. Questions and Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover hereof. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

4